initial commit of ebook 6664HEADmain

11 files changed, 27446 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/6664-0.txt b/6664-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef1bf63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/6664-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,6532 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Story of a Child, by Pierre Loti
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Story of a Child
+
+Author: Pierre Loti
+
+Translator: Caroline F. Smith
+
+Release Date: April 22, 2006 [EBook #6664]
+Last Updated: March 6, 2018
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: UTF-8
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE STORY OF A CHILD ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Dagny; John Bickers
+
+
+
+
+
+THE STORY OF A CHILD
+
+By Pierre Loti
+
+
+Translated by Caroline F. Smith
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE
+
+
+
+There is to-day a widely spread new interest in child life, a desire to
+get nearer to children and understand them. To be sure child study is
+not new; every wise parent and every sympathetic teacher has ever been
+a student of children; but there is now an effort to do more consciously
+and systematically what has always been done in some way.
+
+In the few years since this modern movement began much has been
+accomplished, yet there is among many thoughtful people a strong
+reaction from the hopes awakened by the enthusiastic heralding of the
+newer aspects of psychology. It had been supposed that our science would
+soon revolutionize education; indeed, taking the wish for the fact, we
+began to talk about the new and the old education (both mythical) and
+boast of our millennium. I would not underrate the real progress, the
+expansion of educational activities, the enormous gains made in many
+ways; but the millennium! The same old errors meet us in new forms, the
+old problems are yet unsolved, the waste is so vast that we sometimes
+feel thankful that we cannot do as much as we would, and that Nature
+protects children from our worst mistakes.
+
+What is the source of this disappointment? Is it not that education,
+like all other aspects of life, can never be reduced to mere science? We
+need science, it must be increasingly the basis of all life; but exact
+science develops very slowly, and meantime we must live. Doubtless the
+time will come when our study of mind will have advanced so far that we
+can lay down certain great principles as tested laws, and thus clarify
+many questions. Even then the solution of the problem will not be in the
+enunciation of the theoretic principle, but will lie in its application
+to practice; and that application must always depend upon instinct,
+tact, appreciation, as well as upon the scientific law. Even the aid
+that science can contribute is given slowly; meanwhile we must work with
+these children and lift them to the largest life.
+
+It is in relation to this practical work of education that our effort to
+study children gets its human value. There are always two points of
+view possible with reference to life. From the standpoint of nature
+and science, individuals count for little. Nature can waste a thousand
+acorns to raise one oak, hundreds of children may be sacrificed that
+a truth may be seen. But from the ethical and human point of view the
+meaning of all life is in each individual. That one child should be lost
+is a kind of ruin to the universe.
+
+It is this second point of view which every parent and every teacher
+must take; and the great practical value of our new study of children
+is that it brings us into personal relation with the child world, and so
+aids in that subtle touch of life upon life which is the very heart of
+education.
+
+It is therefore that certain phases of the study of child life have
+a high worth without giving definite scientific results. Peculiarly
+significant among these is the study of the autobiographies of
+childhood. The door to the great universe is always to the personal
+world. Each of us appreciates child life through his own childhood,
+and though the children with whom it is his blessed fortune to be
+associated. If then it is possible for him to know intimately another
+child through autobiography, one more window has been opened into the
+child world--one more interpretative unit is given him through which to
+read the lesson of the whole.
+
+It is true, autobiographies written later in life cannot give us the
+absolute truth of childhood. We see our early experiences through the
+mists, golden or gray, of the years that lie between. It is poetry as
+well as truth, as Goethe recognized in the title of his own self-study.
+Nevertheless the individual who has lived the life can best bring us
+into touch with it, and the very poetry is as true as the fact because
+interpretative of the spirit.
+
+It is peculiarly necessary that teachers harassed with the routine of
+their work, and parents distracted with the multitude of details of
+daily existence, should have such windows opened through which they may
+look across the green meadows and into the sunlit gardens of childhood.
+The result is not theories of child life but appreciation of children.
+How one who has read understandingly Sonva Kovalevsky's story of her
+girlhood could ever leave unanswered a child starving for love I cannot
+see. Mills' account of his early life is worth more than many theories
+in showing the deforming effect of an education that is formal
+discipline without an awakening of the heart and soul. Goethe's great
+study of his childhood and youth must give a new hold upon life to any
+one who will appreciatively respond to it.
+
+A better illustration of the subtle worth of such literature, in
+developing appreciation of those inner deeps of child life that escape
+definition and evaporate from the figures of the statistician, could
+scarcely be found than Pierre Loti's “Story of a Child.” There is hardly
+a fact in the book. It tells not what the child did or what was done to
+him, but what he felt, thought, dreamed. A record of impressions through
+the dim years of awakening, it reveals a peculiar and subtle type of
+personality most necessary to understand. All that Loti is and has been
+is gathered up and foreshadowed in the child. Exquisite sensitiveness
+to impressions whether of body or soul, the egotism of a nature much
+occupied with its own subjective feelings, a being atune in response to
+the haunting melody of the sunset, and the vague mystery of the seas,
+a subtle melancholy that comes from the predominance of feeling over
+masculine power of action, leading one to drift like Francesca with the
+winds of emotion, terrible or sweet, rather than to fix the tide of the
+universe in the centre of the forceful deed--all these qualities are in
+the dreams of the child as in the life of the man.
+
+And the style?--dreamy, suggestive, melodious, flowing on and on with
+its exquisite music, wakening sad reveries, and hinting of gray days of
+wind and rain, when the gust around the house wails of broken hopes and
+ideals so long-deferred as to be half forgotten,--the minor sob of his
+music expresses the spirit of Loti as much as do the moods of the child
+he describes.
+
+Such a type, like all others, has its strength and its weakness. Such a
+type, like all others, is implicitly in us all. Do we not know it--the
+haunting hunger for the permanence of impressions that come and go,
+which pulsates through the book till we can scarcely keep back the
+tears; the brooding over the two sombre mysteries--Death and Life (and
+which is the darker?); the sense of fate driving life on--the fate of
+a temperament that restlessly longs for new impressions and intense
+emotions, without the vigor of action that cuts the Gordian knot of
+fancy and speculation with the swift sword-stroke of an heroic deed.
+
+It is fortunate that the translator has caught the subtle charm of
+Loti's style, so difficult to render in another speech, in an amazing
+degree. This is peculiarly necessary here, for accuracy of translation
+means giving the delicate changes of color and elusive chords of music
+that voice the moods and impressions of which the book is made.
+
+Let us read the revelation of this book not primarily to condemn or
+praise, or even to estimate and define, but to appreciate. If it be true
+that no one ever looked into the Kingdom of Heaven except through the
+eyes of a little child, if it be true that the eyes of every unspoiled
+child are such a window, take the vision and be thankful. If, perchance,
+this window should open toward strange abysses that reach vaguely away,
+or upon dark meadows that lie ghost-like in the mingled light, if out
+of the abyss rises, undefined, the vast, dim shape of the mystery, and
+wakens in us the haunting memories of dead yesterdays and forgotten
+years, if we seem carried past the day into the gray vastness that is
+beyond the sunset and before the dawn, let us recognize that the mystery
+or mysteries, the annunciation of the Infinite is a little child.
+
+EDWARD HOWARD GRIGGS.
+
+
+
+TO HER MAJESTY ELIZABETH, QUEEN OF ROUMANIA.
+
+December, 188-
+
+I am almost too old to undertake this book, for a sort of night is
+falling about me; where shall I find the words vital and young enough
+for the task?
+
+To-morrow, at sea, I will commence it; at least I will endeavor to put
+into it all that was best of myself at a time when as yet there was
+nothing very bad.
+
+So that romantic love may find no place in it, except in the illusory
+form of a vision, I will end it at an early age.
+
+And to the sovereign lady whose suggestion it was that I write it, I
+offer it as a humble token of my respect and admiration.
+
+PIERRE LOTI.
+
+
+
+
+
+THE STORY OF A CHILD.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+
+
+It is with some degree of awe that I touch upon the enigma of my
+impressions at the commencement of my life. I am almost doubtful whether
+they had reality within my own experience, or whether they are not,
+rather, recollections mysteriously transmitted--I feel an almost sacred
+hesitation when I would fathom their depths.
+
+I came forth from the darkness of unconsciousness very gradually, for my
+mind was illumined only fitfully, but then by outbursts of splendor
+that compelled and fascinated my infant gaze. When the light was
+extinguished, I lapsed once more into the non-consciousness of the
+new-born animal, of the tiny plant just germinating.
+
+The history of my earliest years is that of a child much indulged
+and petted to whom nothing of moment happened; and into whose narrow,
+protected life no jarring came that was not foreseen, and the shock of
+which was not deadened with solicitous care. In my manners I was always
+very tractable and submissive. That I may not make my recital tedious,
+I will note without continuity and without the proper transitions those
+moments which are impressed upon my mind because of their strangeness,
+those moments that are still so vividly remembered, although I have
+forgotten many poignant sorrows, many lands, adventures, and places.
+
+I was at that time like a fledgling swallow living high up in a niche in
+the eaves, who from time to time peeps out over the top of its nest with
+its little bright eyes. With the eyes of imagination it sees into the
+deeps of space, although to the actual vision only a courtyard and
+street are visible; and it sees into depths which it will presently need
+to journey through. It was during such moments of clairvoyance that I
+had a vision of the infinity of which before my present life I was a
+part. Then, in spite of myself, my consciousness flagged, and for days
+together I lived the tranquil, subconscious life of early childhood.
+
+At first my mind, altogether unimpressed and undeveloped, may be
+compared to a photographer's apparatus fitted with its sensitized glass.
+Objects insufficiently lighted up make no impression upon the virgin
+plates; but when a vivid splendor falls upon them, and when they
+are encircled by disks of light, these once dim objects now engrave
+themselves upon the glass. My first recollections are of bright summer
+days and sparkling noon times,--or more truly, are recollections of the
+light of wood fires burning with great ruddy flames.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+
+
+As if it were yesterday I recall the evening when I suddenly discovered
+that I could run and jump; and I remember that I was intoxicated by the
+delicious sensation almost to the point of falling.
+
+This must have been at about the commencement of my second winter. At
+the sad hour of twilight I was in the dining-room of my parents' house,
+which room had always seemed a very vast one to me. At first, I was
+quiet, made so, no doubt, by the influence of the environing darkness,
+for the lamp was not yet lighted. But as the hour for dinner approached,
+a maid-servant came in and threw an armful of small wood into the
+fireplace to reanimate the dying fire. Immediately there was a beautiful
+bright light, and the leaping flames illuminated everything, and waves
+of light spread to the far part of the room where I sat. The flames
+danced and leaped with a twining motion ever higher and higher and
+more gayly, and the tremulous shadows along the wall ran to their
+hiding-places--oh! how quickly I arose overwhelmed with admiration for
+I recollect that I had been sitting at the feet of my great-aunt Bertha
+(at that time already very old) who half dozed in her chair. We were
+near a window through which the gray night filtered; I was seated
+upon one of those high, old-fashioned foot-stools with two steps, so
+convenient for little children who can from that vantage ground put
+their heads in grandmother's or grand-aunt's lap, and wheedle so
+effectually.
+
+I arose in ecstasy, and approached the flames; then in the circle of
+light which lay upon the carpet I began to walk around and around and to
+turn. Ever faster and faster I went, until suddenly I felt an unwonted
+elasticity run through my limbs, and in a twinkling I invented a new and
+amusing style of motion; it was to push my feet very hard against the
+floor, and then to lift them up together suddenly for a half second.
+When I fell, up I sprang and recommenced my play. Bang! Bang! With every
+increasing noise I went against the floor, and at last I began to feel a
+singular but agreeable giddiness in my head. I knew how to jump! I knew
+how to run!
+
+I am convinced that that is my earliest distinct recollection of great
+joyousness.
+
+“Dear me! What is the matter with the child this evening?” asked my
+great-aunt Bertha, with some anxiety. And I hear again the unexpected
+sound of her voice.
+
+But I still kept on jumping. Like those tiny foolish moths which of an
+evening revolve about the light of a lamp, I went around in the luminous
+circle which widened and retracted, ever taking form from the wavering
+light of the flames. And I remember all of this so vividly that my eyes
+can still see the smallest details of the texture of the carpet which
+was the scene of the event. It was of durable stuff called home-spun,
+woven in the country by native weavers. (Our house was still furnished
+as it had been in my maternal grandmother's time, as she had arranged
+it after she had quitted the Island, and come to the mainland.--A
+little later I will speak of this Island which had already a mysterious
+attraction for my youthful imagination.--It was a simple country house,
+notable for its Huguenot austerity; and it was a home where immaculate
+cleanliness and extreme order were the sole luxuries.)
+
+In the circle of light, which grew ever more and more narrow, I still
+jumped; but as I did so I had thoughts that were of an intensity not
+habitual with me. At the same time that my tiny limbs discovered their
+power, my spirit also knew itself; a burst of light overspread my mind
+where dawning ideas still showed forth feebly. And it is without doubt
+to the inner awakening that this fleeting moment of my life owes its
+existence, owes undoubtedly its permanency in memory. But vainly I seek
+for the words, that seem ever to escape me, through which to express my
+elusive emotions. . . . Here in the dining-room I look about and see the
+chairs standing the length of the wall, and I am reminded of the aged
+grandmother, grand-aunts and aunts who always come at a certain hour
+and seat themselves in them. Why are they not here now? At this moment I
+would like to feel their protecting presence about me. Probably they are
+upstairs in their rooms on the second floor; between them and me there
+is the dim stairway, the stairway that I people with shadowy beings the
+thought of which makes me tremble. . . . And my mother? I would wish
+most especially for her, but I know that she has gone out, gone out into
+the long streets which in my imagination have no end. I had myself gone
+to the door with her and had asked her: “When returnest thou?” And she
+had promised me that she would return speedily. Later they told me that
+when I was a child I would never permit any members of the family to
+leave the house to go walking or visiting without first obtaining their
+assurance of a speedy homecoming. “You will come back soon?” I would
+say, and I always asked the question anxiously, as I followed them to
+the door.
+
+My mother had departed, and it gave my heart a feeling of heaviness to
+know that she was out. Out in the streets! I was content not to be there
+where it was cold and dark, where little children so easily lost their
+way,--how snug it was to be within doors before the fire that warmed me
+through and through; how nice it was to be at home! I had never realized
+it until this evening--doubtless it was my first distinct feeling of
+attachment to hearth and home, and I was sadly troubled at the thought
+of the immense, strange world lying beyond the door. It was then that
+I had, for the first time, a conscious affection for my aged aunts and
+grand-aunts, who cared for me in infancy, whom I longed to have seated
+around me at this dim, sad, twilight hour.
+
+In the meantime the once bright and playful flames had died down, the
+armful of wood was consumed, and as the lamp was not lighted, the room
+was quite dark. I had already stumbled upon the home-spun carpet, but as
+I had not hurt myself, I recommenced my amusing play. For an instant I
+thought to experience a new but strange joy by going into the shadowy
+and distant recesses of the room; but I was overtaken there by an
+indefinable terror of something which I cannot name, and I hastily took
+refuge in the dim circle of light and looked behind me with a shudder
+to see whether anything had followed me from out of those dark corners.
+Finally the flames died away entirely, and I was really afraid; aunt
+Bertha sat motionless upon her chair, and although I felt that her eyes
+were upon me I was not reassured. The very chairs, the chairs ranged
+about the room, began to disquiet me because their long shadows, that
+stretched behind them exaggerating the height of ceiling and length
+of wall, moved restlessly like souls in the agonies of death. And
+especially there was a half-open door that led into a very dark hall,
+which in its turn opened into a large empty parlor absolutely dark. Oh!
+with what intensity I fixed my eyes upon that door to which I would not
+for the world have turned my back!
+
+This was the beginning of those daily winter-evening terrors which in
+that beloved home cast such a gloom over my childhood.
+
+What I feared to see enter that door had no well defined form, but
+the fear was none the less definite to me: and it kept me standing
+motionless near the dead fire with wide open eyes and fluttering heart.
+When my mother suddenly entered the room by a different door, oh! how
+I clung to her and covered my face with her dress: it was a supreme
+protection, the sanctuary where no harm could reach me, the harbor of
+harbors where the storm is forgotten. . . .
+
+At this instant the thread of recollection breaks, I can follow it no
+farther.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+
+
+After the ineffaceable impression left by that first fright and that
+first dance before the winter fire many months passed during which
+no other events were engraven upon my memory, and I relapsed into a
+twilight state similar to that at the commencement of my life. But the
+mental dimness was pierced now and again with a bright light; as the
+gray of early morning is tinged by the rose-color of dawning.
+
+I believe that the impressions which succeeded were those of the summer
+time, of the great sun and nature. I recall feeling an almost delicious
+terror when one day I found myself alone in the midst of tall June
+grasses that grew high as my head. But here the secret working of self
+consciousness is almost too entangled with the things of the past for me
+to explain it.
+
+We were visiting at a country place called Limoise, a place that at
+later time played a great part in my life. It belonged to neighbors
+and friends, the D----s, whose house in town was directly next to ours.
+Perhaps I had visited Limoise the preceding summer, but at that time I
+was very like a cocoon before it has crawled from its silken wrapping.
+The day that I now refer to is the one in which I was able to reflect
+for the first time, in which I first knew the sweetness of reverie.
+
+I have forgotten our departure, the carriage ride and our arrival. But I
+remember distinctly that late one hot afternoon, as the sun was setting,
+I found myself alone in a remote part of a deserted garden. The gray
+walls overgrown with ivy and mosses separated its grove of trees from
+the moorland and the rocky country round about it. For me, brought up in
+the city, the old and solitary garden, where even the fruit trees were
+dying from old age, had all the mystery and charm of a primeval
+forest. I crossed a border of box, and I was in the midst of a large
+uncultivated tract filled with climbing asparagus and great weeds. Then
+I cowered down, as is the fashion of little children, that I might
+be more effectually hidden by what hid me sufficiently already, and I
+remained there motionless with eyes dilated and with quickening spirit,
+half afraid, half enraptured. The feeling that I experienced in the
+presence of these unfamiliar things was one of reflection rather than of
+astonishment. I knew that the bright green vegetation closing in about
+me was every where in no less measure than in the heart of this
+forest, and emotions, sad and weird and vague took possession of me
+and affrighted but fascinated me. That I might remain hidden as long as
+possible I crouched lower and still lower, and I felt the joy a little
+Indian boy feels when he is in his beloved forest.
+
+Suddenly I heard someone call: “Pierre! Pierre! Dear Pierre!” I did not
+reply, but instead lay as close as possible to the ground, and sought to
+hide under the weeds and the waving branches of the asparagus.
+
+Still I heard: “Pierre, Pierre.” It was Lucette; I knew her voice, and
+from the mockery of her tone I felt sure that she had spied me. But I
+could not see her although I looked about me very carefully: no one was
+visible!
+
+With peals of laughter she continued to call, and her voice grew merrier
+and merrier. Where can she be? thought I.
+
+Ah! At last I spied her perched upon the twisted branch of a tree that
+was overhung with gray moss!
+
+I was fairly caught and I came out of my green hiding place.
+
+As I rose I gazed over the wild and flowering things, and saw the corner
+of the old moss-grown wall that enclosed the garden. That wall was
+destined to be at a later time a very familiar haunt of mine, for on
+the Thursday holidays during my college life I spent many a happy hour
+sitting upon it contemplating the peaceful and quiet country, and there
+I mused, to the chirping accompaniment of the crickets, of those distant
+countries fairer and sunnier than my own. And upon that summer day those
+gray and crumbling stones, defaced by the sun and weather, and overgrown
+with mosses, gave me for the first time an indefinable impression of the
+persistence of things; a vague conception of existences antedating my
+own, in times long past.
+
+Lucette D----, my elder by eight or ten years, seemed to me already a
+grown person. I cannot recall the time when I did not know her. Later I
+came to love her as a sister, and her early death in her prime was one
+of the first real griefs of my boyhood.
+
+And the first recollection I have of her is as I saw her in the branches
+of the old pear tree. Her image doubtless begets a vividness from the
+two new emotions with which it is blended: the enchanting uneasiness
+I felt at the invasion of green nature and the melancholy reverie that
+took possession of me as I contemplated the old wall, type of ancient
+things and olden times.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+
+
+I will now endeavor to explain the impression that the sea made upon
+me at our first brief and melancholy encounter, which took place at
+twilight upon the evening of my arrival at the Island.
+
+Notwithstanding the fact that I could scarcely see it, it had so
+remarkable an effect on me that in a single moment it was engraven upon
+my memory forever. I feel a retrospective shudder run through me when my
+spirit broods upon the recollection.
+
+We had but newly arrived at this village near St. Ongeoise where my
+parents had rented a fisherman's house for the bathing season. I knew
+that we had come here for something called the sea, but I had had
+no glimpse of it (a line of dunes hid it from me because of my short
+stature), and I was extremely impatient to become acquainted with it;
+therefore after dinner, as night was falling, I went alone to seek this
+mysterious thing.
+
+The air was sharp and biting, and unlike any I had experienced, and
+from behind the hillocks of sand, along which the path led, there came a
+faint but majestic noise. Everything affrighted me, the unfamiliar way,
+the twilight falling from the overcast sky, and the loneliness of this
+part of the village. But inspired by one of those great and sudden
+resolutions, that come sometimes to the most timid, I went forward with
+a firm step.
+
+Suddenly I stopped overcome and almost paralyzed by fear, for something
+took shape before me, something dark and surging sprang up from all
+sides at the same time and it seemed to stretch out endlessly. It was
+something so vast and full of motion that I was seized with a deadly
+vertigo--it was the sea of my imagining! Without a moment's hesitation,
+without asking how this knowledge had been wrought, without astonishment
+even, I recognized it and I trembled with a great emotion. It was
+so dark a green as to be almost black; to me it seemed unstable,
+perfidious, all ingulfing, always turbulent, and of a sinister, menacing
+aspect. Above it, in harmony with it, stretched the gray and lowering
+sky.
+
+And far away, very far away, upon the immeasurable distant horizon I
+perceived a break between the sky and the waters, and a pale yellow
+light showed through this cleft.
+
+Had I been to the sea before to recognize it thus quickly? Perhaps I
+had, but without being conscious of it, for when I was about five or
+six months old I had been brought to the Island by my great aunt, my
+grandmother's sister; or perhaps because it had played so great a part
+in my sea-faring ancestors' lives I was born with a nascent conception
+of it and its immensity.
+
+We communed together a moment, one with the other--I was deeply
+fascinated. At our first encounter I am sure I had a nebulous
+presentiment that I would one day go to it in spite of my hesitation,
+in spite of all the efforts put forth to hold me back,--and the emotion
+that overwhelmed me in the presence of the sea was not only one of
+fear, but I felt also an inexpressible sadness, and I seemed to feel the
+anguish of desolation, bereavement and exile. With downcast mien, and
+with hair blown about by the wind, I turned and ran home. I was in the
+extreme haste to be with my mother; I wished to embrace her and to cling
+close to her; I desired to be with her so that she might console me
+for the thousand indefinite, anticipated sorrows that surged through my
+heart at the sight of those green waters, so vast and so deep.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+
+
+My mother!--I have already mentioned her two or three times in the
+course of this recital, but without stopping to speak of her at
+length. It seems that at first she was no more to me than a natural
+and instinctive refuge where I ran for shelter from all terrifying and
+unfamiliar things, from all the dark forebodings that had no real cause.
+
+But I believe she took on reality and life for the first time in the
+burst of ineffable tenderness which I felt when one May morning she
+entered my room with a bouquet of pink hyacinths in her hand; she
+brought in with her as she came a ray of sunlight.
+
+I was convalescing from one of the maladies peculiar to
+children,--measles or whooping cough, I know not which,--and I had been
+ordered to remain in bed and to keep warm. By the rays of light that
+filtered in through the closed shutters I divined the springtime warmth
+and brightness of the sun and air, and I felt sad that I had to remain
+behind the curtains of my tiny white bed; I wished to rise and go out;
+but most of all I had a desire to see my mother.
+
+The door opened and she entered, smiling. Ah, I remember it so well! I
+recall so distinctly how she looked as she stood upon the threshold
+of the door. And I remember that she brought in with her some of the
+sunlight and balminess of the spring day.
+
+I see again the expression of her face as she looked at me; and I hear
+the sound of her voice, and recall the details of her beloved dress that
+would look funny and old-fashioned to me now. She had returned from her
+morning shopping, and she wore a straw hat trimmed with yellow roses and
+a shawl of lilac barege (it was the period of the shawl) sprinkled with
+tiny bouquets of violets. Her dark curls (the poor beloved curls to-day,
+alas! so thin and white) were at this time without a gray hair. There
+was about her the fragrance of the May day, and her face as it looked
+that morning with its broad brimmed hat is still distinctly present with
+me. Besides the bouquet of pink hyacinths, she had brought me a tiny
+watering-pot, an exact imitation in miniature of the crockery ones so
+much used by the country people.
+
+As she leaned over my bed to embrace me I felt as if every wish was
+gratified. I no longer had a desire to weep, nor to rise from my bed,
+nor to go out. She was with me and that sufficed--I was consoled,
+tranquillized, and re-created by her gracious presence.
+
+I was, I think, a little more than three years old at this time, and my
+mother must have been about forty-two years of age; but I had not the
+least notion of age in regard to her, and it had never occurred to me
+to wonder whether she was young or old; nor did I realize until a later
+time that she was beautiful. No, at this period that she was her own
+dear self was enough; to me she was in face and form a person so apart
+and so unique that I would not have dreamed of comparing her with
+any one else. From her whole being there emanated such a joyousness,
+security and tenderness, and so much goodness that from thence was born
+my understanding of faith and prayer.
+
+I would that I could speak hallowed words to the first blessed form
+that I find in the book of memory. I would it were possible that I could
+greet my mother with words filled with the meaning I wish to convey.
+They are words which cause bountiful tears to flow, but tears fraught
+with I know not how much of the sweetness of consolation and joy, words
+that are ever, and in spite of everything, filled with the hope of an
+immortal reunion.
+
+And since I have touched upon this mystery that has had such an
+influence upon my soul, I will here set down that my mother alone is the
+only person in the world of whom I have the feeling that death cannot
+separate me. With other human beings, those whom I have loved with all
+my heart and soul, I have tried to imagine a hereafter, a to-morrow
+in which there shall be no to-morrow; but no, I cannot! Rather I have
+always had a horrible consciousness of our nothingness--dust to dust,
+ashes to ashes. Because of my mother alone have I been able to keep
+intact the faith of my early days. It still seems to me that when I
+have finished playing my poor part in life, when I no longer run in the
+overgrown paths that lead to the unattainable, when I am through amusing
+humanity with my conceits and my sorrows, I will go there where my
+mother, who has gone before me, is, and she will receive me; and the
+smile of serenity that she now wears in my memory will have become one
+of triumphant realization.
+
+True, I see that distant region only dimly, and it has no more substance
+than a pale gray vision; my words, however intangible and elusive, give
+too definite a form to my dreamy conceptions. But still (I speak as a
+little child, with the child's faith), but still I always think of my
+mother as having, in that far off place, preserved her earthly aspect.
+I think of her with her dear white curls and the straight lines of her
+beautiful profile that the years may have impaired a little, but which I
+still find perfect. The thought that the face of my mother shall one
+day disappear from my eyes forever, that it is no more than combined
+elements subject to disintegration, and that she will be lost in the
+universal abyss of nothingness, not only makes my heart bleed, but it
+causes me to revolt as at something unthinkable and monstrous; it cannot
+be! I have the feeling that there is about her something which death
+cannot touch.
+
+My love for my mother (the only changeless love of my life) is so free
+from all material feeling that that alone gives me an inexplicable hope,
+almost gives me a confidence in the immortality of the soul.
+
+I cannot very well understand why the vision of my mother near my bed of
+sickness should that morning have impressed me so vividly, for she was
+nearly always with me. It all seems very mysterious; it is as if at that
+particular moment she was for the first time revealed to me.
+
+And why among the treasured playthings of my childhood has the tiny
+watering-pot taken on the value and sacred dignity of a relic? So much
+so indeed, that when I am far distant on the ocean, in hours of danger,
+I think of it with tenderness, and see it in the place where it has
+lain for years, in the little bureau, never opened, mixed in with broken
+toys; and should it disappear I would feel as if I had lost an amulet
+that could not be replaced.
+
+And the simple shawl of lilac barege, found recently among some old
+clothing laid aside to be given to the poor, why have I put it away as
+carefully as if it were a priceless object? Because in its color (now
+faded), in its quaint Indian pattern and tiny bouquets of violets,
+I still find an emanation from my mother; I believe that I borrow
+therefrom a holy calm and sweet confidence that is almost a faith. And
+mingled in with the other feelings there is perhaps a melancholy regret
+for those May mornings of long ago that seemed so much brighter than are
+those of to-day.
+
+Truly I fear this book, the most personal I have ever written, will
+weary many.
+
+In transcribing these memories in the calm of middle life, so favorable
+to reverie, I had constantly present in my thought the lovely queen to
+whom I would dedicate this book; it is as if I were writing her a long
+letter with the full assurance of being understood in all those sacred
+matters to which words give but an inadequate expression.
+
+Perhaps you will understand also, my dear unknown readers, who with
+kindly sympathy have followed me thus far; and all those who cherish, or
+who have been cherished by their mothers will not smile at the childish
+things written down here.
+
+But this chapter will certainly seem ridiculous to those who are
+strangers to an all absorbing love, they will not be able to imagine
+that I have a deep pity to exchange for their cynical smiles.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+
+
+Before I finish writing of the confused memories I have of the
+commencement of my life I wish to speak of another ray of sunshine--a
+sad ray this time,--that has left an ineffaceable impression upon me,
+and the meaning of which will never be clear to me.
+
+Upon a Sunday, after we had returned from church, the ray appeared to
+me. It came through a half-open window and fell into the stairway, and
+as it lengthened itself upon the whiteness of the wall it took on a
+peculiar, weird shape.
+
+I had returned from church with my mother and as I mounted the stairs I
+took her hand. The house was filled with a humming silence peculiar
+to the noontime of very hot summer days (it was August or September).
+Following the habit of our country the shutters were half closed making
+indoors, during the heated period of the day, a sort of twilight.
+
+As I entered the house there came to me an appreciation of the stillness
+of Sunday that in the country and in peaceful byways of little towns
+is like the peace of death. But when I saw the ray of sunlight fall
+obliquely through the staircase window, I had a feeling more poignant
+than ordinary sorrow; I had a feeling altogether incomprehensible and
+absolutely new in which there seemed infused a conception of the brevity
+of life's summers, their rapid flight and the incomputable ages of
+the sun. But other elements still more mysterious, that it would be
+impossible for me to explain even vaguely, entered therein.
+
+I wish to add to the history of this ray of sunshine the sequel that is
+intimately connected with it. Years passed; I became a man, and after
+having been among many people and experienced many adventures I lived
+for an autumn and winter in an isolated house in an unfrequented part
+of Stamboul. It was there that every evening at approximately the same
+hour, a ray of sunlight came in through the window and fell obliquely on
+the wall and lit up the niche (hollowed out of the stone wall) in which
+I had placed an Athenian vase. And I never saw that ray of sunlight
+without thinking of the one I had seen upon that Sunday of long ago;
+nor without having the same, precisely the same sad emotion, scarcely
+diminished by time, and always full of the same mystery. And when I
+had to leave Turkey, when I was obliged to quit my dangerous but adored
+lodgings in Stamboul, with all my busy and hurried preparations for
+departure there was mingled this strange regret: never more should I see
+the oblique ray of sunshine come into the stairway window and fall upon
+the niche in the wall where the Greek vase stood.
+
+Perhaps under all of this there may have been, if not recollections of
+a previous personal experience, at least the reflected inchoate thoughts
+of ancestors which I am unable in any clearer way to bring out of
+darkness. But enough! I must say no more, for I again find myself in the
+land of vague fancy, gliding phantoms and illusive nothings.
+
+For this almost unintelligible chapter there is no excuse that I can
+offer, save that I have written it with the greatest frankness and
+sincerity.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+
+
+And I now recall the impressions of springtime, all the fresh splendor
+of May; and I remember vividly the lonely road called the Fountain road.
+
+(As I am endeavoring to put my recollections into some sort of order I
+think that at this time I must have been about five years old.)
+
+I was old enough at any rate to take walks with my father and my sister,
+and I went out with them this dewy morning. I was in ecstasy to see
+that everything had become so green, to see the budding foliage and the
+tasselled shrubs and hedges. Along the sides of the road the grass was
+all the same length, and the flowers in the grass with their exquisite
+mingling of the red of the geranium and the blue of the speedwell,
+made the whole earth seem a great bouquet. As I plucked the flowers I
+scarcely knew which way to run; in my eagerness I trod upon them and
+my legs became wet from the dew--I marvelled at all the richness at my
+disposal, and I longed to take great armfuls of the flowers and carry
+them away with me.
+
+My sister, who had gathered a sprig of hawthorn, one of iris and some
+long sheath-like grasses leaned towards me, and took my hand, and said:
+“You have enough for the present; you see, dear, that we could never
+gather all of them.”
+
+But I did not heed, so absolutely intoxicated was I with the
+magnificence about me, the like of which I did not recall ever to have
+seen before.
+
+That was the beginning of those almost daily excursions that I took with
+my father and sister, and that I kept up for so long a time (almost
+to my boarding-school days). It is through them that I became so well
+acquainted with the surrounding country and with the varieties of
+flowers found there. Poor fields and meadows of my native country! So
+monotonous, so flat, one so like another; fields of hay and daisies
+where in childhood I would disappear from sight and hide under the green
+vegetation. Fields of corn and paths bordered with hawthorn, I love you
+all in spite of your monotony!
+
+Toward the west, in the far distance, my eyes sought for a glimpse of
+the sea. Sometimes when we had gone a long way there would appear upon
+the horizon, among the other lines there, a straight bluish one; it
+was the sea; and it lured me to it finally as a great and patient lover
+lures, who sure of his power is willing to wait.
+
+My sister and my brother, of whom I have not spoken before, were
+considerably older than I; it seemed almost as if we belonged to
+different generations. For that reason they petted me even more than did
+my father and mother, my grandmother and aunts; and as I was the only
+child among them I was cherished like a little hot-house plant, I was
+too tenderly guarded and remained all too unacquainted with thorns and
+brambles.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+
+
+Someone has advanced the theory that those persons endowed with a gift
+for painting (either with color or with words) probably belong to a
+half-blind species; accustomed to living in a partial light, in a sort
+of misty grayness, they turn their gaze inward; and when by chance they
+do look out their impressions are ten times more vivid than are those of
+ordinary people.
+
+To me that seems a little paradoxical.
+
+But it is true that sometimes an enveloping darkness aids one to clearer
+vision; as in a panorama building, for example, where the obscurity
+about the entrance prepares one better for the climax, and gives the
+scene depicted a more real and vivid appearance.
+
+In the course of my life I would without doubt have been less impressed
+by the ever shifting phantasmagoria of existence had I not begun my
+journey in a place almost without distinctive color, in a tranquil
+corner of the most commonplace little town, receiving an education
+austerely pious; and where my longest journey was bounded by the forests
+of Limoise (as wonderful to me as a primeval forest) and by the shores
+of the island of Oleron, that seemed very immense when I went to it to
+visit my aged aunts.
+
+But after all is said, it was in the yard about our house that I passed
+the happiest of my summers--it seemed to me that that was my particular
+kingdom, and I adored it.
+
+It was in truth a beautiful yard, much more sunny and airy than the
+majority of city gardens. Its long avenue of green and flowery branches,
+that overtopped the heads of the neighboring fruit trees, was bordered
+on the south by a low and ancient wall over which grew roses and
+honeysuckles. The long leafy avenue gave the impression of great depth,
+and its perspective melted into a bower of vines and jasmine bushes
+that in turn became a great verdant place, which came to an end at a
+storehouse of ancient construction, whose gray stones were hidden under
+ivy vines.
+
+Ah! How I loved that garden, and how much I still love it!
+
+I believe the keenest, earliest memories are of the beautiful long
+summer evenings. Oh! the return from a walk during those long, clear
+twilights that certainly were more delicious than are those of
+to-day. What joy to re-enter that yard which the thorn-apples and the
+honeysuckles filled with the sweetest odor, to enter and see from the
+gate all the long avenue of tangled greenness. Through an opening in a
+bower of Virginia Creeper I could see the rosy splendor of the setting
+sun; and somewhat removed in the gathering shadows of the foliage, there
+were distinguishable three or four persons. The persons, it is
+true, were very quiet and they were dressed in black, but they were
+nevertheless very reassuring to me, very familiar and very much beloved:
+they were the forms of mother, grandmother and aunts. Then I would run
+to them hastily and throw myself upon their laps, and that was always
+one of the happiest moments of my day.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+
+
+In the month of March, as the shadows of twilight gathered, two little
+children were seated very close together upon a low footstool--two
+little ones, between the ages of five and six, dressed in short trousers
+with white pinafores over them, as was the fashion of the time. After
+having played wildly they were now quietly amusing themselves with paper
+and pencils. The dim light seemed to fill them with a vague fear, and it
+troubled their spirits.
+
+Of the two children only one was drawing--it was I. The other, a friend
+invited over for the day, an exceptional thing, was watching me with
+great attention. With some difficulty (trusting me meantime) he followed
+the fantastic movements of my pencil whose intention I took care to
+explain to him at some length. And my oral interpretation was necessary,
+for I was busy executing two drawings that I entitled respectively, “The
+Happy Duck” and “The Unhappy Duck.”
+
+The room in which we were seated must have been furnished about the year
+1805, at the time of the marriage of my now-very-old grandmother, who
+still occupied it, and who this evening was seated in the chair of the
+Directory period; she was singing to herself and she took no notice of
+us.
+
+My memories of my grandmother are indistinct for her death occurred
+shortly after this time; but as I will never again, in the course of
+this recital, have a more vivid impression of her, I will here insert
+what I know of her history.
+
+It seems that in the stress of all sorts of troubles she had been a
+brave and noble mother. After reverses that were so general in those
+days, after losing her husband at the Battle of Trafalgar, and her
+elder son at the shipwreck of the Medusa, she went resolutely to work to
+educate her younger son, my father, until such time as he should be
+able to support himself. At about her eightieth year (which was not far
+distant when I came into the world) the senility of second childhood
+had set in; at that time I knew nothing about the tragedy of the loss of
+memory and I could not realize the vacancy of her mind and soul.
+
+She would often stand for a long time before a mirror and talk in a most
+amiable way to her own reflection, which she called, “my good neighbor”
+ or “my dear neighbor.” It was also her mania to sing with a most
+excessive ardor the Marseillaise, the Parisiennes, the “Song of
+Farewell,” and all the noble songs of the transition time, which had
+been the rage in her young womanhood.
+
+During these exciting times she had lived quietly, and had occupied
+herself entirely with her household cares and her son's education. For
+that reason it seems the more singular that from her disordered mind,
+just about as it was to take its journey into complete darkness and to
+become disintegrated through death, there should come this tardy echo of
+that tempestuous time.
+
+I enjoyed listening to her very much and often I would laugh, but
+without any irreverence, and I never was the least afraid of her. She
+was extremely lovely and had delicate and regular features, and her
+expression was very sweet. Her abundant hair was silver-gray, and upon
+her cheeks there was a color similar to that of a faded rose leaf,
+a color which the old people of that generation often retained into
+extreme old age. I remember that she usually wore a red cashmere shawl
+about her shoulders, and that she always had on an old-fashioned cap
+trimmed with green ribbons. There was something very modest and gentle
+and pleasing about her still graceful little body.
+
+Her room, where I liked to come to play because it was so large and
+sunny, was furnished as simply as a Presbyterian parsonage: the waxed
+walnut furniture was of the Directory period, the large bed had a canopy
+of thick, red, cotton stuff and the walls were painted an ochre yellow;
+and upon them in gilt frames, slightly tarnished, were hung water colors
+representing vases of flowers. I very soon discovered that this room
+was furnished in a very simple and old-fashioned way, and I thought to
+myself that the good old grandmother who sang so constantly must be much
+poorer than my other grandmother, who was younger by twenty years,
+and who always dressed in black--which last matter seemed an elegant
+distinction to me.
+
+But to return to my drawings! I think that the pictures of those two
+ducks, occupying such different stations in life, were the first I ever
+drew.
+
+At the bottom of the picture called “The Happy Duck” I had drawn a tiny
+house, and near the duck himself there was a large, kind woman who was
+calling him to her so that she might give him food.
+
+“The Unhappy Duck,” on the other hand, was swimming about solitary and
+alone on a sort of hazy sea, which I had represented by drawing two or
+three straight lines, and in the distance one could see the outline of a
+gloomy shore. The thin paper, a leaf torn from a book, had print on the
+reverse side, and the letters showed through in grayish flecks and gave
+the curious impression as of clouds in the sky. And that little drawing,
+with less form than a school-boy's blackboard scrawl, was completely
+transfigured by those gray spots, and because of them it took on for me
+a deep and dreadful significance. Aided by the dim light in the room the
+pictured scene became a vision that faded away into the distance like
+the pale surface of the sea. I was terrified at my own work; I was
+astonished to find in it those things that I had not put there; to
+discover in it those things which elsewhere had given me such a well
+remembered anguish.
+
+“Oh!” I said with exaltation to my young companion, who did not
+understand anything of what was going forward, “Oh!” I exclaimed with a
+voice full of emotion, “you may see it; I cannot bear to look at it!” I
+covered the picture with my hands, but nevertheless I peeped at it very
+often; and it was so vividly impressed upon my mind that I can still
+recall it as it appeared to me transfigured: a gleam of light lay upon
+the horizon of that sea so awkwardly represented, the heavens appeared
+to be filled with rain, and it seemed to be a dreary winter evening in
+which there was a fierce wind blowing.
+
+The “Unhappy Duck” solitary, far away from his family and friends was
+making his way toward the foggy shore over which there hung an air of
+extreme sadness and desolation. And certainly for one fleeting moment
+I had a prescience of those heartaches that I was to know later in
+the course of my sailor life. I seemed to have a presentiment of those
+stormy December evenings when my boat was to enter, to take shelter
+until the morning, one of those uninhabited bays upon the coast of
+Brittany; more particularly I had a prescience of those twilights of the
+Antarctic winter when, in about the latitude of Magellan, we were to
+go in search of protection towards those sterile shores that are as
+inhospitable and as absolutely deserted as the waters surrounding them.
+
+The vision faded and I once more found myself in my grandmother's
+large room enveloped in the shadows of the evening. My grandmother was
+singing, and I was again a tiny being who had seen nothing of the large
+world, who had fears without knowing wherefore, and who did not even
+know the cause of the tears that he shed.
+
+Since then I have often observed that the rudimentary scrawls made by
+children, and which as representations are incorrect and inadequate,
+impress them much more than do the able and correct drawing of adults.
+For although theirs are incomplete they add to them a thousand things of
+their own seeing and imagining; and they add to them also the thousand
+things that grow in the deep subsoil of their consciousness--the things
+which no brush would be able to paint.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+
+
+Upon the second floor, above the room occupied by my poor old
+grandmother, who sang the Marseillaise so constantly, in that part of
+the house overlooking the yard and the gardens, lived my great-aunt
+Bertha.
+
+From her windows, across the houses and the walls covered with roses and
+jasmine, one could see the ramparts of the town. They were so near to
+us that their old trees were visible; and beyond them lay those great
+plains of our country called prees (prairies) all so alike, and as
+monotonous as the neighboring seas. From the window one also saw the
+river. At full tide, when it almost overflowed its banks, it looked,
+as it wound along through the green meadows, like silver lace; and the
+large and small boats that passed in the far distance mounted upon this
+silver thread toward the harbor and from there sailed out into the great
+sea.
+
+As this was our only glimpse of real country the windows in my aunt
+Bertha's room had always a great attraction for me. Especially had
+they in the evening at sunset, for from them I could watch the sun sink
+mysteriously behind the prairies. Oh! those sunsets that I saw from
+my aunt Bertha's windows, what ecstasy overcast with melancholy they
+awakened in me! The winter sunsets seen through the closed windows were
+a pale rose color. Those of summer time, upon stormy evenings, after a
+hot, bright day, I contemplated from the open window, and as I did so
+I would breathe in the sweet odors given out by the jasmine blossoms
+growing on the wall: it seems to me that there are no such sunsets now
+as there were then. When the sunsets were notably splendid and unusual,
+if I was not in the room, aunt Bertha, who never missed one, would call
+out hastily: “Dearie! Dearie! Come quickly!” From any corner of the
+house I heard that call and understood it, and I went swift as a
+hurricane and mounted the stairs four steps at a time. I mounted the
+more rapidly because the stairway had already begun to fill with dread
+shadows; and in the turnings and corners I saw the imaginary forms of
+ghosts and monsters that at nightfall always pursued me as I ran up the
+stairs.
+
+My aunt Bertha's room, with its simple white muslin curtains, was as
+modest as my grandmother's. The walls, covered with an old-fashioned
+paper in vogue at the commencement of the century, were ornamented with
+water colors similar to those in my grandmother's room. The picture that
+I looked at most often was a pastel after Raphael of a virgin in white,
+blue and rose color. The rays of the setting sun always fell upon this
+picture (I have already said the hour of sunset was the time I preferred
+most to be in this room). This virgin was very much like my aunt Bertha;
+in spite of the great difference in their ages, one was struck with the
+resemblance between the straight lines and regularity of their profiles.
+
+On this same floor, but upon the street side, lived my other grandmother
+(the one who always dressed in black) and her daughter, my aunt Claire,
+the person in the house who petted me most.
+
+Upon winter evenings, after I had been to my aunt Bertha's room to
+see the sunset, it was my custom to go to them. I usually found them
+together in my grandmother's room and I would seat myself near the fire
+in a little chair placed there for me. But the twilight hour spent with
+them was always a disturbing one. . . . After all the amusements, all
+the day's running and playing, to sit in the dusk almost motionless
+upon my tiny chair, with eyes wide open, uneasily watching for the least
+change in the shadows, especially on that side of the room where the
+door opened on the dim stairway, was very painful to me. . . . I am sure
+that if my grandmother and aunt had known of the melancholy and terrors
+which the twilight induced in me, they would have spared me by lighting
+the lamp, but they did not know my sufferings; and it was the custom
+of the aged persons by whom I was surrounded, to sit tranquilly at
+nightfall in their accustomed places without having need for a lighted
+lamp. As it grew darker one or the other, grandmother or aunt, would
+draw her chair closer to me, and when I had that protection about me
+I felt completely happy and reassured and would say: “Please tell me
+stories about the Island.”
+
+The Island, that is the Island of Oleron, was my mother's native place,
+my grandmother's and aunt's also, which they had quitted twenty years
+before my birth to establish themselves upon the main land. The Island,
+or the least thing that came from it, had a singular charm for me.
+
+It was quite near us, for from a garret window at the top of the house
+we could, upon a very clear day, see the extreme end of its extensive
+plain; it appeared a little bluish line against a still paler one which
+was the arm of the ocean separating us from it. . . . To get to it we
+had to take a long journey in wretched country wagons and in sailing
+boats; and often our boat had to make its way there in the teeth of
+a strong gale. At this time in the village of St. Pierre Oleron I had
+three old aunts who lived very modestly upon the revenues of their salt
+marshes (the remains of a once great inheritance), and their annual
+rents which the peasants still paid with sacks of wheat. . . . When I
+went to visit them at St. Pierre there was for me a certain joy, mingled
+with many kinds of conflicting emotions, which I cannot explain, in
+trying to picture to myself their once great station.
+
+The Huguenot austerity of their manners, their mode of life, their house
+and their furniture all belonged to a past time, to a bygone generation.
+The sea surrounded and isolated us, and the wind constantly swept over
+the moorland and over the great stretches of sandy beach.
+
+My nurse was also from the Island, of a Huguenot family, which
+descending from father to son had been with us for a long time; and she
+would say: “At home, on the Island,” in such a way that with a wave of
+emotion I understood her great homesickness for it.
+
+We had about us a number of little articles that had come from there,
+and which had places of honor in our home. We had some black pebbles
+large as cannon-balls, that had been chosen from the thousands lying
+on the Long-Beach because centuries of washing had polished and rounded
+them exquisitely. These pebbles always played an important part every
+winter evening, for with the greatest regularity the old people would
+put them into the chimney-place where a wood fire blazed and crackled;
+afterwards they slipped them into calico bags of a flowered pattern,
+also brought from the Island, and took them to bed where they served to
+keep their feet warm during the night.
+
+In our cellar we had wooden props and firkins, and also a number of
+straight elm poles for holding the washing which had been cut from the
+choicest young trees in my grandmother's forest. I had the greatest
+veneration for all these things. I knew that my grandmother no longer
+owned the forests, nor the salt marshes, nor the vineyards; for I had
+heard them say that she had sold them one at a time to put the money
+into investments upon the mainland; and that an incompetent notary by
+his bad investments had greatly reduced her income.
+
+When I went to the Island and the old salt makers and vine dressers, who
+had at one time worked for our family, still loyal and respectful called
+me “our little master,” I knew they did so out of pure politeness and
+altogether in deference to our past grandeur.
+
+I regretted that I could not spend my life in tending the vineyards and
+the harvests, the occupations of several of my ancestors. Such a life
+seemed a much more desirable one to me than my own which was passed in a
+house in town.
+
+The stories of the Island that my grandmother and aunt Claire related to
+me were generally of the happenings of their own childhood, a childhood
+that seemed so very far away that to me it had no more reality than a
+dream.
+
+There were stories of grandfathers, long dead; of great-uncles whom I
+had never known, dead also for many years. When my aunt told me their
+names and described them to me I would abandon myself to reverie. There
+was in particular a grandfather Samuel who had preached at the time of
+the religious persecution, whom I thought an extraordinarily interesting
+person.
+
+I did not care whether the stories were different or not, and I would
+ask for the same ones over and over. Often they told me stories of
+journeys they had taken on the little donkeys that played such an
+important part in the lives of the people of St. Pierre. They would ride
+upon them to visit distant properties and vineyards; to get to these
+it was often necessary to travel along the sands of the Long-Beach, and
+sometimes of an evening during these expeditions terrible storms would
+burst upon the travellers and compel them to take shelter for the night
+in the inns and farmhouses.
+
+And as I sat in the darkness that no longer had terrors for me, my
+imagination busy with the things and peoples of other days, tinkle,
+tinkle would go the dinner bell; then I rose and jumped for joy, and
+we would go down to the dining-room together and find all the family
+gathered there in the bright gay room: then I would run to my mother and
+in an excess of emotion hide my face in her dress.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+
+
+
+Gaspard was a little crop-eared dog who was saved from absolute
+homeliness by the vivacious and kindly expression of his eyes. I do not
+now recall how he came to domesticate himself with us, but I do know
+that I loved him very tenderly.
+
+One winter afternoon, when he and I were out for a walk, he ran away
+from me. I consoled myself, however, by saying that he would certainly
+return to the house alone, and I went home in a happy frame of mind. But
+when night came and he was still absent I grew very heavy of heart.
+
+My parents had at dinner that evening an accomplished violinist and they
+had given me permission to remain up later than usual so that I might
+hear him. The first sweep of his bow which preluded I know not what slow
+and desolate movement, sounded to me like an invocation to those dark
+woodland paths in which, in the deeps of night, one feels that he is
+lost and abandoned; as the musician played I had a vision of Gaspard
+mistaking his way at the cross-roads because of the rain, and I saw him
+take an unfamiliar path that led forever away from friends and home.
+Then my tears began to flow, but no one perceived them; and as I wept
+the violin continued to fill the silence with its sad wailing, and it
+seemed to get a response from bottomless abysses inhabited by phantoms
+to which I could give neither a form nor name.
+
+That was my introduction to reverie awaking music, and years passed
+before I again experienced such sensations, for the little piano pieces
+that I began to play for myself soon after this (in a remarkable way for
+a child of my age they said) sounded to me only like sweet, rhythmical
+noise.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+
+
+
+I wish now to speak of the anguish caused by a story that was read to
+me. (I seldom read for myself, and in fact I disliked books very much.)
+
+A very disobedient little boy who had run away from his family and his
+native land, years later, after the death of his parents and his sister,
+returned alone to visit his parental home. This took place in November,
+and naturally the author described the dull gray sky and spoke of the
+bleak wind that blew the few remaining leaves from the trees.
+
+In a deserted garden, in an arbor stripped of all its green, the
+prodigal son in stooping down found among the autumn leaves a bluish
+bead that had lain there since the time he had played in the bower with
+his sister.
+
+Oh! at that point I begged them to cease reading, for I felt the sobs
+coming. I could see, see vividly, that solitary garden, that leafless
+old arbor, and half-hidden under the reddish leaves I saw that blue
+bead, souvenir of the dead sister. . . . It depressed me dreadfully and
+gave me a conception of that inevitable fading away of everything and
+every one, of the great universal change that comes to all.
+
+It is strange that my tenderly guarded infancy should have been so full
+of sad emotions and morbid reflections.
+
+I am sure that the sad days and happenings were rare, and that I lived
+the joyous and careless life of other children; but just because the
+happy days were so habitual to me they made no impression upon my mind,
+and I can no longer recall them.
+
+My memories of the summer time are so similar that they break with the
+splendor of the sun into the dark places and things of my mind.
+
+And always the great heat, the deep blue skies, the sparkling sand
+of the beach and the flood of light upon the white lime walls of the
+cottages of the little villages upon the “Island” induced in me a
+melancholy and sleepiness which I afterwards experienced with even
+greater intensity in the land of the Turk.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII.
+
+
+
+“And at midnight there was a cry made: Behold, the Bridegroom cometh; go
+ye out to meet him. . . . And they that were ready went in with him
+to the marriage; and the door was shut. Afterward came also the other
+virgins, saying, Lord, Lord, open to us.
+
+“But he answered and said, Verily, I say unto you, I know you not.
+
+“Watch therefore, for ye know neither the day nor the hour wherein the
+Son of man cometh.”
+
+After reading these verses in a loud voice, my father closed the Bible;
+in the room where we were assembled there was a sound of chairs being
+moved and we all went down upon our knees to pray. Following the usage
+in old Huguenot families, it was our custom to have prayers just before
+retiring to our rooms for the night.
+
+“And the door was shut. . . .” Although I still knelt I no longer heard
+the prayer, for the foolish virgins appeared to me. They were enveloped
+in white veils that billowed about them as they stood before the door
+holding in their hands the little lamps whose flickering flames were so
+soon to be extinguished, leaving them in the gloom without before that
+closed door, closed against them irrevocably and forever. . . . And a
+time could come then when it would be too late; when the Saviour weary
+of our trespassing would no longer listen to our supplications! I had
+never thought that that was possible. And a fear more terrifying and
+awful than any I had ever known before completely overwhelmed me at the
+thought of eternal damnation. . . .
+
+* * * * *
+
+For a long time, for many weeks and months, the parable of the foolish
+virgins haunted me. And every evening, when darkness came, I would
+repeat to myself the words that sounded so beautiful and yet so
+dismaying: “Watch therefore, for ye know neither the day nor the hour
+wherein the Son of man cometh.” If he should come to-night, was ever
+my thought, I would be awakened by a noise as of the sound of rushing
+waters, by the blare of the trumpet of the angel of the Lord announcing
+the terrifying approach of the end of the world. And I could never go to
+sleep until I had said a long prayer in which I commended myself to the
+mercy of my Saviour.
+
+I do not believe there was ever a little child who had a more sensitive
+conscience than I; about everything I was so morbidly scrupulous that I
+was often misunderstood by those who loved me best, a thing that caused
+me the most poignant heartaches. I remember having been tormented
+for days merely because in relating something I had not reported
+it precisely as it had happened. And to such a point did I carry my
+squeamishness of conscience that when I had finished with my recital or
+statement I would murmur in a low voice, in the tone of one who tells
+over his beads, these words: “After all, perhaps I do not remember just
+exactly how it was.” When I think of the thousand remorses and fears
+which my trifling wrong doings caused me, and which from my sixth to
+my eighth year cast a gloom over my childhood, I feel a sort of
+retrospective depression.
+
+At that period if any one asked me what I hoped to be in the future,
+when a man, without hesitation I would answer: “I expect to be a
+minister,”--and to me the religious vocation seemed the very grandest
+one. And those about me would smile and without doubt they thought,
+inasmuch as I too wished it, that it was the best career for me.
+
+In the evening, especially at night, I meditated constantly of that
+hereafter which to pronounce the name of filled me with terror:
+eternity. And my departure from this earth,--this earth which I had
+scarcely seen, of which I had seen no more than the tiniest and most
+colorless corner--seemed to me a thing very near at hand. With a
+blending of impatience and mortal fear I thought of myself as soon to
+be clothed in a resplendent white robe, as soon to be seated in a great
+splendor of light among the multitude of angels and chosen ones around
+the throne of the Blessed Lamb; I saw myself in the midst of a
+great moving orb that, to the sound of music, oscillated slowly and
+continuously in the infinite void of heaven.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV.
+
+
+
+“Once upon a time a little girl when she opened a large fruit that had
+come from the colonies, a big creature came out of it, a green creature,
+and it bit her and that made her die.”
+
+It was my little friend Antoinette (she was six and I seven) who was
+telling me the story which had been suggested to her because we were
+about to break and divide an apricot between us. We were at the extreme
+end of her garden in the lovely month of June under a branching apricot
+tree. We sat very close together upon the same stool in a house about as
+big as a bee-hive, which we had built for our exclusive use out of old
+planks. Our dwelling was covered with pieces of foreign matting that had
+come from the Antilles packed about some boxes of coffee. The sunbeams
+pierced the roof, which was of a coarse straw-colored material, and
+the warm breeze that stirred the leaves of the trees about us made the
+sunlight dance as it fell upon our faces and aprons. (During at least
+two summers it had been our favorite amusement to build, in isolated
+nooks, houses like the one described in Robinson Crusoe, and thus hidden
+away we would sit together and chat.) In the story of the little girl
+who was bitten by the big creature this phrase, “a very large fruit
+from the colonies,” had suddenly plunged me into a reverie. And I had
+a vision of trees, of strange fruits, and of forests filled with
+marvelously colored birds. Ah! how much those magical but disturbing
+words, “the colonies” conveyed to me in my childhood. To me they meant
+at that time all tropical and distant countries, which I invariably
+thought of as filled with giant palms, exquisite flowers, strange black
+people and great animals. Although my ideas were so confused I had an
+almost true conception, amounting to an intuition, of their mournful
+splendor and their enervating melancholy.
+
+I think that I saw a palm for the first time in an illustrated book
+called the “Young Naturalists,” by Madame Ulliac-Tremadeure; the book
+was one of my New Year's gifts, and I read some parts of it upon New
+Year's evening. (Green-house palms had not at that time been brought to
+our little town.)
+
+The illustrator had placed two of these unfamiliar trees at the edge
+of a sea-shore along which negroes were passing. Recently I was curious
+enough to hunt in the little yellow, faded book for that picture, and
+truly I wonder how that illustration had the power to create the very
+least of my dreams unless it were that my immature mind was already
+leavened by the memory of memories.
+
+“The colonies!” Ah! how can I give an adequate idea of all that awoke
+in my mind at the sound of these words? A fruit from there, a bird or a
+shell, had instantly the greatest charm for me.
+
+There were a number of things from the tropics in little Antoinette's
+home: a parrot, birds of many colors in a cage, and collections of
+shells and insects. In one of her mamma's bureau drawers I had seen
+quaint necklaces of fragrant berries; in the garret, where we sometimes
+rummaged, we found skins of animals and peculiar bags and cases upon
+which could still be made out the names of towns in the Antilles; and a
+faint tropical odor scented the entire house.
+
+Antoinette's garden, as I have said, was separated from ours by a very
+low wall overgrown with roses and jasmine. And the very old pomegranate
+tree growing there spread its branches into our yard, and at the
+blooming season its coral-red petals were scattered upon our grass.
+
+Often we spoke from one house to the other:
+
+“Can I come over and play with you?” I would ask. “Will your mamma allow
+me?”
+
+“No, because I have been naughty and I am being punished.” (That
+happened very often.)--Such an answer always grieved me a great deal;
+but I must confess that it was more on account of my disappointment over
+the parrot and the tropical things than because of her punishment.
+
+Little Antoinette had been born in the colonies, but, curiously enough,
+she never seemed to value that fact, and they had very little charm for
+her, indeed she scarcely remembered them. I would have given everything
+I possessed in the world to have seen, if only for the briefest time,
+one of those distant countries, inaccessible to me, as I well knew.
+
+With a regret that was almost anguish I thought, alas! that in my life
+as minister, live as long as I might, I would never, never see those
+enchanting lands.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV.
+
+
+
+I will now describe a game that gave Antoinette and me the greatest
+pleasure during those two delicious summers.
+
+We pretended to be two caterpillars, and we would creep along the ground
+upon our stomachs and our knees and hunt for leaves to eat. After having
+done that for some time we played that we were very very sleepy, and we
+would lie down in a corner under the trees and cover our heads with our
+white aprons--we had become cocoons. We remained in this condition for
+some time, and so thoroughly did we enter into the role of insects in
+a state of metamorphosis, that any one listening would have heard pass
+between us, in a tone of the utmost seriousness, conversations of this
+nature:
+
+“Do you think that you will soon be able to fly?”
+
+“Oh yes! I'll be flying very soon; I feel them growing in my shoulders
+now . . . they'll soon unfold.” (“They” naturally referred to wings.)
+
+Finally we would wake up, stretch ourselves, and without saying anything
+we conveyed by our manner our astonishment at the great transformation
+in our condition. . . .
+
+Then suddenly we began to run lightly and very nimbly in our tiny shoes;
+in our hands we held the corners of our pinafores which we waved as if
+they were wings; we ran and ran, and chased each other, and flew about
+making sharp and fantastic curves as we went. We hastened from flower
+to flower and smelled all of them, and we continually imitated the
+restlessness of giddy moths; we imagined too that we were imitating
+their buzzing when we exclaimed: “Hou ou ou!” a noise we made by filling
+the cheeks with air and puffing it out quickly through the half-closed
+mouth.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI.
+
+
+
+The butterflies, the poor butterflies that have gone out of fashion in
+these days, played, I am ashamed to say, a large part in my life during
+my childhood, as did also the flies, beetles and lady-bugs and all the
+insects that are found upon flowers and in the grass. Although it gave
+me a great deal of pain to kill them, I was making a collection of them,
+and I was almost always seen with a butterfly net in my hand. Those
+flying about in our yard, that had strayed our way from the country,
+were not very beautiful it must be confessed, but I had the garden and
+woods of Limoise which all the summer long was a hunting-ground ever
+full of surprises and wonders.
+
+But the caricatures by Topffer upon this subject made me thoughtful; and
+when Lucette one day caught me with several butterflies in my hat, and
+in her incomparably mocking voice called me, “Mr. Cryptogram,” I was
+much humiliated.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII.
+
+
+
+The poor old grandmother who sang so constantly was dying.
+
+We were all standing about her bed at nightfall one spring evening. She
+had been ailing scarcely more than forty-eight hours; but the doctor
+said that on account of her great age she could not rally, and he
+pronounced her end to be very near.
+
+Her mind had become clear; she no longer mistook our names, and in a
+sweet calm voice she begged us to remain near her--it was doubtless the
+voice of other days, the one that I had never heard before.
+
+As I stood close to my father's side I turned my eyes from my dying
+grandmother, and they wandered about the room with its old-fashioned
+furniture. I looked especially at the pictures of bouquets in vases
+that hung upon the wall. Oh! those poor little water colors in my
+grandmother's room, how ingenuous they were! They all bore this
+inscription: “A Bouquet for my mother,” and under this there was a
+little verse of four lines dedicated to her which I could now read and
+understand. These works of art had been painted by my father in his
+early boyhood, and he had presented them to his mother upon each joyful
+anniversary. The poor, unpretentious little pictures bore testimony
+to the humble life of those early days, and they spoke of the sacred
+intimacy of mother and son,--they had been painted during the time which
+followed those great ordeals, the wars, the English invasion and the
+burning over of the country by the enemy. For the first time I realized
+that my grandmother too had been young; that, without doubt, before the
+trouble with her head, my father had loved her as I loved my mamma, and
+I felt that he would sorrow greatly when he lost her; I felt sorry for
+him and I was also full of remorse because I had laughed at her singing,
+and had been amused when she spoke to her image reflected in the
+looking-glass.
+
+They sent me down stairs. On different pretexts, the reason for which
+I did not understand, they kept me away from the room until the day was
+over; then they took me to the house of our friends, the D----s, where I
+was to have dinner with Lucette.
+
+When, at about half past eight, I returned home with my nurse, I
+insisted upon going straight to my grandmother's room.
+
+When I entered I was struck with the order and the air of profound peace
+that pervaded the room. My father was sitting motionless at the head of
+the bed--he was in the shadow, the open curtains were draped with great
+precision, and on the pillow, just in its middle, was the head of my
+sleeping grandmother; her whole position had about it something very
+regular--something that suggested eternal rest.
+
+My mother and sister were seated beside a chiffonier near the door, from
+which place they had kept watch over my grandmother during her illness.
+As soon as I entered they signalled to me with their hands as if to say:
+“Softly, softly, make no noise; she is asleep.” The shade of their lamp
+threw a vivid light upon the material they were busied with, a number
+of little silk squares, brown, yellow, gray, etc., that I recognized as
+pieces of their old dresses and hat ribbons.
+
+At first I thought that they were working upon things which it is
+customary to prepare for people about to die; but when I, in a very low
+voice and with some uneasiness, questioned them about it, they explained
+that they were making sachets which were to be sold for charity.
+
+I said that I wished to bid grandmother good night before retiring, and
+they allowed me to go towards the bed; but before I reached the middle
+of the room they, after glancing quickly at each other, changed their
+minds.
+
+“No, no,” they said in a very low voice, “come back, you might disturb
+her.”
+
+But before they spoke I came to a halt of myself, I was overwhelmed with
+terror--I understood.
+
+Although fear kept me fixed to the spot I noted with astonishment that
+my grandmother was not at all disagreeable to look at; I had never
+before seen a dead person, and I had imagined until then, that when
+the spirit took its departure all that remained was a grinning, hideous
+skeleton. On the contrary my grandmother had upon her face an extremely
+sweet and tranquil smile; she was as beautiful as ever, and her face
+appeared to be rejuvenated and filled with a holy peace.
+
+Then there passed through my mind one of those sad flashes which
+sometimes come to little children and permit them to see for a moment
+into hidden depths, and I reflected: How can grandmother be in heaven,
+how am I to understand the division of the one body into two parts, for
+that which was left for interment, was it not my grandmother herself,
+ah! was it not she even to the very expression that she bore in life?
+
+After that I stole away with a bruised heart and downcast spirit,
+not daring to ask a question of any one, fearful lest what I had so
+unerringly divined would be confirmed, I did not wish to hear the dread
+and terrible word pronounced. . . .
+
+* * * * *
+
+For a long time thereafter little silken sachet bags were always
+associated in my mind with the idea of death.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII.
+
+
+
+I still have in my memory, almost agonizing impressions of a serious
+illness which I had when I was about eight years old. Those about me
+called it scarlet fever, and its very name seemed to have a diabolical
+quality.
+
+I had the fever in March, which was cold and blustering and dreary that
+year, and every evening as night fell, if by chance my mother was not
+near me, a great sadness would overwhelm my soul. (It was an oppression
+coming on at twilight, from which animals, and beings with a temperament
+like mine suffer almost equally.)
+
+My curtains were kept open, and I always had a view of the pathetic
+looking little table with its cups of gruel and bottles of medicines.
+And as I gazed at these things, so suggestive of sickness, they took on
+strange shapes in the darkness of the silent room,--and at such times
+there passed through my head a procession of grotesque, hideous and
+alarming images.
+
+Upon two successive evenings at dusk there appeared to me, in the half
+delirium of fever, two persons who caused me the most extreme terror.
+
+The first one was an old woman, hump-backed and very ugly, but with a
+fascinating ugliness, who without my hearing her open the door, without
+my seeing any one rise to meet her, stole noiselessly to my side. She
+departed, however, without speaking to me; but as she turned to go her
+hump became visible, and I saw that there was an opening in it, and
+there popped out from this hole the green head of a parrot which the
+old woman carried in her hump. This creature called out, “Cuckoo,” in
+a thin, squeaking, far-away voice, and then withdrew again into the
+frightful old hag's hump. Oh! when I heard that “Cuckoo!” a cold
+perspiration formed on my forehead; but suddenly the woman disappeared
+and then I realized that it was only a dream.
+
+The next evening a tall thin man, clothed in the black dress of a
+minister, appeared to me. He did not come near me, but kept close to the
+wall and whirled, with body all bent over, rapidly and noiselessly about
+the room. His miserable, thin legs and the gown of his dress stood out
+stiff and straight as he turned quickly. And--most horrible of all--he
+had for a head the skull of a large white bird with a long beak, which
+was a monstrous exaggeration of a sea-mew's skull, bleached by the sun
+and wind and waves, that I had the previous summer found upon the beach
+at the Island. (I believe this old man's visit coincided with the
+time when I was worst, almost in danger.) After he had made one or two
+revolutions about the room, he quickly and silently began to rise from
+the floor. Ever moving his thin legs he reached the cornice, then higher
+and higher still he rose, above the pictures and the looking-glasses,
+until he was lost to sight in the twilight shadows that lay near the
+ceiling.
+
+And for two or three years after this event the faces of those visions
+haunted me. On winter evenings I thought of them with a shudder as
+I mounted the stairway, which at that period it was not customary to
+light. “If they should be there,” I would say to myself; “suppose one of
+them is lying in wait to pursue me, and stretch out their hands and try
+to catch me by the legs.”
+
+And truly I will not be sure that I would not now feel, should I
+encourage myself, some of the old-time fear which that woman and man
+inspired in me; they were for some time at the head of the list of my
+childhood terrors, and for very long they led the procession of visions
+and bad dreams.
+
+Many gloomy apparitions haunted the first years of my life which
+otherwise were so uncommonly sweet. I was especially addicted to
+indulging in sad reflections at nightfall; I had impressions of my
+career being cut short by an early death. Too carefully sheltered and
+protected at this period, and yet in some measure forced mentally, I may
+be likened to a flower that lacks color and vitality because it has been
+raised in an unwholesome atmosphere. I should have been surrounded by
+hardy, mischievous, noisy playmates of my own age and sex, but instead
+of that I played only with gentle little girls. I was always careful and
+precise in my manners, and my curled hair and sedate bearing gave me the
+appearance of a little eighteenth century nobleman.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX.
+
+
+
+After that long fever, the very name of which has a sinister sound, I
+recall the delight I felt when they allowed me to go out into the air,
+when I was permitted to go down into our beloved yard. The day chosen
+for my first airing was a radiantly beautiful and clear morning in
+April. Seated under the bower of jasmine and honeysuckle I felt as if
+I were experiencing the enchantment of paradise, of another Eden.
+Everything was budding and blossoming; without my knowledge, during the
+time that I was confined to my bed, this wonderful drama of the spring
+had enacted itself upon the earth. I had not often seen this wonderful
+and magical renewal which has delighted man through all the ages, and to
+which only the very aged seem indifferent; it ravished me and I
+allowed my joy to take possession of me almost to the point of
+intoxication.--Oh! that pure, warm, soft air; the glorious sunlight and
+the tender, fresh green of the young plants and the budding trees
+that already cast a little shade. And in myself there was an unwonted
+strength that bespoke recovery, and I rejoiced mightily when I breathed
+in the sweet air and felt the flood of new life.
+
+My brother was a tall fellow of twenty-one who had the freedom of the
+house and grounds in which to work out any of his fancies. During my
+convalescence I entertained myself greatly speculating about something
+he was busy with in the garden, which something I was dying of
+impatience to see. At the end of the yard, in a lovely nook under an
+old plum tree, my brother was making a tiny lake; he had dug it out and
+cemented it like a cistern, and from the country round about he procured
+stones and quantities of moss with which to make the banks about the
+lake romantic looking; he also constructed rocky elevations and grottoes
+out of stones and mosses.
+
+And this work was finished the day that I went out for the first time;
+they had even put little gold fish into the water, and they turned on
+the tiny fountain and it played in my honor.
+
+I approached it with ecstasy, and I found that it greatly surpassed in
+beauty anything that my imagination had been able to conjure up. And
+when my brother told me it was mine, I felt a joy so intense that it
+seemed to me it must last forever. Oh! what unexpected joy to possess it
+for my very own! And what happiness to know that I could enjoy it every
+single day during the warm and beautiful months that were to come. And
+the thought of being able to live out of doors again, the prospect of
+playing in every nook of that lovely garden, as I had done the previous
+summer, was rapture to me.
+
+I remained at the edge of the pond a long time, looking at it and
+admiring it unceasingly, and I breathed in the sweet, mild spring air,
+and warmed myself in the radiant sunlight so long denied to me. The old
+plum tree above my head, planted so long ago by one of my ancestors, and
+now almost at the end of its usefulness, spread its lacy curtain of new
+leaves to the tender blue of the sky, and the tiny fountain in its
+shade continued its tuneful melody as if it were a little hurdy-gurdy
+celebrating my return to health.
+
+To-day that old plum tree is dead and its trunk the only thing left of
+it, and spared out of respect, is covered, like a ruin, with ivy vines.
+
+But the pond, with its grottoes and islets, still remains intact; time
+has given it the appearance of genuine nature herself. Its greenish
+stones look old and decayed; the mosses, the delicate little plants
+brought from the river, and the rushes and wild iris have acclimated
+themselves, and dragon flies that stray through the town take refuge
+there--a bit of wild nature has established itself in that little corner
+and I hope it will never be disturbed.
+
+I am more loyally attached to that spot than to any other, although
+I have loved many places; in no other one have I found so much peace;
+there I feel tranquil, there I refresh myself and acquire youth and new
+life. That little corner is my sacred Mecca, so much indeed is it to me
+that should any one destroy it I would feel as if some vital thing in
+my life had lost balance, would feel that I had missed my footing, or
+almost imagine that it presaged the beginning of my end.
+
+The reverent feeling that I have for the place has been born, I believe,
+from my sea-faring life, with its long voyages to distant places and its
+dreary exiles during which I thought and dreamed of it constantly.
+
+There is in particular one little grotto for which I have an especial
+affection: the memory of it has often, in times of depression and
+melancholy, during the years of weary exile heartened me.
+
+After the angel Azrael had so cruelly passed our way, after reverses of
+many sorts, and during that sad term when I was a wanderer on the face
+of the earth, and my widowed mother and my aunt Claire were left alone
+in the beloved but deserted home that was almost as silent as a tomb, I
+experienced many a heartache as I thought of the dear hearthstone and of
+the things so familiar to my childhood that were doubtless going to
+ruin through neglect. I felt especially anxious to know if the storms
+of winter and the hands of time had destroyed the delicate arch of that
+grotto; and strange as it may seem, if those little moss-covered rocks
+had fallen in I would have felt that an almost irreparable breach had
+been made in my own life.
+
+At the side of the pond there is an old gray wall which is an integral
+part of the corner that I call my Holy Mecca; I think it is the very
+centre of the sacred place, and I recall the tiniest details of it. I
+can picture to myself the scarcely visible mosses that grow there, and
+the gaps made by time, which the spiders now inhabit. Growing up at the
+back of the wall there is an arbor of ivy and honeysuckles whose shade
+I sought daily every beautiful summer day for the purpose of studying my
+lessons. But I lounged there lazily, as a school-boy will, and allowed
+all my attention to be absorbed by those gray stones with their teeming
+world of insects. Not only do I love and venerate that old wall as the
+Moslems love their holiest mosque, but I regard it also as something
+which actually protects me; as something which conserves my life and
+prolongs my youth. I would not suffer any one to change it in the least,
+and should it be demolished I would feel as if the very supports under
+my life were insecure. May it not be because certain things persist,
+and are known to us throughout our lives, that we borrow from thence
+delusions in regard to our own stability and our own continuance. Seeing
+that they abide we suppose that we cannot change nor cease to be.
+
+Personally I cannot explain these sentiments of mine in any other way
+than to regard them as some sort of fetich worship.
+
+And when I consider that those stones are very like other stones, that
+they have been brought from I know not where, by whom I care not, to be
+built into a wall by workmen who lived and died a century before I was
+even thought of, I realize the childishness of the illusion, which I
+indulge in spite of myself, that it can extend any sort of spiritual
+protection to me; I comprehend only too well what a frail and unstable
+base has that that symbolizes for me the permanency of life.
+
+Those who have never had a permanent home, but who have from infancy
+been taken from place to place, living in lodgings meantime, may not be
+able to appreciate these sentiments.
+
+But among those who have daily gathered about the same hearthstone,
+there are, I am sure, many who, without confessing it, are susceptible
+in varying degrees to impressions of this sort. And do not such people
+often, because of an old stone wall, a garden known and loved since
+childhood, an old terrace which has become in indestructible part of
+their memory, or an old tree that has not changed form within their
+lives, seek a warrant for their own hope of immortality?
+
+And doubtless, alas! before their birth these objects lent the same
+delusive countenance to others, to those unknown now turned to dust and
+gone to nothingness, who may not even have been of their blood and race.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XX.
+
+
+
+It was about the middle of the summer, after my severe illness, that I
+went to the Island for a long visit. I was taken there by my brother and
+my sister, the latter was like a second mother to me. After a sojourn
+of several weeks with our relatives at St. Pierre Oleron (my good Aunt
+Claire and her two old unmarried daughters) we went alone, we three, to
+a fishing village upon the Long-Beach, which at that time was entirely
+off the line of travel. The Long-Beach is that portion of the
+Island commanding a view of the ocean over which the west winds blow
+ceaselessly. Upon this coast, which extends without a curve straight and
+seemingly limitless, with the majestic sweep of the desert of Sahara,
+the waves roll and break with a mighty noise. Here there are to be seen
+many uneven waste spaces; it is a region of sand where stunted trees and
+dwarfish evergreen oaks shelter themselves behind the dunes. A curious
+kind of wild flower, a pink and fragrant carnation, blooms there
+profusely all summer long. Two or three villages, composed of humble
+little cottages, whitewashed like the bungalows of Algeria, break the
+loneliness of this region. These homes have planted about them such
+flowers as can best resist the sea-winds. Dark skinned fishermen and
+their families, a hardy honest people, still very primitive at the time
+of which I write, live here; even sea-bathers had not found their way to
+these shores.
+
+In an old forgotten copy-book where my sister had written down (in a
+stilted manner) the impressions of that summer I find this description
+of our lodgings.
+
+“We dwell in the centre of the village, in the square, at the Mayor's
+house.
+
+“This house has two ells, which are spacious beyond measure.
+
+“Its dazzling whitewashed surfaces sparkle in the sun, its window
+shutters are fastened with large iron hooks and painted a dark green
+as is the custom here. The flower bed that is planted in the form of
+a wreath all around the house grows vigorously in the sand. The
+day-lilies, one surpassing the other in beauty, open their yellow, pink
+and red blossoms, and the mignonette beds which at noon-time are fully
+abloom waft on the air an odor that is sweet as the scent of orange
+blossoms.
+
+“Opposite us a little path hollowed out of the sand descends rapidly to
+the edge of the sea.”
+
+My first really intimate acquaintance with the sea-wrack, crabs,
+sea-nettles, jelly-fish, and the thousand and one other small creatures
+that inhabit the ocean, dates from this visit to the Long-Beach.
+
+And during this same summer I fell in love for the first time--my
+beloved was a little village girl. But here, so that the story may be
+related more accurately, I will allow my sister, through the medium of
+the old copy-book, to speak again--I merely copy:
+
+“Dozens of the children (fishermen's boys and girls), tanned and brown
+and with little legs all bare, followed Pierre, or audaciously hurried
+before him, and from time to time turned and looked at him wonderingly
+with their beautiful dark eyes. At that time a little gentleman was
+a rare enough spectacle in that part of the country to be worth the
+trouble of running after.
+
+“Every day Pierre, accompanied by this crowd, would descend to the beach
+by means of the little footpath scooped out of the sand. There he would
+run and pick up the shells that, upon that coast, are so exquisitely
+beautiful. They are yellow, pink, purple and many other bright colors,
+and they have the most delicate and varied forms. Pierre admired them
+greatly, and the little ones who always followed him would silently
+offer him hands full.
+
+“Veronica was the most attentive of all. She was about his own age,
+perhaps a little younger, six or seven years of age. She had a sweet,
+dreamy little face, a rather pale complexion and lovely gray eyes. She
+was protected from the heat by a large white sunbonnet; a kichenote, as
+they call it in that part of the country, is a very old word, and means
+a large bonnet made of linen and cardboard, which projects over the
+face like the head-dress of a nun. Veronica would slip near Pierre,
+take possession of his hand, and keep it in hers. Thus they walked along
+contentedly without saying a word. They stopped from time to time to
+kiss each other. 'I wish to kiss you,' Veronica would say, and as she
+did so she embraced him tenderly with her little arms. Then after Pierre
+had allowed her the caress he would, in his turn, kiss her vehemently on
+her pretty, little, plump cheeks. . . .”
+
+* * * * *
+
+“Little Veronica used to run and seat herself upon our doorstep as soon
+as she was up; and there she remained like a faithful, loyal spaniel.
+As soon as Pierre woke he thought of her being there, and he would
+immediately get out of bed, have himself quickly washed, and stand
+quietly to have his blond curls combed out, and then run to find his
+little friend. They embraced each other and prattled of the events of
+the day before; sometimes Veronica, before coming to our house to wait
+for Pierre, made a trip to the seashore and gathered an apron full of
+the beautiful shells as a love offering to her sweetheart.
+
+“One day, at about the end of August, after a long reverie, during which
+Pierre had perhaps weighed and considered the difficult question of the
+social difference between them, he said; 'Veronica you and I must get
+married some day; I will ask permission of my parents when the time
+comes.'”
+
+Then my sister speaks of our departure:
+
+“Upon the 15th of September it was necessary for us to leave the
+village. Pierre had made a collection of shells, sea-weeds, star-fish
+and pebbles; he was insatiable and wished to carry all of them away with
+him, and with Veronica's aid he packed a great many into his boxes.
+
+“One morning a large carriage arrived at St. Pierre to take us away. The
+peace of the village was broken by the noise of the little bells and the
+cracking of the driver's whip. Pierre with the greatest care placed his
+own packets into the carriage and then we three quickly took our places.
+With eyes full of sadness Pierre gazed out of the carriage window
+towards the sandy path that led down to the beach--and at his little
+friend who stood there weeping.”
+
+In conclusion I will copy word for word the reflection found at the end
+of the faded book which was written down by my sister during that same
+summer.
+
+“Then, and not for the first time, I fell into an uneasy reverie that
+had to do with Pierre, and I asked myself: 'What will become of the
+little boy? And what will become of his little friend whose figure we
+could still see outlined at the now far distant end of the road. How
+much despair does that little heart feel; how much anguish at being thus
+abandoned?'”
+
+“What will become of that boy?” Alas! what indeed! His whole life was to
+be similar to that summer of his childhood. To know the sorrow of
+many farewells; to desire to take with me a thousand trifles of no
+appreciable value, to hunger to have about me a world of beloved
+souvenirs,--but especially to say good bye to wild little creatures
+(loved perhaps just because they were ingenuous children of
+nature),--these things were to make up the sum of my life.
+
+The two or three days' journey home (broken into by a visit to our
+old aunts) seemed to me very nearly endless. My impatience to see and
+embrace mamma kept me from sleeping. I had not seen her for almost two
+months! My sister was the only person in the world who, at that time,
+could have made such a long separation from my mamma endurable to me.
+
+We reached the continent safely, and after a three-hours ride in the
+carriage that we found awaiting us at the boat-landing, we passed
+through the ramparts of our town. Ah! at last I saw my mother; I once
+more saw her dear face and sweet smile.--And now at this distant time I
+find that one of my clearest and most persistent memories is her beloved
+and still youthful face and her beautiful dark hair.
+
+When we arrived at the house I ran to visit my little lake and its
+grottoes, and I hurried to the arbor that grew against the old wall. But
+my eyes had become so accustomed to the immensity of the sandy beach
+and the ocean that all of these things appeared shrunken, diminished,
+walled-in and mean. The leaves were turning yellow, and although it was
+still warm there was a promise of early autumn in the air. With fear and
+dread I thought of the dull and cold days which would soon be upon us;
+and when, with a heavy heart, I began to unpack my boxes of sea-weed
+and shells, I was overcome with grief because I was not still upon the
+Island. I felt disquieted too about Veronica who would have to be there
+without me during the winter, and suddenly my eyes overflowed with tears
+at the thought that I might never again hold her dear little sun-burned
+hands in mine.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXI.
+
+
+
+The time now arrived for me to begin regular lessons and to write
+exercises in copy-books, which I invariably smeared with ink--ah! what
+gloom and dreariness suddenly came into my life.
+
+I remember that I performed my tasks spiritlessly and sulkily, and that
+my lessons bored me inexpressibly. And since I wish to be very sincere,
+it is necessary for me to add that my teachers also were well-nigh
+intolerable to me.
+
+Alas! well do I remember the one who first taught me Latin (rosa, the
+rose; cornu, the horn; tonitru, the thunder). This tutor was very old
+and bent, and as sad of face as a rainy November day. He is dead now,
+the poor old fellow--sweet peace to his soul! He was exactly like that
+“Mr. Ratin” hit off in caricature so neatly by Topffer; he had all the
+marks, even to the wart with the three hairs, and fine wrinkles
+beyond number at the end of his old nose; to me his face was the
+personification of all that was hideous and disgusting.
+
+He arrived every day precisely at noon; and a chill would pass through
+me when I heard his knock which I would have recognized among a
+thousand.
+
+Always after his departure, I attempted to purify that part of my table
+where his elbow had rested by rubbing it hard with the napkin which
+I had taken clandestinely from the linen-closet. And the repulsion
+extended itself to the very books, already unattractive enough to me,
+which he touched; I even tore certain leaves out of them because I
+suspected that he had handled them a great deal.
+
+My books were always full of ink blots, always stained and covered with
+smeared sketches and pictures, which one draws idly when his attention
+wanders from his task. I who was usually so careful and proper a child
+had such a detestation for the books which I was obliged to learn
+from, that I abused them in the commonest fashion; altogether I was a
+miserable pupil. I found--and this is the astonishing part--that all
+my scruples of conscience deserted me when my teacher questioned me in
+regard to the time I had spent upon my lessons (I usually studied them
+in a mad hurry at the last moment); my aversion for study was the first
+thing that caused me to temporize with my conscience.
+
+In spite, however, of a pricking conscience, I still continued to
+give only a passing glance at my lessons at the very last moment. But
+generally “Mr. Ratin” would write “good” or “very good” upon the paper
+which it was my duty each evening to show to my father.
+
+I believe that if he, or the other professors who succeeded him, could
+have suspected the truth, could have guessed that out of their presence
+my mind did not dwell for more than five minutes a day upon what they
+had taught me, their honest heads would have split with indignation.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXII.
+
+
+
+During the course of the winter which followed my visit to the
+Long-Beach a great change took place in our family--my brother departed
+for his first campaign.
+
+He was, as I have said, about fourteen years older than I. I had had
+very little time to become acquainted with him, to attach myself to him,
+for his preparation for his vocation made it necessary for him to be
+away from home a great deal. I scarcely ever went into his room where,
+scattered upon the table, there was an appalling number of large books.
+This room was pervaded with the strong odor of tobacco; and I dared not
+go near it for fear that I would meet his comrades, young officers,
+or students like himself. I had heard, also, that he was not always
+well-behaved, that sometimes he did not come in until very late at
+night, and that often my father had found it necessary to give him a
+serious talking to; secretly I greatly disapproved of his conduct.
+
+But his approaching departure strengthened my affection, and caused me
+extreme sorrow.
+
+He was going to Polynesia, to Tahiti, almost to the end of the world,
+and he expected to be away four years. To me that seemed an almost
+endless absence, for it represented half of my own age.
+
+I watched, with the greatest interest, the preparations that he made for
+his voyage. The iron-bound trunks were packed with care. He wrapped the
+gilt-embroidered uniform and his sword in a quantity of tissue paper,
+and put them away with the same care one bestows upon a mummy when it is
+relaid in its metal case. All of these things augmented the impression
+that I had of the distance and dangers of the long voyage about to be
+undertaken by my brother.
+
+A sort of melancholy rested upon every one in the house, which became
+deeper and more and more noticeable as the day for the separation
+drew near. At our meals we were more silent; advice from my father
+and assurances from my brother was the substance of most of the
+conversations, and I listened meditatively without saying a word.
+
+The day before my brother left he confided to my care--and I was greatly
+honored to have him do so--the many fragile little things that he had
+upon his mantel-piece; these he bade me guard faithfully until his
+return.
+
+He then made me a present of a handsome gilt edged, illustrated book
+entitled, “A Voyage in Polynesia.” It was the only book that in my early
+childhood I had an affection for, and I constantly turned its pages
+with eager pleasure. In the front of it there was an engraving of a very
+pretty dark woman who, crowned with reeds, was sitting gracefully under
+a palm tree. Under this picture was printed: “Portrait of her Majesty,
+Pomare IV., Queen of Tahiti.” Further over in the book there was a
+picture of two beautiful maidens, with naked shoulders and crowned
+heads, standing at the edge of the sea, and this was entitled: “Two
+Young Tahitian Girls upon the Beach.”
+
+Upon the day of my brother's departure, at the last hour, the
+preparations being over, and the large trunks closed and locked, we
+gathered in the parlor as solemnly as if we had come together for a
+funeral. A chapter of the Bible was read and then we had family prayers.
+. . . Four years! and during that time the width of the earth between us
+and our loved one!
+
+I recall particularly my mother's face during the farewell scene; she
+was seated in an arm chair beside my brother. After the prayer she had
+upon her face an infinitely sweet, but wistful smile, and an expression
+of submissive trust; but suddenly an unexpected change came over her
+features, and in spite of her efforts at self-control her tears flowed.
+I had never before seen my mother weep, and it caused me the greatest
+anguish.
+
+The first few days after his departure I had a feeling of sadness, and I
+missed him greatly; often and often I went into his room, and the
+little treasures which he had confided to my care were as sacred as holy
+relics.
+
+Upon a map of the world I had my parents point out to me the route of
+his journey, a journey which would take about five months. To me his
+return belonged to an inconceivable and unreal future; and, most strange
+of all, what spoiled for me the pleasure of his home-coming, was that I
+at that time would be twelve or thirteen years of age--almost a big boy
+in fact.
+
+Unlike most other children,--especially unlike those of to-day--who are
+eager to become men and women as speedily as possible, I had a terror
+of growing up, which became more and more accentuated as I grew older. I
+argued about it to myself, and I wrote about it, and when any one asked
+me why I had such a feeling I answered, since I could not think of a
+better reason: “It seems to me that it will be very wearisome to be
+a man.” I believe that it is an extremely singular state of mind, an
+altogether unique one perhaps, this shrinking away from life at its
+very beginning; I was not able to see a horizon before me: I could not
+picture my future to myself as so many can; before me there was nothing
+but impenetrable darkness, a great leaden curtain shut off my view.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIII.
+
+
+
+“Cakes, cakes, my good hot cakes!” Thus, in a plaintive voice, sang the
+old woman peddler who regularly, upon winter evenings, during the first
+ten or twelve years of my life, passed under our window.--When I think
+of those bygone days I hear again her insistent refrain.
+
+It is with the memory of Sundays that the song of the “good hot cakes”
+ is most closely associated; for upon that evening, having no duties to
+perform in the way of lessons, I sat with my parents in the parlor upon
+the ground floor which overlooked the street; therefore, when almost
+upon the stroke of nine, the poor old woman passed along the sidewalk,
+and her sonorous chant broke into the stillness of the frosty night I
+was near enough to hear her distinctly.
+
+She presaged the coming of cold weather as swallows announce the advent
+of the spring. After a succession of cool autumnal days, the first time
+we heard her song we would say: “Well, we may conclude that winter is
+really here.”
+
+This parlor where we sat together seemed a very immense room to me.
+It was simply and tastefully furnished and arranged: the walls and
+the woodwork were brown, decorated with strips of gold: the furniture,
+dating from the time of Louis Philippe, was upholstered in red velvet;
+the family portraits were in severe black and gold frames; in the centre
+of the table, in the place of honor, there was a large Bible that had
+been printed in the sixteenth century. This was a precious heirloom that
+had come down to us from our Huguenot ancestors who had, at that time,
+been persecuted for their faith. We had baskets and vases of flowers
+disposed about the room, a custom which then was not so usual as it is
+now.
+
+It was always a delicious moment for me when we left the dining-room and
+went into the parlor, for the latter room had an air of great peace and
+comfort; and when all the family were seated there in a circle, mother,
+grandmother and aunts, I began to skip about noisily in their midst
+from very joy at being surrounded by so many loved ones; and I waited
+impatiently for them to begin the little games which they were in
+the habit of playing with me early in the evening. Our neighbors, the
+D----'s, came to see us every Sunday; it was a time-honored custom in
+our two families, between whom there existed a friendship that had
+its inception in the country generations before our time; it was a
+friendship which had been handed down to us as a precious heritage. At
+about eight o'clock, when I recognized their ring, I jumped for joy,
+and I could not restrain myself from running to the street door to meet
+them, for Lucette, my dear friend, always came with her parents.
+
+Alas! how sad is my reverie when I think of the beloved and venerated
+forms of those who surrounded me upon those happy Sunday evenings;
+the majority of them have passed away, and their faces, when I seek to
+recall them, are dim and misty--some are altogether lost from memory.
+
+Then friends and relatives would begin to play, for the purpose of
+giving me pleasure, the little games of which I was so fond; they played
+“Marriage,” “My Lady's Toilet,” “The Horned Knight,” and “The Lovely
+Shepherdess.” Everybody took part in them, even the old people, and my
+grand aunt Bertha, the eldest of all, was irresistibly droll.
+
+The refrain became louder rapidly, for the singer trotted along with
+short, quick steps, and very soon she was under our window, where she
+kept repeating her song in a shrill, cracked voice.
+
+When they would allow me to do so, it was my greatest pleasure to run to
+the door, followed by an indulgent aunt, not so much for the purpose of
+buying the cakes, however, for they were coarse and unpalatable, as to
+stop the old woman and talk with her.
+
+The poor old peddler would approach with a courtesy, proud of being
+called, and standing with one foot upon the threshold she would present
+her basket for our inspection. Her neat dress was set off by the white
+linen sleeves that she always wore. While she uncovered her basket I
+would look longingly, like a caged wild-bird, far down the cold and
+deserted streets.
+
+I liked to breathe in great draughts of the icy air, to look hastily
+into the black night lying beyond the door, and then to run back into
+the warm and comfortable parlor,--meantime, the monotonous refrain grew
+fainter and fainter as it died away into the mean streets that lay close
+to the ramparts and the harbor. The old woman's route was always the
+same, and my thoughts followed her with a singular interest as long as
+the song continued.
+
+I felt a great pity for the poor old woman still wandering about in the
+cold night, while we were snug and warm at home; but mingled with that
+feeling there was another sentiment so confused and vague that I give
+it too much importance, even though I touch upon it never so lightly.
+It was this: I had a sort of restless curiosity to see those squalid
+streets through which the old peddler went so bravely, and to which I
+had never been taken. These streets, that I saw from the distance,
+were deserted in the day time, but there in the evening, from time
+immemorial, sailors made merry; sometimes the sound of their singing was
+so loud that we could hear it as we sat in our parlor.
+
+What could be going on there? What was the nature of that fun, the echo
+of whose din we heard so distinctly? How did they amuse themselves,
+these sailors, who had but newly come over the sea from distant
+countries where the sun was always hot? What life was careless and
+simple and free as theirs!
+
+My emotions lose their force when I endeavor to interpret them, and my
+words seem very inept. But I know that seeds of trouble, and seeds of
+hope (to develop how I could not guess) were at about this time planted
+in my little being. When, with my cakes in my hand, I re-entered the
+parlor where the family sat talking together quietly, I felt for a
+quick, almost inappreciable, moment suffocated and imprisoned.
+
+At half-past nine, because of me seldom later, tea was served, and with
+it we had thin slices of bread, spread with the most delicious butter,
+and cut with the care one gives to very few things in these days.
+
+Then at about eleven o'clock, after a reading from the Bible and a
+prayer, we retired.
+
+As I lay in my little white bed I was always more restless Sunday nights
+than at any other time. Immediately ahead of me there was the prospect
+of Mr. Ratin whom morning would surely bring, and he was always a most
+painful sight to me after a respite; also I was full of regret because
+Sunday was over, always over so quickly!--and I felt a great weariness
+when I thought of the many lessons it would be necessary for me to
+prepare before Sunday came again. Sometimes, as I lay there, I would
+hear the songs the sailors sung as they passed in the distant lands and
+noble ships; and a sort of dull and indefinite longing took possession
+of me and I felt as if I would like to be out of doors myself in search
+of pleasurable and exciting adventure. I hungered to be in the bracing
+wintry night air, or in one of those foreign lands where the sun beats
+down with tropical warmth; I yearned to be out and singing like them, as
+loud as possible, just for the joy of being alive.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIV.
+
+
+
+“And I beheld, and heard an angel flying through the midst of heaven,
+saying with a loud voice, Woe, woe, woe, to the inhabiters of the
+earth!”
+
+Besides reading the Bible with the family every evening, I read a
+chapter from it each morning before rising.
+
+My Bible was a very small one, with exceedingly fine print. Pressed
+between its pages were some flowers that I was very fond of; especially
+was I of the spray of pink larkspur, which had the power of bringing
+very distinctly before my mind's eye the stubble fields (gleux) of the
+Island of Oleron where I had gathered it.
+
+I do not know exactly how to explain the word gleux, but it means the
+stubble which remains after the grain is harvested, and those fields of
+short pale yellow stalks that the autumn sun dries and turns a
+bright golden. In these fields upon the Island, overrun by chirping
+grasshoppers, late corn-flowers and white and pink larkspur come up,
+grow very high, and blossom.
+
+And upon winter mornings, before beginning to read, I always looked at
+the spray of flowers which still retained its delicate color, and there
+appeared to me a vision of the Island, and I longed for the summer time
+and for the warm and sunny fields of Oleron.
+
+“And I beheld, and heard an angel flying through the midst of heaven,
+saying with a loud voice, Woe, woe, woe, to the inhabiters of the earth!
+
+“And the fifth angel sounded, and I saw a star fall from heaven upon the
+earth; and to him was given the key of the bottomless pit.”
+
+When I read my Bible for myself, having then my choice of passages,
+I either selected that grand portion of Genesis wherein the light
+is separated from the darkness, or the visions and the marvels of
+Revelation. I was fascinated by its imaginative poetry, so splendid and
+yet so terrible, which has, in my opinion, never been equalled in any
+other book of mankind. . . . The beasts with seven heads, the signs in
+the heavens, the sound of the last trumpet were well-known terrors that
+haunted and enchanted my imagination.
+
+In a book, a relic of my Huguenot ancestors, printed in the last
+century, I had seen pictures of these things. It was a “History of the
+Bible,” and the weird pictures illustrating the visions of the Book of
+Revelation, invariably, had dark backgrounds. My maternal grandmother
+kept this precious book, which she had brought from the Island, under
+lock and key in a cupboard in her room; and as it was still my habit to
+go there at the sad hour of dusk, it was then that I usually asked her
+to lend me the book, so that I might turn over its leaves as it lay upon
+her lap. In the dim twilight until it was too dark to see, I gazed at
+the multitude of winged angels who were flying rapidly under the curtain
+of blackness which presaged the end of the world. The heavens were
+darker than the earth, and in the midst of the great cloud masses, there
+was visible the simple and terrifying triangle that signified Jehovah.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXV.
+
+
+
+Egypt, the Egypt of antiquity, at a later time, exercised a mysterious
+fascination over me. I recognized a picture of it immediately, without
+hesitation and astonishment, in an illustrated magazine. I saluted as
+old acquaintances two gods with hawk heads that were cut in profile
+upon a stone and placed at each end of a strangely depicted Zodiac,
+and although I saw the picture for the first time upon an overcast day,
+there came to me, and of that I am sure, a sudden impression of great
+heat given out by a pitiless sun.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVI.
+
+
+
+During the winter following the departure of my brother, I passed many
+of my leisure hours in his room painting the pictures in the “Voyage to
+Polynesia” which he had given me. With great care I first colored the
+flowers and the groups of birds. After that I painted the men. When I
+came to color the two young Tahitian girls who were standing at the edge
+of the sea (the illustrator had been inspired to depict them as nymphs)
+I made them white, all white and pink like a pretty little doll--I
+thought them very beautiful done so.
+
+It was reserved for me to learn later than their color is different, and
+their charms quite otherwise.
+
+My ideas of beauty have changed a great deal since that time, and it
+would have astonished me very much if I had then been told what faces
+I was to find most charming in the strange course of my later life. But
+almost all children are under the dominion of some fancy which dies out
+when they become men and women.
+
+The majority of people, during the period of their innocence and youth,
+similarly admire the same type; sweet, regular features, and the fresh
+pink and white tints. Only at a later time does their estimate of what
+constitutes beauty vary, then it accords with the culture of their
+spirit, and especially does it follow in the wake of their developing
+intelligence.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVII.
+
+
+
+I do not exactly remember at what period I started my museum which
+absorbed so much of my time. Just above my Aunt Bertha's room there was
+a tiny garret-chamber that I had taken possession of; the chief charm of
+the place was the window that opened to the west, and commanded a view
+of the ramparts and its old trees. The reddish spots in the distance,
+that broke the uniform green of the meadows, were herds of wandering
+oxen and cows. I had persuaded my mother to paper this attic room, and
+she had covered its walls with a pinkish chamois paper which is still
+there; she also put a what-not and some glass cases there. In these
+latter I placed my butterflies which I looked upon as rare specimens; I
+also arranged therein the birds'-nests that I had found in the woods of
+Limoise; the shells I had gathered upon the shores of the Island, and
+those others (brought from the colonies at an early time by unknown
+ancestors) that I had found in the garret at the bottom of old chests
+where they had lain for years and years, given over to dust and
+darkness.
+
+I spent many tranquil hours in this retreat contemplating the tropical
+mother-of-pearl shells, and trying to image to myself the strange coasts
+from which they had come.
+
+A good old great uncle of mine, who was very fond of me, encouraged me
+in these diversions. He was a physician, and in his youth he had lived
+for a long time upon the coast of Africa; he had a collection of natural
+history specimens almost as valuable and varied as any found in a city
+museum. His wonderful things captivated me: the rare and exquisite
+shells, amulets and wooden weapons that still retained their exotic
+odor, with which I became so surfeited later, and indescribably
+beautiful butterflies under glass enchanted me.
+
+He lived in our neighborhood and I visited him often. To get to his
+cabinets, it was necessary to go through his garden where thorn-apples
+and cacti grew abundantly, and where they kept a gray parrot, brought
+from Gaboon, whose vocabulary consisted of words learnt from the
+negroes.
+
+And when my old uncle spoke of Senegal, of Goree, and of Guinea,
+the music of these names intoxicated me, and conveyed to me vaguely
+something of the sad languor of the dark continent. My uncle predicted
+that I would become a great naturalist,--but he was as mistaken as were
+all those others who foretold my future; indeed he struck farther from
+the centre than any one else; he did not understand that my liking for
+natural history was no more than a temporary and erratic excursion of
+my unformed mind; he could not know that the cold glass and the formal,
+rigid arrangements of dead science had not power to hold me for long.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVIII.
+
+
+
+In the meantime, alas! I had to spend many long and wearisome hours in
+going through the form of studying my lessons.
+
+Topffer, who is the only real poet of school-boys, that genus so
+misunderstood, divides us into three groups: first, those who are in
+boarding schools; second, those who do all their studying at home at a
+window which overlooks a gloomy courtyard containing a twisted old fig
+tree; third, those who also study at home in a bright little room whose
+window commands a view of the street.
+
+I belonged to that third class whom Topffer considers extraordinarily
+privileged, and as likely, in consequence, to grow up into happy men.
+My room was upon the first floor, and it opened into the street; it had
+white curtains, and its green paper was embellished with bouquets of
+white roses. Near the window was my work desk, and above it, upon a
+book-shelf, was my very much neglected library.
+
+In fine weather I always opened this window, but I kept my venetian
+blinds half-closed, so that I might look out without having my idleness
+seen, and reported by a meddlesome neighbor. Morning and evening I
+glanced to the end of the quiet street that stretched its sunny length
+between the white country houses and lost itself among the old trees
+growing beyond the ramparts. I could see from there the occasional
+passers-by, all well known to me, the neighborhood cats that prowled
+within doorways or upon house-tops, the swifts darting about in the warm
+air, and the swallows skimming along the dusty street. . . . Oh! how
+many hours have I spent at that window feeling like a caged sparrow, my
+spirit filled with vague reverie; and meantime my ink-blotted copy-book
+lay open before me, but no inspiration would come, and the composition
+that I was engaged upon got itself finished very laboriously,--often not
+at all.
+
+And before long I began to play tricks upon the pedestrians, a fatal
+result of my idleness over which I often felt remorseful.
+
+I am bound to confess that my great friend Lucette was usually a willing
+assistant in these pranks. Although now almost a young lady sixteen or
+seventeen years of age, she was at times almost as much of a child as I.
+“You must never tell any one!” she would say with an irrepressible smile
+of mischief in her merry eyes (but I may tell now after so many years
+have passed, now that the flowers of twenty summers have bloomed upon
+her grave).
+
+Our pranks consisted of taking cherry stems, plum stones and any sort
+of trash, and wrapping them neatly into white or pink paper parcels that
+looked very attractive to the eye; we then threw these bundles into the
+street and hid ourselves behind the shutters to see who picked them up.
+
+Sometimes we would write letters, impertinent or incoherent ones, with
+accompanying drawings to illustrate the text; these we addressed to the
+different eccentric people in our neighborhood, and, with the aid of
+a thread, we lowered them to the sidewalk at about the same time these
+persons were in the habit of passing. . . .
+
+Oh! how merrily we laughed as we composed these hodge-podges of style!
+With no one else have I ever laughed so heartily as with Lucette,--and
+we usually roared over things that no one except ourselves could
+possibly have considered funny. Over and above the bond of little
+brother and grown sister there was between us a sympathy springing from
+our appreciation of the ridiculous, and our notions of what constituted
+fun were in complete accord. She was the sprightliest person I ever
+knew, and sometimes a single word would start us to laughing at our own
+or our neighbors' expense, until our sides ached and we almost fell upon
+the floor.
+
+This part of my nature was not, I must confess, in harmony with the
+gloomy reveries evoked by the pictures of the Book of Revelation, and
+with my ascetic religious convictions. But I was already full of strange
+contradictions.
+
+Poor little Lucette or Lucon (Lucon was the masculine for Lucette, and
+I used to call her “My dear Lucon”); poor little Lucette was also one of
+my professors, but one who caused me neither fear nor disgust. Like “Mr.
+Ratin” she also kept a book wherein she would inscribe “good” or “very
+good,” and I showed it to my parents every evening. Until now I have
+neglected to say that it had been one of her amusements to teach me to
+play upon the piano; she taught me by stealth so that I might
+surprise my parents by playing for them, upon the occasion of a family
+celebration, the “Little Swiss Boy” or the “Rocks of St. Malo.” The
+result was she had been requested to go on with lessons that had had
+such a favorable beginning, and my musical education was entrusted to
+her until it came time for me to play the music of Chopin and Liszt.
+
+Painting and music were the only things I worked at industriously and
+faithfully.
+
+My sister taught me painting; I do not, however, remember when I
+commenced it, but it must have been very early in my life; it seems to
+me that there was never a time when I was not able, with my pencil or my
+brush, to express in some measure the odd fancies of my imaginations.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIX.
+
+
+
+In my grandmother's room, at the bottom of the cupboard where she kept
+“The History of the Bible,” with the terrible pictures illustrating the
+visions of Revelation, she had also several other precious relics. In
+particular there was an old silver-clasped psalm book. It was extremely
+tiny, like a toy-book, and in its day it must have been a marvel of the
+printer's skill. It had been made in miniature thus they told me, so
+that it could be easily hidden; at the time of the persecutions our
+ancestors had often carried it about with them, concealed in their
+clothing. There was also, in a paste-board box, a bundle of letters
+written on parchment and marked Leyden or Amsterdam. Those written
+between the years 1702 and 1710 were secured by a large wax seal stamped
+with a count's coronet.
+
+They were letters of our Huguenot ancestors, who, at the revocation of
+the Edict of Nantes, had quitted their country, their home and their
+dear ones, rather than abjure their faith. The letters had been written
+to an old grandfather, a man too aged to go the way of the exile, who
+was able, for some inexplicable reason, to remain unmolested in his
+retreat upon the Island of Oleron. The letters testified to the fact
+that the exiles had been submissive and respectful towards him to a
+degree unknown in our day; the wanderers wrote asking his advice or his
+consent before undertaking anything,--they even asked whether they might
+wear a certain wig which was fashionable in Amsterdam at that time. They
+spoke of their troubles, but without murmuring over them, with a truly
+Christian resignation; their goods had been confiscated; they were
+obliged to follow uncongenial trades in order to maintain themselves;
+and they hoped, they said, with the aid of God always to make enough to
+keep their children from starving.
+
+Together with the respect that these letters inspired, they had also
+the charm of age; it was a novel experience to enter into the life of
+a bygone time, to know the inmost thoughts of those who had lived a
+century and a half before me. And as I read them I was filled with
+indignation against the Roman Church and Papal Rome, sovereign during
+the many past centuries.--Surely it was she who was designated, in my
+opinion at any rate, in that wonderful prophecy contained in Revelation:
+“And the beast is a City, and its seven heads are Seven Hills on which
+the woman sitteth.”
+
+My grandmother, always so austere and upright looking in her black
+clothes, a type of a Huguenot woman, had been fearful for her own safety
+during the Restoration, and although she never spoke of it, we felt that
+she must have very depressing memories of that time.
+
+And upon the Island, in the shade of a bit of woodland that was
+encircled by a wall, I had seen the place where slept those of my
+ancestors who had been excluded from the cemeteries because they had
+died in the Protestant faith.
+
+How could I be anything but faithful with such a past? And it is certain
+that had the Inquisition been revived in my childhood, I would have
+suffered martyrdom joyfully, like one filled to overflowing with the
+spirit of God.
+
+My faith was a faith that kept watch upon the theological errors of the
+time, and I did not know the resignation felt by my ancestors; in spite
+of my distaste for reading I often plunged into books of religious
+controversy; I knew by heart the many passages from the Fathers and the
+decisions of the first councils; I could have discussed the dogmas of
+the church like a doctor of divinity, and I considered my arguments
+against the papacy very shrewd.
+
+But notwithstanding my fervor a distaste for all of these religious
+things would often take possession of me; sometimes at church especially
+where the gray light fell upon me and chilled me I felt it most. The
+awful tediousness of some of the Sunday sermons; the emptiness of the
+prayers, written in advance and spoken with conventional unctuous voice,
+and gestures to suit; and the apathy of the people who, dressed out in
+their best, came to listen,--how early I divined its hollowness,--and
+how deep was my disappointment, and how cruel the disillusionment--oh!
+the disheartening formalism of it all! The very appearance of the church
+disconcerted me: it was a new cityfied one, meant to be pretty without,
+however, meaning to be too much so; I especially recall certain little
+efforts at wall decoration which I held in the greatest abomination,
+and shuddered when I looked at. It was that disgust in little which
+I experienced in so great a degree when later I attended those Paris
+churches that strive so for elegance, where one is met at the door by
+ushers whose shoulders are tricked out with knots of ribbon. . . .
+Oh! for the congregation of Cevennes! Oh! for the preachers of the
+wilderness!
+
+Such little things as I have mentioned did not shake my faith which
+seemed as solid as a house built upon a rock; but doubtless they made
+the first imperceptible crevice through which, drop by drop, oozed the
+melting ice-cold water.
+
+Where I still knew true meditation, and felt the deep sweet peace one
+should feel in the house of God was in an old church in the village of
+St. Pierre Oleron; my great grandfather Samuel had, at the time of
+the persecutions, worshipped and prayed there, and my mother had also
+attended it during her girlhood days. . . . I also loved those little
+country churches to which we sometimes went on Sunday in the summer
+time: they were generally old and had simple whitewashed walls. They
+were built any where and every where, in a corner of a wheat field with
+wild flowers growing all about them; or in more retired places, in the
+centre of some enclosure at the far end of an avenue of old trees. The
+Catholics have nothing, in my opinion, which surpasses in religious
+charm these humble little sanctuaries of our Protestant ancestors--not
+even do their most exquisite stone chapels hidden away in the depth
+of the Breton woods, that at a later time I learned to admire so much,
+touch me so deeply.
+
+I still held fast to my determination to become a minister; it still
+seemed to me that that was my duty. I had pledged myself, in my prayers
+I had given my word to God. How could I therefore break my vow?
+
+But when my young mind busied itself with thoughts of the future, more
+and more veiled from me by an impenetrable darkness, my preference was
+for a church which should be a little isolated from the noisy world, for
+one where the faith of my congregation should ever remain simple, for
+one receiving its consecration from a long past of prayers and sincerest
+worship.
+
+It would be in the Island of Oleron perhaps!
+
+Yes; there, surrounded upon every side by the memories of my Huguenot
+ancestors, I could look forward without dread, indeed with much
+contentment, to a life dedicated to the service of the Lord.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXX.
+
+
+
+My brother had arrived at the Delightful Island. His first letter dated
+from there was a very long one, it was written on thin paper that had
+been stained a light yellow by the sea, for it had been upon its way
+four months.
+
+It was a great event in our family, and I still recall that as my father
+and mother broke its seal, I sprang joyously up the stairs, two steps
+at a time, in my haste to reach the second floor and call my grandmother
+and aunts from their rooms.
+
+Inside the plump-feeling envelope, which was covered over with South
+American stamps, there was a note for me, and enclosed in this I found
+a pressed flower, a sort of five-petalled star which, though somewhat
+faded, was still pink. The flower, my brother wrote, was from a shrub
+that had taken root and blossomed beside his window, almost within his
+Tahitian hut, which was actually invaded by the luxuriant vegetation
+of the region. Oh! with what deep emotion;--with what avidity, if I may
+express it thus, did I gaze at and touch the periwinkle which was
+almost a fresh and living part of that unknown and distant land, of that
+voluptuous nature.
+
+Then I pressed it again with so much care that I possess it intact to
+this day.
+
+And after many years, when I made a pilgrimage to the humble dwelling in
+which my brother lived during his stay in Tahiti, I saw that the shady
+garden surrounding it was rosy with these periwinkles; they had even
+pushed their way over the threshold of the door to blossom within the
+deserted cabin.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXI.
+
+
+
+After my ninth birthday my parents, for a time, spoke of putting me into
+boarding-school, so that I might become habituated to the harder ways
+of life, and since the matter was talked over by all the members of the
+family, I went about for several days feeling as if I were on the eve
+of being sent to prison, for I imagined that a boarding-school had high
+walls and windows guarded by iron bars.
+
+But, upon reflection, they considered that I was too frail and delicate
+a human plant to be thrown in contact with those others of my kind
+who, in all probability, would play roughly, and have bad manners; they
+concluded, therefore, to keep me at home a little longer.
+
+At any rate I was delivered from “Mr. Ratin.” The old professor, rotund
+of figure and kind of manner, who succeeded him, was less distasteful to
+me, but I made just as little progress under his care. In the afternoon,
+at about the time for his arrival, I would hastily begin to prepare my
+lessons. I was then usually to be found at my window, hidden behind the
+venetian blinds, with my book open at the page containing the lesson;
+and when I saw him come into view at the turning near the bottom of the
+street I commenced to study it.
+
+And generally by the time he arrived I knew enough to receive, if not to
+merit, a “pretty good,” a mark over which I did not grumble.
+
+I had also my English professor who came to me every morning,--and
+whom I nicknamed Aristogiton (I do not now recall why). Following the
+Robertson method, he had me paraphrase the history of Sultan Mahmoud.
+Outside of that, the only thing that I am sure of is that I accomplished
+nothing, absolutely nothing, less than nothing; but he had the
+good taste not to growl at me, and in consequence I have an almost
+affectionate remembrance of him.
+
+During the extreme heat of the summer days it was my custom to study in
+the yard; I took my ink-stained copy and lesson books and spread them
+upon a table that stood in the summer house made shady by the vines and
+honeysuckles that grew over it. And when I was nicely settled there
+I felt that I might idle to my heart's content. From behind the
+lattice-work, green with trellised vines, I kept a lookout in order
+to see any danger that threatened in the distance. . . . I was always
+careful to bring with me to this retreat a quantity of cherries and
+grapes, whichever happened to be in season, and truly I could have
+passed there hours of the most delicious reverie but for the remorse
+that tormented me almost every moment, a remorse born of the fact that I
+was not busying myself with my lessons.
+
+Through the foliage I saw, close to me, the cool-looking pond with its
+tiny grottoes which, since my brother's departure, I almost worshipped.
+The little fountain in the centre stirred the waters and made the
+sunlight that fell on its surface dance joyously; and the sun's rays
+pierced the green verdure surrounding me--I seemed to be in the midst of
+luminous water that quivered all about me with a ceaseless motion.
+
+My arbor was a shady little retreat that gave me a complete illusion of
+country; from the far side of the old wall came the song of the tropical
+birds belonging to Antoinette's mother, and I heard the rollicking
+warble and twitter of the swallows perched on the house-top, and the
+chirp of the common sparrows as they flew about among the trees in the
+garden.
+
+Sometimes I would throw myself face-upward full length upon the green
+bench that was there, and through the tasselled honeysuckle I had a view
+of the white clouds as they sailed across the blue of the sky. There,
+too, I was initiated into the habits of the mosquitos who all day long
+poised themselves tremblingly, by means of their long legs, upon the
+leaves. And often I concentrated all my attention upon the old wall
+where the insects acted out their tragical drama: the cunning spider
+would come suddenly from his nook and ensnare in his web the heedless
+little insects,--with the aid of a straw, I was usually able to deliver
+them from their peril.
+
+I have forgotten to mention that I had, for companion, an old cat called
+Suprematie, who had been my faithful and beloved friend since infancy.
+
+Suprematie knew at what hour he would find me there, and he used to slip
+in quietly upon the tips of his velvet paws; he never stretched himself
+beside me without first looking at me questioningly.
+
+The poor creature was very homely; he was marked queerly upon only one
+side of his body; moreover, in a cruel accident he had twisted his
+tail, and it hung down at a right angle. He was the subject of Lucette's
+continual mockery, for she had a lovely Angora cat that had usurped
+Suprematie's place in her affections. It was my habit to run out to see
+her when she came to inquire after the members of my family; she rarely
+failed to add, with a funny air of concern, which made me burst out
+laughing in spite of myself: “And your horror of a cat, is he in good
+health, my dear?”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXII.
+
+
+
+During all this time my museum made great progress, and it soon became
+necessary for me to have some new shelves put up.
+
+My great uncle continued to take a very deep interest in my taste for
+natural history, and among his shells he found a number of duplicates,
+and these he presented to me. With indefatigable patience he taught me
+the scientific classifications of Cuvier, Linne, Lamarck or Bruguieres,
+and I was astonished at the attention with which I listened to him.
+
+In a very old little desk, that was a part of the furniture of my
+museum, I had a copy-book into which I copied, from uncle's notes, and
+numbered with the greatest care, the name of the species, genus, family
+and class of each shell,--also the place of its origin. And there by the
+dim light that fell upon the desk, in the silence of that little retreat
+so high above the street, surrounded with objects what had come from
+distant corners of the earth and from the depths of the sea, when
+my mind wandered, and I became fatigued because of the mysterious
+differences in the forms of animals, and because of the infinite variety
+of shells, with what emotion I wrote down in my book, opposite the name
+of a Spirifer or a Terebratula, such enchanting words as these: “Eastern
+coast of Africa,” “coast of Guinea,” “Indian Ocean.”
+
+I recall that in this same museum I experienced, one afternoon in March,
+a peculiar feeling indicative of my tendency towards reaction, that
+later, at certain periods of self-abandonment, caused me to seek the
+rough and uncouth society of sailors, and made me revel in noise and
+change and gayety.
+
+It was Mardi-Gras time. At sundown I had gone out with my father to see
+the masqueraders who were in the streets; and having returned rather
+early I went immediately to my attic-room to classify some shells. But
+the noise of the revellers and the clashing of their tambourines
+reached even to the retreat where I was occupying myself with scientific
+matters, and the sounds awakened in me a feeling of inexpressible
+sadness. It was the same emotion, greatly intensified, that I had when
+I listened, of winter evenings, to the old cake vendor, and heard her
+voice die away into those far-off squalid streets near the harbor. I
+experienced an unexpected anguish very difficult to define in words. I
+had a vague impression, which was the cause of my suffering, that I
+was imprisoned; and for the moment, I thought that my liking for dry
+classifications and nature study shut me away from the little boys of
+every age who were in the streets below mingling with the sailors, more
+childish than they, who tricked out in dreadful masks ran and frollicked
+and sang coarse songs. It goes without saying that I had no desire to
+be one of them; the very idea of jostling against them filled me with
+distaste, and I disdained their rude sport. And I sincerely felt that
+it was better for me to be where I was, occupied with putting the
+many-colored family of the Purpura and the twenty-three varieties of the
+Gastropoda in order.
+
+But nevertheless the gay and merry people in the street troubled me
+strangely. And, as was usual with me when I felt distressed, I went down
+to look for my mother for the purpose of begging her to come up to keep
+me company. Astonished at my request (for I scarcely ever asked any one
+into my den), astonished especially by my anxious manner, she said with
+an air of pleasantry that it was silly for a boy of ten to be afraid
+to stay alone; but she consented to return with me, and when there
+she seated herself close to me and occupied herself with a piece of
+embroidery. Oh! how reassuring was her sweet and darling presence! I
+returned to my task without concerning myself further about the noise of
+the maskers, and as I worked I glanced up now and again to look at her
+beautiful profile cut in silhouette, because of the darkness without,
+upon my tiny window pane.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXIII.
+
+
+
+I am surprised that I cannot recall whether my desire to become a
+minister transformed itself into a wish to lead the more militant life
+of missionary, by a slow process or suddenly.
+
+It seems to me that the change must have come at a very early period.
+For a long time I had taken an interest in Protestant missions,
+especially in those established in Southern Africa, among the Bassoutos.
+During my childhood we subscribed for the “Messenger,” a monthly journal
+that had for frontispiece an interesting picture which, very early in my
+life, made a forcible impression upon me.
+
+This picture held a higher place in my regard than those of which I have
+already spoken, but by no means because of its execution, its color or
+background. It represented an impossible pine tree growing at the edge
+of a sea, behind which a resplendent sun was setting, and, at the foot
+of the tree, there was a young savage who was watching the approach of
+a ship, from a distant point upon the horizon, that was bringing to him
+the glad tidings of Salvation.
+
+Early in my life, when from the warm depths of my soft and downy nest,
+I looked out upon a yet formless world, that picture evoked many dreams;
+later when I was more capable of appreciating the extreme crudity of the
+design, that huge sun, half-engulfed in the sea, and that tiny mission
+boat sailing towards the unknown shores still had a very great charm for
+me.
+
+Now when they questioned me I replied: “I expect to be a missionary.”
+ But I spoke in a low voice, in the voice of one not sure of himself, and
+I felt that they no longer believed in my asseverations. Even my mother,
+when she heard my response, smiled sadly.
+
+Doubtless my answer exceeded what she expected from my faith;--probably
+she said to herself that it was never to be; no doubt she thought that I
+would become something very different, in all probability something less
+desirable, that it was impossible at this time to foresee.
+
+This determination of mine to become a missionary seemed to solve my
+every problem. It would mean long voyages and an adventurous, perilous
+life,--but journeys would be undertaken in the service of the Lord,
+and the dangers endured for His blessed cause. That solution brought me
+great tranquillity for a long time.
+
+After having thus won peace for my religious conscience, I feared
+to dwell upon the thought lest it should disclose some unexpected
+weaknesses. But still the chill waters of commonplace sermons, with
+their endless repetitions and stock phrases, continued to flow over and
+wash away my early faith. My shrinking from life increased rather than
+diminished. There seemed to hang between me and the years to come a
+great curtain whose heavy folds it was impossible for me to lift.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXIV.
+
+
+
+In preceding chapters I have not said much about that Limoise which
+was the scene of my initiation into nature and its wonders. My entire
+childhood is intimately connected with that little corner of the world,
+with its ancient forests of oak trees, and its rocky moorlands covered
+here and there with a carpet of wild thyme and heather.
+
+For ten or twelve glorious summers I went there to spend my Thursday
+holidays, and I dreamed of it during the dreary intervening days of
+study.
+
+In May our friends the D-----s and Lucette went to their country home
+and remained until vintage time, usually until after the first October
+frost,--and regularly every Wednesday evening I was taken there.
+
+Nothing in my estimation was so delightful as that journey to Limoise.
+We scarcely ever went in a carriage, for it was not more than three and
+a half miles distant; to me, however, it seemed very far, almost lost in
+the woods. It lay toward the south, in the direction of those distant,
+sunny lands I loved to think of. (I would have found it less charming
+had it been towards the north.)
+
+Every Wednesday evening, at sunset, the hour therefore varying with the
+month, I left home accompanied by Lucette's elder brother, a grown boy
+of eighteen or twenty, who seemed to me a man of mature age. As far as
+I was able I tried to keep pace with him, and, in consequence, I was
+obliged to go more rapidly than when I walked with my father and sister;
+we went through the quiet streets lying near the ramparts, and passed
+the sailors' old barracks, the sounds of whose bugles and drums reached
+as far as my attic museum when the south wind blew; then we passed
+through the fortifications by the most ancient of its gray gates,--a
+gate almost abandoned, and used now principally by peasants with flocks
+of sheep and droves of cattle,--and finally we arrived at the road that
+led to the river.
+
+A mile and a half of straight road stretched before us, and this path
+lay between stunted old trees yellow with lichens whose branches were
+blown to the left by the force of the sea-winds that almost constantly
+came from the west, sweeping over the broad and level meadows that lay
+between us and the ocean.
+
+To those who have a conventionalized idea of country beauty, and to whom
+a charming landscape means a river winding its way between poplars, or a
+mountain crowned by an old castle, this level road would look very ugly.
+
+But I found it exquisite in spite of its straight lines. Upon the left
+there was nothing to be seen but grassy meadow land over which herds of
+cattle strayed. And before us, in the distance, something that resembled
+a line of ramparts shut in the plains sadly: it was the edge of a rocky
+plateau at whose base flowed the river. The far bank of this river was
+higher than the side that we were on, and was, in some respects, of
+a different character, but for the most part it was as flat and
+monotonous. And it is just this sameness that has so much charm for
+me, an attraction appreciated seemingly by few others. The great level
+plains with their calm and tranquil straight lines are deeply and
+profoundly inspiring.
+
+There is nothing in our vicinity that I love any better than the old
+road; perhaps I have an affection for it because during my school-boy
+days I built so many castles-in-Spain upon those flat plains where, from
+time to time, I find them again. It is one of the few spots that has not
+been disfigured by factories, docks and railways. It seems a spot that
+belongs peculiarly to me, and certainly no one has the power to contest
+my spiritual right to it.
+
+The sum of the charm of the sensuous world dwells in us, is an emanation
+from ourselves; it is we who diffuse it, each person for himself
+according to his power, and we have it back again in the measure of our
+out-giving. But I did not comprehend early enough the deep meaning of
+this well-known truth. . . . During my childhood and youth the charm
+seemed to reside in the thing itself, to have its habitation in the old
+walls and the honeysuckle of my garden; I thought it lay along the sandy
+shores of the Island and upon the grassy meadows and rocky moorland
+about me. Later on, in pouring out my admiration every where, as I did,
+I drew too heavily upon the well-spring--I exhausted it at the source.
+And, alas! I find the land of my childhood, to which I will no doubt
+return to die, changed and shrunken, and only for a moment, in certain
+spots, am I able to recreate the illusions I have lost;--there I am for
+the most part weighed down by the crushing memories of bygone
+days. . . .
+
+As I was saying before my digression, every Wednesday evening I walked
+with a light and joyous step along the road that led towards those
+distant rocks lying at the boundary of the plains, I went gayly
+towards that region of oak trees and mossy stones in which Limoise was
+situated,--my imagination greatly magnified it in those days.
+
+The river we had to cross was at the end of the straight avenue
+of lichened trees so harried by the west winds. The river was very
+changeable, being subject to the tides and to all the moods of the
+neighboring ocean. We crossed in a ferry-boat or a yawl, always having
+for our oarsmen old sailors with bleached beards and sunburnt faces whom
+we had known from earliest childhood.
+
+When we reached the other bank, the rocky one, I always had a curious
+optical illusion: it seemed to me that the town from which we had come,
+and whose gray ramparts we still could see, suddenly drew very far
+away from us, for in my young head distances exaggerated themselves
+strangely. Upon this side all was different, the soil, the grass, the
+wild flowers and even the butterflies that hovered over them; nothing
+here was like those approaches to our town in whose fens and meadows I
+took my daily walk. And the differences, which perhaps others would
+not have noticed, thrilled and charmed me, for it had been my habit to
+spend, perhaps to waste, my time in observing the infinitesimally small
+things in nature, and I had often lost myself in contemplation of the
+lowliest mosses. Even the twilights of these Wednesday evenings had
+about them something distinctive and peculiar which I cannot express;
+generally we reached the far shore just as the sun was setting, and we
+watched it, from the height of the lonely plateau, disappear behind the
+tall meadow-grass through which we had but newly come, and as it sunk
+its great ruddy dish seemed uncommonly large.
+
+After crossing the river we turned off the high-road and took an
+unfrequented way that led through a region called “Chaumes,” a very
+beautiful place at that time but horribly profaned to-day.
+
+“Chaumes” lay at the entrance of a village whose ancient church we saw
+in the distance. As it was public property it had kept intact its native
+wildness. This “Chaumes” was a sort of table-land composed of a single
+stone, and this rock, which undulated slightly, was covered with a
+carpet of short, dry fragrant plants that snapped under our feet; and a
+whole world of tiny gayly-colored butterflies and tinier moths fluttered
+among the rare and delicate flowers growing there.
+
+Sometimes we passed a flock of sheep guarded by a shepherd much more
+countrified looking and tanned than those seen in the meadows about our
+town. Lonely and sun-scorched, Chaumes seemed to me the very threshold
+of Limoise: it had its very odor, the mingled scent of wild thyme and
+sweet marjoram.
+
+At the end of the rocky moor was the hamlet of Frelin. I love this
+name of Frelin, for I think of it as being derived from those large
+and fierce hornets (frelons) that build their nests in the heart of a
+certain species of oak tree found in the forests of Limoise; to get rid
+of these pests it is necessary, in the springtime, to build great fires
+around the infested trees. This hamlet was composed of three or four
+cottages. They were all low, as is the custom of our country, and they
+were old, very old and gray; above the little rounded doorways were
+half-effaced ornamental Gothic scrolls and blazonments. I scarcely ever
+saw them except at dusk, as twilight was falling, and the hour and
+the quaint little houses themselves awoke in me an appreciation of the
+mystery of their past; above all these humble dwellings attested to the
+antiquity of this rocky ground, so much older than the meadows of our
+town which had been won from the sea, and where nothing that dates
+before the time to Louis XIV is to be found.
+
+As soon as we left Frelin I commenced to look eagerly along the path
+ahead of me, for after that we usually spied Lucette, either afoot or
+in a carriage, coming to meet us. As soon as I caught a glimpse of her I
+would run ahead to embrace her.
+
+On our way through the village we passed the tiny church, a wonder of
+the twelfth century, built in the rarest and most ancient Romanesque
+style;--and then as the shadows of evening deepened we saw, in the
+semi-darkness before us, something that had the form of tall dark
+legions: it was the forest of Limoise, composed almost wholly of
+evergreen oaks, whose foliage is very dark and sombre. We then came into
+the road leading directly to the house; on our way we passed the well
+where the patient, thirsty cattle awaited their turn to drink. And
+finally we opened the little old gate, and traversed the first grassy
+courtyard which the shadowing trees, a century old, plunged into almost
+total darkness.
+
+The house lay between this courtyard and a large uncultivated garden
+that extended to the edge of the oak forest. As we entered the ancient
+dwelling, with its whitewashed walls and old-fashioned wainscoting, I
+always looked eagerly for my butterfly-net that was usually to be found
+hanging in the place where I had left it, ready for the next day's
+chase.
+
+After dinner it was our custom to go to the foot of the garden, and
+there we sat in an arbor that was built against the old wall encircling
+the yard,--this bower faced away from the unfriendly darkness of the
+woods where the owls hooted. And while we were seated in the beautiful,
+mild, star-bespangled night, suddenly upon the air, musical with
+the chirping of myriad crickets, there was heard the tolling of a
+bell,--heard very clearly by us although it came from afar off,--it was
+the church bell in the village announcing the evening service.
+
+Oh! the vesper bell of Enchillais heard in that beautiful garden long
+ago! Oh! the sound of that bell, a little cracked but still silvery,
+like the once beautiful voices of very old people which still retain
+something of their sweetness. What charm of past times, and half sad
+meditations of peaceful death, were awakened by that music which spread
+itself into the limpid darkness of the surrounding country! And we heard
+the bell chiming for a long time, but its sound reached us fitfully;
+one while it seemed to be near, and then again it seemed far away, as it
+obeyed the will of the soft night wind that was stirring. I bethought
+me of all those who, on their lonely farms, were listening to it; I
+bethought me, too, of all the unpeopled places round about where it
+would be heard by no one, and a shudder passed through me at the thought
+of the near-by forest, where the sweet vibrations of the bell would die.
+
+The municipal council, composed of very superior spirits, after having
+first put its everlasting tri-colored flag upon the steeple of the
+little Roman Catholic Church, then suppressed its vesper bell. Its day
+is done; and we shall never again, upon summer evenings, hear that call
+to prayers.
+
+Going to bed there was always a very enlivening proceeding, especially
+when there was the prospect of a whole Thursday of play before me. I
+would, I am sure, have been very much afraid in the guest chamber,
+which was on the ground floor of the great, isolated house; but until my
+twelfth year I slept on the floor above, in the spacious room occupied
+by Lucette's mother;--with the aid of screens they had made for me a
+little room of my own. In this retreat there was a book-case with glass
+doors that belonged to the time of Louis XIV; this was filled with
+treatises, a century old, upon navigation, and with sailors' log-books
+that had not been opened for a hundred years. Tiny, scarce visible
+butterflies, that entered by the open windows, were to be found here all
+summer long, sleeping with extended wings upon the whitewashed walls.
+And often the most exciting incident of the day happened just as I was
+falling asleep; sometimes then an unwelcome bat found his way into the
+room and circled wildly about the lighted candles; or an enormous moth
+buzzed in and we would chase him with a cobweb-broom. Or again a storm
+descended upon us and the great trees lashed their branches against the
+house, and the old shutters slammed back and forth, and we waked with a
+start.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXV.
+
+
+
+Now comes the apparition of another little friend who stood very high in
+my childish favor. As nearly as I can remember I became acquainted with
+her when I was eleven; Antoinette had left the country; Veronica was
+forgotten.
+
+Her name was Jeanne, and she was the youngest member of a naval
+officer's family, that like the D-----s had been bound up in friendship
+with ours for more than a century. As she was two or three years younger
+than I, I had at first taken but little notice of her--probably I
+thought her too babyish.
+
+Her face was as droll as a little kitten's, and it was impossible to
+tell from the pinched up features whether she would become pretty or
+ugly; but she had a certain grace, and when she was eight or nine years
+old her face became very sweet and charming. She was very roguish,
+and as friendly as I was diffident; and as she darted about in those
+childish dances we sometimes had in the evenings, and from which I
+held myself aloof, she seemed to me the extreme of worldly elegance and
+coquetry.
+
+But in spite of the great intimacy between our families, it was evident
+that her parents looked upon our friendship with disfavor, they probably
+thought it unseemly that she had chosen a boy for her companion. This
+knowledge caused me much suffering, and the impressions of my childhood
+were so vivid and persistent that I did not, until many years had
+passed, until I became quite a grown youth, pardon her father and mother
+the humiliation they had caused me.
+
+It therefore resulted that my desire to play with her increased greatly.
+And she, knowing this, was as perverse as a princess in a fairy tale;
+she laughed mercilessly at my timid ways, at my awkward manners and my
+ungraceful fashion of entering the parlor; there was kept up between us
+a constant interchange of playful raillery, an oral stream of inimitable
+pleasantry.
+
+When I was invited to spend the day with her the prospect gave me the
+greatest joy, but the aftertaste of the visit was generally bitter, for
+usually I committed some mortifying blunder in that family where I felt
+myself so misunderstood. Every time I wished to have Jeanne at my house
+for dinner it was necessary for my aunt Bertha, who was a person of
+authority in the eyes of Jeanne's parents, to arrange the matter for me.
+
+Upon one occasion when little Jeanne returned from Paris she related
+to me the story of the “Donkey's Skin,” which she had seen acted at the
+theatre in the city.
+
+Her time so spent was not lost, for the “Donkey's Skin” was destined to
+occupy a prominent place in my life during the next four or five years,
+the hours that I wasted upon it were more preciously squandered than
+were any others in my life.
+
+Together we conceived the idea of mounting the piece upon the stage
+of my miniature theatre. That play of the “Donkey's Skin” brought us
+together very often. And little by little the project assumed gigantic
+proportions; it grew as the months sped, and amused us in ever
+increasing measure; indeed, in proportion to the degree of perfection
+to which we were able to bring our conception did we enjoy it. We
+manufactured fantastic decorations; we dressed, so that they might take
+part in the processions, innumerable little dolls. It will be necessary
+for me to speak often of that fairy spectacle which was one of the
+important things of my childhood.
+
+And even after Jeanne tired of it I worked over it alone, and I fairly
+outdid myself by undertaking enterprises that seemed grand to me, such,
+for instance, as my efforts to represent moonlight, great conflagrations
+and storms. I also made marvellous palaces and gardens wonderful as
+Aladdin's. All my dreams of enchanted regions, of strange tropical
+luxuries, which I later found in the distant corners of the world, took
+form in the little play of the “Donkey's Skin.” Leaving out the mystical
+experiences at the commencement of my life, I can affirm that almost all
+my fancies had their essay on that tiny stage. I was nearly fifteen when
+the last decorations, unfinished ones, were laid away forever in the
+cardboard box that served them for a peaceful tomb.
+
+And since I have anticipated their future I will say in conclusion
+that in later years, when Jeanne had grown into a beautiful woman, upon
+numerous occasions we have planned to open the box where our little
+dolls are sleeping. But we live our life so rapidly that we seem never
+to find the time, nor will we, I fear, ever find it.
+
+Later our children may,--or who can tell, perhaps our grandchildren!
+Upon some future day, when we are forgotten, our unknown descendants
+in ferreting to the bottom of old cupboards will be astonished to
+find there numberless little creatures, nymphs, fairies and genii, all
+dressed by our hands.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXVI.
+
+
+
+It is said that many children who live in the central provinces, away
+from the ocean, have a great longing to see it. I who had never been
+away from the monotonous country surrounding us looked forward eagerly
+to seeing the mountains.
+
+I tried to imagine them; I had seen pictures of several, and I had even
+painted them for the “Donkey's Skin.” My sister, when she visited Lake
+Lucerne, sent me a description of the mountains, and wrote me long
+letters about them, such as are seldom addressed to a child of my age.
+And my ideas were further extended by some photographs of glaciers that
+my sister brought me for my magic-lantern. I desired with all my heart
+to see the mountains themselves.
+
+One day, as if in answer to my wish, there came a letter that created
+quite a stir in our house. It was from a first cousin of my father, who
+had at one time regarded my father with a brotherly love, but for thirty
+years, for some reason unknown to me, this cousin had not written or
+given any sign of life.
+
+At the time of my birth, all talk of him had ceased in our family, and I
+was ignorant of his existence. And now he wrote and begged that the
+old bond might be renewed; he was living, he said, in a little southern
+village in the heart of the Swiss Mountains. He announced that he had
+two sons and a daughter about the age of my brother and sister. His
+letter was very affectionate, and my father responded to it in like
+manner and told his cousin all about us, his three children.
+
+The correspondence having continued, it was arranged that I should spend
+my next vacation with my relatives; my sister was to take me there and
+play the part of mother as she had done during our visit to the Island.
+
+The south, the mountains, this sudden extension of my horizon, the
+cousins who seemed literally to have fallen from the sky, became the
+subject of my constant reveries until the month of August, the time set
+for our departure.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXVII.
+
+
+Little Jeanne had come over to spend the day at our house; it was at the
+end of May during that spring in which my expectations were so great--I
+was twelve years old at the time. All the afternoon we rehearsed with
+our tiny jointed china dolls, and painted scenery, we had in fact been
+busy with the “Donkey's Skin,”--but with a revised and grand version of
+it, and we had about us a great confusion of paints, brushes, pieces of
+cardboard, gilt paper and bits of gauze. When it came time for us to go
+down into the dining-room we stored our precious work away in a large
+box that was consecrated to it from that day forth--the box was a new
+one made of pine, and it had a penetrating, resinous odor.
+
+After our dinner, at dusk, we were taken out for a walk. But, to my
+surprise and sorrow, we found it chilly and the sky was overcast, and
+every where there was a sort of mist that recalled winter to my mind.
+Instead of going beyond the town, to the places usually frequented by
+pedestrians, we went towards the Marine Garden, a much prettier and more
+suitable walk, but one usually deserted after sunset.
+
+We went down the long straight street without meeting any one; as we
+drew near the “Chapel of the Orphans” we heard those within chanting a
+psalm. When that was finished a procession of little girls filed out.
+They were dressed in white, and they looked very cold in their spring
+muslins. After making a circuit of the lonely quarter, chanting
+meanwhile a melancholy hymn, they noiselessly re-entered the chapel.
+There was no one in the street to see them save ourselves, and the
+thought came to me that neither was there any one in the gray heavens
+above to see them; the overcast sky seemed as lonely as the solitary
+street. That little band of orphaned children intensified my feeling
+of sorrow and added to the disenchantment of the May night, and I had a
+consciousness of the vanity of prayer, of the emptiness of all things.
+
+In the Marine Garden my sadness increased. It was extremely cold, and we
+shivered in our light spring wraps. There was not a single promenader
+to be seen. The large chestnut trees all abloom and the foliage, in
+the glory of its tender hue, formed a feathery green and white
+avenue--emptiness was here too; all of this intertwined magnificence of
+branch and flower, seen of no one, unfolded itself to the indifferent
+sky that stretched above it cold and gray. And in the long flower beds
+there was a profusion of roses, peonies and lilies that seemed also to
+have mistaken the season, for they appeared to shiver, as we did, in the
+chill twilight.
+
+I have found that the melancholy one sometimes feels in the springtime
+usually transcends that felt in autumn, for the reason, doubtless, that
+the former is so out of harmony with the promise of the season.
+
+The demoralized state into which I was thrown by everything about me
+gave me a longing to play a boyish trick upon Jeanne. There came to me
+a desire (one that I frequently felt) to have some sort of revenge
+upon her, because her disposition was so much more mature and yet more
+sprightly than mine. I induced her to lean over and smell the lovely
+lilies, and while she was doing so I, by giving her head a very slight
+push, buried her nose deep in the flowers and it became covered with
+yellow pollen. She was indignant! And the thought that I had acted so
+rudely tended to make the walk home a very painful one.
+
+The beautiful evenings of May! Had I not cherished memories of those of
+preceding years, or had they in truth been like this one? Like this one
+in the cold and lonely garden? Had they ended so miserably as did this
+play-day with Jeanne? With a feeling of mortal weariness I said to
+myself: “And is this all!” an exclamation which soon afterwards became
+one of my most frequent unspoken reflections, a phrase indeed that I
+might well have taken for my motto.
+
+When we returned I went to the wooden box to inspect our afternoon's
+work, and as I did so I inhaled the balsamic odor that had impregnated
+everything belonging to our theatre. For a long time after that, for
+a year or two, perhaps longer, the odor of the pine box containing the
+properties of the “Donkey's Skin” recalled vividly that May evening so
+filled with poignant sorrow, which was one of the most singular feelings
+of my childhood. Since I have come to man's estate I no longer suffer
+from anguish that has no known cause, doubly hard to endure because
+mysterious, I no longer feel as if my feet are treading unfathomable
+depths in search of a firm bottom. I no longer suffer without knowing
+why. No, such emotions belonged peculiarly to my childhood, and this
+book could properly bear the title (a dangerous one I well know): “A
+Journal of my extreme and inexplicable sorrows, and some of the boyish
+pranks by which I diverted my mind from them.”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXVIII.
+
+
+
+It was about this time that I installed myself in my aunt Claire's room
+for the purpose of study, and there too I busied myself manufacturing
+wonders for the “Donkey's Skin.” I took possession of the place as
+entirely as an army occupies a conquered country--I would not admit the
+possibility of being in the way.
+
+My aunt Claire was the person who petted me most. And it was she who was
+always so careful of my little things. She always looked after my finery
+or anything uncommonly fragile, things that the least breath of air
+would have blown away--such exquisitely delicate trifles, for example,
+as the wings of a butterfly, or the bright scale of a beetle, intended
+for the costumes of our nymphs and fairies--when I said to her: “Will
+you please take care of this, dear auntie?” I felt that I could be easy
+about it, for I knew that no one would be allowed to touch it.
+
+One of the great attractions in her room was a bear that was used
+for holding burnt-almonds; and I often visited the place for the sole
+purpose of paying my respects to this animal. He was made of china and
+he sat upon his hind legs in the corner of the mantelpiece. According to
+a compact that I had with my aunt, every time that his head was turned
+to the side (and I found it so several times during a day) it meant that
+there was an almond or some other kind of candy for me. When I had eaten
+this I straightened his head to indicate that I had been there, and then
+I departed.
+
+Aunt Claire enjoyed helping us with the “Donkey's Skin”; she worked
+enthusiastically over the costumes and each day I gave her some task.
+She was especially skilful in devising hair for the fairies and nymphs;
+she managed to fix upon their tiny heads, about as big as the end of
+a little finger, blond wigs made of light silk thread, this thread she
+twined upon the finest wires and thus she was able to twist it into
+beautiful ringlets.
+
+Then when it became absolutely necessary for me to study my lessons, in
+the feverish haste of the last half hour that I reserved for my task,
+after having wasted my time in idleness of every sort, it was aunt
+Claire who came to my rescue; she would open the large dictionary and
+hunt up for me the unfamiliar words in the exercises and lessons. She
+also took up the study of Greek in order to assist me with my lessons
+in that language. When I studied my Greek I always led my aunt Claire to
+the stairway and I sprawled there upon the steps, my feet higher than
+my head; for two or three years that was the classic pose I took for the
+study of the Iliad, or Xenophon's Cyropedia.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXIX.
+
+
+
+Thursday evening was a time of great rejoicing with me whenever a
+terrible storm descended upon Limoise, and thus made it impossible for
+me to return home that night.
+
+It happened occasionally; and since I had had the experience, I used to
+hope that it might occur often, and especially did I wish for a storm
+when I had failed to prepare my lessons. One inhuman professor had
+instituted Thursday tasks, and it was necessary for me to drag my text
+and copy-books with me to Limoise; my beloved holidays, spent in the
+sweet open air, were overcast by their dark shadow.
+
+One evening at about eight o'clock the much desired storm broke upon
+us with superb fury. Lucette and I were in the large drawing-room that
+resounded with the noise of the thunder, and we felt none too safe
+there. Its great wall-spaces were broken by only two or three old
+engravings in ancient frames. Lucette, under her mother's direction,
+was putting the finishing touches to a piece of needle work, and, on the
+rather worn-out piano, I was playing, with the soft pedal down, one of
+Rameau's dances; the old-fashioned music sounded exquisite to me as it
+mingled with the noise of the great thunder claps.
+
+When Lucette's work was completed, she turned over the leaves of my
+copy-book lying on the table. After she had examined it she gave me a
+meaning look, intended only for my eyes, that said as plainly as a look
+can that she knew I had neglected my task. Suddenly she asked: “where
+did you leave your Duruy's 'History'?”
+
+My Duruy's “History”! Where indeed had I left it? It was a new book with
+scarcely a blot in it. Great heavens! I had forgotten it and left it out
+of doors at the far end of the garden in the most removed asparagus bed.
+For my historical studies I had selected the asparagus bed which was
+like a bit of copse, for the feathery green plants, past their season,
+grew high and luxuriant; a hazel glen, leafy and impenetrable, and
+as shady as a verdant grotto, was the spot I had chosen for the more
+exacting and laborious work of Latin versification. As this time I was
+scolded by Lucette's mother for my great carelessness, we decided to go
+immediately and rescue the book.
+
+We organized a search party, and at the head of it went a servant who
+carried a stable-lantern; Lucette and I walked behind him. Our feet were
+protected from the wet ground by wooden shoes, and with much difficulty
+we held over us a large umbrella that the wind constantly turned inside
+out.
+
+Once outside I was no longer afraid; I opened my eyes wide and listened
+with all my ears. Oh! how wonderful, and yet how sinister, the end of
+the garden looked seen by those sudden and great flashes of green light
+that shimmered and trembled about us from time to time, and then left us
+blind in the blackness of the stormy night. And I shall never forget the
+impression made upon me by the continual crashing of the branches of the
+trees in the near-by oak forest.
+
+We found Duruy's “History” in the asparagus bed all water soaked and mud
+bespattered. Before the storm the snails, exhilarated no doubt by the
+promise of rain, had crawled over the book and they had left their
+slimy, glistening traces upon it.
+
+Those small tracks remained on the book for a long time, preserved,
+doubtless, by the paper cover that I put over them. They had the power
+to recall a thousand things to me, thanks to that peculiarity of my mind
+that associates the most dissimilar and incongruous images if only once,
+for a single favorable moment, they have been accidentally joined.
+
+And therefore the little, shining, zig-zag marks on the cover of Duruy
+always brought to my mind Rameau's gay dance that I played on the shrill
+old piano, only to have it drowned by the noise of the raging storm;
+and the same little blotches also recall to me a vision that I had that
+night (one, no doubt, born of an engraving by Teniers that hung on the
+wall); there seemed to pass before my eyes little people belonging to a
+bygone age who danced in the shade of a wood like that of Limoise; the
+apparition awakened in me an appreciation of the pastoral gayety of that
+time, a conception of the abandon and joyousness of the picnickers who
+were dancing so merrily under the spreading branches of the oak trees.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XL.
+
+
+
+And yet the return home from Limoise Thursday evenings would have had
+a great charm but for the remorse I almost always felt because of
+neglected duties.
+
+My friends took me as far as the river in the carriage, or I rode on a
+donkey, or we walked. Once past the stony plateau on the south bank of
+the river, and once over it and upon the home side I found my father
+and sister awaiting me; I walked gayly beside them in the straight path
+lying between the extensive meadows that led to our house. I went at a
+brisk pace in my eagerness to see mamma, my aunts and our dear home.
+
+When we entered the town, by the old disused gate, it was always dusk,
+the dusk of a spring or summer night; as we passed the barracks we
+heard the familiar drums and bugles sounding the hour for the sailors'
+all-too-early bed.
+
+And when we arrived at the house I usually spied my beloved ones
+(clothed in their black dresses) seated in the honeysuckle arbor at the
+end of the yard, or they were sitting out under the stars.
+
+Or, if the others had gone in, I was sure to find aunt Bertha there
+alone; she was a very independent person, and she dared defy even the
+dew and evening chill. After kissing and embracing me she pretended to
+smell of my clothes, and after sniffing a minute, to make me laugh, she
+would say: “Ah! you smell of Limoise, my darling.”
+
+And indeed I did have something of the fragrance of Limoise about me.
+When I came from there I was always impregnated with the odor of
+wild thyme and the other aromatic plants peculiar to that part of the
+country.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XLI.
+
+
+
+Speaking of Limoise I will be vain enough to speak here of an act of
+mine that I consider as brave as it was obedient, for it fell in with a
+promise that I had given.
+
+It happened a short time before my departure for the south, before that
+journey to the mountains with which my imagination was ever busy; it
+occurred in the month of July following my twelfth birthday.
+
+One Wednesday, having started earlier than usual, so that I might arrive
+at Limoise before nightfall, I begged those accompanying me to go no
+farther than just beyond the town; I entreated them, for this once, to
+allow me to make the journey alone as if I were a grown boy.
+
+As I was being ferried across the river I compelled myself to take from
+my pocket the white silk handkerchief that I had promised to wear
+about my neck to protect it from the cool breezes on the water; the old
+weather-beaten sailors were looking at me and I felt unspeakably ashamed
+as I tied the muffler around my neck.
+
+And at Chaumes, in that shadeless spot, a place always baked by the sun,
+I fulfilled the pledge that had been exacted from me at my departure. I
+opened a large sunshade!--oh! how my cheeks reddened and how humiliated
+I felt when I was ridiculed by a little shepherd-boy who, with head
+bared to the sun's rays, guarded his sheep. And my agony increased when
+I arrived at the village and I saw four boys, who had doubtless just
+come from school, look at me with astonishment. My God! I felt as if I
+would faint. It was true courage which enabled me to keep my promise at
+that moment.
+
+As they passed they stared hard as if to mock me for being afraid of the
+sun. One muttered something that had little enough meaning, but which
+I regarded as a mortal insult: “It is the Marquis of Carabas!” he said,
+and then all began to laugh heartily. But notwithstanding, I continued
+on my way with my parasol still open. I did not flinch nor answer them,
+but the blood surged to my cheeks and hummed in my ears.
+
+In the time that followed there were many occasions when it was
+necessary for me to pass upon my way without noticing the insults cast
+at me by ignorant people; but I do not recall that their taunts caused
+me any suffering. But my experience with the parasol! No, I am sure that
+I have never accomplished any braver act that that.
+
+But I am convinced that it is unnecessary for me to seek any other cause
+for my aversion to umbrellas, an aversion that followed me into mature
+age. And I attribute to handkerchiefs and such things, and to the
+excessive care my family took to stop up every chink through which air
+might reach me, my later habit, in line with my tendency to reactions,
+of exposing my breast to the burning rays of the sun, of exposing myself
+to every kind of wind and weather.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XLII.
+
+
+
+With my head pressed against the glass in the door of the railway coach
+that was going rapidly I continually asked my sister, who sat opposite:
+
+“Are we in the mountains yet?”
+
+“Not yet,” she would answer, still remembering the Alps vividly. “Not
+yet, dear. Those are only high hills.”
+
+The August day was warm and radiantly bright. We were in an express
+train going south, on our way to visit those cousins whom we had never
+seen.
+
+“Oh! but that one! See! See!” I exclaimed triumphantly, as my eyes spied
+an elevation towering above others; it was one whose blue height pierced
+the clear horizon.
+
+She leaned forward.
+
+“Ah!” she said, “that is a little more like a mountain, I must
+confess,--but it isn't a very high one, only wait!”
+
+At the hotel, where we were obliged to remain until the following day,
+everything interested us. I remember that night came suddenly, a night
+of splendor, as we leaned upon the railing of the balcony leading from
+our rooms, watching the shadows gather about the blue mountains and
+listening to the chirping of the crickets.
+
+The next day, the third of our frequently interrupted journey, we hired
+a funny little carriage to take us to the town, one much out of the line
+of travel at that time, where our cousins lived.
+
+For five hours we rode through passes and defiles--for me they were
+enchanted hours. Not only was there the novelty of the mountains, but
+everything here was unlike our home surroundings. The soil and the
+rocks were a bright red instead of, as in our village, a dazzling white
+because of the underlying chalk beds. And at home everything was flat
+and low, it seemed as if nothing there dared lift itself above the dead
+level and break the uniformity of the plains. Here the dwellings, of
+reddish hue like the rocks, and built with old gabled ends and ancient
+turrets, were perched high up on the hill; the peasants were very
+tanned, and they spoke a language I did not understand; I noticed
+particularly that the women walked with a free movement of the hips,
+unknown to the peasants of our country, as they strode along carrying
+upon their heads sheaves of grain and great shining copper vessels. My
+whole being vibrated to the charm of the unfamiliar beauty about me, and
+I was fascinated by the strange aspect of nature.
+
+Toward evening we reached the little town that marked the end of our
+journey. It was situated on the bank of one of those southern rivers
+that rush noisily over their shallow beds of white pebbles. The place
+still retained its ancient arched gateway and high, pierced ramparts;
+the prevailing color of the gothic houses lining its streets was bright
+red.
+
+A little perplexed and agitated our eyes sought for the cousins whose
+faces were not even known to us through photographs; but since they had
+been apprised of our coming they would, no doubt, be at the station to
+meet us. Suddenly we saw approaching us a tall young man, and he had
+upon his arm a young lady dressed in white muslin. Without the least
+hesitation we exchanged glances of recognition: we had found each other.
+
+At their house, on the ground floor, our uncle and aunt welcomed us;
+both of them in their old age preserved traces of a once-remarkable
+beauty. They lived in an ancient house of the time of Louis XIII; it
+was built in an angle, and was surrounded by those porches that are so
+frequently seen in small, southern mountain towns.
+
+When we entered we found ourselves in a vestibule flagged with pinkish
+stones and ornamented with a large fountain of burnished copper. A
+staircase of the same stones, as imposing as a castle staircase, with a
+curious balustrade of wrought-iron, led to the old-fashioned wainscoted
+bedrooms on the second floor. And these things evoked a past very
+different from that I had brooded over upon the Island, at St. Ongeoise,
+the only past with which I was at this time familiar.
+
+After dinner we went out and sat together upon the bank of the noisy
+river; we sat in a meadow overgrown with centauries and sweet marjoram,
+recognizable in the darkness because of their penetrating odor. It was a
+very still, warm evening and innumerable crickets chirped in the grass.
+It seemed to me that I had never before seen so many stars in the
+heavens. The difference in latitude was not so great, but the sea
+air that tempers our winters also makes our summer evenings hazy; in
+consequence we could see more stars here in this southern country with
+its clear atmosphere, than at our home.
+
+The majestic mountains surrounding us, from which I could not take my
+eyes, looked like great blue silhouettes: the mountains, never seen
+until now, gave me the feeling, so much longed for, of being in a
+distant country, they gave me the assurance that one of the dreams of my
+childhood had come true.
+
+I spent several summers in this village, and I made myself enough at
+home to learn the southern dialect spoken by the people there. Indeed
+the two provinces I became best acquainted with in my childhood was this
+southern one and that of St. Ongeoise, both of them lands of sunshine.
+
+Brittany, which so many take to be my native place, I did not see until
+a later time, not until I was seventeen, and I did not learn to love it
+until long after that,--doubtless that is why I loved it so ardently.
+At first it oppressed me and induced a feeling of extreme sadness;
+my brother Ives initiated me into its charm, a charm tinged with
+melancholy, and it was he who persuaded me to explore its thatched
+cottages and wooden chapels. And following this, the influence that a
+young girl of Treguier exercised over my imagination, when I was
+about twenty-seven, strengthened my love for Brittany, the land of my
+adoption.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XLIII.
+
+
+
+The day after my arrival at my uncle's I met some children named Peyrals
+who became my playmates. According to the fashion of that part of the
+country their baptismal names were spoken preceded by the definite
+article. The two little girls respectively ten and twelve years old were
+called “the Marciette” and “the Titi,” and their younger brother, still
+a little chap, who did not, therefore, figure so largely in our plays,
+was called “the Medon.”
+
+As I was younger in my ways than most boys of twelve,--in spite of
+my understanding of some things usually beyond the comprehension of
+children,--we immediately became a congenial little band, and for
+several summers we came together and enjoyed each other's companionship.
+
+The father of the little Peyrals owned all the forests and vineyards
+upon the hillsides about us. We had the freedom of them, were absolutely
+our own masters, and no one controlled or restrained us in any way, no
+matter how absurd we were.
+
+In that mountain village our relatives were so esteemed by the peasants
+living around them, that it was perfectly proper for us to wander any
+where and every where in search of adventures. We would start out very
+early in the morning upon mysterious expeditions, or we went to distant
+vineyards to have picnics or to chase butterflies that we never
+caught. Sometimes a little peasant would enlist in our ranks and follow
+submissively wherever we led. After the espionage to which I had been
+accustomed I found this liberty a delicious change. An altogether novel
+and independent life in the mountains; I might with some show of reason
+call it a continuation of my solitude, for I was the senior of these
+children who merely participated in my fantastic plays: between us there
+were abysmal differences springing from the quality of our minds and
+imaginations.
+
+I was always the undisputed chief of the band; Titi, the only one who
+ever revolted, was easily brought to terms; the children seemed to wish
+to please me in everything, and that made it very easy for me to manage
+them.
+
+That was the first little band I led. Later, other ones, less easy to
+cope with, came under my dominion; but I always preferred to have them
+composed of persons younger than myself, younger in mental development
+especially, and more simple in every way than I, so that they would not
+interfere with my whims, nor laugh at my childishness.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XLIV.
+
+
+
+The only task required of me during my vacation was that I should read
+from Fenelon's Telemaque (my education, you see, was a little out
+of date). My copy of the work was composed of several small volumes.
+Strangely enough, it was not irksome to me. I could image to myself
+distinctly the land of Greece with its white marble temples and its
+bright sky, and I had a conception of pagan antiquity that was almost as
+vivid (if not so correct) as Fenelon's: Calypso and her nymphs enchanted
+me.
+
+Every day, in order to read, I hid myself from the Peyrals, either in
+my uncle's garden or in the garret of his house, my two favorite
+hiding-places.
+
+This garret, under the high Louis XIII roof, extended the full length of
+the house. The shutters of the place were seldom opened, and there
+was here, in consequence, almost perpetual twilight. The old things,
+belonging to a bygone century, lying there under the dust and cobwebs
+attracted me from the first day; and, little by little, the habit of
+slipping up there with my Telemaque had grown upon me. I usually stole
+up after the noon dinner, secure in the thought that no one would dream
+of looking for me there. At this noon hour of hot and radiant sunshine,
+the garret, by contrast, was almost as dark as night. Noiselessly I
+would throw open a shutter of one of the dormer windows and a flood
+of sunshine poured in; then I climbed out on the roof, and with elbows
+resting upon the sun-warmed old slate tiles overgrown with golden
+mosses, I would read my book.
+
+Around me, on this same roof, thousands of Agen plums were drying. This
+fruit, intended for winter use, was spread out on mats made of reeds;
+warmed through and through by the sun and thoroughly dried they were
+delicious; their fragrance, too, was exquisite and it impregnated the
+whole garret. The bees and the wasps who, like me, ate them at their
+pleasure, tumbled on their backs and extended their legs in the air,
+overcome seemingly by the cloying sweetness of the fruit and the heat
+of the day. And on the neighboring roofs, between the old gothic gables,
+there were similar reed mats covered with these same plums, all visited
+by myriads of buzzing wasps and bees.
+
+One could also see from here the two streets that came together in front
+of my uncle's house; they were lined with mediaeval dwellings, and each
+terminated at an arched door that was cut in the high red stone wall
+that had formerly served as a fortification. The village was hot and
+drowsy and silent, the heat of the mid-summer sun made it torpid; but
+one could hear innumerable chickens and ducks scratching and pecking
+at the sun-baked dirt in the streets. And far away in the distance the
+mountains pierced the cloudless blue of the heavens with their sunny
+heights.
+
+I read Telemaque in very small doses; two or three pages a day was
+generally enough to satisfy my curiosity and to ease my conscience
+for the day; that task over, I went down hurriedly to find my little
+friends, and we would set out on a trip to the woods and vineyards.
+
+My uncle's garden, my other place of retreat, was not attached to the
+house, but was situated, as were all the other ones in the village,
+beyond the ramparts of the town. It was surrounded by very high walls,
+and one had entrance to it through an old arched gate that was unlocked
+with an enormous key. Upon certain days, armed with my Telemaque and my
+butterfly-net, I isolated myself there.
+
+In the garden there were several plum trees, and from them there fell,
+onto the warm earth, over-ripe plums of the same variety as those drying
+on the ancient roofs. The old arbor was trellised with grape vines, and
+legions of flies and bees feasted upon the musky, fragrant grapes. The
+extreme end of the garden, for it was a very large one, was overgrown
+like an ordinary field with alfalfa.
+
+The charm of this old orchard lay in the feeling it gave one of being
+greatly secluded, of being absolutely alone in a wilderness of space and
+silence.
+
+I must not forget to speak of the old arbor that two summers later was
+the scene of the most momentous act of my childhood. It backed against
+the surrounding wall, and its lattice-work was overspread with muscadine
+vines that the sun scorched and withered.
+
+In this garden, for some inexplicable reason, I had the impression of
+being in the tropics, in the colonies of my fancy. And in truth the
+tropical gardens that I saw later were filled with the same heavy
+fragrance and had much the same appearance. From time to time rare
+butterflies, such as are not often seen elsewhere, flitted through
+the garden. From a front view they looked like common yellow and black
+butterflies, but a side view showed them to be as glistening and as
+beautiful a blue as the exotic ones from Guinea that I had seen under
+glass in my uncle's museum. They were very wary and difficult to
+ensnare, for they rested only for a second at a time upon the fragrant
+muscadel grapes before fluttering away over the wall. Sometimes I would
+place my foot in a crevice of the stone wall, and scramble up to the top
+to look after them as they flew across the hot and silent fields; and
+often I remained there on the coping for a long time, propped upon my
+elbows, and contemplated the distant landscape. Every where upon the
+horizon there were wooded mountains surrounded here and there by the
+ruins of feudal castles. Before me, in the midst of fields of corn and
+buckwheat, was the Bories estate. Its old arched porch, the only one
+in the neighborhood that was whitewashed, looked like one of those
+entry-ways that are so common in African villages. This estate, I had
+been told, belonged to the St. Hermangarde children, who were destined
+to become my future comrades. They were expected almost daily, but I
+dreaded to have them come, for my little band composed of the Peyrals
+seemed all sufficient and extremely well chosen.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XLV.
+
+
+
+Castelnau! This ancient name brings to me visions of glorious sunshine
+and of clear light shining upon noble heights; it evokes the gentle
+melancholy that I felt among its ruins, and recalls to me my dreams
+before the dead splendors buried there for so many centuries.
+
+The old ruin of Castelnau was perched on one of the most heavily wooded
+mountains in the neighborhood, and its reddish stone turrets and towers
+stood out boldly against the sky.
+
+By looking over and beyond the wall surrounding my uncle's garden I
+could see the ancient castle. Indeed, it was a conspicuous point in the
+landscape, and one immediately saw its rough red stones emerging from
+the interlaced trees; one instantly noted the ancient ruin crowning the
+mountain all overgrown with the beautiful verdure of chestnut and oak
+trees.
+
+Upon the day of my arrival I had caught a glimpse of it, and I was
+attracted by this old eagle's nest which must have been a superb place
+of refuge during the stormy middle ages. It was a common custom in my
+uncle's family to go up there two or three times a month to dine and
+pass the afternoon with the proprietor, an old clergyman, who lived in a
+comfortable house built against one side of the ruin.
+
+For me those days were like a revel in fairy land.
+
+We started very early in the morning so that we should be beyond the
+plains before the hottest period of the day. When we arrived at the
+foot of the mountain we were refreshed by the cool shade of the forest,
+enveloped in its mantle of beautiful green. As we went up and up, by
+zig-zag paths, afoot, and in single file, under lofty arching oaks and
+intertwined foliage our line of march resembled a huge serpent. I was
+reminded of Gustave Dore's engravings of mediaeval pilgrims making their
+way to isolated abbeys perched on mountain heights. Tiny springs oozed
+out here and there and trickled across the red earth; between the trees
+we had momentary glimpses of beautiful and extensive vistas. At last we
+reached the summit, and after passing through the very quaint village
+that had perched on this height for many centuries, we rang the bell
+at the priest's tiny door. The castle overhung his miniature garden and
+house; both were built under the shadow of the crumbling walls and the
+sinking, almost tottering, red stone towers. A great peace seemed to
+emanate from those aerie ruins, and a deep silence reigned there.
+
+The dinners given by the old priest, to which several of the
+notabilities of the neighborhood were invited, always lasted very long.
+The ten or fifteen courses had an accompaniment of the ripest fruits and
+the choicest wines of that country so excelling in exquisite vintages.
+
+For several hours we remained at the table afflicted by the August or
+September midday heat, and I, the only child in the company, became very
+restless; I was disturbed by the thought of the crushing nearness of the
+castle, and after the second course I would ask to be permitted to leave
+the table. An old serving-woman used always to go with me and open the
+outer door in the wall of the feudal ramparts of Castelnau; then she
+confided the keys of the stately ruin to me, and I plunged alone, with
+a delicious feeling of fear, into the familiar path, and passed through
+the gate of the drawbridge superposed on the ramparts.
+
+There I might remain for an hour or two sure of not being disturbed; I
+was at liberty to wander about in that labyrinth, and I was master in
+the majestic but sad domain. Oh! the sweet memory of the reveries that
+I have had there! . . . First I would make a tour about the terraces
+overhanging the forest lying below; a panorama infinitely beautiful
+unrolled itself to my sight; rivers winding here and there in the
+distance looked like streams of silver; and, aided by the clear and
+limpid summer atmosphere, I could see almost as far as the neighboring
+provinces. A great calm pervaded this sequestered corner of France;
+no line of railway penetrated it; and in consequence, it led a life
+entirely apart from the big world, a life such as it had known in the
+good old time.
+
+After visiting the terraces I would go into the ruined interior, into
+the courts, up the stairways and through the empty galleries. I climbed
+to the old towers and put to flight flocks of pigeons, and disturbed the
+sleep of bats and owls. On the first floor there was a suite of spacious
+rooms, still roofed over, and very dark because of the shuttered
+windows. I penetrated into these chambers, and I felt an almost
+delicious terror when I heard my footsteps echoing through the
+sepulchral stillness of the place. Then I would pass in review before
+the strange Gothic paintings and the half-effaced frescoes that still
+retained traces of gilt ornamentation; the fabled monsters and garlands
+of impossible flowers had been added at the time of the Renaissance.
+This magnificent, pictured past, fantastic and barbarous to the point
+of being terrible, seemed to me, at that time, very vague and dim and
+distant; I could not realize that it had been lighted up by the same
+midday sunshine that warmed the red stones of the ruins about me. And
+now that I am better able to estimate Castelnau, when I recall it to my
+memory, after having seen most of the splendors of this earth, I still
+think the enchanted castle of my childhood, as it stands upon its
+glorious height, one of the most superb ruins of mediaeval France.
+
+In one of the towers there was a room whose ceiling was painted a royal
+blue over-strewn with exquisite gold tracery and blazonry. In no place
+have I realized feudalism so well as in that tower. There alone, in the
+silence as of a city of the dead, I would lean out of the little window
+cut in the thick wall and contemplate the green verdure lying below me,
+and I tried to imagine that I saw coming along the paths, given over to
+the flight of birds, a cavalcade of soldiers, or a procession of noble
+knights and ladies. . . . And, for me, reared in a level country, one
+of the greatest charms of the place was the view I had of blue distances
+visible from every loophole and crevice, every gap and opening in the
+rooms and towers of Castelnau, for then I realized its extraordinary
+height.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XLVI.
+
+
+
+My brother's letters, written close on very fine paper, continued to
+reach us from time to time; he could only send them to us by sailing
+vessels bound in our direction which lay-to in that part of the world
+where he was stationed. Some of them were written particularly for me,
+and these were long, and filled with never-to-be-forgotten descriptions.
+I already knew several words of the sweet and liquid language of
+Oceanica, and often in my dreams I saw the exquisite island he described
+and roamed over it; it haunted my imagination as does a chimerical
+realm, ardently desired, but as inaccessible as if situated upon another
+planet.
+
+During my visit to my cousins my father forwarded me a letter from my
+brother addressed to me. I went up to the garret roof, on the side where
+the plums were drying, to read it. He wrote of a place called Fataua
+which was situated in a deep valley and surrounded by steep mountains.
+“A perpetual twilight,” he wrote, “reigns here under the great exotic
+trees, and the spray of the cascade keeps the carpet of rare ferns
+fresh.” Yes; I could picture that scene to myself very well, now that
+I had about me mountains and moist glens luxuriant with ferns. . . . He
+described everything fully and vividly: my brother could not know that
+his letters exercised a dangerous spell over the child who, at his
+departure, appeared to be so tranquil and so attached to the home
+fireside.
+
+“The only pity,” he wrote at the end, “is that this delightful island
+has not a door opening into the home-yard, into the beautiful arbor
+overgrown with honeysuckle, for instance, that lies behind the grottoes
+and the little pond.”
+
+This idea of a door in the wall at the foot of our garden, and
+especially the association between the little lake constructed by
+my brother and distant Oceanica, struck me as very singular, and the
+following night I had this dream:
+
+I went into the yard and found it enveloped in a sort of deadly twilight
+that gave me the impression that the sun had been extinguished forever.
+Every where there seemed to be an inexpressible desolation that is known
+only in dreams, and which it is almost impossible to conceive of in
+the waking state. When I arrived at the bottom of the garden near the
+beloved little lake, I felt myself rising from the ground like a bird
+about to take flight. At first I floated aimlessly as thistledown, then
+I passed over the wall and took a south-west direction, the direction of
+Oceanica; I had no trace of wings, and I lay on my back in an agony of
+dizziness and nausea as I travelled with frightful rapidity, with the
+swiftness of a stone shot from a sling. The stars whirled madly
+in space; beneath me oceans and seas faded into the pallid and
+indistinguishable distance, and as I journeyed I was ever enwrapped
+in that twilight bespeaking a dead world. . . . After a few minutes I
+suddenly found myself encompassed by the darkness of the noble trees in
+the valley of Fataua.
+
+There in the valley my dream continued, for I ceased to believe in
+it,--the utter impossibility of really being there impressed itself upon
+my mind,--for very often I had been duped by such illusions which always
+vanished when I awoke. My main concern was lest I should wake wholly,
+for the vision, incomplete as it was, enchanted me. At least the carpet
+of rare ferns was really there. As I groped in the night air and plucked
+them I said to myself: “Surely these plants are real, for I can touch
+them and I have them in my hand; surely they will not disappear when the
+dream vanishes.” And I grasped them with all my strength to be sure of
+keeping them.
+
+I awoke. A beautiful summer day had dawned, and in the village was heard
+the noise of recommencing life. The continual clucking of the hens as
+they roamed about in the streets, and the click-clack of the weaver's
+loom caused me to realize where I was. My empty hand was still shut
+tight, and the nails were pressed almost into the flesh, the better to
+guard that imaginary bouquet of Fataua, composed of the impalpable stuff
+of dreams.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XLVII.
+
+
+
+I had very quickly attached myself to my grown cousins, and I felt as
+well acquainted with them as if I had always known them. I believe it
+is necessary that there should be the bond of blood for the creation
+of those intimate relations between people, who but the day before were
+almost ignorant of each other's existence. I also loved my uncle and
+aunt; my aunt especially, who spoiled me a little, and who was so good
+and still so beautiful in spite of her sixty years, her gray hair and
+her grandmotherly way of dressing herself. In these levelling days,
+wherein one person is so like another, people of my aunt's type no
+longer exist. Born in the neighborhood, of a very ancient family, she
+had never been away from this province of France, and her manners, her
+hospitality, and her exquisite courtesy had a local stamp, every detail
+of which pleased me greatly.
+
+In direct contrast to my sheltered home life, here I lived almost
+entirely out of doors. I roamed about in the streets and highways, and
+often I went beyond the gates of the town. The narrow streets paved
+with black pebbles like those in the Orient, and bordered with gothic
+dwellings of the time of Louis XIII, had a singular charm for me. I
+already knew all the nooks and corners, public highways and the byways
+of the village, and I was well acquainted with many of the kind country
+people who lived about us.
+
+The women, peasant women with goitres, who passed my uncle's house on
+their way to and from the surrounding fields and vineyards, carried
+baskets of fruit on their heads, and they always paused to offer me
+luscious grapes and delicious peaches. I was delighted with the southern
+dialect, and with the songs of the mountaineers; and, best of all,
+my unfamiliar surroundings ever reminded me that I was in a strange
+country.
+
+And now when I see any of the little things that I brought from there
+for my museum, or when I look over the brief letters that I wrote to my
+mother every day, I suddenly feel the warm sunshine, I experience again
+the strange newness, I smell the fragrance of ripe southern fruits,
+and I feel the keen freshness of the mountain air; and at such times I
+realize that in spite of the long descriptions in these dead pages they
+inadequately express all I felt.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XLVIII.
+
+
+
+The little St. Hermangardes, of whom every one spoke so often, arrived
+about the middle of September. Their castle was situated in the north
+upon the bank of the Carreze, but they came every year to pass the
+autumn in their very old and dilapidated mansion near my uncle's house.
+
+Two boys, both a little older than I, came this time, and contrary to
+my expectation I took a fancy to them immediately. As they were in the
+habit of spending a part of each year at their country place they had
+guns and powder and often went hunting. Thus they brought an entirely
+new element into our games. Their estate of Bories became one of the
+centres of our operations. Everything there was at our disposal,
+the servants and all the animals in the stables. One of our favorite
+amusements was the construction of enormous balloons, nine or ten feet
+high, and these we inflated by burning under them sheaves of hay; we
+then watched them rise and sail away and away, until they were lost to
+our sight high above the distant fields and woods.
+
+The little St. Hermangardes were unlike other children; they had had
+all their instruction from a tutor, and their ideas were different from
+those one imbibes at boarding schools. When there was any disagreement
+between us in regard to our games they always courteously gave in to me,
+and therefore my contact with them did not help me to meet the painful
+experiences of the future.
+
+One day they came over and with much grace made me a present of a very
+rare butterfly. It was of a pale yellow color, almost merging into light
+green, the yellow of a very ordinary butterfly, but its front wings
+were a shaded and exquisite pink, similar to the delicate rosy tints
+sometimes seen at daybreak. They had captured it, they said, in the
+late-ripening autumn grain fields of Bories,--they had caught hold of it
+so deftly and carefully that their fingers had made no impression upon
+its brilliant coloring. When, at about noontime, I received it from them
+I was in the vestibule of my uncle's house, a place always kept tightly
+closed during the hours of intense heat. From the wing of the house
+I heard my cousin singing in the thin and plaintive falsetto of a
+mountaineer; he often sang in that manner, and when he did so his voice
+always gave me a feeling of unusual melancholy as it broke the stillness
+of the late September noons. He sang over and over the same old refrain:
+“Ah! Ah! The good, good story. . . .” Here he always broke off and
+recommenced. And from that moment Bories, the pinkish-yellow butterfly,
+and the sad little refrain of the “good, good story” were inseparably
+associated in my memory.
+
+But I fear that I have said too much about the incoherent impressions
+and images which came to me so frequently in days gone by; this is the
+last time that I will speak at length of them. But it will be seen,
+because of what follows, how important it is for me to note the
+association existing between the dissimilar things mentioned above.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XLIX.
+
+
+
+We left the mountains at the beginning of October, but my home-coming
+was marked by a very painful circumstance--I was sent to school! I went,
+of course, only as a day scholar; and it goes without saying that I was
+never allowed to go and come alone lest I should get into bad company.
+The four years that I spent at the university, as a day scholar, were
+as strange and as full of odd experiences as any of my life. But,
+notwithstanding, from that fatal day my history becomes much less
+interesting as a narrative.
+
+I was taken to school for the first time, at two o'clock in the
+afternoon, upon one of those glorious October days, so sunny and
+peaceful, that is like a reluctant and sad leave-taking of the
+summer-time. Ah! how beautiful it had been in the mountains, in the
+leafless forests and among the autumn-tinted vines!
+
+With a crowd of children, all talking at the same time, I entered the
+torture chamber. My first impression was one of astonished disgust
+because of the hideousness of the ink-stained walls, and of the old
+benches of shiny wood defaced by the penknife carvings of countless
+school-boys who had been so inexpressibly miserable in this place.
+Although I was a stranger to my new companions they treated me with the
+greatest familiarity (they used thee and thou in addressing me) and gave
+themselves patronizing airs that were almost impertinent. Although I
+observed my school-mates timidly and furtively I thought them, for the
+most part, exceedingly ill-mannered and untidy.
+
+As I was twelve and a half I entered the third class; my tutor
+considered me advanced enough to keep up with it if I chose to do so,
+although I myself felt that I was scarcely equal to the task. The first
+day, for the purpose of qualifying, we had to write Latin exercises, and
+I remember that my father awaited, with some anxiety, the outcome of the
+examination. When I told him I was second among fifteen I was surprised
+that he attached so much importance to a matter of so little interest
+to me. It was all one to me! Broken hearted as I felt, how could I be
+affected by such a trifle?
+
+Later, indeed, at no time, did I feel the impetus that the desire to
+excel brings with it. To be at the foot of the class always seemed to me
+the least of the ills that a school-boy is called upon to endure.
+
+The weeks following my entrance were extremely painful to me. I felt my
+intellect cramping rather than expanding under the multiplicity of the
+lessons and the tasks imposed; even the realm of my young dreams seemed
+closing against me little by little. The first dismal, foggy weather,
+and the first gray days added a greater desolation and sadness to my
+already overwrought feelings. The uncouth chimney-sweeps had returned,
+and their yearly autumn cry was again heard in the streets. Theirs was a
+cry that in my earlier years wrung my heart and caused my tears to flow.
+When one is a child the approach of winter, with its killing gloom and
+cold, seems to awake in him inexplicable forebodings bespeaking the end
+of all bright and beautiful things; time goes so slowly in childhood
+that we appear not to be able to anticipate the inevitable reawakening
+that comes in the spring to all things.
+
+No, it is only when we are older, and would seem, therefore, to be more
+impressionable to the changes of the seasons, that we regard winter
+merely as an incident having its rightful place among the other
+incidents of life.
+
+I had a calendar and I marked off upon it the slowly passing days. At
+the commencement of my first year of college life I was oppressed by the
+thought of the months of study stretching before me, and by the prospect
+of the interminable months that must come and go before we reached the
+Easter vacation that was to give us a respite of eight or ten days
+from the dreadful schoolroom grind and ennui; I seemed to lose all
+my courage, and at times I was almost overwhelmed with despair at the
+prospect of the long and dreary days that went so slowly.
+
+In the meantime cold weather, really cold weather set in and aggravated
+my sorrows. Oh! the daily journey to school upon those frigid December
+mornings, where for two deadly hours the only warmth we obtained came
+from the inadequate coal fire, and before me the torture of returning to
+my home in the face of the icy winter wind! The other children frolicked
+and ran and pushed each other, and they slid upon the ice when it
+chanced that the water in the gutters was frozen over. As for me I
+did not know how to slide, and, besides, sports such as the other boys
+indulged in, I considered highly undignified. I was always escorted
+to and from school very sedately, and I felt the humiliation of being
+conducted. I was sometimes laughed at by my school-mates with whom I was
+not at all popular; and I had a disdain for those who, like myself, were
+in bondage. I had scarcely an idea in common with them.
+
+Even Thursdays I had to give to the preparation of lessons that took the
+entire day. The written tasks, absurd exercises, I scrawled off in the
+most careless and illegible handwriting.
+
+And my disgust for life was so great that I no longer took the least bit
+of pains with myself; often now I was scolded for looking so unkempt,
+and for having dirty, ink-stained hands. . . . But if I continue in
+this strain I will succeed in making my recital as tedious as were the
+school-days of my youth.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER L.
+
+
+
+Cakes! Cakes! My good hot cakes! The old cake woman had resumed her
+nightly tour, and again we heard her rapid footsteps and her shrill
+refrain. Always at the same hour, with the regularity of an automaton,
+she went by our house. And the long winter recommenced in the same
+manner as had the preceding ones, and as were similarly to begin the
+following two or three years.
+
+Our neighbors, the D-----s, accompanied by Lucette, always came at eight
+o'clock Sunday evenings, and another neighbor visited us also upon
+this same evening. These latter brought with them their little daughter
+Marguerite, who gradually insinuated herself into my affections.
+
+That year Marguerite and I brought the Sunday winter evenings, over
+which the thought of the tasks of the morrow brooded sadly, to a close
+with an entirely new amusement. After the tea, when I felt that the
+party was about to break up, I would hurry little Marguerite into the
+dining-room, and there we rushed madly about the round table and tried
+to catch or tag each other,--we played furiously. It goes without saying
+that she was usually caught immediately and tagged very often, and I
+scarcely ever; it therefore fell out that it was almost always her turn
+to chase me, and she did it desperately. We struck the table with our
+bodies, and yelled, and carried on our play with the greatest imaginable
+uproar. We succeeded in turning up the rugs, in disarranging the
+chairs, and in making havoc of everything. We soon tired of our play,
+however,--the truth is I was too old to care greatly for such frolics.
+I had scarcely any feeling save one of melancholy in spite of the wild
+sport I indulged in, for over me hovered the chilling thought that in
+the morning the usual round of dry and laborious lessons would begin.
+My furious revel was simply a way of prolonging that day of truce, of
+making it count to its very last moment; it was an attempt to divert
+my thoughts by making plenty of noise. It was also my way of hurling a
+defiance at those tasks that I had left undone. My negligence troubled
+my conscience and disturbed my sleep, and caused me finally to look
+over, hastily and feverishly, by the feeble light of a candle, or by the
+cold gray light of early dawn, the neglected lessons, before the coming
+of the despised hour in which I betook myself to school.
+
+There was always a little consternation in the parlor when the sounds
+of our merriment reached those gathered there; it must have been
+particularly distressing to our parents to hear that we were amusing
+ourselves otherwise than with our duet sonatas, and to find that we
+preferred noise and discord to the “Pretty Shepherdess.”
+
+And for at least two winters, at about half-past ten every Sunday
+evening, we indulged in that romp around the dining-table. My school
+was of little value to me, and the tasks imposed of even less benefit;
+I always went to work reluctantly and in the wrong spirit, and that
+lessened and extinguished my power and stupefied me. I had the same
+unfortunate experience when I came in contact with school-mates of my
+own age, my equals; their roughness disgusted me, and I repulsed all
+the efforts they made to be friendly. . . . I never saw them except in
+class, under the master's rod as it were; I had already become a little
+being too peculiar and set in my ways to be modified greatly by contact
+with them, and I therefore held aloof, and my eccentricities accentuated
+themselves.
+
+Almost all of them were older and more developed than I; they also
+were more crafty and more sophisticated; in consequence there sprung up
+amongst them a feeling of contempt and enmity for me that I repaid with
+disdain, for I felt sure that they were incapable of comprehending or
+following the flights of my imagination.
+
+With the very youthful peasants in the mountains, and the fishermen's
+children on the Island, I had never been haughty; we had understood each
+other after the fashion of children who are primitive and therefore fond
+of childish play; and upon such occasions I had associated with them as
+if they were my equals. But I was arrogant in my behavior to the boys at
+school, and they had good reason to consider me whimsical and priggish.
+It took me many years to conquer that arrogance, to act simply and like
+other people in the world; and especially it was difficult for me to
+realize that one is not necessarily superior to his fellows because he
+is (to his own misfortune often) prince and conjurer in the realm of
+fancy.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LI.
+
+
+
+The theatre wherein was enacted the “Donkey's Skin,” very much amplified
+and more elaborate, had now a permanent place in my aunt Claire's room.
+Little Jeanne, more interested in it since the additions to the scenery
+and the text, came over oftener; she painted backgrounds under my
+direction, and the moments I enjoyed most were those in which I
+impressed her with my great superiority. We had now a box full of
+characters, each with a name and a role; and the fantastic processions
+were made up of regiments of monsters, beasts and gnomes made out of
+plaster and painted with water colors.
+
+I recall our delight and enthusiasm when we tried for the first time the
+effect of a scenic background which we had made to represent the “void
+of heaven.” Delicate rosy clouds, bespeaking the dawn, floated over the
+blue expanse that was softened and paled by the gauze hanging in
+front of it. And the chariot of a silken-haired fairy, drawn by two
+butterflies and suspended on invisible threads, advanced towards the
+centre of the scene.
+
+But in spite of our efforts our work was never finished, for we took
+no account of limitations; every day we had new ideas and ever more and
+more wonderful projects, and the great comprehensive representation was
+deferred from day to day, was postponed to a future that never came.
+
+Every undertaking of my life will be, or has already been, left
+unfinished and incomplete as was that little play of the “Donkey's
+Skin.”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LII.
+
+
+
+Among those professors who seemed, during my school-days, so severe, and
+indeed almost cruel to me, the most terrible without any exception were
+the “Bull of Apis” and the “Big Black Ape” (I had nicknames for all
+of them). I hope should they read this they will understand that I am
+writing from the child's view-point. Should I meet them to-day I would,
+in all probability, humbly tender them my hand and ask their pardon for
+having been such an unmanageable pupil.
+
+Oh! the Big Ape especially, how I hated him! When from the height of his
+desk these words fell upon my ear: “You will do a hundred lines; I
+mean you, you little sap-head!” I could have flown at his face like an
+enraged cat. He was the first to arouse in me those sudden and violent
+outbursts of rage that characterized me as a man, outbreaks which
+could scarcely have been foreseen in a child of my sweet and patient
+disposition.
+
+I would be doing myself a great injustice in saying that I was
+altogether a bad scholar, I was, rather, an unequal and erratic one; one
+day at the head of my class, the next day at the foot; but on the whole
+I maintained a fair average, and at the end of the year I received the
+prize for translation--I won no others however. It surprised me that
+every one in the class did not receive the prize that I had won without
+great effort, for translation was extraordinarily easy for me. On the
+other hand I found composition very difficult, and narration still more
+so.
+
+Little by little I deserted my own work-desk, and in my aunt Claire's
+room, near the china bon-bon bear, I underwent with as much resignation
+as possible, the torture that the preparing of my tasks imposed. On the
+wainscoting of the wall, in a hidden recess of the room, there is still
+visible, among the other fantastical sketches, a pen-portrait of the
+“Big Ape”; the ink has faded to a light yellow, but the drawing has
+endured, and when I look at it I again feel a sort of deadly weariness,
+and a sensation of suffocation chills me through and through--in short I
+once more live over those dread school-days.
+
+Aunt Claire was more than ever my resource during those hard times; she
+always looked up words for me in the dictionary, and often she took upon
+herself the task of writing for me, in an assumed hand, the exercises
+exacted by the “Big Ape.”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LIII.
+
+
+
+Bring me, please, dear, the second . . . no, the third drawer of my
+chiffonier.
+
+It is mamma who is speaking; she is busying herself with the drawers
+of the chiffonier which every day, for many years, she had asked me
+to bring to her,--sometimes she pretends to need them merely for the
+purpose of pleasing me by requiring my services. It was one of the
+things that I was able to do for her when I was very little: to carry
+to her one or another of those tiny drawers. It was an honored custom in
+our household for a long time.
+
+At the time of my life of which I am now writing it was in the evening,
+at dusk, after my return from school, that I busied myself carrying
+the little chiffonier drawers. I usually found mamma seated in her
+accustomed place near the window chatting or embroidering, her work
+basket was before her, and the bureau, whose different compartments
+she required from time to time, was situated some distance away, in an
+anteroom.
+
+The Louis XVth chiffonier was very much revered, for it had belonged to
+great-grandmothers. In it there were some very old and very tiny painted
+boxes which had doubtless been handled every day by one or another of
+our ancestresses. It goes without saying that I knew all the secrets of
+these compartments that were kept in such exquisite order; there was
+a special place for silks that was classified by being put into ribbon
+bags; one for needles, another for braid, and still another for little
+hooks. And these things were still arranged, I have no doubt, as they
+had been in our grandmother's days, whose saintly activity my mother
+imitated.
+
+To bring the drawers of the chiffonier to mamma was the joy and pride
+of my childhood, and there has been no change in my feelings for those
+little compartments since that time. They have always inspired me with
+the most tender respect; they are blended with the image of my
+mother and they recall to me her beautiful, skillful hands, ever busy
+manufacturing some pretty, useful article,--even to her last piece of
+embroidery which was a handkerchief for me.
+
+In my seventeenth year, when we met great reverses--at that troubled
+time of which I will not speak here, but only mention because I have
+already, in preceding chapters, touched upon the matter--we had to face,
+for several months, the dreadful possibility of being obliged to part
+with our old home and all the precious things that it contained. At that
+time when I passed in review all the beloved memories and habits and
+mementoes that I would need to break with, one of my most agonizing
+thoughts was: “Never more will I be able to come and go in the
+ante-chamber where the chiffonier stands, nor never again be able to
+carry its precious little drawers to mamma.”
+
+And her very old-fashioned work-basket that I had begged her not to
+discard, although it was much worn, with its little articles, needle
+books, receptacles for thimbles and screws for holding the embroidery
+frames! The thought that a time must surely come when the well-beloved
+hands that daily touch these things will touch them no more, fills me
+with so much sorrow that I am bereft of all courage and I struggle in
+vain against invading sad emotions. Let me hope that as long as I live
+it may remain as it is, that for so long it will be guarded with the
+sacredness of a relic; but to whom can I bequeath this heirloom with
+the assurance that it will be cherished? What will become of those poor
+little trifles that are so precious to me?
+
+That work-basket belonging to my mother, and the little drawers of the
+old chiffonier are, I doubt not, the things that I will part with most
+regretfully when the time comes for me to go into the world.
+
+Truly all of this is very puerile and childish, and I am ashamed of
+it;--and yet I am almost weeping as I write it.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LIV.
+
+
+
+Because of the haste and confusion brought about by conflicting school
+tasks, I had not for many months found time to read my Bible; indeed I
+scarcely had time for a morning prayer.
+
+I still went to church regularly every Sunday; that is we all went there
+together. I reverenced the family pew where we had assembled for so
+many years; and apart from that reason I hold it dear because it is
+associated in my memory with my mother.
+
+It was at church, however, that my faith continued to receive its most
+damaging blows; it was there that religion seemed a cold and meaningless
+term to me. Usually the commentaries, the narrow human reasoning and
+dissection took away from the beauty of the Bible and the Gospels,
+and deprived them of their grandly solemn and exquisite poetry. For a
+peculiar nature like mine it was very difficult to have any one touch
+upon holy subjects (in such a way as did the minister) without in some
+measure, in my opinion, desecrating them. The family worship, held every
+evening, awakened in me the only religious meditation that I now knew,
+for the voice that read or prayed was exceedingly dear to me, and that
+changed everything.
+
+My untiring contemplation of nature, and the reflections that I indulged
+in in the presence of the fossils I had brought from the mountains and
+cliffs, and placed in my museum, indicated that there had been bred in
+me a vague and unconscious pantheism.
+
+In short my deeply rooted and still-living faith was covered over with
+encumbering earth. At times it threw out a green shoot, but for the most
+part it lay like an entirely dead thing in the cold ground. Moreover, I
+was too much troubled to pray; my conscience, still restive and timid,
+gave me no rest during the time that I was on my knees,--I always felt
+remorse gnaw at me then because of the slovenly and half-done tasks, and
+because of the feelings of hate I had for the “Big Ape” and the “Bull
+of Apis,” emotions that I was obliged to hide and disguise until I
+shuddered at the falsehoods I spoke and acted. These things gave me
+poignant remorse and excruciating moral distress, and to escape from
+these emotions I indulged in noisy sports and foolish laughter; and
+when my conscience troubled me most, and I dared not, therefore, appear
+before my parents, I took refuge with the servants, played tennis,
+jumped the rope, or make a great racket.
+
+For two or three years I had not spoken of a religious vocation, for
+I now understood that such a desire was a thing of the past, was
+impossible; but I had not found anything to put in its place. When
+strangers asked what career I was being prepared for, my parents, a
+little anxious in regard to my future, did not know what to say; and I
+knew still less what to reply.
+
+However my brother, who was also much concerned over my enigmatical
+future, in one of those letters that seemed always to come from an
+enchanted land, suggested, because of a certain facility in mathematics
+and a certain precision of nature, certainly anomalies in one of my
+temperament, that it might be well for me to study engineering. And
+when they consulted me and I replied apathetically: “Very well, it is
+agreeable enough to me,” the matter seemed satisfactorily settled.
+
+I would need to spend a little more than a year at a polytechnic school
+in order to prepare myself. To be there or elsewhere, what difference
+did it make to me? . . . When I contemplated the men of a certain age
+who surrounded me, those occupying the most honorable positions, who
+had every claim to respect and consideration, I would say to myself:
+“It will some day be necessary for me to live a useful, sedate life in
+a given place and fixed sphere as they do, and to grow old as they
+are--and that is all!” And a bitter hopelessness overwhelmed me as I
+brooded on the thought; I yearned for the impossible; I longed most of
+all to remain a child forever, and the reflection that the years were
+fleeing, and that, whether I would or would not, I must become a man,
+was anguish to me.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LV.
+
+
+
+Twice a week, in the history classes, I came in contact with the naval
+students. To give themselves a sailor-like appearance they wore red
+sashes, and they constantly drew ships and anchors on their copy-books.
+
+I never dreamed of that career for myself; scarcely oftener than once
+or twice had such a thought passed through my mind and then it had
+disquieted me: it was, however, the only life in which I could indulge
+my taste for travel and adventure. It terrified me, this naval career,
+more than any other because of the long exiles it imposed, exiles that
+faith could no longer make seem endurable, as in the days when I had
+expressed a desire to become a missionary.
+
+To go far away as my brother had done; to be separated from my mother
+and other beloved ones for years and years; not to see during that time
+the little yard reclothe itself in green at the coming of the spring,
+nor to see the roses bloom upon the old wall, no, I had not the courage
+to undertake it.
+
+Because it was assumed, doubtless because of my peculiar education, that
+such a rough life was wholly unsuited to me. And I knew very well, from
+some words that had been spoken in my hearing, that should so wild an
+idea gain a lodgment with me my parents would withhold their consent and
+thwart me in every way.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LVI.
+
+
+
+On my Thursday holidays during the winter, after having finished
+my duties and accomplished all my school tasks, I felt the greatest
+homesickness when I mounted to my museum. It was always a little late
+when I finished my lessons, and the light was usually fading when I
+looked down at the great meadows that appeared inexpressibly melancholy
+as they stretched before me enwrapped in a grayish-pink mist. I was
+homesick for the summer, homesick for the sun and the south, all of
+which were suggested by the butterflies from my uncle's garden that I
+had arranged and pinned under glass, and by the mountain fossils that
+the little Peyrals and I had collected in the summer time.
+
+It was a foretaste of that longing for somewhere else which later, after
+my return from long voyages to tropical countries, spoiled my visits to
+my home.
+
+Oh! there was in particular the pinkish-yellow butterfly! There were
+times when I experienced a bitter pleasure in seeking to understand the
+great sadness that it caused me. It was in the glass case at the far
+end of the room; its two colors so fresh and unusual, like a Chinese
+painting, or a fairy's robe, were exquisite foils for each other; the
+butterfly formed a luminous whole that shone out brightly in the gray
+twilight, and it caused the other butterflies surrounding it to look as
+dull as dun-colored little bats.
+
+As soon as my eyes rested upon it I seemed to hear drawled out lazily,
+in a mountaineer's treble, the refrain: “Ah! ah! the good, good story!”
+ And again I saw the white porch of Bories in the midst of the silence
+and the hot sunshine of a summer noon. A deep regret for past and
+gone vacations took possession of me; I felt saddened when I tried to
+recreate days belonging to a dead past, and tried to imagine vacations
+still to come; but mingled in with sentiments that I can name, there
+were those other inexpressible ones that well up from the unfathomable
+deeps of one's being.
+
+This association between the butterfly, the song and Bories caused me
+for a long time an extreme sadness that, try as hard as I may, I cannot
+explain satisfactorily; and the feeling continued until stormy and
+tempestuous winds swept over my life and carried away with them the
+small concerns belonging to my childhood.
+
+Sometimes, upon gray winters evenings, when I looked at the butterfly
+I would sing to myself the little refrain of the “good, good story;” to
+accomplish this I had to make my voice very flute-like; and as I sang,
+the porch of Bories appeared to me more vividly than ever, as it stood,
+sunny but desolate, under the dazzling light of the September noon. This
+association was a little like the one that later established itself for
+me between the sad falsetto of the Arab songs, the snowy splendor of
+their mosques and the winding-sheet whiteness of their lime-washed
+porticos.
+
+That butterfly in all the freshness and radiance of its two strange
+colors, mummified, it is true, but as brilliant looking as ever under
+its glass, retains for me a sort of old-time charm which I cherish. The
+little St. Hermangardes, whom I have not seen for many years, and who
+are now attached to an embassy somewhere in the Orient, would
+doubtless, should they read this, be much astonished to learn what value
+circumstances has given to their little present.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LVII.
+
+
+
+The chief event of these winters, so poisoned by my college life, was
+the gift-giving festival that we had at New Year.
+
+At about the end of November it was our custom, my sister's, Lucette's
+and mine, to make out a list of the things we desired most. Everybody in
+the two families prepared surprises for us, and the mystery surrounding
+these gifts was our most exquisite pleasure during the last days of the
+year. Between parents, grandmother and aunts there occurred, to excite
+my curiosity still further, conversations full of mysterious hints, and
+whisperings that were hastily discontinued as soon as I appeared.
+
+Between Lucette and me it became a real guessing game. As in the play of
+“Words with a double meaning,” we had the right to ask certain pointed
+questions,--for example we asked the most ridiculous ones, such as: “Has
+it hair like an animal?”
+
+And the answers went something after this fashion:
+
+What your father is to give you (a dressing-case made of leather)
+had hair, but it has none now, except on some portion of its interior
+(brushes), and that is false. Your mamma's present (a fur muff) still
+has some hair. What your aunt is to give you (a lamp) will help you to
+see the hair on the others better; but, let me see, yes, I am sure that
+that has none.
+
+In the December twilights, in that hour between daylight and darkness,
+we would sit upon our low stools before the wood-fire, and continue our
+series of questions from day to day. We grew ever more eager and excited
+until the 31st, and in the evening of that momentous day the mysteries
+were revealed.
+
+That day the presents for the two families, wrapped, tied and labeled,
+were piled upon tables in a room closed against Lucette and me. At eight
+o'clock the doors were thrown open and we filed in, the elders going
+first, and each one of us sought for his own gift among the heap of
+white parcels. For me the moment of entry was an exceedingly joyous one,
+and until I was twelve or thirteen years of age, I could not refrain
+from jumping and leaping like a kid long before it came time for us to
+cross the threshold.
+
+We had supper at eleven, and when the clock in the dining room struck
+the midnight hour, tranquilly, in harmony with the sound of its calm
+stroke, we separated in the first moments of those New Years that
+are now buried under the ashes of many succeeding ones. And on those
+evenings I fell asleep with all my gifts in my room near me. I even
+kept the favorite ones upon my bed. The following morning I always waked
+earlier than usual so that I might re-examine them; they cast a spell of
+enchantment over that winter morning, the first one of a new year.
+
+Once there was, among my presents, a large illustrated book treating of
+the antediluvian world.
+
+Through the study of fossils I had already been initiated into the
+mysteries of prehistoric creations. I knew something about those
+terrible creatures that in geologic times shook the primitive forests
+with their heavy tread; for a long time the thought of them disquieted
+me. I found them all in my book pictured in their proper habitat,
+surrounded by great brakes, and standing under a leaden sky.
+
+The antediluvian world already haunted my imagination and became the
+constant subject of my dreams; often I concentrated my whole mind upon
+it, and endeavored to picture to myself one of its gigantic landscapes
+that seemed ever enveloped in a sinister and gloomy twilight with a
+background filled in with great moving shadows. Then when the vision
+thus created took on a seeming reality I felt an inexpressible sadness
+that was like an exhalation of the soul,--as soon as the emotion passed
+the dream-structure vanished.
+
+Soon after this I sketched a new scene for the “Donkey's Skin;” it
+was one representing the liassic period. I painted a dismal swamp
+overshadowed by lowering clouds, where, in the shave-grass and the
+gigantic ferns, strange extinct beasts wandered slowly.
+
+The play of the “Donkey's Skin” seemed no longer the same Donkey's Skin.
+I discarded one by one the little stage people who now offended me by
+their uncompromising doll-like stiffness; they were relegated to their
+card-board box, the poor little things, where they slept the sleep
+eternal, and without doubt they will never be exhumed.
+
+My new scenes had nothing in common with the old fairy spectacle: in the
+depths of virgin forests, in exotic gardens, and oriental palaces
+formed of pearls and gold I tried to realize, with the small means at
+my command, all my dreams, while waiting for that improbable better time
+that ever lies in the future.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LVIII.
+
+
+
+That hard winter passed under the ferule of the “Bull of Apis” and the
+“Great Ape,” finally came to an end and spring returned; it was always
+a troublous time for us, the scholars, for the first mild days gave us
+a great longing to be out, and we could scarcely hide our restlessness.
+The roses budded everywhere upon our old walls; my beloved little
+garden, bright and warm under the March sunshine, tempted me, and I
+would tarry there a long time to watch the insects wake up, and to see
+the early butterflies and bees fly away. Even the revised “Donkey's
+Skin” was neglected.
+
+I was no longer escorted to and from school, for I had persuaded my
+family to discontinue a custom that made me ridiculous in the eyes of
+my companions. Often, before returning home, I would take a long and
+roundabout way and pass by the peaceful ramparts from where I had
+glimpses of other provinces, and a sight of the distant country.
+
+I worked with even less zeal than usual that spring, for the beautiful
+weather that tempted me out of doors turned my head and made study
+almost impossible.
+
+Assuredly one of the things for which I had the least aptitude was
+French composition; I generally composed a mere rough draught without a
+particle of embellishment to redeem it. In the class there was a boy who
+was a very eagle, and he always read his lucubrations aloud. Oh! with
+what unction he read out his pretty creations! (He is now settled in a
+manufacturing town, and has become the most prosaic of petty bailiffs.)
+One day the subject given out was: “A Shipwreck.” To me the words had
+a lyrical sound! But, nevertheless, I handed in my paper with only the
+title and my name inscribed upon it. No, I could not make up my mind
+to elaborate the subjects given to us by the “Great Ape”; a sort of
+instinctive good taste kept me from writing trite commonplaces, and as
+for putting down things of my own imagining, the knowledge that they
+would be read and picked to pieces by the old bogey made it impossible
+for me to compose anything.
+
+I loved, however, even at this time, to write for myself, but I did it
+with the greatest secrecy. Not in the desk in my room that was profaned
+by lessons and copy-books, but in the little old-fashioned one that was
+part of the furniture of my museum, there was hidden away a unique thing
+that represented my first attempt at a journal. It looked like a sibyl's
+conjuring book, or an Assyrian manuscript; a seeming endless strip
+of paper was rolled upon a reed; at the head of this there were two
+varieties of the Egyptian sphinx and a cabalistic star drawn in red
+ink,--and under these mysterious signs I wrote down, upon the full
+length of the paper and in a cipher of my own invention, daily events
+and reflections. A year later, however, because of the labor involved in
+transcribing the cryptographic characters I had chosen I discarded them
+and used the ordinary letters; but I continued my work with the greatest
+secrecy, and I kept my manuscript under lock and key as if it were an
+interdicted book. I inscribed there, not so much the events of my almost
+colorless existence, as my incoherent impressions, the melancholy that
+I felt at twilight, my regret for past summers, and my dreams of distant
+countries. . . . I already had a longing to give my fugitive emotions a
+determinative quality, I needed to wrestle against my own weaknesses
+and frailties and to banish, if possible, the dream-like element that
+I seemed to discover in all the things about me, and for that reason I
+continued my journal until a few years ago. . . . But at that time the
+mere idea that a day might come when someone would have a peep at it was
+insupportable to me; so much so indeed that if I left home and went to
+the Island or elsewhere for a few days, I always took care to seal up my
+journal, and with the greatest solemnity I wrote upon the packet: “It is
+my last wish that this book be burned without being read.”
+
+God knows, I have changed since then. But it would be going too far
+beyond the limits of this story of my childhood to recount here through
+what changes in my life's view-point it chances that I now sing aloud
+of my woes, and cry out to the passers-by, for the purpose of drawing
+to myself the sympathy of distant unknown ones; and I call out with the
+greater anguish in proportion as I feel myself approaching nearer and
+nearer to the final dust. . . . And who knows? perhaps as I grow older
+I may write of those still more sacred things which at present cannot be
+forced from me,--and by that means try to prolong beyond the bounds of
+my individual life, memory of my being, of my sorrows, and joys, and
+love.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LIX.
+
+
+
+The return that spring of little Jeanne's father from a sea voyage
+interested me greatly. For several days her house was topsy-turvy with
+preparation, and one could guess the joy they felt over his approaching
+arrival. The frigate that he commanded reached port a little earlier
+than his family expected it, and from my window I saw him, one fine
+evening, hurrying along the street alone, on his way home to surprise
+his people. He had arrived from I know not which distant colony after an
+absence of two or three years, but it did not seem to me that he was
+the least altered in appearance. . . . One could then return to his
+home unchanged? They did come to an end after all, those years of exile,
+which now I find, in truth, much shorter than they seemed in those days!
+My brother himself was to return the following autumn, and it would
+doubtless then seem as if he had never been away from us.
+
+And what joyous events those home-comings were! And what a distinction
+surrounded those who had but newly returned from so great a distance!
+
+The next day in Jeanne's yard I watched them unpack the enormous wooden
+boxes that her father had brought from strange countries; some of them
+were covered with tarpaulin cloth,--pieces of sails no doubt, that were
+impregnated with the agreeable odor of the ship and the sea; two sailors
+wearing large blue collars were busy uncording and unscrewing them;
+and they took from them strange looking objects that had an odor of the
+“colonies;” straw mats, water jars and Chinese vases; even cocoanuts and
+other tropical fruits.
+
+Jeanne's grandfather, himself an old seaman, was standing near me
+watching from the corner of his eye the process of unpacking; suddenly,
+from between the boards of a case that was being broken open with a
+hatchet, there crawled out hastily some ugly little brown insects that
+the sailors jumped on with their feet and destroyed.
+
+“Cockroaches are they not, Captain?” I inquired of the grandfather.
+
+“Ha! How do you know that, you little landlubber?” he laughingly
+responded.
+
+To tell the truth, I had never seen any such insects before; but uncles
+who had lived in the tropics often spoke of them. And I was delighted to
+make the acquaintance of these tiny creatures that are peculiar to ships
+and to warm countries.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LX.
+
+
+
+Spring! Spring!
+
+The white roses and the jasmine bloomed on our old garden wall, and the
+deliciously fragrant honeysuckle hung its long garlands over it.
+
+I began to live there from morning until night in closest intimacy with
+the plants and the old stones. I listened to the sound of the water as
+it plashed in the shade of the majestic plum tree, I studied the grasses
+and the wood mosses that grew at the edge of my little lake; and upon
+the warm side of the garden where the sun shone all through the day, the
+cactus put out its buds.
+
+My Wednesday evening trips to Limoise commenced again,--and it goes
+without saying that I dreamed of the beloved place from one week to the
+next to the detriment of my lessons and my other duties.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXI.
+
+
+
+I believe that that spring was the most radiant and the most ravishingly
+happy one of my childhood, in contrast no doubt to the terrible winter
+spent under the rigorous care of the Great Ape.
+
+Oh! the end of May, the high grass and then the June mowing! In what a
+glory of golden light I see it all again!
+
+I took evening walks with my father and sister as I had done during
+my earlier years; they now came to meet me at the close of school,
+at half-past four, and we set out immediately for the fields. Our
+preference that spring was for a certain meadow abloom with pink
+amourettes, and I always brought home great bouquets of these flowers.
+
+In that same meadow a migratory and ephemeral species of moth, black
+and pink (of the same pink as the amourettes) had hatched out, and they
+slept poised on the long stalks of the grass, or flew away as lightly as
+the flowers shed their petals when we walked through the hay. . . . And
+all of these things appear to me again as I saw them in the exquisite,
+limpid June atmosphere. . . . During the afternoon classes, the thought
+of the sun-dappled meadows made me more restless than did even the mild
+air and the spring odors that came in through the open windows.
+
+I cherish particularly the remembrance of an evening in which my mother
+had promised, as a special favor, to join us in our walk to the fields
+of pink amourettes. That afternoon I had been more inattentive than
+usual, and the Great Ape had threatened to keep me in, and all during
+my lessons I firmly believed that I was to be punished. This keeping
+in after school, which shut us away from the beautiful June day an
+hour longer, was always a cruel torture. But to-day my heart felt
+particularly heavy as I reflected that mamma would, doubtless, come at
+the appointed hour and expect me,--and with some bitterness I thought
+that the springtime was so very short, that the hay would soon need to
+be cut, and that perhaps there would not be, the whole summer long, such
+another glorious evening as this one.
+
+As soon as school was over I anxiously consulted the fatal list in
+the hands of the monitor; my name was not there! The Big Black Ape had
+forgotten me, or had been merciful!
+
+Oh! with what joy I rushed away to join mamma who had kept her promise
+and who, with my father and sister, smilingly awaited me. . . . The air
+that I breathed in was more delicious than ever, it was exquisitely soft
+and balmy, and the atmosphere had a tropical resplendence.
+
+When I recall that time, when I think of those meadows all abloom with
+amourettes, and of those pink moths, there is mingled, to my regret, a
+sort of indefinable pain whose intensity I cannot understand, an anguish
+I always feel when I find myself in the presence of things that impress
+and charm me with their undercurrent of mystery.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXII.
+
+
+
+I have already said that I was extraordinarily childish for my years.
+
+If the personage I then was could but be brought into the presence of
+the little Parisian boys of twelve or thirteen, educated according to
+the more perfect modern method, who at so early an age declaim, discuss
+and harangue, and entertain all sorts of political ideas, I would, I am
+sure, be struck dumb by their discourses, and how singular they would
+find me and with what disdain they would treat me!
+
+I am myself astonished at the childishness that I displayed in certain
+ways, for in artistic perception and imagination, in spite of my lack
+of method, and lack of real knowledge, I was incontestably more advanced
+than are the majority of boys of my age; if that youthful journal,
+the strip of paper wrapped about a reed in the similitude of a
+conjuring-book, of which I spoke a short time ago, were still in
+existence it would emphasize twenty fold this pale record, on which it
+seems to me there has already fallen the dust of ages.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXIII.
+
+
+
+My room where I now scarcely ever installed myself to study, and which
+I seldom entered except at night to sleep, became, during the beautiful
+month of June, my palace of delight, and I went there after dinner to
+enjoy the long, and mild, and beautiful twilights. I had invented a
+sport which I deemed an improvement upon the rag-rat trick that the
+dirty little street urchins whisked, at the end of long strings, about
+the feet and legs of the passers-by. My game amused me greatly and I
+prosecuted it with vivacity. It would, I think, amuse me still if I
+dared play it, and I hope that my trick will be imitated by all the
+youngsters who are imprudently allowed to read this chapter.
+
+On the other side of the street, just opposite my window, and similarly
+upon the second floor there lived the good old maid, Miss Victoire--(she
+wore a great old-fashioned frilled cap and round spectacles). I had
+obtained permission from her to fix to the fastening of her shutter a
+string that I then brought all across the street and into my window, the
+remainder of this string I rolled upon a stick, ball-fashion.
+
+In the evening, as soon as the light waned, a bird of my own
+manufacture--a sort of absurd and impossible crow, made out of iron wire
+and with black silk wings--came slyly from between my venetian blinds
+that I immediately closed after the exit of the creature, this bird
+descended in a droll way and posed on the paving stones in the middle
+of the street. A ring on which it was suspended, and which allowed it to
+slip freely the length of the string, was not visible because of the
+dim light, and from time to time I made the crow hop and skip comically
+about on the ground.
+
+And when the passers-by paused to gaze at this unlikely looking bird
+that fluttered about so gayly--whiz! I would pull the string that I held
+firmly in my hand, and the bird would leap from under their very noses
+and mount high in the air.
+
+Oh! how amused I was, those beautiful evenings, when I peeped out from
+behind my venetian blinds; how I laughed to myself over the surprised
+exclamations and the bewilderment of those fooled, and how I enjoyed
+rehearsing to myself their probable reflections and guesses. And to me
+the most astonishing part was that after the first moment of surprise,
+the persons whom I tricked laughed as heartily as I; it should be
+mentioned that the majority of those passing were neighbors who must
+certainly have had some inkling of the mystifying joke about to be
+played on them. I was much loved in the neighborhood at that time. Or
+if the pedestrians chanced to be sailors, the easy going fellows,
+themselves only grown children, were much delighted with my child's
+play.
+
+What will always remain an incomprehensible mystery to me is that in my
+family, where we seldom sinned through an excess of reserve towards
+each other, they shut their eyes to my trick, and thus tacitly gave me
+permission to play it during the entire spring; I am not able to explain
+to myself how it chanced that they failed to correct me, and the years
+instead of clearing up this mystery only serve to intensify it.
+
+That black bird has naturally become one of my many relics; at
+intervals, during the past two or three years, I have looked at it; it
+is somewhat dingy, but it always recalls to me the beautiful evenings
+in June, now vanished, the delicious intoxication of that springtime of
+long ago.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXIV.
+
+
+
+Those Thursdays at Limoise when the fierce heat of the noon-day sun
+overwhelmed everything, and the country side lay asleep and silent under
+its pitiless rays, it was my habit to clamber up to the top of the old
+wall that enclosed the garden, and there I sat astride and immovable for
+a long time. The branching ivy reached to my shoulders and innumerable
+flies and locusts buzzed around me. From the height of this observatory
+I had a view of the hot and lonely region lying beyond, of the moorland
+and woodland, and from there I saw a thin white veil of mist that was
+agitated ceaselessly by the waves of heat, as the surface of a tiny lake
+is ruffled by the least wind. Those horizons seen from Limoise still had
+for me the strange mystery I had endowed them with in the first summers
+of my life. The region visible from the top of the wall was a rather
+solitary one, and I tried to make myself believe that the waste land
+and woodland was a veritable untrodden country that stretched out
+indefinitely; and although I now knew well that about me everywhere
+there were roads; cultivated fields, and prosperous villages, I
+succeeded in clinging to the illusion that the surrounding country and
+contiguous lands were wild and primitive.
+
+And the better to deceive myself I took care to shut out, by looking
+through my fingers folded together spy-glass fashion, all that would
+have spoiled for me the impression of loneliness; an old farm house, for
+instance, with its bit of cultivated vineyard and smooth road.
+
+And there all alone, in that silence murmurous with the buzzing of many
+insects, distracted by nothing, always turning my hollowed hand towards
+the most desolate portion of the landscape, I succeeded in gaining an
+impression of distant, tropical countries.
+
+I had impressions of Brazil particularly, but I do not know why in those
+moments of contemplation the neighboring forest always suggested that
+country to me.
+
+In passing I must describe this forest, the first one of all the earth's
+forests that I knew, and the one I loved the best: the straight, slim
+trunks of the ancient evergreen oaks, of sombre foliage, were like the
+columns of a church; not a particle of brush grew under them, but the
+dry soil was covered all the year with the most exquisite short grass,
+soft and fine as down, and here and there grew furze, dropwort and other
+rare flowers that thrive in the shade.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXV.
+
+
+
+The Iliad was being explained to us in class,--no doubt I would have
+loved it, but our master had made it odious by his analysis, his
+difficult tasks and his parrot-like recitals;--but suddenly I stopped,
+filled with admiration of a famous line, whose end is musical as the
+murmur of the waves of the incoming tide as they spread their sheets of
+foam upon the pebbly shore.
+
+“Observe,” said the Big Ape, “observe the inceptive harmony.”
+
+Zounds! Yes, I had observed it. Little need to take the trouble to point
+out such a sentence to me.
+
+I also had a great admiration, less justified perhaps, for some lines
+from Virgil.
+
+Since the beginning of the Ecloque I had, with the greatest interest,
+followed the two shepherds as they made their way across the fields
+of ancient Rome. I could picture it to myself so vividly, those Roman
+meadows of two thousand years ago: hot, a little sterile, with thickets
+of almost petrified shrubs, and evergreen oaks like the stony moorland
+of Limoise, where I had experienced precisely the pastoral charm that I
+discovered in this description of a past time.
+
+Onward went the two shepherds, and suddenly, they perceived that their
+journey was half over, “because the tomb of Bianor was immediately below
+them . . .” Oh! how vividly I saw that tomb of Bianor disclose itself to
+their view. Its old stones, that made a white blot on the reddish road,
+were covered with tiny sun-scorched plants, wild thyme or marjoram, and
+here and there grew stunted dark foliaged shrubs. And the sonority of
+the word Bianoris with which the sentence ended suddenly and magically
+evoked for me the musical humming of the insects that buzzed around the
+two travellers who, upon that bygone day in June, walked onward in the
+great silence and serene tranquillity of the hot noon enkindled by a
+younger sun. I was no longer in the schoolroom; I was in the meadows
+with the shepherds walking with them this radiant summer day through the
+sun-scorched flowers and grass of a Roman field,--but still all seemed
+softened and vague as if looked at through a telescope that had the
+power to draw into its line of vision ages long past.
+
+Who knows? Perhaps if the Big Ape could but have divined the causes
+that led to my momentary inattention it might have brought about an
+understanding between us.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXVI.
+
+
+
+One Thursday evening at Limoise, just before the inevitable hour for my
+departure, I went up alone to the large, old room on the second floor in
+which I slept. First I leaned out of the open window to watch the July
+sun sink behind the stony fields and fern heaths that lay towards the
+sea, which though very near us was invisible. These sunsets at the end
+of my Thursday holidays always overwhelmed me with melancholy.
+
+During the last minutes of my stay I felt a desire, one I had never
+known before, to rummage in the old Louis XV bookcase that stood near
+my bed. There among the volumes in their century-old bindings, where
+the worms, never disturbed, slowly bored their galleries, I found a book
+made of thick rough old-fashioned paper, and this I opened carelessly.
+. . . In it I read, with a thrill of emotion, that from noon until
+four o'clock in the afternoon, on the 20th of June, 1813, south of
+the equator, in longitude 110 and latitude 15 (between the tropics,
+consequently, and in the middle of the South Pacific Ocean) there was
+fair weather, a beautiful sea, a fine southeast breeze, and in the
+sky many little clouds called “cat-tails,” and that alongside the ship
+dolphins were passing.
+
+He who had seen the dolphins pass, and who had recorded the fugitive
+cloud forms had doubtless been dead for many years. I knew that the
+book was what is called a ship's log-book, one in which seafaring people
+write every day. Its appearance did not strike me as strange, although
+I had never before had one in my hand. But for me it was a wonderful
+and unexpected experience to thus suddenly come into a knowledge of the
+aspect of the sea and sky in the midst of the South Pacific Ocean, at
+a given time in a year long past. . . . Oh! for a glimpse of that
+beautiful and tranquil sea, of those “cat-tails” that dotted the deep
+blue arch of the sky, and of those dolphins that swiftly traversed the
+lonely southern waters!
+
+In this sailor's life, in this profession so terrifying (a career
+forbidden to me), how many delightful things happened! I had never until
+this evening realized it with such intensity.
+
+The memory of that hasty little reading is the reason why, during my
+watches at sea, whenever a helmsman signals a passage of dolphins, I
+have always turned my eyes in their direction to watch them; and it
+has always given me a peculiar pleasure to note the incident in the
+log-book, differing so little from the one in which the sailors of June,
+1813, had written before me.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXVII.
+
+
+
+During the vacation that followed, our departure for the south and the
+mountains enchanted me more than did my first trip there.
+
+As in the preceding summer we started, my sister and I, at the beginning
+of August. While it was no longer a journey of adventure, the pleasure
+of returning and again finding there all the things that had formerly so
+delighted me surpassed the charm of going forth to meet the unknown.
+
+Between the point where the railroad ended and the village in which
+our cousins lived, in the course of the long carriage ride, our little
+coachman, in venturing to take what he supposed a short cut, lost his
+way, and he carried us into the most exquisite forest nooks. The weather
+was beautiful and radiant. With what joy I saluted the first peasant
+women whom I saw walking along with great copper water-jars upon their
+heads, and the first swarthy peasants conversing in the well remembered
+dialect, how I rejoiced when we rolled along over the blood-colored
+roads, and when the mountains junipers came into view.
+
+At about noon-time we stopped in a shady valley in a sequestered village
+called Veyrac to rest our horses, and we seated ourselves at the foot of
+a chestnut tree. There we were attacked by the ducks of the place, the
+boldest and most ill bred in the world. They flocked around us in an
+unseemly manner, uttering shrill cries and quacking hideously. As we
+departed, even after we were in our carriage, these infuriated creatures
+followed us; whereupon my sister turned towards them, and with all the
+dignity of an old-time traveller outraged by an inhospitable population
+exclaimed: “Ducks of Veyrac, be ye accursed!” And for several years
+I could not keep a straight face when I remembered the foolish and
+prolonged laughter that I indulged in at the time. Above all I cannot
+think of that day without regretting the resplendence of the sun and the
+blue sky, a resplendence that I never see now.
+
+As we drew near we were met on our way at the bridge spanning the river,
+by our cousins and the Peyrals. I discovered with pleasure that my
+little band was complete. We had all grown taller by several inches; but
+we found immediately that we were not otherwise changed, we were still
+children ready for the same childish games.
+
+At night-fall there was a terrific storm. And while the thunder boomed
+around us as if it was bombarding the roof of my uncle's house, and when
+all the old stone gargoyles in the village were pouring forth torrents
+of water that rushed tumultuously over the black pebbles in the street,
+we took refuge, the little Peyrals and I, in the kitchen, and there we
+made a racket and joyously danced around in a ring.
+
+It was a very large kitchen, furnished in an old-fashioned way with a
+perfect arsenal of burnished copper utensils; every variety of pan and
+kettle, shining like pieces of armor, hung on the halls in the order of
+their size. It was almost dark, and from the moist earth came the fresh
+odor one usually smells after a storm, after a summer rain; and through
+the thick iron-barred Louis XIII windows the lurid, green lightning
+flashed incessantly and blinded us and compelled us, in spite of
+ourselves, to close our eyes. We turned round and round like mad beings,
+and sang together: “The star of night whose peaceful light.” . . . It
+was a sentimental song, never intended for dance music, but we scanned
+it drolly and mockingly, and thus made of it an accommodating and
+tuneful dance measure. We continued our joyous sport for I do not
+know how long a time; we were excited by the noise of the storm and
+we whirled around like little dervishes; it was a merry-making in
+celebration of my return; it was a fitting way of inaugurating the
+holidays; it was a defiance to the Big Ape, and it was an appropriate
+prologue to the series of expeditions and childish sports of every kind
+that were to recommence, with more ardor than ever, the next day.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXVIII.
+
+
+
+The following morning at daybreak when I awoke, a noisy cadence, to
+which I was unaccustomed, fell upon my ears; the neighboring weaver had
+already commenced, even with the dawn, to work his ancient loom, and the
+musical to and fro of its shuttle had roused me. Then after the first
+drowsy, dreamy moment I remembered, with overwhelming joy, that I was
+at my uncle's in the south; that this was the morning of the first day;
+that I had before me the prospect of a whole summer of out-of-door
+life and wildest liberty--had August and September, two months that at
+present pass as quickly as if they were but two days, but which then
+seemed of a fairly respectable duration. With a feeling of rapture,
+after I had wholly shaken off my sleep, I came into a full consciousness
+of myself and the realities of my life; I felt “joy at my waking.”
+
+The preceding winter I had read a story of the Indians of the Great
+Lakes, and one thing in it had impressed me so deeply that I always
+remembered it: an old Indian chief, whose daughter was pining away
+because of her love for a white man, had finally consented to give her
+to the alien so that she might once more feel “joy at her waking.”
+
+Joy at her waking! Indeed, for some time I had myself noticed that the
+moment of waking is always the one in which I had the most distinct and
+vivid impression of joy or sorrow; and it is then, at the waking hour,
+that one finds it so particularly painful to be without joy; my first
+little sorrows and remorses, my anxieties about the future, were the
+things that usually obtruded themselves cruelly--however the feeling of
+sadness vanished very quickly in those days.
+
+At a later time I had very gloomy and sad awakenings. And there are
+times now when I have moments of terrifying clearness of vision during
+which I seem to see, if I may so express it, into the depths of life;
+it is at such moments that life presents itself to me without those
+pleasing mirages that during the day still delude me; during those
+moments I appear to have a more vivid realization of the rapid flight
+of the years, the crumbling away of all that I endeavor to hold to, I
+almost realize the final unimaginable nothingness, I see the bottomless
+pit of death, near at hand, no longer in any way disguised.
+
+But that morning I had a joyful awaking, and unable to remain quietly
+in bed, I rose immediately. So impatient was I to be out that I scarcely
+took time to ask myself where I should begin my first day's round of
+visits.
+
+I had all the nooks and corners of the village to see again, the gothic
+ramparts and the lovely river; and my uncle's garden to revisit, where
+probably, since last year, the rarest butterflies had become domiciled.
+I had visits to make to the ancient and curious houses in the
+neighborhood, where lived all the kind old women who, in the past
+summer, had lavished upon me their most luscious grapes as if they were
+my feudal due;--there was in particular a certain Madame Jeanne, a rich
+old peasant, who had taken so great a fancy to me that she liked to
+humor my every whim, and who, for my amusement, every time she passed on
+her way, like Nausicaa, from the washing-place, looked comically out of
+the corner of her eyes towards my uncle's house. And, too, there were
+the surrounding vineyards, and woods, and mountain paths; and beyond,
+Castelnau, rearing its battlements and towers above the pedestal of
+chestnuts and oak trees, called me to its ruins! Where should I run
+first, and how could I ever weary of so beautiful a land!
+
+The sea, to which I was now scarcely ever taken, was for the moment
+completely forgotten.
+
+After these two happy months school was to re-open. I could not bear
+to think of it, but its monotony would be broken by a great event, the
+return of my brother. His four years were not quite completed; but we
+knew that he had already left the “mysterious island,” and we expected
+him to arrive home in October. For me it would be like becoming
+acquainted with a stranger. I was somewhat anxious to know whether he
+would love me when he met me, if he would approve of a thousand little
+things I did,--how, for instance, my way of playing Beethoven would
+please him.
+
+I thought constantly of his approaching arrival; I was so overjoyed, and
+I anticipated with so keen a delight the change his coming would make in
+my life, that I did not feel a particle of the melancholy which usually
+beset me in the autumn.
+
+I meant to consult him about a thousand troublous matters, to confide to
+him all my anguish and uncertainty in regard to the future; I knew also
+that my parents depended upon him to give them definite advice about me,
+and expected him to direct me towards a scientific career: that was the
+one dark spot upon his return.
+
+Awaiting his dread decision, I threw aside all care and amused myself
+as gayly as possible; I put even less restraint than usual upon myself
+during the vacation which I regarded as likely to be the very last of my
+childhood.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXIX.
+
+
+
+After the noon dinner it was the custom in my uncle's house to sit for
+an hour or two in the entry-way of the house, that vestibule inlaid with
+flagstones and ornamented with a large, burnished, copper fountain, for
+it was the coolest place during the heated period of the day. Here
+it was almost dark, for everything was closed; two or three rays of
+sunshine, in whose light the flies danced, filtered in through the
+cracks of the massive Louis XIII door. In the silent village no one
+was astir, and one heard there only the everlasting clucking of the
+hens,--all other living creatures seemed asleep.
+
+I, however, did not remain long in the cool vestibule. The bright
+sunshine lured me out; and, too, scarcely had I installed myself there
+in the circle before I heard a knocking at the street door: the three
+little Peyrals had come to fetch me, and to apprise me of their presence
+they lifted the old iron knocker that was hot enough to burn their
+fingers.
+
+Then with hats pulled over our eyes and equipped with hammers, staffs
+and butterfly-nets we would start out in search of new adventures. First
+we passed through the narrow gothic streets paved with pebbles, then we
+struck into the paths that lay just beyond the village, paths that were
+always covered with wheat-chaff that got into our shoes, and into which
+we sank ankle deep; finally we reached the open country, the vineyards,
+and the roads that led to the woods, or better still those that brought
+us to the river which we forded by means of the flower-covered islets.
+
+This wild liberty was a complete avengement for the monotony of my
+cribbed and cabined home life, ever the same all the year through; but I
+still lacked the companionship of little boys of my own age, I needed to
+clash with them,--and, too, this freedom lasted only a couple of months.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXX.
+
+
+
+One day I had a great desire, wherefore I do not know, unless out of
+pure bravado and the spirit of perversity, to do something unseemly.
+After having searched all of one morning for this something I found it.
+
+It is well known that the swarms of flies which one finds in the south
+during the summer, and which contaminate everything are a veritable
+plague. I knew that there was a trap set for them in the middle of my
+uncle's kitchen. It was a treacherous pipe of a special shape, at
+the bottom of which, in the soapy pan of water there, the flies were
+invariably drowned. Now on the particular day in which I felt so
+devilish I bethought me of that disgusting blackish mass at the bottom
+of the vessel, made up of the thousands of flies drowned during the past
+two or three days, and I wondered what sort of toothsome dish I should
+make of it, a pancake, perhaps, or better still, an omelette.
+
+Quickly and nervously, and with a loathing that almost made me vomit, I
+poured the pasty black mass into a plate and carried it to the house of
+old Madame Jeanne, the only one in the world willing to do anything and
+everything for me.
+
+“A fly omelette! To be sure! Why not! That is very simple!” she
+exclaimed. She went immediately to the fire with a frying pan and some
+eggs. She gave the unclean mess a good preliminary beating, and then she
+placed it on her high and ancient fireplace. As I watched her procedure
+I was dismayed and surprised at myself.
+
+But the three little Peyrals, whom I had met unexpectedly, went into
+such ecstasies over my idea, a thing they always did, that I was
+fortified; and when the omelette, at just the right time, was turned out
+hot upon a plate we started forth triumphantly to carry the exhibit
+home to show to our families. We formed a procession in the order of our
+respective heights, and as we marched we sang, “The Star of Night” in
+voices loud and hoarse enough to summon the devil to earth.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXI.
+
+
+
+In the mountains the end of summer was always a beautiful season, for
+the meadows lying at the foot of the hillside forests, already yellow,
+were purple with crocuses. Then, too, the vintage commenced and lasted
+for about fifteen days,--days of enchantment for us.
+
+We now spent most of our time in the shady nooks of the woods and
+meadows in the neighborhood of the Peyral vineyards; there we had
+play-dinners consisting of candy and fruits. We would spread out on the
+grass what we considered a most elegant cloth, and this we decorated,
+after the old fashion, with garlands of flowers, and we put on it plates
+made of yellow and red vine leaves. The vintagers brought us the most
+luscious grapes, bunches chosen from among a thousand; and, with
+the heat of the sun to aid, we sometimes became a little tipsy, not,
+however, made so by sweet wine, for we had drunk none, but by the juice
+of the grapes merely, in the self-same fashion as did the wasps and
+flies that warmed themselves upon the trellises. . . .
+
+One morning at the end of September, when the weather was rainy and it
+was chilly enough for me to realize that melancholy autumn was near
+at hand, I was attracted into the kitchen by the bright wood fire that
+leaped gayly in the high, old-fashioned chimney-place. And as I stood
+there, idle and out of sorts, because of the rain, I amused myself by
+melting a pewter plate and plunging it, in its liquid state, into a pail
+of water.
+
+The result was a shapeless, bright, and silvery-gray lump which very
+much resembled silver-ore. I looked at the mass thoughtfully for some
+time: an idea germinated, and there and then I planned a new amusement
+which became our most delightful pastime during those last days of
+vacation.
+
+That same evening we held a conference on the steps of the great
+stairway, and I told the Peyrals that from the aspect of the soil and
+the plants I had come to the conclusion that there were silver mines in
+this part of the country. As I spoke I assumed the knowing and bold
+airs of one of those venturesome scouts, who is usually the principal
+personage in old-fashioned stories of American adventure.
+
+Searching for mines fell well into line with the abilities of my
+little band, for often, armed with pick and shovel, they had set out to
+discover fossils or rare stones.
+
+The next day, therefore, half way up the mountain, when we arrived at
+a path chosen by me for its appropriateness, for it was lonely
+and mysterious, shut in by forest trees and embedded between high,
+moss-grown, rocky banks, I stopped my little band peremptorily, as if I
+were endowed with the keen scent of an Indian chief. I pretended that
+I had here recognized the presence of precious ore-beds; and, in truth,
+when we dug in the place I indicated we found the first nuggets, the
+melted plate that I had buried there the day before.
+
+These mines occupied us constantly until the end of my stay. The Peyrals
+were convinced and full of amazement, and although I spent some time
+each morning in the kitchen melting plates and covers to feed our vein
+of silver, I very nearly deluded myself into believing in the reality of
+the mine.
+
+The isolated silent spot, so exquisitely beautiful, where these
+excavations took place, and the melancholy but enchanting serenity of
+the end of summer, gave a rare charm to our little dream of adventure.
+We were, however, most amusingly secret and mysterious in regard to
+our discovery; we considered it a tribal secret, and we cherished it as
+such.
+
+Our riches, mixed in with some of the red mountain soil, we hoarded in
+an old trunk in my uncle's attic as if the latter were an Ali Baba's
+cave.
+
+We pledged ourselves to leave it there during the winter, until the next
+vacation, at which time we counted on making additions to our treasure.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXII.
+
+
+
+In the first week of October we received a joyous telegram from our
+father bidding us leave for home as speedily as possible. My brother,
+who was returning to Europe by a packet-boat on its way from Panama, was
+to disembark at Southampton; we had but just time to reach home if we
+wished to be there to welcome him.
+
+We arrived the evening of the third day just in time, for my brother was
+expected a few hours later on the night train. I had barely time to put
+into his room, in their accustomed places, the various little trinkets
+that he had four years previously confided to my care, before the hour
+set for our departure to the station to meet him. To me his return,
+announced so unexpectedly, did not seem a reality, and I was so excited
+that for two nights I scarcely slept at all.
+
+This is why, in spite of my impatience to see my brother, I fell asleep
+at the station; when he appeared it seemed a sort of dream to me. I
+embraced him timidly, for he was very different from my mental image of
+him. He was bronzed and bearded, his manner of speech was more rapid,
+and, with a slightly smiling, slightly anxious expression, he regarded
+me fixedly, as if to ascertain what the years had done for me, and to
+deduce from that what my future was to be.
+
+When I returned home I fell asleep standing; it wad the dead sleepiness
+of a child fatigued by a long journey, against which it is futile to
+struggle, and I was carried to my bed.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXIII.
+
+
+
+I awaked the following morning with a feeling of joyousness that
+penetrated to the very depths of my being, and as I remembered the cause
+for my happiness my eyes fell upon an extraordinary object standing on a
+table in my room. It was evidently a very slim canoe with a balance beam
+and sails. Then my gaze encountered other unfamiliar objects scattered
+about: necklaces of shells strung on human hair, head-dresses of
+feathers, ornaments appertaining to a dark and primitive savagery; it
+was as if distant Polynesia had come to me during my sleep. My brother,
+it seems had already begun to open his cases, and while I slept he had
+slipped noiselessly into my room and grouped around me these ornaments
+intended for my museum.
+
+I jumped out of bed quickly so that I might go and find him, for I had
+scarcely seen him the evening before.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXIV.
+
+
+
+And it seems I hardly saw him during those hurried weeks that he spent
+with us. Of that period, which lasted so short a time, I have very
+confused visions, similar to those one has of things seen during a
+rapid journey. I remember vaguely that we lived more gayly, and that
+his presence among us brought many young people to our house. I remember
+also that he seemed at times to be preoccupied and absorbed by things
+entirely outside the family sphere; perhaps he had longings for the
+tropics, for the “delicious island,” or it may be he dreaded his early
+departure.
+
+Sometimes I held him captive near the piano by playing for him the
+haunting music of Chopin which I had but just begun to understand. He
+was disquieted however by my playing, and he said that Chopin's music
+was too exuberant and at the same time too enervating for me. He had
+come among us so recently that he was better able to judge of me than
+were the others, and he realized perhaps that my intellect was in danger
+of becoming warped through the nature of the artistic and intellectual
+effort it put forth; no doubt he thought Chopin and the “Donkey's
+Skin” equally dangerous, and considered that I was becoming excessively
+affected and abnormal in spite of my fits of childish behavior. I am
+sure that he thought even my amusements were fanciful and unhealthy. Be
+that as it may, he one day, to my great joy, decreed that I should learn
+to ride horseback, but that was the only change his coming made in my
+education. Cowardice prompted me to defer discussion of those weighty
+questions appertaining to my future which I was so anxious to talk over
+with him; I preferred to take my time, and, too, I shrunk from making
+a decision, and thus by my silence I sought to prolong my childhood.
+Besides, I did not consider it a pressing matter after all, inasmuch as
+he was to be with us for some years. . . .
+
+But one fine morning, although we had reckoned so largely on keeping
+him, there came news of a higher rank and an order from the naval
+department commanding him to start without delay for a distant part of
+the orient, where an expedition was organizing.
+
+After a few days which were mainly spent in preparing for that
+unforeseen campaign he left us as if borne away by a gust of wind.
+
+Our adieus were less sad this time, for we did not expect him to be
+absent more than two years. . . . In reality it was his eternal farewell
+to us; whatever is left of his body lies at the bottom of the Indian
+Ocean, towards the middle of the Bay of Bengal.
+
+When he had departed, while the noise of the carriage that was bearing
+him away could still be heard, my mother turned to me with an expression
+of love that touched me to the very innermost fibre of my being; and as
+she drew me to her she said with the emphasis of conviction: “Thank God,
+at least we shall keep you with us!”
+
+Keep me! . . . They would keep me! . . . Oh! . . . I lowered my head and
+turned my eyes away, for I could feel that their expression had changed,
+had become a little wild. I could not respond to my mother with a word
+or a caress.
+
+Such a serene confidence upon her part distressed me cruelly, for the
+moment in which I heard her say, “We shall keep you,” I understood, for
+the first time in my life, what a firm hold on my mind the project of
+going away had taken--of going even farther than my brother, of going
+everywhere upon the face of the earth.
+
+A sea-faring life terrified me, and I relished the idea of it as little
+as ever. To a little being like me, so greatly attached to my home,
+bound to it by a thousand sweet ties, the very thought of it made my
+heart bleed. And besides, how could I break the news of such a decision
+to my parents, how give them so much pain and thus flagrantly outrage
+their wishes! But to renounce all my plans, always to remain in the same
+place, to be upon this earth, and to see nothing of it--what a squalid,
+disenchanting future! What was the use to live, what the good of growing
+up for that?
+
+And in that empty parlor with its disordered chairs, one even
+overturned, and while I was still under the dark spell of our sad
+farewells, there beside my mother, leaning against her with eyes turned
+away and with soul overwhelmed with sorrow, I suddenly remembered the
+old log-book which I had read at sunset last spring at Limoise. The
+short sentences written down upon the old paper with yellow ink came
+slowly back to me one after the other with a charm as lulling and
+perfidious as that exercised by a magic incantation:
+
+“Fair weather . . . beautiful sea . . . light breeze from the south-east
+. . . Shoals of dolphins . . . passing to larboard.”
+
+And with a shudder of almost religious awe, with pantheistic ecstasy, my
+inward eye saw all about me the sad and vast blue splendor of the South
+Pacific Ocean.
+
+A great calm, tinged with melancholy, fell upon us after my brother's
+departure, and to me the days were monotonous in the extreme.
+
+They had always thought of sending me to the Polytechnic school, but
+it had not been decided upon irrevocably. The wish to become a sailor,
+which had obtruded itself upon me almost against my will, charmed and
+terrified me in an almost equal degree; I lacked the courage necessary
+to settle such a grave matter with myself, and I always hesitated to
+speak of it. The upshot was that I decided to reflect over it until my
+next vacation, and thus by my irresolution and delay I secured to myself
+a few more months of careless childhood.
+
+I still led as solitary a life as ever; it was very difficult for me to
+change the bent that my mind had taken in spite of my mental distress
+and in spite of my latent desire to roam far and wide over the earth.
+More than ever I stayed in the house and busied myself painting stage
+scenery, and playing Chopin and Beethoven; to all appearances I was
+tranquil and deeply absorbed in my dreams, and I became ever more and
+more attached to my home, to its every nook and corner, even to the
+stones in its walls. It is true that now and again I took a horseback
+ride, but I always went with a groom and never with children of my own
+age--I still had no young playmates.
+
+My second year at college was much less painful than my first; it passed
+more quickly, and moreover I had formed an attachment for two of my
+classmates, my elders by a year or two, the only ones who had not the
+preceding year treated me disdainfully. The thin ice once broken, there
+had sprung up between us an ardent and sentimental friendship; we even
+called each other by our baptismal names, something that was contrary
+to school etiquette. Since we never saw each other except in the
+schoolroom, we were obliged to communicate in mysterious whispers
+under the teacher's eye, our relations, consequently, were inalterably
+courteous and did not resemble the ordinary friendship between boys. I
+loved them with all my heart; I would have allowed myself to be cut into
+bits for them; and, in all sincerity, I imagined that this affection
+would endure throughout my life.
+
+My excessive exclusiveness caused me to treat the others in the class
+with great indifference and haughtiness; still a certain superficial
+self, necessary for social purposes, had already begun to take shallow
+root, and I knew better now how to remain on good terms with them, and
+at the same time to keep my true self hidden from them.
+
+I generally contrived to sit between my two friends, Andre and Paul.
+If, however, we were separated we continually and slyly exchanged notes
+written in a cipher to which we alone had the key.
+
+These letters were always love confidences: “I have seen her to-day; she
+wore a blue dress trimmed with gray fur, and she had a lark's wing on
+her turban, etc.”--For we had chosen sweethearts who became the subject
+of our very poetical prattle.
+
+Something of the ridiculous and whimsical invariably marks this
+transition age in a boy's life, and for that reason I have thought it
+worth while to transcribe the boyish note.
+
+Before going further I wish to say that my transition periods have
+lasted longer than do those of the majority of men, and during them I
+have been carried from one extreme to another; and, too they have caused
+me to touch all the perilous rocks along life's way,--I am also fully
+conscious of the fact that until almost my twenty-fifth year I had
+eccentric and absurd manners. . . .
+
+But now I will continue with my confidences respecting our three love
+affairs.
+
+Andre was ardently in love with a young lady almost six years older than
+himself who had already been introduced into society,--I believe that
+his affair was a case of real and deep affection.
+
+I had chosen Jeanne for my sweetheart, and my two friends were the only
+beings who knew my secret. To do as they did, although I considered it a
+little silly, I wrote her name in cipher on the covers of my copy-books;
+in every way and manner I sought to persuade myself of the ardor of
+my passion, but I am bound to admit that the whole thing was a little
+artificial, for the amusing coquetry that Jeanne and I had indulged
+in early in our acquaintance had developed into a true and great
+friendship, a hereditary friendship I may call it, a continuation of
+that felt by our ancestors long before our birth. No, my first real
+love, of which I will soon speak, was for a being seen in a dream.
+
+As for Paul--alas! His heart affair was very shocking to me, for it did
+particular violence to the ideas that I then had. He was in love with
+a little shop-girl who worked in a perfumery store, and on his Sunday
+holidays he gazed at her through the show-case window. It is true that
+she was named Stella or Olympia, and that raised her somewhat in my
+esteem; and, too, Paul took pains to surround his love with an ethereal
+and poetic atmosphere in order to make it more acceptable to us. At the
+bottom of his cipher notes he constantly wrote, for our benefit, the
+sweetest rhymed verses dedicated to her, wherein her name, ending in
+“a,” recurred again and again, like the perfume of musk.
+
+In spite of my great affection for him I could not but smile pityingly
+over his poetic effusions. And I think that it is partly because of them
+that I have never, at any epoch in my life, had the least inclination to
+write a single line of verse. My notes were always written in a wild and
+free prose that outraged every rule.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXVI.
+
+
+
+Paul knew by heart many verses of a forbidden poet named Alfred de
+Musset. The strange quality of these verses troubled me, and yet I
+was fascinated by them. In class he would whisper them, in a scarcely
+perceptible voice, into my ear; and although my conscience accused me, I
+used to allow him to begin:
+
+     Jacque was very quiet as he looked at Marie,
+     I know not what that sleeping maiden
+     Had of mystery in her features, the noblest ever seen.
+
+In my brother's study, where from time to time, when I was overwhelmed
+with sorrow over his departure, I isolated myself, I had seen on a shelf
+in his book-case a large volume of this poet's works, and often I had
+been tempted to take it down; but my parents had said to me: “You are
+not to touch any of the books that are there without permission from
+us,” and my conscience always gave me pause.
+
+As to asking for permission, I knew only too well that my request would
+be refused.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXVII.
+
+
+
+I will here recount a dream that I had in my fourteenth year. It came
+to me during one of those mild and sweet nights that are ushered in by a
+long and delicious twilight.
+
+In the room where I had spent all the years of my childhood I had been
+lulled to sleep by the sound of songs that the sailors and young girls
+sang as they danced around the flower-twined May-pole. Until the moment
+of deep sleep I had listened to those very old national airs which the
+children of the people were singing in a loud, free voice, but distance
+softened and mellowed and poetized the voices as they traversed the
+tranquil silence; strangely enough I had been soothed by the noisy mirth
+and overflowing joyousness of these beings who, during their fleeting
+youth, are so much more artless than we, and more oblivious of death.
+
+In my dream it was twilight, not a sad one however, but on the contrary,
+the air was soft and mild and overflowing with sweet odors like that of
+a real May night. I was in the yard of our house, the aspect of which
+was not changed in any particular, but as I walked beside the walls all
+abloom with jasmine, honeysuckle and roses, I felt restless and troubled
+as if I was seeking for some unnamable something; I seemed to have a
+consciousness that someone, whom I wished ardently to see, awaited
+my coming; I felt as if there was about to happen to me something so
+strange and wonderful as to intoxicate me by its very advance.
+
+At a spot where grew a very old rosebush, one that had been planted by
+an ancestor and for that reason guarded sacredly, although it did
+not bear more than one rose in two or three years, I saw a young girl
+standing motionless with a seductive and mysterious smile upon her lips.
+
+The twilight became a little deeper, the air more languorous.
+
+Everywhere it became darker; but about her shone a sort of indeterminate
+light, like that coming from a reflector, and her figure outlined itself
+clearly against the shadows in the background.
+
+I guessed that she was very beautiful and young; but her forehead and
+her eyes were hidden from me by the veil of night; indeed, I could see
+nothing very distinctly except the exquisite oval of her lower face,
+and her mouth which was parted smilingly. She leaned against the old
+flowerless rosebush, almost in its branches. Night came on rapidly. The
+girl seemed perfectly at home in the garden; she had come I knew not
+from where, for there was no door by which she could have entered; she
+appeared to find it as natural to be here as I found it natural to find
+her here.
+
+I drew very close in order to get a glimpse of her eyes which puzzled
+me; suddenly, in spite of the darkness that became ever thicker, I saw
+them very distinctly; they also were smiling like the lips;--and they
+were not just any impersonal eyes, such, for instance, as may be found
+in a statue representing youth; no, on the contrary they were very
+particularly somebody's eyes; more and more they impressed me as
+belonging to someone already much beloved whom I, with transports of
+infinite joy and tenderness had found again.
+
+I waked from sleep with a start, and as I did so I sought to retain the
+phantom being who faded away and became more and more intangible and
+unreal, in proportion as my mind grew clearer through the effort it made
+to remember. Could it be possible that she was not and had never been
+more than a vision? Had nothingness re-engulfed and forever effaced her?
+I longed to sleep again so that I might see her; the thought that she
+was an illusion, nothing more than the figment of a dream, caused me
+great dejection and almost overwhelmed me with hopelessness.
+
+And it took me a very long time to forget her; I loved her, loved her
+tenderly, and the thought of her always stirred into life an emotion
+that was sweet but sad; and during those moments everything unconnected
+with her seemed colorless and worthless. It was love, true love with
+all its great melancholy and deep mystery, with its overwhelming but sad
+enchantment, love that, like a perfume, endows with a fragrance all it
+touches; and that corner of the garden where she had appeared to me
+and the old flowerless rosebush that had clasped her in its branches
+awakened in me, because of her, agonizing but delicious memories.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXVIII.
+
+
+
+And again came radiant June. It was evening, the exquisite hour of
+twilight. I was alone in my brother's study where I had been for some
+time; the window was opened wide to a sky all golden and pink, and I
+stood beside it and listened to the martins uttering their shrill cries
+as they circled and darted above the old roofs.
+
+No one knew that I was there, and never before had I felt so isolated at
+the top of the house, nor more tempted by the unknown.
+
+With a beating heart I opened a volume of De Musset's poems: his Don
+Paez.
+
+The first phrases were as musical and rhythmical as if sung by a
+seductive golden-voiced siren:
+
+     Black eyebrows, snow-white hands, and to indicate the tinyness
+     Of her feet, I need only say she was an Andalusian countess.
+
+That spring night when the darkness fell about me, when my eyes,
+although never so close to the book, could no longer distinguish
+anything of the enchanting verses save rows of little lines that showed
+gray against the white of the page, I went out into the town alone.
+
+In the almost deserted streets, not yet lighted, the rows of linden and
+acacia trees all abloom, deepened the shadows and perfumed the air with
+their heavy fragrance. I pulled my felt hat over my eyes and, like
+Don Paez, I strode along with a light supple step, and looked up at
+balconies and indulged in I know not what little childish dreams of
+Spanish twilights and Andalusian serenades.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXIX.
+
+
+
+Vacation came again, and for the third time we took the journey to
+the South, and there in the glorious August and September sunshine all
+passed off in the same fashion as during preceding summers; the
+same games with my loyal band, the expeditions to the vineyards and
+mountains; in the ruins of Castelnau, the same brooding over mediaeval
+times, and, in the sequestered woodland path where we had struck our
+vein of silver, we still eagerly turned up the red soil, putting on
+meantime the airs of bold adventurers,--the little Peyrals, however, no
+longer believed in the mines.
+
+These beginnings of summer, always so alike, deluded me into thinking
+that in spite of my occasional fears my childhood would be indefinitely
+prolonged; but I no longer felt “joy at waking;” a sort of disquietude,
+such as oppresses one when he has left his duty undone, weighed upon me
+more and more heavily each morning when I thought that time was flying,
+that the vacation would soon be over, and that I still lacked the
+courage to come to a decision in regard to my future.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXX.
+
+
+
+And one day, when September was more than half over, I realized, because
+of the particularly torturing anxiety I felt when I waked, that I must
+no longer defer the matter--the term which I had allotted to myself was
+over.
+
+In my heart of hearts I had more than half determined what my decision
+was to be; but before it could be rendered effective it was necessary
+for me to avow it, and I promised myself that the day should not pass
+away without my having, as courageously as possible, accomplished that
+task. It was my intention to first confide in my brother; for although
+I feared that in the beginning he would oppose me with all his power, I
+hoped that he would finally take my part and help me carry the day.
+
+Therefore, after the mid-day dinner, when the sun was hottest, I carried
+my pen and paper into my uncle's garden, and I locked myself in there
+for the purpose of writing my letter. It was one of my boyhood habits
+to study or write in the open air, and often I chose the most singular
+places--tree-tops or the roof--for my work.
+
+It was a hot and cloudless September afternoon. The old garden, silent
+and melancholy as ever, gave me, strangely enough, more than the
+customary feeling of regret that I was so far away from my mother, that
+all of summer would pass without my seeing my home and the flowers in
+the beloved little yard. And then, too, what I was upon the point of
+writing would result in separating me farther from all that I loved, and
+for that reason I felt extraordinarily sad. It seemed to me that there
+was something a little funereal in the air of the garden, as if the
+walls, the plum trees, the vine-covered bower, even the very alfalfa
+fields beyond the garden, were vitally interested in this, the first
+grave act of my life which was about to take place under their eyes.
+
+For the purpose of writing I hesitated between two or three places,
+all blazing hot and almost shadeless. It was my way of gaining time, an
+attempt to delay writing that letter which, with the ideas I then had,
+would render my decision, once I had announced it, irrevocable. The
+sun-baked earth was already strewn with red vine branches and withered
+leaves; the holly-hocks and dahlias, grown tall as trees, had a few
+meagre blossoms at the tops of their long stalks; the blazing sun
+perfected and turned to gold the musk-scented grapes that always ripened
+a little late; but in spite of the excessive heat and the exquisite
+limpid blue of the sky one felt that summer was over.
+
+I finally selected the arbor at the end of the garden for my purpose.
+Its vines were stripped of their leaves, but the steel-blue butterflies
+and the wasps still came and posted themselves upon the tendrils of the
+grape-vines.
+
+There in the calm and tranquil solitude, in the summer-like silence
+filled with the musical chirp of insects, I wrote and timidly signed my
+compact with the sea.
+
+Of the letter itself I remember very little; but I recall distinctly
+the emotion with which I enclosed it in its envelope--I felt as if I had
+forever sealed my destiny.
+
+After a few moments of deep reverie I wrote the address--my brother's
+name and the name of a country in the far Orient where he then was--on
+the envelope. There was now nothing more to do save to take it to the
+village post-office; but I remained seated there in the arbor for a long
+time in a dreamy mood. I leaned against the warm wall where the
+lizards ran back and forth, and held upon my knees, with a feeling of
+uncertainty and dismay, the little square of paper wherein I had settled
+my future. Then I was seized with a longing to look towards the horizon,
+to have a glimpse of the great spaces beyond the garden; and I put my
+foot into the familiar breach in the wall by means of which I often
+mounted, in order to watch the flight of elusive butterflies, and, with
+the aid of my hands, I raised myself to the top of the wall and leaned
+there propped up by my elbows. The same well-known prospect greeted me:
+the hillsides covered with red vines, the wooded mountains whose trees
+were rapidly being stripped of their yellow leaves, and above, perched
+high, the noble reddish-brown ruin of Castelnau. And in the nearer
+distance was Bories with its old rounded porch white with lime-wash; and
+as I looked at it I seemed to hear the plaintive refrain: “Ah! Ah! the
+good, good story!” sung in a strange voice, and at the same time there
+appeared to me the vision of the pinkish-yellow butterfly which two
+years before I had pricked with a pin, and placed under glass in my
+little museum.
+
+It drew near the hour for the ancient country diligence, that took the
+letters away from the village, to depart, and I scrambled down from
+the wall, and after locking the garden gate, I slowly directed my steps
+towards the post-office.
+
+Like one with eyes fixed upon a vision, I walked along without taking
+notice of anything or any one. My spirit was wandering far away, in the
+fern-carpeted forests of the delicious isle, along the sands of gloomy
+Senegal where had lived the uncle who had interested himself in my
+museum, and across the South Pacific Ocean where the dolphins were
+passing.
+
+The assured nearness and certainty of these things intoxicated me; for
+the first time in my existence the world and life seemed to open before
+me; my way was illuminated by a light altogether new to it: it is true
+the light was a little mournful, a little sad, but it was powerful
+nevertheless, and penetrated to the far distant horizon where lie old
+age and death.
+
+Many little childish images obtruded themselves from time to time into
+my lofty dream; I saw myself in a sailor's uniform walking upon the
+sun-blistered quays of tropical lands; and I prefigured my home-comings,
+after perilous voyages, bringing with me cases filled to the brim with
+wonderful things out of which cockroaches escaped as they had done
+formerly in Jeanne's garden when her father's boxes were unpacked.
+
+But suddenly a pang went through my heart: those returns from distant
+countries could not take place for many years--the faces welcoming me
+home would be changed by time! Instantly I pictured those beloved faces
+to myself; in a wan vision I saw them all together. Although its members
+received me with smiles of joyous welcome, it was a sad group to look
+upon, for wrinkles seamed every brow, and my mother had white curls such
+as she has to-day. And my great aunt Bertha, already so old, would
+she, too, be there? With a sort of uneasiness, I was rapidly making a
+calculation of my aunt Bertha's age when I arrived at the post-office.
+
+I did not hesitate, however; with a hand that trembled only a little I
+slipped my letter into the box, and the die was cast.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXXI.
+
+
+
+I will end these reminiscences here, because what follows is not yet
+distant enough from me to be submitted to the unknown reader. And
+besides it seems to me that my childhood really came to an end upon the
+day in which I announced my decision in regard to my future.
+
+I was then fourteen and a half years of age, and that gave me,
+therefore, three years and a half in which to prepare myself for the
+naval academy, consequently I had time to do it thoroughly and properly.
+
+But in the meantime I had to encounter many refusals and all sorts
+of difficulties before my admittance to the Borda. And later I
+lived through many troublous years; years replete with struggles and
+mistakes,--I had many a Calvary to climb; I had to pay cruelly and in
+full for having been reared a sensitive, shy little creature, by force
+of will I had to recast and harden my physical as well as my moral
+being. One day, when I was about twenty-seven years of age, a circus
+director, after having seen my muscles that then had the elasticity
+and strength of steel, gave utterance, in his admiration, to the truest
+words I have ever had addressed to me: “What a pity, sir,” he said,
+“that your education commenced so late!”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXXII.
+
+
+
+My sister and I had expected to visit the mountains again the next
+summer.
+
+But Azrael passed our way; terrible and unexpected misfortunes disrupted
+our tranquil and happy family life.
+
+And it was not until fifteen years later, after I had been over the
+greater part of the earth, that I revisited this corner of France.
+
+All was greatly changed there; my uncle and aunt slept in the graveyard;
+my boy cousins had left, and my girl cousin, who already had threads
+of silver among her dark locks, was preparing to quit this part of the
+country forever, this empty house in which she did not wish to live
+alone; and the Titi and the Marciette (whose names were no longer
+prefaced by the article) had grown into tall young ladies whom I would
+not have recognized.
+
+Between two long voyages, in a hurry as always, my life hastening
+feverishly upon its way, in remembrance of bygone days, I made this
+pilgrimage to my uncle's house to see it once more, and for the last
+time, before it was delivered into the hands of strangers.
+
+It was in November, and the cold gray sky completely changed the aspect
+of the country, which I had never seen before except under the glorious
+summer sun.
+
+After spending my only morning in revisiting a thousand places, my
+melancholy ever augmented by the lowering winter clouds, I found that
+I had forgotten the old garden and the vine-clad arbor in whose meagre
+shade I had come to so momentous a decision, and I wished to run there,
+at the last moment, before my carriage took me away from this spot
+forever.
+
+“You will have to go alone,” said my cousin, who was busy packing her
+trunks. She gave me the large key, the same large key that I carried
+in the warm and radiant days of old when I went there, net in hand,
+to catch the butterflies . . . oh! the summers of my childhood, how
+marvellous and how enchanting they were!
+
+For the last time of all, I entered the garden, which under the gray
+sky appeared shrunken to me. I went first to the arbor, now leafless and
+desolate, in which I had written the portentous letter to my brother,
+and, by means of the same breach in the wall that had served me in days
+gone by, I lifted myself to the coping to get a hasty glimpse of the
+surrounding country, to bid it a last farewell. Bories looked singularly
+near and small to me, it was almost unrecognizably so, and the mountains
+beyond seemed diminished also, appeared no higher than little hills. And
+all of these things that formerly I had seen flooded with sunlight, now
+looked dull and sinister in the wan, gray November light, and under the
+dark and wintry clouds. I felt as if with the commencement of nature's
+autumn, my life's autumn had also dawned.
+
+And the world, the world which I had thought so immense and so full of
+wonder and charm the day that I leaned on this same wall, after I had
+made my decision,--the whole wide world, did it not look as faded and
+shrunken to me now as this poor landscape?
+
+And especially Bories, that under the autumnal sky looked like a phantom
+of itself, filled me with the deepest sadness.
+
+As I gazed at it I recalled the pinkish-yellow butterfly still under
+its glass in my museum; it had remained there in the same spot, and had
+preserved its fresh bright hues during the time that I had sailed all
+round the globe. For many years I had not thought of the association
+between the two things; but as soon as I remembered the yellow
+butterfly, which was recalled to my mind by Bories, I heard a small
+voice within me sing over and over, very softly: “Ah! Ah! the good, good
+story!” . . . The little voice was strange and flute-like, but above all
+it was sad, sad enough for tears, sad enough to sing over the tomb where
+lie buried the vanished years and dead summers.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Story of a Child, by Pierre Loti
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE STORY OF A CHILD ***
+
+***** This file should be named 6664-0.txt or 6664-0.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/6/6/6/6664/
+
+Produced by Dagny; John Bickers; David Widger
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project
+Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation”
+ or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project
+Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+“Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, “Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.”
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+“Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right
+of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/6664-0.zip b/6664-0.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc3eeb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/6664-0.zip
diff --git a/6664-h.zip b/6664-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..05aadd9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/6664-h.zip
diff --git a/6664-h/6664-h.htm b/6664-h/6664-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92415c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/6664-h/6664-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,7716 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html
+   PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+   "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd" >
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" lang="en">
+  <head>
+    <title>
+      The Story of a Child, by Pierre Loti
+    </title>
+    <style type="text/css" xml:space="preserve">
+
+    body { margin:5%; background:#faebd0; text-align:justify}
+    P { text-indent: 1em; margin-top: .25em; margin-bottom: .25em; }
+    H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6 { text-align: center; margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%; }
+    hr  { width: 50%; text-align: center;}
+    .foot { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; text-indent: -3em; font-size: 90%; }
+    blockquote {font-size: 97%; font-style: italic; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;}
+    .mynote    {background-color: #DDE; color: #000; padding: .5em; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 95%;}
+    .toc       { margin-left: 10%; margin-bottom: .75em;}
+    .toc2      { margin-left: 20%;}
+    div.fig    { display:block; margin:0 auto; text-align:center; }
+    div.middle { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; }
+    .figleft   {float: left; margin-left: 0%; margin-right: 1%;}
+    .figright  {float: right; margin-right: 0%; margin-left: 1%;}
+    .pagenum   {display:inline; font-size: 70%; font-style:normal;
+               margin: 0; padding: 0; position: absolute; right: 1%;
+               text-align: right;}
+    pre        { font-style: italic; font-size: 90%; margin-left: 10%;}
+
+</style>
+  </head>
+  <body>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Story of a Child, by Pierre Loti
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Story of a Child
+
+Author: Pierre Loti
+
+Translator: Caroline F. Smith
+
+Release Date: April 22, 2006 [EBook #6664]
+Last Updated: March 6, 2018
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: UTF-8
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE STORY OF A CHILD ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Dagny; John Bickers; David Widger
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      <br /> <br />
+    </p>
+    <h1>
+      THE STORY OF A CHILD
+    </h1>
+    <p>
+      <br />
+    </p>
+    <h2>
+      By Pierre Loti
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      <br /> <br />
+    </p>
+    <h3>
+      Translated by Caroline F. Smith
+    </h3>
+    <p>
+      <br /> <br />
+    </p>
+    <hr />
+    <p>
+      <br /> <br />
+    </p>
+    <blockquote>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <big><b>CONTENTS</b></big>
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        <br /> <a href="#link2H_PREF"> PREFACE </a><br /> <br /> <a
+        href="#link2H_4_0002"> <big><b>THE STORY OF A CHILD</b></big> </a><br />
+        <br /> <br />
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0001"> CHAPTER I. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0002"> CHAPTER II. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0003"> CHAPTER III. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0004"> CHAPTER IV. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0005"> CHAPTER V. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0006"> CHAPTER VI. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0007"> CHAPTER VII. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0008"> CHAPTER VIII. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0009"> CHAPTER IX. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0010"> CHAPTER X. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0011"> CHAPTER XI. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0012"> CHAPTER XII. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0013"> CHAPTER XIII. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0014"> CHAPTER XIV. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0015"> CHAPTER XV. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0016"> CHAPTER XVI. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0017"> CHAPTER XVII. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0018"> CHAPTER XVIII. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0019"> CHAPTER XIX. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0020"> CHAPTER XX. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0021"> CHAPTER XXI. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0022"> CHAPTER XXII. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0023"> CHAPTER XXIII. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0024"> CHAPTER XXIV. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0025"> CHAPTER XXV. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0026"> CHAPTER XXVI. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0027"> CHAPTER XXVII. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0028"> CHAPTER XXVIII. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0029"> CHAPTER XXIX. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0030"> CHAPTER XXX. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0031"> CHAPTER XXXI. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0032"> CHAPTER XXXII. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0033"> CHAPTER XXXIII. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0034"> CHAPTER XXXIV. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0035"> CHAPTER XXXV. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0036"> CHAPTER XXXVI. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0037"> CHAPTER XXXVII. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0038"> CHAPTER XXXVIII. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0039"> CHAPTER XXXIX. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0040"> CHAPTER XL. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0041"> CHAPTER XLI. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0042"> CHAPTER XLII. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0043"> CHAPTER XLIII. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0044"> CHAPTER XLIV. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0045"> CHAPTER XLV. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0046"> CHAPTER XLVI. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0047"> CHAPTER XLVII. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0048"> CHAPTER XLVIII. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0049"> CHAPTER XLIX. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0050"> CHAPTER L. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0051"> CHAPTER LI. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0052"> CHAPTER LII. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0053"> CHAPTER LIII. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0054"> CHAPTER LIV. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0055"> CHAPTER LV. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0056"> CHAPTER LVI. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0057"> CHAPTER LVII. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0058"> CHAPTER LVIII. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0059"> CHAPTER LIX. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0060"> CHAPTER LX. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0061"> CHAPTER LXI. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0062"> CHAPTER LXII. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0063"> CHAPTER LXIII. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0064"> CHAPTER LXXIV. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0065"> CHAPTER LXV. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0066"> CHAPTER LXVI. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0067"> CHAPTER LXVII. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0068"> CHAPTER LXVIII. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0069"> CHAPTER LXIX. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0070"> CHAPTER LXX. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0071"> CHAPTER LXXI. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0072"> CHAPTER LXXII. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0073"> CHAPTER LXXIII. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0074"> CHAPTER LXXIV. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0075"> CHAPTER LXXVI. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0076"> CHAPTER LXXVII. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0077"> CHAPTER LXXVIII. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0078"> CHAPTER LXXIX. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0079"> CHAPTER LXXX. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0080"> CHAPTER LXXXI. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2HCH0081"> CHAPTER LXXXII. </a>
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        <br /> <br /> <br />
+      </p>
+    </blockquote>
+    <p>
+      <br /> <br />
+    </p>
+    <hr />
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2H_PREF" id="link2H_PREF">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a> <br /> <br />
+    </p>
+    <h2>
+      PREFACE
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      There is to-day a widely spread new interest in child life, a desire to
+      get nearer to children and understand them. To be sure child study is not
+      new; every wise parent and every sympathetic teacher has ever been a
+      student of children; but there is now an effort to do more consciously and
+      systematically what has always been done in some way.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In the few years since this modern movement began much has been
+      accomplished, yet there is among many thoughtful people a strong reaction
+      from the hopes awakened by the enthusiastic heralding of the newer aspects
+      of psychology. It had been supposed that our science would soon
+      revolutionize education; indeed, taking the wish for the fact, we began to
+      talk about the new and the old education (both mythical) and boast of our
+      millennium. I would not underrate the real progress, the expansion of
+      educational activities, the enormous gains made in many ways; but the
+      millennium! The same old errors meet us in new forms, the old problems are
+      yet unsolved, the waste is so vast that we sometimes feel thankful that we
+      cannot do as much as we would, and that Nature protects children from our
+      worst mistakes.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      What is the source of this disappointment? Is it not that education, like
+      all other aspects of life, can never be reduced to mere science? We need
+      science, it must be increasingly the basis of all life; but exact science
+      develops very slowly, and meantime we must live. Doubtless the time will
+      come when our study of mind will have advanced so far that we can lay down
+      certain great principles as tested laws, and thus clarify many questions.
+      Even then the solution of the problem will not be in the enunciation of
+      the theoretic principle, but will lie in its application to practice; and
+      that application must always depend upon instinct, tact, appreciation, as
+      well as upon the scientific law. Even the aid that science can contribute
+      is given slowly; meanwhile we must work with these children and lift them
+      to the largest life.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      It is in relation to this practical work of education that our effort to
+      study children gets its human value. There are always two points of view
+      possible with reference to life. From the standpoint of nature and
+      science, individuals count for little. Nature can waste a thousand acorns
+      to raise one oak, hundreds of children may be sacrificed that a truth may
+      be seen. But from the ethical and human point of view the meaning of all
+      life is in each individual. That one child should be lost is a kind of
+      ruin to the universe.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      It is this second point of view which every parent and every teacher must
+      take; and the great practical value of our new study of children is that
+      it brings us into personal relation with the child world, and so aids in
+      that subtle touch of life upon life which is the very heart of education.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      It is therefore that certain phases of the study of child life have a high
+      worth without giving definite scientific results. Peculiarly significant
+      among these is the study of the autobiographies of childhood. The door to
+      the great universe is always to the personal world. Each of us appreciates
+      child life through his own childhood, and though the children with whom it
+      is his blessed fortune to be associated. If then it is possible for him to
+      know intimately another child through autobiography, one more window has
+      been opened into the child world&mdash;one more interpretative unit is
+      given him through which to read the lesson of the whole.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      It is true, autobiographies written later in life cannot give us the
+      absolute truth of childhood. We see our early experiences through the
+      mists, golden or gray, of the years that lie between. It is poetry as well
+      as truth, as Goethe recognized in the title of his own self-study.
+      Nevertheless the individual who has lived the life can best bring us into
+      touch with it, and the very poetry is as true as the fact because
+      interpretative of the spirit.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      It is peculiarly necessary that teachers harassed with the routine of
+      their work, and parents distracted with the multitude of details of daily
+      existence, should have such windows opened through which they may look
+      across the green meadows and into the sunlit gardens of childhood. The
+      result is not theories of child life but appreciation of children. How one
+      who has read understandingly Sonva Kovalevsky's story of her girlhood
+      could ever leave unanswered a child starving for love I cannot see. Mills'
+      account of his early life is worth more than many theories in showing the
+      deforming effect of an education that is formal discipline without an
+      awakening of the heart and soul. Goethe's great study of his childhood and
+      youth must give a new hold upon life to any one who will appreciatively
+      respond to it.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      A better illustration of the subtle worth of such literature, in
+      developing appreciation of those inner deeps of child life that escape
+      definition and evaporate from the figures of the statistician, could
+      scarcely be found than Pierre Loti's &ldquo;Story of a Child.&rdquo; There is hardly a
+      fact in the book. It tells not what the child did or what was done to him,
+      but what he felt, thought, dreamed. A record of impressions through the
+      dim years of awakening, it reveals a peculiar and subtle type of
+      personality most necessary to understand. All that Loti is and has been is
+      gathered up and foreshadowed in the child. Exquisite sensitiveness to
+      impressions whether of body or soul, the egotism of a nature much occupied
+      with its own subjective feelings, a being atune in response to the
+      haunting melody of the sunset, and the vague mystery of the seas, a subtle
+      melancholy that comes from the predominance of feeling over masculine
+      power of action, leading one to drift like Francesca with the winds of
+      emotion, terrible or sweet, rather than to fix the tide of the universe in
+      the centre of the forceful deed&mdash;all these qualities are in the
+      dreams of the child as in the life of the man.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      And the style?&mdash;dreamy, suggestive, melodious, flowing on and on with
+      its exquisite music, wakening sad reveries, and hinting of gray days of
+      wind and rain, when the gust around the house wails of broken hopes and
+      ideals so long-deferred as to be half forgotten,&mdash;the minor sob of
+      his music expresses the spirit of Loti as much as do the moods of the
+      child he describes.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Such a type, like all others, has its strength and its weakness. Such a
+      type, like all others, is implicitly in us all. Do we not know it&mdash;the
+      haunting hunger for the permanence of impressions that come and go, which
+      pulsates through the book till we can scarcely keep back the tears; the
+      brooding over the two sombre mysteries&mdash;Death and Life (and which is
+      the darker?); the sense of fate driving life on&mdash;the fate of a
+      temperament that restlessly longs for new impressions and intense
+      emotions, without the vigor of action that cuts the Gordian knot of fancy
+      and speculation with the swift sword-stroke of an heroic deed.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      It is fortunate that the translator has caught the subtle charm of Loti's
+      style, so difficult to render in another speech, in an amazing degree.
+      This is peculiarly necessary here, for accuracy of translation means
+      giving the delicate changes of color and elusive chords of music that
+      voice the moods and impressions of which the book is made.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Let us read the revelation of this book not primarily to condemn or
+      praise, or even to estimate and define, but to appreciate. If it be true
+      that no one ever looked into the Kingdom of Heaven except through the eyes
+      of a little child, if it be true that the eyes of every unspoiled child
+      are such a window, take the vision and be thankful. If, perchance, this
+      window should open toward strange abysses that reach vaguely away, or upon
+      dark meadows that lie ghost-like in the mingled light, if out of the abyss
+      rises, undefined, the vast, dim shape of the mystery, and wakens in us the
+      haunting memories of dead yesterdays and forgotten years, if we seem
+      carried past the day into the gray vastness that is beyond the sunset and
+      before the dawn, let us recognize that the mystery or mysteries, the
+      annunciation of the Infinite is a little child.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      EDWARD HOWARD GRIGGS. TO HER MAJESTY ELIZABETH, QUEEN OF ROUMANIA.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      December, 188-
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I am almost too old to undertake this book, for a sort of night is falling
+      about me; where shall I find the words vital and young enough for the
+      task?
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      To-morrow, at sea, I will commence it; at least I will endeavor to put
+      into it all that was best of myself at a time when as yet there was
+      nothing very bad.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      So that romantic love may find no place in it, except in the illusory form
+      of a vision, I will end it at an early age.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      And to the sovereign lady whose suggestion it was that I write it, I offer
+      it as a humble token of my respect and admiration.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      PIERRE LOTI. <a name="link2H_4_0002" id="link2H_4_0002">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h1>
+      THE STORY OF A CHILD.
+    </h1>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0001" id="link2HCH0001">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER I.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      It is with some degree of awe that I touch upon the enigma of my
+      impressions at the commencement of my life. I am almost doubtful whether
+      they had reality within my own experience, or whether they are not,
+      rather, recollections mysteriously transmitted&mdash;I feel an almost
+      sacred hesitation when I would fathom their depths.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I came forth from the darkness of unconsciousness very gradually, for my
+      mind was illumined only fitfully, but then by outbursts of splendor that
+      compelled and fascinated my infant gaze. When the light was extinguished,
+      I lapsed once more into the non-consciousness of the new-born animal, of
+      the tiny plant just germinating.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The history of my earliest years is that of a child much indulged and
+      petted to whom nothing of moment happened; and into whose narrow,
+      protected life no jarring came that was not foreseen, and the shock of
+      which was not deadened with solicitous care. In my manners I was always
+      very tractable and submissive. That I may not make my recital tedious, I
+      will note without continuity and without the proper transitions those
+      moments which are impressed upon my mind because of their strangeness,
+      those moments that are still so vividly remembered, although I have
+      forgotten many poignant sorrows, many lands, adventures, and places.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I was at that time like a fledgling swallow living high up in a niche in
+      the eaves, who from time to time peeps out over the top of its nest with
+      its little bright eyes. With the eyes of imagination it sees into the
+      deeps of space, although to the actual vision only a courtyard and street
+      are visible; and it sees into depths which it will presently need to
+      journey through. It was during such moments of clairvoyance that I had a
+      vision of the infinity of which before my present life I was a part. Then,
+      in spite of myself, my consciousness flagged, and for days together I
+      lived the tranquil, subconscious life of early childhood.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      At first my mind, altogether unimpressed and undeveloped, may be compared
+      to a photographer's apparatus fitted with its sensitized glass. Objects
+      insufficiently lighted up make no impression upon the virgin plates; but
+      when a vivid splendor falls upon them, and when they are encircled by
+      disks of light, these once dim objects now engrave themselves upon the
+      glass. My first recollections are of bright summer days and sparkling noon
+      times,&mdash;or more truly, are recollections of the light of wood fires
+      burning with great ruddy flames.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0002" id="link2HCH0002">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER II.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      As if it were yesterday I recall the evening when I suddenly discovered
+      that I could run and jump; and I remember that I was intoxicated by the
+      delicious sensation almost to the point of falling.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      This must have been at about the commencement of my second winter. At the
+      sad hour of twilight I was in the dining-room of my parents' house, which
+      room had always seemed a very vast one to me. At first, I was quiet, made
+      so, no doubt, by the influence of the environing darkness, for the lamp
+      was not yet lighted. But as the hour for dinner approached, a maid-servant
+      came in and threw an armful of small wood into the fireplace to reanimate
+      the dying fire. Immediately there was a beautiful bright light, and the
+      leaping flames illuminated everything, and waves of light spread to the
+      far part of the room where I sat. The flames danced and leaped with a
+      twining motion ever higher and higher and more gayly, and the tremulous
+      shadows along the wall ran to their hiding-places&mdash;oh! how quickly I
+      arose overwhelmed with admiration for I recollect that I had been sitting
+      at the feet of my great-aunt Bertha (at that time already very old) who
+      half dozed in her chair. We were near a window through which the gray
+      night filtered; I was seated upon one of those high, old-fashioned
+      foot-stools with two steps, so convenient for little children who can from
+      that vantage ground put their heads in grandmother's or grand-aunt's lap,
+      and wheedle so effectually.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I arose in ecstasy, and approached the flames; then in the circle of light
+      which lay upon the carpet I began to walk around and around and to turn.
+      Ever faster and faster I went, until suddenly I felt an unwonted
+      elasticity run through my limbs, and in a twinkling I invented a new and
+      amusing style of motion; it was to push my feet very hard against the
+      floor, and then to lift them up together suddenly for a half second. When
+      I fell, up I sprang and recommenced my play. Bang! Bang! With every
+      increasing noise I went against the floor, and at last I began to feel a
+      singular but agreeable giddiness in my head. I knew how to jump! I knew
+      how to run!
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I am convinced that that is my earliest distinct recollection of great
+      joyousness.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;Dear me! What is the matter with the child this evening?&rdquo; asked my
+      great-aunt Bertha, with some anxiety. And I hear again the unexpected
+      sound of her voice.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      But I still kept on jumping. Like those tiny foolish moths which of an
+      evening revolve about the light of a lamp, I went around in the luminous
+      circle which widened and retracted, ever taking form from the wavering
+      light of the flames. And I remember all of this so vividly that my eyes
+      can still see the smallest details of the texture of the carpet which was
+      the scene of the event. It was of durable stuff called home-spun, woven in
+      the country by native weavers. (Our house was still furnished as it had
+      been in my maternal grandmother's time, as she had arranged it after she
+      had quitted the Island, and come to the mainland.&mdash;A little later I
+      will speak of this Island which had already a mysterious attraction for my
+      youthful imagination.&mdash;It was a simple country house, notable for its
+      Huguenot austerity; and it was a home where immaculate cleanliness and
+      extreme order were the sole luxuries.)
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In the circle of light, which grew ever more and more narrow, I still
+      jumped; but as I did so I had thoughts that were of an intensity not
+      habitual with me. At the same time that my tiny limbs discovered their
+      power, my spirit also knew itself; a burst of light overspread my mind
+      where dawning ideas still showed forth feebly. And it is without doubt to
+      the inner awakening that this fleeting moment of my life owes its
+      existence, owes undoubtedly its permanency in memory. But vainly I seek
+      for the words, that seem ever to escape me, through which to express my
+      elusive emotions. . . . Here in the dining-room I look about and see the
+      chairs standing the length of the wall, and I am reminded of the aged
+      grandmother, grand-aunts and aunts who always come at a certain hour and
+      seat themselves in them. Why are they not here now? At this moment I would
+      like to feel their protecting presence about me. Probably they are
+      upstairs in their rooms on the second floor; between them and me there is
+      the dim stairway, the stairway that I people with shadowy beings the
+      thought of which makes me tremble. . . . And my mother? I would wish most
+      especially for her, but I know that she has gone out, gone out into the
+      long streets which in my imagination have no end. I had myself gone to the
+      door with her and had asked her: &ldquo;When returnest thou?&rdquo; And she had
+      promised me that she would return speedily. Later they told me that when I
+      was a child I would never permit any members of the family to leave the
+      house to go walking or visiting without first obtaining their assurance of
+      a speedy homecoming. &ldquo;You will come back soon?&rdquo; I would say, and I always
+      asked the question anxiously, as I followed them to the door.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      My mother had departed, and it gave my heart a feeling of heaviness to
+      know that she was out. Out in the streets! I was content not to be there
+      where it was cold and dark, where little children so easily lost their
+      way,&mdash;how snug it was to be within doors before the fire that warmed
+      me through and through; how nice it was to be at home! I had never
+      realized it until this evening&mdash;doubtless it was my first distinct
+      feeling of attachment to hearth and home, and I was sadly troubled at the
+      thought of the immense, strange world lying beyond the door. It was then
+      that I had, for the first time, a conscious affection for my aged aunts
+      and grand-aunts, who cared for me in infancy, whom I longed to have seated
+      around me at this dim, sad, twilight hour.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In the meantime the once bright and playful flames had died down, the
+      armful of wood was consumed, and as the lamp was not lighted, the room was
+      quite dark. I had already stumbled upon the home-spun carpet, but as I had
+      not hurt myself, I recommenced my amusing play. For an instant I thought
+      to experience a new but strange joy by going into the shadowy and distant
+      recesses of the room; but I was overtaken there by an indefinable terror
+      of something which I cannot name, and I hastily took refuge in the dim
+      circle of light and looked behind me with a shudder to see whether
+      anything had followed me from out of those dark corners. Finally the
+      flames died away entirely, and I was really afraid; aunt Bertha sat
+      motionless upon her chair, and although I felt that her eyes were upon me
+      I was not reassured. The very chairs, the chairs ranged about the room,
+      began to disquiet me because their long shadows, that stretched behind
+      them exaggerating the height of ceiling and length of wall, moved
+      restlessly like souls in the agonies of death. And especially there was a
+      half-open door that led into a very dark hall, which in its turn opened
+      into a large empty parlor absolutely dark. Oh! with what intensity I fixed
+      my eyes upon that door to which I would not for the world have turned my
+      back!
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      This was the beginning of those daily winter-evening terrors which in that
+      beloved home cast such a gloom over my childhood.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      What I feared to see enter that door had no well defined form, but the
+      fear was none the less definite to me: and it kept me standing motionless
+      near the dead fire with wide open eyes and fluttering heart. When my
+      mother suddenly entered the room by a different door, oh! how I clung to
+      her and covered my face with her dress: it was a supreme protection, the
+      sanctuary where no harm could reach me, the harbor of harbors where the
+      storm is forgotten. . . .
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      At this instant the thread of recollection breaks, I can follow it no
+      farther.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0003" id="link2HCH0003">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER III.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      After the ineffaceable impression left by that first fright and that first
+      dance before the winter fire many months passed during which no other
+      events were engraven upon my memory, and I relapsed into a twilight state
+      similar to that at the commencement of my life. But the mental dimness was
+      pierced now and again with a bright light; as the gray of early morning is
+      tinged by the rose-color of dawning.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I believe that the impressions which succeeded were those of the summer
+      time, of the great sun and nature. I recall feeling an almost delicious
+      terror when one day I found myself alone in the midst of tall June grasses
+      that grew high as my head. But here the secret working of self
+      consciousness is almost too entangled with the things of the past for me
+      to explain it.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      We were visiting at a country place called Limoise, a place that at later
+      time played a great part in my life. It belonged to neighbors and friends,
+      the D&mdash;&mdash;s, whose house in town was directly next to ours.
+      Perhaps I had visited Limoise the preceding summer, but at that time I was
+      very like a cocoon before it has crawled from its silken wrapping. The day
+      that I now refer to is the one in which I was able to reflect for the
+      first time, in which I first knew the sweetness of reverie.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I have forgotten our departure, the carriage ride and our arrival. But I
+      remember distinctly that late one hot afternoon, as the sun was setting, I
+      found myself alone in a remote part of a deserted garden. The gray walls
+      overgrown with ivy and mosses separated its grove of trees from the
+      moorland and the rocky country round about it. For me, brought up in the
+      city, the old and solitary garden, where even the fruit trees were dying
+      from old age, had all the mystery and charm of a primeval forest. I
+      crossed a border of box, and I was in the midst of a large uncultivated
+      tract filled with climbing asparagus and great weeds. Then I cowered down,
+      as is the fashion of little children, that I might be more effectually
+      hidden by what hid me sufficiently already, and I remained there
+      motionless with eyes dilated and with quickening spirit, half afraid, half
+      enraptured. The feeling that I experienced in the presence of these
+      unfamiliar things was one of reflection rather than of astonishment. I
+      knew that the bright green vegetation closing in about me was every where
+      in no less measure than in the heart of this forest, and emotions, sad and
+      weird and vague took possession of me and affrighted but fascinated me.
+      That I might remain hidden as long as possible I crouched lower and still
+      lower, and I felt the joy a little Indian boy feels when he is in his
+      beloved forest.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Suddenly I heard someone call: &ldquo;Pierre! Pierre! Dear Pierre!&rdquo; I did not
+      reply, but instead lay as close as possible to the ground, and sought to
+      hide under the weeds and the waving branches of the asparagus.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Still I heard: &ldquo;Pierre, Pierre.&rdquo; It was Lucette; I knew her voice, and
+      from the mockery of her tone I felt sure that she had spied me. But I
+      could not see her although I looked about me very carefully: no one was
+      visible!
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      With peals of laughter she continued to call, and her voice grew merrier
+      and merrier. Where can she be? thought I.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Ah! At last I spied her perched upon the twisted branch of a tree that was
+      overhung with gray moss!
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I was fairly caught and I came out of my green hiding place.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      As I rose I gazed over the wild and flowering things, and saw the corner
+      of the old moss-grown wall that enclosed the garden. That wall was
+      destined to be at a later time a very familiar haunt of mine, for on the
+      Thursday holidays during my college life I spent many a happy hour sitting
+      upon it contemplating the peaceful and quiet country, and there I mused,
+      to the chirping accompaniment of the crickets, of those distant countries
+      fairer and sunnier than my own. And upon that summer day those gray and
+      crumbling stones, defaced by the sun and weather, and overgrown with
+      mosses, gave me for the first time an indefinable impression of the
+      persistence of things; a vague conception of existences antedating my own,
+      in times long past.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Lucette D&mdash;&mdash;, my elder by eight or ten years, seemed to me
+      already a grown person. I cannot recall the time when I did not know her.
+      Later I came to love her as a sister, and her early death in her prime was
+      one of the first real griefs of my boyhood.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      And the first recollection I have of her is as I saw her in the branches
+      of the old pear tree. Her image doubtless begets a vividness from the two
+      new emotions with which it is blended: the enchanting uneasiness I felt at
+      the invasion of green nature and the melancholy reverie that took
+      possession of me as I contemplated the old wall, type of ancient things
+      and olden times.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0004" id="link2HCH0004">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER IV.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      I will now endeavor to explain the impression that the sea made upon me at
+      our first brief and melancholy encounter, which took place at twilight
+      upon the evening of my arrival at the Island.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Notwithstanding the fact that I could scarcely see it, it had so
+      remarkable an effect on me that in a single moment it was engraven upon my
+      memory forever. I feel a retrospective shudder run through me when my
+      spirit broods upon the recollection.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      We had but newly arrived at this village near St. Ongeoise where my
+      parents had rented a fisherman's house for the bathing season. I knew that
+      we had come here for something called the sea, but I had had no glimpse of
+      it (a line of dunes hid it from me because of my short stature), and I was
+      extremely impatient to become acquainted with it; therefore after dinner,
+      as night was falling, I went alone to seek this mysterious thing.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The air was sharp and biting, and unlike any I had experienced, and from
+      behind the hillocks of sand, along which the path led, there came a faint
+      but majestic noise. Everything affrighted me, the unfamiliar way, the
+      twilight falling from the overcast sky, and the loneliness of this part of
+      the village. But inspired by one of those great and sudden resolutions,
+      that come sometimes to the most timid, I went forward with a firm step.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Suddenly I stopped overcome and almost paralyzed by fear, for something
+      took shape before me, something dark and surging sprang up from all sides
+      at the same time and it seemed to stretch out endlessly. It was something
+      so vast and full of motion that I was seized with a deadly vertigo&mdash;it
+      was the sea of my imagining! Without a moment's hesitation, without asking
+      how this knowledge had been wrought, without astonishment even, I
+      recognized it and I trembled with a great emotion. It was so dark a green
+      as to be almost black; to me it seemed unstable, perfidious, all
+      ingulfing, always turbulent, and of a sinister, menacing aspect. Above it,
+      in harmony with it, stretched the gray and lowering sky.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      And far away, very far away, upon the immeasurable distant horizon I
+      perceived a break between the sky and the waters, and a pale yellow light
+      showed through this cleft.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Had I been to the sea before to recognize it thus quickly? Perhaps I had,
+      but without being conscious of it, for when I was about five or six months
+      old I had been brought to the Island by my great aunt, my grandmother's
+      sister; or perhaps because it had played so great a part in my sea-faring
+      ancestors' lives I was born with a nascent conception of it and its
+      immensity.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      We communed together a moment, one with the other&mdash;I was deeply
+      fascinated. At our first encounter I am sure I had a nebulous presentiment
+      that I would one day go to it in spite of my hesitation, in spite of all
+      the efforts put forth to hold me back,&mdash;and the emotion that
+      overwhelmed me in the presence of the sea was not only one of fear, but I
+      felt also an inexpressible sadness, and I seemed to feel the anguish of
+      desolation, bereavement and exile. With downcast mien, and with hair blown
+      about by the wind, I turned and ran home. I was in the extreme haste to be
+      with my mother; I wished to embrace her and to cling close to her; I
+      desired to be with her so that she might console me for the thousand
+      indefinite, anticipated sorrows that surged through my heart at the sight
+      of those green waters, so vast and so deep.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0005" id="link2HCH0005">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER V.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      My mother!&mdash;I have already mentioned her two or three times in the
+      course of this recital, but without stopping to speak of her at length. It
+      seems that at first she was no more to me than a natural and instinctive
+      refuge where I ran for shelter from all terrifying and unfamiliar things,
+      from all the dark forebodings that had no real cause.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      But I believe she took on reality and life for the first time in the burst
+      of ineffable tenderness which I felt when one May morning she entered my
+      room with a bouquet of pink hyacinths in her hand; she brought in with her
+      as she came a ray of sunlight.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I was convalescing from one of the maladies peculiar to children,&mdash;measles
+      or whooping cough, I know not which,&mdash;and I had been ordered to
+      remain in bed and to keep warm. By the rays of light that filtered in
+      through the closed shutters I divined the springtime warmth and brightness
+      of the sun and air, and I felt sad that I had to remain behind the
+      curtains of my tiny white bed; I wished to rise and go out; but most of
+      all I had a desire to see my mother.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The door opened and she entered, smiling. Ah, I remember it so well! I
+      recall so distinctly how she looked as she stood upon the threshold of the
+      door. And I remember that she brought in with her some of the sunlight and
+      balminess of the spring day.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I see again the expression of her face as she looked at me; and I hear the
+      sound of her voice, and recall the details of her beloved dress that would
+      look funny and old-fashioned to me now. She had returned from her morning
+      shopping, and she wore a straw hat trimmed with yellow roses and a shawl
+      of lilac barege (it was the period of the shawl) sprinkled with tiny
+      bouquets of violets. Her dark curls (the poor beloved curls to-day, alas!
+      so thin and white) were at this time without a gray hair. There was about
+      her the fragrance of the May day, and her face as it looked that morning
+      with its broad brimmed hat is still distinctly present with me. Besides
+      the bouquet of pink hyacinths, she had brought me a tiny watering-pot, an
+      exact imitation in miniature of the crockery ones so much used by the
+      country people.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      As she leaned over my bed to embrace me I felt as if every wish was
+      gratified. I no longer had a desire to weep, nor to rise from my bed, nor
+      to go out. She was with me and that sufficed&mdash;I was consoled,
+      tranquillized, and re-created by her gracious presence.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I was, I think, a little more than three years old at this time, and my
+      mother must have been about forty-two years of age; but I had not the
+      least notion of age in regard to her, and it had never occurred to me to
+      wonder whether she was young or old; nor did I realize until a later time
+      that she was beautiful. No, at this period that she was her own dear self
+      was enough; to me she was in face and form a person so apart and so unique
+      that I would not have dreamed of comparing her with any one else. From her
+      whole being there emanated such a joyousness, security and tenderness, and
+      so much goodness that from thence was born my understanding of faith and
+      prayer.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I would that I could speak hallowed words to the first blessed form that I
+      find in the book of memory. I would it were possible that I could greet my
+      mother with words filled with the meaning I wish to convey. They are words
+      which cause bountiful tears to flow, but tears fraught with I know not how
+      much of the sweetness of consolation and joy, words that are ever, and in
+      spite of everything, filled with the hope of an immortal reunion.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      And since I have touched upon this mystery that has had such an influence
+      upon my soul, I will here set down that my mother alone is the only person
+      in the world of whom I have the feeling that death cannot separate me.
+      With other human beings, those whom I have loved with all my heart and
+      soul, I have tried to imagine a hereafter, a to-morrow in which there
+      shall be no to-morrow; but no, I cannot! Rather I have always had a
+      horrible consciousness of our nothingness&mdash;dust to dust, ashes to
+      ashes. Because of my mother alone have I been able to keep intact the
+      faith of my early days. It still seems to me that when I have finished
+      playing my poor part in life, when I no longer run in the overgrown paths
+      that lead to the unattainable, when I am through amusing humanity with my
+      conceits and my sorrows, I will go there where my mother, who has gone
+      before me, is, and she will receive me; and the smile of serenity that she
+      now wears in my memory will have become one of triumphant realization.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      True, I see that distant region only dimly, and it has no more substance
+      than a pale gray vision; my words, however intangible and elusive, give
+      too definite a form to my dreamy conceptions. But still (I speak as a
+      little child, with the child's faith), but still I always think of my
+      mother as having, in that far off place, preserved her earthly aspect. I
+      think of her with her dear white curls and the straight lines of her
+      beautiful profile that the years may have impaired a little, but which I
+      still find perfect. The thought that the face of my mother shall one day
+      disappear from my eyes forever, that it is no more than combined elements
+      subject to disintegration, and that she will be lost in the universal
+      abyss of nothingness, not only makes my heart bleed, but it causes me to
+      revolt as at something unthinkable and monstrous; it cannot be! I have the
+      feeling that there is about her something which death cannot touch.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      My love for my mother (the only changeless love of my life) is so free
+      from all material feeling that that alone gives me an inexplicable hope,
+      almost gives me a confidence in the immortality of the soul.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I cannot very well understand why the vision of my mother near my bed of
+      sickness should that morning have impressed me so vividly, for she was
+      nearly always with me. It all seems very mysterious; it is as if at that
+      particular moment she was for the first time revealed to me.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      And why among the treasured playthings of my childhood has the tiny
+      watering-pot taken on the value and sacred dignity of a relic? So much so
+      indeed, that when I am far distant on the ocean, in hours of danger, I
+      think of it with tenderness, and see it in the place where it has lain for
+      years, in the little bureau, never opened, mixed in with broken toys; and
+      should it disappear I would feel as if I had lost an amulet that could not
+      be replaced.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      And the simple shawl of lilac barege, found recently among some old
+      clothing laid aside to be given to the poor, why have I put it away as
+      carefully as if it were a priceless object? Because in its color (now
+      faded), in its quaint Indian pattern and tiny bouquets of violets, I still
+      find an emanation from my mother; I believe that I borrow therefrom a holy
+      calm and sweet confidence that is almost a faith. And mingled in with the
+      other feelings there is perhaps a melancholy regret for those May mornings
+      of long ago that seemed so much brighter than are those of to-day.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Truly I fear this book, the most personal I have ever written, will weary
+      many.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In transcribing these memories in the calm of middle life, so favorable to
+      reverie, I had constantly present in my thought the lovely queen to whom I
+      would dedicate this book; it is as if I were writing her a long letter
+      with the full assurance of being understood in all those sacred matters to
+      which words give but an inadequate expression.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Perhaps you will understand also, my dear unknown readers, who with kindly
+      sympathy have followed me thus far; and all those who cherish, or who have
+      been cherished by their mothers will not smile at the childish things
+      written down here.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      But this chapter will certainly seem ridiculous to those who are strangers
+      to an all absorbing love, they will not be able to imagine that I have a
+      deep pity to exchange for their cynical smiles.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0006" id="link2HCH0006">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER VI.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      Before I finish writing of the confused memories I have of the
+      commencement of my life I wish to speak of another ray of sunshine&mdash;a
+      sad ray this time,&mdash;that has left an ineffaceable impression upon me,
+      and the meaning of which will never be clear to me.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Upon a Sunday, after we had returned from church, the ray appeared to me.
+      It came through a half-open window and fell into the stairway, and as it
+      lengthened itself upon the whiteness of the wall it took on a peculiar,
+      weird shape.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I had returned from church with my mother and as I mounted the stairs I
+      took her hand. The house was filled with a humming silence peculiar to the
+      noontime of very hot summer days (it was August or September). Following
+      the habit of our country the shutters were half closed making indoors,
+      during the heated period of the day, a sort of twilight.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      As I entered the house there came to me an appreciation of the stillness
+      of Sunday that in the country and in peaceful byways of little towns is
+      like the peace of death. But when I saw the ray of sunlight fall obliquely
+      through the staircase window, I had a feeling more poignant than ordinary
+      sorrow; I had a feeling altogether incomprehensible and absolutely new in
+      which there seemed infused a conception of the brevity of life's summers,
+      their rapid flight and the incomputable ages of the sun. But other
+      elements still more mysterious, that it would be impossible for me to
+      explain even vaguely, entered therein.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I wish to add to the history of this ray of sunshine the sequel that is
+      intimately connected with it. Years passed; I became a man, and after
+      having been among many people and experienced many adventures I lived for
+      an autumn and winter in an isolated house in an unfrequented part of
+      Stamboul. It was there that every evening at approximately the same hour,
+      a ray of sunlight came in through the window and fell obliquely on the
+      wall and lit up the niche (hollowed out of the stone wall) in which I had
+      placed an Athenian vase. And I never saw that ray of sunlight without
+      thinking of the one I had seen upon that Sunday of long ago; nor without
+      having the same, precisely the same sad emotion, scarcely diminished by
+      time, and always full of the same mystery. And when I had to leave Turkey,
+      when I was obliged to quit my dangerous but adored lodgings in Stamboul,
+      with all my busy and hurried preparations for departure there was mingled
+      this strange regret: never more should I see the oblique ray of sunshine
+      come into the stairway window and fall upon the niche in the wall where
+      the Greek vase stood.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Perhaps under all of this there may have been, if not recollections of a
+      previous personal experience, at least the reflected inchoate thoughts of
+      ancestors which I am unable in any clearer way to bring out of darkness.
+      But enough! I must say no more, for I again find myself in the land of
+      vague fancy, gliding phantoms and illusive nothings.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      For this almost unintelligible chapter there is no excuse that I can
+      offer, save that I have written it with the greatest frankness and
+      sincerity.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0007" id="link2HCH0007">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER VII.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      And I now recall the impressions of springtime, all the fresh splendor of
+      May; and I remember vividly the lonely road called the Fountain road.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      (As I am endeavoring to put my recollections into some sort of order I
+      think that at this time I must have been about five years old.)
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I was old enough at any rate to take walks with my father and my sister,
+      and I went out with them this dewy morning. I was in ecstasy to see that
+      everything had become so green, to see the budding foliage and the
+      tasselled shrubs and hedges. Along the sides of the road the grass was all
+      the same length, and the flowers in the grass with their exquisite
+      mingling of the red of the geranium and the blue of the speedwell, made
+      the whole earth seem a great bouquet. As I plucked the flowers I scarcely
+      knew which way to run; in my eagerness I trod upon them and my legs became
+      wet from the dew&mdash;I marvelled at all the richness at my disposal, and
+      I longed to take great armfuls of the flowers and carry them away with me.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      My sister, who had gathered a sprig of hawthorn, one of iris and some long
+      sheath-like grasses leaned towards me, and took my hand, and said: &ldquo;You
+      have enough for the present; you see, dear, that we could never gather all
+      of them.&rdquo;
+     </p>
+    <p>
+      But I did not heed, so absolutely intoxicated was I with the magnificence
+      about me, the like of which I did not recall ever to have seen before.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      That was the beginning of those almost daily excursions that I took with
+      my father and sister, and that I kept up for so long a time (almost to my
+      boarding-school days). It is through them that I became so well acquainted
+      with the surrounding country and with the varieties of flowers found
+      there. Poor fields and meadows of my native country! So monotonous, so
+      flat, one so like another; fields of hay and daisies where in childhood I
+      would disappear from sight and hide under the green vegetation. Fields of
+      corn and paths bordered with hawthorn, I love you all in spite of your
+      monotony!
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Toward the west, in the far distance, my eyes sought for a glimpse of the
+      sea. Sometimes when we had gone a long way there would appear upon the
+      horizon, among the other lines there, a straight bluish one; it was the
+      sea; and it lured me to it finally as a great and patient lover lures, who
+      sure of his power is willing to wait.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      My sister and my brother, of whom I have not spoken before, were
+      considerably older than I; it seemed almost as if we belonged to different
+      generations. For that reason they petted me even more than did my father
+      and mother, my grandmother and aunts; and as I was the only child among
+      them I was cherished like a little hot-house plant, I was too tenderly
+      guarded and remained all too unacquainted with thorns and brambles.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0008" id="link2HCH0008">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER VIII.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      Someone has advanced the theory that those persons endowed with a gift for
+      painting (either with color or with words) probably belong to a half-blind
+      species; accustomed to living in a partial light, in a sort of misty
+      grayness, they turn their gaze inward; and when by chance they do look out
+      their impressions are ten times more vivid than are those of ordinary
+      people.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      To me that seems a little paradoxical.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      But it is true that sometimes an enveloping darkness aids one to clearer
+      vision; as in a panorama building, for example, where the obscurity about
+      the entrance prepares one better for the climax, and gives the scene
+      depicted a more real and vivid appearance.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In the course of my life I would without doubt have been less impressed by
+      the ever shifting phantasmagoria of existence had I not begun my journey
+      in a place almost without distinctive color, in a tranquil corner of the
+      most commonplace little town, receiving an education austerely pious; and
+      where my longest journey was bounded by the forests of Limoise (as
+      wonderful to me as a primeval forest) and by the shores of the island of
+      Oleron, that seemed very immense when I went to it to visit my aged aunts.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      But after all is said, it was in the yard about our house that I passed
+      the happiest of my summers&mdash;it seemed to me that that was my
+      particular kingdom, and I adored it.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      It was in truth a beautiful yard, much more sunny and airy than the
+      majority of city gardens. Its long avenue of green and flowery branches,
+      that overtopped the heads of the neighboring fruit trees, was bordered on
+      the south by a low and ancient wall over which grew roses and
+      honeysuckles. The long leafy avenue gave the impression of great depth,
+      and its perspective melted into a bower of vines and jasmine bushes that
+      in turn became a great verdant place, which came to an end at a storehouse
+      of ancient construction, whose gray stones were hidden under ivy vines.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Ah! How I loved that garden, and how much I still love it!
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I believe the keenest, earliest memories are of the beautiful long summer
+      evenings. Oh! the return from a walk during those long, clear twilights
+      that certainly were more delicious than are those of to-day. What joy to
+      re-enter that yard which the thorn-apples and the honeysuckles filled with
+      the sweetest odor, to enter and see from the gate all the long avenue of
+      tangled greenness. Through an opening in a bower of Virginia Creeper I
+      could see the rosy splendor of the setting sun; and somewhat removed in
+      the gathering shadows of the foliage, there were distinguishable three or
+      four persons. The persons, it is true, were very quiet and they were
+      dressed in black, but they were nevertheless very reassuring to me, very
+      familiar and very much beloved: they were the forms of mother, grandmother
+      and aunts. Then I would run to them hastily and throw myself upon their
+      laps, and that was always one of the happiest moments of my day.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0009" id="link2HCH0009">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER IX.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      In the month of March, as the shadows of twilight gathered, two little
+      children were seated very close together upon a low footstool&mdash;two
+      little ones, between the ages of five and six, dressed in short trousers
+      with white pinafores over them, as was the fashion of the time. After
+      having played wildly they were now quietly amusing themselves with paper
+      and pencils. The dim light seemed to fill them with a vague fear, and it
+      troubled their spirits.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Of the two children only one was drawing&mdash;it was I. The other, a
+      friend invited over for the day, an exceptional thing, was watching me
+      with great attention. With some difficulty (trusting me meantime) he
+      followed the fantastic movements of my pencil whose intention I took care
+      to explain to him at some length. And my oral interpretation was
+      necessary, for I was busy executing two drawings that I entitled
+      respectively, &ldquo;The Happy Duck&rdquo; and &ldquo;The Unhappy Duck.&rdquo;
+     </p>
+    <p>
+      The room in which we were seated must have been furnished about the year
+      1805, at the time of the marriage of my now-very-old grandmother, who
+      still occupied it, and who this evening was seated in the chair of the
+      Directory period; she was singing to herself and she took no notice of us.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      My memories of my grandmother are indistinct for her death occurred
+      shortly after this time; but as I will never again, in the course of this
+      recital, have a more vivid impression of her, I will here insert what I
+      know of her history.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      It seems that in the stress of all sorts of troubles she had been a brave
+      and noble mother. After reverses that were so general in those days, after
+      losing her husband at the Battle of Trafalgar, and her elder son at the
+      shipwreck of the Medusa, she went resolutely to work to educate her
+      younger son, my father, until such time as he should be able to support
+      himself. At about her eightieth year (which was not far distant when I
+      came into the world) the senility of second childhood had set in; at that
+      time I knew nothing about the tragedy of the loss of memory and I could
+      not realize the vacancy of her mind and soul.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      She would often stand for a long time before a mirror and talk in a most
+      amiable way to her own reflection, which she called, &ldquo;my good neighbor&rdquo; or
+      &ldquo;my dear neighbor.&rdquo; It was also her mania to sing with a most excessive
+      ardor the Marseillaise, the Parisiennes, the &ldquo;Song of Farewell,&rdquo; and all
+      the noble songs of the transition time, which had been the rage in her
+      young womanhood.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      During these exciting times she had lived quietly, and had occupied
+      herself entirely with her household cares and her son's education. For
+      that reason it seems the more singular that from her disordered mind, just
+      about as it was to take its journey into complete darkness and to become
+      disintegrated through death, there should come this tardy echo of that
+      tempestuous time.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I enjoyed listening to her very much and often I would laugh, but without
+      any irreverence, and I never was the least afraid of her. She was
+      extremely lovely and had delicate and regular features, and her expression
+      was very sweet. Her abundant hair was silver-gray, and upon her cheeks
+      there was a color similar to that of a faded rose leaf, a color which the
+      old people of that generation often retained into extreme old age. I
+      remember that she usually wore a red cashmere shawl about her shoulders,
+      and that she always had on an old-fashioned cap trimmed with green
+      ribbons. There was something very modest and gentle and pleasing about her
+      still graceful little body.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Her room, where I liked to come to play because it was so large and sunny,
+      was furnished as simply as a Presbyterian parsonage: the waxed walnut
+      furniture was of the Directory period, the large bed had a canopy of
+      thick, red, cotton stuff and the walls were painted an ochre yellow; and
+      upon them in gilt frames, slightly tarnished, were hung water colors
+      representing vases of flowers. I very soon discovered that this room was
+      furnished in a very simple and old-fashioned way, and I thought to myself
+      that the good old grandmother who sang so constantly must be much poorer
+      than my other grandmother, who was younger by twenty years, and who always
+      dressed in black&mdash;which last matter seemed an elegant distinction to
+      me.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      But to return to my drawings! I think that the pictures of those two
+      ducks, occupying such different stations in life, were the first I ever
+      drew.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      At the bottom of the picture called &ldquo;The Happy Duck&rdquo; I had drawn a tiny
+      house, and near the duck himself there was a large, kind woman who was
+      calling him to her so that she might give him food.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;The Unhappy Duck,&rdquo; on the other hand, was swimming about solitary and
+      alone on a sort of hazy sea, which I had represented by drawing two or
+      three straight lines, and in the distance one could see the outline of a
+      gloomy shore. The thin paper, a leaf torn from a book, had print on the
+      reverse side, and the letters showed through in grayish flecks and gave
+      the curious impression as of clouds in the sky. And that little drawing,
+      with less form than a school-boy's blackboard scrawl, was completely
+      transfigured by those gray spots, and because of them it took on for me a
+      deep and dreadful significance. Aided by the dim light in the room the
+      pictured scene became a vision that faded away into the distance like the
+      pale surface of the sea. I was terrified at my own work; I was astonished
+      to find in it those things that I had not put there; to discover in it
+      those things which elsewhere had given me such a well remembered anguish.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;Oh!&rdquo; I said with exaltation to my young companion, who did not understand
+      anything of what was going forward, &ldquo;Oh!&rdquo; I exclaimed with a voice full of
+      emotion, &ldquo;you may see it; I cannot bear to look at it!&rdquo; I covered the
+      picture with my hands, but nevertheless I peeped at it very often; and it
+      was so vividly impressed upon my mind that I can still recall it as it
+      appeared to me transfigured: a gleam of light lay upon the horizon of that
+      sea so awkwardly represented, the heavens appeared to be filled with rain,
+      and it seemed to be a dreary winter evening in which there was a fierce
+      wind blowing.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The &ldquo;Unhappy Duck&rdquo; solitary, far away from his family and friends was
+      making his way toward the foggy shore over which there hung an air of
+      extreme sadness and desolation. And certainly for one fleeting moment I
+      had a prescience of those heartaches that I was to know later in the
+      course of my sailor life. I seemed to have a presentiment of those stormy
+      December evenings when my boat was to enter, to take shelter until the
+      morning, one of those uninhabited bays upon the coast of Brittany; more
+      particularly I had a prescience of those twilights of the Antarctic winter
+      when, in about the latitude of Magellan, we were to go in search of
+      protection towards those sterile shores that are as inhospitable and as
+      absolutely deserted as the waters surrounding them.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The vision faded and I once more found myself in my grandmother's large
+      room enveloped in the shadows of the evening. My grandmother was singing,
+      and I was again a tiny being who had seen nothing of the large world, who
+      had fears without knowing wherefore, and who did not even know the cause
+      of the tears that he shed.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Since then I have often observed that the rudimentary scrawls made by
+      children, and which as representations are incorrect and inadequate,
+      impress them much more than do the able and correct drawing of adults. For
+      although theirs are incomplete they add to them a thousand things of their
+      own seeing and imagining; and they add to them also the thousand things
+      that grow in the deep subsoil of their consciousness&mdash;the things
+      which no brush would be able to paint.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0010" id="link2HCH0010">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER X.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      Upon the second floor, above the room occupied by my poor old grandmother,
+      who sang the Marseillaise so constantly, in that part of the house
+      overlooking the yard and the gardens, lived my great-aunt Bertha.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      From her windows, across the houses and the walls covered with roses and
+      jasmine, one could see the ramparts of the town. They were so near to us
+      that their old trees were visible; and beyond them lay those great plains
+      of our country called prees (prairies) all so alike, and as monotonous as
+      the neighboring seas. From the window one also saw the river. At full
+      tide, when it almost overflowed its banks, it looked, as it wound along
+      through the green meadows, like silver lace; and the large and small boats
+      that passed in the far distance mounted upon this silver thread toward the
+      harbor and from there sailed out into the great sea.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      As this was our only glimpse of real country the windows in my aunt
+      Bertha's room had always a great attraction for me. Especially had they in
+      the evening at sunset, for from them I could watch the sun sink
+      mysteriously behind the prairies. Oh! those sunsets that I saw from my
+      aunt Bertha's windows, what ecstasy overcast with melancholy they awakened
+      in me! The winter sunsets seen through the closed windows were a pale rose
+      color. Those of summer time, upon stormy evenings, after a hot, bright
+      day, I contemplated from the open window, and as I did so I would breathe
+      in the sweet odors given out by the jasmine blossoms growing on the wall:
+      it seems to me that there are no such sunsets now as there were then. When
+      the sunsets were notably splendid and unusual, if I was not in the room,
+      aunt Bertha, who never missed one, would call out hastily: &ldquo;Dearie!
+      Dearie! Come quickly!&rdquo; From any corner of the house I heard that call and
+      understood it, and I went swift as a hurricane and mounted the stairs four
+      steps at a time. I mounted the more rapidly because the stairway had
+      already begun to fill with dread shadows; and in the turnings and corners
+      I saw the imaginary forms of ghosts and monsters that at nightfall always
+      pursued me as I ran up the stairs.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      My aunt Bertha's room, with its simple white muslin curtains, was as
+      modest as my grandmother's. The walls, covered with an old-fashioned paper
+      in vogue at the commencement of the century, were ornamented with water
+      colors similar to those in my grandmother's room. The picture that I
+      looked at most often was a pastel after Raphael of a virgin in white, blue
+      and rose color. The rays of the setting sun always fell upon this picture
+      (I have already said the hour of sunset was the time I preferred most to
+      be in this room). This virgin was very much like my aunt Bertha; in spite
+      of the great difference in their ages, one was struck with the resemblance
+      between the straight lines and regularity of their profiles.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      On this same floor, but upon the street side, lived my other grandmother
+      (the one who always dressed in black) and her daughter, my aunt Claire,
+      the person in the house who petted me most.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Upon winter evenings, after I had been to my aunt Bertha's room to see the
+      sunset, it was my custom to go to them. I usually found them together in
+      my grandmother's room and I would seat myself near the fire in a little
+      chair placed there for me. But the twilight hour spent with them was
+      always a disturbing one. . . . After all the amusements, all the day's
+      running and playing, to sit in the dusk almost motionless upon my tiny
+      chair, with eyes wide open, uneasily watching for the least change in the
+      shadows, especially on that side of the room where the door opened on the
+      dim stairway, was very painful to me. . . . I am sure that if my
+      grandmother and aunt had known of the melancholy and terrors which the
+      twilight induced in me, they would have spared me by lighting the lamp,
+      but they did not know my sufferings; and it was the custom of the aged
+      persons by whom I was surrounded, to sit tranquilly at nightfall in their
+      accustomed places without having need for a lighted lamp. As it grew
+      darker one or the other, grandmother or aunt, would draw her chair closer
+      to me, and when I had that protection about me I felt completely happy and
+      reassured and would say: &ldquo;Please tell me stories about the Island.&rdquo;
+     </p>
+    <p>
+      The Island, that is the Island of Oleron, was my mother's native place, my
+      grandmother's and aunt's also, which they had quitted twenty years before
+      my birth to establish themselves upon the main land. The Island, or the
+      least thing that came from it, had a singular charm for me.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      It was quite near us, for from a garret window at the top of the house we
+      could, upon a very clear day, see the extreme end of its extensive plain;
+      it appeared a little bluish line against a still paler one which was the
+      arm of the ocean separating us from it. . . . To get to it we had to take
+      a long journey in wretched country wagons and in sailing boats; and often
+      our boat had to make its way there in the teeth of a strong gale. At this
+      time in the village of St. Pierre Oleron I had three old aunts who lived
+      very modestly upon the revenues of their salt marshes (the remains of a
+      once great inheritance), and their annual rents which the peasants still
+      paid with sacks of wheat. . . . When I went to visit them at St. Pierre
+      there was for me a certain joy, mingled with many kinds of conflicting
+      emotions, which I cannot explain, in trying to picture to myself their
+      once great station.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The Huguenot austerity of their manners, their mode of life, their house
+      and their furniture all belonged to a past time, to a bygone generation.
+      The sea surrounded and isolated us, and the wind constantly swept over the
+      moorland and over the great stretches of sandy beach.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      My nurse was also from the Island, of a Huguenot family, which descending
+      from father to son had been with us for a long time; and she would say:
+      &ldquo;At home, on the Island,&rdquo; in such a way that with a wave of emotion I
+      understood her great homesickness for it.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      We had about us a number of little articles that had come from there, and
+      which had places of honor in our home. We had some black pebbles large as
+      cannon-balls, that had been chosen from the thousands lying on the
+      Long-Beach because centuries of washing had polished and rounded them
+      exquisitely. These pebbles always played an important part every winter
+      evening, for with the greatest regularity the old people would put them
+      into the chimney-place where a wood fire blazed and crackled; afterwards
+      they slipped them into calico bags of a flowered pattern, also brought
+      from the Island, and took them to bed where they served to keep their feet
+      warm during the night.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In our cellar we had wooden props and firkins, and also a number of
+      straight elm poles for holding the washing which had been cut from the
+      choicest young trees in my grandmother's forest. I had the greatest
+      veneration for all these things. I knew that my grandmother no longer
+      owned the forests, nor the salt marshes, nor the vineyards; for I had
+      heard them say that she had sold them one at a time to put the money into
+      investments upon the mainland; and that an incompetent notary by his bad
+      investments had greatly reduced her income.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      When I went to the Island and the old salt makers and vine dressers, who
+      had at one time worked for our family, still loyal and respectful called
+      me &ldquo;our little master,&rdquo; I knew they did so out of pure politeness and
+      altogether in deference to our past grandeur.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I regretted that I could not spend my life in tending the vineyards and
+      the harvests, the occupations of several of my ancestors. Such a life
+      seemed a much more desirable one to me than my own which was passed in a
+      house in town.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The stories of the Island that my grandmother and aunt Claire related to
+      me were generally of the happenings of their own childhood, a childhood
+      that seemed so very far away that to me it had no more reality than a
+      dream.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      There were stories of grandfathers, long dead; of great-uncles whom I had
+      never known, dead also for many years. When my aunt told me their names
+      and described them to me I would abandon myself to reverie. There was in
+      particular a grandfather Samuel who had preached at the time of the
+      religious persecution, whom I thought an extraordinarily interesting
+      person.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I did not care whether the stories were different or not, and I would ask
+      for the same ones over and over. Often they told me stories of journeys
+      they had taken on the little donkeys that played such an important part in
+      the lives of the people of St. Pierre. They would ride upon them to visit
+      distant properties and vineyards; to get to these it was often necessary
+      to travel along the sands of the Long-Beach, and sometimes of an evening
+      during these expeditions terrible storms would burst upon the travellers
+      and compel them to take shelter for the night in the inns and farmhouses.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      And as I sat in the darkness that no longer had terrors for me, my
+      imagination busy with the things and peoples of other days, tinkle, tinkle
+      would go the dinner bell; then I rose and jumped for joy, and we would go
+      down to the dining-room together and find all the family gathered there in
+      the bright gay room: then I would run to my mother and in an excess of
+      emotion hide my face in her dress.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0011" id="link2HCH0011">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER XI.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      Gaspard was a little crop-eared dog who was saved from absolute homeliness
+      by the vivacious and kindly expression of his eyes. I do not now recall
+      how he came to domesticate himself with us, but I do know that I loved him
+      very tenderly.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      One winter afternoon, when he and I were out for a walk, he ran away from
+      me. I consoled myself, however, by saying that he would certainly return
+      to the house alone, and I went home in a happy frame of mind. But when
+      night came and he was still absent I grew very heavy of heart.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      My parents had at dinner that evening an accomplished violinist and they
+      had given me permission to remain up later than usual so that I might hear
+      him. The first sweep of his bow which preluded I know not what slow and
+      desolate movement, sounded to me like an invocation to those dark woodland
+      paths in which, in the deeps of night, one feels that he is lost and
+      abandoned; as the musician played I had a vision of Gaspard mistaking his
+      way at the cross-roads because of the rain, and I saw him take an
+      unfamiliar path that led forever away from friends and home. Then my tears
+      began to flow, but no one perceived them; and as I wept the violin
+      continued to fill the silence with its sad wailing, and it seemed to get a
+      response from bottomless abysses inhabited by phantoms to which I could
+      give neither a form nor name.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      That was my introduction to reverie awaking music, and years passed before
+      I again experienced such sensations, for the little piano pieces that I
+      began to play for myself soon after this (in a remarkable way for a child
+      of my age they said) sounded to me only like sweet, rhythmical noise.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0012" id="link2HCH0012">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER XII.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      I wish now to speak of the anguish caused by a story that was read to me.
+      (I seldom read for myself, and in fact I disliked books very much.)
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      A very disobedient little boy who had run away from his family and his
+      native land, years later, after the death of his parents and his sister,
+      returned alone to visit his parental home. This took place in November,
+      and naturally the author described the dull gray sky and spoke of the
+      bleak wind that blew the few remaining leaves from the trees.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In a deserted garden, in an arbor stripped of all its green, the prodigal
+      son in stooping down found among the autumn leaves a bluish bead that had
+      lain there since the time he had played in the bower with his sister.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Oh! at that point I begged them to cease reading, for I felt the sobs
+      coming. I could see, see vividly, that solitary garden, that leafless old
+      arbor, and half-hidden under the reddish leaves I saw that blue bead,
+      souvenir of the dead sister. . . . It depressed me dreadfully and gave me
+      a conception of that inevitable fading away of everything and every one,
+      of the great universal change that comes to all.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      It is strange that my tenderly guarded infancy should have been so full of
+      sad emotions and morbid reflections.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I am sure that the sad days and happenings were rare, and that I lived the
+      joyous and careless life of other children; but just because the happy
+      days were so habitual to me they made no impression upon my mind, and I
+      can no longer recall them.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      My memories of the summer time are so similar that they break with the
+      splendor of the sun into the dark places and things of my mind.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      And always the great heat, the deep blue skies, the sparkling sand of the
+      beach and the flood of light upon the white lime walls of the cottages of
+      the little villages upon the &ldquo;Island&rdquo; induced in me a melancholy and
+      sleepiness which I afterwards experienced with even greater intensity in
+      the land of the Turk.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0013" id="link2HCH0013">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER XIII.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;And at midnight there was a cry made: Behold, the Bridegroom cometh; go
+      ye out to meet him. . . . And they that were ready went in with him to the
+      marriage; and the door was shut. Afterward came also the other virgins,
+      saying, Lord, Lord, open to us.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;But he answered and said, Verily, I say unto you, I know you not.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;Watch therefore, for ye know neither the day nor the hour wherein the Son
+      of man cometh.&rdquo;
+     </p>
+    <p>
+      After reading these verses in a loud voice, my father closed the Bible; in
+      the room where we were assembled there was a sound of chairs being moved
+      and we all went down upon our knees to pray. Following the usage in old
+      Huguenot families, it was our custom to have prayers just before retiring
+      to our rooms for the night.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;And the door was shut. . . .&rdquo; Although I still knelt I no longer heard
+      the prayer, for the foolish virgins appeared to me. They were enveloped in
+      white veils that billowed about them as they stood before the door holding
+      in their hands the little lamps whose flickering flames were so soon to be
+      extinguished, leaving them in the gloom without before that closed door,
+      closed against them irrevocably and forever. . . . And a time could come
+      then when it would be too late; when the Saviour weary of our trespassing
+      would no longer listen to our supplications! I had never thought that that
+      was possible. And a fear more terrifying and awful than any I had ever
+      known before completely overwhelmed me at the thought of eternal
+      damnation. . . .
+    </p>
+    <hr />
+    <p>
+      For a long time, for many weeks and months, the parable of the foolish
+      virgins haunted me. And every evening, when darkness came, I would repeat
+      to myself the words that sounded so beautiful and yet so dismaying: &ldquo;Watch
+      therefore, for ye know neither the day nor the hour wherein the Son of man
+      cometh.&rdquo; If he should come to-night, was ever my thought, I would be
+      awakened by a noise as of the sound of rushing waters, by the blare of the
+      trumpet of the angel of the Lord announcing the terrifying approach of the
+      end of the world. And I could never go to sleep until I had said a long
+      prayer in which I commended myself to the mercy of my Saviour.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I do not believe there was ever a little child who had a more sensitive
+      conscience than I; about everything I was so morbidly scrupulous that I
+      was often misunderstood by those who loved me best, a thing that caused me
+      the most poignant heartaches. I remember having been tormented for days
+      merely because in relating something I had not reported it precisely as it
+      had happened. And to such a point did I carry my squeamishness of
+      conscience that when I had finished with my recital or statement I would
+      murmur in a low voice, in the tone of one who tells over his beads, these
+      words: &ldquo;After all, perhaps I do not remember just exactly how it was.&rdquo;
+       When I think of the thousand remorses and fears which my trifling wrong
+      doings caused me, and which from my sixth to my eighth year cast a gloom
+      over my childhood, I feel a sort of retrospective depression.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      At that period if any one asked me what I hoped to be in the future, when
+      a man, without hesitation I would answer: &ldquo;I expect to be a minister,&rdquo;&mdash;and
+      to me the religious vocation seemed the very grandest one. And those about
+      me would smile and without doubt they thought, inasmuch as I too wished
+      it, that it was the best career for me.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In the evening, especially at night, I meditated constantly of that
+      hereafter which to pronounce the name of filled me with terror: eternity.
+      And my departure from this earth,&mdash;this earth which I had scarcely
+      seen, of which I had seen no more than the tiniest and most colorless
+      corner&mdash;seemed to me a thing very near at hand. With a blending of
+      impatience and mortal fear I thought of myself as soon to be clothed in a
+      resplendent white robe, as soon to be seated in a great splendor of light
+      among the multitude of angels and chosen ones around the throne of the
+      Blessed Lamb; I saw myself in the midst of a great moving orb that, to the
+      sound of music, oscillated slowly and continuously in the infinite void of
+      heaven.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0014" id="link2HCH0014">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER XIV.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;Once upon a time a little girl when she opened a large fruit that had
+      come from the colonies, a big creature came out of it, a green creature,
+      and it bit her and that made her die.&rdquo;
+     </p>
+    <p>
+      It was my little friend Antoinette (she was six and I seven) who was
+      telling me the story which had been suggested to her because we were about
+      to break and divide an apricot between us. We were at the extreme end of
+      her garden in the lovely month of June under a branching apricot tree. We
+      sat very close together upon the same stool in a house about as big as a
+      bee-hive, which we had built for our exclusive use out of old planks. Our
+      dwelling was covered with pieces of foreign matting that had come from the
+      Antilles packed about some boxes of coffee. The sunbeams pierced the roof,
+      which was of a coarse straw-colored material, and the warm breeze that
+      stirred the leaves of the trees about us made the sunlight dance as it
+      fell upon our faces and aprons. (During at least two summers it had been
+      our favorite amusement to build, in isolated nooks, houses like the one
+      described in Robinson Crusoe, and thus hidden away we would sit together
+      and chat.) In the story of the little girl who was bitten by the big
+      creature this phrase, &ldquo;a very large fruit from the colonies,&rdquo; had suddenly
+      plunged me into a reverie. And I had a vision of trees, of strange fruits,
+      and of forests filled with marvelously colored birds. Ah! how much those
+      magical but disturbing words, &ldquo;the colonies&rdquo; conveyed to me in my
+      childhood. To me they meant at that time all tropical and distant
+      countries, which I invariably thought of as filled with giant palms,
+      exquisite flowers, strange black people and great animals. Although my
+      ideas were so confused I had an almost true conception, amounting to an
+      intuition, of their mournful splendor and their enervating melancholy.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I think that I saw a palm for the first time in an illustrated book called
+      the &ldquo;Young Naturalists,&rdquo; by Madame Ulliac-Tremadeure; the book was one of
+      my New Year's gifts, and I read some parts of it upon New Year's evening.
+      (Green-house palms had not at that time been brought to our little town.)
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The illustrator had placed two of these unfamiliar trees at the edge of a
+      sea-shore along which negroes were passing. Recently I was curious enough
+      to hunt in the little yellow, faded book for that picture, and truly I
+      wonder how that illustration had the power to create the very least of my
+      dreams unless it were that my immature mind was already leavened by the
+      memory of memories.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;The colonies!&rdquo; Ah! how can I give an adequate idea of all that awoke in
+      my mind at the sound of these words? A fruit from there, a bird or a
+      shell, had instantly the greatest charm for me.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      There were a number of things from the tropics in little Antoinette's
+      home: a parrot, birds of many colors in a cage, and collections of shells
+      and insects. In one of her mamma's bureau drawers I had seen quaint
+      necklaces of fragrant berries; in the garret, where we sometimes rummaged,
+      we found skins of animals and peculiar bags and cases upon which could
+      still be made out the names of towns in the Antilles; and a faint tropical
+      odor scented the entire house.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Antoinette's garden, as I have said, was separated from ours by a very low
+      wall overgrown with roses and jasmine. And the very old pomegranate tree
+      growing there spread its branches into our yard, and at the blooming
+      season its coral-red petals were scattered upon our grass.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Often we spoke from one house to the other:
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;Can I come over and play with you?&rdquo; I would ask. &ldquo;Will your mamma allow
+      me?&rdquo;
+     </p>
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;No, because I have been naughty and I am being punished.&rdquo; (That happened
+      very often.)&mdash;Such an answer always grieved me a great deal; but I
+      must confess that it was more on account of my disappointment over the
+      parrot and the tropical things than because of her punishment.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Little Antoinette had been born in the colonies, but, curiously enough,
+      she never seemed to value that fact, and they had very little charm for
+      her, indeed she scarcely remembered them. I would have given everything I
+      possessed in the world to have seen, if only for the briefest time, one of
+      those distant countries, inaccessible to me, as I well knew.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      With a regret that was almost anguish I thought, alas! that in my life as
+      minister, live as long as I might, I would never, never see those
+      enchanting lands.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0015" id="link2HCH0015">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER XV.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      I will now describe a game that gave Antoinette and me the greatest
+      pleasure during those two delicious summers.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      We pretended to be two caterpillars, and we would creep along the ground
+      upon our stomachs and our knees and hunt for leaves to eat. After having
+      done that for some time we played that we were very very sleepy, and we
+      would lie down in a corner under the trees and cover our heads with our
+      white aprons&mdash;we had become cocoons. We remained in this condition
+      for some time, and so thoroughly did we enter into the role of insects in
+      a state of metamorphosis, that any one listening would have heard pass
+      between us, in a tone of the utmost seriousness, conversations of this
+      nature:
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;Do you think that you will soon be able to fly?&rdquo;
+     </p>
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;Oh yes! I'll be flying very soon; I feel them growing in my shoulders now
+      . . . they'll soon unfold.&rdquo; (&ldquo;They&rdquo; naturally referred to wings.)
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Finally we would wake up, stretch ourselves, and without saying anything
+      we conveyed by our manner our astonishment at the great transformation in
+      our condition. . . .
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Then suddenly we began to run lightly and very nimbly in our tiny shoes;
+      in our hands we held the corners of our pinafores which we waved as if
+      they were wings; we ran and ran, and chased each other, and flew about
+      making sharp and fantastic curves as we went. We hastened from flower to
+      flower and smelled all of them, and we continually imitated the
+      restlessness of giddy moths; we imagined too that we were imitating their
+      buzzing when we exclaimed: &ldquo;Hou ou ou!&rdquo; a noise we made by filling the
+      cheeks with air and puffing it out quickly through the half-closed mouth.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0016" id="link2HCH0016">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER XVI.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      The butterflies, the poor butterflies that have gone out of fashion in
+      these days, played, I am ashamed to say, a large part in my life during my
+      childhood, as did also the flies, beetles and lady-bugs and all the
+      insects that are found upon flowers and in the grass. Although it gave me
+      a great deal of pain to kill them, I was making a collection of them, and
+      I was almost always seen with a butterfly net in my hand. Those flying
+      about in our yard, that had strayed our way from the country, were not
+      very beautiful it must be confessed, but I had the garden and woods of
+      Limoise which all the summer long was a hunting-ground ever full of
+      surprises and wonders.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      But the caricatures by Topffer upon this subject made me thoughtful; and
+      when Lucette one day caught me with several butterflies in my hat, and in
+      her incomparably mocking voice called me, &ldquo;Mr. Cryptogram,&rdquo; I was much
+      humiliated.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0017" id="link2HCH0017">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER XVII.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      The poor old grandmother who sang so constantly was dying.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      We were all standing about her bed at nightfall one spring evening. She
+      had been ailing scarcely more than forty-eight hours; but the doctor said
+      that on account of her great age she could not rally, and he pronounced
+      her end to be very near.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Her mind had become clear; she no longer mistook our names, and in a sweet
+      calm voice she begged us to remain near her&mdash;it was doubtless the
+      voice of other days, the one that I had never heard before.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      As I stood close to my father's side I turned my eyes from my dying
+      grandmother, and they wandered about the room with its old-fashioned
+      furniture. I looked especially at the pictures of bouquets in vases that
+      hung upon the wall. Oh! those poor little water colors in my grandmother's
+      room, how ingenuous they were! They all bore this inscription: &ldquo;A Bouquet
+      for my mother,&rdquo; and under this there was a little verse of four lines
+      dedicated to her which I could now read and understand. These works of art
+      had been painted by my father in his early boyhood, and he had presented
+      them to his mother upon each joyful anniversary. The poor, unpretentious
+      little pictures bore testimony to the humble life of those early days, and
+      they spoke of the sacred intimacy of mother and son,&mdash;they had been
+      painted during the time which followed those great ordeals, the wars, the
+      English invasion and the burning over of the country by the enemy. For the
+      first time I realized that my grandmother too had been young; that,
+      without doubt, before the trouble with her head, my father had loved her
+      as I loved my mamma, and I felt that he would sorrow greatly when he lost
+      her; I felt sorry for him and I was also full of remorse because I had
+      laughed at her singing, and had been amused when she spoke to her image
+      reflected in the looking-glass.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      They sent me down stairs. On different pretexts, the reason for which I
+      did not understand, they kept me away from the room until the day was
+      over; then they took me to the house of our friends, the D&mdash;&mdash;s,
+      where I was to have dinner with Lucette.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      When, at about half past eight, I returned home with my nurse, I insisted
+      upon going straight to my grandmother's room.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      When I entered I was struck with the order and the air of profound peace
+      that pervaded the room. My father was sitting motionless at the head of
+      the bed&mdash;he was in the shadow, the open curtains were draped with
+      great precision, and on the pillow, just in its middle, was the head of my
+      sleeping grandmother; her whole position had about it something very
+      regular&mdash;something that suggested eternal rest.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      My mother and sister were seated beside a chiffonier near the door, from
+      which place they had kept watch over my grandmother during her illness. As
+      soon as I entered they signalled to me with their hands as if to say:
+      &ldquo;Softly, softly, make no noise; she is asleep.&rdquo; The shade of their lamp
+      threw a vivid light upon the material they were busied with, a number of
+      little silk squares, brown, yellow, gray, etc., that I recognized as
+      pieces of their old dresses and hat ribbons.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      At first I thought that they were working upon things which it is
+      customary to prepare for people about to die; but when I, in a very low
+      voice and with some uneasiness, questioned them about it, they explained
+      that they were making sachets which were to be sold for charity.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I said that I wished to bid grandmother good night before retiring, and
+      they allowed me to go towards the bed; but before I reached the middle of
+      the room they, after glancing quickly at each other, changed their minds.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;No, no,&rdquo; they said in a very low voice, &ldquo;come back, you might disturb
+      her.&rdquo;
+     </p>
+    <p>
+      But before they spoke I came to a halt of myself, I was overwhelmed with
+      terror&mdash;I understood.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Although fear kept me fixed to the spot I noted with astonishment that my
+      grandmother was not at all disagreeable to look at; I had never before
+      seen a dead person, and I had imagined until then, that when the spirit
+      took its departure all that remained was a grinning, hideous skeleton. On
+      the contrary my grandmother had upon her face an extremely sweet and
+      tranquil smile; she was as beautiful as ever, and her face appeared to be
+      rejuvenated and filled with a holy peace.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Then there passed through my mind one of those sad flashes which sometimes
+      come to little children and permit them to see for a moment into hidden
+      depths, and I reflected: How can grandmother be in heaven, how am I to
+      understand the division of the one body into two parts, for that which was
+      left for interment, was it not my grandmother herself, ah! was it not she
+      even to the very expression that she bore in life?
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      After that I stole away with a bruised heart and downcast spirit, not
+      daring to ask a question of any one, fearful lest what I had so unerringly
+      divined would be confirmed, I did not wish to hear the dread and terrible
+      word pronounced. . . .
+    </p>
+    <hr />
+    <p>
+      For a long time thereafter little silken sachet bags were always
+      associated in my mind with the idea of death.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0018" id="link2HCH0018">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER XVIII.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      I still have in my memory, almost agonizing impressions of a serious
+      illness which I had when I was about eight years old. Those about me
+      called it scarlet fever, and its very name seemed to have a diabolical
+      quality.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I had the fever in March, which was cold and blustering and dreary that
+      year, and every evening as night fell, if by chance my mother was not near
+      me, a great sadness would overwhelm my soul. (It was an oppression coming
+      on at twilight, from which animals, and beings with a temperament like
+      mine suffer almost equally.)
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      My curtains were kept open, and I always had a view of the pathetic
+      looking little table with its cups of gruel and bottles of medicines. And
+      as I gazed at these things, so suggestive of sickness, they took on
+      strange shapes in the darkness of the silent room,&mdash;and at such times
+      there passed through my head a procession of grotesque, hideous and
+      alarming images.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Upon two successive evenings at dusk there appeared to me, in the half
+      delirium of fever, two persons who caused me the most extreme terror.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The first one was an old woman, hump-backed and very ugly, but with a
+      fascinating ugliness, who without my hearing her open the door, without my
+      seeing any one rise to meet her, stole noiselessly to my side. She
+      departed, however, without speaking to me; but as she turned to go her
+      hump became visible, and I saw that there was an opening in it, and there
+      popped out from this hole the green head of a parrot which the old woman
+      carried in her hump. This creature called out, &ldquo;Cuckoo,&rdquo; in a thin,
+      squeaking, far-away voice, and then withdrew again into the frightful old
+      hag's hump. Oh! when I heard that &ldquo;Cuckoo!&rdquo; a cold perspiration formed on
+      my forehead; but suddenly the woman disappeared and then I realized that
+      it was only a dream.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The next evening a tall thin man, clothed in the black dress of a
+      minister, appeared to me. He did not come near me, but kept close to the
+      wall and whirled, with body all bent over, rapidly and noiselessly about
+      the room. His miserable, thin legs and the gown of his dress stood out
+      stiff and straight as he turned quickly. And&mdash;most horrible of all&mdash;he
+      had for a head the skull of a large white bird with a long beak, which was
+      a monstrous exaggeration of a sea-mew's skull, bleached by the sun and
+      wind and waves, that I had the previous summer found upon the beach at the
+      Island. (I believe this old man's visit coincided with the time when I was
+      worst, almost in danger.) After he had made one or two revolutions about
+      the room, he quickly and silently began to rise from the floor. Ever
+      moving his thin legs he reached the cornice, then higher and higher still
+      he rose, above the pictures and the looking-glasses, until he was lost to
+      sight in the twilight shadows that lay near the ceiling.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      And for two or three years after this event the faces of those visions
+      haunted me. On winter evenings I thought of them with a shudder as I
+      mounted the stairway, which at that period it was not customary to light.
+      &ldquo;If they should be there,&rdquo; I would say to myself; &ldquo;suppose one of them is
+      lying in wait to pursue me, and stretch out their hands and try to catch
+      me by the legs.&rdquo;
+     </p>
+    <p>
+      And truly I will not be sure that I would not now feel, should I encourage
+      myself, some of the old-time fear which that woman and man inspired in me;
+      they were for some time at the head of the list of my childhood terrors,
+      and for very long they led the procession of visions and bad dreams.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Many gloomy apparitions haunted the first years of my life which otherwise
+      were so uncommonly sweet. I was especially addicted to indulging in sad
+      reflections at nightfall; I had impressions of my career being cut short
+      by an early death. Too carefully sheltered and protected at this period,
+      and yet in some measure forced mentally, I may be likened to a flower that
+      lacks color and vitality because it has been raised in an unwholesome
+      atmosphere. I should have been surrounded by hardy, mischievous, noisy
+      playmates of my own age and sex, but instead of that I played only with
+      gentle little girls. I was always careful and precise in my manners, and
+      my curled hair and sedate bearing gave me the appearance of a little
+      eighteenth century nobleman.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0019" id="link2HCH0019">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER XIX.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      After that long fever, the very name of which has a sinister sound, I
+      recall the delight I felt when they allowed me to go out into the air,
+      when I was permitted to go down into our beloved yard. The day chosen for
+      my first airing was a radiantly beautiful and clear morning in April.
+      Seated under the bower of jasmine and honeysuckle I felt as if I were
+      experiencing the enchantment of paradise, of another Eden. Everything was
+      budding and blossoming; without my knowledge, during the time that I was
+      confined to my bed, this wonderful drama of the spring had enacted itself
+      upon the earth. I had not often seen this wonderful and magical renewal
+      which has delighted man through all the ages, and to which only the very
+      aged seem indifferent; it ravished me and I allowed my joy to take
+      possession of me almost to the point of intoxication.&mdash;Oh! that pure,
+      warm, soft air; the glorious sunlight and the tender, fresh green of the
+      young plants and the budding trees that already cast a little shade. And
+      in myself there was an unwonted strength that bespoke recovery, and I
+      rejoiced mightily when I breathed in the sweet air and felt the flood of
+      new life.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      My brother was a tall fellow of twenty-one who had the freedom of the
+      house and grounds in which to work out any of his fancies. During my
+      convalescence I entertained myself greatly speculating about something he
+      was busy with in the garden, which something I was dying of impatience to
+      see. At the end of the yard, in a lovely nook under an old plum tree, my
+      brother was making a tiny lake; he had dug it out and cemented it like a
+      cistern, and from the country round about he procured stones and
+      quantities of moss with which to make the banks about the lake romantic
+      looking; he also constructed rocky elevations and grottoes out of stones
+      and mosses.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      And this work was finished the day that I went out for the first time;
+      they had even put little gold fish into the water, and they turned on the
+      tiny fountain and it played in my honor.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I approached it with ecstasy, and I found that it greatly surpassed in
+      beauty anything that my imagination had been able to conjure up. And when
+      my brother told me it was mine, I felt a joy so intense that it seemed to
+      me it must last forever. Oh! what unexpected joy to possess it for my very
+      own! And what happiness to know that I could enjoy it every single day
+      during the warm and beautiful months that were to come. And the thought of
+      being able to live out of doors again, the prospect of playing in every
+      nook of that lovely garden, as I had done the previous summer, was rapture
+      to me.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I remained at the edge of the pond a long time, looking at it and admiring
+      it unceasingly, and I breathed in the sweet, mild spring air, and warmed
+      myself in the radiant sunlight so long denied to me. The old plum tree
+      above my head, planted so long ago by one of my ancestors, and now almost
+      at the end of its usefulness, spread its lacy curtain of new leaves to the
+      tender blue of the sky, and the tiny fountain in its shade continued its
+      tuneful melody as if it were a little hurdy-gurdy celebrating my return to
+      health.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      To-day that old plum tree is dead and its trunk the only thing left of it,
+      and spared out of respect, is covered, like a ruin, with ivy vines.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      But the pond, with its grottoes and islets, still remains intact; time has
+      given it the appearance of genuine nature herself. Its greenish stones
+      look old and decayed; the mosses, the delicate little plants brought from
+      the river, and the rushes and wild iris have acclimated themselves, and
+      dragon flies that stray through the town take refuge there&mdash;a bit of
+      wild nature has established itself in that little corner and I hope it
+      will never be disturbed.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I am more loyally attached to that spot than to any other, although I have
+      loved many places; in no other one have I found so much peace; there I
+      feel tranquil, there I refresh myself and acquire youth and new life. That
+      little corner is my sacred Mecca, so much indeed is it to me that should
+      any one destroy it I would feel as if some vital thing in my life had lost
+      balance, would feel that I had missed my footing, or almost imagine that
+      it presaged the beginning of my end.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The reverent feeling that I have for the place has been born, I believe,
+      from my sea-faring life, with its long voyages to distant places and its
+      dreary exiles during which I thought and dreamed of it constantly.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      There is in particular one little grotto for which I have an especial
+      affection: the memory of it has often, in times of depression and
+      melancholy, during the years of weary exile heartened me.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      After the angel Azrael had so cruelly passed our way, after reverses of
+      many sorts, and during that sad term when I was a wanderer on the face of
+      the earth, and my widowed mother and my aunt Claire were left alone in the
+      beloved but deserted home that was almost as silent as a tomb, I
+      experienced many a heartache as I thought of the dear hearthstone and of
+      the things so familiar to my childhood that were doubtless going to ruin
+      through neglect. I felt especially anxious to know if the storms of winter
+      and the hands of time had destroyed the delicate arch of that grotto; and
+      strange as it may seem, if those little moss-covered rocks had fallen in I
+      would have felt that an almost irreparable breach had been made in my own
+      life.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      At the side of the pond there is an old gray wall which is an integral
+      part of the corner that I call my Holy Mecca; I think it is the very
+      centre of the sacred place, and I recall the tiniest details of it. I can
+      picture to myself the scarcely visible mosses that grow there, and the
+      gaps made by time, which the spiders now inhabit. Growing up at the back
+      of the wall there is an arbor of ivy and honeysuckles whose shade I sought
+      daily every beautiful summer day for the purpose of studying my lessons.
+      But I lounged there lazily, as a school-boy will, and allowed all my
+      attention to be absorbed by those gray stones with their teeming world of
+      insects. Not only do I love and venerate that old wall as the Moslems love
+      their holiest mosque, but I regard it also as something which actually
+      protects me; as something which conserves my life and prolongs my youth. I
+      would not suffer any one to change it in the least, and should it be
+      demolished I would feel as if the very supports under my life were
+      insecure. May it not be because certain things persist, and are known to
+      us throughout our lives, that we borrow from thence delusions in regard to
+      our own stability and our own continuance. Seeing that they abide we
+      suppose that we cannot change nor cease to be.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Personally I cannot explain these sentiments of mine in any other way than
+      to regard them as some sort of fetich worship.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      And when I consider that those stones are very like other stones, that
+      they have been brought from I know not where, by whom I care not, to be
+      built into a wall by workmen who lived and died a century before I was
+      even thought of, I realize the childishness of the illusion, which I
+      indulge in spite of myself, that it can extend any sort of spiritual
+      protection to me; I comprehend only too well what a frail and unstable
+      base has that that symbolizes for me the permanency of life.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Those who have never had a permanent home, but who have from infancy been
+      taken from place to place, living in lodgings meantime, may not be able to
+      appreciate these sentiments.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      But among those who have daily gathered about the same hearthstone, there
+      are, I am sure, many who, without confessing it, are susceptible in
+      varying degrees to impressions of this sort. And do not such people often,
+      because of an old stone wall, a garden known and loved since childhood, an
+      old terrace which has become in indestructible part of their memory, or an
+      old tree that has not changed form within their lives, seek a warrant for
+      their own hope of immortality?
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      And doubtless, alas! before their birth these objects lent the same
+      delusive countenance to others, to those unknown now turned to dust and
+      gone to nothingness, who may not even have been of their blood and race.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0020" id="link2HCH0020">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER XX.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      It was about the middle of the summer, after my severe illness, that I
+      went to the Island for a long visit. I was taken there by my brother and
+      my sister, the latter was like a second mother to me. After a sojourn of
+      several weeks with our relatives at St. Pierre Oleron (my good Aunt Claire
+      and her two old unmarried daughters) we went alone, we three, to a fishing
+      village upon the Long-Beach, which at that time was entirely off the line
+      of travel. The Long-Beach is that portion of the Island commanding a view
+      of the ocean over which the west winds blow ceaselessly. Upon this coast,
+      which extends without a curve straight and seemingly limitless, with the
+      majestic sweep of the desert of Sahara, the waves roll and break with a
+      mighty noise. Here there are to be seen many uneven waste spaces; it is a
+      region of sand where stunted trees and dwarfish evergreen oaks shelter
+      themselves behind the dunes. A curious kind of wild flower, a pink and
+      fragrant carnation, blooms there profusely all summer long. Two or three
+      villages, composed of humble little cottages, whitewashed like the
+      bungalows of Algeria, break the loneliness of this region. These homes
+      have planted about them such flowers as can best resist the sea-winds.
+      Dark skinned fishermen and their families, a hardy honest people, still
+      very primitive at the time of which I write, live here; even sea-bathers
+      had not found their way to these shores.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In an old forgotten copy-book where my sister had written down (in a
+      stilted manner) the impressions of that summer I find this description of
+      our lodgings.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;We dwell in the centre of the village, in the square, at the Mayor's
+      house.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;This house has two ells, which are spacious beyond measure.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;Its dazzling whitewashed surfaces sparkle in the sun, its window shutters
+      are fastened with large iron hooks and painted a dark green as is the
+      custom here. The flower bed that is planted in the form of a wreath all
+      around the house grows vigorously in the sand. The day-lilies, one
+      surpassing the other in beauty, open their yellow, pink and red blossoms,
+      and the mignonette beds which at noon-time are fully abloom waft on the
+      air an odor that is sweet as the scent of orange blossoms.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;Opposite us a little path hollowed out of the sand descends rapidly to
+      the edge of the sea.&rdquo;
+     </p>
+    <p>
+      My first really intimate acquaintance with the sea-wrack, crabs,
+      sea-nettles, jelly-fish, and the thousand and one other small creatures
+      that inhabit the ocean, dates from this visit to the Long-Beach.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      And during this same summer I fell in love for the first time&mdash;my
+      beloved was a little village girl. But here, so that the story may be
+      related more accurately, I will allow my sister, through the medium of the
+      old copy-book, to speak again&mdash;I merely copy:
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;Dozens of the children (fishermen's boys and girls), tanned and brown and
+      with little legs all bare, followed Pierre, or audaciously hurried before
+      him, and from time to time turned and looked at him wonderingly with their
+      beautiful dark eyes. At that time a little gentleman was a rare enough
+      spectacle in that part of the country to be worth the trouble of running
+      after.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;Every day Pierre, accompanied by this crowd, would descend to the beach
+      by means of the little footpath scooped out of the sand. There he would
+      run and pick up the shells that, upon that coast, are so exquisitely
+      beautiful. They are yellow, pink, purple and many other bright colors, and
+      they have the most delicate and varied forms. Pierre admired them greatly,
+      and the little ones who always followed him would silently offer him hands
+      full.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;Veronica was the most attentive of all. She was about his own age,
+      perhaps a little younger, six or seven years of age. She had a sweet,
+      dreamy little face, a rather pale complexion and lovely gray eyes. She was
+      protected from the heat by a large white sunbonnet; a kichenote, as they
+      call it in that part of the country, is a very old word, and means a large
+      bonnet made of linen and cardboard, which projects over the face like the
+      head-dress of a nun. Veronica would slip near Pierre, take possession of
+      his hand, and keep it in hers. Thus they walked along contentedly without
+      saying a word. They stopped from time to time to kiss each other. 'I wish
+      to kiss you,' Veronica would say, and as she did so she embraced him
+      tenderly with her little arms. Then after Pierre had allowed her the
+      caress he would, in his turn, kiss her vehemently on her pretty, little,
+      plump cheeks. . . .&rdquo;
+     </p>
+    <hr />
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;Little Veronica used to run and seat herself upon our doorstep as soon as
+      she was up; and there she remained like a faithful, loyal spaniel. As soon
+      as Pierre woke he thought of her being there, and he would immediately get
+      out of bed, have himself quickly washed, and stand quietly to have his
+      blond curls combed out, and then run to find his little friend. They
+      embraced each other and prattled of the events of the day before;
+      sometimes Veronica, before coming to our house to wait for Pierre, made a
+      trip to the seashore and gathered an apron full of the beautiful shells as
+      a love offering to her sweetheart.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;One day, at about the end of August, after a long reverie, during which
+      Pierre had perhaps weighed and considered the difficult question of the
+      social difference between them, he said; 'Veronica you and I must get
+      married some day; I will ask permission of my parents when the time
+      comes.'&rdquo;
+     </p>
+    <p>
+      Then my sister speaks of our departure:
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;Upon the 15th of September it was necessary for us to leave the village.
+      Pierre had made a collection of shells, sea-weeds, star-fish and pebbles;
+      he was insatiable and wished to carry all of them away with him, and with
+      Veronica's aid he packed a great many into his boxes.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;One morning a large carriage arrived at St. Pierre to take us away. The
+      peace of the village was broken by the noise of the little bells and the
+      cracking of the driver's whip. Pierre with the greatest care placed his
+      own packets into the carriage and then we three quickly took our places.
+      With eyes full of sadness Pierre gazed out of the carriage window towards
+      the sandy path that led down to the beach&mdash;and at his little friend
+      who stood there weeping.&rdquo;
+     </p>
+    <p>
+      In conclusion I will copy word for word the reflection found at the end of
+      the faded book which was written down by my sister during that same
+      summer.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;Then, and not for the first time, I fell into an uneasy reverie that had
+      to do with Pierre, and I asked myself: 'What will become of the little
+      boy? And what will become of his little friend whose figure we could still
+      see outlined at the now far distant end of the road. How much despair does
+      that little heart feel; how much anguish at being thus abandoned?'&rdquo;
+     </p>
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;What will become of that boy?&rdquo; Alas! what indeed! His whole life was to
+      be similar to that summer of his childhood. To know the sorrow of many
+      farewells; to desire to take with me a thousand trifles of no appreciable
+      value, to hunger to have about me a world of beloved souvenirs,&mdash;but
+      especially to say good bye to wild little creatures (loved perhaps just
+      because they were ingenuous children of nature),&mdash;these things were
+      to make up the sum of my life.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The two or three days' journey home (broken into by a visit to our old
+      aunts) seemed to me very nearly endless. My impatience to see and embrace
+      mamma kept me from sleeping. I had not seen her for almost two months! My
+      sister was the only person in the world who, at that time, could have made
+      such a long separation from my mamma endurable to me.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      We reached the continent safely, and after a three-hours ride in the
+      carriage that we found awaiting us at the boat-landing, we passed through
+      the ramparts of our town. Ah! at last I saw my mother; I once more saw her
+      dear face and sweet smile.&mdash;And now at this distant time I find that
+      one of my clearest and most persistent memories is her beloved and still
+      youthful face and her beautiful dark hair.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      When we arrived at the house I ran to visit my little lake and its
+      grottoes, and I hurried to the arbor that grew against the old wall. But
+      my eyes had become so accustomed to the immensity of the sandy beach and
+      the ocean that all of these things appeared shrunken, diminished,
+      walled-in and mean. The leaves were turning yellow, and although it was
+      still warm there was a promise of early autumn in the air. With fear and
+      dread I thought of the dull and cold days which would soon be upon us; and
+      when, with a heavy heart, I began to unpack my boxes of sea-weed and
+      shells, I was overcome with grief because I was not still upon the Island.
+      I felt disquieted too about Veronica who would have to be there without me
+      during the winter, and suddenly my eyes overflowed with tears at the
+      thought that I might never again hold her dear little sun-burned hands in
+      mine.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0021" id="link2HCH0021">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER XXI.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      The time now arrived for me to begin regular lessons and to write
+      exercises in copy-books, which I invariably smeared with ink&mdash;ah!
+      what gloom and dreariness suddenly came into my life.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I remember that I performed my tasks spiritlessly and sulkily, and that my
+      lessons bored me inexpressibly. And since I wish to be very sincere, it is
+      necessary for me to add that my teachers also were well-nigh intolerable
+      to me.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Alas! well do I remember the one who first taught me Latin (rosa, the
+      rose; cornu, the horn; tonitru, the thunder). This tutor was very old and
+      bent, and as sad of face as a rainy November day. He is dead now, the poor
+      old fellow&mdash;sweet peace to his soul! He was exactly like that &ldquo;Mr.
+      Ratin&rdquo; hit off in caricature so neatly by Topffer; he had all the marks,
+      even to the wart with the three hairs, and fine wrinkles beyond number at
+      the end of his old nose; to me his face was the personification of all
+      that was hideous and disgusting.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      He arrived every day precisely at noon; and a chill would pass through me
+      when I heard his knock which I would have recognized among a thousand.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Always after his departure, I attempted to purify that part of my table
+      where his elbow had rested by rubbing it hard with the napkin which I had
+      taken clandestinely from the linen-closet. And the repulsion extended
+      itself to the very books, already unattractive enough to me, which he
+      touched; I even tore certain leaves out of them because I suspected that
+      he had handled them a great deal.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      My books were always full of ink blots, always stained and covered with
+      smeared sketches and pictures, which one draws idly when his attention
+      wanders from his task. I who was usually so careful and proper a child had
+      such a detestation for the books which I was obliged to learn from, that I
+      abused them in the commonest fashion; altogether I was a miserable pupil.
+      I found&mdash;and this is the astonishing part&mdash;that all my scruples
+      of conscience deserted me when my teacher questioned me in regard to the
+      time I had spent upon my lessons (I usually studied them in a mad hurry at
+      the last moment); my aversion for study was the first thing that caused me
+      to temporize with my conscience.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In spite, however, of a pricking conscience, I still continued to give
+      only a passing glance at my lessons at the very last moment. But generally
+      &ldquo;Mr. Ratin&rdquo; would write &ldquo;good&rdquo; or &ldquo;very good&rdquo; upon the paper which it was
+      my duty each evening to show to my father.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I believe that if he, or the other professors who succeeded him, could
+      have suspected the truth, could have guessed that out of their presence my
+      mind did not dwell for more than five minutes a day upon what they had
+      taught me, their honest heads would have split with indignation.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0022" id="link2HCH0022">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER XXII.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      During the course of the winter which followed my visit to the Long-Beach
+      a great change took place in our family&mdash;my brother departed for his
+      first campaign.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      He was, as I have said, about fourteen years older than I. I had had very
+      little time to become acquainted with him, to attach myself to him, for
+      his preparation for his vocation made it necessary for him to be away from
+      home a great deal. I scarcely ever went into his room where, scattered
+      upon the table, there was an appalling number of large books. This room
+      was pervaded with the strong odor of tobacco; and I dared not go near it
+      for fear that I would meet his comrades, young officers, or students like
+      himself. I had heard, also, that he was not always well-behaved, that
+      sometimes he did not come in until very late at night, and that often my
+      father had found it necessary to give him a serious talking to; secretly I
+      greatly disapproved of his conduct.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      But his approaching departure strengthened my affection, and caused me
+      extreme sorrow.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      He was going to Polynesia, to Tahiti, almost to the end of the world, and
+      he expected to be away four years. To me that seemed an almost endless
+      absence, for it represented half of my own age.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I watched, with the greatest interest, the preparations that he made for
+      his voyage. The iron-bound trunks were packed with care. He wrapped the
+      gilt-embroidered uniform and his sword in a quantity of tissue paper, and
+      put them away with the same care one bestows upon a mummy when it is
+      relaid in its metal case. All of these things augmented the impression
+      that I had of the distance and dangers of the long voyage about to be
+      undertaken by my brother.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      A sort of melancholy rested upon every one in the house, which became
+      deeper and more and more noticeable as the day for the separation drew
+      near. At our meals we were more silent; advice from my father and
+      assurances from my brother was the substance of most of the conversations,
+      and I listened meditatively without saying a word.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The day before my brother left he confided to my care&mdash;and I was
+      greatly honored to have him do so&mdash;the many fragile little things
+      that he had upon his mantel-piece; these he bade me guard faithfully until
+      his return.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      He then made me a present of a handsome gilt edged, illustrated book
+      entitled, &ldquo;A Voyage in Polynesia.&rdquo; It was the only book that in my early
+      childhood I had an affection for, and I constantly turned its pages with
+      eager pleasure. In the front of it there was an engraving of a very pretty
+      dark woman who, crowned with reeds, was sitting gracefully under a palm
+      tree. Under this picture was printed: &ldquo;Portrait of her Majesty, Pomare
+      IV., Queen of Tahiti.&rdquo; Further over in the book there was a picture of two
+      beautiful maidens, with naked shoulders and crowned heads, standing at the
+      edge of the sea, and this was entitled: &ldquo;Two Young Tahitian Girls upon the
+      Beach.&rdquo;
+     </p>
+    <p>
+      Upon the day of my brother's departure, at the last hour, the preparations
+      being over, and the large trunks closed and locked, we gathered in the
+      parlor as solemnly as if we had come together for a funeral. A chapter of
+      the Bible was read and then we had family prayers. . . . Four years! and
+      during that time the width of the earth between us and our loved one!
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I recall particularly my mother's face during the farewell scene; she was
+      seated in an arm chair beside my brother. After the prayer she had upon
+      her face an infinitely sweet, but wistful smile, and an expression of
+      submissive trust; but suddenly an unexpected change came over her
+      features, and in spite of her efforts at self-control her tears flowed. I
+      had never before seen my mother weep, and it caused me the greatest
+      anguish.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The first few days after his departure I had a feeling of sadness, and I
+      missed him greatly; often and often I went into his room, and the little
+      treasures which he had confided to my care were as sacred as holy relics.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Upon a map of the world I had my parents point out to me the route of his
+      journey, a journey which would take about five months. To me his return
+      belonged to an inconceivable and unreal future; and, most strange of all,
+      what spoiled for me the pleasure of his home-coming, was that I at that
+      time would be twelve or thirteen years of age&mdash;almost a big boy in
+      fact.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Unlike most other children,&mdash;especially unlike those of to-day&mdash;who
+      are eager to become men and women as speedily as possible, I had a terror
+      of growing up, which became more and more accentuated as I grew older. I
+      argued about it to myself, and I wrote about it, and when any one asked me
+      why I had such a feeling I answered, since I could not think of a better
+      reason: &ldquo;It seems to me that it will be very wearisome to be a man.&rdquo; I
+      believe that it is an extremely singular state of mind, an altogether
+      unique one perhaps, this shrinking away from life at its very beginning; I
+      was not able to see a horizon before me: I could not picture my future to
+      myself as so many can; before me there was nothing but impenetrable
+      darkness, a great leaden curtain shut off my view.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0023" id="link2HCH0023">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER XXIII.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;Cakes, cakes, my good hot cakes!&rdquo; Thus, in a plaintive voice, sang the
+      old woman peddler who regularly, upon winter evenings, during the first
+      ten or twelve years of my life, passed under our window.&mdash;When I
+      think of those bygone days I hear again her insistent refrain.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      It is with the memory of Sundays that the song of the &ldquo;good hot cakes&rdquo; is
+      most closely associated; for upon that evening, having no duties to
+      perform in the way of lessons, I sat with my parents in the parlor upon
+      the ground floor which overlooked the street; therefore, when almost upon
+      the stroke of nine, the poor old woman passed along the sidewalk, and her
+      sonorous chant broke into the stillness of the frosty night I was near
+      enough to hear her distinctly.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      She presaged the coming of cold weather as swallows announce the advent of
+      the spring. After a succession of cool autumnal days, the first time we
+      heard her song we would say: &ldquo;Well, we may conclude that winter is really
+      here.&rdquo;
+     </p>
+    <p>
+      This parlor where we sat together seemed a very immense room to me. It was
+      simply and tastefully furnished and arranged: the walls and the woodwork
+      were brown, decorated with strips of gold: the furniture, dating from the
+      time of Louis Philippe, was upholstered in red velvet; the family
+      portraits were in severe black and gold frames; in the centre of the
+      table, in the place of honor, there was a large Bible that had been
+      printed in the sixteenth century. This was a precious heirloom that had
+      come down to us from our Huguenot ancestors who had, at that time, been
+      persecuted for their faith. We had baskets and vases of flowers disposed
+      about the room, a custom which then was not so usual as it is now.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      It was always a delicious moment for me when we left the dining-room and
+      went into the parlor, for the latter room had an air of great peace and
+      comfort; and when all the family were seated there in a circle, mother,
+      grandmother and aunts, I began to skip about noisily in their midst from
+      very joy at being surrounded by so many loved ones; and I waited
+      impatiently for them to begin the little games which they were in the
+      habit of playing with me early in the evening. Our neighbors, the D&mdash;&mdash;'s,
+      came to see us every Sunday; it was a time-honored custom in our two
+      families, between whom there existed a friendship that had its inception
+      in the country generations before our time; it was a friendship which had
+      been handed down to us as a precious heritage. At about eight o'clock,
+      when I recognized their ring, I jumped for joy, and I could not restrain
+      myself from running to the street door to meet them, for Lucette, my dear
+      friend, always came with her parents.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Alas! how sad is my reverie when I think of the beloved and venerated
+      forms of those who surrounded me upon those happy Sunday evenings; the
+      majority of them have passed away, and their faces, when I seek to recall
+      them, are dim and misty&mdash;some are altogether lost from memory.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Then friends and relatives would begin to play, for the purpose of giving
+      me pleasure, the little games of which I was so fond; they played
+      &ldquo;Marriage,&rdquo; &ldquo;My Lady's Toilet,&rdquo; &ldquo;The Horned Knight,&rdquo; and &ldquo;The Lovely
+      Shepherdess.&rdquo; Everybody took part in them, even the old people, and my
+      grand aunt Bertha, the eldest of all, was irresistibly droll.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The refrain became louder rapidly, for the singer trotted along with
+      short, quick steps, and very soon she was under our window, where she kept
+      repeating her song in a shrill, cracked voice.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      When they would allow me to do so, it was my greatest pleasure to run to
+      the door, followed by an indulgent aunt, not so much for the purpose of
+      buying the cakes, however, for they were coarse and unpalatable, as to
+      stop the old woman and talk with her.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The poor old peddler would approach with a courtesy, proud of being
+      called, and standing with one foot upon the threshold she would present
+      her basket for our inspection. Her neat dress was set off by the white
+      linen sleeves that she always wore. While she uncovered her basket I would
+      look longingly, like a caged wild-bird, far down the cold and deserted
+      streets.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I liked to breathe in great draughts of the icy air, to look hastily into
+      the black night lying beyond the door, and then to run back into the warm
+      and comfortable parlor,&mdash;meantime, the monotonous refrain grew
+      fainter and fainter as it died away into the mean streets that lay close
+      to the ramparts and the harbor. The old woman's route was always the same,
+      and my thoughts followed her with a singular interest as long as the song
+      continued.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I felt a great pity for the poor old woman still wandering about in the
+      cold night, while we were snug and warm at home; but mingled with that
+      feeling there was another sentiment so confused and vague that I give it
+      too much importance, even though I touch upon it never so lightly. It was
+      this: I had a sort of restless curiosity to see those squalid streets
+      through which the old peddler went so bravely, and to which I had never
+      been taken. These streets, that I saw from the distance, were deserted in
+      the day time, but there in the evening, from time immemorial, sailors made
+      merry; sometimes the sound of their singing was so loud that we could hear
+      it as we sat in our parlor.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      What could be going on there? What was the nature of that fun, the echo of
+      whose din we heard so distinctly? How did they amuse themselves, these
+      sailors, who had but newly come over the sea from distant countries where
+      the sun was always hot? What life was careless and simple and free as
+      theirs!
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      My emotions lose their force when I endeavor to interpret them, and my
+      words seem very inept. But I know that seeds of trouble, and seeds of hope
+      (to develop how I could not guess) were at about this time planted in my
+      little being. When, with my cakes in my hand, I re-entered the parlor
+      where the family sat talking together quietly, I felt for a quick, almost
+      inappreciable, moment suffocated and imprisoned.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      At half-past nine, because of me seldom later, tea was served, and with it
+      we had thin slices of bread, spread with the most delicious butter, and
+      cut with the care one gives to very few things in these days.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Then at about eleven o'clock, after a reading from the Bible and a prayer,
+      we retired.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      As I lay in my little white bed I was always more restless Sunday nights
+      than at any other time. Immediately ahead of me there was the prospect of
+      Mr. Ratin whom morning would surely bring, and he was always a most
+      painful sight to me after a respite; also I was full of regret because
+      Sunday was over, always over so quickly!&mdash;and I felt a great
+      weariness when I thought of the many lessons it would be necessary for me
+      to prepare before Sunday came again. Sometimes, as I lay there, I would
+      hear the songs the sailors sung as they passed in the distant lands and
+      noble ships; and a sort of dull and indefinite longing took possession of
+      me and I felt as if I would like to be out of doors myself in search of
+      pleasurable and exciting adventure. I hungered to be in the bracing wintry
+      night air, or in one of those foreign lands where the sun beats down with
+      tropical warmth; I yearned to be out and singing like them, as loud as
+      possible, just for the joy of being alive.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0024" id="link2HCH0024">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER XXIV.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;And I beheld, and heard an angel flying through the midst of heaven,
+      saying with a loud voice, Woe, woe, woe, to the inhabiters of the earth!&rdquo;
+     </p>
+    <p>
+      Besides reading the Bible with the family every evening, I read a chapter
+      from it each morning before rising.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      My Bible was a very small one, with exceedingly fine print. Pressed
+      between its pages were some flowers that I was very fond of; especially
+      was I of the spray of pink larkspur, which had the power of bringing very
+      distinctly before my mind's eye the stubble fields (gleux) of the Island
+      of Oleron where I had gathered it.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I do not know exactly how to explain the word gleux, but it means the
+      stubble which remains after the grain is harvested, and those fields of
+      short pale yellow stalks that the autumn sun dries and turns a bright
+      golden. In these fields upon the Island, overrun by chirping grasshoppers,
+      late corn-flowers and white and pink larkspur come up, grow very high, and
+      blossom.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      And upon winter mornings, before beginning to read, I always looked at the
+      spray of flowers which still retained its delicate color, and there
+      appeared to me a vision of the Island, and I longed for the summer time
+      and for the warm and sunny fields of Oleron.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;And I beheld, and heard an angel flying through the midst of heaven,
+      saying with a loud voice, Woe, woe, woe, to the inhabiters of the earth!
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;And the fifth angel sounded, and I saw a star fall from heaven upon the
+      earth; and to him was given the key of the bottomless pit.&rdquo;
+     </p>
+    <p>
+      When I read my Bible for myself, having then my choice of passages, I
+      either selected that grand portion of Genesis wherein the light is
+      separated from the darkness, or the visions and the marvels of Revelation.
+      I was fascinated by its imaginative poetry, so splendid and yet so
+      terrible, which has, in my opinion, never been equalled in any other book
+      of mankind. . . . The beasts with seven heads, the signs in the heavens,
+      the sound of the last trumpet were well-known terrors that haunted and
+      enchanted my imagination.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In a book, a relic of my Huguenot ancestors, printed in the last century,
+      I had seen pictures of these things. It was a &ldquo;History of the Bible,&rdquo; and
+      the weird pictures illustrating the visions of the Book of Revelation,
+      invariably, had dark backgrounds. My maternal grandmother kept this
+      precious book, which she had brought from the Island, under lock and key
+      in a cupboard in her room; and as it was still my habit to go there at the
+      sad hour of dusk, it was then that I usually asked her to lend me the
+      book, so that I might turn over its leaves as it lay upon her lap. In the
+      dim twilight until it was too dark to see, I gazed at the multitude of
+      winged angels who were flying rapidly under the curtain of blackness which
+      presaged the end of the world. The heavens were darker than the earth, and
+      in the midst of the great cloud masses, there was visible the simple and
+      terrifying triangle that signified Jehovah.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0025" id="link2HCH0025">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER XXV.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      Egypt, the Egypt of antiquity, at a later time, exercised a mysterious
+      fascination over me. I recognized a picture of it immediately, without
+      hesitation and astonishment, in an illustrated magazine. I saluted as old
+      acquaintances two gods with hawk heads that were cut in profile upon a
+      stone and placed at each end of a strangely depicted Zodiac, and although
+      I saw the picture for the first time upon an overcast day, there came to
+      me, and of that I am sure, a sudden impression of great heat given out by
+      a pitiless sun.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0026" id="link2HCH0026">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER XXVI.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      During the winter following the departure of my brother, I passed many of
+      my leisure hours in his room painting the pictures in the &ldquo;Voyage to
+      Polynesia&rdquo; which he had given me. With great care I first colored the
+      flowers and the groups of birds. After that I painted the men. When I came
+      to color the two young Tahitian girls who were standing at the edge of the
+      sea (the illustrator had been inspired to depict them as nymphs) I made
+      them white, all white and pink like a pretty little doll&mdash;I thought
+      them very beautiful done so.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      It was reserved for me to learn later than their color is different, and
+      their charms quite otherwise.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      My ideas of beauty have changed a great deal since that time, and it would
+      have astonished me very much if I had then been told what faces I was to
+      find most charming in the strange course of my later life. But almost all
+      children are under the dominion of some fancy which dies out when they
+      become men and women.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The majority of people, during the period of their innocence and youth,
+      similarly admire the same type; sweet, regular features, and the fresh
+      pink and white tints. Only at a later time does their estimate of what
+      constitutes beauty vary, then it accords with the culture of their spirit,
+      and especially does it follow in the wake of their developing
+      intelligence.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0027" id="link2HCH0027">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER XXVII.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      I do not exactly remember at what period I started my museum which
+      absorbed so much of my time. Just above my Aunt Bertha's room there was a
+      tiny garret-chamber that I had taken possession of; the chief charm of the
+      place was the window that opened to the west, and commanded a view of the
+      ramparts and its old trees. The reddish spots in the distance, that broke
+      the uniform green of the meadows, were herds of wandering oxen and cows. I
+      had persuaded my mother to paper this attic room, and she had covered its
+      walls with a pinkish chamois paper which is still there; she also put a
+      what-not and some glass cases there. In these latter I placed my
+      butterflies which I looked upon as rare specimens; I also arranged therein
+      the birds'-nests that I had found in the woods of Limoise; the shells I
+      had gathered upon the shores of the Island, and those others (brought from
+      the colonies at an early time by unknown ancestors) that I had found in
+      the garret at the bottom of old chests where they had lain for years and
+      years, given over to dust and darkness.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I spent many tranquil hours in this retreat contemplating the tropical
+      mother-of-pearl shells, and trying to image to myself the strange coasts
+      from which they had come.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      A good old great uncle of mine, who was very fond of me, encouraged me in
+      these diversions. He was a physician, and in his youth he had lived for a
+      long time upon the coast of Africa; he had a collection of natural history
+      specimens almost as valuable and varied as any found in a city museum. His
+      wonderful things captivated me: the rare and exquisite shells, amulets and
+      wooden weapons that still retained their exotic odor, with which I became
+      so surfeited later, and indescribably beautiful butterflies under glass
+      enchanted me.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      He lived in our neighborhood and I visited him often. To get to his
+      cabinets, it was necessary to go through his garden where thorn-apples and
+      cacti grew abundantly, and where they kept a gray parrot, brought from
+      Gaboon, whose vocabulary consisted of words learnt from the negroes.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      And when my old uncle spoke of Senegal, of Goree, and of Guinea, the music
+      of these names intoxicated me, and conveyed to me vaguely something of the
+      sad languor of the dark continent. My uncle predicted that I would become
+      a great naturalist,&mdash;but he was as mistaken as were all those others
+      who foretold my future; indeed he struck farther from the centre than any
+      one else; he did not understand that my liking for natural history was no
+      more than a temporary and erratic excursion of my unformed mind; he could
+      not know that the cold glass and the formal, rigid arrangements of dead
+      science had not power to hold me for long.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0028" id="link2HCH0028">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER XXVIII.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      In the meantime, alas! I had to spend many long and wearisome hours in
+      going through the form of studying my lessons.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Topffer, who is the only real poet of school-boys, that genus so
+      misunderstood, divides us into three groups: first, those who are in
+      boarding schools; second, those who do all their studying at home at a
+      window which overlooks a gloomy courtyard containing a twisted old fig
+      tree; third, those who also study at home in a bright little room whose
+      window commands a view of the street.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I belonged to that third class whom Topffer considers extraordinarily
+      privileged, and as likely, in consequence, to grow up into happy men. My
+      room was upon the first floor, and it opened into the street; it had white
+      curtains, and its green paper was embellished with bouquets of white
+      roses. Near the window was my work desk, and above it, upon a book-shelf,
+      was my very much neglected library.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In fine weather I always opened this window, but I kept my venetian blinds
+      half-closed, so that I might look out without having my idleness seen, and
+      reported by a meddlesome neighbor. Morning and evening I glanced to the
+      end of the quiet street that stretched its sunny length between the white
+      country houses and lost itself among the old trees growing beyond the
+      ramparts. I could see from there the occasional passers-by, all well known
+      to me, the neighborhood cats that prowled within doorways or upon
+      house-tops, the swifts darting about in the warm air, and the swallows
+      skimming along the dusty street. . . . Oh! how many hours have I spent at
+      that window feeling like a caged sparrow, my spirit filled with vague
+      reverie; and meantime my ink-blotted copy-book lay open before me, but no
+      inspiration would come, and the composition that I was engaged upon got
+      itself finished very laboriously,&mdash;often not at all.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      And before long I began to play tricks upon the pedestrians, a fatal
+      result of my idleness over which I often felt remorseful.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I am bound to confess that my great friend Lucette was usually a willing
+      assistant in these pranks. Although now almost a young lady sixteen or
+      seventeen years of age, she was at times almost as much of a child as I.
+      &ldquo;You must never tell any one!&rdquo; she would say with an irrepressible smile
+      of mischief in her merry eyes (but I may tell now after so many years have
+      passed, now that the flowers of twenty summers have bloomed upon her
+      grave).
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Our pranks consisted of taking cherry stems, plum stones and any sort of
+      trash, and wrapping them neatly into white or pink paper parcels that
+      looked very attractive to the eye; we then threw these bundles into the
+      street and hid ourselves behind the shutters to see who picked them up.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Sometimes we would write letters, impertinent or incoherent ones, with
+      accompanying drawings to illustrate the text; these we addressed to the
+      different eccentric people in our neighborhood, and, with the aid of a
+      thread, we lowered them to the sidewalk at about the same time these
+      persons were in the habit of passing. . . .
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Oh! how merrily we laughed as we composed these hodge-podges of style!
+      With no one else have I ever laughed so heartily as with Lucette,&mdash;and
+      we usually roared over things that no one except ourselves could possibly
+      have considered funny. Over and above the bond of little brother and grown
+      sister there was between us a sympathy springing from our appreciation of
+      the ridiculous, and our notions of what constituted fun were in complete
+      accord. She was the sprightliest person I ever knew, and sometimes a
+      single word would start us to laughing at our own or our neighbors'
+      expense, until our sides ached and we almost fell upon the floor.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      This part of my nature was not, I must confess, in harmony with the gloomy
+      reveries evoked by the pictures of the Book of Revelation, and with my
+      ascetic religious convictions. But I was already full of strange
+      contradictions.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Poor little Lucette or Lucon (Lucon was the masculine for Lucette, and I
+      used to call her &ldquo;My dear Lucon&rdquo;); poor little Lucette was also one of my
+      professors, but one who caused me neither fear nor disgust. Like &ldquo;Mr.
+      Ratin&rdquo; she also kept a book wherein she would inscribe &ldquo;good&rdquo; or &ldquo;very
+      good,&rdquo; and I showed it to my parents every evening. Until now I have
+      neglected to say that it had been one of her amusements to teach me to
+      play upon the piano; she taught me by stealth so that I might surprise my
+      parents by playing for them, upon the occasion of a family celebration,
+      the &ldquo;Little Swiss Boy&rdquo; or the &ldquo;Rocks of St. Malo.&rdquo; The result was she had
+      been requested to go on with lessons that had had such a favorable
+      beginning, and my musical education was entrusted to her until it came
+      time for me to play the music of Chopin and Liszt.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Painting and music were the only things I worked at industriously and
+      faithfully.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      My sister taught me painting; I do not, however, remember when I commenced
+      it, but it must have been very early in my life; it seems to me that there
+      was never a time when I was not able, with my pencil or my brush, to
+      express in some measure the odd fancies of my imaginations.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0029" id="link2HCH0029">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER XXIX.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      In my grandmother's room, at the bottom of the cupboard where she kept
+      &ldquo;The History of the Bible,&rdquo; with the terrible pictures illustrating the
+      visions of Revelation, she had also several other precious relics. In
+      particular there was an old silver-clasped psalm book. It was extremely
+      tiny, like a toy-book, and in its day it must have been a marvel of the
+      printer's skill. It had been made in miniature thus they told me, so that
+      it could be easily hidden; at the time of the persecutions our ancestors
+      had often carried it about with them, concealed in their clothing. There
+      was also, in a paste-board box, a bundle of letters written on parchment
+      and marked Leyden or Amsterdam. Those written between the years 1702 and
+      1710 were secured by a large wax seal stamped with a count's coronet.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      They were letters of our Huguenot ancestors, who, at the revocation of the
+      Edict of Nantes, had quitted their country, their home and their dear
+      ones, rather than abjure their faith. The letters had been written to an
+      old grandfather, a man too aged to go the way of the exile, who was able,
+      for some inexplicable reason, to remain unmolested in his retreat upon the
+      Island of Oleron. The letters testified to the fact that the exiles had
+      been submissive and respectful towards him to a degree unknown in our day;
+      the wanderers wrote asking his advice or his consent before undertaking
+      anything,&mdash;they even asked whether they might wear a certain wig
+      which was fashionable in Amsterdam at that time. They spoke of their
+      troubles, but without murmuring over them, with a truly Christian
+      resignation; their goods had been confiscated; they were obliged to follow
+      uncongenial trades in order to maintain themselves; and they hoped, they
+      said, with the aid of God always to make enough to keep their children
+      from starving.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Together with the respect that these letters inspired, they had also the
+      charm of age; it was a novel experience to enter into the life of a bygone
+      time, to know the inmost thoughts of those who had lived a century and a
+      half before me. And as I read them I was filled with indignation against
+      the Roman Church and Papal Rome, sovereign during the many past centuries.&mdash;Surely
+      it was she who was designated, in my opinion at any rate, in that
+      wonderful prophecy contained in Revelation: &ldquo;And the beast is a City, and
+      its seven heads are Seven Hills on which the woman sitteth.&rdquo;
+     </p>
+    <p>
+      My grandmother, always so austere and upright looking in her black
+      clothes, a type of a Huguenot woman, had been fearful for her own safety
+      during the Restoration, and although she never spoke of it, we felt that
+      she must have very depressing memories of that time.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      And upon the Island, in the shade of a bit of woodland that was encircled
+      by a wall, I had seen the place where slept those of my ancestors who had
+      been excluded from the cemeteries because they had died in the Protestant
+      faith.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      How could I be anything but faithful with such a past? And it is certain
+      that had the Inquisition been revived in my childhood, I would have
+      suffered martyrdom joyfully, like one filled to overflowing with the
+      spirit of God.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      My faith was a faith that kept watch upon the theological errors of the
+      time, and I did not know the resignation felt by my ancestors; in spite of
+      my distaste for reading I often plunged into books of religious
+      controversy; I knew by heart the many passages from the Fathers and the
+      decisions of the first councils; I could have discussed the dogmas of the
+      church like a doctor of divinity, and I considered my arguments against
+      the papacy very shrewd.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      But notwithstanding my fervor a distaste for all of these religious things
+      would often take possession of me; sometimes at church especially where
+      the gray light fell upon me and chilled me I felt it most. The awful
+      tediousness of some of the Sunday sermons; the emptiness of the prayers,
+      written in advance and spoken with conventional unctuous voice, and
+      gestures to suit; and the apathy of the people who, dressed out in their
+      best, came to listen,&mdash;how early I divined its hollowness,&mdash;and
+      how deep was my disappointment, and how cruel the disillusionment&mdash;oh!
+      the disheartening formalism of it all! The very appearance of the church
+      disconcerted me: it was a new cityfied one, meant to be pretty without,
+      however, meaning to be too much so; I especially recall certain little
+      efforts at wall decoration which I held in the greatest abomination, and
+      shuddered when I looked at. It was that disgust in little which I
+      experienced in so great a degree when later I attended those Paris
+      churches that strive so for elegance, where one is met at the door by
+      ushers whose shoulders are tricked out with knots of ribbon. . . . Oh! for
+      the congregation of Cevennes! Oh! for the preachers of the wilderness!
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Such little things as I have mentioned did not shake my faith which seemed
+      as solid as a house built upon a rock; but doubtless they made the first
+      imperceptible crevice through which, drop by drop, oozed the melting
+      ice-cold water.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Where I still knew true meditation, and felt the deep sweet peace one
+      should feel in the house of God was in an old church in the village of St.
+      Pierre Oleron; my great grandfather Samuel had, at the time of the
+      persecutions, worshipped and prayed there, and my mother had also attended
+      it during her girlhood days. . . . I also loved those little country
+      churches to which we sometimes went on Sunday in the summer time: they
+      were generally old and had simple whitewashed walls. They were built any
+      where and every where, in a corner of a wheat field with wild flowers
+      growing all about them; or in more retired places, in the centre of some
+      enclosure at the far end of an avenue of old trees. The Catholics have
+      nothing, in my opinion, which surpasses in religious charm these humble
+      little sanctuaries of our Protestant ancestors&mdash;not even do their
+      most exquisite stone chapels hidden away in the depth of the Breton woods,
+      that at a later time I learned to admire so much, touch me so deeply.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I still held fast to my determination to become a minister; it still
+      seemed to me that that was my duty. I had pledged myself, in my prayers I
+      had given my word to God. How could I therefore break my vow?
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      But when my young mind busied itself with thoughts of the future, more and
+      more veiled from me by an impenetrable darkness, my preference was for a
+      church which should be a little isolated from the noisy world, for one
+      where the faith of my congregation should ever remain simple, for one
+      receiving its consecration from a long past of prayers and sincerest
+      worship.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      It would be in the Island of Oleron perhaps!
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Yes; there, surrounded upon every side by the memories of my Huguenot
+      ancestors, I could look forward without dread, indeed with much
+      contentment, to a life dedicated to the service of the Lord.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0030" id="link2HCH0030">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER XXX.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      My brother had arrived at the Delightful Island. His first letter dated
+      from there was a very long one, it was written on thin paper that had been
+      stained a light yellow by the sea, for it had been upon its way four
+      months.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      It was a great event in our family, and I still recall that as my father
+      and mother broke its seal, I sprang joyously up the stairs, two steps at a
+      time, in my haste to reach the second floor and call my grandmother and
+      aunts from their rooms.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Inside the plump-feeling envelope, which was covered over with South
+      American stamps, there was a note for me, and enclosed in this I found a
+      pressed flower, a sort of five-petalled star which, though somewhat faded,
+      was still pink. The flower, my brother wrote, was from a shrub that had
+      taken root and blossomed beside his window, almost within his Tahitian
+      hut, which was actually invaded by the luxuriant vegetation of the region.
+      Oh! with what deep emotion;&mdash;with what avidity, if I may express it
+      thus, did I gaze at and touch the periwinkle which was almost a fresh and
+      living part of that unknown and distant land, of that voluptuous nature.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Then I pressed it again with so much care that I possess it intact to this
+      day.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      And after many years, when I made a pilgrimage to the humble dwelling in
+      which my brother lived during his stay in Tahiti, I saw that the shady
+      garden surrounding it was rosy with these periwinkles; they had even
+      pushed their way over the threshold of the door to blossom within the
+      deserted cabin.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0031" id="link2HCH0031">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER XXXI.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      After my ninth birthday my parents, for a time, spoke of putting me into
+      boarding-school, so that I might become habituated to the harder ways of
+      life, and since the matter was talked over by all the members of the
+      family, I went about for several days feeling as if I were on the eve of
+      being sent to prison, for I imagined that a boarding-school had high walls
+      and windows guarded by iron bars.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      But, upon reflection, they considered that I was too frail and delicate a
+      human plant to be thrown in contact with those others of my kind who, in
+      all probability, would play roughly, and have bad manners; they concluded,
+      therefore, to keep me at home a little longer.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      At any rate I was delivered from &ldquo;Mr. Ratin.&rdquo; The old professor, rotund of
+      figure and kind of manner, who succeeded him, was less distasteful to me,
+      but I made just as little progress under his care. In the afternoon, at
+      about the time for his arrival, I would hastily begin to prepare my
+      lessons. I was then usually to be found at my window, hidden behind the
+      venetian blinds, with my book open at the page containing the lesson; and
+      when I saw him come into view at the turning near the bottom of the street
+      I commenced to study it.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      And generally by the time he arrived I knew enough to receive, if not to
+      merit, a &ldquo;pretty good,&rdquo; a mark over which I did not grumble.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I had also my English professor who came to me every morning,&mdash;and
+      whom I nicknamed Aristogiton (I do not now recall why). Following the
+      Robertson method, he had me paraphrase the history of Sultan Mahmoud.
+      Outside of that, the only thing that I am sure of is that I accomplished
+      nothing, absolutely nothing, less than nothing; but he had the good taste
+      not to growl at me, and in consequence I have an almost affectionate
+      remembrance of him.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      During the extreme heat of the summer days it was my custom to study in
+      the yard; I took my ink-stained copy and lesson books and spread them upon
+      a table that stood in the summer house made shady by the vines and
+      honeysuckles that grew over it. And when I was nicely settled there I felt
+      that I might idle to my heart's content. From behind the lattice-work,
+      green with trellised vines, I kept a lookout in order to see any danger
+      that threatened in the distance. . . . I was always careful to bring with
+      me to this retreat a quantity of cherries and grapes, whichever happened
+      to be in season, and truly I could have passed there hours of the most
+      delicious reverie but for the remorse that tormented me almost every
+      moment, a remorse born of the fact that I was not busying myself with my
+      lessons.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Through the foliage I saw, close to me, the cool-looking pond with its
+      tiny grottoes which, since my brother's departure, I almost worshipped.
+      The little fountain in the centre stirred the waters and made the sunlight
+      that fell on its surface dance joyously; and the sun's rays pierced the
+      green verdure surrounding me&mdash;I seemed to be in the midst of luminous
+      water that quivered all about me with a ceaseless motion.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      My arbor was a shady little retreat that gave me a complete illusion of
+      country; from the far side of the old wall came the song of the tropical
+      birds belonging to Antoinette's mother, and I heard the rollicking warble
+      and twitter of the swallows perched on the house-top, and the chirp of the
+      common sparrows as they flew about among the trees in the garden.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Sometimes I would throw myself face-upward full length upon the green
+      bench that was there, and through the tasselled honeysuckle I had a view
+      of the white clouds as they sailed across the blue of the sky. There, too,
+      I was initiated into the habits of the mosquitos who all day long poised
+      themselves tremblingly, by means of their long legs, upon the leaves. And
+      often I concentrated all my attention upon the old wall where the insects
+      acted out their tragical drama: the cunning spider would come suddenly
+      from his nook and ensnare in his web the heedless little insects,&mdash;with
+      the aid of a straw, I was usually able to deliver them from their peril.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I have forgotten to mention that I had, for companion, an old cat called
+      Suprematie, who had been my faithful and beloved friend since infancy.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Suprematie knew at what hour he would find me there, and he used to slip
+      in quietly upon the tips of his velvet paws; he never stretched himself
+      beside me without first looking at me questioningly.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The poor creature was very homely; he was marked queerly upon only one
+      side of his body; moreover, in a cruel accident he had twisted his tail,
+      and it hung down at a right angle. He was the subject of Lucette's
+      continual mockery, for she had a lovely Angora cat that had usurped
+      Suprematie's place in her affections. It was my habit to run out to see
+      her when she came to inquire after the members of my family; she rarely
+      failed to add, with a funny air of concern, which made me burst out
+      laughing in spite of myself: &ldquo;And your horror of a cat, is he in good
+      health, my dear?&rdquo;
+     </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0032" id="link2HCH0032">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER XXXII.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      During all this time my museum made great progress, and it soon became
+      necessary for me to have some new shelves put up.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      My great uncle continued to take a very deep interest in my taste for
+      natural history, and among his shells he found a number of duplicates, and
+      these he presented to me. With indefatigable patience he taught me the
+      scientific classifications of Cuvier, Linne, Lamarck or Bruguieres, and I
+      was astonished at the attention with which I listened to him.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In a very old little desk, that was a part of the furniture of my museum,
+      I had a copy-book into which I copied, from uncle's notes, and numbered
+      with the greatest care, the name of the species, genus, family and class
+      of each shell,&mdash;also the place of its origin. And there by the dim
+      light that fell upon the desk, in the silence of that little retreat so
+      high above the street, surrounded with objects what had come from distant
+      corners of the earth and from the depths of the sea, when my mind
+      wandered, and I became fatigued because of the mysterious differences in
+      the forms of animals, and because of the infinite variety of shells, with
+      what emotion I wrote down in my book, opposite the name of a Spirifer or a
+      Terebratula, such enchanting words as these: &ldquo;Eastern coast of Africa,&rdquo;
+       &ldquo;coast of Guinea,&rdquo; &ldquo;Indian Ocean.&rdquo;
+     </p>
+    <p>
+      I recall that in this same museum I experienced, one afternoon in March, a
+      peculiar feeling indicative of my tendency towards reaction, that later,
+      at certain periods of self-abandonment, caused me to seek the rough and
+      uncouth society of sailors, and made me revel in noise and change and
+      gayety.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      It was Mardi-Gras time. At sundown I had gone out with my father to see
+      the masqueraders who were in the streets; and having returned rather early
+      I went immediately to my attic-room to classify some shells. But the noise
+      of the revellers and the clashing of their tambourines reached even to the
+      retreat where I was occupying myself with scientific matters, and the
+      sounds awakened in me a feeling of inexpressible sadness. It was the same
+      emotion, greatly intensified, that I had when I listened, of winter
+      evenings, to the old cake vendor, and heard her voice die away into those
+      far-off squalid streets near the harbor. I experienced an unexpected
+      anguish very difficult to define in words. I had a vague impression, which
+      was the cause of my suffering, that I was imprisoned; and for the moment,
+      I thought that my liking for dry classifications and nature study shut me
+      away from the little boys of every age who were in the streets below
+      mingling with the sailors, more childish than they, who tricked out in
+      dreadful masks ran and frollicked and sang coarse songs. It goes without
+      saying that I had no desire to be one of them; the very idea of jostling
+      against them filled me with distaste, and I disdained their rude sport.
+      And I sincerely felt that it was better for me to be where I was, occupied
+      with putting the many-colored family of the Purpura and the twenty-three
+      varieties of the Gastropoda in order.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      But nevertheless the gay and merry people in the street troubled me
+      strangely. And, as was usual with me when I felt distressed, I went down
+      to look for my mother for the purpose of begging her to come up to keep me
+      company. Astonished at my request (for I scarcely ever asked any one into
+      my den), astonished especially by my anxious manner, she said with an air
+      of pleasantry that it was silly for a boy of ten to be afraid to stay
+      alone; but she consented to return with me, and when there she seated
+      herself close to me and occupied herself with a piece of embroidery. Oh!
+      how reassuring was her sweet and darling presence! I returned to my task
+      without concerning myself further about the noise of the maskers, and as I
+      worked I glanced up now and again to look at her beautiful profile cut in
+      silhouette, because of the darkness without, upon my tiny window pane.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0033" id="link2HCH0033">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER XXXIII.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      I am surprised that I cannot recall whether my desire to become a minister
+      transformed itself into a wish to lead the more militant life of
+      missionary, by a slow process or suddenly.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      It seems to me that the change must have come at a very early period. For
+      a long time I had taken an interest in Protestant missions, especially in
+      those established in Southern Africa, among the Bassoutos. During my
+      childhood we subscribed for the &ldquo;Messenger,&rdquo; a monthly journal that had
+      for frontispiece an interesting picture which, very early in my life, made
+      a forcible impression upon me.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      This picture held a higher place in my regard than those of which I have
+      already spoken, but by no means because of its execution, its color or
+      background. It represented an impossible pine tree growing at the edge of
+      a sea, behind which a resplendent sun was setting, and, at the foot of the
+      tree, there was a young savage who was watching the approach of a ship,
+      from a distant point upon the horizon, that was bringing to him the glad
+      tidings of Salvation.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Early in my life, when from the warm depths of my soft and downy nest, I
+      looked out upon a yet formless world, that picture evoked many dreams;
+      later when I was more capable of appreciating the extreme crudity of the
+      design, that huge sun, half-engulfed in the sea, and that tiny mission
+      boat sailing towards the unknown shores still had a very great charm for
+      me.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Now when they questioned me I replied: &ldquo;I expect to be a missionary.&rdquo; But
+      I spoke in a low voice, in the voice of one not sure of himself, and I
+      felt that they no longer believed in my asseverations. Even my mother,
+      when she heard my response, smiled sadly.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Doubtless my answer exceeded what she expected from my faith;&mdash;probably
+      she said to herself that it was never to be; no doubt she thought that I
+      would become something very different, in all probability something less
+      desirable, that it was impossible at this time to foresee.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      This determination of mine to become a missionary seemed to solve my every
+      problem. It would mean long voyages and an adventurous, perilous life,&mdash;but
+      journeys would be undertaken in the service of the Lord, and the dangers
+      endured for His blessed cause. That solution brought me great tranquillity
+      for a long time.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      After having thus won peace for my religious conscience, I feared to dwell
+      upon the thought lest it should disclose some unexpected weaknesses. But
+      still the chill waters of commonplace sermons, with their endless
+      repetitions and stock phrases, continued to flow over and wash away my
+      early faith. My shrinking from life increased rather than diminished.
+      There seemed to hang between me and the years to come a great curtain
+      whose heavy folds it was impossible for me to lift.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0034" id="link2HCH0034">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER XXXIV.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      In preceding chapters I have not said much about that Limoise which was
+      the scene of my initiation into nature and its wonders. My entire
+      childhood is intimately connected with that little corner of the world,
+      with its ancient forests of oak trees, and its rocky moorlands covered
+      here and there with a carpet of wild thyme and heather.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      For ten or twelve glorious summers I went there to spend my Thursday
+      holidays, and I dreamed of it during the dreary intervening days of study.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In May our friends the D&mdash;&mdash;-s and Lucette went to their country
+      home and remained until vintage time, usually until after the first
+      October frost,&mdash;and regularly every Wednesday evening I was taken
+      there.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Nothing in my estimation was so delightful as that journey to Limoise. We
+      scarcely ever went in a carriage, for it was not more than three and a
+      half miles distant; to me, however, it seemed very far, almost lost in the
+      woods. It lay toward the south, in the direction of those distant, sunny
+      lands I loved to think of. (I would have found it less charming had it
+      been towards the north.)
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Every Wednesday evening, at sunset, the hour therefore varying with the
+      month, I left home accompanied by Lucette's elder brother, a grown boy of
+      eighteen or twenty, who seemed to me a man of mature age. As far as I was
+      able I tried to keep pace with him, and, in consequence, I was obliged to
+      go more rapidly than when I walked with my father and sister; we went
+      through the quiet streets lying near the ramparts, and passed the sailors'
+      old barracks, the sounds of whose bugles and drums reached as far as my
+      attic museum when the south wind blew; then we passed through the
+      fortifications by the most ancient of its gray gates,&mdash;a gate almost
+      abandoned, and used now principally by peasants with flocks of sheep and
+      droves of cattle,&mdash;and finally we arrived at the road that led to the
+      river.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      A mile and a half of straight road stretched before us, and this path lay
+      between stunted old trees yellow with lichens whose branches were blown to
+      the left by the force of the sea-winds that almost constantly came from
+      the west, sweeping over the broad and level meadows that lay between us
+      and the ocean.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      To those who have a conventionalized idea of country beauty, and to whom a
+      charming landscape means a river winding its way between poplars, or a
+      mountain crowned by an old castle, this level road would look very ugly.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      But I found it exquisite in spite of its straight lines. Upon the left
+      there was nothing to be seen but grassy meadow land over which herds of
+      cattle strayed. And before us, in the distance, something that resembled a
+      line of ramparts shut in the plains sadly: it was the edge of a rocky
+      plateau at whose base flowed the river. The far bank of this river was
+      higher than the side that we were on, and was, in some respects, of a
+      different character, but for the most part it was as flat and monotonous.
+      And it is just this sameness that has so much charm for me, an attraction
+      appreciated seemingly by few others. The great level plains with their
+      calm and tranquil straight lines are deeply and profoundly inspiring.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      There is nothing in our vicinity that I love any better than the old road;
+      perhaps I have an affection for it because during my school-boy days I
+      built so many castles-in-Spain upon those flat plains where, from time to
+      time, I find them again. It is one of the few spots that has not been
+      disfigured by factories, docks and railways. It seems a spot that belongs
+      peculiarly to me, and certainly no one has the power to contest my
+      spiritual right to it.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The sum of the charm of the sensuous world dwells in us, is an emanation
+      from ourselves; it is we who diffuse it, each person for himself according
+      to his power, and we have it back again in the measure of our out-giving.
+      But I did not comprehend early enough the deep meaning of this well-known
+      truth. . . . During my childhood and youth the charm seemed to reside in
+      the thing itself, to have its habitation in the old walls and the
+      honeysuckle of my garden; I thought it lay along the sandy shores of the
+      Island and upon the grassy meadows and rocky moorland about me. Later on,
+      in pouring out my admiration every where, as I did, I drew too heavily
+      upon the well-spring&mdash;I exhausted it at the source. And, alas! I find
+      the land of my childhood, to which I will no doubt return to die, changed
+      and shrunken, and only for a moment, in certain spots, am I able to
+      recreate the illusions I have lost;&mdash;there I am for the most part
+      weighed down by the crushing memories of bygone days. . . .
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      As I was saying before my digression, every Wednesday evening I walked
+      with a light and joyous step along the road that led towards those distant
+      rocks lying at the boundary of the plains, I went gayly towards that
+      region of oak trees and mossy stones in which Limoise was situated,&mdash;my
+      imagination greatly magnified it in those days.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The river we had to cross was at the end of the straight avenue of
+      lichened trees so harried by the west winds. The river was very
+      changeable, being subject to the tides and to all the moods of the
+      neighboring ocean. We crossed in a ferry-boat or a yawl, always having for
+      our oarsmen old sailors with bleached beards and sunburnt faces whom we
+      had known from earliest childhood.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      When we reached the other bank, the rocky one, I always had a curious
+      optical illusion: it seemed to me that the town from which we had come,
+      and whose gray ramparts we still could see, suddenly drew very far away
+      from us, for in my young head distances exaggerated themselves strangely.
+      Upon this side all was different, the soil, the grass, the wild flowers
+      and even the butterflies that hovered over them; nothing here was like
+      those approaches to our town in whose fens and meadows I took my daily
+      walk. And the differences, which perhaps others would not have noticed,
+      thrilled and charmed me, for it had been my habit to spend, perhaps to
+      waste, my time in observing the infinitesimally small things in nature,
+      and I had often lost myself in contemplation of the lowliest mosses. Even
+      the twilights of these Wednesday evenings had about them something
+      distinctive and peculiar which I cannot express; generally we reached the
+      far shore just as the sun was setting, and we watched it, from the height
+      of the lonely plateau, disappear behind the tall meadow-grass through
+      which we had but newly come, and as it sunk its great ruddy dish seemed
+      uncommonly large.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      After crossing the river we turned off the high-road and took an
+      unfrequented way that led through a region called &ldquo;Chaumes,&rdquo; a very
+      beautiful place at that time but horribly profaned to-day.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;Chaumes&rdquo; lay at the entrance of a village whose ancient church we saw in
+      the distance. As it was public property it had kept intact its native
+      wildness. This &ldquo;Chaumes&rdquo; was a sort of table-land composed of a single
+      stone, and this rock, which undulated slightly, was covered with a carpet
+      of short, dry fragrant plants that snapped under our feet; and a whole
+      world of tiny gayly-colored butterflies and tinier moths fluttered among
+      the rare and delicate flowers growing there.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Sometimes we passed a flock of sheep guarded by a shepherd much more
+      countrified looking and tanned than those seen in the meadows about our
+      town. Lonely and sun-scorched, Chaumes seemed to me the very threshold of
+      Limoise: it had its very odor, the mingled scent of wild thyme and sweet
+      marjoram.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      At the end of the rocky moor was the hamlet of Frelin. I love this name of
+      Frelin, for I think of it as being derived from those large and fierce
+      hornets (frelons) that build their nests in the heart of a certain species
+      of oak tree found in the forests of Limoise; to get rid of these pests it
+      is necessary, in the springtime, to build great fires around the infested
+      trees. This hamlet was composed of three or four cottages. They were all
+      low, as is the custom of our country, and they were old, very old and
+      gray; above the little rounded doorways were half-effaced ornamental
+      Gothic scrolls and blazonments. I scarcely ever saw them except at dusk,
+      as twilight was falling, and the hour and the quaint little houses
+      themselves awoke in me an appreciation of the mystery of their past; above
+      all these humble dwellings attested to the antiquity of this rocky ground,
+      so much older than the meadows of our town which had been won from the
+      sea, and where nothing that dates before the time to Louis XIV is to be
+      found.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      As soon as we left Frelin I commenced to look eagerly along the path ahead
+      of me, for after that we usually spied Lucette, either afoot or in a
+      carriage, coming to meet us. As soon as I caught a glimpse of her I would
+      run ahead to embrace her.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      On our way through the village we passed the tiny church, a wonder of the
+      twelfth century, built in the rarest and most ancient Romanesque style;&mdash;and
+      then as the shadows of evening deepened we saw, in the semi-darkness
+      before us, something that had the form of tall dark legions: it was the
+      forest of Limoise, composed almost wholly of evergreen oaks, whose foliage
+      is very dark and sombre. We then came into the road leading directly to
+      the house; on our way we passed the well where the patient, thirsty cattle
+      awaited their turn to drink. And finally we opened the little old gate,
+      and traversed the first grassy courtyard which the shadowing trees, a
+      century old, plunged into almost total darkness.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The house lay between this courtyard and a large uncultivated garden that
+      extended to the edge of the oak forest. As we entered the ancient
+      dwelling, with its whitewashed walls and old-fashioned wainscoting, I
+      always looked eagerly for my butterfly-net that was usually to be found
+      hanging in the place where I had left it, ready for the next day's chase.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      After dinner it was our custom to go to the foot of the garden, and there
+      we sat in an arbor that was built against the old wall encircling the
+      yard,&mdash;this bower faced away from the unfriendly darkness of the
+      woods where the owls hooted. And while we were seated in the beautiful,
+      mild, star-bespangled night, suddenly upon the air, musical with the
+      chirping of myriad crickets, there was heard the tolling of a bell,&mdash;heard
+      very clearly by us although it came from afar off,&mdash;it was the church
+      bell in the village announcing the evening service.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Oh! the vesper bell of Enchillais heard in that beautiful garden long ago!
+      Oh! the sound of that bell, a little cracked but still silvery, like the
+      once beautiful voices of very old people which still retain something of
+      their sweetness. What charm of past times, and half sad meditations of
+      peaceful death, were awakened by that music which spread itself into the
+      limpid darkness of the surrounding country! And we heard the bell chiming
+      for a long time, but its sound reached us fitfully; one while it seemed to
+      be near, and then again it seemed far away, as it obeyed the will of the
+      soft night wind that was stirring. I bethought me of all those who, on
+      their lonely farms, were listening to it; I bethought me, too, of all the
+      unpeopled places round about where it would be heard by no one, and a
+      shudder passed through me at the thought of the near-by forest, where the
+      sweet vibrations of the bell would die.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The municipal council, composed of very superior spirits, after having
+      first put its everlasting tri-colored flag upon the steeple of the little
+      Roman Catholic Church, then suppressed its vesper bell. Its day is done;
+      and we shall never again, upon summer evenings, hear that call to prayers.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Going to bed there was always a very enlivening proceeding, especially
+      when there was the prospect of a whole Thursday of play before me. I
+      would, I am sure, have been very much afraid in the guest chamber, which
+      was on the ground floor of the great, isolated house; but until my twelfth
+      year I slept on the floor above, in the spacious room occupied by
+      Lucette's mother;&mdash;with the aid of screens they had made for me a
+      little room of my own. In this retreat there was a book-case with glass
+      doors that belonged to the time of Louis XIV; this was filled with
+      treatises, a century old, upon navigation, and with sailors' log-books
+      that had not been opened for a hundred years. Tiny, scarce visible
+      butterflies, that entered by the open windows, were to be found here all
+      summer long, sleeping with extended wings upon the whitewashed walls. And
+      often the most exciting incident of the day happened just as I was falling
+      asleep; sometimes then an unwelcome bat found his way into the room and
+      circled wildly about the lighted candles; or an enormous moth buzzed in
+      and we would chase him with a cobweb-broom. Or again a storm descended
+      upon us and the great trees lashed their branches against the house, and
+      the old shutters slammed back and forth, and we waked with a start.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0035" id="link2HCH0035">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER XXXV.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      Now comes the apparition of another little friend who stood very high in
+      my childish favor. As nearly as I can remember I became acquainted with
+      her when I was eleven; Antoinette had left the country; Veronica was
+      forgotten.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Her name was Jeanne, and she was the youngest member of a naval officer's
+      family, that like the D&mdash;&mdash;-s had been bound up in friendship
+      with ours for more than a century. As she was two or three years younger
+      than I, I had at first taken but little notice of her&mdash;probably I
+      thought her too babyish.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Her face was as droll as a little kitten's, and it was impossible to tell
+      from the pinched up features whether she would become pretty or ugly; but
+      she had a certain grace, and when she was eight or nine years old her face
+      became very sweet and charming. She was very roguish, and as friendly as I
+      was diffident; and as she darted about in those childish dances we
+      sometimes had in the evenings, and from which I held myself aloof, she
+      seemed to me the extreme of worldly elegance and coquetry.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      But in spite of the great intimacy between our families, it was evident
+      that her parents looked upon our friendship with disfavor, they probably
+      thought it unseemly that she had chosen a boy for her companion. This
+      knowledge caused me much suffering, and the impressions of my childhood
+      were so vivid and persistent that I did not, until many years had passed,
+      until I became quite a grown youth, pardon her father and mother the
+      humiliation they had caused me.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      It therefore resulted that my desire to play with her increased greatly.
+      And she, knowing this, was as perverse as a princess in a fairy tale; she
+      laughed mercilessly at my timid ways, at my awkward manners and my
+      ungraceful fashion of entering the parlor; there was kept up between us a
+      constant interchange of playful raillery, an oral stream of inimitable
+      pleasantry.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      When I was invited to spend the day with her the prospect gave me the
+      greatest joy, but the aftertaste of the visit was generally bitter, for
+      usually I committed some mortifying blunder in that family where I felt
+      myself so misunderstood. Every time I wished to have Jeanne at my house
+      for dinner it was necessary for my aunt Bertha, who was a person of
+      authority in the eyes of Jeanne's parents, to arrange the matter for me.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Upon one occasion when little Jeanne returned from Paris she related to me
+      the story of the &ldquo;Donkey's Skin,&rdquo; which she had seen acted at the theatre
+      in the city.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Her time so spent was not lost, for the &ldquo;Donkey's Skin&rdquo; was destined to
+      occupy a prominent place in my life during the next four or five years,
+      the hours that I wasted upon it were more preciously squandered than were
+      any others in my life.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Together we conceived the idea of mounting the piece upon the stage of my
+      miniature theatre. That play of the &ldquo;Donkey's Skin&rdquo; brought us together
+      very often. And little by little the project assumed gigantic proportions;
+      it grew as the months sped, and amused us in ever increasing measure;
+      indeed, in proportion to the degree of perfection to which we were able to
+      bring our conception did we enjoy it. We manufactured fantastic
+      decorations; we dressed, so that they might take part in the processions,
+      innumerable little dolls. It will be necessary for me to speak often of
+      that fairy spectacle which was one of the important things of my
+      childhood.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      And even after Jeanne tired of it I worked over it alone, and I fairly
+      outdid myself by undertaking enterprises that seemed grand to me, such,
+      for instance, as my efforts to represent moonlight, great conflagrations
+      and storms. I also made marvellous palaces and gardens wonderful as
+      Aladdin's. All my dreams of enchanted regions, of strange tropical
+      luxuries, which I later found in the distant corners of the world, took
+      form in the little play of the &ldquo;Donkey's Skin.&rdquo; Leaving out the mystical
+      experiences at the commencement of my life, I can affirm that almost all
+      my fancies had their essay on that tiny stage. I was nearly fifteen when
+      the last decorations, unfinished ones, were laid away forever in the
+      cardboard box that served them for a peaceful tomb.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      And since I have anticipated their future I will say in conclusion that in
+      later years, when Jeanne had grown into a beautiful woman, upon numerous
+      occasions we have planned to open the box where our little dolls are
+      sleeping. But we live our life so rapidly that we seem never to find the
+      time, nor will we, I fear, ever find it.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Later our children may,&mdash;or who can tell, perhaps our grandchildren!
+      Upon some future day, when we are forgotten, our unknown descendants in
+      ferreting to the bottom of old cupboards will be astonished to find there
+      numberless little creatures, nymphs, fairies and genii, all dressed by our
+      hands.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0036" id="link2HCH0036">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER XXXVI.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      It is said that many children who live in the central provinces, away from
+      the ocean, have a great longing to see it. I who had never been away from
+      the monotonous country surrounding us looked forward eagerly to seeing the
+      mountains.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I tried to imagine them; I had seen pictures of several, and I had even
+      painted them for the &ldquo;Donkey's Skin.&rdquo; My sister, when she visited Lake
+      Lucerne, sent me a description of the mountains, and wrote me long letters
+      about them, such as are seldom addressed to a child of my age. And my
+      ideas were further extended by some photographs of glaciers that my sister
+      brought me for my magic-lantern. I desired with all my heart to see the
+      mountains themselves.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      One day, as if in answer to my wish, there came a letter that created
+      quite a stir in our house. It was from a first cousin of my father, who
+      had at one time regarded my father with a brotherly love, but for thirty
+      years, for some reason unknown to me, this cousin had not written or given
+      any sign of life.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      At the time of my birth, all talk of him had ceased in our family, and I
+      was ignorant of his existence. And now he wrote and begged that the old
+      bond might be renewed; he was living, he said, in a little southern
+      village in the heart of the Swiss Mountains. He announced that he had two
+      sons and a daughter about the age of my brother and sister. His letter was
+      very affectionate, and my father responded to it in like manner and told
+      his cousin all about us, his three children.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The correspondence having continued, it was arranged that I should spend
+      my next vacation with my relatives; my sister was to take me there and
+      play the part of mother as she had done during our visit to the Island.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The south, the mountains, this sudden extension of my horizon, the cousins
+      who seemed literally to have fallen from the sky, became the subject of my
+      constant reveries until the month of August, the time set for our
+      departure.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0037" id="link2HCH0037">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER XXXVII.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      Little Jeanne had come over to spend the day at our house; it was at the
+      end of May during that spring in which my expectations were so great&mdash;I
+      was twelve years old at the time. All the afternoon we rehearsed with our
+      tiny jointed china dolls, and painted scenery, we had in fact been busy
+      with the &ldquo;Donkey's Skin,&rdquo;&mdash;but with a revised and grand version of
+      it, and we had about us a great confusion of paints, brushes, pieces of
+      cardboard, gilt paper and bits of gauze. When it came time for us to go
+      down into the dining-room we stored our precious work away in a large box
+      that was consecrated to it from that day forth&mdash;the box was a new one
+      made of pine, and it had a penetrating, resinous odor.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      After our dinner, at dusk, we were taken out for a walk. But, to my
+      surprise and sorrow, we found it chilly and the sky was overcast, and
+      every where there was a sort of mist that recalled winter to my mind.
+      Instead of going beyond the town, to the places usually frequented by
+      pedestrians, we went towards the Marine Garden, a much prettier and more
+      suitable walk, but one usually deserted after sunset.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      We went down the long straight street without meeting any one; as we drew
+      near the &ldquo;Chapel of the Orphans&rdquo; we heard those within chanting a psalm.
+      When that was finished a procession of little girls filed out. They were
+      dressed in white, and they looked very cold in their spring muslins. After
+      making a circuit of the lonely quarter, chanting meanwhile a melancholy
+      hymn, they noiselessly re-entered the chapel. There was no one in the
+      street to see them save ourselves, and the thought came to me that neither
+      was there any one in the gray heavens above to see them; the overcast sky
+      seemed as lonely as the solitary street. That little band of orphaned
+      children intensified my feeling of sorrow and added to the disenchantment
+      of the May night, and I had a consciousness of the vanity of prayer, of
+      the emptiness of all things.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In the Marine Garden my sadness increased. It was extremely cold, and we
+      shivered in our light spring wraps. There was not a single promenader to
+      be seen. The large chestnut trees all abloom and the foliage, in the glory
+      of its tender hue, formed a feathery green and white avenue&mdash;emptiness
+      was here too; all of this intertwined magnificence of branch and flower,
+      seen of no one, unfolded itself to the indifferent sky that stretched
+      above it cold and gray. And in the long flower beds there was a profusion
+      of roses, peonies and lilies that seemed also to have mistaken the season,
+      for they appeared to shiver, as we did, in the chill twilight.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I have found that the melancholy one sometimes feels in the springtime
+      usually transcends that felt in autumn, for the reason, doubtless, that
+      the former is so out of harmony with the promise of the season.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The demoralized state into which I was thrown by everything about me gave
+      me a longing to play a boyish trick upon Jeanne. There came to me a desire
+      (one that I frequently felt) to have some sort of revenge upon her,
+      because her disposition was so much more mature and yet more sprightly
+      than mine. I induced her to lean over and smell the lovely lilies, and
+      while she was doing so I, by giving her head a very slight push, buried
+      her nose deep in the flowers and it became covered with yellow pollen. She
+      was indignant! And the thought that I had acted so rudely tended to make
+      the walk home a very painful one.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The beautiful evenings of May! Had I not cherished memories of those of
+      preceding years, or had they in truth been like this one? Like this one in
+      the cold and lonely garden? Had they ended so miserably as did this
+      play-day with Jeanne? With a feeling of mortal weariness I said to myself:
+      &ldquo;And is this all!&rdquo; an exclamation which soon afterwards became one of my
+      most frequent unspoken reflections, a phrase indeed that I might well have
+      taken for my motto.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      When we returned I went to the wooden box to inspect our afternoon's work,
+      and as I did so I inhaled the balsamic odor that had impregnated
+      everything belonging to our theatre. For a long time after that, for a
+      year or two, perhaps longer, the odor of the pine box containing the
+      properties of the &ldquo;Donkey's Skin&rdquo; recalled vividly that May evening so
+      filled with poignant sorrow, which was one of the most singular feelings
+      of my childhood. Since I have come to man's estate I no longer suffer from
+      anguish that has no known cause, doubly hard to endure because mysterious,
+      I no longer feel as if my feet are treading unfathomable depths in search
+      of a firm bottom. I no longer suffer without knowing why. No, such
+      emotions belonged peculiarly to my childhood, and this book could properly
+      bear the title (a dangerous one I well know): &ldquo;A Journal of my extreme and
+      inexplicable sorrows, and some of the boyish pranks by which I diverted my
+      mind from them.&rdquo;
+     </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0038" id="link2HCH0038">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER XXXVIII.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      It was about this time that I installed myself in my aunt Claire's room
+      for the purpose of study, and there too I busied myself manufacturing
+      wonders for the &ldquo;Donkey's Skin.&rdquo; I took possession of the place as
+      entirely as an army occupies a conquered country&mdash;I would not admit
+      the possibility of being in the way.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      My aunt Claire was the person who petted me most. And it was she who was
+      always so careful of my little things. She always looked after my finery
+      or anything uncommonly fragile, things that the least breath of air would
+      have blown away&mdash;such exquisitely delicate trifles, for example, as
+      the wings of a butterfly, or the bright scale of a beetle, intended for
+      the costumes of our nymphs and fairies&mdash;when I said to her: &ldquo;Will you
+      please take care of this, dear auntie?&rdquo; I felt that I could be easy about
+      it, for I knew that no one would be allowed to touch it.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      One of the great attractions in her room was a bear that was used for
+      holding burnt-almonds; and I often visited the place for the sole purpose
+      of paying my respects to this animal. He was made of china and he sat upon
+      his hind legs in the corner of the mantelpiece. According to a compact
+      that I had with my aunt, every time that his head was turned to the side
+      (and I found it so several times during a day) it meant that there was an
+      almond or some other kind of candy for me. When I had eaten this I
+      straightened his head to indicate that I had been there, and then I
+      departed.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Aunt Claire enjoyed helping us with the &ldquo;Donkey's Skin&rdquo;; she worked
+      enthusiastically over the costumes and each day I gave her some task. She
+      was especially skilful in devising hair for the fairies and nymphs; she
+      managed to fix upon their tiny heads, about as big as the end of a little
+      finger, blond wigs made of light silk thread, this thread she twined upon
+      the finest wires and thus she was able to twist it into beautiful
+      ringlets.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Then when it became absolutely necessary for me to study my lessons, in
+      the feverish haste of the last half hour that I reserved for my task,
+      after having wasted my time in idleness of every sort, it was aunt Claire
+      who came to my rescue; she would open the large dictionary and hunt up for
+      me the unfamiliar words in the exercises and lessons. She also took up the
+      study of Greek in order to assist me with my lessons in that language.
+      When I studied my Greek I always led my aunt Claire to the stairway and I
+      sprawled there upon the steps, my feet higher than my head; for two or
+      three years that was the classic pose I took for the study of the Iliad,
+      or Xenophon's Cyropedia.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0039" id="link2HCH0039">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER XXXIX.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      Thursday evening was a time of great rejoicing with me whenever a terrible
+      storm descended upon Limoise, and thus made it impossible for me to return
+      home that night.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      It happened occasionally; and since I had had the experience, I used to
+      hope that it might occur often, and especially did I wish for a storm when
+      I had failed to prepare my lessons. One inhuman professor had instituted
+      Thursday tasks, and it was necessary for me to drag my text and copy-books
+      with me to Limoise; my beloved holidays, spent in the sweet open air, were
+      overcast by their dark shadow.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      One evening at about eight o'clock the much desired storm broke upon us
+      with superb fury. Lucette and I were in the large drawing-room that
+      resounded with the noise of the thunder, and we felt none too safe there.
+      Its great wall-spaces were broken by only two or three old engravings in
+      ancient frames. Lucette, under her mother's direction, was putting the
+      finishing touches to a piece of needle work, and, on the rather worn-out
+      piano, I was playing, with the soft pedal down, one of Rameau's dances;
+      the old-fashioned music sounded exquisite to me as it mingled with the
+      noise of the great thunder claps.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      When Lucette's work was completed, she turned over the leaves of my
+      copy-book lying on the table. After she had examined it she gave me a
+      meaning look, intended only for my eyes, that said as plainly as a look
+      can that she knew I had neglected my task. Suddenly she asked: &ldquo;where did
+      you leave your Duruy's 'History'?&rdquo;
+     </p>
+    <p>
+      My Duruy's &ldquo;History&rdquo;! Where indeed had I left it? It was a new book with
+      scarcely a blot in it. Great heavens! I had forgotten it and left it out
+      of doors at the far end of the garden in the most removed asparagus bed.
+      For my historical studies I had selected the asparagus bed which was like
+      a bit of copse, for the feathery green plants, past their season, grew
+      high and luxuriant; a hazel glen, leafy and impenetrable, and as shady as
+      a verdant grotto, was the spot I had chosen for the more exacting and
+      laborious work of Latin versification. As this time I was scolded by
+      Lucette's mother for my great carelessness, we decided to go immediately
+      and rescue the book.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      We organized a search party, and at the head of it went a servant who
+      carried a stable-lantern; Lucette and I walked behind him. Our feet were
+      protected from the wet ground by wooden shoes, and with much difficulty we
+      held over us a large umbrella that the wind constantly turned inside out.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Once outside I was no longer afraid; I opened my eyes wide and listened
+      with all my ears. Oh! how wonderful, and yet how sinister, the end of the
+      garden looked seen by those sudden and great flashes of green light that
+      shimmered and trembled about us from time to time, and then left us blind
+      in the blackness of the stormy night. And I shall never forget the
+      impression made upon me by the continual crashing of the branches of the
+      trees in the near-by oak forest.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      We found Duruy's &ldquo;History&rdquo; in the asparagus bed all water soaked and mud
+      bespattered. Before the storm the snails, exhilarated no doubt by the
+      promise of rain, had crawled over the book and they had left their slimy,
+      glistening traces upon it.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Those small tracks remained on the book for a long time, preserved,
+      doubtless, by the paper cover that I put over them. They had the power to
+      recall a thousand things to me, thanks to that peculiarity of my mind that
+      associates the most dissimilar and incongruous images if only once, for a
+      single favorable moment, they have been accidentally joined.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      And therefore the little, shining, zig-zag marks on the cover of Duruy
+      always brought to my mind Rameau's gay dance that I played on the shrill
+      old piano, only to have it drowned by the noise of the raging storm; and
+      the same little blotches also recall to me a vision that I had that night
+      (one, no doubt, born of an engraving by Teniers that hung on the wall);
+      there seemed to pass before my eyes little people belonging to a bygone
+      age who danced in the shade of a wood like that of Limoise; the apparition
+      awakened in me an appreciation of the pastoral gayety of that time, a
+      conception of the abandon and joyousness of the picnickers who were
+      dancing so merrily under the spreading branches of the oak trees.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0040" id="link2HCH0040">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER XL.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      And yet the return home from Limoise Thursday evenings would have had a
+      great charm but for the remorse I almost always felt because of neglected
+      duties.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      My friends took me as far as the river in the carriage, or I rode on a
+      donkey, or we walked. Once past the stony plateau on the south bank of the
+      river, and once over it and upon the home side I found my father and
+      sister awaiting me; I walked gayly beside them in the straight path lying
+      between the extensive meadows that led to our house. I went at a brisk
+      pace in my eagerness to see mamma, my aunts and our dear home.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      When we entered the town, by the old disused gate, it was always dusk, the
+      dusk of a spring or summer night; as we passed the barracks we heard the
+      familiar drums and bugles sounding the hour for the sailors' all-too-early
+      bed.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      And when we arrived at the house I usually spied my beloved ones (clothed
+      in their black dresses) seated in the honeysuckle arbor at the end of the
+      yard, or they were sitting out under the stars.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Or, if the others had gone in, I was sure to find aunt Bertha there alone;
+      she was a very independent person, and she dared defy even the dew and
+      evening chill. After kissing and embracing me she pretended to smell of my
+      clothes, and after sniffing a minute, to make me laugh, she would say:
+      &ldquo;Ah! you smell of Limoise, my darling.&rdquo;
+     </p>
+    <p>
+      And indeed I did have something of the fragrance of Limoise about me. When
+      I came from there I was always impregnated with the odor of wild thyme and
+      the other aromatic plants peculiar to that part of the country.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0041" id="link2HCH0041">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER XLI.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      Speaking of Limoise I will be vain enough to speak here of an act of mine
+      that I consider as brave as it was obedient, for it fell in with a promise
+      that I had given.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      It happened a short time before my departure for the south, before that
+      journey to the mountains with which my imagination was ever busy; it
+      occurred in the month of July following my twelfth birthday.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      One Wednesday, having started earlier than usual, so that I might arrive
+      at Limoise before nightfall, I begged those accompanying me to go no
+      farther than just beyond the town; I entreated them, for this once, to
+      allow me to make the journey alone as if I were a grown boy.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      As I was being ferried across the river I compelled myself to take from my
+      pocket the white silk handkerchief that I had promised to wear about my
+      neck to protect it from the cool breezes on the water; the old
+      weather-beaten sailors were looking at me and I felt unspeakably ashamed
+      as I tied the muffler around my neck.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      And at Chaumes, in that shadeless spot, a place always baked by the sun, I
+      fulfilled the pledge that had been exacted from me at my departure. I
+      opened a large sunshade!&mdash;oh! how my cheeks reddened and how
+      humiliated I felt when I was ridiculed by a little shepherd-boy who, with
+      head bared to the sun's rays, guarded his sheep. And my agony increased
+      when I arrived at the village and I saw four boys, who had doubtless just
+      come from school, look at me with astonishment. My God! I felt as if I
+      would faint. It was true courage which enabled me to keep my promise at
+      that moment.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      As they passed they stared hard as if to mock me for being afraid of the
+      sun. One muttered something that had little enough meaning, but which I
+      regarded as a mortal insult: &ldquo;It is the Marquis of Carabas!&rdquo; he said, and
+      then all began to laugh heartily. But notwithstanding, I continued on my
+      way with my parasol still open. I did not flinch nor answer them, but the
+      blood surged to my cheeks and hummed in my ears.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In the time that followed there were many occasions when it was necessary
+      for me to pass upon my way without noticing the insults cast at me by
+      ignorant people; but I do not recall that their taunts caused me any
+      suffering. But my experience with the parasol! No, I am sure that I have
+      never accomplished any braver act that that.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      But I am convinced that it is unnecessary for me to seek any other cause
+      for my aversion to umbrellas, an aversion that followed me into mature
+      age. And I attribute to handkerchiefs and such things, and to the
+      excessive care my family took to stop up every chink through which air
+      might reach me, my later habit, in line with my tendency to reactions, of
+      exposing my breast to the burning rays of the sun, of exposing myself to
+      every kind of wind and weather.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0042" id="link2HCH0042">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER XLII.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      With my head pressed against the glass in the door of the railway coach
+      that was going rapidly I continually asked my sister, who sat opposite:
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;Are we in the mountains yet?&rdquo;
+     </p>
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;Not yet,&rdquo; she would answer, still remembering the Alps vividly. &ldquo;Not yet,
+      dear. Those are only high hills.&rdquo;
+     </p>
+    <p>
+      The August day was warm and radiantly bright. We were in an express train
+      going south, on our way to visit those cousins whom we had never seen.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;Oh! but that one! See! See!&rdquo; I exclaimed triumphantly, as my eyes spied
+      an elevation towering above others; it was one whose blue height pierced
+      the clear horizon.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      She leaned forward.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;Ah!&rdquo; she said, &ldquo;that is a little more like a mountain, I must confess,&mdash;but
+      it isn't a very high one, only wait!&rdquo;
+     </p>
+    <p>
+      At the hotel, where we were obliged to remain until the following day,
+      everything interested us. I remember that night came suddenly, a night of
+      splendor, as we leaned upon the railing of the balcony leading from our
+      rooms, watching the shadows gather about the blue mountains and listening
+      to the chirping of the crickets.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The next day, the third of our frequently interrupted journey, we hired a
+      funny little carriage to take us to the town, one much out of the line of
+      travel at that time, where our cousins lived.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      For five hours we rode through passes and defiles&mdash;for me they were
+      enchanted hours. Not only was there the novelty of the mountains, but
+      everything here was unlike our home surroundings. The soil and the rocks
+      were a bright red instead of, as in our village, a dazzling white because
+      of the underlying chalk beds. And at home everything was flat and low, it
+      seemed as if nothing there dared lift itself above the dead level and
+      break the uniformity of the plains. Here the dwellings, of reddish hue
+      like the rocks, and built with old gabled ends and ancient turrets, were
+      perched high up on the hill; the peasants were very tanned, and they spoke
+      a language I did not understand; I noticed particularly that the women
+      walked with a free movement of the hips, unknown to the peasants of our
+      country, as they strode along carrying upon their heads sheaves of grain
+      and great shining copper vessels. My whole being vibrated to the charm of
+      the unfamiliar beauty about me, and I was fascinated by the strange aspect
+      of nature.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Toward evening we reached the little town that marked the end of our
+      journey. It was situated on the bank of one of those southern rivers that
+      rush noisily over their shallow beds of white pebbles. The place still
+      retained its ancient arched gateway and high, pierced ramparts; the
+      prevailing color of the gothic houses lining its streets was bright red.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      A little perplexed and agitated our eyes sought for the cousins whose
+      faces were not even known to us through photographs; but since they had
+      been apprised of our coming they would, no doubt, be at the station to
+      meet us. Suddenly we saw approaching us a tall young man, and he had upon
+      his arm a young lady dressed in white muslin. Without the least hesitation
+      we exchanged glances of recognition: we had found each other.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      At their house, on the ground floor, our uncle and aunt welcomed us; both
+      of them in their old age preserved traces of a once-remarkable beauty.
+      They lived in an ancient house of the time of Louis XIII; it was built in
+      an angle, and was surrounded by those porches that are so frequently seen
+      in small, southern mountain towns.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      When we entered we found ourselves in a vestibule flagged with pinkish
+      stones and ornamented with a large fountain of burnished copper. A
+      staircase of the same stones, as imposing as a castle staircase, with a
+      curious balustrade of wrought-iron, led to the old-fashioned wainscoted
+      bedrooms on the second floor. And these things evoked a past very
+      different from that I had brooded over upon the Island, at St. Ongeoise,
+      the only past with which I was at this time familiar.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      After dinner we went out and sat together upon the bank of the noisy
+      river; we sat in a meadow overgrown with centauries and sweet marjoram,
+      recognizable in the darkness because of their penetrating odor. It was a
+      very still, warm evening and innumerable crickets chirped in the grass. It
+      seemed to me that I had never before seen so many stars in the heavens.
+      The difference in latitude was not so great, but the sea air that tempers
+      our winters also makes our summer evenings hazy; in consequence we could
+      see more stars here in this southern country with its clear atmosphere,
+      than at our home.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The majestic mountains surrounding us, from which I could not take my
+      eyes, looked like great blue silhouettes: the mountains, never seen until
+      now, gave me the feeling, so much longed for, of being in a distant
+      country, they gave me the assurance that one of the dreams of my childhood
+      had come true.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I spent several summers in this village, and I made myself enough at home
+      to learn the southern dialect spoken by the people there. Indeed the two
+      provinces I became best acquainted with in my childhood was this southern
+      one and that of St. Ongeoise, both of them lands of sunshine.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Brittany, which so many take to be my native place, I did not see until a
+      later time, not until I was seventeen, and I did not learn to love it
+      until long after that,&mdash;doubtless that is why I loved it so ardently.
+      At first it oppressed me and induced a feeling of extreme sadness; my
+      brother Ives initiated me into its charm, a charm tinged with melancholy,
+      and it was he who persuaded me to explore its thatched cottages and wooden
+      chapels. And following this, the influence that a young girl of Treguier
+      exercised over my imagination, when I was about twenty-seven, strengthened
+      my love for Brittany, the land of my adoption.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0043" id="link2HCH0043">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER XLIII.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      The day after my arrival at my uncle's I met some children named Peyrals
+      who became my playmates. According to the fashion of that part of the
+      country their baptismal names were spoken preceded by the definite
+      article. The two little girls respectively ten and twelve years old were
+      called &ldquo;the Marciette&rdquo; and &ldquo;the Titi,&rdquo; and their younger brother, still a
+      little chap, who did not, therefore, figure so largely in our plays, was
+      called &ldquo;the Medon.&rdquo;
+     </p>
+    <p>
+      As I was younger in my ways than most boys of twelve,&mdash;in spite of my
+      understanding of some things usually beyond the comprehension of children,&mdash;we
+      immediately became a congenial little band, and for several summers we
+      came together and enjoyed each other's companionship.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The father of the little Peyrals owned all the forests and vineyards upon
+      the hillsides about us. We had the freedom of them, were absolutely our
+      own masters, and no one controlled or restrained us in any way, no matter
+      how absurd we were.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In that mountain village our relatives were so esteemed by the peasants
+      living around them, that it was perfectly proper for us to wander any
+      where and every where in search of adventures. We would start out very
+      early in the morning upon mysterious expeditions, or we went to distant
+      vineyards to have picnics or to chase butterflies that we never caught.
+      Sometimes a little peasant would enlist in our ranks and follow
+      submissively wherever we led. After the espionage to which I had been
+      accustomed I found this liberty a delicious change. An altogether novel
+      and independent life in the mountains; I might with some show of reason
+      call it a continuation of my solitude, for I was the senior of these
+      children who merely participated in my fantastic plays: between us there
+      were abysmal differences springing from the quality of our minds and
+      imaginations.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I was always the undisputed chief of the band; Titi, the only one who ever
+      revolted, was easily brought to terms; the children seemed to wish to
+      please me in everything, and that made it very easy for me to manage them.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      That was the first little band I led. Later, other ones, less easy to cope
+      with, came under my dominion; but I always preferred to have them composed
+      of persons younger than myself, younger in mental development especially,
+      and more simple in every way than I, so that they would not interfere with
+      my whims, nor laugh at my childishness.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0044" id="link2HCH0044">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER XLIV.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      The only task required of me during my vacation was that I should read
+      from Fenelon's Telemaque (my education, you see, was a little out of
+      date). My copy of the work was composed of several small volumes.
+      Strangely enough, it was not irksome to me. I could image to myself
+      distinctly the land of Greece with its white marble temples and its bright
+      sky, and I had a conception of pagan antiquity that was almost as vivid
+      (if not so correct) as Fenelon's: Calypso and her nymphs enchanted me.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Every day, in order to read, I hid myself from the Peyrals, either in my
+      uncle's garden or in the garret of his house, my two favorite
+      hiding-places.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      This garret, under the high Louis XIII roof, extended the full length of
+      the house. The shutters of the place were seldom opened, and there was
+      here, in consequence, almost perpetual twilight. The old things, belonging
+      to a bygone century, lying there under the dust and cobwebs attracted me
+      from the first day; and, little by little, the habit of slipping up there
+      with my Telemaque had grown upon me. I usually stole up after the noon
+      dinner, secure in the thought that no one would dream of looking for me
+      there. At this noon hour of hot and radiant sunshine, the garret, by
+      contrast, was almost as dark as night. Noiselessly I would throw open a
+      shutter of one of the dormer windows and a flood of sunshine poured in;
+      then I climbed out on the roof, and with elbows resting upon the
+      sun-warmed old slate tiles overgrown with golden mosses, I would read my
+      book.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Around me, on this same roof, thousands of Agen plums were drying. This
+      fruit, intended for winter use, was spread out on mats made of reeds;
+      warmed through and through by the sun and thoroughly dried they were
+      delicious; their fragrance, too, was exquisite and it impregnated the
+      whole garret. The bees and the wasps who, like me, ate them at their
+      pleasure, tumbled on their backs and extended their legs in the air,
+      overcome seemingly by the cloying sweetness of the fruit and the heat of
+      the day. And on the neighboring roofs, between the old gothic gables,
+      there were similar reed mats covered with these same plums, all visited by
+      myriads of buzzing wasps and bees.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      One could also see from here the two streets that came together in front
+      of my uncle's house; they were lined with mediaeval dwellings, and each
+      terminated at an arched door that was cut in the high red stone wall that
+      had formerly served as a fortification. The village was hot and drowsy and
+      silent, the heat of the mid-summer sun made it torpid; but one could hear
+      innumerable chickens and ducks scratching and pecking at the sun-baked
+      dirt in the streets. And far away in the distance the mountains pierced
+      the cloudless blue of the heavens with their sunny heights.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I read Telemaque in very small doses; two or three pages a day was
+      generally enough to satisfy my curiosity and to ease my conscience for the
+      day; that task over, I went down hurriedly to find my little friends, and
+      we would set out on a trip to the woods and vineyards.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      My uncle's garden, my other place of retreat, was not attached to the
+      house, but was situated, as were all the other ones in the village, beyond
+      the ramparts of the town. It was surrounded by very high walls, and one
+      had entrance to it through an old arched gate that was unlocked with an
+      enormous key. Upon certain days, armed with my Telemaque and my
+      butterfly-net, I isolated myself there.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In the garden there were several plum trees, and from them there fell,
+      onto the warm earth, over-ripe plums of the same variety as those drying
+      on the ancient roofs. The old arbor was trellised with grape vines, and
+      legions of flies and bees feasted upon the musky, fragrant grapes. The
+      extreme end of the garden, for it was a very large one, was overgrown like
+      an ordinary field with alfalfa.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The charm of this old orchard lay in the feeling it gave one of being
+      greatly secluded, of being absolutely alone in a wilderness of space and
+      silence.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I must not forget to speak of the old arbor that two summers later was the
+      scene of the most momentous act of my childhood. It backed against the
+      surrounding wall, and its lattice-work was overspread with muscadine vines
+      that the sun scorched and withered.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In this garden, for some inexplicable reason, I had the impression of
+      being in the tropics, in the colonies of my fancy. And in truth the
+      tropical gardens that I saw later were filled with the same heavy
+      fragrance and had much the same appearance. From time to time rare
+      butterflies, such as are not often seen elsewhere, flitted through the
+      garden. From a front view they looked like common yellow and black
+      butterflies, but a side view showed them to be as glistening and as
+      beautiful a blue as the exotic ones from Guinea that I had seen under
+      glass in my uncle's museum. They were very wary and difficult to ensnare,
+      for they rested only for a second at a time upon the fragrant muscadel
+      grapes before fluttering away over the wall. Sometimes I would place my
+      foot in a crevice of the stone wall, and scramble up to the top to look
+      after them as they flew across the hot and silent fields; and often I
+      remained there on the coping for a long time, propped upon my elbows, and
+      contemplated the distant landscape. Every where upon the horizon there
+      were wooded mountains surrounded here and there by the ruins of feudal
+      castles. Before me, in the midst of fields of corn and buckwheat, was the
+      Bories estate. Its old arched porch, the only one in the neighborhood that
+      was whitewashed, looked like one of those entry-ways that are so common in
+      African villages. This estate, I had been told, belonged to the St.
+      Hermangarde children, who were destined to become my future comrades. They
+      were expected almost daily, but I dreaded to have them come, for my little
+      band composed of the Peyrals seemed all sufficient and extremely well
+      chosen.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0045" id="link2HCH0045">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER XLV.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      Castelnau! This ancient name brings to me visions of glorious sunshine and
+      of clear light shining upon noble heights; it evokes the gentle melancholy
+      that I felt among its ruins, and recalls to me my dreams before the dead
+      splendors buried there for so many centuries.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The old ruin of Castelnau was perched on one of the most heavily wooded
+      mountains in the neighborhood, and its reddish stone turrets and towers
+      stood out boldly against the sky.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      By looking over and beyond the wall surrounding my uncle's garden I could
+      see the ancient castle. Indeed, it was a conspicuous point in the
+      landscape, and one immediately saw its rough red stones emerging from the
+      interlaced trees; one instantly noted the ancient ruin crowning the
+      mountain all overgrown with the beautiful verdure of chestnut and oak
+      trees.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Upon the day of my arrival I had caught a glimpse of it, and I was
+      attracted by this old eagle's nest which must have been a superb place of
+      refuge during the stormy middle ages. It was a common custom in my uncle's
+      family to go up there two or three times a month to dine and pass the
+      afternoon with the proprietor, an old clergyman, who lived in a
+      comfortable house built against one side of the ruin.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      For me those days were like a revel in fairy land.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      We started very early in the morning so that we should be beyond the
+      plains before the hottest period of the day. When we arrived at the foot
+      of the mountain we were refreshed by the cool shade of the forest,
+      enveloped in its mantle of beautiful green. As we went up and up, by
+      zig-zag paths, afoot, and in single file, under lofty arching oaks and
+      intertwined foliage our line of march resembled a huge serpent. I was
+      reminded of Gustave Dore's engravings of mediaeval pilgrims making their
+      way to isolated abbeys perched on mountain heights. Tiny springs oozed out
+      here and there and trickled across the red earth; between the trees we had
+      momentary glimpses of beautiful and extensive vistas. At last we reached
+      the summit, and after passing through the very quaint village that had
+      perched on this height for many centuries, we rang the bell at the
+      priest's tiny door. The castle overhung his miniature garden and house;
+      both were built under the shadow of the crumbling walls and the sinking,
+      almost tottering, red stone towers. A great peace seemed to emanate from
+      those aerie ruins, and a deep silence reigned there.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The dinners given by the old priest, to which several of the notabilities
+      of the neighborhood were invited, always lasted very long. The ten or
+      fifteen courses had an accompaniment of the ripest fruits and the choicest
+      wines of that country so excelling in exquisite vintages.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      For several hours we remained at the table afflicted by the August or
+      September midday heat, and I, the only child in the company, became very
+      restless; I was disturbed by the thought of the crushing nearness of the
+      castle, and after the second course I would ask to be permitted to leave
+      the table. An old serving-woman used always to go with me and open the
+      outer door in the wall of the feudal ramparts of Castelnau; then she
+      confided the keys of the stately ruin to me, and I plunged alone, with a
+      delicious feeling of fear, into the familiar path, and passed through the
+      gate of the drawbridge superposed on the ramparts.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      There I might remain for an hour or two sure of not being disturbed; I was
+      at liberty to wander about in that labyrinth, and I was master in the
+      majestic but sad domain. Oh! the sweet memory of the reveries that I have
+      had there! . . . First I would make a tour about the terraces overhanging
+      the forest lying below; a panorama infinitely beautiful unrolled itself to
+      my sight; rivers winding here and there in the distance looked like
+      streams of silver; and, aided by the clear and limpid summer atmosphere, I
+      could see almost as far as the neighboring provinces. A great calm
+      pervaded this sequestered corner of France; no line of railway penetrated
+      it; and in consequence, it led a life entirely apart from the big world, a
+      life such as it had known in the good old time.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      After visiting the terraces I would go into the ruined interior, into the
+      courts, up the stairways and through the empty galleries. I climbed to the
+      old towers and put to flight flocks of pigeons, and disturbed the sleep of
+      bats and owls. On the first floor there was a suite of spacious rooms,
+      still roofed over, and very dark because of the shuttered windows. I
+      penetrated into these chambers, and I felt an almost delicious terror when
+      I heard my footsteps echoing through the sepulchral stillness of the
+      place. Then I would pass in review before the strange Gothic paintings and
+      the half-effaced frescoes that still retained traces of gilt
+      ornamentation; the fabled monsters and garlands of impossible flowers had
+      been added at the time of the Renaissance. This magnificent, pictured
+      past, fantastic and barbarous to the point of being terrible, seemed to
+      me, at that time, very vague and dim and distant; I could not realize that
+      it had been lighted up by the same midday sunshine that warmed the red
+      stones of the ruins about me. And now that I am better able to estimate
+      Castelnau, when I recall it to my memory, after having seen most of the
+      splendors of this earth, I still think the enchanted castle of my
+      childhood, as it stands upon its glorious height, one of the most superb
+      ruins of mediaeval France.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In one of the towers there was a room whose ceiling was painted a royal
+      blue over-strewn with exquisite gold tracery and blazonry. In no place
+      have I realized feudalism so well as in that tower. There alone, in the
+      silence as of a city of the dead, I would lean out of the little window
+      cut in the thick wall and contemplate the green verdure lying below me,
+      and I tried to imagine that I saw coming along the paths, given over to
+      the flight of birds, a cavalcade of soldiers, or a procession of noble
+      knights and ladies. . . . And, for me, reared in a level country, one of
+      the greatest charms of the place was the view I had of blue distances
+      visible from every loophole and crevice, every gap and opening in the
+      rooms and towers of Castelnau, for then I realized its extraordinary
+      height.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0046" id="link2HCH0046">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER XLVI.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      My brother's letters, written close on very fine paper, continued to reach
+      us from time to time; he could only send them to us by sailing vessels
+      bound in our direction which lay-to in that part of the world where he was
+      stationed. Some of them were written particularly for me, and these were
+      long, and filled with never-to-be-forgotten descriptions. I already knew
+      several words of the sweet and liquid language of Oceanica, and often in
+      my dreams I saw the exquisite island he described and roamed over it; it
+      haunted my imagination as does a chimerical realm, ardently desired, but
+      as inaccessible as if situated upon another planet.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      During my visit to my cousins my father forwarded me a letter from my
+      brother addressed to me. I went up to the garret roof, on the side where
+      the plums were drying, to read it. He wrote of a place called Fataua which
+      was situated in a deep valley and surrounded by steep mountains. &ldquo;A
+      perpetual twilight,&rdquo; he wrote, &ldquo;reigns here under the great exotic trees,
+      and the spray of the cascade keeps the carpet of rare ferns fresh.&rdquo; Yes; I
+      could picture that scene to myself very well, now that I had about me
+      mountains and moist glens luxuriant with ferns. . . . He described
+      everything fully and vividly: my brother could not know that his letters
+      exercised a dangerous spell over the child who, at his departure, appeared
+      to be so tranquil and so attached to the home fireside.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;The only pity,&rdquo; he wrote at the end, &ldquo;is that this delightful island has
+      not a door opening into the home-yard, into the beautiful arbor overgrown
+      with honeysuckle, for instance, that lies behind the grottoes and the
+      little pond.&rdquo;
+     </p>
+    <p>
+      This idea of a door in the wall at the foot of our garden, and especially
+      the association between the little lake constructed by my brother and
+      distant Oceanica, struck me as very singular, and the following night I
+      had this dream:
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I went into the yard and found it enveloped in a sort of deadly twilight
+      that gave me the impression that the sun had been extinguished forever.
+      Every where there seemed to be an inexpressible desolation that is known
+      only in dreams, and which it is almost impossible to conceive of in the
+      waking state. When I arrived at the bottom of the garden near the beloved
+      little lake, I felt myself rising from the ground like a bird about to
+      take flight. At first I floated aimlessly as thistledown, then I passed
+      over the wall and took a south-west direction, the direction of Oceanica;
+      I had no trace of wings, and I lay on my back in an agony of dizziness and
+      nausea as I travelled with frightful rapidity, with the swiftness of a
+      stone shot from a sling. The stars whirled madly in space; beneath me
+      oceans and seas faded into the pallid and indistinguishable distance, and
+      as I journeyed I was ever enwrapped in that twilight bespeaking a dead
+      world. . . . After a few minutes I suddenly found myself encompassed by
+      the darkness of the noble trees in the valley of Fataua.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      There in the valley my dream continued, for I ceased to believe in it,&mdash;the
+      utter impossibility of really being there impressed itself upon my mind,&mdash;for
+      very often I had been duped by such illusions which always vanished when I
+      awoke. My main concern was lest I should wake wholly, for the vision,
+      incomplete as it was, enchanted me. At least the carpet of rare ferns was
+      really there. As I groped in the night air and plucked them I said to
+      myself: &ldquo;Surely these plants are real, for I can touch them and I have
+      them in my hand; surely they will not disappear when the dream vanishes.&rdquo;
+       And I grasped them with all my strength to be sure of keeping them.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I awoke. A beautiful summer day had dawned, and in the village was heard
+      the noise of recommencing life. The continual clucking of the hens as they
+      roamed about in the streets, and the click-clack of the weaver's loom
+      caused me to realize where I was. My empty hand was still shut tight, and
+      the nails were pressed almost into the flesh, the better to guard that
+      imaginary bouquet of Fataua, composed of the impalpable stuff of dreams.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0047" id="link2HCH0047">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER XLVII.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      I had very quickly attached myself to my grown cousins, and I felt as well
+      acquainted with them as if I had always known them. I believe it is
+      necessary that there should be the bond of blood for the creation of those
+      intimate relations between people, who but the day before were almost
+      ignorant of each other's existence. I also loved my uncle and aunt; my
+      aunt especially, who spoiled me a little, and who was so good and still so
+      beautiful in spite of her sixty years, her gray hair and her grandmotherly
+      way of dressing herself. In these levelling days, wherein one person is so
+      like another, people of my aunt's type no longer exist. Born in the
+      neighborhood, of a very ancient family, she had never been away from this
+      province of France, and her manners, her hospitality, and her exquisite
+      courtesy had a local stamp, every detail of which pleased me greatly.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In direct contrast to my sheltered home life, here I lived almost entirely
+      out of doors. I roamed about in the streets and highways, and often I went
+      beyond the gates of the town. The narrow streets paved with black pebbles
+      like those in the Orient, and bordered with gothic dwellings of the time
+      of Louis XIII, had a singular charm for me. I already knew all the nooks
+      and corners, public highways and the byways of the village, and I was well
+      acquainted with many of the kind country people who lived about us.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The women, peasant women with goitres, who passed my uncle's house on
+      their way to and from the surrounding fields and vineyards, carried
+      baskets of fruit on their heads, and they always paused to offer me
+      luscious grapes and delicious peaches. I was delighted with the southern
+      dialect, and with the songs of the mountaineers; and, best of all, my
+      unfamiliar surroundings ever reminded me that I was in a strange country.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      And now when I see any of the little things that I brought from there for
+      my museum, or when I look over the brief letters that I wrote to my mother
+      every day, I suddenly feel the warm sunshine, I experience again the
+      strange newness, I smell the fragrance of ripe southern fruits, and I feel
+      the keen freshness of the mountain air; and at such times I realize that
+      in spite of the long descriptions in these dead pages they inadequately
+      express all I felt.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0048" id="link2HCH0048">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER XLVIII.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      The little St. Hermangardes, of whom every one spoke so often, arrived
+      about the middle of September. Their castle was situated in the north upon
+      the bank of the Carreze, but they came every year to pass the autumn in
+      their very old and dilapidated mansion near my uncle's house.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Two boys, both a little older than I, came this time, and contrary to my
+      expectation I took a fancy to them immediately. As they were in the habit
+      of spending a part of each year at their country place they had guns and
+      powder and often went hunting. Thus they brought an entirely new element
+      into our games. Their estate of Bories became one of the centres of our
+      operations. Everything there was at our disposal, the servants and all the
+      animals in the stables. One of our favorite amusements was the
+      construction of enormous balloons, nine or ten feet high, and these we
+      inflated by burning under them sheaves of hay; we then watched them rise
+      and sail away and away, until they were lost to our sight high above the
+      distant fields and woods.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The little St. Hermangardes were unlike other children; they had had all
+      their instruction from a tutor, and their ideas were different from those
+      one imbibes at boarding schools. When there was any disagreement between
+      us in regard to our games they always courteously gave in to me, and
+      therefore my contact with them did not help me to meet the painful
+      experiences of the future.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      One day they came over and with much grace made me a present of a very
+      rare butterfly. It was of a pale yellow color, almost merging into light
+      green, the yellow of a very ordinary butterfly, but its front wings were a
+      shaded and exquisite pink, similar to the delicate rosy tints sometimes
+      seen at daybreak. They had captured it, they said, in the late-ripening
+      autumn grain fields of Bories,&mdash;they had caught hold of it so deftly
+      and carefully that their fingers had made no impression upon its brilliant
+      coloring. When, at about noontime, I received it from them I was in the
+      vestibule of my uncle's house, a place always kept tightly closed during
+      the hours of intense heat. From the wing of the house I heard my cousin
+      singing in the thin and plaintive falsetto of a mountaineer; he often sang
+      in that manner, and when he did so his voice always gave me a feeling of
+      unusual melancholy as it broke the stillness of the late September noons.
+      He sang over and over the same old refrain: &ldquo;Ah! Ah! The good, good story.
+      . . .&rdquo; Here he always broke off and recommenced. And from that moment
+      Bories, the pinkish-yellow butterfly, and the sad little refrain of the
+      &ldquo;good, good story&rdquo; were inseparably associated in my memory.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      But I fear that I have said too much about the incoherent impressions and
+      images which came to me so frequently in days gone by; this is the last
+      time that I will speak at length of them. But it will be seen, because of
+      what follows, how important it is for me to note the association existing
+      between the dissimilar things mentioned above.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0049" id="link2HCH0049">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER XLIX.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      We left the mountains at the beginning of October, but my home-coming was
+      marked by a very painful circumstance&mdash;I was sent to school! I went,
+      of course, only as a day scholar; and it goes without saying that I was
+      never allowed to go and come alone lest I should get into bad company. The
+      four years that I spent at the university, as a day scholar, were as
+      strange and as full of odd experiences as any of my life. But,
+      notwithstanding, from that fatal day my history becomes much less
+      interesting as a narrative.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I was taken to school for the first time, at two o'clock in the afternoon,
+      upon one of those glorious October days, so sunny and peaceful, that is
+      like a reluctant and sad leave-taking of the summer-time. Ah! how
+      beautiful it had been in the mountains, in the leafless forests and among
+      the autumn-tinted vines!
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      With a crowd of children, all talking at the same time, I entered the
+      torture chamber. My first impression was one of astonished disgust because
+      of the hideousness of the ink-stained walls, and of the old benches of
+      shiny wood defaced by the penknife carvings of countless school-boys who
+      had been so inexpressibly miserable in this place. Although I was a
+      stranger to my new companions they treated me with the greatest
+      familiarity (they used thee and thou in addressing me) and gave themselves
+      patronizing airs that were almost impertinent. Although I observed my
+      school-mates timidly and furtively I thought them, for the most part,
+      exceedingly ill-mannered and untidy.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      As I was twelve and a half I entered the third class; my tutor considered
+      me advanced enough to keep up with it if I chose to do so, although I
+      myself felt that I was scarcely equal to the task. The first day, for the
+      purpose of qualifying, we had to write Latin exercises, and I remember
+      that my father awaited, with some anxiety, the outcome of the examination.
+      When I told him I was second among fifteen I was surprised that he
+      attached so much importance to a matter of so little interest to me. It
+      was all one to me! Broken hearted as I felt, how could I be affected by
+      such a trifle?
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Later, indeed, at no time, did I feel the impetus that the desire to excel
+      brings with it. To be at the foot of the class always seemed to me the
+      least of the ills that a school-boy is called upon to endure.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The weeks following my entrance were extremely painful to me. I felt my
+      intellect cramping rather than expanding under the multiplicity of the
+      lessons and the tasks imposed; even the realm of my young dreams seemed
+      closing against me little by little. The first dismal, foggy weather, and
+      the first gray days added a greater desolation and sadness to my already
+      overwrought feelings. The uncouth chimney-sweeps had returned, and their
+      yearly autumn cry was again heard in the streets. Theirs was a cry that in
+      my earlier years wrung my heart and caused my tears to flow. When one is a
+      child the approach of winter, with its killing gloom and cold, seems to
+      awake in him inexplicable forebodings bespeaking the end of all bright and
+      beautiful things; time goes so slowly in childhood that we appear not to
+      be able to anticipate the inevitable reawakening that comes in the spring
+      to all things.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      No, it is only when we are older, and would seem, therefore, to be more
+      impressionable to the changes of the seasons, that we regard winter merely
+      as an incident having its rightful place among the other incidents of
+      life.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I had a calendar and I marked off upon it the slowly passing days. At the
+      commencement of my first year of college life I was oppressed by the
+      thought of the months of study stretching before me, and by the prospect
+      of the interminable months that must come and go before we reached the
+      Easter vacation that was to give us a respite of eight or ten days from
+      the dreadful schoolroom grind and ennui; I seemed to lose all my courage,
+      and at times I was almost overwhelmed with despair at the prospect of the
+      long and dreary days that went so slowly.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In the meantime cold weather, really cold weather set in and aggravated my
+      sorrows. Oh! the daily journey to school upon those frigid December
+      mornings, where for two deadly hours the only warmth we obtained came from
+      the inadequate coal fire, and before me the torture of returning to my
+      home in the face of the icy winter wind! The other children frolicked and
+      ran and pushed each other, and they slid upon the ice when it chanced that
+      the water in the gutters was frozen over. As for me I did not know how to
+      slide, and, besides, sports such as the other boys indulged in, I
+      considered highly undignified. I was always escorted to and from school
+      very sedately, and I felt the humiliation of being conducted. I was
+      sometimes laughed at by my school-mates with whom I was not at all
+      popular; and I had a disdain for those who, like myself, were in bondage.
+      I had scarcely an idea in common with them.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Even Thursdays I had to give to the preparation of lessons that took the
+      entire day. The written tasks, absurd exercises, I scrawled off in the
+      most careless and illegible handwriting.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      And my disgust for life was so great that I no longer took the least bit
+      of pains with myself; often now I was scolded for looking so unkempt, and
+      for having dirty, ink-stained hands. . . . But if I continue in this
+      strain I will succeed in making my recital as tedious as were the
+      school-days of my youth.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0050" id="link2HCH0050">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER L.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      Cakes! Cakes! My good hot cakes! The old cake woman had resumed her
+      nightly tour, and again we heard her rapid footsteps and her shrill
+      refrain. Always at the same hour, with the regularity of an automaton, she
+      went by our house. And the long winter recommenced in the same manner as
+      had the preceding ones, and as were similarly to begin the following two
+      or three years.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Our neighbors, the D&mdash;&mdash;-s, accompanied by Lucette, always came
+      at eight o'clock Sunday evenings, and another neighbor visited us also
+      upon this same evening. These latter brought with them their little
+      daughter Marguerite, who gradually insinuated herself into my affections.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      That year Marguerite and I brought the Sunday winter evenings, over which
+      the thought of the tasks of the morrow brooded sadly, to a close with an
+      entirely new amusement. After the tea, when I felt that the party was
+      about to break up, I would hurry little Marguerite into the dining-room,
+      and there we rushed madly about the round table and tried to catch or tag
+      each other,&mdash;we played furiously. It goes without saying that she was
+      usually caught immediately and tagged very often, and I scarcely ever; it
+      therefore fell out that it was almost always her turn to chase me, and she
+      did it desperately. We struck the table with our bodies, and yelled, and
+      carried on our play with the greatest imaginable uproar. We succeeded in
+      turning up the rugs, in disarranging the chairs, and in making havoc of
+      everything. We soon tired of our play, however,&mdash;the truth is I was
+      too old to care greatly for such frolics. I had scarcely any feeling save
+      one of melancholy in spite of the wild sport I indulged in, for over me
+      hovered the chilling thought that in the morning the usual round of dry
+      and laborious lessons would begin. My furious revel was simply a way of
+      prolonging that day of truce, of making it count to its very last moment;
+      it was an attempt to divert my thoughts by making plenty of noise. It was
+      also my way of hurling a defiance at those tasks that I had left undone.
+      My negligence troubled my conscience and disturbed my sleep, and caused me
+      finally to look over, hastily and feverishly, by the feeble light of a
+      candle, or by the cold gray light of early dawn, the neglected lessons,
+      before the coming of the despised hour in which I betook myself to school.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      There was always a little consternation in the parlor when the sounds of
+      our merriment reached those gathered there; it must have been particularly
+      distressing to our parents to hear that we were amusing ourselves
+      otherwise than with our duet sonatas, and to find that we preferred noise
+      and discord to the &ldquo;Pretty Shepherdess.&rdquo;
+     </p>
+    <p>
+      And for at least two winters, at about half-past ten every Sunday evening,
+      we indulged in that romp around the dining-table. My school was of little
+      value to me, and the tasks imposed of even less benefit; I always went to
+      work reluctantly and in the wrong spirit, and that lessened and
+      extinguished my power and stupefied me. I had the same unfortunate
+      experience when I came in contact with school-mates of my own age, my
+      equals; their roughness disgusted me, and I repulsed all the efforts they
+      made to be friendly. . . . I never saw them except in class, under the
+      master's rod as it were; I had already become a little being too peculiar
+      and set in my ways to be modified greatly by contact with them, and I
+      therefore held aloof, and my eccentricities accentuated themselves.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Almost all of them were older and more developed than I; they also were
+      more crafty and more sophisticated; in consequence there sprung up amongst
+      them a feeling of contempt and enmity for me that I repaid with disdain,
+      for I felt sure that they were incapable of comprehending or following the
+      flights of my imagination.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      With the very youthful peasants in the mountains, and the fishermen's
+      children on the Island, I had never been haughty; we had understood each
+      other after the fashion of children who are primitive and therefore fond
+      of childish play; and upon such occasions I had associated with them as if
+      they were my equals. But I was arrogant in my behavior to the boys at
+      school, and they had good reason to consider me whimsical and priggish. It
+      took me many years to conquer that arrogance, to act simply and like other
+      people in the world; and especially it was difficult for me to realize
+      that one is not necessarily superior to his fellows because he is (to his
+      own misfortune often) prince and conjurer in the realm of fancy.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0051" id="link2HCH0051">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER LI.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      The theatre wherein was enacted the &ldquo;Donkey's Skin,&rdquo; very much amplified
+      and more elaborate, had now a permanent place in my aunt Claire's room.
+      Little Jeanne, more interested in it since the additions to the scenery
+      and the text, came over oftener; she painted backgrounds under my
+      direction, and the moments I enjoyed most were those in which I impressed
+      her with my great superiority. We had now a box full of characters, each
+      with a name and a role; and the fantastic processions were made up of
+      regiments of monsters, beasts and gnomes made out of plaster and painted
+      with water colors.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I recall our delight and enthusiasm when we tried for the first time the
+      effect of a scenic background which we had made to represent the &ldquo;void of
+      heaven.&rdquo; Delicate rosy clouds, bespeaking the dawn, floated over the blue
+      expanse that was softened and paled by the gauze hanging in front of it.
+      And the chariot of a silken-haired fairy, drawn by two butterflies and
+      suspended on invisible threads, advanced towards the centre of the scene.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      But in spite of our efforts our work was never finished, for we took no
+      account of limitations; every day we had new ideas and ever more and more
+      wonderful projects, and the great comprehensive representation was
+      deferred from day to day, was postponed to a future that never came.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Every undertaking of my life will be, or has already been, left unfinished
+      and incomplete as was that little play of the &ldquo;Donkey's Skin.&rdquo;
+     </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0052" id="link2HCH0052">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER LII.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      Among those professors who seemed, during my school-days, so severe, and
+      indeed almost cruel to me, the most terrible without any exception were
+      the &ldquo;Bull of Apis&rdquo; and the &ldquo;Big Black Ape&rdquo; (I had nicknames for all of
+      them). I hope should they read this they will understand that I am writing
+      from the child's view-point. Should I meet them to-day I would, in all
+      probability, humbly tender them my hand and ask their pardon for having
+      been such an unmanageable pupil.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Oh! the Big Ape especially, how I hated him! When from the height of his
+      desk these words fell upon my ear: &ldquo;You will do a hundred lines; I mean
+      you, you little sap-head!&rdquo; I could have flown at his face like an enraged
+      cat. He was the first to arouse in me those sudden and violent outbursts
+      of rage that characterized me as a man, outbreaks which could scarcely
+      have been foreseen in a child of my sweet and patient disposition.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I would be doing myself a great injustice in saying that I was altogether
+      a bad scholar, I was, rather, an unequal and erratic one; one day at the
+      head of my class, the next day at the foot; but on the whole I maintained
+      a fair average, and at the end of the year I received the prize for
+      translation&mdash;I won no others however. It surprised me that every one
+      in the class did not receive the prize that I had won without great
+      effort, for translation was extraordinarily easy for me. On the other hand
+      I found composition very difficult, and narration still more so.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Little by little I deserted my own work-desk, and in my aunt Claire's
+      room, near the china bon-bon bear, I underwent with as much resignation as
+      possible, the torture that the preparing of my tasks imposed. On the
+      wainscoting of the wall, in a hidden recess of the room, there is still
+      visible, among the other fantastical sketches, a pen-portrait of the &ldquo;Big
+      Ape&rdquo;; the ink has faded to a light yellow, but the drawing has endured,
+      and when I look at it I again feel a sort of deadly weariness, and a
+      sensation of suffocation chills me through and through&mdash;in short I
+      once more live over those dread school-days.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Aunt Claire was more than ever my resource during those hard times; she
+      always looked up words for me in the dictionary, and often she took upon
+      herself the task of writing for me, in an assumed hand, the exercises
+      exacted by the &ldquo;Big Ape.&rdquo;
+     </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0053" id="link2HCH0053">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER LIII.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      Bring me, please, dear, the second . . . no, the third drawer of my
+      chiffonier.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      It is mamma who is speaking; she is busying herself with the drawers of
+      the chiffonier which every day, for many years, she had asked me to bring
+      to her,&mdash;sometimes she pretends to need them merely for the purpose
+      of pleasing me by requiring my services. It was one of the things that I
+      was able to do for her when I was very little: to carry to her one or
+      another of those tiny drawers. It was an honored custom in our household
+      for a long time.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      At the time of my life of which I am now writing it was in the evening, at
+      dusk, after my return from school, that I busied myself carrying the
+      little chiffonier drawers. I usually found mamma seated in her accustomed
+      place near the window chatting or embroidering, her work basket was before
+      her, and the bureau, whose different compartments she required from time
+      to time, was situated some distance away, in an anteroom.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The Louis XVth chiffonier was very much revered, for it had belonged to
+      great-grandmothers. In it there were some very old and very tiny painted
+      boxes which had doubtless been handled every day by one or another of our
+      ancestresses. It goes without saying that I knew all the secrets of these
+      compartments that were kept in such exquisite order; there was a special
+      place for silks that was classified by being put into ribbon bags; one for
+      needles, another for braid, and still another for little hooks. And these
+      things were still arranged, I have no doubt, as they had been in our
+      grandmother's days, whose saintly activity my mother imitated.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      To bring the drawers of the chiffonier to mamma was the joy and pride of
+      my childhood, and there has been no change in my feelings for those little
+      compartments since that time. They have always inspired me with the most
+      tender respect; they are blended with the image of my mother and they
+      recall to me her beautiful, skillful hands, ever busy manufacturing some
+      pretty, useful article,&mdash;even to her last piece of embroidery which
+      was a handkerchief for me.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In my seventeenth year, when we met great reverses&mdash;at that troubled
+      time of which I will not speak here, but only mention because I have
+      already, in preceding chapters, touched upon the matter&mdash;we had to
+      face, for several months, the dreadful possibility of being obliged to
+      part with our old home and all the precious things that it contained. At
+      that time when I passed in review all the beloved memories and habits and
+      mementoes that I would need to break with, one of my most agonizing
+      thoughts was: &ldquo;Never more will I be able to come and go in the
+      ante-chamber where the chiffonier stands, nor never again be able to carry
+      its precious little drawers to mamma.&rdquo;
+     </p>
+    <p>
+      And her very old-fashioned work-basket that I had begged her not to
+      discard, although it was much worn, with its little articles, needle
+      books, receptacles for thimbles and screws for holding the embroidery
+      frames! The thought that a time must surely come when the well-beloved
+      hands that daily touch these things will touch them no more, fills me with
+      so much sorrow that I am bereft of all courage and I struggle in vain
+      against invading sad emotions. Let me hope that as long as I live it may
+      remain as it is, that for so long it will be guarded with the sacredness
+      of a relic; but to whom can I bequeath this heirloom with the assurance
+      that it will be cherished? What will become of those poor little trifles
+      that are so precious to me?
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      That work-basket belonging to my mother, and the little drawers of the old
+      chiffonier are, I doubt not, the things that I will part with most
+      regretfully when the time comes for me to go into the world.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Truly all of this is very puerile and childish, and I am ashamed of it;&mdash;and
+      yet I am almost weeping as I write it.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0054" id="link2HCH0054">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER LIV.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      Because of the haste and confusion brought about by conflicting school
+      tasks, I had not for many months found time to read my Bible; indeed I
+      scarcely had time for a morning prayer.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I still went to church regularly every Sunday; that is we all went there
+      together. I reverenced the family pew where we had assembled for so many
+      years; and apart from that reason I hold it dear because it is associated
+      in my memory with my mother.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      It was at church, however, that my faith continued to receive its most
+      damaging blows; it was there that religion seemed a cold and meaningless
+      term to me. Usually the commentaries, the narrow human reasoning and
+      dissection took away from the beauty of the Bible and the Gospels, and
+      deprived them of their grandly solemn and exquisite poetry. For a peculiar
+      nature like mine it was very difficult to have any one touch upon holy
+      subjects (in such a way as did the minister) without in some measure, in
+      my opinion, desecrating them. The family worship, held every evening,
+      awakened in me the only religious meditation that I now knew, for the
+      voice that read or prayed was exceedingly dear to me, and that changed
+      everything.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      My untiring contemplation of nature, and the reflections that I indulged
+      in in the presence of the fossils I had brought from the mountains and
+      cliffs, and placed in my museum, indicated that there had been bred in me
+      a vague and unconscious pantheism.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In short my deeply rooted and still-living faith was covered over with
+      encumbering earth. At times it threw out a green shoot, but for the most
+      part it lay like an entirely dead thing in the cold ground. Moreover, I
+      was too much troubled to pray; my conscience, still restive and timid,
+      gave me no rest during the time that I was on my knees,&mdash;I always
+      felt remorse gnaw at me then because of the slovenly and half-done tasks,
+      and because of the feelings of hate I had for the &ldquo;Big Ape&rdquo; and the &ldquo;Bull
+      of Apis,&rdquo; emotions that I was obliged to hide and disguise until I
+      shuddered at the falsehoods I spoke and acted. These things gave me
+      poignant remorse and excruciating moral distress, and to escape from these
+      emotions I indulged in noisy sports and foolish laughter; and when my
+      conscience troubled me most, and I dared not, therefore, appear before my
+      parents, I took refuge with the servants, played tennis, jumped the rope,
+      or make a great racket.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      For two or three years I had not spoken of a religious vocation, for I now
+      understood that such a desire was a thing of the past, was impossible; but
+      I had not found anything to put in its place. When strangers asked what
+      career I was being prepared for, my parents, a little anxious in regard to
+      my future, did not know what to say; and I knew still less what to reply.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      However my brother, who was also much concerned over my enigmatical
+      future, in one of those letters that seemed always to come from an
+      enchanted land, suggested, because of a certain facility in mathematics
+      and a certain precision of nature, certainly anomalies in one of my
+      temperament, that it might be well for me to study engineering. And when
+      they consulted me and I replied apathetically: &ldquo;Very well, it is agreeable
+      enough to me,&rdquo; the matter seemed satisfactorily settled.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I would need to spend a little more than a year at a polytechnic school in
+      order to prepare myself. To be there or elsewhere, what difference did it
+      make to me? . . . When I contemplated the men of a certain age who
+      surrounded me, those occupying the most honorable positions, who had every
+      claim to respect and consideration, I would say to myself: &ldquo;It will some
+      day be necessary for me to live a useful, sedate life in a given place and
+      fixed sphere as they do, and to grow old as they are&mdash;and that is
+      all!&rdquo; And a bitter hopelessness overwhelmed me as I brooded on the
+      thought; I yearned for the impossible; I longed most of all to remain a
+      child forever, and the reflection that the years were fleeing, and that,
+      whether I would or would not, I must become a man, was anguish to me.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0055" id="link2HCH0055">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER LV.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      Twice a week, in the history classes, I came in contact with the naval
+      students. To give themselves a sailor-like appearance they wore red
+      sashes, and they constantly drew ships and anchors on their copy-books.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I never dreamed of that career for myself; scarcely oftener than once or
+      twice had such a thought passed through my mind and then it had disquieted
+      me: it was, however, the only life in which I could indulge my taste for
+      travel and adventure. It terrified me, this naval career, more than any
+      other because of the long exiles it imposed, exiles that faith could no
+      longer make seem endurable, as in the days when I had expressed a desire
+      to become a missionary.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      To go far away as my brother had done; to be separated from my mother and
+      other beloved ones for years and years; not to see during that time the
+      little yard reclothe itself in green at the coming of the spring, nor to
+      see the roses bloom upon the old wall, no, I had not the courage to
+      undertake it.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Because it was assumed, doubtless because of my peculiar education, that
+      such a rough life was wholly unsuited to me. And I knew very well, from
+      some words that had been spoken in my hearing, that should so wild an idea
+      gain a lodgment with me my parents would withhold their consent and thwart
+      me in every way.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0056" id="link2HCH0056">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER LVI.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      On my Thursday holidays during the winter, after having finished my duties
+      and accomplished all my school tasks, I felt the greatest homesickness
+      when I mounted to my museum. It was always a little late when I finished
+      my lessons, and the light was usually fading when I looked down at the
+      great meadows that appeared inexpressibly melancholy as they stretched
+      before me enwrapped in a grayish-pink mist. I was homesick for the summer,
+      homesick for the sun and the south, all of which were suggested by the
+      butterflies from my uncle's garden that I had arranged and pinned under
+      glass, and by the mountain fossils that the little Peyrals and I had
+      collected in the summer time.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      It was a foretaste of that longing for somewhere else which later, after
+      my return from long voyages to tropical countries, spoiled my visits to my
+      home.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Oh! there was in particular the pinkish-yellow butterfly! There were times
+      when I experienced a bitter pleasure in seeking to understand the great
+      sadness that it caused me. It was in the glass case at the far end of the
+      room; its two colors so fresh and unusual, like a Chinese painting, or a
+      fairy's robe, were exquisite foils for each other; the butterfly formed a
+      luminous whole that shone out brightly in the gray twilight, and it caused
+      the other butterflies surrounding it to look as dull as dun-colored little
+      bats.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      As soon as my eyes rested upon it I seemed to hear drawled out lazily, in
+      a mountaineer's treble, the refrain: &ldquo;Ah! ah! the good, good story!&rdquo; And
+      again I saw the white porch of Bories in the midst of the silence and the
+      hot sunshine of a summer noon. A deep regret for past and gone vacations
+      took possession of me; I felt saddened when I tried to recreate days
+      belonging to a dead past, and tried to imagine vacations still to come;
+      but mingled in with sentiments that I can name, there were those other
+      inexpressible ones that well up from the unfathomable deeps of one's
+      being.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      This association between the butterfly, the song and Bories caused me for
+      a long time an extreme sadness that, try as hard as I may, I cannot
+      explain satisfactorily; and the feeling continued until stormy and
+      tempestuous winds swept over my life and carried away with them the small
+      concerns belonging to my childhood.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Sometimes, upon gray winters evenings, when I looked at the butterfly I
+      would sing to myself the little refrain of the &ldquo;good, good story;&rdquo; to
+      accomplish this I had to make my voice very flute-like; and as I sang, the
+      porch of Bories appeared to me more vividly than ever, as it stood, sunny
+      but desolate, under the dazzling light of the September noon. This
+      association was a little like the one that later established itself for me
+      between the sad falsetto of the Arab songs, the snowy splendor of their
+      mosques and the winding-sheet whiteness of their lime-washed porticos.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      That butterfly in all the freshness and radiance of its two strange
+      colors, mummified, it is true, but as brilliant looking as ever under its
+      glass, retains for me a sort of old-time charm which I cherish. The little
+      St. Hermangardes, whom I have not seen for many years, and who are now
+      attached to an embassy somewhere in the Orient, would doubtless, should
+      they read this, be much astonished to learn what value circumstances has
+      given to their little present.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0057" id="link2HCH0057">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER LVII.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      The chief event of these winters, so poisoned by my college life, was the
+      gift-giving festival that we had at New Year.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      At about the end of November it was our custom, my sister's, Lucette's and
+      mine, to make out a list of the things we desired most. Everybody in the
+      two families prepared surprises for us, and the mystery surrounding these
+      gifts was our most exquisite pleasure during the last days of the year.
+      Between parents, grandmother and aunts there occurred, to excite my
+      curiosity still further, conversations full of mysterious hints, and
+      whisperings that were hastily discontinued as soon as I appeared.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Between Lucette and me it became a real guessing game. As in the play of
+      &ldquo;Words with a double meaning,&rdquo; we had the right to ask certain pointed
+      questions,&mdash;for example we asked the most ridiculous ones, such as:
+      &ldquo;Has it hair like an animal?&rdquo;
+     </p>
+    <p>
+      And the answers went something after this fashion:
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      What your father is to give you (a dressing-case made of leather) had
+      hair, but it has none now, except on some portion of its interior
+      (brushes), and that is false. Your mamma's present (a fur muff) still has
+      some hair. What your aunt is to give you (a lamp) will help you to see the
+      hair on the others better; but, let me see, yes, I am sure that that has
+      none.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In the December twilights, in that hour between daylight and darkness, we
+      would sit upon our low stools before the wood-fire, and continue our
+      series of questions from day to day. We grew ever more eager and excited
+      until the 31st, and in the evening of that momentous day the mysteries
+      were revealed.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      That day the presents for the two families, wrapped, tied and labeled,
+      were piled upon tables in a room closed against Lucette and me. At eight
+      o'clock the doors were thrown open and we filed in, the elders going
+      first, and each one of us sought for his own gift among the heap of white
+      parcels. For me the moment of entry was an exceedingly joyous one, and
+      until I was twelve or thirteen years of age, I could not refrain from
+      jumping and leaping like a kid long before it came time for us to cross
+      the threshold.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      We had supper at eleven, and when the clock in the dining room struck the
+      midnight hour, tranquilly, in harmony with the sound of its calm stroke,
+      we separated in the first moments of those New Years that are now buried
+      under the ashes of many succeeding ones. And on those evenings I fell
+      asleep with all my gifts in my room near me. I even kept the favorite ones
+      upon my bed. The following morning I always waked earlier than usual so
+      that I might re-examine them; they cast a spell of enchantment over that
+      winter morning, the first one of a new year.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Once there was, among my presents, a large illustrated book treating of
+      the antediluvian world.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Through the study of fossils I had already been initiated into the
+      mysteries of prehistoric creations. I knew something about those terrible
+      creatures that in geologic times shook the primitive forests with their
+      heavy tread; for a long time the thought of them disquieted me. I found
+      them all in my book pictured in their proper habitat, surrounded by great
+      brakes, and standing under a leaden sky.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The antediluvian world already haunted my imagination and became the
+      constant subject of my dreams; often I concentrated my whole mind upon it,
+      and endeavored to picture to myself one of its gigantic landscapes that
+      seemed ever enveloped in a sinister and gloomy twilight with a background
+      filled in with great moving shadows. Then when the vision thus created
+      took on a seeming reality I felt an inexpressible sadness that was like an
+      exhalation of the soul,&mdash;as soon as the emotion passed the
+      dream-structure vanished.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Soon after this I sketched a new scene for the &ldquo;Donkey's Skin;&rdquo; it was one
+      representing the liassic period. I painted a dismal swamp overshadowed by
+      lowering clouds, where, in the shave-grass and the gigantic ferns, strange
+      extinct beasts wandered slowly.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The play of the &ldquo;Donkey's Skin&rdquo; seemed no longer the same Donkey's Skin. I
+      discarded one by one the little stage people who now offended me by their
+      uncompromising doll-like stiffness; they were relegated to their
+      card-board box, the poor little things, where they slept the sleep
+      eternal, and without doubt they will never be exhumed.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      My new scenes had nothing in common with the old fairy spectacle: in the
+      depths of virgin forests, in exotic gardens, and oriental palaces formed
+      of pearls and gold I tried to realize, with the small means at my command,
+      all my dreams, while waiting for that improbable better time that ever
+      lies in the future.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0058" id="link2HCH0058">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER LVIII.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      That hard winter passed under the ferule of the &ldquo;Bull of Apis&rdquo; and the
+      &ldquo;Great Ape,&rdquo; finally came to an end and spring returned; it was always a
+      troublous time for us, the scholars, for the first mild days gave us a
+      great longing to be out, and we could scarcely hide our restlessness. The
+      roses budded everywhere upon our old walls; my beloved little garden,
+      bright and warm under the March sunshine, tempted me, and I would tarry
+      there a long time to watch the insects wake up, and to see the early
+      butterflies and bees fly away. Even the revised &ldquo;Donkey's Skin&rdquo; was
+      neglected.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I was no longer escorted to and from school, for I had persuaded my family
+      to discontinue a custom that made me ridiculous in the eyes of my
+      companions. Often, before returning home, I would take a long and
+      roundabout way and pass by the peaceful ramparts from where I had glimpses
+      of other provinces, and a sight of the distant country.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I worked with even less zeal than usual that spring, for the beautiful
+      weather that tempted me out of doors turned my head and made study almost
+      impossible.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Assuredly one of the things for which I had the least aptitude was French
+      composition; I generally composed a mere rough draught without a particle
+      of embellishment to redeem it. In the class there was a boy who was a very
+      eagle, and he always read his lucubrations aloud. Oh! with what unction he
+      read out his pretty creations! (He is now settled in a manufacturing town,
+      and has become the most prosaic of petty bailiffs.) One day the subject
+      given out was: &ldquo;A Shipwreck.&rdquo; To me the words had a lyrical sound! But,
+      nevertheless, I handed in my paper with only the title and my name
+      inscribed upon it. No, I could not make up my mind to elaborate the
+      subjects given to us by the &ldquo;Great Ape&rdquo;; a sort of instinctive good taste
+      kept me from writing trite commonplaces, and as for putting down things of
+      my own imagining, the knowledge that they would be read and picked to
+      pieces by the old bogey made it impossible for me to compose anything.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I loved, however, even at this time, to write for myself, but I did it
+      with the greatest secrecy. Not in the desk in my room that was profaned by
+      lessons and copy-books, but in the little old-fashioned one that was part
+      of the furniture of my museum, there was hidden away a unique thing that
+      represented my first attempt at a journal. It looked like a sibyl's
+      conjuring book, or an Assyrian manuscript; a seeming endless strip of
+      paper was rolled upon a reed; at the head of this there were two varieties
+      of the Egyptian sphinx and a cabalistic star drawn in red ink,&mdash;and
+      under these mysterious signs I wrote down, upon the full length of the
+      paper and in a cipher of my own invention, daily events and reflections. A
+      year later, however, because of the labor involved in transcribing the
+      cryptographic characters I had chosen I discarded them and used the
+      ordinary letters; but I continued my work with the greatest secrecy, and I
+      kept my manuscript under lock and key as if it were an interdicted book. I
+      inscribed there, not so much the events of my almost colorless existence,
+      as my incoherent impressions, the melancholy that I felt at twilight, my
+      regret for past summers, and my dreams of distant countries. . . . I
+      already had a longing to give my fugitive emotions a determinative
+      quality, I needed to wrestle against my own weaknesses and frailties and
+      to banish, if possible, the dream-like element that I seemed to discover
+      in all the things about me, and for that reason I continued my journal
+      until a few years ago. . . . But at that time the mere idea that a day
+      might come when someone would have a peep at it was insupportable to me;
+      so much so indeed that if I left home and went to the Island or elsewhere
+      for a few days, I always took care to seal up my journal, and with the
+      greatest solemnity I wrote upon the packet: &ldquo;It is my last wish that this
+      book be burned without being read.&rdquo;
+     </p>
+    <p>
+      God knows, I have changed since then. But it would be going too far beyond
+      the limits of this story of my childhood to recount here through what
+      changes in my life's view-point it chances that I now sing aloud of my
+      woes, and cry out to the passers-by, for the purpose of drawing to myself
+      the sympathy of distant unknown ones; and I call out with the greater
+      anguish in proportion as I feel myself approaching nearer and nearer to
+      the final dust. . . . And who knows? perhaps as I grow older I may write
+      of those still more sacred things which at present cannot be forced from
+      me,&mdash;and by that means try to prolong beyond the bounds of my
+      individual life, memory of my being, of my sorrows, and joys, and love.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0059" id="link2HCH0059">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER LIX.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      The return that spring of little Jeanne's father from a sea voyage
+      interested me greatly. For several days her house was topsy-turvy with
+      preparation, and one could guess the joy they felt over his approaching
+      arrival. The frigate that he commanded reached port a little earlier than
+      his family expected it, and from my window I saw him, one fine evening,
+      hurrying along the street alone, on his way home to surprise his people.
+      He had arrived from I know not which distant colony after an absence of
+      two or three years, but it did not seem to me that he was the least
+      altered in appearance. . . . One could then return to his home unchanged?
+      They did come to an end after all, those years of exile, which now I find,
+      in truth, much shorter than they seemed in those days! My brother himself
+      was to return the following autumn, and it would doubtless then seem as if
+      he had never been away from us.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      And what joyous events those home-comings were! And what a distinction
+      surrounded those who had but newly returned from so great a distance!
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The next day in Jeanne's yard I watched them unpack the enormous wooden
+      boxes that her father had brought from strange countries; some of them
+      were covered with tarpaulin cloth,&mdash;pieces of sails no doubt, that
+      were impregnated with the agreeable odor of the ship and the sea; two
+      sailors wearing large blue collars were busy uncording and unscrewing
+      them; and they took from them strange looking objects that had an odor of
+      the &ldquo;colonies;&rdquo; straw mats, water jars and Chinese vases; even cocoanuts
+      and other tropical fruits.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Jeanne's grandfather, himself an old seaman, was standing near me watching
+      from the corner of his eye the process of unpacking; suddenly, from
+      between the boards of a case that was being broken open with a hatchet,
+      there crawled out hastily some ugly little brown insects that the sailors
+      jumped on with their feet and destroyed.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;Cockroaches are they not, Captain?&rdquo; I inquired of the grandfather.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;Ha! How do you know that, you little landlubber?&rdquo; he laughingly
+      responded.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      To tell the truth, I had never seen any such insects before; but uncles
+      who had lived in the tropics often spoke of them. And I was delighted to
+      make the acquaintance of these tiny creatures that are peculiar to ships
+      and to warm countries.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0060" id="link2HCH0060">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER LX.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      Spring! Spring!
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The white roses and the jasmine bloomed on our old garden wall, and the
+      deliciously fragrant honeysuckle hung its long garlands over it.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I began to live there from morning until night in closest intimacy with
+      the plants and the old stones. I listened to the sound of the water as it
+      plashed in the shade of the majestic plum tree, I studied the grasses and
+      the wood mosses that grew at the edge of my little lake; and upon the warm
+      side of the garden where the sun shone all through the day, the cactus put
+      out its buds.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      My Wednesday evening trips to Limoise commenced again,&mdash;and it goes
+      without saying that I dreamed of the beloved place from one week to the
+      next to the detriment of my lessons and my other duties.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0061" id="link2HCH0061">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER LXI.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      I believe that that spring was the most radiant and the most ravishingly
+      happy one of my childhood, in contrast no doubt to the terrible winter
+      spent under the rigorous care of the Great Ape.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Oh! the end of May, the high grass and then the June mowing! In what a
+      glory of golden light I see it all again!
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I took evening walks with my father and sister as I had done during my
+      earlier years; they now came to meet me at the close of school, at
+      half-past four, and we set out immediately for the fields. Our preference
+      that spring was for a certain meadow abloom with pink amourettes, and I
+      always brought home great bouquets of these flowers.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In that same meadow a migratory and ephemeral species of moth, black and
+      pink (of the same pink as the amourettes) had hatched out, and they slept
+      poised on the long stalks of the grass, or flew away as lightly as the
+      flowers shed their petals when we walked through the hay. . . . And all of
+      these things appear to me again as I saw them in the exquisite, limpid
+      June atmosphere. . . . During the afternoon classes, the thought of the
+      sun-dappled meadows made me more restless than did even the mild air and
+      the spring odors that came in through the open windows.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I cherish particularly the remembrance of an evening in which my mother
+      had promised, as a special favor, to join us in our walk to the fields of
+      pink amourettes. That afternoon I had been more inattentive than usual,
+      and the Great Ape had threatened to keep me in, and all during my lessons
+      I firmly believed that I was to be punished. This keeping in after school,
+      which shut us away from the beautiful June day an hour longer, was always
+      a cruel torture. But to-day my heart felt particularly heavy as I
+      reflected that mamma would, doubtless, come at the appointed hour and
+      expect me,&mdash;and with some bitterness I thought that the springtime
+      was so very short, that the hay would soon need to be cut, and that
+      perhaps there would not be, the whole summer long, such another glorious
+      evening as this one.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      As soon as school was over I anxiously consulted the fatal list in the
+      hands of the monitor; my name was not there! The Big Black Ape had
+      forgotten me, or had been merciful!
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Oh! with what joy I rushed away to join mamma who had kept her promise and
+      who, with my father and sister, smilingly awaited me. . . . The air that I
+      breathed in was more delicious than ever, it was exquisitely soft and
+      balmy, and the atmosphere had a tropical resplendence.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      When I recall that time, when I think of those meadows all abloom with
+      amourettes, and of those pink moths, there is mingled, to my regret, a
+      sort of indefinable pain whose intensity I cannot understand, an anguish I
+      always feel when I find myself in the presence of things that impress and
+      charm me with their undercurrent of mystery.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0062" id="link2HCH0062">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER LXII.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      I have already said that I was extraordinarily childish for my years.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      If the personage I then was could but be brought into the presence of the
+      little Parisian boys of twelve or thirteen, educated according to the more
+      perfect modern method, who at so early an age declaim, discuss and
+      harangue, and entertain all sorts of political ideas, I would, I am sure,
+      be struck dumb by their discourses, and how singular they would find me
+      and with what disdain they would treat me!
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I am myself astonished at the childishness that I displayed in certain
+      ways, for in artistic perception and imagination, in spite of my lack of
+      method, and lack of real knowledge, I was incontestably more advanced than
+      are the majority of boys of my age; if that youthful journal, the strip of
+      paper wrapped about a reed in the similitude of a conjuring-book, of which
+      I spoke a short time ago, were still in existence it would emphasize
+      twenty fold this pale record, on which it seems to me there has already
+      fallen the dust of ages.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0063" id="link2HCH0063">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER LXIII.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      My room where I now scarcely ever installed myself to study, and which I
+      seldom entered except at night to sleep, became, during the beautiful
+      month of June, my palace of delight, and I went there after dinner to
+      enjoy the long, and mild, and beautiful twilights. I had invented a sport
+      which I deemed an improvement upon the rag-rat trick that the dirty little
+      street urchins whisked, at the end of long strings, about the feet and
+      legs of the passers-by. My game amused me greatly and I prosecuted it with
+      vivacity. It would, I think, amuse me still if I dared play it, and I hope
+      that my trick will be imitated by all the youngsters who are imprudently
+      allowed to read this chapter.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      On the other side of the street, just opposite my window, and similarly
+      upon the second floor there lived the good old maid, Miss Victoire&mdash;(she
+      wore a great old-fashioned frilled cap and round spectacles). I had
+      obtained permission from her to fix to the fastening of her shutter a
+      string that I then brought all across the street and into my window, the
+      remainder of this string I rolled upon a stick, ball-fashion.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In the evening, as soon as the light waned, a bird of my own manufacture&mdash;a
+      sort of absurd and impossible crow, made out of iron wire and with black
+      silk wings&mdash;came slyly from between my venetian blinds that I
+      immediately closed after the exit of the creature, this bird descended in
+      a droll way and posed on the paving stones in the middle of the street. A
+      ring on which it was suspended, and which allowed it to slip freely the
+      length of the string, was not visible because of the dim light, and from
+      time to time I made the crow hop and skip comically about on the ground.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      And when the passers-by paused to gaze at this unlikely looking bird that
+      fluttered about so gayly&mdash;whiz! I would pull the string that I held
+      firmly in my hand, and the bird would leap from under their very noses and
+      mount high in the air.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Oh! how amused I was, those beautiful evenings, when I peeped out from
+      behind my venetian blinds; how I laughed to myself over the surprised
+      exclamations and the bewilderment of those fooled, and how I enjoyed
+      rehearsing to myself their probable reflections and guesses. And to me the
+      most astonishing part was that after the first moment of surprise, the
+      persons whom I tricked laughed as heartily as I; it should be mentioned
+      that the majority of those passing were neighbors who must certainly have
+      had some inkling of the mystifying joke about to be played on them. I was
+      much loved in the neighborhood at that time. Or if the pedestrians chanced
+      to be sailors, the easy going fellows, themselves only grown children,
+      were much delighted with my child's play.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      What will always remain an incomprehensible mystery to me is that in my
+      family, where we seldom sinned through an excess of reserve towards each
+      other, they shut their eyes to my trick, and thus tacitly gave me
+      permission to play it during the entire spring; I am not able to explain
+      to myself how it chanced that they failed to correct me, and the years
+      instead of clearing up this mystery only serve to intensify it.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      That black bird has naturally become one of my many relics; at intervals,
+      during the past two or three years, I have looked at it; it is somewhat
+      dingy, but it always recalls to me the beautiful evenings in June, now
+      vanished, the delicious intoxication of that springtime of long ago.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0064" id="link2HCH0064">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER LXXIV.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      Those Thursdays at Limoise when the fierce heat of the noon-day sun
+      overwhelmed everything, and the country side lay asleep and silent under
+      its pitiless rays, it was my habit to clamber up to the top of the old
+      wall that enclosed the garden, and there I sat astride and immovable for a
+      long time. The branching ivy reached to my shoulders and innumerable flies
+      and locusts buzzed around me. From the height of this observatory I had a
+      view of the hot and lonely region lying beyond, of the moorland and
+      woodland, and from there I saw a thin white veil of mist that was agitated
+      ceaselessly by the waves of heat, as the surface of a tiny lake is ruffled
+      by the least wind. Those horizons seen from Limoise still had for me the
+      strange mystery I had endowed them with in the first summers of my life.
+      The region visible from the top of the wall was a rather solitary one, and
+      I tried to make myself believe that the waste land and woodland was a
+      veritable untrodden country that stretched out indefinitely; and although
+      I now knew well that about me everywhere there were roads; cultivated
+      fields, and prosperous villages, I succeeded in clinging to the illusion
+      that the surrounding country and contiguous lands were wild and primitive.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      And the better to deceive myself I took care to shut out, by looking
+      through my fingers folded together spy-glass fashion, all that would have
+      spoiled for me the impression of loneliness; an old farm house, for
+      instance, with its bit of cultivated vineyard and smooth road.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      And there all alone, in that silence murmurous with the buzzing of many
+      insects, distracted by nothing, always turning my hollowed hand towards
+      the most desolate portion of the landscape, I succeeded in gaining an
+      impression of distant, tropical countries.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I had impressions of Brazil particularly, but I do not know why in those
+      moments of contemplation the neighboring forest always suggested that
+      country to me.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In passing I must describe this forest, the first one of all the earth's
+      forests that I knew, and the one I loved the best: the straight, slim
+      trunks of the ancient evergreen oaks, of sombre foliage, were like the
+      columns of a church; not a particle of brush grew under them, but the dry
+      soil was covered all the year with the most exquisite short grass, soft
+      and fine as down, and here and there grew furze, dropwort and other rare
+      flowers that thrive in the shade.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0065" id="link2HCH0065">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER LXV.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      The Iliad was being explained to us in class,&mdash;no doubt I would have
+      loved it, but our master had made it odious by his analysis, his difficult
+      tasks and his parrot-like recitals;&mdash;but suddenly I stopped, filled
+      with admiration of a famous line, whose end is musical as the murmur of
+      the waves of the incoming tide as they spread their sheets of foam upon
+      the pebbly shore.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;Observe,&rdquo; said the Big Ape, &ldquo;observe the inceptive harmony.&rdquo;
+     </p>
+    <p>
+      Zounds! Yes, I had observed it. Little need to take the trouble to point
+      out such a sentence to me.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I also had a great admiration, less justified perhaps, for some lines from
+      Virgil.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Since the beginning of the Ecloque I had, with the greatest interest,
+      followed the two shepherds as they made their way across the fields of
+      ancient Rome. I could picture it to myself so vividly, those Roman meadows
+      of two thousand years ago: hot, a little sterile, with thickets of almost
+      petrified shrubs, and evergreen oaks like the stony moorland of Limoise,
+      where I had experienced precisely the pastoral charm that I discovered in
+      this description of a past time.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Onward went the two shepherds, and suddenly, they perceived that their
+      journey was half over, &ldquo;because the tomb of Bianor was immediately below
+      them . . .&rdquo; Oh! how vividly I saw that tomb of Bianor disclose itself to
+      their view. Its old stones, that made a white blot on the reddish road,
+      were covered with tiny sun-scorched plants, wild thyme or marjoram, and
+      here and there grew stunted dark foliaged shrubs. And the sonority of the
+      word Bianoris with which the sentence ended suddenly and magically evoked
+      for me the musical humming of the insects that buzzed around the two
+      travellers who, upon that bygone day in June, walked onward in the great
+      silence and serene tranquillity of the hot noon enkindled by a younger
+      sun. I was no longer in the schoolroom; I was in the meadows with the
+      shepherds walking with them this radiant summer day through the
+      sun-scorched flowers and grass of a Roman field,&mdash;but still all
+      seemed softened and vague as if looked at through a telescope that had the
+      power to draw into its line of vision ages long past.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Who knows? Perhaps if the Big Ape could but have divined the causes that
+      led to my momentary inattention it might have brought about an
+      understanding between us.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0066" id="link2HCH0066">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER LXVI.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      One Thursday evening at Limoise, just before the inevitable hour for my
+      departure, I went up alone to the large, old room on the second floor in
+      which I slept. First I leaned out of the open window to watch the July sun
+      sink behind the stony fields and fern heaths that lay towards the sea,
+      which though very near us was invisible. These sunsets at the end of my
+      Thursday holidays always overwhelmed me with melancholy.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      During the last minutes of my stay I felt a desire, one I had never known
+      before, to rummage in the old Louis XV bookcase that stood near my bed.
+      There among the volumes in their century-old bindings, where the worms,
+      never disturbed, slowly bored their galleries, I found a book made of
+      thick rough old-fashioned paper, and this I opened carelessly. . . . In it
+      I read, with a thrill of emotion, that from noon until four o'clock in the
+      afternoon, on the 20th of June, 1813, south of the equator, in longitude
+      110 and latitude 15 (between the tropics, consequently, and in the middle
+      of the South Pacific Ocean) there was fair weather, a beautiful sea, a
+      fine southeast breeze, and in the sky many little clouds called
+      &ldquo;cat-tails,&rdquo; and that alongside the ship dolphins were passing.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      He who had seen the dolphins pass, and who had recorded the fugitive cloud
+      forms had doubtless been dead for many years. I knew that the book was
+      what is called a ship's log-book, one in which seafaring people write
+      every day. Its appearance did not strike me as strange, although I had
+      never before had one in my hand. But for me it was a wonderful and
+      unexpected experience to thus suddenly come into a knowledge of the aspect
+      of the sea and sky in the midst of the South Pacific Ocean, at a given
+      time in a year long past. . . . Oh! for a glimpse of that beautiful and
+      tranquil sea, of those &ldquo;cat-tails&rdquo; that dotted the deep blue arch of the
+      sky, and of those dolphins that swiftly traversed the lonely southern
+      waters!
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In this sailor's life, in this profession so terrifying (a career
+      forbidden to me), how many delightful things happened! I had never until
+      this evening realized it with such intensity.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The memory of that hasty little reading is the reason why, during my
+      watches at sea, whenever a helmsman signals a passage of dolphins, I have
+      always turned my eyes in their direction to watch them; and it has always
+      given me a peculiar pleasure to note the incident in the log-book,
+      differing so little from the one in which the sailors of June, 1813, had
+      written before me.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0067" id="link2HCH0067">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER LXVII.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      During the vacation that followed, our departure for the south and the
+      mountains enchanted me more than did my first trip there.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      As in the preceding summer we started, my sister and I, at the beginning
+      of August. While it was no longer a journey of adventure, the pleasure of
+      returning and again finding there all the things that had formerly so
+      delighted me surpassed the charm of going forth to meet the unknown.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Between the point where the railroad ended and the village in which our
+      cousins lived, in the course of the long carriage ride, our little
+      coachman, in venturing to take what he supposed a short cut, lost his way,
+      and he carried us into the most exquisite forest nooks. The weather was
+      beautiful and radiant. With what joy I saluted the first peasant women
+      whom I saw walking along with great copper water-jars upon their heads,
+      and the first swarthy peasants conversing in the well remembered dialect,
+      how I rejoiced when we rolled along over the blood-colored roads, and when
+      the mountains junipers came into view.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      At about noon-time we stopped in a shady valley in a sequestered village
+      called Veyrac to rest our horses, and we seated ourselves at the foot of a
+      chestnut tree. There we were attacked by the ducks of the place, the
+      boldest and most ill bred in the world. They flocked around us in an
+      unseemly manner, uttering shrill cries and quacking hideously. As we
+      departed, even after we were in our carriage, these infuriated creatures
+      followed us; whereupon my sister turned towards them, and with all the
+      dignity of an old-time traveller outraged by an inhospitable population
+      exclaimed: &ldquo;Ducks of Veyrac, be ye accursed!&rdquo; And for several years I
+      could not keep a straight face when I remembered the foolish and prolonged
+      laughter that I indulged in at the time. Above all I cannot think of that
+      day without regretting the resplendence of the sun and the blue sky, a
+      resplendence that I never see now.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      As we drew near we were met on our way at the bridge spanning the river,
+      by our cousins and the Peyrals. I discovered with pleasure that my little
+      band was complete. We had all grown taller by several inches; but we found
+      immediately that we were not otherwise changed, we were still children
+      ready for the same childish games.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      At night-fall there was a terrific storm. And while the thunder boomed
+      around us as if it was bombarding the roof of my uncle's house, and when
+      all the old stone gargoyles in the village were pouring forth torrents of
+      water that rushed tumultuously over the black pebbles in the street, we
+      took refuge, the little Peyrals and I, in the kitchen, and there we made a
+      racket and joyously danced around in a ring.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      It was a very large kitchen, furnished in an old-fashioned way with a
+      perfect arsenal of burnished copper utensils; every variety of pan and
+      kettle, shining like pieces of armor, hung on the halls in the order of
+      their size. It was almost dark, and from the moist earth came the fresh
+      odor one usually smells after a storm, after a summer rain; and through
+      the thick iron-barred Louis XIII windows the lurid, green lightning
+      flashed incessantly and blinded us and compelled us, in spite of
+      ourselves, to close our eyes. We turned round and round like mad beings,
+      and sang together: &ldquo;The star of night whose peaceful light.&rdquo; . . . It was
+      a sentimental song, never intended for dance music, but we scanned it
+      drolly and mockingly, and thus made of it an accommodating and tuneful
+      dance measure. We continued our joyous sport for I do not know how long a
+      time; we were excited by the noise of the storm and we whirled around like
+      little dervishes; it was a merry-making in celebration of my return; it
+      was a fitting way of inaugurating the holidays; it was a defiance to the
+      Big Ape, and it was an appropriate prologue to the series of expeditions
+      and childish sports of every kind that were to recommence, with more ardor
+      than ever, the next day.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0068" id="link2HCH0068">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER LXVIII.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      The following morning at daybreak when I awoke, a noisy cadence, to which
+      I was unaccustomed, fell upon my ears; the neighboring weaver had already
+      commenced, even with the dawn, to work his ancient loom, and the musical
+      to and fro of its shuttle had roused me. Then after the first drowsy,
+      dreamy moment I remembered, with overwhelming joy, that I was at my
+      uncle's in the south; that this was the morning of the first day; that I
+      had before me the prospect of a whole summer of out-of-door life and
+      wildest liberty&mdash;had August and September, two months that at present
+      pass as quickly as if they were but two days, but which then seemed of a
+      fairly respectable duration. With a feeling of rapture, after I had wholly
+      shaken off my sleep, I came into a full consciousness of myself and the
+      realities of my life; I felt &ldquo;joy at my waking.&rdquo;
+     </p>
+    <p>
+      The preceding winter I had read a story of the Indians of the Great Lakes,
+      and one thing in it had impressed me so deeply that I always remembered
+      it: an old Indian chief, whose daughter was pining away because of her
+      love for a white man, had finally consented to give her to the alien so
+      that she might once more feel &ldquo;joy at her waking.&rdquo;
+     </p>
+    <p>
+      Joy at her waking! Indeed, for some time I had myself noticed that the
+      moment of waking is always the one in which I had the most distinct and
+      vivid impression of joy or sorrow; and it is then, at the waking hour,
+      that one finds it so particularly painful to be without joy; my first
+      little sorrows and remorses, my anxieties about the future, were the
+      things that usually obtruded themselves cruelly&mdash;however the feeling
+      of sadness vanished very quickly in those days.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      At a later time I had very gloomy and sad awakenings. And there are times
+      now when I have moments of terrifying clearness of vision during which I
+      seem to see, if I may so express it, into the depths of life; it is at
+      such moments that life presents itself to me without those pleasing
+      mirages that during the day still delude me; during those moments I appear
+      to have a more vivid realization of the rapid flight of the years, the
+      crumbling away of all that I endeavor to hold to, I almost realize the
+      final unimaginable nothingness, I see the bottomless pit of death, near at
+      hand, no longer in any way disguised.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      But that morning I had a joyful awaking, and unable to remain quietly in
+      bed, I rose immediately. So impatient was I to be out that I scarcely took
+      time to ask myself where I should begin my first day's round of visits.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I had all the nooks and corners of the village to see again, the gothic
+      ramparts and the lovely river; and my uncle's garden to revisit, where
+      probably, since last year, the rarest butterflies had become domiciled. I
+      had visits to make to the ancient and curious houses in the neighborhood,
+      where lived all the kind old women who, in the past summer, had lavished
+      upon me their most luscious grapes as if they were my feudal due;&mdash;there
+      was in particular a certain Madame Jeanne, a rich old peasant, who had
+      taken so great a fancy to me that she liked to humor my every whim, and
+      who, for my amusement, every time she passed on her way, like Nausicaa,
+      from the washing-place, looked comically out of the corner of her eyes
+      towards my uncle's house. And, too, there were the surrounding vineyards,
+      and woods, and mountain paths; and beyond, Castelnau, rearing its
+      battlements and towers above the pedestal of chestnuts and oak trees,
+      called me to its ruins! Where should I run first, and how could I ever
+      weary of so beautiful a land!
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The sea, to which I was now scarcely ever taken, was for the moment
+      completely forgotten.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      After these two happy months school was to re-open. I could not bear to
+      think of it, but its monotony would be broken by a great event, the return
+      of my brother. His four years were not quite completed; but we knew that
+      he had already left the &ldquo;mysterious island,&rdquo; and we expected him to arrive
+      home in October. For me it would be like becoming acquainted with a
+      stranger. I was somewhat anxious to know whether he would love me when he
+      met me, if he would approve of a thousand little things I did,&mdash;how,
+      for instance, my way of playing Beethoven would please him.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I thought constantly of his approaching arrival; I was so overjoyed, and I
+      anticipated with so keen a delight the change his coming would make in my
+      life, that I did not feel a particle of the melancholy which usually beset
+      me in the autumn.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I meant to consult him about a thousand troublous matters, to confide to
+      him all my anguish and uncertainty in regard to the future; I knew also
+      that my parents depended upon him to give them definite advice about me,
+      and expected him to direct me towards a scientific career: that was the
+      one dark spot upon his return.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Awaiting his dread decision, I threw aside all care and amused myself as
+      gayly as possible; I put even less restraint than usual upon myself during
+      the vacation which I regarded as likely to be the very last of my
+      childhood.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0069" id="link2HCH0069">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER LXIX.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      After the noon dinner it was the custom in my uncle's house to sit for an
+      hour or two in the entry-way of the house, that vestibule inlaid with
+      flagstones and ornamented with a large, burnished, copper fountain, for it
+      was the coolest place during the heated period of the day. Here it was
+      almost dark, for everything was closed; two or three rays of sunshine, in
+      whose light the flies danced, filtered in through the cracks of the
+      massive Louis XIII door. In the silent village no one was astir, and one
+      heard there only the everlasting clucking of the hens,&mdash;all other
+      living creatures seemed asleep.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I, however, did not remain long in the cool vestibule. The bright sunshine
+      lured me out; and, too, scarcely had I installed myself there in the
+      circle before I heard a knocking at the street door: the three little
+      Peyrals had come to fetch me, and to apprise me of their presence they
+      lifted the old iron knocker that was hot enough to burn their fingers.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Then with hats pulled over our eyes and equipped with hammers, staffs and
+      butterfly-nets we would start out in search of new adventures. First we
+      passed through the narrow gothic streets paved with pebbles, then we
+      struck into the paths that lay just beyond the village, paths that were
+      always covered with wheat-chaff that got into our shoes, and into which we
+      sank ankle deep; finally we reached the open country, the vineyards, and
+      the roads that led to the woods, or better still those that brought us to
+      the river which we forded by means of the flower-covered islets.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      This wild liberty was a complete avengement for the monotony of my cribbed
+      and cabined home life, ever the same all the year through; but I still
+      lacked the companionship of little boys of my own age, I needed to clash
+      with them,&mdash;and, too, this freedom lasted only a couple of months.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0070" id="link2HCH0070">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER LXX.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      One day I had a great desire, wherefore I do not know, unless out of pure
+      bravado and the spirit of perversity, to do something unseemly. After
+      having searched all of one morning for this something I found it.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      It is well known that the swarms of flies which one finds in the south
+      during the summer, and which contaminate everything are a veritable
+      plague. I knew that there was a trap set for them in the middle of my
+      uncle's kitchen. It was a treacherous pipe of a special shape, at the
+      bottom of which, in the soapy pan of water there, the flies were
+      invariably drowned. Now on the particular day in which I felt so devilish
+      I bethought me of that disgusting blackish mass at the bottom of the
+      vessel, made up of the thousands of flies drowned during the past two or
+      three days, and I wondered what sort of toothsome dish I should make of
+      it, a pancake, perhaps, or better still, an omelette.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Quickly and nervously, and with a loathing that almost made me vomit, I
+      poured the pasty black mass into a plate and carried it to the house of
+      old Madame Jeanne, the only one in the world willing to do anything and
+      everything for me.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;A fly omelette! To be sure! Why not! That is very simple!&rdquo; she exclaimed.
+      She went immediately to the fire with a frying pan and some eggs. She gave
+      the unclean mess a good preliminary beating, and then she placed it on her
+      high and ancient fireplace. As I watched her procedure I was dismayed and
+      surprised at myself.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      But the three little Peyrals, whom I had met unexpectedly, went into such
+      ecstasies over my idea, a thing they always did, that I was fortified; and
+      when the omelette, at just the right time, was turned out hot upon a plate
+      we started forth triumphantly to carry the exhibit home to show to our
+      families. We formed a procession in the order of our respective heights,
+      and as we marched we sang, &ldquo;The Star of Night&rdquo; in voices loud and hoarse
+      enough to summon the devil to earth.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0071" id="link2HCH0071">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER LXXI.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      In the mountains the end of summer was always a beautiful season, for the
+      meadows lying at the foot of the hillside forests, already yellow, were
+      purple with crocuses. Then, too, the vintage commenced and lasted for
+      about fifteen days,&mdash;days of enchantment for us.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      We now spent most of our time in the shady nooks of the woods and meadows
+      in the neighborhood of the Peyral vineyards; there we had play-dinners
+      consisting of candy and fruits. We would spread out on the grass what we
+      considered a most elegant cloth, and this we decorated, after the old
+      fashion, with garlands of flowers, and we put on it plates made of yellow
+      and red vine leaves. The vintagers brought us the most luscious grapes,
+      bunches chosen from among a thousand; and, with the heat of the sun to
+      aid, we sometimes became a little tipsy, not, however, made so by sweet
+      wine, for we had drunk none, but by the juice of the grapes merely, in the
+      self-same fashion as did the wasps and flies that warmed themselves upon
+      the trellises. . . .
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      One morning at the end of September, when the weather was rainy and it was
+      chilly enough for me to realize that melancholy autumn was near at hand, I
+      was attracted into the kitchen by the bright wood fire that leaped gayly
+      in the high, old-fashioned chimney-place. And as I stood there, idle and
+      out of sorts, because of the rain, I amused myself by melting a pewter
+      plate and plunging it, in its liquid state, into a pail of water.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The result was a shapeless, bright, and silvery-gray lump which very much
+      resembled silver-ore. I looked at the mass thoughtfully for some time: an
+      idea germinated, and there and then I planned a new amusement which became
+      our most delightful pastime during those last days of vacation.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      That same evening we held a conference on the steps of the great stairway,
+      and I told the Peyrals that from the aspect of the soil and the plants I
+      had come to the conclusion that there were silver mines in this part of
+      the country. As I spoke I assumed the knowing and bold airs of one of
+      those venturesome scouts, who is usually the principal personage in
+      old-fashioned stories of American adventure.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Searching for mines fell well into line with the abilities of my little
+      band, for often, armed with pick and shovel, they had set out to discover
+      fossils or rare stones.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The next day, therefore, half way up the mountain, when we arrived at a
+      path chosen by me for its appropriateness, for it was lonely and
+      mysterious, shut in by forest trees and embedded between high, moss-grown,
+      rocky banks, I stopped my little band peremptorily, as if I were endowed
+      with the keen scent of an Indian chief. I pretended that I had here
+      recognized the presence of precious ore-beds; and, in truth, when we dug
+      in the place I indicated we found the first nuggets, the melted plate that
+      I had buried there the day before.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      These mines occupied us constantly until the end of my stay. The Peyrals
+      were convinced and full of amazement, and although I spent some time each
+      morning in the kitchen melting plates and covers to feed our vein of
+      silver, I very nearly deluded myself into believing in the reality of the
+      mine.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The isolated silent spot, so exquisitely beautiful, where these
+      excavations took place, and the melancholy but enchanting serenity of the
+      end of summer, gave a rare charm to our little dream of adventure. We
+      were, however, most amusingly secret and mysterious in regard to our
+      discovery; we considered it a tribal secret, and we cherished it as such.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Our riches, mixed in with some of the red mountain soil, we hoarded in an
+      old trunk in my uncle's attic as if the latter were an Ali Baba's cave.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      We pledged ourselves to leave it there during the winter, until the next
+      vacation, at which time we counted on making additions to our treasure.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0072" id="link2HCH0072">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER LXXII.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      In the first week of October we received a joyous telegram from our father
+      bidding us leave for home as speedily as possible. My brother, who was
+      returning to Europe by a packet-boat on its way from Panama, was to
+      disembark at Southampton; we had but just time to reach home if we wished
+      to be there to welcome him.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      We arrived the evening of the third day just in time, for my brother was
+      expected a few hours later on the night train. I had barely time to put
+      into his room, in their accustomed places, the various little trinkets
+      that he had four years previously confided to my care, before the hour set
+      for our departure to the station to meet him. To me his return, announced
+      so unexpectedly, did not seem a reality, and I was so excited that for two
+      nights I scarcely slept at all.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      This is why, in spite of my impatience to see my brother, I fell asleep at
+      the station; when he appeared it seemed a sort of dream to me. I embraced
+      him timidly, for he was very different from my mental image of him. He was
+      bronzed and bearded, his manner of speech was more rapid, and, with a
+      slightly smiling, slightly anxious expression, he regarded me fixedly, as
+      if to ascertain what the years had done for me, and to deduce from that
+      what my future was to be.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      When I returned home I fell asleep standing; it wad the dead sleepiness of
+      a child fatigued by a long journey, against which it is futile to
+      struggle, and I was carried to my bed.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0073" id="link2HCH0073">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER LXXIII.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      I awaked the following morning with a feeling of joyousness that
+      penetrated to the very depths of my being, and as I remembered the cause
+      for my happiness my eyes fell upon an extraordinary object standing on a
+      table in my room. It was evidently a very slim canoe with a balance beam
+      and sails. Then my gaze encountered other unfamiliar objects scattered
+      about: necklaces of shells strung on human hair, head-dresses of feathers,
+      ornaments appertaining to a dark and primitive savagery; it was as if
+      distant Polynesia had come to me during my sleep. My brother, it seems had
+      already begun to open his cases, and while I slept he had slipped
+      noiselessly into my room and grouped around me these ornaments intended
+      for my museum.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I jumped out of bed quickly so that I might go and find him, for I had
+      scarcely seen him the evening before.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0074" id="link2HCH0074">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER LXXIV.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      And it seems I hardly saw him during those hurried weeks that he spent
+      with us. Of that period, which lasted so short a time, I have very
+      confused visions, similar to those one has of things seen during a rapid
+      journey. I remember vaguely that we lived more gayly, and that his
+      presence among us brought many young people to our house. I remember also
+      that he seemed at times to be preoccupied and absorbed by things entirely
+      outside the family sphere; perhaps he had longings for the tropics, for
+      the &ldquo;delicious island,&rdquo; or it may be he dreaded his early departure.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Sometimes I held him captive near the piano by playing for him the
+      haunting music of Chopin which I had but just begun to understand. He was
+      disquieted however by my playing, and he said that Chopin's music was too
+      exuberant and at the same time too enervating for me. He had come among us
+      so recently that he was better able to judge of me than were the others,
+      and he realized perhaps that my intellect was in danger of becoming warped
+      through the nature of the artistic and intellectual effort it put forth;
+      no doubt he thought Chopin and the &ldquo;Donkey's Skin&rdquo; equally dangerous, and
+      considered that I was becoming excessively affected and abnormal in spite
+      of my fits of childish behavior. I am sure that he thought even my
+      amusements were fanciful and unhealthy. Be that as it may, he one day, to
+      my great joy, decreed that I should learn to ride horseback, but that was
+      the only change his coming made in my education. Cowardice prompted me to
+      defer discussion of those weighty questions appertaining to my future
+      which I was so anxious to talk over with him; I preferred to take my time,
+      and, too, I shrunk from making a decision, and thus by my silence I sought
+      to prolong my childhood. Besides, I did not consider it a pressing matter
+      after all, inasmuch as he was to be with us for some years. . . .
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      But one fine morning, although we had reckoned so largely on keeping him,
+      there came news of a higher rank and an order from the naval department
+      commanding him to start without delay for a distant part of the orient,
+      where an expedition was organizing.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      After a few days which were mainly spent in preparing for that unforeseen
+      campaign he left us as if borne away by a gust of wind.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Our adieus were less sad this time, for we did not expect him to be absent
+      more than two years. . . . In reality it was his eternal farewell to us;
+      whatever is left of his body lies at the bottom of the Indian Ocean,
+      towards the middle of the Bay of Bengal.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      When he had departed, while the noise of the carriage that was bearing him
+      away could still be heard, my mother turned to me with an expression of
+      love that touched me to the very innermost fibre of my being; and as she
+      drew me to her she said with the emphasis of conviction: &ldquo;Thank God, at
+      least we shall keep you with us!&rdquo;
+     </p>
+    <p>
+      Keep me! . . . They would keep me! . . . Oh! . . . I lowered my head and
+      turned my eyes away, for I could feel that their expression had changed,
+      had become a little wild. I could not respond to my mother with a word or
+      a caress.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Such a serene confidence upon her part distressed me cruelly, for the
+      moment in which I heard her say, &ldquo;We shall keep you,&rdquo; I understood, for
+      the first time in my life, what a firm hold on my mind the project of
+      going away had taken&mdash;of going even farther than my brother, of going
+      everywhere upon the face of the earth.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      A sea-faring life terrified me, and I relished the idea of it as little as
+      ever. To a little being like me, so greatly attached to my home, bound to
+      it by a thousand sweet ties, the very thought of it made my heart bleed.
+      And besides, how could I break the news of such a decision to my parents,
+      how give them so much pain and thus flagrantly outrage their wishes! But
+      to renounce all my plans, always to remain in the same place, to be upon
+      this earth, and to see nothing of it&mdash;what a squalid, disenchanting
+      future! What was the use to live, what the good of growing up for that?
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      And in that empty parlor with its disordered chairs, one even overturned,
+      and while I was still under the dark spell of our sad farewells, there
+      beside my mother, leaning against her with eyes turned away and with soul
+      overwhelmed with sorrow, I suddenly remembered the old log-book which I
+      had read at sunset last spring at Limoise. The short sentences written
+      down upon the old paper with yellow ink came slowly back to me one after
+      the other with a charm as lulling and perfidious as that exercised by a
+      magic incantation:
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;Fair weather . . . beautiful sea . . . light breeze from the south-east .
+      . . Shoals of dolphins . . . passing to larboard.&rdquo;
+     </p>
+    <p>
+      And with a shudder of almost religious awe, with pantheistic ecstasy, my
+      inward eye saw all about me the sad and vast blue splendor of the South
+      Pacific Ocean.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      A great calm, tinged with melancholy, fell upon us after my brother's
+      departure, and to me the days were monotonous in the extreme.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      They had always thought of sending me to the Polytechnic school, but it
+      had not been decided upon irrevocably. The wish to become a sailor, which
+      had obtruded itself upon me almost against my will, charmed and terrified
+      me in an almost equal degree; I lacked the courage necessary to settle
+      such a grave matter with myself, and I always hesitated to speak of it.
+      The upshot was that I decided to reflect over it until my next vacation,
+      and thus by my irresolution and delay I secured to myself a few more
+      months of careless childhood.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I still led as solitary a life as ever; it was very difficult for me to
+      change the bent that my mind had taken in spite of my mental distress and
+      in spite of my latent desire to roam far and wide over the earth. More
+      than ever I stayed in the house and busied myself painting stage scenery,
+      and playing Chopin and Beethoven; to all appearances I was tranquil and
+      deeply absorbed in my dreams, and I became ever more and more attached to
+      my home, to its every nook and corner, even to the stones in its walls. It
+      is true that now and again I took a horseback ride, but I always went with
+      a groom and never with children of my own age&mdash;I still had no young
+      playmates.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      My second year at college was much less painful than my first; it passed
+      more quickly, and moreover I had formed an attachment for two of my
+      classmates, my elders by a year or two, the only ones who had not the
+      preceding year treated me disdainfully. The thin ice once broken, there
+      had sprung up between us an ardent and sentimental friendship; we even
+      called each other by our baptismal names, something that was contrary to
+      school etiquette. Since we never saw each other except in the schoolroom,
+      we were obliged to communicate in mysterious whispers under the teacher's
+      eye, our relations, consequently, were inalterably courteous and did not
+      resemble the ordinary friendship between boys. I loved them with all my
+      heart; I would have allowed myself to be cut into bits for them; and, in
+      all sincerity, I imagined that this affection would endure throughout my
+      life.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      My excessive exclusiveness caused me to treat the others in the class with
+      great indifference and haughtiness; still a certain superficial self,
+      necessary for social purposes, had already begun to take shallow root, and
+      I knew better now how to remain on good terms with them, and at the same
+      time to keep my true self hidden from them.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I generally contrived to sit between my two friends, Andre and Paul. If,
+      however, we were separated we continually and slyly exchanged notes
+      written in a cipher to which we alone had the key.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      These letters were always love confidences: &ldquo;I have seen her to-day; she
+      wore a blue dress trimmed with gray fur, and she had a lark's wing on her
+      turban, etc.&rdquo;&mdash;For we had chosen sweethearts who became the subject
+      of our very poetical prattle.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Something of the ridiculous and whimsical invariably marks this transition
+      age in a boy's life, and for that reason I have thought it worth while to
+      transcribe the boyish note.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Before going further I wish to say that my transition periods have lasted
+      longer than do those of the majority of men, and during them I have been
+      carried from one extreme to another; and, too they have caused me to touch
+      all the perilous rocks along life's way,&mdash;I am also fully conscious
+      of the fact that until almost my twenty-fifth year I had eccentric and
+      absurd manners. . . .
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      But now I will continue with my confidences respecting our three love
+      affairs.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Andre was ardently in love with a young lady almost six years older than
+      himself who had already been introduced into society,&mdash;I believe that
+      his affair was a case of real and deep affection.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I had chosen Jeanne for my sweetheart, and my two friends were the only
+      beings who knew my secret. To do as they did, although I considered it a
+      little silly, I wrote her name in cipher on the covers of my copy-books;
+      in every way and manner I sought to persuade myself of the ardor of my
+      passion, but I am bound to admit that the whole thing was a little
+      artificial, for the amusing coquetry that Jeanne and I had indulged in
+      early in our acquaintance had developed into a true and great friendship,
+      a hereditary friendship I may call it, a continuation of that felt by our
+      ancestors long before our birth. No, my first real love, of which I will
+      soon speak, was for a being seen in a dream.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      As for Paul&mdash;alas! His heart affair was very shocking to me, for it
+      did particular violence to the ideas that I then had. He was in love with
+      a little shop-girl who worked in a perfumery store, and on his Sunday
+      holidays he gazed at her through the show-case window. It is true that she
+      was named Stella or Olympia, and that raised her somewhat in my esteem;
+      and, too, Paul took pains to surround his love with an ethereal and poetic
+      atmosphere in order to make it more acceptable to us. At the bottom of his
+      cipher notes he constantly wrote, for our benefit, the sweetest rhymed
+      verses dedicated to her, wherein her name, ending in &ldquo;a,&rdquo; recurred again
+      and again, like the perfume of musk.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In spite of my great affection for him I could not but smile pityingly
+      over his poetic effusions. And I think that it is partly because of them
+      that I have never, at any epoch in my life, had the least inclination to
+      write a single line of verse. My notes were always written in a wild and
+      free prose that outraged every rule.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0075" id="link2HCH0075">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER LXXVI.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      Paul knew by heart many verses of a forbidden poet named Alfred de Musset.
+      The strange quality of these verses troubled me, and yet I was fascinated
+      by them. In class he would whisper them, in a scarcely perceptible voice,
+      into my ear; and although my conscience accused me, I used to allow him to
+      begin:
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     Jacque was very quiet as he looked at Marie,
+     I know not what that sleeping maiden
+     Had of mystery in her features, the noblest ever seen.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      In my brother's study, where from time to time, when I was overwhelmed
+      with sorrow over his departure, I isolated myself, I had seen on a shelf
+      in his book-case a large volume of this poet's works, and often I had been
+      tempted to take it down; but my parents had said to me: &ldquo;You are not to
+      touch any of the books that are there without permission from us,&rdquo; and my
+      conscience always gave me pause.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      As to asking for permission, I knew only too well that my request would be
+      refused.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0076" id="link2HCH0076">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER LXXVII.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      I will here recount a dream that I had in my fourteenth year. It came to
+      me during one of those mild and sweet nights that are ushered in by a long
+      and delicious twilight.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In the room where I had spent all the years of my childhood I had been
+      lulled to sleep by the sound of songs that the sailors and young girls
+      sang as they danced around the flower-twined May-pole. Until the moment of
+      deep sleep I had listened to those very old national airs which the
+      children of the people were singing in a loud, free voice, but distance
+      softened and mellowed and poetized the voices as they traversed the
+      tranquil silence; strangely enough I had been soothed by the noisy mirth
+      and overflowing joyousness of these beings who, during their fleeting
+      youth, are so much more artless than we, and more oblivious of death.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In my dream it was twilight, not a sad one however, but on the contrary,
+      the air was soft and mild and overflowing with sweet odors like that of a
+      real May night. I was in the yard of our house, the aspect of which was
+      not changed in any particular, but as I walked beside the walls all abloom
+      with jasmine, honeysuckle and roses, I felt restless and troubled as if I
+      was seeking for some unnamable something; I seemed to have a consciousness
+      that someone, whom I wished ardently to see, awaited my coming; I felt as
+      if there was about to happen to me something so strange and wonderful as
+      to intoxicate me by its very advance.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      At a spot where grew a very old rosebush, one that had been planted by an
+      ancestor and for that reason guarded sacredly, although it did not bear
+      more than one rose in two or three years, I saw a young girl standing
+      motionless with a seductive and mysterious smile upon her lips.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The twilight became a little deeper, the air more languorous.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Everywhere it became darker; but about her shone a sort of indeterminate
+      light, like that coming from a reflector, and her figure outlined itself
+      clearly against the shadows in the background.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I guessed that she was very beautiful and young; but her forehead and her
+      eyes were hidden from me by the veil of night; indeed, I could see nothing
+      very distinctly except the exquisite oval of her lower face, and her mouth
+      which was parted smilingly. She leaned against the old flowerless
+      rosebush, almost in its branches. Night came on rapidly. The girl seemed
+      perfectly at home in the garden; she had come I knew not from where, for
+      there was no door by which she could have entered; she appeared to find it
+      as natural to be here as I found it natural to find her here.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I drew very close in order to get a glimpse of her eyes which puzzled me;
+      suddenly, in spite of the darkness that became ever thicker, I saw them
+      very distinctly; they also were smiling like the lips;&mdash;and they were
+      not just any impersonal eyes, such, for instance, as may be found in a
+      statue representing youth; no, on the contrary they were very particularly
+      somebody's eyes; more and more they impressed me as belonging to someone
+      already much beloved whom I, with transports of infinite joy and
+      tenderness had found again.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I waked from sleep with a start, and as I did so I sought to retain the
+      phantom being who faded away and became more and more intangible and
+      unreal, in proportion as my mind grew clearer through the effort it made
+      to remember. Could it be possible that she was not and had never been more
+      than a vision? Had nothingness re-engulfed and forever effaced her? I
+      longed to sleep again so that I might see her; the thought that she was an
+      illusion, nothing more than the figment of a dream, caused me great
+      dejection and almost overwhelmed me with hopelessness.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      And it took me a very long time to forget her; I loved her, loved her
+      tenderly, and the thought of her always stirred into life an emotion that
+      was sweet but sad; and during those moments everything unconnected with
+      her seemed colorless and worthless. It was love, true love with all its
+      great melancholy and deep mystery, with its overwhelming but sad
+      enchantment, love that, like a perfume, endows with a fragrance all it
+      touches; and that corner of the garden where she had appeared to me and
+      the old flowerless rosebush that had clasped her in its branches awakened
+      in me, because of her, agonizing but delicious memories.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0077" id="link2HCH0077">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER LXXVIII.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      And again came radiant June. It was evening, the exquisite hour of
+      twilight. I was alone in my brother's study where I had been for some
+      time; the window was opened wide to a sky all golden and pink, and I stood
+      beside it and listened to the martins uttering their shrill cries as they
+      circled and darted above the old roofs.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      No one knew that I was there, and never before had I felt so isolated at
+      the top of the house, nor more tempted by the unknown.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      With a beating heart I opened a volume of De Musset's poems: his Don Paez.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The first phrases were as musical and rhythmical as if sung by a seductive
+      golden-voiced siren:
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     Black eyebrows, snow-white hands, and to indicate the tinyness
+     Of her feet, I need only say she was an Andalusian countess.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      That spring night when the darkness fell about me, when my eyes, although
+      never so close to the book, could no longer distinguish anything of the
+      enchanting verses save rows of little lines that showed gray against the
+      white of the page, I went out into the town alone.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In the almost deserted streets, not yet lighted, the rows of linden and
+      acacia trees all abloom, deepened the shadows and perfumed the air with
+      their heavy fragrance. I pulled my felt hat over my eyes and, like Don
+      Paez, I strode along with a light supple step, and looked up at balconies
+      and indulged in I know not what little childish dreams of Spanish
+      twilights and Andalusian serenades.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0078" id="link2HCH0078">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER LXXIX.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      Vacation came again, and for the third time we took the journey to the
+      South, and there in the glorious August and September sunshine all passed
+      off in the same fashion as during preceding summers; the same games with
+      my loyal band, the expeditions to the vineyards and mountains; in the
+      ruins of Castelnau, the same brooding over mediaeval times, and, in the
+      sequestered woodland path where we had struck our vein of silver, we still
+      eagerly turned up the red soil, putting on meantime the airs of bold
+      adventurers,&mdash;the little Peyrals, however, no longer believed in the
+      mines.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      These beginnings of summer, always so alike, deluded me into thinking that
+      in spite of my occasional fears my childhood would be indefinitely
+      prolonged; but I no longer felt &ldquo;joy at waking;&rdquo; a sort of disquietude,
+      such as oppresses one when he has left his duty undone, weighed upon me
+      more and more heavily each morning when I thought that time was flying,
+      that the vacation would soon be over, and that I still lacked the courage
+      to come to a decision in regard to my future.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0079" id="link2HCH0079">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER LXXX.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      And one day, when September was more than half over, I realized, because
+      of the particularly torturing anxiety I felt when I waked, that I must no
+      longer defer the matter&mdash;the term which I had allotted to myself was
+      over.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In my heart of hearts I had more than half determined what my decision was
+      to be; but before it could be rendered effective it was necessary for me
+      to avow it, and I promised myself that the day should not pass away
+      without my having, as courageously as possible, accomplished that task. It
+      was my intention to first confide in my brother; for although I feared
+      that in the beginning he would oppose me with all his power, I hoped that
+      he would finally take my part and help me carry the day.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Therefore, after the mid-day dinner, when the sun was hottest, I carried
+      my pen and paper into my uncle's garden, and I locked myself in there for
+      the purpose of writing my letter. It was one of my boyhood habits to study
+      or write in the open air, and often I chose the most singular places&mdash;tree-tops
+      or the roof&mdash;for my work.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      It was a hot and cloudless September afternoon. The old garden, silent and
+      melancholy as ever, gave me, strangely enough, more than the customary
+      feeling of regret that I was so far away from my mother, that all of
+      summer would pass without my seeing my home and the flowers in the beloved
+      little yard. And then, too, what I was upon the point of writing would
+      result in separating me farther from all that I loved, and for that reason
+      I felt extraordinarily sad. It seemed to me that there was something a
+      little funereal in the air of the garden, as if the walls, the plum trees,
+      the vine-covered bower, even the very alfalfa fields beyond the garden,
+      were vitally interested in this, the first grave act of my life which was
+      about to take place under their eyes.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      For the purpose of writing I hesitated between two or three places, all
+      blazing hot and almost shadeless. It was my way of gaining time, an
+      attempt to delay writing that letter which, with the ideas I then had,
+      would render my decision, once I had announced it, irrevocable. The
+      sun-baked earth was already strewn with red vine branches and withered
+      leaves; the holly-hocks and dahlias, grown tall as trees, had a few meagre
+      blossoms at the tops of their long stalks; the blazing sun perfected and
+      turned to gold the musk-scented grapes that always ripened a little late;
+      but in spite of the excessive heat and the exquisite limpid blue of the
+      sky one felt that summer was over.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I finally selected the arbor at the end of the garden for my purpose. Its
+      vines were stripped of their leaves, but the steel-blue butterflies and
+      the wasps still came and posted themselves upon the tendrils of the
+      grape-vines.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      There in the calm and tranquil solitude, in the summer-like silence filled
+      with the musical chirp of insects, I wrote and timidly signed my compact
+      with the sea.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Of the letter itself I remember very little; but I recall distinctly the
+      emotion with which I enclosed it in its envelope&mdash;I felt as if I had
+      forever sealed my destiny.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      After a few moments of deep reverie I wrote the address&mdash;my brother's
+      name and the name of a country in the far Orient where he then was&mdash;on
+      the envelope. There was now nothing more to do save to take it to the
+      village post-office; but I remained seated there in the arbor for a long
+      time in a dreamy mood. I leaned against the warm wall where the lizards
+      ran back and forth, and held upon my knees, with a feeling of uncertainty
+      and dismay, the little square of paper wherein I had settled my future.
+      Then I was seized with a longing to look towards the horizon, to have a
+      glimpse of the great spaces beyond the garden; and I put my foot into the
+      familiar breach in the wall by means of which I often mounted, in order to
+      watch the flight of elusive butterflies, and, with the aid of my hands, I
+      raised myself to the top of the wall and leaned there propped up by my
+      elbows. The same well-known prospect greeted me: the hillsides covered
+      with red vines, the wooded mountains whose trees were rapidly being
+      stripped of their yellow leaves, and above, perched high, the noble
+      reddish-brown ruin of Castelnau. And in the nearer distance was Bories
+      with its old rounded porch white with lime-wash; and as I looked at it I
+      seemed to hear the plaintive refrain: &ldquo;Ah! Ah! the good, good story!&rdquo; sung
+      in a strange voice, and at the same time there appeared to me the vision
+      of the pinkish-yellow butterfly which two years before I had pricked with
+      a pin, and placed under glass in my little museum.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      It drew near the hour for the ancient country diligence, that took the
+      letters away from the village, to depart, and I scrambled down from the
+      wall, and after locking the garden gate, I slowly directed my steps
+      towards the post-office.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Like one with eyes fixed upon a vision, I walked along without taking
+      notice of anything or any one. My spirit was wandering far away, in the
+      fern-carpeted forests of the delicious isle, along the sands of gloomy
+      Senegal where had lived the uncle who had interested himself in my museum,
+      and across the South Pacific Ocean where the dolphins were passing.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The assured nearness and certainty of these things intoxicated me; for the
+      first time in my existence the world and life seemed to open before me; my
+      way was illuminated by a light altogether new to it: it is true the light
+      was a little mournful, a little sad, but it was powerful nevertheless, and
+      penetrated to the far distant horizon where lie old age and death.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Many little childish images obtruded themselves from time to time into my
+      lofty dream; I saw myself in a sailor's uniform walking upon the
+      sun-blistered quays of tropical lands; and I prefigured my home-comings,
+      after perilous voyages, bringing with me cases filled to the brim with
+      wonderful things out of which cockroaches escaped as they had done
+      formerly in Jeanne's garden when her father's boxes were unpacked.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      But suddenly a pang went through my heart: those returns from distant
+      countries could not take place for many years&mdash;the faces welcoming me
+      home would be changed by time! Instantly I pictured those beloved faces to
+      myself; in a wan vision I saw them all together. Although its members
+      received me with smiles of joyous welcome, it was a sad group to look
+      upon, for wrinkles seamed every brow, and my mother had white curls such
+      as she has to-day. And my great aunt Bertha, already so old, would she,
+      too, be there? With a sort of uneasiness, I was rapidly making a
+      calculation of my aunt Bertha's age when I arrived at the post-office.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I did not hesitate, however; with a hand that trembled only a little I
+      slipped my letter into the box, and the die was cast.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0080" id="link2HCH0080">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER LXXXI.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      I will end these reminiscences here, because what follows is not yet
+      distant enough from me to be submitted to the unknown reader. And besides
+      it seems to me that my childhood really came to an end upon the day in
+      which I announced my decision in regard to my future.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I was then fourteen and a half years of age, and that gave me, therefore,
+      three years and a half in which to prepare myself for the naval academy,
+      consequently I had time to do it thoroughly and properly.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      But in the meantime I had to encounter many refusals and all sorts of
+      difficulties before my admittance to the Borda. And later I lived through
+      many troublous years; years replete with struggles and mistakes,&mdash;I
+      had many a Calvary to climb; I had to pay cruelly and in full for having
+      been reared a sensitive, shy little creature, by force of will I had to
+      recast and harden my physical as well as my moral being. One day, when I
+      was about twenty-seven years of age, a circus director, after having seen
+      my muscles that then had the elasticity and strength of steel, gave
+      utterance, in his admiration, to the truest words I have ever had
+      addressed to me: &ldquo;What a pity, sir,&rdquo; he said, &ldquo;that your education
+      commenced so late!&rdquo;
+     </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2HCH0081" id="link2HCH0081">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      CHAPTER LXXXII.
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      My sister and I had expected to visit the mountains again the next summer.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      But Azrael passed our way; terrible and unexpected misfortunes disrupted
+      our tranquil and happy family life.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      And it was not until fifteen years later, after I had been over the
+      greater part of the earth, that I revisited this corner of France.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      All was greatly changed there; my uncle and aunt slept in the graveyard;
+      my boy cousins had left, and my girl cousin, who already had threads of
+      silver among her dark locks, was preparing to quit this part of the
+      country forever, this empty house in which she did not wish to live alone;
+      and the Titi and the Marciette (whose names were no longer prefaced by the
+      article) had grown into tall young ladies whom I would not have
+      recognized.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Between two long voyages, in a hurry as always, my life hastening
+      feverishly upon its way, in remembrance of bygone days, I made this
+      pilgrimage to my uncle's house to see it once more, and for the last time,
+      before it was delivered into the hands of strangers.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      It was in November, and the cold gray sky completely changed the aspect of
+      the country, which I had never seen before except under the glorious
+      summer sun.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      After spending my only morning in revisiting a thousand places, my
+      melancholy ever augmented by the lowering winter clouds, I found that I
+      had forgotten the old garden and the vine-clad arbor in whose meagre shade
+      I had come to so momentous a decision, and I wished to run there, at the
+      last moment, before my carriage took me away from this spot forever.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      &ldquo;You will have to go alone,&rdquo; said my cousin, who was busy packing her
+      trunks. She gave me the large key, the same large key that I carried in
+      the warm and radiant days of old when I went there, net in hand, to catch
+      the butterflies . . . oh! the summers of my childhood, how marvellous and
+      how enchanting they were!
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      For the last time of all, I entered the garden, which under the gray sky
+      appeared shrunken to me. I went first to the arbor, now leafless and
+      desolate, in which I had written the portentous letter to my brother, and,
+      by means of the same breach in the wall that had served me in days gone
+      by, I lifted myself to the coping to get a hasty glimpse of the
+      surrounding country, to bid it a last farewell. Bories looked singularly
+      near and small to me, it was almost unrecognizably so, and the mountains
+      beyond seemed diminished also, appeared no higher than little hills. And
+      all of these things that formerly I had seen flooded with sunlight, now
+      looked dull and sinister in the wan, gray November light, and under the
+      dark and wintry clouds. I felt as if with the commencement of nature's
+      autumn, my life's autumn had also dawned.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      And the world, the world which I had thought so immense and so full of
+      wonder and charm the day that I leaned on this same wall, after I had made
+      my decision,&mdash;the whole wide world, did it not look as faded and
+      shrunken to me now as this poor landscape?
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      And especially Bories, that under the autumnal sky looked like a phantom
+      of itself, filled me with the deepest sadness.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      As I gazed at it I recalled the pinkish-yellow butterfly still under its
+      glass in my museum; it had remained there in the same spot, and had
+      preserved its fresh bright hues during the time that I had sailed all
+      round the globe. For many years I had not thought of the association
+      between the two things; but as soon as I remembered the yellow butterfly,
+      which was recalled to my mind by Bories, I heard a small voice within me
+      sing over and over, very softly: &ldquo;Ah! Ah! the good, good story!&rdquo; . . . The
+      little voice was strange and flute-like, but above all it was sad, sad
+      enough for tears, sad enough to sing over the tomb where lie buried the
+      vanished years and dead summers.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <br /> <br />
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Story of a Child, by Pierre Loti
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE STORY OF A CHILD ***
+
+***** This file should be named 6664-h.htm or 6664-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/6/6/6/6664/
+
+Produced by Dagny; John Bickers; David Widger
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase &ldquo;Project
+Gutenberg&rdquo;), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  &ldquo;Project Gutenberg&rdquo; is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (&ldquo;the Foundation&rdquo;
+ or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase &ldquo;Project Gutenberg&rdquo; appears, or with which the phrase &ldquo;Project
+Gutenberg&rdquo; is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase &ldquo;Project Gutenberg&rdquo; associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+&ldquo;Plain Vanilla ASCII&rdquo; or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original &ldquo;Plain Vanilla ASCII&rdquo; or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, &ldquo;Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.&rdquo;
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+&ldquo;Defects,&rdquo; such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the &ldquo;Right
+of Replacement or Refund&rdquo; described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+  </body>
+</html>
diff --git a/6664.txt b/6664.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3baafff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/6664.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,6531 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Story of a Child, by Pierre Loti
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Story of a Child
+
+Author: Pierre Loti
+
+Translator: Caroline F. Smith
+
+Release Date: April 22, 2006 [EBook #6664]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE STORY OF A CHILD ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Dagny; John Bickers
+
+
+
+
+
+THE STORY OF A CHILD
+
+By Pierre Loti
+
+
+Translated by Caroline F. Smith
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE
+
+
+
+There is to-day a widely spread new interest in child life, a desire to
+get nearer to children and understand them. To be sure child study is
+not new; every wise parent and every sympathetic teacher has ever been
+a student of children; but there is now an effort to do more consciously
+and systematically what has always been done in some way.
+
+In the few years since this modern movement began much has been
+accomplished, yet there is among many thoughtful people a strong
+reaction from the hopes awakened by the enthusiastic heralding of the
+newer aspects of psychology. It had been supposed that our science would
+soon revolutionize education; indeed, taking the wish for the fact, we
+began to talk about the new and the old education (both mythical) and
+boast of our millennium. I would not underrate the real progress, the
+expansion of educational activities, the enormous gains made in many
+ways; but the millennium! The same old errors meet us in new forms, the
+old problems are yet unsolved, the waste is so vast that we sometimes
+feel thankful that we cannot do as much as we would, and that Nature
+protects children from our worst mistakes.
+
+What is the source of this disappointment? Is it not that education,
+like all other aspects of life, can never be reduced to mere science? We
+need science, it must be increasingly the basis of all life; but exact
+science develops very slowly, and meantime we must live. Doubtless the
+time will come when our study of mind will have advanced so far that we
+can lay down certain great principles as tested laws, and thus clarify
+many questions. Even then the solution of the problem will not be in the
+enunciation of the theoretic principle, but will lie in its application
+to practice; and that application must always depend upon instinct,
+tact, appreciation, as well as upon the scientific law. Even the aid
+that science can contribute is given slowly; meanwhile we must work with
+these children and lift them to the largest life.
+
+It is in relation to this practical work of education that our effort to
+study children gets its human value. There are always two points of
+view possible with reference to life. From the standpoint of nature
+and science, individuals count for little. Nature can waste a thousand
+acorns to raise one oak, hundreds of children may be sacrificed that
+a truth may be seen. But from the ethical and human point of view the
+meaning of all life is in each individual. That one child should be lost
+is a kind of ruin to the universe.
+
+It is this second point of view which every parent and every teacher
+must take; and the great practical value of our new study of children
+is that it brings us into personal relation with the child world, and so
+aids in that subtle touch of life upon life which is the very heart of
+education.
+
+It is therefore that certain phases of the study of child life have
+a high worth without giving definite scientific results. Peculiarly
+significant among these is the study of the autobiographies of
+childhood. The door to the great universe is always to the personal
+world. Each of us appreciates child life through his own childhood,
+and though the children with whom it is his blessed fortune to be
+associated. If then it is possible for him to know intimately another
+child through autobiography, one more window has been opened into the
+child world--one more interpretative unit is given him through which to
+read the lesson of the whole.
+
+It is true, autobiographies written later in life cannot give us the
+absolute truth of childhood. We see our early experiences through the
+mists, golden or gray, of the years that lie between. It is poetry as
+well as truth, as Goethe recognized in the title of his own self-study.
+Nevertheless the individual who has lived the life can best bring us
+into touch with it, and the very poetry is as true as the fact because
+interpretative of the spirit.
+
+It is peculiarly necessary that teachers harassed with the routine of
+their work, and parents distracted with the multitude of details of
+daily existence, should have such windows opened through which they may
+look across the green meadows and into the sunlit gardens of childhood.
+The result is not theories of child life but appreciation of children.
+How one who has read understandingly Sonva Kovalevsky's story of her
+girlhood could ever leave unanswered a child starving for love I cannot
+see. Mills' account of his early life is worth more than many theories
+in showing the deforming effect of an education that is formal
+discipline without an awakening of the heart and soul. Goethe's great
+study of his childhood and youth must give a new hold upon life to any
+one who will appreciatively respond to it.
+
+A better illustration of the subtle worth of such literature, in
+developing appreciation of those inner deeps of child life that escape
+definition and evaporate from the figures of the statistician, could
+scarcely be found than Pierre Loti's "Story of a Child." There is hardly
+a fact in the book. It tells not what the child did or what was done to
+him, but what he felt, thought, dreamed. A record of impressions through
+the dim years of awakening, it reveals a peculiar and subtle type of
+personality most necessary to understand. All that Loti is and has been
+is gathered up and foreshadowed in the child. Exquisite sensitiveness
+to impressions whether of body or soul, the egotism of a nature much
+occupied with its own subjective feelings, a being atune in response to
+the haunting melody of the sunset, and the vague mystery of the seas,
+a subtle melancholy that comes from the predominance of feeling over
+masculine power of action, leading one to drift like Francesca with the
+winds of emotion, terrible or sweet, rather than to fix the tide of the
+universe in the centre of the forceful deed--all these qualities are in
+the dreams of the child as in the life of the man.
+
+And the style?--dreamy, suggestive, melodious, flowing on and on with
+its exquisite music, wakening sad reveries, and hinting of gray days of
+wind and rain, when the gust around the house wails of broken hopes and
+ideals so long-deferred as to be half forgotten,--the minor sob of his
+music expresses the spirit of Loti as much as do the moods of the child
+he describes.
+
+Such a type, like all others, has its strength and its weakness. Such a
+type, like all others, is implicitly in us all. Do we not know it--the
+haunting hunger for the permanence of impressions that come and go,
+which pulsates through the book till we can scarcely keep back the
+tears; the brooding over the two sombre mysteries--Death and Life (and
+which is the darker?); the sense of fate driving life on--the fate of
+a temperament that restlessly longs for new impressions and intense
+emotions, without the vigor of action that cuts the Gordian knot of
+fancy and speculation with the swift sword-stroke of an heroic deed.
+
+It is fortunate that the translator has caught the subtle charm of
+Loti's style, so difficult to render in another speech, in an amazing
+degree. This is peculiarly necessary here, for accuracy of translation
+means giving the delicate changes of color and elusive chords of music
+that voice the moods and impressions of which the book is made.
+
+Let us read the revelation of this book not primarily to condemn or
+praise, or even to estimate and define, but to appreciate. If it be true
+that no one ever looked into the Kingdom of Heaven except through the
+eyes of a little child, if it be true that the eyes of every unspoiled
+child are such a window, take the vision and be thankful. If, perchance,
+this window should open toward strange abysses that reach vaguely away,
+or upon dark meadows that lie ghost-like in the mingled light, if out
+of the abyss rises, undefined, the vast, dim shape of the mystery, and
+wakens in us the haunting memories of dead yesterdays and forgotten
+years, if we seem carried past the day into the gray vastness that is
+beyond the sunset and before the dawn, let us recognize that the mystery
+or mysteries, the annunciation of the Infinite is a little child.
+
+EDWARD HOWARD GRIGGS.
+
+
+
+TO HER MAJESTY ELIZABETH, QUEEN OF ROUMANIA.
+
+December, 188-
+
+I am almost too old to undertake this book, for a sort of night is
+falling about me; where shall I find the words vital and young enough
+for the task?
+
+To-morrow, at sea, I will commence it; at least I will endeavor to put
+into it all that was best of myself at a time when as yet there was
+nothing very bad.
+
+So that romantic love may find no place in it, except in the illusory
+form of a vision, I will end it at an early age.
+
+And to the sovereign lady whose suggestion it was that I write it, I
+offer it as a humble token of my respect and admiration.
+
+PIERRE LOTI.
+
+
+
+
+
+THE STORY OF A CHILD.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+
+
+It is with some degree of awe that I touch upon the enigma of my
+impressions at the commencement of my life. I am almost doubtful whether
+they had reality within my own experience, or whether they are not,
+rather, recollections mysteriously transmitted--I feel an almost sacred
+hesitation when I would fathom their depths.
+
+I came forth from the darkness of unconsciousness very gradually, for my
+mind was illumined only fitfully, but then by outbursts of splendor
+that compelled and fascinated my infant gaze. When the light was
+extinguished, I lapsed once more into the non-consciousness of the
+new-born animal, of the tiny plant just germinating.
+
+The history of my earliest years is that of a child much indulged
+and petted to whom nothing of moment happened; and into whose narrow,
+protected life no jarring came that was not foreseen, and the shock of
+which was not deadened with solicitous care. In my manners I was always
+very tractable and submissive. That I may not make my recital tedious,
+I will note without continuity and without the proper transitions those
+moments which are impressed upon my mind because of their strangeness,
+those moments that are still so vividly remembered, although I have
+forgotten many poignant sorrows, many lands, adventures, and places.
+
+I was at that time like a fledgling swallow living high up in a niche in
+the eaves, who from time to time peeps out over the top of its nest with
+its little bright eyes. With the eyes of imagination it sees into the
+deeps of space, although to the actual vision only a courtyard and
+street are visible; and it sees into depths which it will presently need
+to journey through. It was during such moments of clairvoyance that I
+had a vision of the infinity of which before my present life I was a
+part. Then, in spite of myself, my consciousness flagged, and for days
+together I lived the tranquil, subconscious life of early childhood.
+
+At first my mind, altogether unimpressed and undeveloped, may be
+compared to a photographer's apparatus fitted with its sensitized glass.
+Objects insufficiently lighted up make no impression upon the virgin
+plates; but when a vivid splendor falls upon them, and when they
+are encircled by disks of light, these once dim objects now engrave
+themselves upon the glass. My first recollections are of bright summer
+days and sparkling noon times,--or more truly, are recollections of the
+light of wood fires burning with great ruddy flames.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+
+
+As if it were yesterday I recall the evening when I suddenly discovered
+that I could run and jump; and I remember that I was intoxicated by the
+delicious sensation almost to the point of falling.
+
+This must have been at about the commencement of my second winter. At
+the sad hour of twilight I was in the dining-room of my parents' house,
+which room had always seemed a very vast one to me. At first, I was
+quiet, made so, no doubt, by the influence of the environing darkness,
+for the lamp was not yet lighted. But as the hour for dinner approached,
+a maid-servant came in and threw an armful of small wood into the
+fireplace to reanimate the dying fire. Immediately there was a beautiful
+bright light, and the leaping flames illuminated everything, and waves
+of light spread to the far part of the room where I sat. The flames
+danced and leaped with a twining motion ever higher and higher and
+more gayly, and the tremulous shadows along the wall ran to their
+hiding-places--oh! how quickly I arose overwhelmed with admiration for
+I recollect that I had been sitting at the feet of my great-aunt Bertha
+(at that time already very old) who half dozed in her chair. We were
+near a window through which the gray night filtered; I was seated
+upon one of those high, old-fashioned foot-stools with two steps, so
+convenient for little children who can from that vantage ground put
+their heads in grandmother's or grand-aunt's lap, and wheedle so
+effectually.
+
+I arose in ecstasy, and approached the flames; then in the circle of
+light which lay upon the carpet I began to walk around and around and to
+turn. Ever faster and faster I went, until suddenly I felt an unwonted
+elasticity run through my limbs, and in a twinkling I invented a new and
+amusing style of motion; it was to push my feet very hard against the
+floor, and then to lift them up together suddenly for a half second.
+When I fell, up I sprang and recommenced my play. Bang! Bang! With every
+increasing noise I went against the floor, and at last I began to feel a
+singular but agreeable giddiness in my head. I knew how to jump! I knew
+how to run!
+
+I am convinced that that is my earliest distinct recollection of great
+joyousness.
+
+"Dear me! What is the matter with the child this evening?" asked my
+great-aunt Bertha, with some anxiety. And I hear again the unexpected
+sound of her voice.
+
+But I still kept on jumping. Like those tiny foolish moths which of an
+evening revolve about the light of a lamp, I went around in the luminous
+circle which widened and retracted, ever taking form from the wavering
+light of the flames. And I remember all of this so vividly that my eyes
+can still see the smallest details of the texture of the carpet which
+was the scene of the event. It was of durable stuff called home-spun,
+woven in the country by native weavers. (Our house was still furnished
+as it had been in my maternal grandmother's time, as she had arranged
+it after she had quitted the Island, and come to the mainland.--A
+little later I will speak of this Island which had already a mysterious
+attraction for my youthful imagination.--It was a simple country house,
+notable for its Huguenot austerity; and it was a home where immaculate
+cleanliness and extreme order were the sole luxuries.)
+
+In the circle of light, which grew ever more and more narrow, I still
+jumped; but as I did so I had thoughts that were of an intensity not
+habitual with me. At the same time that my tiny limbs discovered their
+power, my spirit also knew itself; a burst of light overspread my mind
+where dawning ideas still showed forth feebly. And it is without doubt
+to the inner awakening that this fleeting moment of my life owes its
+existence, owes undoubtedly its permanency in memory. But vainly I seek
+for the words, that seem ever to escape me, through which to express my
+elusive emotions. . . . Here in the dining-room I look about and see the
+chairs standing the length of the wall, and I am reminded of the aged
+grandmother, grand-aunts and aunts who always come at a certain hour
+and seat themselves in them. Why are they not here now? At this moment I
+would like to feel their protecting presence about me. Probably they are
+upstairs in their rooms on the second floor; between them and me there
+is the dim stairway, the stairway that I people with shadowy beings the
+thought of which makes me tremble. . . . And my mother? I would wish
+most especially for her, but I know that she has gone out, gone out into
+the long streets which in my imagination have no end. I had myself gone
+to the door with her and had asked her: "When returnest thou?" And she
+had promised me that she would return speedily. Later they told me that
+when I was a child I would never permit any members of the family to
+leave the house to go walking or visiting without first obtaining their
+assurance of a speedy homecoming. "You will come back soon?" I would
+say, and I always asked the question anxiously, as I followed them to
+the door.
+
+My mother had departed, and it gave my heart a feeling of heaviness to
+know that she was out. Out in the streets! I was content not to be there
+where it was cold and dark, where little children so easily lost their
+way,--how snug it was to be within doors before the fire that warmed me
+through and through; how nice it was to be at home! I had never realized
+it until this evening--doubtless it was my first distinct feeling of
+attachment to hearth and home, and I was sadly troubled at the thought
+of the immense, strange world lying beyond the door. It was then that
+I had, for the first time, a conscious affection for my aged aunts and
+grand-aunts, who cared for me in infancy, whom I longed to have seated
+around me at this dim, sad, twilight hour.
+
+In the meantime the once bright and playful flames had died down, the
+armful of wood was consumed, and as the lamp was not lighted, the room
+was quite dark. I had already stumbled upon the home-spun carpet, but as
+I had not hurt myself, I recommenced my amusing play. For an instant I
+thought to experience a new but strange joy by going into the shadowy
+and distant recesses of the room; but I was overtaken there by an
+indefinable terror of something which I cannot name, and I hastily took
+refuge in the dim circle of light and looked behind me with a shudder
+to see whether anything had followed me from out of those dark corners.
+Finally the flames died away entirely, and I was really afraid; aunt
+Bertha sat motionless upon her chair, and although I felt that her eyes
+were upon me I was not reassured. The very chairs, the chairs ranged
+about the room, began to disquiet me because their long shadows, that
+stretched behind them exaggerating the height of ceiling and length
+of wall, moved restlessly like souls in the agonies of death. And
+especially there was a half-open door that led into a very dark hall,
+which in its turn opened into a large empty parlor absolutely dark. Oh!
+with what intensity I fixed my eyes upon that door to which I would not
+for the world have turned my back!
+
+This was the beginning of those daily winter-evening terrors which in
+that beloved home cast such a gloom over my childhood.
+
+What I feared to see enter that door had no well defined form, but
+the fear was none the less definite to me: and it kept me standing
+motionless near the dead fire with wide open eyes and fluttering heart.
+When my mother suddenly entered the room by a different door, oh! how
+I clung to her and covered my face with her dress: it was a supreme
+protection, the sanctuary where no harm could reach me, the harbor of
+harbors where the storm is forgotten. . . .
+
+At this instant the thread of recollection breaks, I can follow it no
+farther.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+
+
+After the ineffaceable impression left by that first fright and that
+first dance before the winter fire many months passed during which
+no other events were engraven upon my memory, and I relapsed into a
+twilight state similar to that at the commencement of my life. But the
+mental dimness was pierced now and again with a bright light; as the
+gray of early morning is tinged by the rose-color of dawning.
+
+I believe that the impressions which succeeded were those of the summer
+time, of the great sun and nature. I recall feeling an almost delicious
+terror when one day I found myself alone in the midst of tall June
+grasses that grew high as my head. But here the secret working of self
+consciousness is almost too entangled with the things of the past for me
+to explain it.
+
+We were visiting at a country place called Limoise, a place that at
+later time played a great part in my life. It belonged to neighbors
+and friends, the D----s, whose house in town was directly next to ours.
+Perhaps I had visited Limoise the preceding summer, but at that time I
+was very like a cocoon before it has crawled from its silken wrapping.
+The day that I now refer to is the one in which I was able to reflect
+for the first time, in which I first knew the sweetness of reverie.
+
+I have forgotten our departure, the carriage ride and our arrival. But I
+remember distinctly that late one hot afternoon, as the sun was setting,
+I found myself alone in a remote part of a deserted garden. The gray
+walls overgrown with ivy and mosses separated its grove of trees from
+the moorland and the rocky country round about it. For me, brought up in
+the city, the old and solitary garden, where even the fruit trees were
+dying from old age, had all the mystery and charm of a primeval
+forest. I crossed a border of box, and I was in the midst of a large
+uncultivated tract filled with climbing asparagus and great weeds. Then
+I cowered down, as is the fashion of little children, that I might
+be more effectually hidden by what hid me sufficiently already, and I
+remained there motionless with eyes dilated and with quickening spirit,
+half afraid, half enraptured. The feeling that I experienced in the
+presence of these unfamiliar things was one of reflection rather than of
+astonishment. I knew that the bright green vegetation closing in about
+me was every where in no less measure than in the heart of this
+forest, and emotions, sad and weird and vague took possession of me
+and affrighted but fascinated me. That I might remain hidden as long as
+possible I crouched lower and still lower, and I felt the joy a little
+Indian boy feels when he is in his beloved forest.
+
+Suddenly I heard someone call: "Pierre! Pierre! Dear Pierre!" I did not
+reply, but instead lay as close as possible to the ground, and sought to
+hide under the weeds and the waving branches of the asparagus.
+
+Still I heard: "Pierre, Pierre." It was Lucette; I knew her voice, and
+from the mockery of her tone I felt sure that she had spied me. But I
+could not see her although I looked about me very carefully: no one was
+visible!
+
+With peals of laughter she continued to call, and her voice grew merrier
+and merrier. Where can she be? thought I.
+
+Ah! At last I spied her perched upon the twisted branch of a tree that
+was overhung with gray moss!
+
+I was fairly caught and I came out of my green hiding place.
+
+As I rose I gazed over the wild and flowering things, and saw the corner
+of the old moss-grown wall that enclosed the garden. That wall was
+destined to be at a later time a very familiar haunt of mine, for on
+the Thursday holidays during my college life I spent many a happy hour
+sitting upon it contemplating the peaceful and quiet country, and there
+I mused, to the chirping accompaniment of the crickets, of those distant
+countries fairer and sunnier than my own. And upon that summer day those
+gray and crumbling stones, defaced by the sun and weather, and overgrown
+with mosses, gave me for the first time an indefinable impression of the
+persistence of things; a vague conception of existences antedating my
+own, in times long past.
+
+Lucette D----, my elder by eight or ten years, seemed to me already a
+grown person. I cannot recall the time when I did not know her. Later I
+came to love her as a sister, and her early death in her prime was one
+of the first real griefs of my boyhood.
+
+And the first recollection I have of her is as I saw her in the branches
+of the old pear tree. Her image doubtless begets a vividness from the
+two new emotions with which it is blended: the enchanting uneasiness
+I felt at the invasion of green nature and the melancholy reverie that
+took possession of me as I contemplated the old wall, type of ancient
+things and olden times.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+
+
+I will now endeavor to explain the impression that the sea made upon
+me at our first brief and melancholy encounter, which took place at
+twilight upon the evening of my arrival at the Island.
+
+Notwithstanding the fact that I could scarcely see it, it had so
+remarkable an effect on me that in a single moment it was engraven upon
+my memory forever. I feel a retrospective shudder run through me when my
+spirit broods upon the recollection.
+
+We had but newly arrived at this village near St. Ongeoise where my
+parents had rented a fisherman's house for the bathing season. I knew
+that we had come here for something called the sea, but I had had
+no glimpse of it (a line of dunes hid it from me because of my short
+stature), and I was extremely impatient to become acquainted with it;
+therefore after dinner, as night was falling, I went alone to seek this
+mysterious thing.
+
+The air was sharp and biting, and unlike any I had experienced, and
+from behind the hillocks of sand, along which the path led, there came a
+faint but majestic noise. Everything affrighted me, the unfamiliar way,
+the twilight falling from the overcast sky, and the loneliness of this
+part of the village. But inspired by one of those great and sudden
+resolutions, that come sometimes to the most timid, I went forward with
+a firm step.
+
+Suddenly I stopped overcome and almost paralyzed by fear, for something
+took shape before me, something dark and surging sprang up from all
+sides at the same time and it seemed to stretch out endlessly. It was
+something so vast and full of motion that I was seized with a deadly
+vertigo--it was the sea of my imagining! Without a moment's hesitation,
+without asking how this knowledge had been wrought, without astonishment
+even, I recognized it and I trembled with a great emotion. It was
+so dark a green as to be almost black; to me it seemed unstable,
+perfidious, all ingulfing, always turbulent, and of a sinister, menacing
+aspect. Above it, in harmony with it, stretched the gray and lowering
+sky.
+
+And far away, very far away, upon the immeasurable distant horizon I
+perceived a break between the sky and the waters, and a pale yellow
+light showed through this cleft.
+
+Had I been to the sea before to recognize it thus quickly? Perhaps I
+had, but without being conscious of it, for when I was about five or
+six months old I had been brought to the Island by my great aunt, my
+grandmother's sister; or perhaps because it had played so great a part
+in my sea-faring ancestors' lives I was born with a nascent conception
+of it and its immensity.
+
+We communed together a moment, one with the other--I was deeply
+fascinated. At our first encounter I am sure I had a nebulous
+presentiment that I would one day go to it in spite of my hesitation,
+in spite of all the efforts put forth to hold me back,--and the emotion
+that overwhelmed me in the presence of the sea was not only one of
+fear, but I felt also an inexpressible sadness, and I seemed to feel the
+anguish of desolation, bereavement and exile. With downcast mien, and
+with hair blown about by the wind, I turned and ran home. I was in the
+extreme haste to be with my mother; I wished to embrace her and to cling
+close to her; I desired to be with her so that she might console me
+for the thousand indefinite, anticipated sorrows that surged through my
+heart at the sight of those green waters, so vast and so deep.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+
+
+My mother!--I have already mentioned her two or three times in the
+course of this recital, but without stopping to speak of her at
+length. It seems that at first she was no more to me than a natural
+and instinctive refuge where I ran for shelter from all terrifying and
+unfamiliar things, from all the dark forebodings that had no real cause.
+
+But I believe she took on reality and life for the first time in the
+burst of ineffable tenderness which I felt when one May morning she
+entered my room with a bouquet of pink hyacinths in her hand; she
+brought in with her as she came a ray of sunlight.
+
+I was convalescing from one of the maladies peculiar to
+children,--measles or whooping cough, I know not which,--and I had been
+ordered to remain in bed and to keep warm. By the rays of light that
+filtered in through the closed shutters I divined the springtime warmth
+and brightness of the sun and air, and I felt sad that I had to remain
+behind the curtains of my tiny white bed; I wished to rise and go out;
+but most of all I had a desire to see my mother.
+
+The door opened and she entered, smiling. Ah, I remember it so well! I
+recall so distinctly how she looked as she stood upon the threshold
+of the door. And I remember that she brought in with her some of the
+sunlight and balminess of the spring day.
+
+I see again the expression of her face as she looked at me; and I hear
+the sound of her voice, and recall the details of her beloved dress that
+would look funny and old-fashioned to me now. She had returned from her
+morning shopping, and she wore a straw hat trimmed with yellow roses and
+a shawl of lilac barege (it was the period of the shawl) sprinkled with
+tiny bouquets of violets. Her dark curls (the poor beloved curls to-day,
+alas! so thin and white) were at this time without a gray hair. There
+was about her the fragrance of the May day, and her face as it looked
+that morning with its broad brimmed hat is still distinctly present with
+me. Besides the bouquet of pink hyacinths, she had brought me a tiny
+watering-pot, an exact imitation in miniature of the crockery ones so
+much used by the country people.
+
+As she leaned over my bed to embrace me I felt as if every wish was
+gratified. I no longer had a desire to weep, nor to rise from my bed,
+nor to go out. She was with me and that sufficed--I was consoled,
+tranquillized, and re-created by her gracious presence.
+
+I was, I think, a little more than three years old at this time, and my
+mother must have been about forty-two years of age; but I had not the
+least notion of age in regard to her, and it had never occurred to me
+to wonder whether she was young or old; nor did I realize until a later
+time that she was beautiful. No, at this period that she was her own
+dear self was enough; to me she was in face and form a person so apart
+and so unique that I would not have dreamed of comparing her with
+any one else. From her whole being there emanated such a joyousness,
+security and tenderness, and so much goodness that from thence was born
+my understanding of faith and prayer.
+
+I would that I could speak hallowed words to the first blessed form
+that I find in the book of memory. I would it were possible that I could
+greet my mother with words filled with the meaning I wish to convey.
+They are words which cause bountiful tears to flow, but tears fraught
+with I know not how much of the sweetness of consolation and joy, words
+that are ever, and in spite of everything, filled with the hope of an
+immortal reunion.
+
+And since I have touched upon this mystery that has had such an
+influence upon my soul, I will here set down that my mother alone is the
+only person in the world of whom I have the feeling that death cannot
+separate me. With other human beings, those whom I have loved with all
+my heart and soul, I have tried to imagine a hereafter, a to-morrow
+in which there shall be no to-morrow; but no, I cannot! Rather I have
+always had a horrible consciousness of our nothingness--dust to dust,
+ashes to ashes. Because of my mother alone have I been able to keep
+intact the faith of my early days. It still seems to me that when I
+have finished playing my poor part in life, when I no longer run in the
+overgrown paths that lead to the unattainable, when I am through amusing
+humanity with my conceits and my sorrows, I will go there where my
+mother, who has gone before me, is, and she will receive me; and the
+smile of serenity that she now wears in my memory will have become one
+of triumphant realization.
+
+True, I see that distant region only dimly, and it has no more substance
+than a pale gray vision; my words, however intangible and elusive, give
+too definite a form to my dreamy conceptions. But still (I speak as a
+little child, with the child's faith), but still I always think of my
+mother as having, in that far off place, preserved her earthly aspect.
+I think of her with her dear white curls and the straight lines of her
+beautiful profile that the years may have impaired a little, but which I
+still find perfect. The thought that the face of my mother shall one
+day disappear from my eyes forever, that it is no more than combined
+elements subject to disintegration, and that she will be lost in the
+universal abyss of nothingness, not only makes my heart bleed, but it
+causes me to revolt as at something unthinkable and monstrous; it cannot
+be! I have the feeling that there is about her something which death
+cannot touch.
+
+My love for my mother (the only changeless love of my life) is so free
+from all material feeling that that alone gives me an inexplicable hope,
+almost gives me a confidence in the immortality of the soul.
+
+I cannot very well understand why the vision of my mother near my bed of
+sickness should that morning have impressed me so vividly, for she was
+nearly always with me. It all seems very mysterious; it is as if at that
+particular moment she was for the first time revealed to me.
+
+And why among the treasured playthings of my childhood has the tiny
+watering-pot taken on the value and sacred dignity of a relic? So much
+so indeed, that when I am far distant on the ocean, in hours of danger,
+I think of it with tenderness, and see it in the place where it has
+lain for years, in the little bureau, never opened, mixed in with broken
+toys; and should it disappear I would feel as if I had lost an amulet
+that could not be replaced.
+
+And the simple shawl of lilac barege, found recently among some old
+clothing laid aside to be given to the poor, why have I put it away as
+carefully as if it were a priceless object? Because in its color (now
+faded), in its quaint Indian pattern and tiny bouquets of violets,
+I still find an emanation from my mother; I believe that I borrow
+therefrom a holy calm and sweet confidence that is almost a faith. And
+mingled in with the other feelings there is perhaps a melancholy regret
+for those May mornings of long ago that seemed so much brighter than are
+those of to-day.
+
+Truly I fear this book, the most personal I have ever written, will
+weary many.
+
+In transcribing these memories in the calm of middle life, so favorable
+to reverie, I had constantly present in my thought the lovely queen to
+whom I would dedicate this book; it is as if I were writing her a long
+letter with the full assurance of being understood in all those sacred
+matters to which words give but an inadequate expression.
+
+Perhaps you will understand also, my dear unknown readers, who with
+kindly sympathy have followed me thus far; and all those who cherish, or
+who have been cherished by their mothers will not smile at the childish
+things written down here.
+
+But this chapter will certainly seem ridiculous to those who are
+strangers to an all absorbing love, they will not be able to imagine
+that I have a deep pity to exchange for their cynical smiles.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+
+
+Before I finish writing of the confused memories I have of the
+commencement of my life I wish to speak of another ray of sunshine--a
+sad ray this time,--that has left an ineffaceable impression upon me,
+and the meaning of which will never be clear to me.
+
+Upon a Sunday, after we had returned from church, the ray appeared to
+me. It came through a half-open window and fell into the stairway, and
+as it lengthened itself upon the whiteness of the wall it took on a
+peculiar, weird shape.
+
+I had returned from church with my mother and as I mounted the stairs I
+took her hand. The house was filled with a humming silence peculiar
+to the noontime of very hot summer days (it was August or September).
+Following the habit of our country the shutters were half closed making
+indoors, during the heated period of the day, a sort of twilight.
+
+As I entered the house there came to me an appreciation of the stillness
+of Sunday that in the country and in peaceful byways of little towns
+is like the peace of death. But when I saw the ray of sunlight fall
+obliquely through the staircase window, I had a feeling more poignant
+than ordinary sorrow; I had a feeling altogether incomprehensible and
+absolutely new in which there seemed infused a conception of the brevity
+of life's summers, their rapid flight and the incomputable ages of
+the sun. But other elements still more mysterious, that it would be
+impossible for me to explain even vaguely, entered therein.
+
+I wish to add to the history of this ray of sunshine the sequel that is
+intimately connected with it. Years passed; I became a man, and after
+having been among many people and experienced many adventures I lived
+for an autumn and winter in an isolated house in an unfrequented part
+of Stamboul. It was there that every evening at approximately the same
+hour, a ray of sunlight came in through the window and fell obliquely on
+the wall and lit up the niche (hollowed out of the stone wall) in which
+I had placed an Athenian vase. And I never saw that ray of sunlight
+without thinking of the one I had seen upon that Sunday of long ago;
+nor without having the same, precisely the same sad emotion, scarcely
+diminished by time, and always full of the same mystery. And when I
+had to leave Turkey, when I was obliged to quit my dangerous but adored
+lodgings in Stamboul, with all my busy and hurried preparations for
+departure there was mingled this strange regret: never more should I see
+the oblique ray of sunshine come into the stairway window and fall upon
+the niche in the wall where the Greek vase stood.
+
+Perhaps under all of this there may have been, if not recollections of
+a previous personal experience, at least the reflected inchoate thoughts
+of ancestors which I am unable in any clearer way to bring out of
+darkness. But enough! I must say no more, for I again find myself in the
+land of vague fancy, gliding phantoms and illusive nothings.
+
+For this almost unintelligible chapter there is no excuse that I can
+offer, save that I have written it with the greatest frankness and
+sincerity.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+
+
+And I now recall the impressions of springtime, all the fresh splendor
+of May; and I remember vividly the lonely road called the Fountain road.
+
+(As I am endeavoring to put my recollections into some sort of order I
+think that at this time I must have been about five years old.)
+
+I was old enough at any rate to take walks with my father and my sister,
+and I went out with them this dewy morning. I was in ecstasy to see
+that everything had become so green, to see the budding foliage and the
+tasselled shrubs and hedges. Along the sides of the road the grass was
+all the same length, and the flowers in the grass with their exquisite
+mingling of the red of the geranium and the blue of the speedwell,
+made the whole earth seem a great bouquet. As I plucked the flowers I
+scarcely knew which way to run; in my eagerness I trod upon them and
+my legs became wet from the dew--I marvelled at all the richness at my
+disposal, and I longed to take great armfuls of the flowers and carry
+them away with me.
+
+My sister, who had gathered a sprig of hawthorn, one of iris and some
+long sheath-like grasses leaned towards me, and took my hand, and said:
+"You have enough for the present; you see, dear, that we could never
+gather all of them."
+
+But I did not heed, so absolutely intoxicated was I with the
+magnificence about me, the like of which I did not recall ever to have
+seen before.
+
+That was the beginning of those almost daily excursions that I took with
+my father and sister, and that I kept up for so long a time (almost
+to my boarding-school days). It is through them that I became so well
+acquainted with the surrounding country and with the varieties of
+flowers found there. Poor fields and meadows of my native country! So
+monotonous, so flat, one so like another; fields of hay and daisies
+where in childhood I would disappear from sight and hide under the green
+vegetation. Fields of corn and paths bordered with hawthorn, I love you
+all in spite of your monotony!
+
+Toward the west, in the far distance, my eyes sought for a glimpse of
+the sea. Sometimes when we had gone a long way there would appear upon
+the horizon, among the other lines there, a straight bluish one; it
+was the sea; and it lured me to it finally as a great and patient lover
+lures, who sure of his power is willing to wait.
+
+My sister and my brother, of whom I have not spoken before, were
+considerably older than I; it seemed almost as if we belonged to
+different generations. For that reason they petted me even more than did
+my father and mother, my grandmother and aunts; and as I was the only
+child among them I was cherished like a little hot-house plant, I was
+too tenderly guarded and remained all too unacquainted with thorns and
+brambles.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+
+
+Someone has advanced the theory that those persons endowed with a gift
+for painting (either with color or with words) probably belong to a
+half-blind species; accustomed to living in a partial light, in a sort
+of misty grayness, they turn their gaze inward; and when by chance they
+do look out their impressions are ten times more vivid than are those of
+ordinary people.
+
+To me that seems a little paradoxical.
+
+But it is true that sometimes an enveloping darkness aids one to clearer
+vision; as in a panorama building, for example, where the obscurity
+about the entrance prepares one better for the climax, and gives the
+scene depicted a more real and vivid appearance.
+
+In the course of my life I would without doubt have been less impressed
+by the ever shifting phantasmagoria of existence had I not begun my
+journey in a place almost without distinctive color, in a tranquil
+corner of the most commonplace little town, receiving an education
+austerely pious; and where my longest journey was bounded by the forests
+of Limoise (as wonderful to me as a primeval forest) and by the shores
+of the island of Oleron, that seemed very immense when I went to it to
+visit my aged aunts.
+
+But after all is said, it was in the yard about our house that I passed
+the happiest of my summers--it seemed to me that that was my particular
+kingdom, and I adored it.
+
+It was in truth a beautiful yard, much more sunny and airy than the
+majority of city gardens. Its long avenue of green and flowery branches,
+that overtopped the heads of the neighboring fruit trees, was bordered
+on the south by a low and ancient wall over which grew roses and
+honeysuckles. The long leafy avenue gave the impression of great depth,
+and its perspective melted into a bower of vines and jasmine bushes
+that in turn became a great verdant place, which came to an end at a
+storehouse of ancient construction, whose gray stones were hidden under
+ivy vines.
+
+Ah! How I loved that garden, and how much I still love it!
+
+I believe the keenest, earliest memories are of the beautiful long
+summer evenings. Oh! the return from a walk during those long, clear
+twilights that certainly were more delicious than are those of
+to-day. What joy to re-enter that yard which the thorn-apples and the
+honeysuckles filled with the sweetest odor, to enter and see from the
+gate all the long avenue of tangled greenness. Through an opening in a
+bower of Virginia Creeper I could see the rosy splendor of the setting
+sun; and somewhat removed in the gathering shadows of the foliage, there
+were distinguishable three or four persons. The persons, it is
+true, were very quiet and they were dressed in black, but they were
+nevertheless very reassuring to me, very familiar and very much beloved:
+they were the forms of mother, grandmother and aunts. Then I would run
+to them hastily and throw myself upon their laps, and that was always
+one of the happiest moments of my day.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+
+
+In the month of March, as the shadows of twilight gathered, two little
+children were seated very close together upon a low footstool--two
+little ones, between the ages of five and six, dressed in short trousers
+with white pinafores over them, as was the fashion of the time. After
+having played wildly they were now quietly amusing themselves with paper
+and pencils. The dim light seemed to fill them with a vague fear, and it
+troubled their spirits.
+
+Of the two children only one was drawing--it was I. The other, a friend
+invited over for the day, an exceptional thing, was watching me with
+great attention. With some difficulty (trusting me meantime) he followed
+the fantastic movements of my pencil whose intention I took care to
+explain to him at some length. And my oral interpretation was necessary,
+for I was busy executing two drawings that I entitled respectively, "The
+Happy Duck" and "The Unhappy Duck."
+
+The room in which we were seated must have been furnished about the year
+1805, at the time of the marriage of my now-very-old grandmother, who
+still occupied it, and who this evening was seated in the chair of the
+Directory period; she was singing to herself and she took no notice of
+us.
+
+My memories of my grandmother are indistinct for her death occurred
+shortly after this time; but as I will never again, in the course of
+this recital, have a more vivid impression of her, I will here insert
+what I know of her history.
+
+It seems that in the stress of all sorts of troubles she had been a
+brave and noble mother. After reverses that were so general in those
+days, after losing her husband at the Battle of Trafalgar, and her
+elder son at the shipwreck of the Medusa, she went resolutely to work to
+educate her younger son, my father, until such time as he should be
+able to support himself. At about her eightieth year (which was not far
+distant when I came into the world) the senility of second childhood
+had set in; at that time I knew nothing about the tragedy of the loss of
+memory and I could not realize the vacancy of her mind and soul.
+
+She would often stand for a long time before a mirror and talk in a most
+amiable way to her own reflection, which she called, "my good neighbor"
+or "my dear neighbor." It was also her mania to sing with a most
+excessive ardor the Marseillaise, the Parisiennes, the "Song of
+Farewell," and all the noble songs of the transition time, which had
+been the rage in her young womanhood.
+
+During these exciting times she had lived quietly, and had occupied
+herself entirely with her household cares and her son's education. For
+that reason it seems the more singular that from her disordered mind,
+just about as it was to take its journey into complete darkness and to
+become disintegrated through death, there should come this tardy echo of
+that tempestuous time.
+
+I enjoyed listening to her very much and often I would laugh, but
+without any irreverence, and I never was the least afraid of her. She
+was extremely lovely and had delicate and regular features, and her
+expression was very sweet. Her abundant hair was silver-gray, and upon
+her cheeks there was a color similar to that of a faded rose leaf,
+a color which the old people of that generation often retained into
+extreme old age. I remember that she usually wore a red cashmere shawl
+about her shoulders, and that she always had on an old-fashioned cap
+trimmed with green ribbons. There was something very modest and gentle
+and pleasing about her still graceful little body.
+
+Her room, where I liked to come to play because it was so large and
+sunny, was furnished as simply as a Presbyterian parsonage: the waxed
+walnut furniture was of the Directory period, the large bed had a canopy
+of thick, red, cotton stuff and the walls were painted an ochre yellow;
+and upon them in gilt frames, slightly tarnished, were hung water colors
+representing vases of flowers. I very soon discovered that this room
+was furnished in a very simple and old-fashioned way, and I thought to
+myself that the good old grandmother who sang so constantly must be much
+poorer than my other grandmother, who was younger by twenty years,
+and who always dressed in black--which last matter seemed an elegant
+distinction to me.
+
+But to return to my drawings! I think that the pictures of those two
+ducks, occupying such different stations in life, were the first I ever
+drew.
+
+At the bottom of the picture called "The Happy Duck" I had drawn a tiny
+house, and near the duck himself there was a large, kind woman who was
+calling him to her so that she might give him food.
+
+"The Unhappy Duck," on the other hand, was swimming about solitary and
+alone on a sort of hazy sea, which I had represented by drawing two or
+three straight lines, and in the distance one could see the outline of a
+gloomy shore. The thin paper, a leaf torn from a book, had print on the
+reverse side, and the letters showed through in grayish flecks and gave
+the curious impression as of clouds in the sky. And that little drawing,
+with less form than a school-boy's blackboard scrawl, was completely
+transfigured by those gray spots, and because of them it took on for me
+a deep and dreadful significance. Aided by the dim light in the room the
+pictured scene became a vision that faded away into the distance like
+the pale surface of the sea. I was terrified at my own work; I was
+astonished to find in it those things that I had not put there; to
+discover in it those things which elsewhere had given me such a well
+remembered anguish.
+
+"Oh!" I said with exaltation to my young companion, who did not
+understand anything of what was going forward, "Oh!" I exclaimed with a
+voice full of emotion, "you may see it; I cannot bear to look at it!" I
+covered the picture with my hands, but nevertheless I peeped at it very
+often; and it was so vividly impressed upon my mind that I can still
+recall it as it appeared to me transfigured: a gleam of light lay upon
+the horizon of that sea so awkwardly represented, the heavens appeared
+to be filled with rain, and it seemed to be a dreary winter evening in
+which there was a fierce wind blowing.
+
+The "Unhappy Duck" solitary, far away from his family and friends was
+making his way toward the foggy shore over which there hung an air of
+extreme sadness and desolation. And certainly for one fleeting moment
+I had a prescience of those heartaches that I was to know later in
+the course of my sailor life. I seemed to have a presentiment of those
+stormy December evenings when my boat was to enter, to take shelter
+until the morning, one of those uninhabited bays upon the coast of
+Brittany; more particularly I had a prescience of those twilights of the
+Antarctic winter when, in about the latitude of Magellan, we were to
+go in search of protection towards those sterile shores that are as
+inhospitable and as absolutely deserted as the waters surrounding them.
+
+The vision faded and I once more found myself in my grandmother's
+large room enveloped in the shadows of the evening. My grandmother was
+singing, and I was again a tiny being who had seen nothing of the large
+world, who had fears without knowing wherefore, and who did not even
+know the cause of the tears that he shed.
+
+Since then I have often observed that the rudimentary scrawls made by
+children, and which as representations are incorrect and inadequate,
+impress them much more than do the able and correct drawing of adults.
+For although theirs are incomplete they add to them a thousand things of
+their own seeing and imagining; and they add to them also the thousand
+things that grow in the deep subsoil of their consciousness--the things
+which no brush would be able to paint.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+
+
+Upon the second floor, above the room occupied by my poor old
+grandmother, who sang the Marseillaise so constantly, in that part of
+the house overlooking the yard and the gardens, lived my great-aunt
+Bertha.
+
+From her windows, across the houses and the walls covered with roses and
+jasmine, one could see the ramparts of the town. They were so near to
+us that their old trees were visible; and beyond them lay those great
+plains of our country called prees (prairies) all so alike, and as
+monotonous as the neighboring seas. From the window one also saw the
+river. At full tide, when it almost overflowed its banks, it looked,
+as it wound along through the green meadows, like silver lace; and the
+large and small boats that passed in the far distance mounted upon this
+silver thread toward the harbor and from there sailed out into the great
+sea.
+
+As this was our only glimpse of real country the windows in my aunt
+Bertha's room had always a great attraction for me. Especially had
+they in the evening at sunset, for from them I could watch the sun sink
+mysteriously behind the prairies. Oh! those sunsets that I saw from
+my aunt Bertha's windows, what ecstasy overcast with melancholy they
+awakened in me! The winter sunsets seen through the closed windows were
+a pale rose color. Those of summer time, upon stormy evenings, after a
+hot, bright day, I contemplated from the open window, and as I did so
+I would breathe in the sweet odors given out by the jasmine blossoms
+growing on the wall: it seems to me that there are no such sunsets now
+as there were then. When the sunsets were notably splendid and unusual,
+if I was not in the room, aunt Bertha, who never missed one, would call
+out hastily: "Dearie! Dearie! Come quickly!" From any corner of the
+house I heard that call and understood it, and I went swift as a
+hurricane and mounted the stairs four steps at a time. I mounted the
+more rapidly because the stairway had already begun to fill with dread
+shadows; and in the turnings and corners I saw the imaginary forms of
+ghosts and monsters that at nightfall always pursued me as I ran up the
+stairs.
+
+My aunt Bertha's room, with its simple white muslin curtains, was as
+modest as my grandmother's. The walls, covered with an old-fashioned
+paper in vogue at the commencement of the century, were ornamented with
+water colors similar to those in my grandmother's room. The picture that
+I looked at most often was a pastel after Raphael of a virgin in white,
+blue and rose color. The rays of the setting sun always fell upon this
+picture (I have already said the hour of sunset was the time I preferred
+most to be in this room). This virgin was very much like my aunt Bertha;
+in spite of the great difference in their ages, one was struck with the
+resemblance between the straight lines and regularity of their profiles.
+
+On this same floor, but upon the street side, lived my other grandmother
+(the one who always dressed in black) and her daughter, my aunt Claire,
+the person in the house who petted me most.
+
+Upon winter evenings, after I had been to my aunt Bertha's room to
+see the sunset, it was my custom to go to them. I usually found them
+together in my grandmother's room and I would seat myself near the fire
+in a little chair placed there for me. But the twilight hour spent with
+them was always a disturbing one. . . . After all the amusements, all
+the day's running and playing, to sit in the dusk almost motionless
+upon my tiny chair, with eyes wide open, uneasily watching for the least
+change in the shadows, especially on that side of the room where the
+door opened on the dim stairway, was very painful to me. . . . I am sure
+that if my grandmother and aunt had known of the melancholy and terrors
+which the twilight induced in me, they would have spared me by lighting
+the lamp, but they did not know my sufferings; and it was the custom
+of the aged persons by whom I was surrounded, to sit tranquilly at
+nightfall in their accustomed places without having need for a lighted
+lamp. As it grew darker one or the other, grandmother or aunt, would
+draw her chair closer to me, and when I had that protection about me
+I felt completely happy and reassured and would say: "Please tell me
+stories about the Island."
+
+The Island, that is the Island of Oleron, was my mother's native place,
+my grandmother's and aunt's also, which they had quitted twenty years
+before my birth to establish themselves upon the main land. The Island,
+or the least thing that came from it, had a singular charm for me.
+
+It was quite near us, for from a garret window at the top of the house
+we could, upon a very clear day, see the extreme end of its extensive
+plain; it appeared a little bluish line against a still paler one which
+was the arm of the ocean separating us from it. . . . To get to it we
+had to take a long journey in wretched country wagons and in sailing
+boats; and often our boat had to make its way there in the teeth of
+a strong gale. At this time in the village of St. Pierre Oleron I had
+three old aunts who lived very modestly upon the revenues of their salt
+marshes (the remains of a once great inheritance), and their annual
+rents which the peasants still paid with sacks of wheat. . . . When I
+went to visit them at St. Pierre there was for me a certain joy, mingled
+with many kinds of conflicting emotions, which I cannot explain, in
+trying to picture to myself their once great station.
+
+The Huguenot austerity of their manners, their mode of life, their house
+and their furniture all belonged to a past time, to a bygone generation.
+The sea surrounded and isolated us, and the wind constantly swept over
+the moorland and over the great stretches of sandy beach.
+
+My nurse was also from the Island, of a Huguenot family, which
+descending from father to son had been with us for a long time; and she
+would say: "At home, on the Island," in such a way that with a wave of
+emotion I understood her great homesickness for it.
+
+We had about us a number of little articles that had come from there,
+and which had places of honor in our home. We had some black pebbles
+large as cannon-balls, that had been chosen from the thousands lying
+on the Long-Beach because centuries of washing had polished and rounded
+them exquisitely. These pebbles always played an important part every
+winter evening, for with the greatest regularity the old people would
+put them into the chimney-place where a wood fire blazed and crackled;
+afterwards they slipped them into calico bags of a flowered pattern,
+also brought from the Island, and took them to bed where they served to
+keep their feet warm during the night.
+
+In our cellar we had wooden props and firkins, and also a number of
+straight elm poles for holding the washing which had been cut from the
+choicest young trees in my grandmother's forest. I had the greatest
+veneration for all these things. I knew that my grandmother no longer
+owned the forests, nor the salt marshes, nor the vineyards; for I had
+heard them say that she had sold them one at a time to put the money
+into investments upon the mainland; and that an incompetent notary by
+his bad investments had greatly reduced her income.
+
+When I went to the Island and the old salt makers and vine dressers, who
+had at one time worked for our family, still loyal and respectful called
+me "our little master," I knew they did so out of pure politeness and
+altogether in deference to our past grandeur.
+
+I regretted that I could not spend my life in tending the vineyards and
+the harvests, the occupations of several of my ancestors. Such a life
+seemed a much more desirable one to me than my own which was passed in a
+house in town.
+
+The stories of the Island that my grandmother and aunt Claire related to
+me were generally of the happenings of their own childhood, a childhood
+that seemed so very far away that to me it had no more reality than a
+dream.
+
+There were stories of grandfathers, long dead; of great-uncles whom I
+had never known, dead also for many years. When my aunt told me their
+names and described them to me I would abandon myself to reverie. There
+was in particular a grandfather Samuel who had preached at the time of
+the religious persecution, whom I thought an extraordinarily interesting
+person.
+
+I did not care whether the stories were different or not, and I would
+ask for the same ones over and over. Often they told me stories of
+journeys they had taken on the little donkeys that played such an
+important part in the lives of the people of St. Pierre. They would ride
+upon them to visit distant properties and vineyards; to get to these
+it was often necessary to travel along the sands of the Long-Beach, and
+sometimes of an evening during these expeditions terrible storms would
+burst upon the travellers and compel them to take shelter for the night
+in the inns and farmhouses.
+
+And as I sat in the darkness that no longer had terrors for me, my
+imagination busy with the things and peoples of other days, tinkle,
+tinkle would go the dinner bell; then I rose and jumped for joy, and
+we would go down to the dining-room together and find all the family
+gathered there in the bright gay room: then I would run to my mother and
+in an excess of emotion hide my face in her dress.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+
+
+
+Gaspard was a little crop-eared dog who was saved from absolute
+homeliness by the vivacious and kindly expression of his eyes. I do not
+now recall how he came to domesticate himself with us, but I do know
+that I loved him very tenderly.
+
+One winter afternoon, when he and I were out for a walk, he ran away
+from me. I consoled myself, however, by saying that he would certainly
+return to the house alone, and I went home in a happy frame of mind. But
+when night came and he was still absent I grew very heavy of heart.
+
+My parents had at dinner that evening an accomplished violinist and they
+had given me permission to remain up later than usual so that I might
+hear him. The first sweep of his bow which preluded I know not what slow
+and desolate movement, sounded to me like an invocation to those dark
+woodland paths in which, in the deeps of night, one feels that he is
+lost and abandoned; as the musician played I had a vision of Gaspard
+mistaking his way at the cross-roads because of the rain, and I saw him
+take an unfamiliar path that led forever away from friends and home.
+Then my tears began to flow, but no one perceived them; and as I wept
+the violin continued to fill the silence with its sad wailing, and it
+seemed to get a response from bottomless abysses inhabited by phantoms
+to which I could give neither a form nor name.
+
+That was my introduction to reverie awaking music, and years passed
+before I again experienced such sensations, for the little piano pieces
+that I began to play for myself soon after this (in a remarkable way for
+a child of my age they said) sounded to me only like sweet, rhythmical
+noise.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+
+
+
+I wish now to speak of the anguish caused by a story that was read to
+me. (I seldom read for myself, and in fact I disliked books very much.)
+
+A very disobedient little boy who had run away from his family and his
+native land, years later, after the death of his parents and his sister,
+returned alone to visit his parental home. This took place in November,
+and naturally the author described the dull gray sky and spoke of the
+bleak wind that blew the few remaining leaves from the trees.
+
+In a deserted garden, in an arbor stripped of all its green, the
+prodigal son in stooping down found among the autumn leaves a bluish
+bead that had lain there since the time he had played in the bower with
+his sister.
+
+Oh! at that point I begged them to cease reading, for I felt the sobs
+coming. I could see, see vividly, that solitary garden, that leafless
+old arbor, and half-hidden under the reddish leaves I saw that blue
+bead, souvenir of the dead sister. . . . It depressed me dreadfully and
+gave me a conception of that inevitable fading away of everything and
+every one, of the great universal change that comes to all.
+
+It is strange that my tenderly guarded infancy should have been so full
+of sad emotions and morbid reflections.
+
+I am sure that the sad days and happenings were rare, and that I lived
+the joyous and careless life of other children; but just because the
+happy days were so habitual to me they made no impression upon my mind,
+and I can no longer recall them.
+
+My memories of the summer time are so similar that they break with the
+splendor of the sun into the dark places and things of my mind.
+
+And always the great heat, the deep blue skies, the sparkling sand
+of the beach and the flood of light upon the white lime walls of the
+cottages of the little villages upon the "Island" induced in me a
+melancholy and sleepiness which I afterwards experienced with even
+greater intensity in the land of the Turk.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII.
+
+
+
+"And at midnight there was a cry made: Behold, the Bridegroom cometh; go
+ye out to meet him. . . . And they that were ready went in with him
+to the marriage; and the door was shut. Afterward came also the other
+virgins, saying, Lord, Lord, open to us.
+
+"But he answered and said, Verily, I say unto you, I know you not.
+
+"Watch therefore, for ye know neither the day nor the hour wherein the
+Son of man cometh."
+
+After reading these verses in a loud voice, my father closed the Bible;
+in the room where we were assembled there was a sound of chairs being
+moved and we all went down upon our knees to pray. Following the usage
+in old Huguenot families, it was our custom to have prayers just before
+retiring to our rooms for the night.
+
+"And the door was shut. . . ." Although I still knelt I no longer heard
+the prayer, for the foolish virgins appeared to me. They were enveloped
+in white veils that billowed about them as they stood before the door
+holding in their hands the little lamps whose flickering flames were so
+soon to be extinguished, leaving them in the gloom without before that
+closed door, closed against them irrevocably and forever. . . . And a
+time could come then when it would be too late; when the Saviour weary
+of our trespassing would no longer listen to our supplications! I had
+never thought that that was possible. And a fear more terrifying and
+awful than any I had ever known before completely overwhelmed me at the
+thought of eternal damnation. . . .
+
+* * * * *
+
+For a long time, for many weeks and months, the parable of the foolish
+virgins haunted me. And every evening, when darkness came, I would
+repeat to myself the words that sounded so beautiful and yet so
+dismaying: "Watch therefore, for ye know neither the day nor the hour
+wherein the Son of man cometh." If he should come to-night, was ever
+my thought, I would be awakened by a noise as of the sound of rushing
+waters, by the blare of the trumpet of the angel of the Lord announcing
+the terrifying approach of the end of the world. And I could never go to
+sleep until I had said a long prayer in which I commended myself to the
+mercy of my Saviour.
+
+I do not believe there was ever a little child who had a more sensitive
+conscience than I; about everything I was so morbidly scrupulous that I
+was often misunderstood by those who loved me best, a thing that caused
+me the most poignant heartaches. I remember having been tormented
+for days merely because in relating something I had not reported
+it precisely as it had happened. And to such a point did I carry my
+squeamishness of conscience that when I had finished with my recital or
+statement I would murmur in a low voice, in the tone of one who tells
+over his beads, these words: "After all, perhaps I do not remember just
+exactly how it was." When I think of the thousand remorses and fears
+which my trifling wrong doings caused me, and which from my sixth to
+my eighth year cast a gloom over my childhood, I feel a sort of
+retrospective depression.
+
+At that period if any one asked me what I hoped to be in the future,
+when a man, without hesitation I would answer: "I expect to be a
+minister,"--and to me the religious vocation seemed the very grandest
+one. And those about me would smile and without doubt they thought,
+inasmuch as I too wished it, that it was the best career for me.
+
+In the evening, especially at night, I meditated constantly of that
+hereafter which to pronounce the name of filled me with terror:
+eternity. And my departure from this earth,--this earth which I had
+scarcely seen, of which I had seen no more than the tiniest and most
+colorless corner--seemed to me a thing very near at hand. With a
+blending of impatience and mortal fear I thought of myself as soon to
+be clothed in a resplendent white robe, as soon to be seated in a great
+splendor of light among the multitude of angels and chosen ones around
+the throne of the Blessed Lamb; I saw myself in the midst of a
+great moving orb that, to the sound of music, oscillated slowly and
+continuously in the infinite void of heaven.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV.
+
+
+
+"Once upon a time a little girl when she opened a large fruit that had
+come from the colonies, a big creature came out of it, a green creature,
+and it bit her and that made her die."
+
+It was my little friend Antoinette (she was six and I seven) who was
+telling me the story which had been suggested to her because we were
+about to break and divide an apricot between us. We were at the extreme
+end of her garden in the lovely month of June under a branching apricot
+tree. We sat very close together upon the same stool in a house about as
+big as a bee-hive, which we had built for our exclusive use out of old
+planks. Our dwelling was covered with pieces of foreign matting that had
+come from the Antilles packed about some boxes of coffee. The sunbeams
+pierced the roof, which was of a coarse straw-colored material, and
+the warm breeze that stirred the leaves of the trees about us made the
+sunlight dance as it fell upon our faces and aprons. (During at least
+two summers it had been our favorite amusement to build, in isolated
+nooks, houses like the one described in Robinson Crusoe, and thus hidden
+away we would sit together and chat.) In the story of the little girl
+who was bitten by the big creature this phrase, "a very large fruit
+from the colonies," had suddenly plunged me into a reverie. And I had
+a vision of trees, of strange fruits, and of forests filled with
+marvelously colored birds. Ah! how much those magical but disturbing
+words, "the colonies" conveyed to me in my childhood. To me they meant
+at that time all tropical and distant countries, which I invariably
+thought of as filled with giant palms, exquisite flowers, strange black
+people and great animals. Although my ideas were so confused I had an
+almost true conception, amounting to an intuition, of their mournful
+splendor and their enervating melancholy.
+
+I think that I saw a palm for the first time in an illustrated book
+called the "Young Naturalists," by Madame Ulliac-Tremadeure; the book
+was one of my New Year's gifts, and I read some parts of it upon New
+Year's evening. (Green-house palms had not at that time been brought to
+our little town.)
+
+The illustrator had placed two of these unfamiliar trees at the edge
+of a sea-shore along which negroes were passing. Recently I was curious
+enough to hunt in the little yellow, faded book for that picture, and
+truly I wonder how that illustration had the power to create the very
+least of my dreams unless it were that my immature mind was already
+leavened by the memory of memories.
+
+"The colonies!" Ah! how can I give an adequate idea of all that awoke
+in my mind at the sound of these words? A fruit from there, a bird or a
+shell, had instantly the greatest charm for me.
+
+There were a number of things from the tropics in little Antoinette's
+home: a parrot, birds of many colors in a cage, and collections of
+shells and insects. In one of her mamma's bureau drawers I had seen
+quaint necklaces of fragrant berries; in the garret, where we sometimes
+rummaged, we found skins of animals and peculiar bags and cases upon
+which could still be made out the names of towns in the Antilles; and a
+faint tropical odor scented the entire house.
+
+Antoinette's garden, as I have said, was separated from ours by a very
+low wall overgrown with roses and jasmine. And the very old pomegranate
+tree growing there spread its branches into our yard, and at the
+blooming season its coral-red petals were scattered upon our grass.
+
+Often we spoke from one house to the other:
+
+"Can I come over and play with you?" I would ask. "Will your mamma allow
+me?"
+
+"No, because I have been naughty and I am being punished." (That
+happened very often.)--Such an answer always grieved me a great deal;
+but I must confess that it was more on account of my disappointment over
+the parrot and the tropical things than because of her punishment.
+
+Little Antoinette had been born in the colonies, but, curiously enough,
+she never seemed to value that fact, and they had very little charm for
+her, indeed she scarcely remembered them. I would have given everything
+I possessed in the world to have seen, if only for the briefest time,
+one of those distant countries, inaccessible to me, as I well knew.
+
+With a regret that was almost anguish I thought, alas! that in my life
+as minister, live as long as I might, I would never, never see those
+enchanting lands.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV.
+
+
+
+I will now describe a game that gave Antoinette and me the greatest
+pleasure during those two delicious summers.
+
+We pretended to be two caterpillars, and we would creep along the ground
+upon our stomachs and our knees and hunt for leaves to eat. After having
+done that for some time we played that we were very very sleepy, and we
+would lie down in a corner under the trees and cover our heads with our
+white aprons--we had become cocoons. We remained in this condition for
+some time, and so thoroughly did we enter into the role of insects in
+a state of metamorphosis, that any one listening would have heard pass
+between us, in a tone of the utmost seriousness, conversations of this
+nature:
+
+"Do you think that you will soon be able to fly?"
+
+"Oh yes! I'll be flying very soon; I feel them growing in my shoulders
+now . . . they'll soon unfold." ("They" naturally referred to wings.)
+
+Finally we would wake up, stretch ourselves, and without saying anything
+we conveyed by our manner our astonishment at the great transformation
+in our condition. . . .
+
+Then suddenly we began to run lightly and very nimbly in our tiny shoes;
+in our hands we held the corners of our pinafores which we waved as if
+they were wings; we ran and ran, and chased each other, and flew about
+making sharp and fantastic curves as we went. We hastened from flower
+to flower and smelled all of them, and we continually imitated the
+restlessness of giddy moths; we imagined too that we were imitating
+their buzzing when we exclaimed: "Hou ou ou!" a noise we made by filling
+the cheeks with air and puffing it out quickly through the half-closed
+mouth.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI.
+
+
+
+The butterflies, the poor butterflies that have gone out of fashion in
+these days, played, I am ashamed to say, a large part in my life during
+my childhood, as did also the flies, beetles and lady-bugs and all the
+insects that are found upon flowers and in the grass. Although it gave
+me a great deal of pain to kill them, I was making a collection of them,
+and I was almost always seen with a butterfly net in my hand. Those
+flying about in our yard, that had strayed our way from the country,
+were not very beautiful it must be confessed, but I had the garden and
+woods of Limoise which all the summer long was a hunting-ground ever
+full of surprises and wonders.
+
+But the caricatures by Topffer upon this subject made me thoughtful; and
+when Lucette one day caught me with several butterflies in my hat, and
+in her incomparably mocking voice called me, "Mr. Cryptogram," I was
+much humiliated.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII.
+
+
+
+The poor old grandmother who sang so constantly was dying.
+
+We were all standing about her bed at nightfall one spring evening. She
+had been ailing scarcely more than forty-eight hours; but the doctor
+said that on account of her great age she could not rally, and he
+pronounced her end to be very near.
+
+Her mind had become clear; she no longer mistook our names, and in a
+sweet calm voice she begged us to remain near her--it was doubtless the
+voice of other days, the one that I had never heard before.
+
+As I stood close to my father's side I turned my eyes from my dying
+grandmother, and they wandered about the room with its old-fashioned
+furniture. I looked especially at the pictures of bouquets in vases
+that hung upon the wall. Oh! those poor little water colors in my
+grandmother's room, how ingenuous they were! They all bore this
+inscription: "A Bouquet for my mother," and under this there was a
+little verse of four lines dedicated to her which I could now read and
+understand. These works of art had been painted by my father in his
+early boyhood, and he had presented them to his mother upon each joyful
+anniversary. The poor, unpretentious little pictures bore testimony
+to the humble life of those early days, and they spoke of the sacred
+intimacy of mother and son,--they had been painted during the time which
+followed those great ordeals, the wars, the English invasion and the
+burning over of the country by the enemy. For the first time I realized
+that my grandmother too had been young; that, without doubt, before the
+trouble with her head, my father had loved her as I loved my mamma, and
+I felt that he would sorrow greatly when he lost her; I felt sorry for
+him and I was also full of remorse because I had laughed at her singing,
+and had been amused when she spoke to her image reflected in the
+looking-glass.
+
+They sent me down stairs. On different pretexts, the reason for which
+I did not understand, they kept me away from the room until the day was
+over; then they took me to the house of our friends, the D----s, where I
+was to have dinner with Lucette.
+
+When, at about half past eight, I returned home with my nurse, I
+insisted upon going straight to my grandmother's room.
+
+When I entered I was struck with the order and the air of profound peace
+that pervaded the room. My father was sitting motionless at the head of
+the bed--he was in the shadow, the open curtains were draped with great
+precision, and on the pillow, just in its middle, was the head of my
+sleeping grandmother; her whole position had about it something very
+regular--something that suggested eternal rest.
+
+My mother and sister were seated beside a chiffonier near the door, from
+which place they had kept watch over my grandmother during her illness.
+As soon as I entered they signalled to me with their hands as if to say:
+"Softly, softly, make no noise; she is asleep." The shade of their lamp
+threw a vivid light upon the material they were busied with, a number
+of little silk squares, brown, yellow, gray, etc., that I recognized as
+pieces of their old dresses and hat ribbons.
+
+At first I thought that they were working upon things which it is
+customary to prepare for people about to die; but when I, in a very low
+voice and with some uneasiness, questioned them about it, they explained
+that they were making sachets which were to be sold for charity.
+
+I said that I wished to bid grandmother good night before retiring, and
+they allowed me to go towards the bed; but before I reached the middle
+of the room they, after glancing quickly at each other, changed their
+minds.
+
+"No, no," they said in a very low voice, "come back, you might disturb
+her."
+
+But before they spoke I came to a halt of myself, I was overwhelmed with
+terror--I understood.
+
+Although fear kept me fixed to the spot I noted with astonishment that
+my grandmother was not at all disagreeable to look at; I had never
+before seen a dead person, and I had imagined until then, that when
+the spirit took its departure all that remained was a grinning, hideous
+skeleton. On the contrary my grandmother had upon her face an extremely
+sweet and tranquil smile; she was as beautiful as ever, and her face
+appeared to be rejuvenated and filled with a holy peace.
+
+Then there passed through my mind one of those sad flashes which
+sometimes come to little children and permit them to see for a moment
+into hidden depths, and I reflected: How can grandmother be in heaven,
+how am I to understand the division of the one body into two parts, for
+that which was left for interment, was it not my grandmother herself,
+ah! was it not she even to the very expression that she bore in life?
+
+After that I stole away with a bruised heart and downcast spirit,
+not daring to ask a question of any one, fearful lest what I had so
+unerringly divined would be confirmed, I did not wish to hear the dread
+and terrible word pronounced. . . .
+
+* * * * *
+
+For a long time thereafter little silken sachet bags were always
+associated in my mind with the idea of death.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII.
+
+
+
+I still have in my memory, almost agonizing impressions of a serious
+illness which I had when I was about eight years old. Those about me
+called it scarlet fever, and its very name seemed to have a diabolical
+quality.
+
+I had the fever in March, which was cold and blustering and dreary that
+year, and every evening as night fell, if by chance my mother was not
+near me, a great sadness would overwhelm my soul. (It was an oppression
+coming on at twilight, from which animals, and beings with a temperament
+like mine suffer almost equally.)
+
+My curtains were kept open, and I always had a view of the pathetic
+looking little table with its cups of gruel and bottles of medicines.
+And as I gazed at these things, so suggestive of sickness, they took on
+strange shapes in the darkness of the silent room,--and at such times
+there passed through my head a procession of grotesque, hideous and
+alarming images.
+
+Upon two successive evenings at dusk there appeared to me, in the half
+delirium of fever, two persons who caused me the most extreme terror.
+
+The first one was an old woman, hump-backed and very ugly, but with a
+fascinating ugliness, who without my hearing her open the door, without
+my seeing any one rise to meet her, stole noiselessly to my side. She
+departed, however, without speaking to me; but as she turned to go her
+hump became visible, and I saw that there was an opening in it, and
+there popped out from this hole the green head of a parrot which the
+old woman carried in her hump. This creature called out, "Cuckoo," in
+a thin, squeaking, far-away voice, and then withdrew again into the
+frightful old hag's hump. Oh! when I heard that "Cuckoo!" a cold
+perspiration formed on my forehead; but suddenly the woman disappeared
+and then I realized that it was only a dream.
+
+The next evening a tall thin man, clothed in the black dress of a
+minister, appeared to me. He did not come near me, but kept close to the
+wall and whirled, with body all bent over, rapidly and noiselessly about
+the room. His miserable, thin legs and the gown of his dress stood out
+stiff and straight as he turned quickly. And--most horrible of all--he
+had for a head the skull of a large white bird with a long beak, which
+was a monstrous exaggeration of a sea-mew's skull, bleached by the sun
+and wind and waves, that I had the previous summer found upon the beach
+at the Island. (I believe this old man's visit coincided with the
+time when I was worst, almost in danger.) After he had made one or two
+revolutions about the room, he quickly and silently began to rise from
+the floor. Ever moving his thin legs he reached the cornice, then higher
+and higher still he rose, above the pictures and the looking-glasses,
+until he was lost to sight in the twilight shadows that lay near the
+ceiling.
+
+And for two or three years after this event the faces of those visions
+haunted me. On winter evenings I thought of them with a shudder as
+I mounted the stairway, which at that period it was not customary to
+light. "If they should be there," I would say to myself; "suppose one of
+them is lying in wait to pursue me, and stretch out their hands and try
+to catch me by the legs."
+
+And truly I will not be sure that I would not now feel, should I
+encourage myself, some of the old-time fear which that woman and man
+inspired in me; they were for some time at the head of the list of my
+childhood terrors, and for very long they led the procession of visions
+and bad dreams.
+
+Many gloomy apparitions haunted the first years of my life which
+otherwise were so uncommonly sweet. I was especially addicted to
+indulging in sad reflections at nightfall; I had impressions of my
+career being cut short by an early death. Too carefully sheltered and
+protected at this period, and yet in some measure forced mentally, I may
+be likened to a flower that lacks color and vitality because it has been
+raised in an unwholesome atmosphere. I should have been surrounded by
+hardy, mischievous, noisy playmates of my own age and sex, but instead
+of that I played only with gentle little girls. I was always careful and
+precise in my manners, and my curled hair and sedate bearing gave me the
+appearance of a little eighteenth century nobleman.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX.
+
+
+
+After that long fever, the very name of which has a sinister sound, I
+recall the delight I felt when they allowed me to go out into the air,
+when I was permitted to go down into our beloved yard. The day chosen
+for my first airing was a radiantly beautiful and clear morning in
+April. Seated under the bower of jasmine and honeysuckle I felt as if
+I were experiencing the enchantment of paradise, of another Eden.
+Everything was budding and blossoming; without my knowledge, during the
+time that I was confined to my bed, this wonderful drama of the spring
+had enacted itself upon the earth. I had not often seen this wonderful
+and magical renewal which has delighted man through all the ages, and to
+which only the very aged seem indifferent; it ravished me and I
+allowed my joy to take possession of me almost to the point of
+intoxication.--Oh! that pure, warm, soft air; the glorious sunlight and
+the tender, fresh green of the young plants and the budding trees
+that already cast a little shade. And in myself there was an unwonted
+strength that bespoke recovery, and I rejoiced mightily when I breathed
+in the sweet air and felt the flood of new life.
+
+My brother was a tall fellow of twenty-one who had the freedom of the
+house and grounds in which to work out any of his fancies. During my
+convalescence I entertained myself greatly speculating about something
+he was busy with in the garden, which something I was dying of
+impatience to see. At the end of the yard, in a lovely nook under an
+old plum tree, my brother was making a tiny lake; he had dug it out and
+cemented it like a cistern, and from the country round about he procured
+stones and quantities of moss with which to make the banks about the
+lake romantic looking; he also constructed rocky elevations and grottoes
+out of stones and mosses.
+
+And this work was finished the day that I went out for the first time;
+they had even put little gold fish into the water, and they turned on
+the tiny fountain and it played in my honor.
+
+I approached it with ecstasy, and I found that it greatly surpassed in
+beauty anything that my imagination had been able to conjure up. And
+when my brother told me it was mine, I felt a joy so intense that it
+seemed to me it must last forever. Oh! what unexpected joy to possess it
+for my very own! And what happiness to know that I could enjoy it every
+single day during the warm and beautiful months that were to come. And
+the thought of being able to live out of doors again, the prospect of
+playing in every nook of that lovely garden, as I had done the previous
+summer, was rapture to me.
+
+I remained at the edge of the pond a long time, looking at it and
+admiring it unceasingly, and I breathed in the sweet, mild spring air,
+and warmed myself in the radiant sunlight so long denied to me. The old
+plum tree above my head, planted so long ago by one of my ancestors, and
+now almost at the end of its usefulness, spread its lacy curtain of new
+leaves to the tender blue of the sky, and the tiny fountain in its
+shade continued its tuneful melody as if it were a little hurdy-gurdy
+celebrating my return to health.
+
+To-day that old plum tree is dead and its trunk the only thing left of
+it, and spared out of respect, is covered, like a ruin, with ivy vines.
+
+But the pond, with its grottoes and islets, still remains intact; time
+has given it the appearance of genuine nature herself. Its greenish
+stones look old and decayed; the mosses, the delicate little plants
+brought from the river, and the rushes and wild iris have acclimated
+themselves, and dragon flies that stray through the town take refuge
+there--a bit of wild nature has established itself in that little corner
+and I hope it will never be disturbed.
+
+I am more loyally attached to that spot than to any other, although
+I have loved many places; in no other one have I found so much peace;
+there I feel tranquil, there I refresh myself and acquire youth and new
+life. That little corner is my sacred Mecca, so much indeed is it to me
+that should any one destroy it I would feel as if some vital thing in
+my life had lost balance, would feel that I had missed my footing, or
+almost imagine that it presaged the beginning of my end.
+
+The reverent feeling that I have for the place has been born, I believe,
+from my sea-faring life, with its long voyages to distant places and its
+dreary exiles during which I thought and dreamed of it constantly.
+
+There is in particular one little grotto for which I have an especial
+affection: the memory of it has often, in times of depression and
+melancholy, during the years of weary exile heartened me.
+
+After the angel Azrael had so cruelly passed our way, after reverses of
+many sorts, and during that sad term when I was a wanderer on the face
+of the earth, and my widowed mother and my aunt Claire were left alone
+in the beloved but deserted home that was almost as silent as a tomb, I
+experienced many a heartache as I thought of the dear hearthstone and of
+the things so familiar to my childhood that were doubtless going to
+ruin through neglect. I felt especially anxious to know if the storms
+of winter and the hands of time had destroyed the delicate arch of that
+grotto; and strange as it may seem, if those little moss-covered rocks
+had fallen in I would have felt that an almost irreparable breach had
+been made in my own life.
+
+At the side of the pond there is an old gray wall which is an integral
+part of the corner that I call my Holy Mecca; I think it is the very
+centre of the sacred place, and I recall the tiniest details of it. I
+can picture to myself the scarcely visible mosses that grow there, and
+the gaps made by time, which the spiders now inhabit. Growing up at the
+back of the wall there is an arbor of ivy and honeysuckles whose shade
+I sought daily every beautiful summer day for the purpose of studying my
+lessons. But I lounged there lazily, as a school-boy will, and allowed
+all my attention to be absorbed by those gray stones with their teeming
+world of insects. Not only do I love and venerate that old wall as the
+Moslems love their holiest mosque, but I regard it also as something
+which actually protects me; as something which conserves my life and
+prolongs my youth. I would not suffer any one to change it in the least,
+and should it be demolished I would feel as if the very supports under
+my life were insecure. May it not be because certain things persist,
+and are known to us throughout our lives, that we borrow from thence
+delusions in regard to our own stability and our own continuance. Seeing
+that they abide we suppose that we cannot change nor cease to be.
+
+Personally I cannot explain these sentiments of mine in any other way
+than to regard them as some sort of fetich worship.
+
+And when I consider that those stones are very like other stones, that
+they have been brought from I know not where, by whom I care not, to be
+built into a wall by workmen who lived and died a century before I was
+even thought of, I realize the childishness of the illusion, which I
+indulge in spite of myself, that it can extend any sort of spiritual
+protection to me; I comprehend only too well what a frail and unstable
+base has that that symbolizes for me the permanency of life.
+
+Those who have never had a permanent home, but who have from infancy
+been taken from place to place, living in lodgings meantime, may not be
+able to appreciate these sentiments.
+
+But among those who have daily gathered about the same hearthstone,
+there are, I am sure, many who, without confessing it, are susceptible
+in varying degrees to impressions of this sort. And do not such people
+often, because of an old stone wall, a garden known and loved since
+childhood, an old terrace which has become in indestructible part of
+their memory, or an old tree that has not changed form within their
+lives, seek a warrant for their own hope of immortality?
+
+And doubtless, alas! before their birth these objects lent the same
+delusive countenance to others, to those unknown now turned to dust and
+gone to nothingness, who may not even have been of their blood and race.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XX.
+
+
+
+It was about the middle of the summer, after my severe illness, that I
+went to the Island for a long visit. I was taken there by my brother and
+my sister, the latter was like a second mother to me. After a sojourn
+of several weeks with our relatives at St. Pierre Oleron (my good Aunt
+Claire and her two old unmarried daughters) we went alone, we three, to
+a fishing village upon the Long-Beach, which at that time was entirely
+off the line of travel. The Long-Beach is that portion of the
+Island commanding a view of the ocean over which the west winds blow
+ceaselessly. Upon this coast, which extends without a curve straight and
+seemingly limitless, with the majestic sweep of the desert of Sahara,
+the waves roll and break with a mighty noise. Here there are to be seen
+many uneven waste spaces; it is a region of sand where stunted trees and
+dwarfish evergreen oaks shelter themselves behind the dunes. A curious
+kind of wild flower, a pink and fragrant carnation, blooms there
+profusely all summer long. Two or three villages, composed of humble
+little cottages, whitewashed like the bungalows of Algeria, break the
+loneliness of this region. These homes have planted about them such
+flowers as can best resist the sea-winds. Dark skinned fishermen and
+their families, a hardy honest people, still very primitive at the time
+of which I write, live here; even sea-bathers had not found their way to
+these shores.
+
+In an old forgotten copy-book where my sister had written down (in a
+stilted manner) the impressions of that summer I find this description
+of our lodgings.
+
+"We dwell in the centre of the village, in the square, at the Mayor's
+house.
+
+"This house has two ells, which are spacious beyond measure.
+
+"Its dazzling whitewashed surfaces sparkle in the sun, its window
+shutters are fastened with large iron hooks and painted a dark green
+as is the custom here. The flower bed that is planted in the form of
+a wreath all around the house grows vigorously in the sand. The
+day-lilies, one surpassing the other in beauty, open their yellow, pink
+and red blossoms, and the mignonette beds which at noon-time are fully
+abloom waft on the air an odor that is sweet as the scent of orange
+blossoms.
+
+"Opposite us a little path hollowed out of the sand descends rapidly to
+the edge of the sea."
+
+My first really intimate acquaintance with the sea-wrack, crabs,
+sea-nettles, jelly-fish, and the thousand and one other small creatures
+that inhabit the ocean, dates from this visit to the Long-Beach.
+
+And during this same summer I fell in love for the first time--my
+beloved was a little village girl. But here, so that the story may be
+related more accurately, I will allow my sister, through the medium of
+the old copy-book, to speak again--I merely copy:
+
+"Dozens of the children (fishermen's boys and girls), tanned and brown
+and with little legs all bare, followed Pierre, or audaciously hurried
+before him, and from time to time turned and looked at him wonderingly
+with their beautiful dark eyes. At that time a little gentleman was
+a rare enough spectacle in that part of the country to be worth the
+trouble of running after.
+
+"Every day Pierre, accompanied by this crowd, would descend to the beach
+by means of the little footpath scooped out of the sand. There he would
+run and pick up the shells that, upon that coast, are so exquisitely
+beautiful. They are yellow, pink, purple and many other bright colors,
+and they have the most delicate and varied forms. Pierre admired them
+greatly, and the little ones who always followed him would silently
+offer him hands full.
+
+"Veronica was the most attentive of all. She was about his own age,
+perhaps a little younger, six or seven years of age. She had a sweet,
+dreamy little face, a rather pale complexion and lovely gray eyes. She
+was protected from the heat by a large white sunbonnet; a kichenote, as
+they call it in that part of the country, is a very old word, and means
+a large bonnet made of linen and cardboard, which projects over the
+face like the head-dress of a nun. Veronica would slip near Pierre,
+take possession of his hand, and keep it in hers. Thus they walked along
+contentedly without saying a word. They stopped from time to time to
+kiss each other. 'I wish to kiss you,' Veronica would say, and as she
+did so she embraced him tenderly with her little arms. Then after Pierre
+had allowed her the caress he would, in his turn, kiss her vehemently on
+her pretty, little, plump cheeks. . . ."
+
+* * * * *
+
+"Little Veronica used to run and seat herself upon our doorstep as soon
+as she was up; and there she remained like a faithful, loyal spaniel.
+As soon as Pierre woke he thought of her being there, and he would
+immediately get out of bed, have himself quickly washed, and stand
+quietly to have his blond curls combed out, and then run to find his
+little friend. They embraced each other and prattled of the events of
+the day before; sometimes Veronica, before coming to our house to wait
+for Pierre, made a trip to the seashore and gathered an apron full of
+the beautiful shells as a love offering to her sweetheart.
+
+"One day, at about the end of August, after a long reverie, during which
+Pierre had perhaps weighed and considered the difficult question of the
+social difference between them, he said; 'Veronica you and I must get
+married some day; I will ask permission of my parents when the time
+comes.'"
+
+Then my sister speaks of our departure:
+
+"Upon the 15th of September it was necessary for us to leave the
+village. Pierre had made a collection of shells, sea-weeds, star-fish
+and pebbles; he was insatiable and wished to carry all of them away with
+him, and with Veronica's aid he packed a great many into his boxes.
+
+"One morning a large carriage arrived at St. Pierre to take us away. The
+peace of the village was broken by the noise of the little bells and the
+cracking of the driver's whip. Pierre with the greatest care placed his
+own packets into the carriage and then we three quickly took our places.
+With eyes full of sadness Pierre gazed out of the carriage window
+towards the sandy path that led down to the beach--and at his little
+friend who stood there weeping."
+
+In conclusion I will copy word for word the reflection found at the end
+of the faded book which was written down by my sister during that same
+summer.
+
+"Then, and not for the first time, I fell into an uneasy reverie that
+had to do with Pierre, and I asked myself: 'What will become of the
+little boy? And what will become of his little friend whose figure we
+could still see outlined at the now far distant end of the road. How
+much despair does that little heart feel; how much anguish at being thus
+abandoned?'"
+
+"What will become of that boy?" Alas! what indeed! His whole life was to
+be similar to that summer of his childhood. To know the sorrow of
+many farewells; to desire to take with me a thousand trifles of no
+appreciable value, to hunger to have about me a world of beloved
+souvenirs,--but especially to say good bye to wild little creatures
+(loved perhaps just because they were ingenuous children of
+nature),--these things were to make up the sum of my life.
+
+The two or three days' journey home (broken into by a visit to our
+old aunts) seemed to me very nearly endless. My impatience to see and
+embrace mamma kept me from sleeping. I had not seen her for almost two
+months! My sister was the only person in the world who, at that time,
+could have made such a long separation from my mamma endurable to me.
+
+We reached the continent safely, and after a three-hours ride in the
+carriage that we found awaiting us at the boat-landing, we passed
+through the ramparts of our town. Ah! at last I saw my mother; I once
+more saw her dear face and sweet smile.--And now at this distant time I
+find that one of my clearest and most persistent memories is her beloved
+and still youthful face and her beautiful dark hair.
+
+When we arrived at the house I ran to visit my little lake and its
+grottoes, and I hurried to the arbor that grew against the old wall. But
+my eyes had become so accustomed to the immensity of the sandy beach
+and the ocean that all of these things appeared shrunken, diminished,
+walled-in and mean. The leaves were turning yellow, and although it was
+still warm there was a promise of early autumn in the air. With fear and
+dread I thought of the dull and cold days which would soon be upon us;
+and when, with a heavy heart, I began to unpack my boxes of sea-weed
+and shells, I was overcome with grief because I was not still upon the
+Island. I felt disquieted too about Veronica who would have to be there
+without me during the winter, and suddenly my eyes overflowed with tears
+at the thought that I might never again hold her dear little sun-burned
+hands in mine.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXI.
+
+
+
+The time now arrived for me to begin regular lessons and to write
+exercises in copy-books, which I invariably smeared with ink--ah! what
+gloom and dreariness suddenly came into my life.
+
+I remember that I performed my tasks spiritlessly and sulkily, and that
+my lessons bored me inexpressibly. And since I wish to be very sincere,
+it is necessary for me to add that my teachers also were well-nigh
+intolerable to me.
+
+Alas! well do I remember the one who first taught me Latin (rosa, the
+rose; cornu, the horn; tonitru, the thunder). This tutor was very old
+and bent, and as sad of face as a rainy November day. He is dead now,
+the poor old fellow--sweet peace to his soul! He was exactly like that
+"Mr. Ratin" hit off in caricature so neatly by Topffer; he had all the
+marks, even to the wart with the three hairs, and fine wrinkles
+beyond number at the end of his old nose; to me his face was the
+personification of all that was hideous and disgusting.
+
+He arrived every day precisely at noon; and a chill would pass through
+me when I heard his knock which I would have recognized among a
+thousand.
+
+Always after his departure, I attempted to purify that part of my table
+where his elbow had rested by rubbing it hard with the napkin which
+I had taken clandestinely from the linen-closet. And the repulsion
+extended itself to the very books, already unattractive enough to me,
+which he touched; I even tore certain leaves out of them because I
+suspected that he had handled them a great deal.
+
+My books were always full of ink blots, always stained and covered with
+smeared sketches and pictures, which one draws idly when his attention
+wanders from his task. I who was usually so careful and proper a child
+had such a detestation for the books which I was obliged to learn
+from, that I abused them in the commonest fashion; altogether I was a
+miserable pupil. I found--and this is the astonishing part--that all
+my scruples of conscience deserted me when my teacher questioned me in
+regard to the time I had spent upon my lessons (I usually studied them
+in a mad hurry at the last moment); my aversion for study was the first
+thing that caused me to temporize with my conscience.
+
+In spite, however, of a pricking conscience, I still continued to
+give only a passing glance at my lessons at the very last moment. But
+generally "Mr. Ratin" would write "good" or "very good" upon the paper
+which it was my duty each evening to show to my father.
+
+I believe that if he, or the other professors who succeeded him, could
+have suspected the truth, could have guessed that out of their presence
+my mind did not dwell for more than five minutes a day upon what they
+had taught me, their honest heads would have split with indignation.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXII.
+
+
+
+During the course of the winter which followed my visit to the
+Long-Beach a great change took place in our family--my brother departed
+for his first campaign.
+
+He was, as I have said, about fourteen years older than I. I had had
+very little time to become acquainted with him, to attach myself to him,
+for his preparation for his vocation made it necessary for him to be
+away from home a great deal. I scarcely ever went into his room where,
+scattered upon the table, there was an appalling number of large books.
+This room was pervaded with the strong odor of tobacco; and I dared not
+go near it for fear that I would meet his comrades, young officers,
+or students like himself. I had heard, also, that he was not always
+well-behaved, that sometimes he did not come in until very late at
+night, and that often my father had found it necessary to give him a
+serious talking to; secretly I greatly disapproved of his conduct.
+
+But his approaching departure strengthened my affection, and caused me
+extreme sorrow.
+
+He was going to Polynesia, to Tahiti, almost to the end of the world,
+and he expected to be away four years. To me that seemed an almost
+endless absence, for it represented half of my own age.
+
+I watched, with the greatest interest, the preparations that he made for
+his voyage. The iron-bound trunks were packed with care. He wrapped the
+gilt-embroidered uniform and his sword in a quantity of tissue paper,
+and put them away with the same care one bestows upon a mummy when it is
+relaid in its metal case. All of these things augmented the impression
+that I had of the distance and dangers of the long voyage about to be
+undertaken by my brother.
+
+A sort of melancholy rested upon every one in the house, which became
+deeper and more and more noticeable as the day for the separation
+drew near. At our meals we were more silent; advice from my father
+and assurances from my brother was the substance of most of the
+conversations, and I listened meditatively without saying a word.
+
+The day before my brother left he confided to my care--and I was greatly
+honored to have him do so--the many fragile little things that he had
+upon his mantel-piece; these he bade me guard faithfully until his
+return.
+
+He then made me a present of a handsome gilt edged, illustrated book
+entitled, "A Voyage in Polynesia." It was the only book that in my early
+childhood I had an affection for, and I constantly turned its pages
+with eager pleasure. In the front of it there was an engraving of a very
+pretty dark woman who, crowned with reeds, was sitting gracefully under
+a palm tree. Under this picture was printed: "Portrait of her Majesty,
+Pomare IV., Queen of Tahiti." Further over in the book there was a
+picture of two beautiful maidens, with naked shoulders and crowned
+heads, standing at the edge of the sea, and this was entitled: "Two
+Young Tahitian Girls upon the Beach."
+
+Upon the day of my brother's departure, at the last hour, the
+preparations being over, and the large trunks closed and locked, we
+gathered in the parlor as solemnly as if we had come together for a
+funeral. A chapter of the Bible was read and then we had family prayers.
+. . . Four years! and during that time the width of the earth between us
+and our loved one!
+
+I recall particularly my mother's face during the farewell scene; she
+was seated in an arm chair beside my brother. After the prayer she had
+upon her face an infinitely sweet, but wistful smile, and an expression
+of submissive trust; but suddenly an unexpected change came over her
+features, and in spite of her efforts at self-control her tears flowed.
+I had never before seen my mother weep, and it caused me the greatest
+anguish.
+
+The first few days after his departure I had a feeling of sadness, and I
+missed him greatly; often and often I went into his room, and the
+little treasures which he had confided to my care were as sacred as holy
+relics.
+
+Upon a map of the world I had my parents point out to me the route of
+his journey, a journey which would take about five months. To me his
+return belonged to an inconceivable and unreal future; and, most strange
+of all, what spoiled for me the pleasure of his home-coming, was that I
+at that time would be twelve or thirteen years of age--almost a big boy
+in fact.
+
+Unlike most other children,--especially unlike those of to-day--who are
+eager to become men and women as speedily as possible, I had a terror
+of growing up, which became more and more accentuated as I grew older. I
+argued about it to myself, and I wrote about it, and when any one asked
+me why I had such a feeling I answered, since I could not think of a
+better reason: "It seems to me that it will be very wearisome to be
+a man." I believe that it is an extremely singular state of mind, an
+altogether unique one perhaps, this shrinking away from life at its
+very beginning; I was not able to see a horizon before me: I could not
+picture my future to myself as so many can; before me there was nothing
+but impenetrable darkness, a great leaden curtain shut off my view.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIII.
+
+
+
+"Cakes, cakes, my good hot cakes!" Thus, in a plaintive voice, sang the
+old woman peddler who regularly, upon winter evenings, during the first
+ten or twelve years of my life, passed under our window.--When I think
+of those bygone days I hear again her insistent refrain.
+
+It is with the memory of Sundays that the song of the "good hot cakes"
+is most closely associated; for upon that evening, having no duties to
+perform in the way of lessons, I sat with my parents in the parlor upon
+the ground floor which overlooked the street; therefore, when almost
+upon the stroke of nine, the poor old woman passed along the sidewalk,
+and her sonorous chant broke into the stillness of the frosty night I
+was near enough to hear her distinctly.
+
+She presaged the coming of cold weather as swallows announce the advent
+of the spring. After a succession of cool autumnal days, the first time
+we heard her song we would say: "Well, we may conclude that winter is
+really here."
+
+This parlor where we sat together seemed a very immense room to me.
+It was simply and tastefully furnished and arranged: the walls and
+the woodwork were brown, decorated with strips of gold: the furniture,
+dating from the time of Louis Philippe, was upholstered in red velvet;
+the family portraits were in severe black and gold frames; in the centre
+of the table, in the place of honor, there was a large Bible that had
+been printed in the sixteenth century. This was a precious heirloom that
+had come down to us from our Huguenot ancestors who had, at that time,
+been persecuted for their faith. We had baskets and vases of flowers
+disposed about the room, a custom which then was not so usual as it is
+now.
+
+It was always a delicious moment for me when we left the dining-room and
+went into the parlor, for the latter room had an air of great peace and
+comfort; and when all the family were seated there in a circle, mother,
+grandmother and aunts, I began to skip about noisily in their midst
+from very joy at being surrounded by so many loved ones; and I waited
+impatiently for them to begin the little games which they were in
+the habit of playing with me early in the evening. Our neighbors, the
+D----'s, came to see us every Sunday; it was a time-honored custom in
+our two families, between whom there existed a friendship that had
+its inception in the country generations before our time; it was a
+friendship which had been handed down to us as a precious heritage. At
+about eight o'clock, when I recognized their ring, I jumped for joy,
+and I could not restrain myself from running to the street door to meet
+them, for Lucette, my dear friend, always came with her parents.
+
+Alas! how sad is my reverie when I think of the beloved and venerated
+forms of those who surrounded me upon those happy Sunday evenings;
+the majority of them have passed away, and their faces, when I seek to
+recall them, are dim and misty--some are altogether lost from memory.
+
+Then friends and relatives would begin to play, for the purpose of
+giving me pleasure, the little games of which I was so fond; they played
+"Marriage," "My Lady's Toilet," "The Horned Knight," and "The Lovely
+Shepherdess." Everybody took part in them, even the old people, and my
+grand aunt Bertha, the eldest of all, was irresistibly droll.
+
+The refrain became louder rapidly, for the singer trotted along with
+short, quick steps, and very soon she was under our window, where she
+kept repeating her song in a shrill, cracked voice.
+
+When they would allow me to do so, it was my greatest pleasure to run to
+the door, followed by an indulgent aunt, not so much for the purpose of
+buying the cakes, however, for they were coarse and unpalatable, as to
+stop the old woman and talk with her.
+
+The poor old peddler would approach with a courtesy, proud of being
+called, and standing with one foot upon the threshold she would present
+her basket for our inspection. Her neat dress was set off by the white
+linen sleeves that she always wore. While she uncovered her basket I
+would look longingly, like a caged wild-bird, far down the cold and
+deserted streets.
+
+I liked to breathe in great draughts of the icy air, to look hastily
+into the black night lying beyond the door, and then to run back into
+the warm and comfortable parlor,--meantime, the monotonous refrain grew
+fainter and fainter as it died away into the mean streets that lay close
+to the ramparts and the harbor. The old woman's route was always the
+same, and my thoughts followed her with a singular interest as long as
+the song continued.
+
+I felt a great pity for the poor old woman still wandering about in the
+cold night, while we were snug and warm at home; but mingled with that
+feeling there was another sentiment so confused and vague that I give
+it too much importance, even though I touch upon it never so lightly.
+It was this: I had a sort of restless curiosity to see those squalid
+streets through which the old peddler went so bravely, and to which I
+had never been taken. These streets, that I saw from the distance,
+were deserted in the day time, but there in the evening, from time
+immemorial, sailors made merry; sometimes the sound of their singing was
+so loud that we could hear it as we sat in our parlor.
+
+What could be going on there? What was the nature of that fun, the echo
+of whose din we heard so distinctly? How did they amuse themselves,
+these sailors, who had but newly come over the sea from distant
+countries where the sun was always hot? What life was careless and
+simple and free as theirs!
+
+My emotions lose their force when I endeavor to interpret them, and my
+words seem very inept. But I know that seeds of trouble, and seeds of
+hope (to develop how I could not guess) were at about this time planted
+in my little being. When, with my cakes in my hand, I re-entered the
+parlor where the family sat talking together quietly, I felt for a
+quick, almost inappreciable, moment suffocated and imprisoned.
+
+At half-past nine, because of me seldom later, tea was served, and with
+it we had thin slices of bread, spread with the most delicious butter,
+and cut with the care one gives to very few things in these days.
+
+Then at about eleven o'clock, after a reading from the Bible and a
+prayer, we retired.
+
+As I lay in my little white bed I was always more restless Sunday nights
+than at any other time. Immediately ahead of me there was the prospect
+of Mr. Ratin whom morning would surely bring, and he was always a most
+painful sight to me after a respite; also I was full of regret because
+Sunday was over, always over so quickly!--and I felt a great weariness
+when I thought of the many lessons it would be necessary for me to
+prepare before Sunday came again. Sometimes, as I lay there, I would
+hear the songs the sailors sung as they passed in the distant lands and
+noble ships; and a sort of dull and indefinite longing took possession
+of me and I felt as if I would like to be out of doors myself in search
+of pleasurable and exciting adventure. I hungered to be in the bracing
+wintry night air, or in one of those foreign lands where the sun beats
+down with tropical warmth; I yearned to be out and singing like them, as
+loud as possible, just for the joy of being alive.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIV.
+
+
+
+"And I beheld, and heard an angel flying through the midst of heaven,
+saying with a loud voice, Woe, woe, woe, to the inhabiters of the
+earth!"
+
+Besides reading the Bible with the family every evening, I read a
+chapter from it each morning before rising.
+
+My Bible was a very small one, with exceedingly fine print. Pressed
+between its pages were some flowers that I was very fond of; especially
+was I of the spray of pink larkspur, which had the power of bringing
+very distinctly before my mind's eye the stubble fields (gleux) of the
+Island of Oleron where I had gathered it.
+
+I do not know exactly how to explain the word gleux, but it means the
+stubble which remains after the grain is harvested, and those fields of
+short pale yellow stalks that the autumn sun dries and turns a
+bright golden. In these fields upon the Island, overrun by chirping
+grasshoppers, late corn-flowers and white and pink larkspur come up,
+grow very high, and blossom.
+
+And upon winter mornings, before beginning to read, I always looked at
+the spray of flowers which still retained its delicate color, and there
+appeared to me a vision of the Island, and I longed for the summer time
+and for the warm and sunny fields of Oleron.
+
+"And I beheld, and heard an angel flying through the midst of heaven,
+saying with a loud voice, Woe, woe, woe, to the inhabiters of the earth!
+
+"And the fifth angel sounded, and I saw a star fall from heaven upon the
+earth; and to him was given the key of the bottomless pit."
+
+When I read my Bible for myself, having then my choice of passages,
+I either selected that grand portion of Genesis wherein the light
+is separated from the darkness, or the visions and the marvels of
+Revelation. I was fascinated by its imaginative poetry, so splendid and
+yet so terrible, which has, in my opinion, never been equalled in any
+other book of mankind. . . . The beasts with seven heads, the signs in
+the heavens, the sound of the last trumpet were well-known terrors that
+haunted and enchanted my imagination.
+
+In a book, a relic of my Huguenot ancestors, printed in the last
+century, I had seen pictures of these things. It was a "History of the
+Bible," and the weird pictures illustrating the visions of the Book of
+Revelation, invariably, had dark backgrounds. My maternal grandmother
+kept this precious book, which she had brought from the Island, under
+lock and key in a cupboard in her room; and as it was still my habit to
+go there at the sad hour of dusk, it was then that I usually asked her
+to lend me the book, so that I might turn over its leaves as it lay upon
+her lap. In the dim twilight until it was too dark to see, I gazed at
+the multitude of winged angels who were flying rapidly under the curtain
+of blackness which presaged the end of the world. The heavens were
+darker than the earth, and in the midst of the great cloud masses, there
+was visible the simple and terrifying triangle that signified Jehovah.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXV.
+
+
+
+Egypt, the Egypt of antiquity, at a later time, exercised a mysterious
+fascination over me. I recognized a picture of it immediately, without
+hesitation and astonishment, in an illustrated magazine. I saluted as
+old acquaintances two gods with hawk heads that were cut in profile
+upon a stone and placed at each end of a strangely depicted Zodiac,
+and although I saw the picture for the first time upon an overcast day,
+there came to me, and of that I am sure, a sudden impression of great
+heat given out by a pitiless sun.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVI.
+
+
+
+During the winter following the departure of my brother, I passed many
+of my leisure hours in his room painting the pictures in the "Voyage to
+Polynesia" which he had given me. With great care I first colored the
+flowers and the groups of birds. After that I painted the men. When I
+came to color the two young Tahitian girls who were standing at the edge
+of the sea (the illustrator had been inspired to depict them as nymphs)
+I made them white, all white and pink like a pretty little doll--I
+thought them very beautiful done so.
+
+It was reserved for me to learn later than their color is different, and
+their charms quite otherwise.
+
+My ideas of beauty have changed a great deal since that time, and it
+would have astonished me very much if I had then been told what faces
+I was to find most charming in the strange course of my later life. But
+almost all children are under the dominion of some fancy which dies out
+when they become men and women.
+
+The majority of people, during the period of their innocence and youth,
+similarly admire the same type; sweet, regular features, and the fresh
+pink and white tints. Only at a later time does their estimate of what
+constitutes beauty vary, then it accords with the culture of their
+spirit, and especially does it follow in the wake of their developing
+intelligence.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVII.
+
+
+
+I do not exactly remember at what period I started my museum which
+absorbed so much of my time. Just above my Aunt Bertha's room there was
+a tiny garret-chamber that I had taken possession of; the chief charm of
+the place was the window that opened to the west, and commanded a view
+of the ramparts and its old trees. The reddish spots in the distance,
+that broke the uniform green of the meadows, were herds of wandering
+oxen and cows. I had persuaded my mother to paper this attic room, and
+she had covered its walls with a pinkish chamois paper which is still
+there; she also put a what-not and some glass cases there. In these
+latter I placed my butterflies which I looked upon as rare specimens; I
+also arranged therein the birds'-nests that I had found in the woods of
+Limoise; the shells I had gathered upon the shores of the Island, and
+those others (brought from the colonies at an early time by unknown
+ancestors) that I had found in the garret at the bottom of old chests
+where they had lain for years and years, given over to dust and
+darkness.
+
+I spent many tranquil hours in this retreat contemplating the tropical
+mother-of-pearl shells, and trying to image to myself the strange coasts
+from which they had come.
+
+A good old great uncle of mine, who was very fond of me, encouraged me
+in these diversions. He was a physician, and in his youth he had lived
+for a long time upon the coast of Africa; he had a collection of natural
+history specimens almost as valuable and varied as any found in a city
+museum. His wonderful things captivated me: the rare and exquisite
+shells, amulets and wooden weapons that still retained their exotic
+odor, with which I became so surfeited later, and indescribably
+beautiful butterflies under glass enchanted me.
+
+He lived in our neighborhood and I visited him often. To get to his
+cabinets, it was necessary to go through his garden where thorn-apples
+and cacti grew abundantly, and where they kept a gray parrot, brought
+from Gaboon, whose vocabulary consisted of words learnt from the
+negroes.
+
+And when my old uncle spoke of Senegal, of Goree, and of Guinea,
+the music of these names intoxicated me, and conveyed to me vaguely
+something of the sad languor of the dark continent. My uncle predicted
+that I would become a great naturalist,--but he was as mistaken as were
+all those others who foretold my future; indeed he struck farther from
+the centre than any one else; he did not understand that my liking for
+natural history was no more than a temporary and erratic excursion of
+my unformed mind; he could not know that the cold glass and the formal,
+rigid arrangements of dead science had not power to hold me for long.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVIII.
+
+
+
+In the meantime, alas! I had to spend many long and wearisome hours in
+going through the form of studying my lessons.
+
+Topffer, who is the only real poet of school-boys, that genus so
+misunderstood, divides us into three groups: first, those who are in
+boarding schools; second, those who do all their studying at home at a
+window which overlooks a gloomy courtyard containing a twisted old fig
+tree; third, those who also study at home in a bright little room whose
+window commands a view of the street.
+
+I belonged to that third class whom Topffer considers extraordinarily
+privileged, and as likely, in consequence, to grow up into happy men.
+My room was upon the first floor, and it opened into the street; it had
+white curtains, and its green paper was embellished with bouquets of
+white roses. Near the window was my work desk, and above it, upon a
+book-shelf, was my very much neglected library.
+
+In fine weather I always opened this window, but I kept my venetian
+blinds half-closed, so that I might look out without having my idleness
+seen, and reported by a meddlesome neighbor. Morning and evening I
+glanced to the end of the quiet street that stretched its sunny length
+between the white country houses and lost itself among the old trees
+growing beyond the ramparts. I could see from there the occasional
+passers-by, all well known to me, the neighborhood cats that prowled
+within doorways or upon house-tops, the swifts darting about in the warm
+air, and the swallows skimming along the dusty street. . . . Oh! how
+many hours have I spent at that window feeling like a caged sparrow, my
+spirit filled with vague reverie; and meantime my ink-blotted copy-book
+lay open before me, but no inspiration would come, and the composition
+that I was engaged upon got itself finished very laboriously,--often not
+at all.
+
+And before long I began to play tricks upon the pedestrians, a fatal
+result of my idleness over which I often felt remorseful.
+
+I am bound to confess that my great friend Lucette was usually a willing
+assistant in these pranks. Although now almost a young lady sixteen or
+seventeen years of age, she was at times almost as much of a child as I.
+"You must never tell any one!" she would say with an irrepressible smile
+of mischief in her merry eyes (but I may tell now after so many years
+have passed, now that the flowers of twenty summers have bloomed upon
+her grave).
+
+Our pranks consisted of taking cherry stems, plum stones and any sort
+of trash, and wrapping them neatly into white or pink paper parcels that
+looked very attractive to the eye; we then threw these bundles into the
+street and hid ourselves behind the shutters to see who picked them up.
+
+Sometimes we would write letters, impertinent or incoherent ones, with
+accompanying drawings to illustrate the text; these we addressed to the
+different eccentric people in our neighborhood, and, with the aid of
+a thread, we lowered them to the sidewalk at about the same time these
+persons were in the habit of passing. . . .
+
+Oh! how merrily we laughed as we composed these hodge-podges of style!
+With no one else have I ever laughed so heartily as with Lucette,--and
+we usually roared over things that no one except ourselves could
+possibly have considered funny. Over and above the bond of little
+brother and grown sister there was between us a sympathy springing from
+our appreciation of the ridiculous, and our notions of what constituted
+fun were in complete accord. She was the sprightliest person I ever
+knew, and sometimes a single word would start us to laughing at our own
+or our neighbors' expense, until our sides ached and we almost fell upon
+the floor.
+
+This part of my nature was not, I must confess, in harmony with the
+gloomy reveries evoked by the pictures of the Book of Revelation, and
+with my ascetic religious convictions. But I was already full of strange
+contradictions.
+
+Poor little Lucette or Lucon (Lucon was the masculine for Lucette, and
+I used to call her "My dear Lucon"); poor little Lucette was also one of
+my professors, but one who caused me neither fear nor disgust. Like "Mr.
+Ratin" she also kept a book wherein she would inscribe "good" or "very
+good," and I showed it to my parents every evening. Until now I have
+neglected to say that it had been one of her amusements to teach me to
+play upon the piano; she taught me by stealth so that I might
+surprise my parents by playing for them, upon the occasion of a family
+celebration, the "Little Swiss Boy" or the "Rocks of St. Malo." The
+result was she had been requested to go on with lessons that had had
+such a favorable beginning, and my musical education was entrusted to
+her until it came time for me to play the music of Chopin and Liszt.
+
+Painting and music were the only things I worked at industriously and
+faithfully.
+
+My sister taught me painting; I do not, however, remember when I
+commenced it, but it must have been very early in my life; it seems to
+me that there was never a time when I was not able, with my pencil or my
+brush, to express in some measure the odd fancies of my imaginations.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIX.
+
+
+
+In my grandmother's room, at the bottom of the cupboard where she kept
+"The History of the Bible," with the terrible pictures illustrating the
+visions of Revelation, she had also several other precious relics. In
+particular there was an old silver-clasped psalm book. It was extremely
+tiny, like a toy-book, and in its day it must have been a marvel of the
+printer's skill. It had been made in miniature thus they told me, so
+that it could be easily hidden; at the time of the persecutions our
+ancestors had often carried it about with them, concealed in their
+clothing. There was also, in a paste-board box, a bundle of letters
+written on parchment and marked Leyden or Amsterdam. Those written
+between the years 1702 and 1710 were secured by a large wax seal stamped
+with a count's coronet.
+
+They were letters of our Huguenot ancestors, who, at the revocation of
+the Edict of Nantes, had quitted their country, their home and their
+dear ones, rather than abjure their faith. The letters had been written
+to an old grandfather, a man too aged to go the way of the exile, who
+was able, for some inexplicable reason, to remain unmolested in his
+retreat upon the Island of Oleron. The letters testified to the fact
+that the exiles had been submissive and respectful towards him to a
+degree unknown in our day; the wanderers wrote asking his advice or his
+consent before undertaking anything,--they even asked whether they might
+wear a certain wig which was fashionable in Amsterdam at that time. They
+spoke of their troubles, but without murmuring over them, with a truly
+Christian resignation; their goods had been confiscated; they were
+obliged to follow uncongenial trades in order to maintain themselves;
+and they hoped, they said, with the aid of God always to make enough to
+keep their children from starving.
+
+Together with the respect that these letters inspired, they had also
+the charm of age; it was a novel experience to enter into the life of
+a bygone time, to know the inmost thoughts of those who had lived a
+century and a half before me. And as I read them I was filled with
+indignation against the Roman Church and Papal Rome, sovereign during
+the many past centuries.--Surely it was she who was designated, in my
+opinion at any rate, in that wonderful prophecy contained in Revelation:
+"And the beast is a City, and its seven heads are Seven Hills on which
+the woman sitteth."
+
+My grandmother, always so austere and upright looking in her black
+clothes, a type of a Huguenot woman, had been fearful for her own safety
+during the Restoration, and although she never spoke of it, we felt that
+she must have very depressing memories of that time.
+
+And upon the Island, in the shade of a bit of woodland that was
+encircled by a wall, I had seen the place where slept those of my
+ancestors who had been excluded from the cemeteries because they had
+died in the Protestant faith.
+
+How could I be anything but faithful with such a past? And it is certain
+that had the Inquisition been revived in my childhood, I would have
+suffered martyrdom joyfully, like one filled to overflowing with the
+spirit of God.
+
+My faith was a faith that kept watch upon the theological errors of the
+time, and I did not know the resignation felt by my ancestors; in spite
+of my distaste for reading I often plunged into books of religious
+controversy; I knew by heart the many passages from the Fathers and the
+decisions of the first councils; I could have discussed the dogmas of
+the church like a doctor of divinity, and I considered my arguments
+against the papacy very shrewd.
+
+But notwithstanding my fervor a distaste for all of these religious
+things would often take possession of me; sometimes at church especially
+where the gray light fell upon me and chilled me I felt it most. The
+awful tediousness of some of the Sunday sermons; the emptiness of the
+prayers, written in advance and spoken with conventional unctuous voice,
+and gestures to suit; and the apathy of the people who, dressed out in
+their best, came to listen,--how early I divined its hollowness,--and
+how deep was my disappointment, and how cruel the disillusionment--oh!
+the disheartening formalism of it all! The very appearance of the church
+disconcerted me: it was a new cityfied one, meant to be pretty without,
+however, meaning to be too much so; I especially recall certain little
+efforts at wall decoration which I held in the greatest abomination,
+and shuddered when I looked at. It was that disgust in little which
+I experienced in so great a degree when later I attended those Paris
+churches that strive so for elegance, where one is met at the door by
+ushers whose shoulders are tricked out with knots of ribbon. . . .
+Oh! for the congregation of Cevennes! Oh! for the preachers of the
+wilderness!
+
+Such little things as I have mentioned did not shake my faith which
+seemed as solid as a house built upon a rock; but doubtless they made
+the first imperceptible crevice through which, drop by drop, oozed the
+melting ice-cold water.
+
+Where I still knew true meditation, and felt the deep sweet peace one
+should feel in the house of God was in an old church in the village of
+St. Pierre Oleron; my great grandfather Samuel had, at the time of
+the persecutions, worshipped and prayed there, and my mother had also
+attended it during her girlhood days. . . . I also loved those little
+country churches to which we sometimes went on Sunday in the summer
+time: they were generally old and had simple whitewashed walls. They
+were built any where and every where, in a corner of a wheat field with
+wild flowers growing all about them; or in more retired places, in the
+centre of some enclosure at the far end of an avenue of old trees. The
+Catholics have nothing, in my opinion, which surpasses in religious
+charm these humble little sanctuaries of our Protestant ancestors--not
+even do their most exquisite stone chapels hidden away in the depth
+of the Breton woods, that at a later time I learned to admire so much,
+touch me so deeply.
+
+I still held fast to my determination to become a minister; it still
+seemed to me that that was my duty. I had pledged myself, in my prayers
+I had given my word to God. How could I therefore break my vow?
+
+But when my young mind busied itself with thoughts of the future, more
+and more veiled from me by an impenetrable darkness, my preference was
+for a church which should be a little isolated from the noisy world, for
+one where the faith of my congregation should ever remain simple, for
+one receiving its consecration from a long past of prayers and sincerest
+worship.
+
+It would be in the Island of Oleron perhaps!
+
+Yes; there, surrounded upon every side by the memories of my Huguenot
+ancestors, I could look forward without dread, indeed with much
+contentment, to a life dedicated to the service of the Lord.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXX.
+
+
+
+My brother had arrived at the Delightful Island. His first letter dated
+from there was a very long one, it was written on thin paper that had
+been stained a light yellow by the sea, for it had been upon its way
+four months.
+
+It was a great event in our family, and I still recall that as my father
+and mother broke its seal, I sprang joyously up the stairs, two steps
+at a time, in my haste to reach the second floor and call my grandmother
+and aunts from their rooms.
+
+Inside the plump-feeling envelope, which was covered over with South
+American stamps, there was a note for me, and enclosed in this I found
+a pressed flower, a sort of five-petalled star which, though somewhat
+faded, was still pink. The flower, my brother wrote, was from a shrub
+that had taken root and blossomed beside his window, almost within his
+Tahitian hut, which was actually invaded by the luxuriant vegetation
+of the region. Oh! with what deep emotion;--with what avidity, if I may
+express it thus, did I gaze at and touch the periwinkle which was
+almost a fresh and living part of that unknown and distant land, of that
+voluptuous nature.
+
+Then I pressed it again with so much care that I possess it intact to
+this day.
+
+And after many years, when I made a pilgrimage to the humble dwelling in
+which my brother lived during his stay in Tahiti, I saw that the shady
+garden surrounding it was rosy with these periwinkles; they had even
+pushed their way over the threshold of the door to blossom within the
+deserted cabin.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXI.
+
+
+
+After my ninth birthday my parents, for a time, spoke of putting me into
+boarding-school, so that I might become habituated to the harder ways
+of life, and since the matter was talked over by all the members of the
+family, I went about for several days feeling as if I were on the eve
+of being sent to prison, for I imagined that a boarding-school had high
+walls and windows guarded by iron bars.
+
+But, upon reflection, they considered that I was too frail and delicate
+a human plant to be thrown in contact with those others of my kind
+who, in all probability, would play roughly, and have bad manners; they
+concluded, therefore, to keep me at home a little longer.
+
+At any rate I was delivered from "Mr. Ratin." The old professor, rotund
+of figure and kind of manner, who succeeded him, was less distasteful to
+me, but I made just as little progress under his care. In the afternoon,
+at about the time for his arrival, I would hastily begin to prepare my
+lessons. I was then usually to be found at my window, hidden behind the
+venetian blinds, with my book open at the page containing the lesson;
+and when I saw him come into view at the turning near the bottom of the
+street I commenced to study it.
+
+And generally by the time he arrived I knew enough to receive, if not to
+merit, a "pretty good," a mark over which I did not grumble.
+
+I had also my English professor who came to me every morning,--and
+whom I nicknamed Aristogiton (I do not now recall why). Following the
+Robertson method, he had me paraphrase the history of Sultan Mahmoud.
+Outside of that, the only thing that I am sure of is that I accomplished
+nothing, absolutely nothing, less than nothing; but he had the
+good taste not to growl at me, and in consequence I have an almost
+affectionate remembrance of him.
+
+During the extreme heat of the summer days it was my custom to study in
+the yard; I took my ink-stained copy and lesson books and spread them
+upon a table that stood in the summer house made shady by the vines and
+honeysuckles that grew over it. And when I was nicely settled there
+I felt that I might idle to my heart's content. From behind the
+lattice-work, green with trellised vines, I kept a lookout in order
+to see any danger that threatened in the distance. . . . I was always
+careful to bring with me to this retreat a quantity of cherries and
+grapes, whichever happened to be in season, and truly I could have
+passed there hours of the most delicious reverie but for the remorse
+that tormented me almost every moment, a remorse born of the fact that I
+was not busying myself with my lessons.
+
+Through the foliage I saw, close to me, the cool-looking pond with its
+tiny grottoes which, since my brother's departure, I almost worshipped.
+The little fountain in the centre stirred the waters and made the
+sunlight that fell on its surface dance joyously; and the sun's rays
+pierced the green verdure surrounding me--I seemed to be in the midst of
+luminous water that quivered all about me with a ceaseless motion.
+
+My arbor was a shady little retreat that gave me a complete illusion of
+country; from the far side of the old wall came the song of the tropical
+birds belonging to Antoinette's mother, and I heard the rollicking
+warble and twitter of the swallows perched on the house-top, and the
+chirp of the common sparrows as they flew about among the trees in the
+garden.
+
+Sometimes I would throw myself face-upward full length upon the green
+bench that was there, and through the tasselled honeysuckle I had a view
+of the white clouds as they sailed across the blue of the sky. There,
+too, I was initiated into the habits of the mosquitos who all day long
+poised themselves tremblingly, by means of their long legs, upon the
+leaves. And often I concentrated all my attention upon the old wall
+where the insects acted out their tragical drama: the cunning spider
+would come suddenly from his nook and ensnare in his web the heedless
+little insects,--with the aid of a straw, I was usually able to deliver
+them from their peril.
+
+I have forgotten to mention that I had, for companion, an old cat called
+Suprematie, who had been my faithful and beloved friend since infancy.
+
+Suprematie knew at what hour he would find me there, and he used to slip
+in quietly upon the tips of his velvet paws; he never stretched himself
+beside me without first looking at me questioningly.
+
+The poor creature was very homely; he was marked queerly upon only one
+side of his body; moreover, in a cruel accident he had twisted his
+tail, and it hung down at a right angle. He was the subject of Lucette's
+continual mockery, for she had a lovely Angora cat that had usurped
+Suprematie's place in her affections. It was my habit to run out to see
+her when she came to inquire after the members of my family; she rarely
+failed to add, with a funny air of concern, which made me burst out
+laughing in spite of myself: "And your horror of a cat, is he in good
+health, my dear?"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXII.
+
+
+
+During all this time my museum made great progress, and it soon became
+necessary for me to have some new shelves put up.
+
+My great uncle continued to take a very deep interest in my taste for
+natural history, and among his shells he found a number of duplicates,
+and these he presented to me. With indefatigable patience he taught me
+the scientific classifications of Cuvier, Linne, Lamarck or Bruguieres,
+and I was astonished at the attention with which I listened to him.
+
+In a very old little desk, that was a part of the furniture of my
+museum, I had a copy-book into which I copied, from uncle's notes, and
+numbered with the greatest care, the name of the species, genus, family
+and class of each shell,--also the place of its origin. And there by the
+dim light that fell upon the desk, in the silence of that little retreat
+so high above the street, surrounded with objects what had come from
+distant corners of the earth and from the depths of the sea, when
+my mind wandered, and I became fatigued because of the mysterious
+differences in the forms of animals, and because of the infinite variety
+of shells, with what emotion I wrote down in my book, opposite the name
+of a Spirifer or a Terebratula, such enchanting words as these: "Eastern
+coast of Africa," "coast of Guinea," "Indian Ocean."
+
+I recall that in this same museum I experienced, one afternoon in March,
+a peculiar feeling indicative of my tendency towards reaction, that
+later, at certain periods of self-abandonment, caused me to seek the
+rough and uncouth society of sailors, and made me revel in noise and
+change and gayety.
+
+It was Mardi-Gras time. At sundown I had gone out with my father to see
+the masqueraders who were in the streets; and having returned rather
+early I went immediately to my attic-room to classify some shells. But
+the noise of the revellers and the clashing of their tambourines
+reached even to the retreat where I was occupying myself with scientific
+matters, and the sounds awakened in me a feeling of inexpressible
+sadness. It was the same emotion, greatly intensified, that I had when
+I listened, of winter evenings, to the old cake vendor, and heard her
+voice die away into those far-off squalid streets near the harbor. I
+experienced an unexpected anguish very difficult to define in words. I
+had a vague impression, which was the cause of my suffering, that I
+was imprisoned; and for the moment, I thought that my liking for dry
+classifications and nature study shut me away from the little boys of
+every age who were in the streets below mingling with the sailors, more
+childish than they, who tricked out in dreadful masks ran and frollicked
+and sang coarse songs. It goes without saying that I had no desire to
+be one of them; the very idea of jostling against them filled me with
+distaste, and I disdained their rude sport. And I sincerely felt that
+it was better for me to be where I was, occupied with putting the
+many-colored family of the Purpura and the twenty-three varieties of the
+Gastropoda in order.
+
+But nevertheless the gay and merry people in the street troubled me
+strangely. And, as was usual with me when I felt distressed, I went down
+to look for my mother for the purpose of begging her to come up to keep
+me company. Astonished at my request (for I scarcely ever asked any one
+into my den), astonished especially by my anxious manner, she said with
+an air of pleasantry that it was silly for a boy of ten to be afraid
+to stay alone; but she consented to return with me, and when there
+she seated herself close to me and occupied herself with a piece of
+embroidery. Oh! how reassuring was her sweet and darling presence! I
+returned to my task without concerning myself further about the noise of
+the maskers, and as I worked I glanced up now and again to look at her
+beautiful profile cut in silhouette, because of the darkness without,
+upon my tiny window pane.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXIII.
+
+
+
+I am surprised that I cannot recall whether my desire to become a
+minister transformed itself into a wish to lead the more militant life
+of missionary, by a slow process or suddenly.
+
+It seems to me that the change must have come at a very early period.
+For a long time I had taken an interest in Protestant missions,
+especially in those established in Southern Africa, among the Bassoutos.
+During my childhood we subscribed for the "Messenger," a monthly journal
+that had for frontispiece an interesting picture which, very early in my
+life, made a forcible impression upon me.
+
+This picture held a higher place in my regard than those of which I have
+already spoken, but by no means because of its execution, its color or
+background. It represented an impossible pine tree growing at the edge
+of a sea, behind which a resplendent sun was setting, and, at the foot
+of the tree, there was a young savage who was watching the approach of
+a ship, from a distant point upon the horizon, that was bringing to him
+the glad tidings of Salvation.
+
+Early in my life, when from the warm depths of my soft and downy nest,
+I looked out upon a yet formless world, that picture evoked many dreams;
+later when I was more capable of appreciating the extreme crudity of the
+design, that huge sun, half-engulfed in the sea, and that tiny mission
+boat sailing towards the unknown shores still had a very great charm for
+me.
+
+Now when they questioned me I replied: "I expect to be a missionary."
+But I spoke in a low voice, in the voice of one not sure of himself, and
+I felt that they no longer believed in my asseverations. Even my mother,
+when she heard my response, smiled sadly.
+
+Doubtless my answer exceeded what she expected from my faith;--probably
+she said to herself that it was never to be; no doubt she thought that I
+would become something very different, in all probability something less
+desirable, that it was impossible at this time to foresee.
+
+This determination of mine to become a missionary seemed to solve my
+every problem. It would mean long voyages and an adventurous, perilous
+life,--but journeys would be undertaken in the service of the Lord,
+and the dangers endured for His blessed cause. That solution brought me
+great tranquillity for a long time.
+
+After having thus won peace for my religious conscience, I feared
+to dwell upon the thought lest it should disclose some unexpected
+weaknesses. But still the chill waters of commonplace sermons, with
+their endless repetitions and stock phrases, continued to flow over and
+wash away my early faith. My shrinking from life increased rather than
+diminished. There seemed to hang between me and the years to come a
+great curtain whose heavy folds it was impossible for me to lift.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXIV.
+
+
+
+In preceding chapters I have not said much about that Limoise which
+was the scene of my initiation into nature and its wonders. My entire
+childhood is intimately connected with that little corner of the world,
+with its ancient forests of oak trees, and its rocky moorlands covered
+here and there with a carpet of wild thyme and heather.
+
+For ten or twelve glorious summers I went there to spend my Thursday
+holidays, and I dreamed of it during the dreary intervening days of
+study.
+
+In May our friends the D-----s and Lucette went to their country home
+and remained until vintage time, usually until after the first October
+frost,--and regularly every Wednesday evening I was taken there.
+
+Nothing in my estimation was so delightful as that journey to Limoise.
+We scarcely ever went in a carriage, for it was not more than three and
+a half miles distant; to me, however, it seemed very far, almost lost in
+the woods. It lay toward the south, in the direction of those distant,
+sunny lands I loved to think of. (I would have found it less charming
+had it been towards the north.)
+
+Every Wednesday evening, at sunset, the hour therefore varying with the
+month, I left home accompanied by Lucette's elder brother, a grown boy
+of eighteen or twenty, who seemed to me a man of mature age. As far as
+I was able I tried to keep pace with him, and, in consequence, I was
+obliged to go more rapidly than when I walked with my father and sister;
+we went through the quiet streets lying near the ramparts, and passed
+the sailors' old barracks, the sounds of whose bugles and drums reached
+as far as my attic museum when the south wind blew; then we passed
+through the fortifications by the most ancient of its gray gates,--a
+gate almost abandoned, and used now principally by peasants with flocks
+of sheep and droves of cattle,--and finally we arrived at the road that
+led to the river.
+
+A mile and a half of straight road stretched before us, and this path
+lay between stunted old trees yellow with lichens whose branches were
+blown to the left by the force of the sea-winds that almost constantly
+came from the west, sweeping over the broad and level meadows that lay
+between us and the ocean.
+
+To those who have a conventionalized idea of country beauty, and to whom
+a charming landscape means a river winding its way between poplars, or a
+mountain crowned by an old castle, this level road would look very ugly.
+
+But I found it exquisite in spite of its straight lines. Upon the left
+there was nothing to be seen but grassy meadow land over which herds of
+cattle strayed. And before us, in the distance, something that resembled
+a line of ramparts shut in the plains sadly: it was the edge of a rocky
+plateau at whose base flowed the river. The far bank of this river was
+higher than the side that we were on, and was, in some respects, of
+a different character, but for the most part it was as flat and
+monotonous. And it is just this sameness that has so much charm for
+me, an attraction appreciated seemingly by few others. The great level
+plains with their calm and tranquil straight lines are deeply and
+profoundly inspiring.
+
+There is nothing in our vicinity that I love any better than the old
+road; perhaps I have an affection for it because during my school-boy
+days I built so many castles-in-Spain upon those flat plains where, from
+time to time, I find them again. It is one of the few spots that has not
+been disfigured by factories, docks and railways. It seems a spot that
+belongs peculiarly to me, and certainly no one has the power to contest
+my spiritual right to it.
+
+The sum of the charm of the sensuous world dwells in us, is an emanation
+from ourselves; it is we who diffuse it, each person for himself
+according to his power, and we have it back again in the measure of our
+out-giving. But I did not comprehend early enough the deep meaning of
+this well-known truth. . . . During my childhood and youth the charm
+seemed to reside in the thing itself, to have its habitation in the old
+walls and the honeysuckle of my garden; I thought it lay along the sandy
+shores of the Island and upon the grassy meadows and rocky moorland
+about me. Later on, in pouring out my admiration every where, as I did,
+I drew too heavily upon the well-spring--I exhausted it at the source.
+And, alas! I find the land of my childhood, to which I will no doubt
+return to die, changed and shrunken, and only for a moment, in certain
+spots, am I able to recreate the illusions I have lost;--there I am for
+the most part weighed down by the crushing memories of bygone
+days. . . .
+
+As I was saying before my digression, every Wednesday evening I walked
+with a light and joyous step along the road that led towards those
+distant rocks lying at the boundary of the plains, I went gayly
+towards that region of oak trees and mossy stones in which Limoise was
+situated,--my imagination greatly magnified it in those days.
+
+The river we had to cross was at the end of the straight avenue
+of lichened trees so harried by the west winds. The river was very
+changeable, being subject to the tides and to all the moods of the
+neighboring ocean. We crossed in a ferry-boat or a yawl, always having
+for our oarsmen old sailors with bleached beards and sunburnt faces whom
+we had known from earliest childhood.
+
+When we reached the other bank, the rocky one, I always had a curious
+optical illusion: it seemed to me that the town from which we had come,
+and whose gray ramparts we still could see, suddenly drew very far
+away from us, for in my young head distances exaggerated themselves
+strangely. Upon this side all was different, the soil, the grass, the
+wild flowers and even the butterflies that hovered over them; nothing
+here was like those approaches to our town in whose fens and meadows I
+took my daily walk. And the differences, which perhaps others would
+not have noticed, thrilled and charmed me, for it had been my habit to
+spend, perhaps to waste, my time in observing the infinitesimally small
+things in nature, and I had often lost myself in contemplation of the
+lowliest mosses. Even the twilights of these Wednesday evenings had
+about them something distinctive and peculiar which I cannot express;
+generally we reached the far shore just as the sun was setting, and we
+watched it, from the height of the lonely plateau, disappear behind the
+tall meadow-grass through which we had but newly come, and as it sunk
+its great ruddy dish seemed uncommonly large.
+
+After crossing the river we turned off the high-road and took an
+unfrequented way that led through a region called "Chaumes," a very
+beautiful place at that time but horribly profaned to-day.
+
+"Chaumes" lay at the entrance of a village whose ancient church we saw
+in the distance. As it was public property it had kept intact its native
+wildness. This "Chaumes" was a sort of table-land composed of a single
+stone, and this rock, which undulated slightly, was covered with a
+carpet of short, dry fragrant plants that snapped under our feet; and a
+whole world of tiny gayly-colored butterflies and tinier moths fluttered
+among the rare and delicate flowers growing there.
+
+Sometimes we passed a flock of sheep guarded by a shepherd much more
+countrified looking and tanned than those seen in the meadows about our
+town. Lonely and sun-scorched, Chaumes seemed to me the very threshold
+of Limoise: it had its very odor, the mingled scent of wild thyme and
+sweet marjoram.
+
+At the end of the rocky moor was the hamlet of Frelin. I love this
+name of Frelin, for I think of it as being derived from those large
+and fierce hornets (frelons) that build their nests in the heart of a
+certain species of oak tree found in the forests of Limoise; to get rid
+of these pests it is necessary, in the springtime, to build great fires
+around the infested trees. This hamlet was composed of three or four
+cottages. They were all low, as is the custom of our country, and they
+were old, very old and gray; above the little rounded doorways were
+half-effaced ornamental Gothic scrolls and blazonments. I scarcely ever
+saw them except at dusk, as twilight was falling, and the hour and
+the quaint little houses themselves awoke in me an appreciation of the
+mystery of their past; above all these humble dwellings attested to the
+antiquity of this rocky ground, so much older than the meadows of our
+town which had been won from the sea, and where nothing that dates
+before the time to Louis XIV is to be found.
+
+As soon as we left Frelin I commenced to look eagerly along the path
+ahead of me, for after that we usually spied Lucette, either afoot or
+in a carriage, coming to meet us. As soon as I caught a glimpse of her I
+would run ahead to embrace her.
+
+On our way through the village we passed the tiny church, a wonder of
+the twelfth century, built in the rarest and most ancient Romanesque
+style;--and then as the shadows of evening deepened we saw, in the
+semi-darkness before us, something that had the form of tall dark
+legions: it was the forest of Limoise, composed almost wholly of
+evergreen oaks, whose foliage is very dark and sombre. We then came into
+the road leading directly to the house; on our way we passed the well
+where the patient, thirsty cattle awaited their turn to drink. And
+finally we opened the little old gate, and traversed the first grassy
+courtyard which the shadowing trees, a century old, plunged into almost
+total darkness.
+
+The house lay between this courtyard and a large uncultivated garden
+that extended to the edge of the oak forest. As we entered the ancient
+dwelling, with its whitewashed walls and old-fashioned wainscoting, I
+always looked eagerly for my butterfly-net that was usually to be found
+hanging in the place where I had left it, ready for the next day's
+chase.
+
+After dinner it was our custom to go to the foot of the garden, and
+there we sat in an arbor that was built against the old wall encircling
+the yard,--this bower faced away from the unfriendly darkness of the
+woods where the owls hooted. And while we were seated in the beautiful,
+mild, star-bespangled night, suddenly upon the air, musical with
+the chirping of myriad crickets, there was heard the tolling of a
+bell,--heard very clearly by us although it came from afar off,--it was
+the church bell in the village announcing the evening service.
+
+Oh! the vesper bell of Enchillais heard in that beautiful garden long
+ago! Oh! the sound of that bell, a little cracked but still silvery,
+like the once beautiful voices of very old people which still retain
+something of their sweetness. What charm of past times, and half sad
+meditations of peaceful death, were awakened by that music which spread
+itself into the limpid darkness of the surrounding country! And we heard
+the bell chiming for a long time, but its sound reached us fitfully;
+one while it seemed to be near, and then again it seemed far away, as it
+obeyed the will of the soft night wind that was stirring. I bethought
+me of all those who, on their lonely farms, were listening to it; I
+bethought me, too, of all the unpeopled places round about where it
+would be heard by no one, and a shudder passed through me at the thought
+of the near-by forest, where the sweet vibrations of the bell would die.
+
+The municipal council, composed of very superior spirits, after having
+first put its everlasting tri-colored flag upon the steeple of the
+little Roman Catholic Church, then suppressed its vesper bell. Its day
+is done; and we shall never again, upon summer evenings, hear that call
+to prayers.
+
+Going to bed there was always a very enlivening proceeding, especially
+when there was the prospect of a whole Thursday of play before me. I
+would, I am sure, have been very much afraid in the guest chamber,
+which was on the ground floor of the great, isolated house; but until my
+twelfth year I slept on the floor above, in the spacious room occupied
+by Lucette's mother;--with the aid of screens they had made for me a
+little room of my own. In this retreat there was a book-case with glass
+doors that belonged to the time of Louis XIV; this was filled with
+treatises, a century old, upon navigation, and with sailors' log-books
+that had not been opened for a hundred years. Tiny, scarce visible
+butterflies, that entered by the open windows, were to be found here all
+summer long, sleeping with extended wings upon the whitewashed walls.
+And often the most exciting incident of the day happened just as I was
+falling asleep; sometimes then an unwelcome bat found his way into the
+room and circled wildly about the lighted candles; or an enormous moth
+buzzed in and we would chase him with a cobweb-broom. Or again a storm
+descended upon us and the great trees lashed their branches against the
+house, and the old shutters slammed back and forth, and we waked with a
+start.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXV.
+
+
+
+Now comes the apparition of another little friend who stood very high in
+my childish favor. As nearly as I can remember I became acquainted with
+her when I was eleven; Antoinette had left the country; Veronica was
+forgotten.
+
+Her name was Jeanne, and she was the youngest member of a naval
+officer's family, that like the D-----s had been bound up in friendship
+with ours for more than a century. As she was two or three years younger
+than I, I had at first taken but little notice of her--probably I
+thought her too babyish.
+
+Her face was as droll as a little kitten's, and it was impossible to
+tell from the pinched up features whether she would become pretty or
+ugly; but she had a certain grace, and when she was eight or nine years
+old her face became very sweet and charming. She was very roguish,
+and as friendly as I was diffident; and as she darted about in those
+childish dances we sometimes had in the evenings, and from which I
+held myself aloof, she seemed to me the extreme of worldly elegance and
+coquetry.
+
+But in spite of the great intimacy between our families, it was evident
+that her parents looked upon our friendship with disfavor, they probably
+thought it unseemly that she had chosen a boy for her companion. This
+knowledge caused me much suffering, and the impressions of my childhood
+were so vivid and persistent that I did not, until many years had
+passed, until I became quite a grown youth, pardon her father and mother
+the humiliation they had caused me.
+
+It therefore resulted that my desire to play with her increased greatly.
+And she, knowing this, was as perverse as a princess in a fairy tale;
+she laughed mercilessly at my timid ways, at my awkward manners and my
+ungraceful fashion of entering the parlor; there was kept up between us
+a constant interchange of playful raillery, an oral stream of inimitable
+pleasantry.
+
+When I was invited to spend the day with her the prospect gave me the
+greatest joy, but the aftertaste of the visit was generally bitter, for
+usually I committed some mortifying blunder in that family where I felt
+myself so misunderstood. Every time I wished to have Jeanne at my house
+for dinner it was necessary for my aunt Bertha, who was a person of
+authority in the eyes of Jeanne's parents, to arrange the matter for me.
+
+Upon one occasion when little Jeanne returned from Paris she related
+to me the story of the "Donkey's Skin," which she had seen acted at the
+theatre in the city.
+
+Her time so spent was not lost, for the "Donkey's Skin" was destined to
+occupy a prominent place in my life during the next four or five years,
+the hours that I wasted upon it were more preciously squandered than
+were any others in my life.
+
+Together we conceived the idea of mounting the piece upon the stage
+of my miniature theatre. That play of the "Donkey's Skin" brought us
+together very often. And little by little the project assumed gigantic
+proportions; it grew as the months sped, and amused us in ever
+increasing measure; indeed, in proportion to the degree of perfection
+to which we were able to bring our conception did we enjoy it. We
+manufactured fantastic decorations; we dressed, so that they might take
+part in the processions, innumerable little dolls. It will be necessary
+for me to speak often of that fairy spectacle which was one of the
+important things of my childhood.
+
+And even after Jeanne tired of it I worked over it alone, and I fairly
+outdid myself by undertaking enterprises that seemed grand to me, such,
+for instance, as my efforts to represent moonlight, great conflagrations
+and storms. I also made marvellous palaces and gardens wonderful as
+Aladdin's. All my dreams of enchanted regions, of strange tropical
+luxuries, which I later found in the distant corners of the world, took
+form in the little play of the "Donkey's Skin." Leaving out the mystical
+experiences at the commencement of my life, I can affirm that almost all
+my fancies had their essay on that tiny stage. I was nearly fifteen when
+the last decorations, unfinished ones, were laid away forever in the
+cardboard box that served them for a peaceful tomb.
+
+And since I have anticipated their future I will say in conclusion
+that in later years, when Jeanne had grown into a beautiful woman, upon
+numerous occasions we have planned to open the box where our little
+dolls are sleeping. But we live our life so rapidly that we seem never
+to find the time, nor will we, I fear, ever find it.
+
+Later our children may,--or who can tell, perhaps our grandchildren!
+Upon some future day, when we are forgotten, our unknown descendants
+in ferreting to the bottom of old cupboards will be astonished to
+find there numberless little creatures, nymphs, fairies and genii, all
+dressed by our hands.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXVI.
+
+
+
+It is said that many children who live in the central provinces, away
+from the ocean, have a great longing to see it. I who had never been
+away from the monotonous country surrounding us looked forward eagerly
+to seeing the mountains.
+
+I tried to imagine them; I had seen pictures of several, and I had even
+painted them for the "Donkey's Skin." My sister, when she visited Lake
+Lucerne, sent me a description of the mountains, and wrote me long
+letters about them, such as are seldom addressed to a child of my age.
+And my ideas were further extended by some photographs of glaciers that
+my sister brought me for my magic-lantern. I desired with all my heart
+to see the mountains themselves.
+
+One day, as if in answer to my wish, there came a letter that created
+quite a stir in our house. It was from a first cousin of my father, who
+had at one time regarded my father with a brotherly love, but for thirty
+years, for some reason unknown to me, this cousin had not written or
+given any sign of life.
+
+At the time of my birth, all talk of him had ceased in our family, and I
+was ignorant of his existence. And now he wrote and begged that the
+old bond might be renewed; he was living, he said, in a little southern
+village in the heart of the Swiss Mountains. He announced that he had
+two sons and a daughter about the age of my brother and sister. His
+letter was very affectionate, and my father responded to it in like
+manner and told his cousin all about us, his three children.
+
+The correspondence having continued, it was arranged that I should spend
+my next vacation with my relatives; my sister was to take me there and
+play the part of mother as she had done during our visit to the Island.
+
+The south, the mountains, this sudden extension of my horizon, the
+cousins who seemed literally to have fallen from the sky, became the
+subject of my constant reveries until the month of August, the time set
+for our departure.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXVII.
+
+
+Little Jeanne had come over to spend the day at our house; it was at the
+end of May during that spring in which my expectations were so great--I
+was twelve years old at the time. All the afternoon we rehearsed with
+our tiny jointed china dolls, and painted scenery, we had in fact been
+busy with the "Donkey's Skin,"--but with a revised and grand version of
+it, and we had about us a great confusion of paints, brushes, pieces of
+cardboard, gilt paper and bits of gauze. When it came time for us to go
+down into the dining-room we stored our precious work away in a large
+box that was consecrated to it from that day forth--the box was a new
+one made of pine, and it had a penetrating, resinous odor.
+
+After our dinner, at dusk, we were taken out for a walk. But, to my
+surprise and sorrow, we found it chilly and the sky was overcast, and
+every where there was a sort of mist that recalled winter to my mind.
+Instead of going beyond the town, to the places usually frequented by
+pedestrians, we went towards the Marine Garden, a much prettier and more
+suitable walk, but one usually deserted after sunset.
+
+We went down the long straight street without meeting any one; as we
+drew near the "Chapel of the Orphans" we heard those within chanting a
+psalm. When that was finished a procession of little girls filed out.
+They were dressed in white, and they looked very cold in their spring
+muslins. After making a circuit of the lonely quarter, chanting
+meanwhile a melancholy hymn, they noiselessly re-entered the chapel.
+There was no one in the street to see them save ourselves, and the
+thought came to me that neither was there any one in the gray heavens
+above to see them; the overcast sky seemed as lonely as the solitary
+street. That little band of orphaned children intensified my feeling
+of sorrow and added to the disenchantment of the May night, and I had a
+consciousness of the vanity of prayer, of the emptiness of all things.
+
+In the Marine Garden my sadness increased. It was extremely cold, and we
+shivered in our light spring wraps. There was not a single promenader
+to be seen. The large chestnut trees all abloom and the foliage, in
+the glory of its tender hue, formed a feathery green and white
+avenue--emptiness was here too; all of this intertwined magnificence of
+branch and flower, seen of no one, unfolded itself to the indifferent
+sky that stretched above it cold and gray. And in the long flower beds
+there was a profusion of roses, peonies and lilies that seemed also to
+have mistaken the season, for they appeared to shiver, as we did, in the
+chill twilight.
+
+I have found that the melancholy one sometimes feels in the springtime
+usually transcends that felt in autumn, for the reason, doubtless, that
+the former is so out of harmony with the promise of the season.
+
+The demoralized state into which I was thrown by everything about me
+gave me a longing to play a boyish trick upon Jeanne. There came to me
+a desire (one that I frequently felt) to have some sort of revenge
+upon her, because her disposition was so much more mature and yet more
+sprightly than mine. I induced her to lean over and smell the lovely
+lilies, and while she was doing so I, by giving her head a very slight
+push, buried her nose deep in the flowers and it became covered with
+yellow pollen. She was indignant! And the thought that I had acted so
+rudely tended to make the walk home a very painful one.
+
+The beautiful evenings of May! Had I not cherished memories of those of
+preceding years, or had they in truth been like this one? Like this one
+in the cold and lonely garden? Had they ended so miserably as did this
+play-day with Jeanne? With a feeling of mortal weariness I said to
+myself: "And is this all!" an exclamation which soon afterwards became
+one of my most frequent unspoken reflections, a phrase indeed that I
+might well have taken for my motto.
+
+When we returned I went to the wooden box to inspect our afternoon's
+work, and as I did so I inhaled the balsamic odor that had impregnated
+everything belonging to our theatre. For a long time after that, for
+a year or two, perhaps longer, the odor of the pine box containing the
+properties of the "Donkey's Skin" recalled vividly that May evening so
+filled with poignant sorrow, which was one of the most singular feelings
+of my childhood. Since I have come to man's estate I no longer suffer
+from anguish that has no known cause, doubly hard to endure because
+mysterious, I no longer feel as if my feet are treading unfathomable
+depths in search of a firm bottom. I no longer suffer without knowing
+why. No, such emotions belonged peculiarly to my childhood, and this
+book could properly bear the title (a dangerous one I well know): "A
+Journal of my extreme and inexplicable sorrows, and some of the boyish
+pranks by which I diverted my mind from them."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXVIII.
+
+
+
+It was about this time that I installed myself in my aunt Claire's room
+for the purpose of study, and there too I busied myself manufacturing
+wonders for the "Donkey's Skin." I took possession of the place as
+entirely as an army occupies a conquered country--I would not admit the
+possibility of being in the way.
+
+My aunt Claire was the person who petted me most. And it was she who was
+always so careful of my little things. She always looked after my finery
+or anything uncommonly fragile, things that the least breath of air
+would have blown away--such exquisitely delicate trifles, for example,
+as the wings of a butterfly, or the bright scale of a beetle, intended
+for the costumes of our nymphs and fairies--when I said to her: "Will
+you please take care of this, dear auntie?" I felt that I could be easy
+about it, for I knew that no one would be allowed to touch it.
+
+One of the great attractions in her room was a bear that was used
+for holding burnt-almonds; and I often visited the place for the sole
+purpose of paying my respects to this animal. He was made of china and
+he sat upon his hind legs in the corner of the mantelpiece. According to
+a compact that I had with my aunt, every time that his head was turned
+to the side (and I found it so several times during a day) it meant that
+there was an almond or some other kind of candy for me. When I had eaten
+this I straightened his head to indicate that I had been there, and then
+I departed.
+
+Aunt Claire enjoyed helping us with the "Donkey's Skin"; she worked
+enthusiastically over the costumes and each day I gave her some task.
+She was especially skilful in devising hair for the fairies and nymphs;
+she managed to fix upon their tiny heads, about as big as the end of
+a little finger, blond wigs made of light silk thread, this thread she
+twined upon the finest wires and thus she was able to twist it into
+beautiful ringlets.
+
+Then when it became absolutely necessary for me to study my lessons, in
+the feverish haste of the last half hour that I reserved for my task,
+after having wasted my time in idleness of every sort, it was aunt
+Claire who came to my rescue; she would open the large dictionary and
+hunt up for me the unfamiliar words in the exercises and lessons. She
+also took up the study of Greek in order to assist me with my lessons
+in that language. When I studied my Greek I always led my aunt Claire to
+the stairway and I sprawled there upon the steps, my feet higher than
+my head; for two or three years that was the classic pose I took for the
+study of the Iliad, or Xenophon's Cyropedia.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXIX.
+
+
+
+Thursday evening was a time of great rejoicing with me whenever a
+terrible storm descended upon Limoise, and thus made it impossible for
+me to return home that night.
+
+It happened occasionally; and since I had had the experience, I used to
+hope that it might occur often, and especially did I wish for a storm
+when I had failed to prepare my lessons. One inhuman professor had
+instituted Thursday tasks, and it was necessary for me to drag my text
+and copy-books with me to Limoise; my beloved holidays, spent in the
+sweet open air, were overcast by their dark shadow.
+
+One evening at about eight o'clock the much desired storm broke upon
+us with superb fury. Lucette and I were in the large drawing-room that
+resounded with the noise of the thunder, and we felt none too safe
+there. Its great wall-spaces were broken by only two or three old
+engravings in ancient frames. Lucette, under her mother's direction,
+was putting the finishing touches to a piece of needle work, and, on the
+rather worn-out piano, I was playing, with the soft pedal down, one of
+Rameau's dances; the old-fashioned music sounded exquisite to me as it
+mingled with the noise of the great thunder claps.
+
+When Lucette's work was completed, she turned over the leaves of my
+copy-book lying on the table. After she had examined it she gave me a
+meaning look, intended only for my eyes, that said as plainly as a look
+can that she knew I had neglected my task. Suddenly she asked: "where
+did you leave your Duruy's 'History'?"
+
+My Duruy's "History"! Where indeed had I left it? It was a new book with
+scarcely a blot in it. Great heavens! I had forgotten it and left it out
+of doors at the far end of the garden in the most removed asparagus bed.
+For my historical studies I had selected the asparagus bed which was
+like a bit of copse, for the feathery green plants, past their season,
+grew high and luxuriant; a hazel glen, leafy and impenetrable, and
+as shady as a verdant grotto, was the spot I had chosen for the more
+exacting and laborious work of Latin versification. As this time I was
+scolded by Lucette's mother for my great carelessness, we decided to go
+immediately and rescue the book.
+
+We organized a search party, and at the head of it went a servant who
+carried a stable-lantern; Lucette and I walked behind him. Our feet were
+protected from the wet ground by wooden shoes, and with much difficulty
+we held over us a large umbrella that the wind constantly turned inside
+out.
+
+Once outside I was no longer afraid; I opened my eyes wide and listened
+with all my ears. Oh! how wonderful, and yet how sinister, the end of
+the garden looked seen by those sudden and great flashes of green light
+that shimmered and trembled about us from time to time, and then left us
+blind in the blackness of the stormy night. And I shall never forget the
+impression made upon me by the continual crashing of the branches of the
+trees in the near-by oak forest.
+
+We found Duruy's "History" in the asparagus bed all water soaked and mud
+bespattered. Before the storm the snails, exhilarated no doubt by the
+promise of rain, had crawled over the book and they had left their
+slimy, glistening traces upon it.
+
+Those small tracks remained on the book for a long time, preserved,
+doubtless, by the paper cover that I put over them. They had the power
+to recall a thousand things to me, thanks to that peculiarity of my mind
+that associates the most dissimilar and incongruous images if only once,
+for a single favorable moment, they have been accidentally joined.
+
+And therefore the little, shining, zig-zag marks on the cover of Duruy
+always brought to my mind Rameau's gay dance that I played on the shrill
+old piano, only to have it drowned by the noise of the raging storm;
+and the same little blotches also recall to me a vision that I had that
+night (one, no doubt, born of an engraving by Teniers that hung on the
+wall); there seemed to pass before my eyes little people belonging to a
+bygone age who danced in the shade of a wood like that of Limoise; the
+apparition awakened in me an appreciation of the pastoral gayety of that
+time, a conception of the abandon and joyousness of the picnickers who
+were dancing so merrily under the spreading branches of the oak trees.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XL.
+
+
+
+And yet the return home from Limoise Thursday evenings would have had
+a great charm but for the remorse I almost always felt because of
+neglected duties.
+
+My friends took me as far as the river in the carriage, or I rode on a
+donkey, or we walked. Once past the stony plateau on the south bank of
+the river, and once over it and upon the home side I found my father
+and sister awaiting me; I walked gayly beside them in the straight path
+lying between the extensive meadows that led to our house. I went at a
+brisk pace in my eagerness to see mamma, my aunts and our dear home.
+
+When we entered the town, by the old disused gate, it was always dusk,
+the dusk of a spring or summer night; as we passed the barracks we
+heard the familiar drums and bugles sounding the hour for the sailors'
+all-too-early bed.
+
+And when we arrived at the house I usually spied my beloved ones
+(clothed in their black dresses) seated in the honeysuckle arbor at the
+end of the yard, or they were sitting out under the stars.
+
+Or, if the others had gone in, I was sure to find aunt Bertha there
+alone; she was a very independent person, and she dared defy even the
+dew and evening chill. After kissing and embracing me she pretended to
+smell of my clothes, and after sniffing a minute, to make me laugh, she
+would say: "Ah! you smell of Limoise, my darling."
+
+And indeed I did have something of the fragrance of Limoise about me.
+When I came from there I was always impregnated with the odor of
+wild thyme and the other aromatic plants peculiar to that part of the
+country.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XLI.
+
+
+
+Speaking of Limoise I will be vain enough to speak here of an act of
+mine that I consider as brave as it was obedient, for it fell in with a
+promise that I had given.
+
+It happened a short time before my departure for the south, before that
+journey to the mountains with which my imagination was ever busy; it
+occurred in the month of July following my twelfth birthday.
+
+One Wednesday, having started earlier than usual, so that I might arrive
+at Limoise before nightfall, I begged those accompanying me to go no
+farther than just beyond the town; I entreated them, for this once, to
+allow me to make the journey alone as if I were a grown boy.
+
+As I was being ferried across the river I compelled myself to take from
+my pocket the white silk handkerchief that I had promised to wear
+about my neck to protect it from the cool breezes on the water; the old
+weather-beaten sailors were looking at me and I felt unspeakably ashamed
+as I tied the muffler around my neck.
+
+And at Chaumes, in that shadeless spot, a place always baked by the sun,
+I fulfilled the pledge that had been exacted from me at my departure. I
+opened a large sunshade!--oh! how my cheeks reddened and how humiliated
+I felt when I was ridiculed by a little shepherd-boy who, with head
+bared to the sun's rays, guarded his sheep. And my agony increased when
+I arrived at the village and I saw four boys, who had doubtless just
+come from school, look at me with astonishment. My God! I felt as if I
+would faint. It was true courage which enabled me to keep my promise at
+that moment.
+
+As they passed they stared hard as if to mock me for being afraid of the
+sun. One muttered something that had little enough meaning, but which
+I regarded as a mortal insult: "It is the Marquis of Carabas!" he said,
+and then all began to laugh heartily. But notwithstanding, I continued
+on my way with my parasol still open. I did not flinch nor answer them,
+but the blood surged to my cheeks and hummed in my ears.
+
+In the time that followed there were many occasions when it was
+necessary for me to pass upon my way without noticing the insults cast
+at me by ignorant people; but I do not recall that their taunts caused
+me any suffering. But my experience with the parasol! No, I am sure that
+I have never accomplished any braver act that that.
+
+But I am convinced that it is unnecessary for me to seek any other cause
+for my aversion to umbrellas, an aversion that followed me into mature
+age. And I attribute to handkerchiefs and such things, and to the
+excessive care my family took to stop up every chink through which air
+might reach me, my later habit, in line with my tendency to reactions,
+of exposing my breast to the burning rays of the sun, of exposing myself
+to every kind of wind and weather.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XLII.
+
+
+
+With my head pressed against the glass in the door of the railway coach
+that was going rapidly I continually asked my sister, who sat opposite:
+
+"Are we in the mountains yet?"
+
+"Not yet," she would answer, still remembering the Alps vividly. "Not
+yet, dear. Those are only high hills."
+
+The August day was warm and radiantly bright. We were in an express
+train going south, on our way to visit those cousins whom we had never
+seen.
+
+"Oh! but that one! See! See!" I exclaimed triumphantly, as my eyes spied
+an elevation towering above others; it was one whose blue height pierced
+the clear horizon.
+
+She leaned forward.
+
+"Ah!" she said, "that is a little more like a mountain, I must
+confess,--but it isn't a very high one, only wait!"
+
+At the hotel, where we were obliged to remain until the following day,
+everything interested us. I remember that night came suddenly, a night
+of splendor, as we leaned upon the railing of the balcony leading from
+our rooms, watching the shadows gather about the blue mountains and
+listening to the chirping of the crickets.
+
+The next day, the third of our frequently interrupted journey, we hired
+a funny little carriage to take us to the town, one much out of the line
+of travel at that time, where our cousins lived.
+
+For five hours we rode through passes and defiles--for me they were
+enchanted hours. Not only was there the novelty of the mountains, but
+everything here was unlike our home surroundings. The soil and the
+rocks were a bright red instead of, as in our village, a dazzling white
+because of the underlying chalk beds. And at home everything was flat
+and low, it seemed as if nothing there dared lift itself above the dead
+level and break the uniformity of the plains. Here the dwellings, of
+reddish hue like the rocks, and built with old gabled ends and ancient
+turrets, were perched high up on the hill; the peasants were very
+tanned, and they spoke a language I did not understand; I noticed
+particularly that the women walked with a free movement of the hips,
+unknown to the peasants of our country, as they strode along carrying
+upon their heads sheaves of grain and great shining copper vessels. My
+whole being vibrated to the charm of the unfamiliar beauty about me, and
+I was fascinated by the strange aspect of nature.
+
+Toward evening we reached the little town that marked the end of our
+journey. It was situated on the bank of one of those southern rivers
+that rush noisily over their shallow beds of white pebbles. The place
+still retained its ancient arched gateway and high, pierced ramparts;
+the prevailing color of the gothic houses lining its streets was bright
+red.
+
+A little perplexed and agitated our eyes sought for the cousins whose
+faces were not even known to us through photographs; but since they had
+been apprised of our coming they would, no doubt, be at the station to
+meet us. Suddenly we saw approaching us a tall young man, and he had
+upon his arm a young lady dressed in white muslin. Without the least
+hesitation we exchanged glances of recognition: we had found each other.
+
+At their house, on the ground floor, our uncle and aunt welcomed us;
+both of them in their old age preserved traces of a once-remarkable
+beauty. They lived in an ancient house of the time of Louis XIII; it
+was built in an angle, and was surrounded by those porches that are so
+frequently seen in small, southern mountain towns.
+
+When we entered we found ourselves in a vestibule flagged with pinkish
+stones and ornamented with a large fountain of burnished copper. A
+staircase of the same stones, as imposing as a castle staircase, with a
+curious balustrade of wrought-iron, led to the old-fashioned wainscoted
+bedrooms on the second floor. And these things evoked a past very
+different from that I had brooded over upon the Island, at St. Ongeoise,
+the only past with which I was at this time familiar.
+
+After dinner we went out and sat together upon the bank of the noisy
+river; we sat in a meadow overgrown with centauries and sweet marjoram,
+recognizable in the darkness because of their penetrating odor. It was a
+very still, warm evening and innumerable crickets chirped in the grass.
+It seemed to me that I had never before seen so many stars in the
+heavens. The difference in latitude was not so great, but the sea
+air that tempers our winters also makes our summer evenings hazy; in
+consequence we could see more stars here in this southern country with
+its clear atmosphere, than at our home.
+
+The majestic mountains surrounding us, from which I could not take my
+eyes, looked like great blue silhouettes: the mountains, never seen
+until now, gave me the feeling, so much longed for, of being in a
+distant country, they gave me the assurance that one of the dreams of my
+childhood had come true.
+
+I spent several summers in this village, and I made myself enough at
+home to learn the southern dialect spoken by the people there. Indeed
+the two provinces I became best acquainted with in my childhood was this
+southern one and that of St. Ongeoise, both of them lands of sunshine.
+
+Brittany, which so many take to be my native place, I did not see until
+a later time, not until I was seventeen, and I did not learn to love it
+until long after that,--doubtless that is why I loved it so ardently.
+At first it oppressed me and induced a feeling of extreme sadness;
+my brother Ives initiated me into its charm, a charm tinged with
+melancholy, and it was he who persuaded me to explore its thatched
+cottages and wooden chapels. And following this, the influence that a
+young girl of Treguier exercised over my imagination, when I was
+about twenty-seven, strengthened my love for Brittany, the land of my
+adoption.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XLIII.
+
+
+
+The day after my arrival at my uncle's I met some children named Peyrals
+who became my playmates. According to the fashion of that part of the
+country their baptismal names were spoken preceded by the definite
+article. The two little girls respectively ten and twelve years old were
+called "the Marciette" and "the Titi," and their younger brother, still
+a little chap, who did not, therefore, figure so largely in our plays,
+was called "the Medon."
+
+As I was younger in my ways than most boys of twelve,--in spite of
+my understanding of some things usually beyond the comprehension of
+children,--we immediately became a congenial little band, and for
+several summers we came together and enjoyed each other's companionship.
+
+The father of the little Peyrals owned all the forests and vineyards
+upon the hillsides about us. We had the freedom of them, were absolutely
+our own masters, and no one controlled or restrained us in any way, no
+matter how absurd we were.
+
+In that mountain village our relatives were so esteemed by the peasants
+living around them, that it was perfectly proper for us to wander any
+where and every where in search of adventures. We would start out very
+early in the morning upon mysterious expeditions, or we went to distant
+vineyards to have picnics or to chase butterflies that we never
+caught. Sometimes a little peasant would enlist in our ranks and follow
+submissively wherever we led. After the espionage to which I had been
+accustomed I found this liberty a delicious change. An altogether novel
+and independent life in the mountains; I might with some show of reason
+call it a continuation of my solitude, for I was the senior of these
+children who merely participated in my fantastic plays: between us there
+were abysmal differences springing from the quality of our minds and
+imaginations.
+
+I was always the undisputed chief of the band; Titi, the only one who
+ever revolted, was easily brought to terms; the children seemed to wish
+to please me in everything, and that made it very easy for me to manage
+them.
+
+That was the first little band I led. Later, other ones, less easy to
+cope with, came under my dominion; but I always preferred to have them
+composed of persons younger than myself, younger in mental development
+especially, and more simple in every way than I, so that they would not
+interfere with my whims, nor laugh at my childishness.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XLIV.
+
+
+
+The only task required of me during my vacation was that I should read
+from Fenelon's Telemaque (my education, you see, was a little out
+of date). My copy of the work was composed of several small volumes.
+Strangely enough, it was not irksome to me. I could image to myself
+distinctly the land of Greece with its white marble temples and its
+bright sky, and I had a conception of pagan antiquity that was almost as
+vivid (if not so correct) as Fenelon's: Calypso and her nymphs enchanted
+me.
+
+Every day, in order to read, I hid myself from the Peyrals, either in
+my uncle's garden or in the garret of his house, my two favorite
+hiding-places.
+
+This garret, under the high Louis XIII roof, extended the full length of
+the house. The shutters of the place were seldom opened, and there
+was here, in consequence, almost perpetual twilight. The old things,
+belonging to a bygone century, lying there under the dust and cobwebs
+attracted me from the first day; and, little by little, the habit of
+slipping up there with my Telemaque had grown upon me. I usually stole
+up after the noon dinner, secure in the thought that no one would dream
+of looking for me there. At this noon hour of hot and radiant sunshine,
+the garret, by contrast, was almost as dark as night. Noiselessly I
+would throw open a shutter of one of the dormer windows and a flood
+of sunshine poured in; then I climbed out on the roof, and with elbows
+resting upon the sun-warmed old slate tiles overgrown with golden
+mosses, I would read my book.
+
+Around me, on this same roof, thousands of Agen plums were drying. This
+fruit, intended for winter use, was spread out on mats made of reeds;
+warmed through and through by the sun and thoroughly dried they were
+delicious; their fragrance, too, was exquisite and it impregnated the
+whole garret. The bees and the wasps who, like me, ate them at their
+pleasure, tumbled on their backs and extended their legs in the air,
+overcome seemingly by the cloying sweetness of the fruit and the heat
+of the day. And on the neighboring roofs, between the old gothic gables,
+there were similar reed mats covered with these same plums, all visited
+by myriads of buzzing wasps and bees.
+
+One could also see from here the two streets that came together in front
+of my uncle's house; they were lined with mediaeval dwellings, and each
+terminated at an arched door that was cut in the high red stone wall
+that had formerly served as a fortification. The village was hot and
+drowsy and silent, the heat of the mid-summer sun made it torpid; but
+one could hear innumerable chickens and ducks scratching and pecking
+at the sun-baked dirt in the streets. And far away in the distance the
+mountains pierced the cloudless blue of the heavens with their sunny
+heights.
+
+I read Telemaque in very small doses; two or three pages a day was
+generally enough to satisfy my curiosity and to ease my conscience
+for the day; that task over, I went down hurriedly to find my little
+friends, and we would set out on a trip to the woods and vineyards.
+
+My uncle's garden, my other place of retreat, was not attached to the
+house, but was situated, as were all the other ones in the village,
+beyond the ramparts of the town. It was surrounded by very high walls,
+and one had entrance to it through an old arched gate that was unlocked
+with an enormous key. Upon certain days, armed with my Telemaque and my
+butterfly-net, I isolated myself there.
+
+In the garden there were several plum trees, and from them there fell,
+onto the warm earth, over-ripe plums of the same variety as those drying
+on the ancient roofs. The old arbor was trellised with grape vines, and
+legions of flies and bees feasted upon the musky, fragrant grapes. The
+extreme end of the garden, for it was a very large one, was overgrown
+like an ordinary field with alfalfa.
+
+The charm of this old orchard lay in the feeling it gave one of being
+greatly secluded, of being absolutely alone in a wilderness of space and
+silence.
+
+I must not forget to speak of the old arbor that two summers later was
+the scene of the most momentous act of my childhood. It backed against
+the surrounding wall, and its lattice-work was overspread with muscadine
+vines that the sun scorched and withered.
+
+In this garden, for some inexplicable reason, I had the impression of
+being in the tropics, in the colonies of my fancy. And in truth the
+tropical gardens that I saw later were filled with the same heavy
+fragrance and had much the same appearance. From time to time rare
+butterflies, such as are not often seen elsewhere, flitted through
+the garden. From a front view they looked like common yellow and black
+butterflies, but a side view showed them to be as glistening and as
+beautiful a blue as the exotic ones from Guinea that I had seen under
+glass in my uncle's museum. They were very wary and difficult to
+ensnare, for they rested only for a second at a time upon the fragrant
+muscadel grapes before fluttering away over the wall. Sometimes I would
+place my foot in a crevice of the stone wall, and scramble up to the top
+to look after them as they flew across the hot and silent fields; and
+often I remained there on the coping for a long time, propped upon my
+elbows, and contemplated the distant landscape. Every where upon the
+horizon there were wooded mountains surrounded here and there by the
+ruins of feudal castles. Before me, in the midst of fields of corn and
+buckwheat, was the Bories estate. Its old arched porch, the only one
+in the neighborhood that was whitewashed, looked like one of those
+entry-ways that are so common in African villages. This estate, I had
+been told, belonged to the St. Hermangarde children, who were destined
+to become my future comrades. They were expected almost daily, but I
+dreaded to have them come, for my little band composed of the Peyrals
+seemed all sufficient and extremely well chosen.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XLV.
+
+
+
+Castelnau! This ancient name brings to me visions of glorious sunshine
+and of clear light shining upon noble heights; it evokes the gentle
+melancholy that I felt among its ruins, and recalls to me my dreams
+before the dead splendors buried there for so many centuries.
+
+The old ruin of Castelnau was perched on one of the most heavily wooded
+mountains in the neighborhood, and its reddish stone turrets and towers
+stood out boldly against the sky.
+
+By looking over and beyond the wall surrounding my uncle's garden I
+could see the ancient castle. Indeed, it was a conspicuous point in the
+landscape, and one immediately saw its rough red stones emerging from
+the interlaced trees; one instantly noted the ancient ruin crowning the
+mountain all overgrown with the beautiful verdure of chestnut and oak
+trees.
+
+Upon the day of my arrival I had caught a glimpse of it, and I was
+attracted by this old eagle's nest which must have been a superb place
+of refuge during the stormy middle ages. It was a common custom in my
+uncle's family to go up there two or three times a month to dine and
+pass the afternoon with the proprietor, an old clergyman, who lived in a
+comfortable house built against one side of the ruin.
+
+For me those days were like a revel in fairy land.
+
+We started very early in the morning so that we should be beyond the
+plains before the hottest period of the day. When we arrived at the
+foot of the mountain we were refreshed by the cool shade of the forest,
+enveloped in its mantle of beautiful green. As we went up and up, by
+zig-zag paths, afoot, and in single file, under lofty arching oaks and
+intertwined foliage our line of march resembled a huge serpent. I was
+reminded of Gustave Dore's engravings of mediaeval pilgrims making their
+way to isolated abbeys perched on mountain heights. Tiny springs oozed
+out here and there and trickled across the red earth; between the trees
+we had momentary glimpses of beautiful and extensive vistas. At last we
+reached the summit, and after passing through the very quaint village
+that had perched on this height for many centuries, we rang the bell
+at the priest's tiny door. The castle overhung his miniature garden and
+house; both were built under the shadow of the crumbling walls and the
+sinking, almost tottering, red stone towers. A great peace seemed to
+emanate from those aerie ruins, and a deep silence reigned there.
+
+The dinners given by the old priest, to which several of the
+notabilities of the neighborhood were invited, always lasted very long.
+The ten or fifteen courses had an accompaniment of the ripest fruits and
+the choicest wines of that country so excelling in exquisite vintages.
+
+For several hours we remained at the table afflicted by the August or
+September midday heat, and I, the only child in the company, became very
+restless; I was disturbed by the thought of the crushing nearness of the
+castle, and after the second course I would ask to be permitted to leave
+the table. An old serving-woman used always to go with me and open the
+outer door in the wall of the feudal ramparts of Castelnau; then she
+confided the keys of the stately ruin to me, and I plunged alone, with
+a delicious feeling of fear, into the familiar path, and passed through
+the gate of the drawbridge superposed on the ramparts.
+
+There I might remain for an hour or two sure of not being disturbed; I
+was at liberty to wander about in that labyrinth, and I was master in
+the majestic but sad domain. Oh! the sweet memory of the reveries that
+I have had there! . . . First I would make a tour about the terraces
+overhanging the forest lying below; a panorama infinitely beautiful
+unrolled itself to my sight; rivers winding here and there in the
+distance looked like streams of silver; and, aided by the clear and
+limpid summer atmosphere, I could see almost as far as the neighboring
+provinces. A great calm pervaded this sequestered corner of France;
+no line of railway penetrated it; and in consequence, it led a life
+entirely apart from the big world, a life such as it had known in the
+good old time.
+
+After visiting the terraces I would go into the ruined interior, into
+the courts, up the stairways and through the empty galleries. I climbed
+to the old towers and put to flight flocks of pigeons, and disturbed the
+sleep of bats and owls. On the first floor there was a suite of spacious
+rooms, still roofed over, and very dark because of the shuttered
+windows. I penetrated into these chambers, and I felt an almost
+delicious terror when I heard my footsteps echoing through the
+sepulchral stillness of the place. Then I would pass in review before
+the strange Gothic paintings and the half-effaced frescoes that still
+retained traces of gilt ornamentation; the fabled monsters and garlands
+of impossible flowers had been added at the time of the Renaissance.
+This magnificent, pictured past, fantastic and barbarous to the point
+of being terrible, seemed to me, at that time, very vague and dim and
+distant; I could not realize that it had been lighted up by the same
+midday sunshine that warmed the red stones of the ruins about me. And
+now that I am better able to estimate Castelnau, when I recall it to my
+memory, after having seen most of the splendors of this earth, I still
+think the enchanted castle of my childhood, as it stands upon its
+glorious height, one of the most superb ruins of mediaeval France.
+
+In one of the towers there was a room whose ceiling was painted a royal
+blue over-strewn with exquisite gold tracery and blazonry. In no place
+have I realized feudalism so well as in that tower. There alone, in the
+silence as of a city of the dead, I would lean out of the little window
+cut in the thick wall and contemplate the green verdure lying below me,
+and I tried to imagine that I saw coming along the paths, given over to
+the flight of birds, a cavalcade of soldiers, or a procession of noble
+knights and ladies. . . . And, for me, reared in a level country, one
+of the greatest charms of the place was the view I had of blue distances
+visible from every loophole and crevice, every gap and opening in the
+rooms and towers of Castelnau, for then I realized its extraordinary
+height.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XLVI.
+
+
+
+My brother's letters, written close on very fine paper, continued to
+reach us from time to time; he could only send them to us by sailing
+vessels bound in our direction which lay-to in that part of the world
+where he was stationed. Some of them were written particularly for me,
+and these were long, and filled with never-to-be-forgotten descriptions.
+I already knew several words of the sweet and liquid language of
+Oceanica, and often in my dreams I saw the exquisite island he described
+and roamed over it; it haunted my imagination as does a chimerical
+realm, ardently desired, but as inaccessible as if situated upon another
+planet.
+
+During my visit to my cousins my father forwarded me a letter from my
+brother addressed to me. I went up to the garret roof, on the side where
+the plums were drying, to read it. He wrote of a place called Fataua
+which was situated in a deep valley and surrounded by steep mountains.
+"A perpetual twilight," he wrote, "reigns here under the great exotic
+trees, and the spray of the cascade keeps the carpet of rare ferns
+fresh." Yes; I could picture that scene to myself very well, now that
+I had about me mountains and moist glens luxuriant with ferns. . . . He
+described everything fully and vividly: my brother could not know that
+his letters exercised a dangerous spell over the child who, at his
+departure, appeared to be so tranquil and so attached to the home
+fireside.
+
+"The only pity," he wrote at the end, "is that this delightful island
+has not a door opening into the home-yard, into the beautiful arbor
+overgrown with honeysuckle, for instance, that lies behind the grottoes
+and the little pond."
+
+This idea of a door in the wall at the foot of our garden, and
+especially the association between the little lake constructed by
+my brother and distant Oceanica, struck me as very singular, and the
+following night I had this dream:
+
+I went into the yard and found it enveloped in a sort of deadly twilight
+that gave me the impression that the sun had been extinguished forever.
+Every where there seemed to be an inexpressible desolation that is known
+only in dreams, and which it is almost impossible to conceive of in
+the waking state. When I arrived at the bottom of the garden near the
+beloved little lake, I felt myself rising from the ground like a bird
+about to take flight. At first I floated aimlessly as thistledown, then
+I passed over the wall and took a south-west direction, the direction of
+Oceanica; I had no trace of wings, and I lay on my back in an agony of
+dizziness and nausea as I travelled with frightful rapidity, with the
+swiftness of a stone shot from a sling. The stars whirled madly
+in space; beneath me oceans and seas faded into the pallid and
+indistinguishable distance, and as I journeyed I was ever enwrapped
+in that twilight bespeaking a dead world. . . . After a few minutes I
+suddenly found myself encompassed by the darkness of the noble trees in
+the valley of Fataua.
+
+There in the valley my dream continued, for I ceased to believe in
+it,--the utter impossibility of really being there impressed itself upon
+my mind,--for very often I had been duped by such illusions which always
+vanished when I awoke. My main concern was lest I should wake wholly,
+for the vision, incomplete as it was, enchanted me. At least the carpet
+of rare ferns was really there. As I groped in the night air and plucked
+them I said to myself: "Surely these plants are real, for I can touch
+them and I have them in my hand; surely they will not disappear when the
+dream vanishes." And I grasped them with all my strength to be sure of
+keeping them.
+
+I awoke. A beautiful summer day had dawned, and in the village was heard
+the noise of recommencing life. The continual clucking of the hens as
+they roamed about in the streets, and the click-clack of the weaver's
+loom caused me to realize where I was. My empty hand was still shut
+tight, and the nails were pressed almost into the flesh, the better to
+guard that imaginary bouquet of Fataua, composed of the impalpable stuff
+of dreams.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XLVII.
+
+
+
+I had very quickly attached myself to my grown cousins, and I felt as
+well acquainted with them as if I had always known them. I believe it
+is necessary that there should be the bond of blood for the creation
+of those intimate relations between people, who but the day before were
+almost ignorant of each other's existence. I also loved my uncle and
+aunt; my aunt especially, who spoiled me a little, and who was so good
+and still so beautiful in spite of her sixty years, her gray hair and
+her grandmotherly way of dressing herself. In these levelling days,
+wherein one person is so like another, people of my aunt's type no
+longer exist. Born in the neighborhood, of a very ancient family, she
+had never been away from this province of France, and her manners, her
+hospitality, and her exquisite courtesy had a local stamp, every detail
+of which pleased me greatly.
+
+In direct contrast to my sheltered home life, here I lived almost
+entirely out of doors. I roamed about in the streets and highways, and
+often I went beyond the gates of the town. The narrow streets paved
+with black pebbles like those in the Orient, and bordered with gothic
+dwellings of the time of Louis XIII, had a singular charm for me. I
+already knew all the nooks and corners, public highways and the byways
+of the village, and I was well acquainted with many of the kind country
+people who lived about us.
+
+The women, peasant women with goitres, who passed my uncle's house on
+their way to and from the surrounding fields and vineyards, carried
+baskets of fruit on their heads, and they always paused to offer me
+luscious grapes and delicious peaches. I was delighted with the southern
+dialect, and with the songs of the mountaineers; and, best of all,
+my unfamiliar surroundings ever reminded me that I was in a strange
+country.
+
+And now when I see any of the little things that I brought from there
+for my museum, or when I look over the brief letters that I wrote to my
+mother every day, I suddenly feel the warm sunshine, I experience again
+the strange newness, I smell the fragrance of ripe southern fruits,
+and I feel the keen freshness of the mountain air; and at such times I
+realize that in spite of the long descriptions in these dead pages they
+inadequately express all I felt.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XLVIII.
+
+
+
+The little St. Hermangardes, of whom every one spoke so often, arrived
+about the middle of September. Their castle was situated in the north
+upon the bank of the Carreze, but they came every year to pass the
+autumn in their very old and dilapidated mansion near my uncle's house.
+
+Two boys, both a little older than I, came this time, and contrary to
+my expectation I took a fancy to them immediately. As they were in the
+habit of spending a part of each year at their country place they had
+guns and powder and often went hunting. Thus they brought an entirely
+new element into our games. Their estate of Bories became one of the
+centres of our operations. Everything there was at our disposal,
+the servants and all the animals in the stables. One of our favorite
+amusements was the construction of enormous balloons, nine or ten feet
+high, and these we inflated by burning under them sheaves of hay; we
+then watched them rise and sail away and away, until they were lost to
+our sight high above the distant fields and woods.
+
+The little St. Hermangardes were unlike other children; they had had
+all their instruction from a tutor, and their ideas were different from
+those one imbibes at boarding schools. When there was any disagreement
+between us in regard to our games they always courteously gave in to me,
+and therefore my contact with them did not help me to meet the painful
+experiences of the future.
+
+One day they came over and with much grace made me a present of a very
+rare butterfly. It was of a pale yellow color, almost merging into light
+green, the yellow of a very ordinary butterfly, but its front wings
+were a shaded and exquisite pink, similar to the delicate rosy tints
+sometimes seen at daybreak. They had captured it, they said, in the
+late-ripening autumn grain fields of Bories,--they had caught hold of it
+so deftly and carefully that their fingers had made no impression upon
+its brilliant coloring. When, at about noontime, I received it from them
+I was in the vestibule of my uncle's house, a place always kept tightly
+closed during the hours of intense heat. From the wing of the house
+I heard my cousin singing in the thin and plaintive falsetto of a
+mountaineer; he often sang in that manner, and when he did so his voice
+always gave me a feeling of unusual melancholy as it broke the stillness
+of the late September noons. He sang over and over the same old refrain:
+"Ah! Ah! The good, good story. . . ." Here he always broke off and
+recommenced. And from that moment Bories, the pinkish-yellow butterfly,
+and the sad little refrain of the "good, good story" were inseparably
+associated in my memory.
+
+But I fear that I have said too much about the incoherent impressions
+and images which came to me so frequently in days gone by; this is the
+last time that I will speak at length of them. But it will be seen,
+because of what follows, how important it is for me to note the
+association existing between the dissimilar things mentioned above.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XLIX.
+
+
+
+We left the mountains at the beginning of October, but my home-coming
+was marked by a very painful circumstance--I was sent to school! I went,
+of course, only as a day scholar; and it goes without saying that I was
+never allowed to go and come alone lest I should get into bad company.
+The four years that I spent at the university, as a day scholar, were
+as strange and as full of odd experiences as any of my life. But,
+notwithstanding, from that fatal day my history becomes much less
+interesting as a narrative.
+
+I was taken to school for the first time, at two o'clock in the
+afternoon, upon one of those glorious October days, so sunny and
+peaceful, that is like a reluctant and sad leave-taking of the
+summer-time. Ah! how beautiful it had been in the mountains, in the
+leafless forests and among the autumn-tinted vines!
+
+With a crowd of children, all talking at the same time, I entered the
+torture chamber. My first impression was one of astonished disgust
+because of the hideousness of the ink-stained walls, and of the old
+benches of shiny wood defaced by the penknife carvings of countless
+school-boys who had been so inexpressibly miserable in this place.
+Although I was a stranger to my new companions they treated me with the
+greatest familiarity (they used thee and thou in addressing me) and gave
+themselves patronizing airs that were almost impertinent. Although I
+observed my school-mates timidly and furtively I thought them, for the
+most part, exceedingly ill-mannered and untidy.
+
+As I was twelve and a half I entered the third class; my tutor
+considered me advanced enough to keep up with it if I chose to do so,
+although I myself felt that I was scarcely equal to the task. The first
+day, for the purpose of qualifying, we had to write Latin exercises, and
+I remember that my father awaited, with some anxiety, the outcome of the
+examination. When I told him I was second among fifteen I was surprised
+that he attached so much importance to a matter of so little interest
+to me. It was all one to me! Broken hearted as I felt, how could I be
+affected by such a trifle?
+
+Later, indeed, at no time, did I feel the impetus that the desire to
+excel brings with it. To be at the foot of the class always seemed to me
+the least of the ills that a school-boy is called upon to endure.
+
+The weeks following my entrance were extremely painful to me. I felt my
+intellect cramping rather than expanding under the multiplicity of the
+lessons and the tasks imposed; even the realm of my young dreams seemed
+closing against me little by little. The first dismal, foggy weather,
+and the first gray days added a greater desolation and sadness to my
+already overwrought feelings. The uncouth chimney-sweeps had returned,
+and their yearly autumn cry was again heard in the streets. Theirs was a
+cry that in my earlier years wrung my heart and caused my tears to flow.
+When one is a child the approach of winter, with its killing gloom and
+cold, seems to awake in him inexplicable forebodings bespeaking the end
+of all bright and beautiful things; time goes so slowly in childhood
+that we appear not to be able to anticipate the inevitable reawakening
+that comes in the spring to all things.
+
+No, it is only when we are older, and would seem, therefore, to be more
+impressionable to the changes of the seasons, that we regard winter
+merely as an incident having its rightful place among the other
+incidents of life.
+
+I had a calendar and I marked off upon it the slowly passing days. At
+the commencement of my first year of college life I was oppressed by the
+thought of the months of study stretching before me, and by the prospect
+of the interminable months that must come and go before we reached the
+Easter vacation that was to give us a respite of eight or ten days
+from the dreadful schoolroom grind and ennui; I seemed to lose all
+my courage, and at times I was almost overwhelmed with despair at the
+prospect of the long and dreary days that went so slowly.
+
+In the meantime cold weather, really cold weather set in and aggravated
+my sorrows. Oh! the daily journey to school upon those frigid December
+mornings, where for two deadly hours the only warmth we obtained came
+from the inadequate coal fire, and before me the torture of returning to
+my home in the face of the icy winter wind! The other children frolicked
+and ran and pushed each other, and they slid upon the ice when it
+chanced that the water in the gutters was frozen over. As for me I
+did not know how to slide, and, besides, sports such as the other boys
+indulged in, I considered highly undignified. I was always escorted
+to and from school very sedately, and I felt the humiliation of being
+conducted. I was sometimes laughed at by my school-mates with whom I was
+not at all popular; and I had a disdain for those who, like myself, were
+in bondage. I had scarcely an idea in common with them.
+
+Even Thursdays I had to give to the preparation of lessons that took the
+entire day. The written tasks, absurd exercises, I scrawled off in the
+most careless and illegible handwriting.
+
+And my disgust for life was so great that I no longer took the least bit
+of pains with myself; often now I was scolded for looking so unkempt,
+and for having dirty, ink-stained hands. . . . But if I continue in
+this strain I will succeed in making my recital as tedious as were the
+school-days of my youth.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER L.
+
+
+
+Cakes! Cakes! My good hot cakes! The old cake woman had resumed her
+nightly tour, and again we heard her rapid footsteps and her shrill
+refrain. Always at the same hour, with the regularity of an automaton,
+she went by our house. And the long winter recommenced in the same
+manner as had the preceding ones, and as were similarly to begin the
+following two or three years.
+
+Our neighbors, the D-----s, accompanied by Lucette, always came at eight
+o'clock Sunday evenings, and another neighbor visited us also upon
+this same evening. These latter brought with them their little daughter
+Marguerite, who gradually insinuated herself into my affections.
+
+That year Marguerite and I brought the Sunday winter evenings, over
+which the thought of the tasks of the morrow brooded sadly, to a close
+with an entirely new amusement. After the tea, when I felt that the
+party was about to break up, I would hurry little Marguerite into the
+dining-room, and there we rushed madly about the round table and tried
+to catch or tag each other,--we played furiously. It goes without saying
+that she was usually caught immediately and tagged very often, and I
+scarcely ever; it therefore fell out that it was almost always her turn
+to chase me, and she did it desperately. We struck the table with our
+bodies, and yelled, and carried on our play with the greatest imaginable
+uproar. We succeeded in turning up the rugs, in disarranging the
+chairs, and in making havoc of everything. We soon tired of our play,
+however,--the truth is I was too old to care greatly for such frolics.
+I had scarcely any feeling save one of melancholy in spite of the wild
+sport I indulged in, for over me hovered the chilling thought that in
+the morning the usual round of dry and laborious lessons would begin.
+My furious revel was simply a way of prolonging that day of truce, of
+making it count to its very last moment; it was an attempt to divert
+my thoughts by making plenty of noise. It was also my way of hurling a
+defiance at those tasks that I had left undone. My negligence troubled
+my conscience and disturbed my sleep, and caused me finally to look
+over, hastily and feverishly, by the feeble light of a candle, or by the
+cold gray light of early dawn, the neglected lessons, before the coming
+of the despised hour in which I betook myself to school.
+
+There was always a little consternation in the parlor when the sounds
+of our merriment reached those gathered there; it must have been
+particularly distressing to our parents to hear that we were amusing
+ourselves otherwise than with our duet sonatas, and to find that we
+preferred noise and discord to the "Pretty Shepherdess."
+
+And for at least two winters, at about half-past ten every Sunday
+evening, we indulged in that romp around the dining-table. My school
+was of little value to me, and the tasks imposed of even less benefit;
+I always went to work reluctantly and in the wrong spirit, and that
+lessened and extinguished my power and stupefied me. I had the same
+unfortunate experience when I came in contact with school-mates of my
+own age, my equals; their roughness disgusted me, and I repulsed all
+the efforts they made to be friendly. . . . I never saw them except in
+class, under the master's rod as it were; I had already become a little
+being too peculiar and set in my ways to be modified greatly by contact
+with them, and I therefore held aloof, and my eccentricities accentuated
+themselves.
+
+Almost all of them were older and more developed than I; they also
+were more crafty and more sophisticated; in consequence there sprung up
+amongst them a feeling of contempt and enmity for me that I repaid with
+disdain, for I felt sure that they were incapable of comprehending or
+following the flights of my imagination.
+
+With the very youthful peasants in the mountains, and the fishermen's
+children on the Island, I had never been haughty; we had understood each
+other after the fashion of children who are primitive and therefore fond
+of childish play; and upon such occasions I had associated with them as
+if they were my equals. But I was arrogant in my behavior to the boys at
+school, and they had good reason to consider me whimsical and priggish.
+It took me many years to conquer that arrogance, to act simply and like
+other people in the world; and especially it was difficult for me to
+realize that one is not necessarily superior to his fellows because he
+is (to his own misfortune often) prince and conjurer in the realm of
+fancy.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LI.
+
+
+
+The theatre wherein was enacted the "Donkey's Skin," very much amplified
+and more elaborate, had now a permanent place in my aunt Claire's room.
+Little Jeanne, more interested in it since the additions to the scenery
+and the text, came over oftener; she painted backgrounds under my
+direction, and the moments I enjoyed most were those in which I
+impressed her with my great superiority. We had now a box full of
+characters, each with a name and a role; and the fantastic processions
+were made up of regiments of monsters, beasts and gnomes made out of
+plaster and painted with water colors.
+
+I recall our delight and enthusiasm when we tried for the first time the
+effect of a scenic background which we had made to represent the "void
+of heaven." Delicate rosy clouds, bespeaking the dawn, floated over the
+blue expanse that was softened and paled by the gauze hanging in
+front of it. And the chariot of a silken-haired fairy, drawn by two
+butterflies and suspended on invisible threads, advanced towards the
+centre of the scene.
+
+But in spite of our efforts our work was never finished, for we took
+no account of limitations; every day we had new ideas and ever more and
+more wonderful projects, and the great comprehensive representation was
+deferred from day to day, was postponed to a future that never came.
+
+Every undertaking of my life will be, or has already been, left
+unfinished and incomplete as was that little play of the "Donkey's
+Skin."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LII.
+
+
+
+Among those professors who seemed, during my school-days, so severe, and
+indeed almost cruel to me, the most terrible without any exception were
+the "Bull of Apis" and the "Big Black Ape" (I had nicknames for all
+of them). I hope should they read this they will understand that I am
+writing from the child's view-point. Should I meet them to-day I would,
+in all probability, humbly tender them my hand and ask their pardon for
+having been such an unmanageable pupil.
+
+Oh! the Big Ape especially, how I hated him! When from the height of his
+desk these words fell upon my ear: "You will do a hundred lines; I
+mean you, you little sap-head!" I could have flown at his face like an
+enraged cat. He was the first to arouse in me those sudden and violent
+outbursts of rage that characterized me as a man, outbreaks which
+could scarcely have been foreseen in a child of my sweet and patient
+disposition.
+
+I would be doing myself a great injustice in saying that I was
+altogether a bad scholar, I was, rather, an unequal and erratic one; one
+day at the head of my class, the next day at the foot; but on the whole
+I maintained a fair average, and at the end of the year I received the
+prize for translation--I won no others however. It surprised me that
+every one in the class did not receive the prize that I had won without
+great effort, for translation was extraordinarily easy for me. On the
+other hand I found composition very difficult, and narration still more
+so.
+
+Little by little I deserted my own work-desk, and in my aunt Claire's
+room, near the china bon-bon bear, I underwent with as much resignation
+as possible, the torture that the preparing of my tasks imposed. On the
+wainscoting of the wall, in a hidden recess of the room, there is still
+visible, among the other fantastical sketches, a pen-portrait of the
+"Big Ape"; the ink has faded to a light yellow, but the drawing has
+endured, and when I look at it I again feel a sort of deadly weariness,
+and a sensation of suffocation chills me through and through--in short I
+once more live over those dread school-days.
+
+Aunt Claire was more than ever my resource during those hard times; she
+always looked up words for me in the dictionary, and often she took upon
+herself the task of writing for me, in an assumed hand, the exercises
+exacted by the "Big Ape."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LIII.
+
+
+
+Bring me, please, dear, the second . . . no, the third drawer of my
+chiffonier.
+
+It is mamma who is speaking; she is busying herself with the drawers
+of the chiffonier which every day, for many years, she had asked me
+to bring to her,--sometimes she pretends to need them merely for the
+purpose of pleasing me by requiring my services. It was one of the
+things that I was able to do for her when I was very little: to carry
+to her one or another of those tiny drawers. It was an honored custom in
+our household for a long time.
+
+At the time of my life of which I am now writing it was in the evening,
+at dusk, after my return from school, that I busied myself carrying
+the little chiffonier drawers. I usually found mamma seated in her
+accustomed place near the window chatting or embroidering, her work
+basket was before her, and the bureau, whose different compartments
+she required from time to time, was situated some distance away, in an
+anteroom.
+
+The Louis XVth chiffonier was very much revered, for it had belonged to
+great-grandmothers. In it there were some very old and very tiny painted
+boxes which had doubtless been handled every day by one or another of
+our ancestresses. It goes without saying that I knew all the secrets of
+these compartments that were kept in such exquisite order; there was
+a special place for silks that was classified by being put into ribbon
+bags; one for needles, another for braid, and still another for little
+hooks. And these things were still arranged, I have no doubt, as they
+had been in our grandmother's days, whose saintly activity my mother
+imitated.
+
+To bring the drawers of the chiffonier to mamma was the joy and pride
+of my childhood, and there has been no change in my feelings for those
+little compartments since that time. They have always inspired me with
+the most tender respect; they are blended with the image of my
+mother and they recall to me her beautiful, skillful hands, ever busy
+manufacturing some pretty, useful article,--even to her last piece of
+embroidery which was a handkerchief for me.
+
+In my seventeenth year, when we met great reverses--at that troubled
+time of which I will not speak here, but only mention because I have
+already, in preceding chapters, touched upon the matter--we had to face,
+for several months, the dreadful possibility of being obliged to part
+with our old home and all the precious things that it contained. At that
+time when I passed in review all the beloved memories and habits and
+mementoes that I would need to break with, one of my most agonizing
+thoughts was: "Never more will I be able to come and go in the
+ante-chamber where the chiffonier stands, nor never again be able to
+carry its precious little drawers to mamma."
+
+And her very old-fashioned work-basket that I had begged her not to
+discard, although it was much worn, with its little articles, needle
+books, receptacles for thimbles and screws for holding the embroidery
+frames! The thought that a time must surely come when the well-beloved
+hands that daily touch these things will touch them no more, fills me
+with so much sorrow that I am bereft of all courage and I struggle in
+vain against invading sad emotions. Let me hope that as long as I live
+it may remain as it is, that for so long it will be guarded with the
+sacredness of a relic; but to whom can I bequeath this heirloom with
+the assurance that it will be cherished? What will become of those poor
+little trifles that are so precious to me?
+
+That work-basket belonging to my mother, and the little drawers of the
+old chiffonier are, I doubt not, the things that I will part with most
+regretfully when the time comes for me to go into the world.
+
+Truly all of this is very puerile and childish, and I am ashamed of
+it;--and yet I am almost weeping as I write it.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LIV.
+
+
+
+Because of the haste and confusion brought about by conflicting school
+tasks, I had not for many months found time to read my Bible; indeed I
+scarcely had time for a morning prayer.
+
+I still went to church regularly every Sunday; that is we all went there
+together. I reverenced the family pew where we had assembled for so
+many years; and apart from that reason I hold it dear because it is
+associated in my memory with my mother.
+
+It was at church, however, that my faith continued to receive its most
+damaging blows; it was there that religion seemed a cold and meaningless
+term to me. Usually the commentaries, the narrow human reasoning and
+dissection took away from the beauty of the Bible and the Gospels,
+and deprived them of their grandly solemn and exquisite poetry. For a
+peculiar nature like mine it was very difficult to have any one touch
+upon holy subjects (in such a way as did the minister) without in some
+measure, in my opinion, desecrating them. The family worship, held every
+evening, awakened in me the only religious meditation that I now knew,
+for the voice that read or prayed was exceedingly dear to me, and that
+changed everything.
+
+My untiring contemplation of nature, and the reflections that I indulged
+in in the presence of the fossils I had brought from the mountains and
+cliffs, and placed in my museum, indicated that there had been bred in
+me a vague and unconscious pantheism.
+
+In short my deeply rooted and still-living faith was covered over with
+encumbering earth. At times it threw out a green shoot, but for the most
+part it lay like an entirely dead thing in the cold ground. Moreover, I
+was too much troubled to pray; my conscience, still restive and timid,
+gave me no rest during the time that I was on my knees,--I always felt
+remorse gnaw at me then because of the slovenly and half-done tasks, and
+because of the feelings of hate I had for the "Big Ape" and the "Bull
+of Apis," emotions that I was obliged to hide and disguise until I
+shuddered at the falsehoods I spoke and acted. These things gave me
+poignant remorse and excruciating moral distress, and to escape from
+these emotions I indulged in noisy sports and foolish laughter; and
+when my conscience troubled me most, and I dared not, therefore, appear
+before my parents, I took refuge with the servants, played tennis,
+jumped the rope, or make a great racket.
+
+For two or three years I had not spoken of a religious vocation, for
+I now understood that such a desire was a thing of the past, was
+impossible; but I had not found anything to put in its place. When
+strangers asked what career I was being prepared for, my parents, a
+little anxious in regard to my future, did not know what to say; and I
+knew still less what to reply.
+
+However my brother, who was also much concerned over my enigmatical
+future, in one of those letters that seemed always to come from an
+enchanted land, suggested, because of a certain facility in mathematics
+and a certain precision of nature, certainly anomalies in one of my
+temperament, that it might be well for me to study engineering. And
+when they consulted me and I replied apathetically: "Very well, it is
+agreeable enough to me," the matter seemed satisfactorily settled.
+
+I would need to spend a little more than a year at a polytechnic school
+in order to prepare myself. To be there or elsewhere, what difference
+did it make to me? . . . When I contemplated the men of a certain age
+who surrounded me, those occupying the most honorable positions, who
+had every claim to respect and consideration, I would say to myself:
+"It will some day be necessary for me to live a useful, sedate life in
+a given place and fixed sphere as they do, and to grow old as they
+are--and that is all!" And a bitter hopelessness overwhelmed me as I
+brooded on the thought; I yearned for the impossible; I longed most of
+all to remain a child forever, and the reflection that the years were
+fleeing, and that, whether I would or would not, I must become a man,
+was anguish to me.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LV.
+
+
+
+Twice a week, in the history classes, I came in contact with the naval
+students. To give themselves a sailor-like appearance they wore red
+sashes, and they constantly drew ships and anchors on their copy-books.
+
+I never dreamed of that career for myself; scarcely oftener than once
+or twice had such a thought passed through my mind and then it had
+disquieted me: it was, however, the only life in which I could indulge
+my taste for travel and adventure. It terrified me, this naval career,
+more than any other because of the long exiles it imposed, exiles that
+faith could no longer make seem endurable, as in the days when I had
+expressed a desire to become a missionary.
+
+To go far away as my brother had done; to be separated from my mother
+and other beloved ones for years and years; not to see during that time
+the little yard reclothe itself in green at the coming of the spring,
+nor to see the roses bloom upon the old wall, no, I had not the courage
+to undertake it.
+
+Because it was assumed, doubtless because of my peculiar education, that
+such a rough life was wholly unsuited to me. And I knew very well, from
+some words that had been spoken in my hearing, that should so wild an
+idea gain a lodgment with me my parents would withhold their consent and
+thwart me in every way.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LVI.
+
+
+
+On my Thursday holidays during the winter, after having finished
+my duties and accomplished all my school tasks, I felt the greatest
+homesickness when I mounted to my museum. It was always a little late
+when I finished my lessons, and the light was usually fading when I
+looked down at the great meadows that appeared inexpressibly melancholy
+as they stretched before me enwrapped in a grayish-pink mist. I was
+homesick for the summer, homesick for the sun and the south, all of
+which were suggested by the butterflies from my uncle's garden that I
+had arranged and pinned under glass, and by the mountain fossils that
+the little Peyrals and I had collected in the summer time.
+
+It was a foretaste of that longing for somewhere else which later, after
+my return from long voyages to tropical countries, spoiled my visits to
+my home.
+
+Oh! there was in particular the pinkish-yellow butterfly! There were
+times when I experienced a bitter pleasure in seeking to understand the
+great sadness that it caused me. It was in the glass case at the far
+end of the room; its two colors so fresh and unusual, like a Chinese
+painting, or a fairy's robe, were exquisite foils for each other; the
+butterfly formed a luminous whole that shone out brightly in the gray
+twilight, and it caused the other butterflies surrounding it to look as
+dull as dun-colored little bats.
+
+As soon as my eyes rested upon it I seemed to hear drawled out lazily,
+in a mountaineer's treble, the refrain: "Ah! ah! the good, good story!"
+And again I saw the white porch of Bories in the midst of the silence
+and the hot sunshine of a summer noon. A deep regret for past and
+gone vacations took possession of me; I felt saddened when I tried to
+recreate days belonging to a dead past, and tried to imagine vacations
+still to come; but mingled in with sentiments that I can name, there
+were those other inexpressible ones that well up from the unfathomable
+deeps of one's being.
+
+This association between the butterfly, the song and Bories caused me
+for a long time an extreme sadness that, try as hard as I may, I cannot
+explain satisfactorily; and the feeling continued until stormy and
+tempestuous winds swept over my life and carried away with them the
+small concerns belonging to my childhood.
+
+Sometimes, upon gray winters evenings, when I looked at the butterfly
+I would sing to myself the little refrain of the "good, good story;" to
+accomplish this I had to make my voice very flute-like; and as I sang,
+the porch of Bories appeared to me more vividly than ever, as it stood,
+sunny but desolate, under the dazzling light of the September noon. This
+association was a little like the one that later established itself for
+me between the sad falsetto of the Arab songs, the snowy splendor of
+their mosques and the winding-sheet whiteness of their lime-washed
+porticos.
+
+That butterfly in all the freshness and radiance of its two strange
+colors, mummified, it is true, but as brilliant looking as ever under
+its glass, retains for me a sort of old-time charm which I cherish. The
+little St. Hermangardes, whom I have not seen for many years, and who
+are now attached to an embassy somewhere in the Orient, would
+doubtless, should they read this, be much astonished to learn what value
+circumstances has given to their little present.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LVII.
+
+
+
+The chief event of these winters, so poisoned by my college life, was
+the gift-giving festival that we had at New Year.
+
+At about the end of November it was our custom, my sister's, Lucette's
+and mine, to make out a list of the things we desired most. Everybody in
+the two families prepared surprises for us, and the mystery surrounding
+these gifts was our most exquisite pleasure during the last days of the
+year. Between parents, grandmother and aunts there occurred, to excite
+my curiosity still further, conversations full of mysterious hints, and
+whisperings that were hastily discontinued as soon as I appeared.
+
+Between Lucette and me it became a real guessing game. As in the play of
+"Words with a double meaning," we had the right to ask certain pointed
+questions,--for example we asked the most ridiculous ones, such as: "Has
+it hair like an animal?"
+
+And the answers went something after this fashion:
+
+What your father is to give you (a dressing-case made of leather)
+had hair, but it has none now, except on some portion of its interior
+(brushes), and that is false. Your mamma's present (a fur muff) still
+has some hair. What your aunt is to give you (a lamp) will help you to
+see the hair on the others better; but, let me see, yes, I am sure that
+that has none.
+
+In the December twilights, in that hour between daylight and darkness,
+we would sit upon our low stools before the wood-fire, and continue our
+series of questions from day to day. We grew ever more eager and excited
+until the 31st, and in the evening of that momentous day the mysteries
+were revealed.
+
+That day the presents for the two families, wrapped, tied and labeled,
+were piled upon tables in a room closed against Lucette and me. At eight
+o'clock the doors were thrown open and we filed in, the elders going
+first, and each one of us sought for his own gift among the heap of
+white parcels. For me the moment of entry was an exceedingly joyous one,
+and until I was twelve or thirteen years of age, I could not refrain
+from jumping and leaping like a kid long before it came time for us to
+cross the threshold.
+
+We had supper at eleven, and when the clock in the dining room struck
+the midnight hour, tranquilly, in harmony with the sound of its calm
+stroke, we separated in the first moments of those New Years that
+are now buried under the ashes of many succeeding ones. And on those
+evenings I fell asleep with all my gifts in my room near me. I even
+kept the favorite ones upon my bed. The following morning I always waked
+earlier than usual so that I might re-examine them; they cast a spell of
+enchantment over that winter morning, the first one of a new year.
+
+Once there was, among my presents, a large illustrated book treating of
+the antediluvian world.
+
+Through the study of fossils I had already been initiated into the
+mysteries of prehistoric creations. I knew something about those
+terrible creatures that in geologic times shook the primitive forests
+with their heavy tread; for a long time the thought of them disquieted
+me. I found them all in my book pictured in their proper habitat,
+surrounded by great brakes, and standing under a leaden sky.
+
+The antediluvian world already haunted my imagination and became the
+constant subject of my dreams; often I concentrated my whole mind upon
+it, and endeavored to picture to myself one of its gigantic landscapes
+that seemed ever enveloped in a sinister and gloomy twilight with a
+background filled in with great moving shadows. Then when the vision
+thus created took on a seeming reality I felt an inexpressible sadness
+that was like an exhalation of the soul,--as soon as the emotion passed
+the dream-structure vanished.
+
+Soon after this I sketched a new scene for the "Donkey's Skin;" it
+was one representing the liassic period. I painted a dismal swamp
+overshadowed by lowering clouds, where, in the shave-grass and the
+gigantic ferns, strange extinct beasts wandered slowly.
+
+The play of the "Donkey's Skin" seemed no longer the same Donkey's Skin.
+I discarded one by one the little stage people who now offended me by
+their uncompromising doll-like stiffness; they were relegated to their
+card-board box, the poor little things, where they slept the sleep
+eternal, and without doubt they will never be exhumed.
+
+My new scenes had nothing in common with the old fairy spectacle: in the
+depths of virgin forests, in exotic gardens, and oriental palaces
+formed of pearls and gold I tried to realize, with the small means at
+my command, all my dreams, while waiting for that improbable better time
+that ever lies in the future.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LVIII.
+
+
+
+That hard winter passed under the ferule of the "Bull of Apis" and the
+"Great Ape," finally came to an end and spring returned; it was always
+a troublous time for us, the scholars, for the first mild days gave us
+a great longing to be out, and we could scarcely hide our restlessness.
+The roses budded everywhere upon our old walls; my beloved little
+garden, bright and warm under the March sunshine, tempted me, and I
+would tarry there a long time to watch the insects wake up, and to see
+the early butterflies and bees fly away. Even the revised "Donkey's
+Skin" was neglected.
+
+I was no longer escorted to and from school, for I had persuaded my
+family to discontinue a custom that made me ridiculous in the eyes of
+my companions. Often, before returning home, I would take a long and
+roundabout way and pass by the peaceful ramparts from where I had
+glimpses of other provinces, and a sight of the distant country.
+
+I worked with even less zeal than usual that spring, for the beautiful
+weather that tempted me out of doors turned my head and made study
+almost impossible.
+
+Assuredly one of the things for which I had the least aptitude was
+French composition; I generally composed a mere rough draught without a
+particle of embellishment to redeem it. In the class there was a boy who
+was a very eagle, and he always read his lucubrations aloud. Oh! with
+what unction he read out his pretty creations! (He is now settled in a
+manufacturing town, and has become the most prosaic of petty bailiffs.)
+One day the subject given out was: "A Shipwreck." To me the words had
+a lyrical sound! But, nevertheless, I handed in my paper with only the
+title and my name inscribed upon it. No, I could not make up my mind
+to elaborate the subjects given to us by the "Great Ape"; a sort of
+instinctive good taste kept me from writing trite commonplaces, and as
+for putting down things of my own imagining, the knowledge that they
+would be read and picked to pieces by the old bogey made it impossible
+for me to compose anything.
+
+I loved, however, even at this time, to write for myself, but I did it
+with the greatest secrecy. Not in the desk in my room that was profaned
+by lessons and copy-books, but in the little old-fashioned one that was
+part of the furniture of my museum, there was hidden away a unique thing
+that represented my first attempt at a journal. It looked like a sibyl's
+conjuring book, or an Assyrian manuscript; a seeming endless strip
+of paper was rolled upon a reed; at the head of this there were two
+varieties of the Egyptian sphinx and a cabalistic star drawn in red
+ink,--and under these mysterious signs I wrote down, upon the full
+length of the paper and in a cipher of my own invention, daily events
+and reflections. A year later, however, because of the labor involved in
+transcribing the cryptographic characters I had chosen I discarded them
+and used the ordinary letters; but I continued my work with the greatest
+secrecy, and I kept my manuscript under lock and key as if it were an
+interdicted book. I inscribed there, not so much the events of my almost
+colorless existence, as my incoherent impressions, the melancholy that
+I felt at twilight, my regret for past summers, and my dreams of distant
+countries. . . . I already had a longing to give my fugitive emotions a
+determinative quality, I needed to wrestle against my own weaknesses
+and frailties and to banish, if possible, the dream-like element that
+I seemed to discover in all the things about me, and for that reason I
+continued my journal until a few years ago. . . . But at that time the
+mere idea that a day might come when someone would have a peep at it was
+insupportable to me; so much so indeed that if I left home and went to
+the Island or elsewhere for a few days, I always took care to seal up my
+journal, and with the greatest solemnity I wrote upon the packet: "It is
+my last wish that this book be burned without being read."
+
+God knows, I have changed since then. But it would be going too far
+beyond the limits of this story of my childhood to recount here through
+what changes in my life's view-point it chances that I now sing aloud
+of my woes, and cry out to the passers-by, for the purpose of drawing
+to myself the sympathy of distant unknown ones; and I call out with the
+greater anguish in proportion as I feel myself approaching nearer and
+nearer to the final dust. . . . And who knows? perhaps as I grow older
+I may write of those still more sacred things which at present cannot be
+forced from me,--and by that means try to prolong beyond the bounds of
+my individual life, memory of my being, of my sorrows, and joys, and
+love.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LIX.
+
+
+
+The return that spring of little Jeanne's father from a sea voyage
+interested me greatly. For several days her house was topsy-turvy with
+preparation, and one could guess the joy they felt over his approaching
+arrival. The frigate that he commanded reached port a little earlier
+than his family expected it, and from my window I saw him, one fine
+evening, hurrying along the street alone, on his way home to surprise
+his people. He had arrived from I know not which distant colony after an
+absence of two or three years, but it did not seem to me that he was
+the least altered in appearance. . . . One could then return to his
+home unchanged? They did come to an end after all, those years of exile,
+which now I find, in truth, much shorter than they seemed in those days!
+My brother himself was to return the following autumn, and it would
+doubtless then seem as if he had never been away from us.
+
+And what joyous events those home-comings were! And what a distinction
+surrounded those who had but newly returned from so great a distance!
+
+The next day in Jeanne's yard I watched them unpack the enormous wooden
+boxes that her father had brought from strange countries; some of them
+were covered with tarpaulin cloth,--pieces of sails no doubt, that were
+impregnated with the agreeable odor of the ship and the sea; two sailors
+wearing large blue collars were busy uncording and unscrewing them;
+and they took from them strange looking objects that had an odor of the
+"colonies;" straw mats, water jars and Chinese vases; even cocoanuts and
+other tropical fruits.
+
+Jeanne's grandfather, himself an old seaman, was standing near me
+watching from the corner of his eye the process of unpacking; suddenly,
+from between the boards of a case that was being broken open with a
+hatchet, there crawled out hastily some ugly little brown insects that
+the sailors jumped on with their feet and destroyed.
+
+"Cockroaches are they not, Captain?" I inquired of the grandfather.
+
+"Ha! How do you know that, you little landlubber?" he laughingly
+responded.
+
+To tell the truth, I had never seen any such insects before; but uncles
+who had lived in the tropics often spoke of them. And I was delighted to
+make the acquaintance of these tiny creatures that are peculiar to ships
+and to warm countries.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LX.
+
+
+
+Spring! Spring!
+
+The white roses and the jasmine bloomed on our old garden wall, and the
+deliciously fragrant honeysuckle hung its long garlands over it.
+
+I began to live there from morning until night in closest intimacy with
+the plants and the old stones. I listened to the sound of the water as
+it plashed in the shade of the majestic plum tree, I studied the grasses
+and the wood mosses that grew at the edge of my little lake; and upon
+the warm side of the garden where the sun shone all through the day, the
+cactus put out its buds.
+
+My Wednesday evening trips to Limoise commenced again,--and it goes
+without saying that I dreamed of the beloved place from one week to the
+next to the detriment of my lessons and my other duties.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXI.
+
+
+
+I believe that that spring was the most radiant and the most ravishingly
+happy one of my childhood, in contrast no doubt to the terrible winter
+spent under the rigorous care of the Great Ape.
+
+Oh! the end of May, the high grass and then the June mowing! In what a
+glory of golden light I see it all again!
+
+I took evening walks with my father and sister as I had done during
+my earlier years; they now came to meet me at the close of school,
+at half-past four, and we set out immediately for the fields. Our
+preference that spring was for a certain meadow abloom with pink
+amourettes, and I always brought home great bouquets of these flowers.
+
+In that same meadow a migratory and ephemeral species of moth, black
+and pink (of the same pink as the amourettes) had hatched out, and they
+slept poised on the long stalks of the grass, or flew away as lightly as
+the flowers shed their petals when we walked through the hay. . . . And
+all of these things appear to me again as I saw them in the exquisite,
+limpid June atmosphere. . . . During the afternoon classes, the thought
+of the sun-dappled meadows made me more restless than did even the mild
+air and the spring odors that came in through the open windows.
+
+I cherish particularly the remembrance of an evening in which my mother
+had promised, as a special favor, to join us in our walk to the fields
+of pink amourettes. That afternoon I had been more inattentive than
+usual, and the Great Ape had threatened to keep me in, and all during
+my lessons I firmly believed that I was to be punished. This keeping
+in after school, which shut us away from the beautiful June day an
+hour longer, was always a cruel torture. But to-day my heart felt
+particularly heavy as I reflected that mamma would, doubtless, come at
+the appointed hour and expect me,--and with some bitterness I thought
+that the springtime was so very short, that the hay would soon need to
+be cut, and that perhaps there would not be, the whole summer long, such
+another glorious evening as this one.
+
+As soon as school was over I anxiously consulted the fatal list in
+the hands of the monitor; my name was not there! The Big Black Ape had
+forgotten me, or had been merciful!
+
+Oh! with what joy I rushed away to join mamma who had kept her promise
+and who, with my father and sister, smilingly awaited me. . . . The air
+that I breathed in was more delicious than ever, it was exquisitely soft
+and balmy, and the atmosphere had a tropical resplendence.
+
+When I recall that time, when I think of those meadows all abloom with
+amourettes, and of those pink moths, there is mingled, to my regret, a
+sort of indefinable pain whose intensity I cannot understand, an anguish
+I always feel when I find myself in the presence of things that impress
+and charm me with their undercurrent of mystery.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXII.
+
+
+
+I have already said that I was extraordinarily childish for my years.
+
+If the personage I then was could but be brought into the presence of
+the little Parisian boys of twelve or thirteen, educated according to
+the more perfect modern method, who at so early an age declaim, discuss
+and harangue, and entertain all sorts of political ideas, I would, I am
+sure, be struck dumb by their discourses, and how singular they would
+find me and with what disdain they would treat me!
+
+I am myself astonished at the childishness that I displayed in certain
+ways, for in artistic perception and imagination, in spite of my lack
+of method, and lack of real knowledge, I was incontestably more advanced
+than are the majority of boys of my age; if that youthful journal,
+the strip of paper wrapped about a reed in the similitude of a
+conjuring-book, of which I spoke a short time ago, were still in
+existence it would emphasize twenty fold this pale record, on which it
+seems to me there has already fallen the dust of ages.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXIII.
+
+
+
+My room where I now scarcely ever installed myself to study, and which
+I seldom entered except at night to sleep, became, during the beautiful
+month of June, my palace of delight, and I went there after dinner to
+enjoy the long, and mild, and beautiful twilights. I had invented a
+sport which I deemed an improvement upon the rag-rat trick that the
+dirty little street urchins whisked, at the end of long strings, about
+the feet and legs of the passers-by. My game amused me greatly and I
+prosecuted it with vivacity. It would, I think, amuse me still if I
+dared play it, and I hope that my trick will be imitated by all the
+youngsters who are imprudently allowed to read this chapter.
+
+On the other side of the street, just opposite my window, and similarly
+upon the second floor there lived the good old maid, Miss Victoire--(she
+wore a great old-fashioned frilled cap and round spectacles). I had
+obtained permission from her to fix to the fastening of her shutter a
+string that I then brought all across the street and into my window, the
+remainder of this string I rolled upon a stick, ball-fashion.
+
+In the evening, as soon as the light waned, a bird of my own
+manufacture--a sort of absurd and impossible crow, made out of iron wire
+and with black silk wings--came slyly from between my venetian blinds
+that I immediately closed after the exit of the creature, this bird
+descended in a droll way and posed on the paving stones in the middle
+of the street. A ring on which it was suspended, and which allowed it to
+slip freely the length of the string, was not visible because of the
+dim light, and from time to time I made the crow hop and skip comically
+about on the ground.
+
+And when the passers-by paused to gaze at this unlikely looking bird
+that fluttered about so gayly--whiz! I would pull the string that I held
+firmly in my hand, and the bird would leap from under their very noses
+and mount high in the air.
+
+Oh! how amused I was, those beautiful evenings, when I peeped out from
+behind my venetian blinds; how I laughed to myself over the surprised
+exclamations and the bewilderment of those fooled, and how I enjoyed
+rehearsing to myself their probable reflections and guesses. And to me
+the most astonishing part was that after the first moment of surprise,
+the persons whom I tricked laughed as heartily as I; it should be
+mentioned that the majority of those passing were neighbors who must
+certainly have had some inkling of the mystifying joke about to be
+played on them. I was much loved in the neighborhood at that time. Or
+if the pedestrians chanced to be sailors, the easy going fellows,
+themselves only grown children, were much delighted with my child's
+play.
+
+What will always remain an incomprehensible mystery to me is that in my
+family, where we seldom sinned through an excess of reserve towards
+each other, they shut their eyes to my trick, and thus tacitly gave me
+permission to play it during the entire spring; I am not able to explain
+to myself how it chanced that they failed to correct me, and the years
+instead of clearing up this mystery only serve to intensify it.
+
+That black bird has naturally become one of my many relics; at
+intervals, during the past two or three years, I have looked at it; it
+is somewhat dingy, but it always recalls to me the beautiful evenings
+in June, now vanished, the delicious intoxication of that springtime of
+long ago.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXIV.
+
+
+
+Those Thursdays at Limoise when the fierce heat of the noon-day sun
+overwhelmed everything, and the country side lay asleep and silent under
+its pitiless rays, it was my habit to clamber up to the top of the old
+wall that enclosed the garden, and there I sat astride and immovable for
+a long time. The branching ivy reached to my shoulders and innumerable
+flies and locusts buzzed around me. From the height of this observatory
+I had a view of the hot and lonely region lying beyond, of the moorland
+and woodland, and from there I saw a thin white veil of mist that was
+agitated ceaselessly by the waves of heat, as the surface of a tiny lake
+is ruffled by the least wind. Those horizons seen from Limoise still had
+for me the strange mystery I had endowed them with in the first summers
+of my life. The region visible from the top of the wall was a rather
+solitary one, and I tried to make myself believe that the waste land
+and woodland was a veritable untrodden country that stretched out
+indefinitely; and although I now knew well that about me everywhere
+there were roads; cultivated fields, and prosperous villages, I
+succeeded in clinging to the illusion that the surrounding country and
+contiguous lands were wild and primitive.
+
+And the better to deceive myself I took care to shut out, by looking
+through my fingers folded together spy-glass fashion, all that would
+have spoiled for me the impression of loneliness; an old farm house, for
+instance, with its bit of cultivated vineyard and smooth road.
+
+And there all alone, in that silence murmurous with the buzzing of many
+insects, distracted by nothing, always turning my hollowed hand towards
+the most desolate portion of the landscape, I succeeded in gaining an
+impression of distant, tropical countries.
+
+I had impressions of Brazil particularly, but I do not know why in those
+moments of contemplation the neighboring forest always suggested that
+country to me.
+
+In passing I must describe this forest, the first one of all the earth's
+forests that I knew, and the one I loved the best: the straight, slim
+trunks of the ancient evergreen oaks, of sombre foliage, were like the
+columns of a church; not a particle of brush grew under them, but the
+dry soil was covered all the year with the most exquisite short grass,
+soft and fine as down, and here and there grew furze, dropwort and other
+rare flowers that thrive in the shade.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXV.
+
+
+
+The Iliad was being explained to us in class,--no doubt I would have
+loved it, but our master had made it odious by his analysis, his
+difficult tasks and his parrot-like recitals;--but suddenly I stopped,
+filled with admiration of a famous line, whose end is musical as the
+murmur of the waves of the incoming tide as they spread their sheets of
+foam upon the pebbly shore.
+
+"Observe," said the Big Ape, "observe the inceptive harmony."
+
+Zounds! Yes, I had observed it. Little need to take the trouble to point
+out such a sentence to me.
+
+I also had a great admiration, less justified perhaps, for some lines
+from Virgil.
+
+Since the beginning of the Ecloque I had, with the greatest interest,
+followed the two shepherds as they made their way across the fields
+of ancient Rome. I could picture it to myself so vividly, those Roman
+meadows of two thousand years ago: hot, a little sterile, with thickets
+of almost petrified shrubs, and evergreen oaks like the stony moorland
+of Limoise, where I had experienced precisely the pastoral charm that I
+discovered in this description of a past time.
+
+Onward went the two shepherds, and suddenly, they perceived that their
+journey was half over, "because the tomb of Bianor was immediately below
+them . . ." Oh! how vividly I saw that tomb of Bianor disclose itself to
+their view. Its old stones, that made a white blot on the reddish road,
+were covered with tiny sun-scorched plants, wild thyme or marjoram, and
+here and there grew stunted dark foliaged shrubs. And the sonority of
+the word Bianoris with which the sentence ended suddenly and magically
+evoked for me the musical humming of the insects that buzzed around the
+two travellers who, upon that bygone day in June, walked onward in the
+great silence and serene tranquillity of the hot noon enkindled by a
+younger sun. I was no longer in the schoolroom; I was in the meadows
+with the shepherds walking with them this radiant summer day through the
+sun-scorched flowers and grass of a Roman field,--but still all seemed
+softened and vague as if looked at through a telescope that had the
+power to draw into its line of vision ages long past.
+
+Who knows? Perhaps if the Big Ape could but have divined the causes
+that led to my momentary inattention it might have brought about an
+understanding between us.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXVI.
+
+
+
+One Thursday evening at Limoise, just before the inevitable hour for my
+departure, I went up alone to the large, old room on the second floor in
+which I slept. First I leaned out of the open window to watch the July
+sun sink behind the stony fields and fern heaths that lay towards the
+sea, which though very near us was invisible. These sunsets at the end
+of my Thursday holidays always overwhelmed me with melancholy.
+
+During the last minutes of my stay I felt a desire, one I had never
+known before, to rummage in the old Louis XV bookcase that stood near
+my bed. There among the volumes in their century-old bindings, where
+the worms, never disturbed, slowly bored their galleries, I found a book
+made of thick rough old-fashioned paper, and this I opened carelessly.
+. . . In it I read, with a thrill of emotion, that from noon until
+four o'clock in the afternoon, on the 20th of June, 1813, south of
+the equator, in longitude 110 and latitude 15 (between the tropics,
+consequently, and in the middle of the South Pacific Ocean) there was
+fair weather, a beautiful sea, a fine southeast breeze, and in the
+sky many little clouds called "cat-tails," and that alongside the ship
+dolphins were passing.
+
+He who had seen the dolphins pass, and who had recorded the fugitive
+cloud forms had doubtless been dead for many years. I knew that the
+book was what is called a ship's log-book, one in which seafaring people
+write every day. Its appearance did not strike me as strange, although
+I had never before had one in my hand. But for me it was a wonderful
+and unexpected experience to thus suddenly come into a knowledge of the
+aspect of the sea and sky in the midst of the South Pacific Ocean, at
+a given time in a year long past. . . . Oh! for a glimpse of that
+beautiful and tranquil sea, of those "cat-tails" that dotted the deep
+blue arch of the sky, and of those dolphins that swiftly traversed the
+lonely southern waters!
+
+In this sailor's life, in this profession so terrifying (a career
+forbidden to me), how many delightful things happened! I had never until
+this evening realized it with such intensity.
+
+The memory of that hasty little reading is the reason why, during my
+watches at sea, whenever a helmsman signals a passage of dolphins, I
+have always turned my eyes in their direction to watch them; and it
+has always given me a peculiar pleasure to note the incident in the
+log-book, differing so little from the one in which the sailors of June,
+1813, had written before me.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXVII.
+
+
+
+During the vacation that followed, our departure for the south and the
+mountains enchanted me more than did my first trip there.
+
+As in the preceding summer we started, my sister and I, at the beginning
+of August. While it was no longer a journey of adventure, the pleasure
+of returning and again finding there all the things that had formerly so
+delighted me surpassed the charm of going forth to meet the unknown.
+
+Between the point where the railroad ended and the village in which
+our cousins lived, in the course of the long carriage ride, our little
+coachman, in venturing to take what he supposed a short cut, lost his
+way, and he carried us into the most exquisite forest nooks. The weather
+was beautiful and radiant. With what joy I saluted the first peasant
+women whom I saw walking along with great copper water-jars upon their
+heads, and the first swarthy peasants conversing in the well remembered
+dialect, how I rejoiced when we rolled along over the blood-colored
+roads, and when the mountains junipers came into view.
+
+At about noon-time we stopped in a shady valley in a sequestered village
+called Veyrac to rest our horses, and we seated ourselves at the foot of
+a chestnut tree. There we were attacked by the ducks of the place, the
+boldest and most ill bred in the world. They flocked around us in an
+unseemly manner, uttering shrill cries and quacking hideously. As we
+departed, even after we were in our carriage, these infuriated creatures
+followed us; whereupon my sister turned towards them, and with all the
+dignity of an old-time traveller outraged by an inhospitable population
+exclaimed: "Ducks of Veyrac, be ye accursed!" And for several years
+I could not keep a straight face when I remembered the foolish and
+prolonged laughter that I indulged in at the time. Above all I cannot
+think of that day without regretting the resplendence of the sun and the
+blue sky, a resplendence that I never see now.
+
+As we drew near we were met on our way at the bridge spanning the river,
+by our cousins and the Peyrals. I discovered with pleasure that my
+little band was complete. We had all grown taller by several inches; but
+we found immediately that we were not otherwise changed, we were still
+children ready for the same childish games.
+
+At night-fall there was a terrific storm. And while the thunder boomed
+around us as if it was bombarding the roof of my uncle's house, and when
+all the old stone gargoyles in the village were pouring forth torrents
+of water that rushed tumultuously over the black pebbles in the street,
+we took refuge, the little Peyrals and I, in the kitchen, and there we
+made a racket and joyously danced around in a ring.
+
+It was a very large kitchen, furnished in an old-fashioned way with a
+perfect arsenal of burnished copper utensils; every variety of pan and
+kettle, shining like pieces of armor, hung on the halls in the order of
+their size. It was almost dark, and from the moist earth came the fresh
+odor one usually smells after a storm, after a summer rain; and through
+the thick iron-barred Louis XIII windows the lurid, green lightning
+flashed incessantly and blinded us and compelled us, in spite of
+ourselves, to close our eyes. We turned round and round like mad beings,
+and sang together: "The star of night whose peaceful light." . . . It
+was a sentimental song, never intended for dance music, but we scanned
+it drolly and mockingly, and thus made of it an accommodating and
+tuneful dance measure. We continued our joyous sport for I do not
+know how long a time; we were excited by the noise of the storm and
+we whirled around like little dervishes; it was a merry-making in
+celebration of my return; it was a fitting way of inaugurating the
+holidays; it was a defiance to the Big Ape, and it was an appropriate
+prologue to the series of expeditions and childish sports of every kind
+that were to recommence, with more ardor than ever, the next day.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXVIII.
+
+
+
+The following morning at daybreak when I awoke, a noisy cadence, to
+which I was unaccustomed, fell upon my ears; the neighboring weaver had
+already commenced, even with the dawn, to work his ancient loom, and the
+musical to and fro of its shuttle had roused me. Then after the first
+drowsy, dreamy moment I remembered, with overwhelming joy, that I was
+at my uncle's in the south; that this was the morning of the first day;
+that I had before me the prospect of a whole summer of out-of-door
+life and wildest liberty--had August and September, two months that at
+present pass as quickly as if they were but two days, but which then
+seemed of a fairly respectable duration. With a feeling of rapture,
+after I had wholly shaken off my sleep, I came into a full consciousness
+of myself and the realities of my life; I felt "joy at my waking."
+
+The preceding winter I had read a story of the Indians of the Great
+Lakes, and one thing in it had impressed me so deeply that I always
+remembered it: an old Indian chief, whose daughter was pining away
+because of her love for a white man, had finally consented to give her
+to the alien so that she might once more feel "joy at her waking."
+
+Joy at her waking! Indeed, for some time I had myself noticed that the
+moment of waking is always the one in which I had the most distinct and
+vivid impression of joy or sorrow; and it is then, at the waking hour,
+that one finds it so particularly painful to be without joy; my first
+little sorrows and remorses, my anxieties about the future, were the
+things that usually obtruded themselves cruelly--however the feeling of
+sadness vanished very quickly in those days.
+
+At a later time I had very gloomy and sad awakenings. And there are
+times now when I have moments of terrifying clearness of vision during
+which I seem to see, if I may so express it, into the depths of life;
+it is at such moments that life presents itself to me without those
+pleasing mirages that during the day still delude me; during those
+moments I appear to have a more vivid realization of the rapid flight
+of the years, the crumbling away of all that I endeavor to hold to, I
+almost realize the final unimaginable nothingness, I see the bottomless
+pit of death, near at hand, no longer in any way disguised.
+
+But that morning I had a joyful awaking, and unable to remain quietly
+in bed, I rose immediately. So impatient was I to be out that I scarcely
+took time to ask myself where I should begin my first day's round of
+visits.
+
+I had all the nooks and corners of the village to see again, the gothic
+ramparts and the lovely river; and my uncle's garden to revisit, where
+probably, since last year, the rarest butterflies had become domiciled.
+I had visits to make to the ancient and curious houses in the
+neighborhood, where lived all the kind old women who, in the past
+summer, had lavished upon me their most luscious grapes as if they were
+my feudal due;--there was in particular a certain Madame Jeanne, a rich
+old peasant, who had taken so great a fancy to me that she liked to
+humor my every whim, and who, for my amusement, every time she passed on
+her way, like Nausicaa, from the washing-place, looked comically out of
+the corner of her eyes towards my uncle's house. And, too, there were
+the surrounding vineyards, and woods, and mountain paths; and beyond,
+Castelnau, rearing its battlements and towers above the pedestal of
+chestnuts and oak trees, called me to its ruins! Where should I run
+first, and how could I ever weary of so beautiful a land!
+
+The sea, to which I was now scarcely ever taken, was for the moment
+completely forgotten.
+
+After these two happy months school was to re-open. I could not bear
+to think of it, but its monotony would be broken by a great event, the
+return of my brother. His four years were not quite completed; but we
+knew that he had already left the "mysterious island," and we expected
+him to arrive home in October. For me it would be like becoming
+acquainted with a stranger. I was somewhat anxious to know whether he
+would love me when he met me, if he would approve of a thousand little
+things I did,--how, for instance, my way of playing Beethoven would
+please him.
+
+I thought constantly of his approaching arrival; I was so overjoyed, and
+I anticipated with so keen a delight the change his coming would make in
+my life, that I did not feel a particle of the melancholy which usually
+beset me in the autumn.
+
+I meant to consult him about a thousand troublous matters, to confide to
+him all my anguish and uncertainty in regard to the future; I knew also
+that my parents depended upon him to give them definite advice about me,
+and expected him to direct me towards a scientific career: that was the
+one dark spot upon his return.
+
+Awaiting his dread decision, I threw aside all care and amused myself
+as gayly as possible; I put even less restraint than usual upon myself
+during the vacation which I regarded as likely to be the very last of my
+childhood.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXIX.
+
+
+
+After the noon dinner it was the custom in my uncle's house to sit for
+an hour or two in the entry-way of the house, that vestibule inlaid with
+flagstones and ornamented with a large, burnished, copper fountain, for
+it was the coolest place during the heated period of the day. Here
+it was almost dark, for everything was closed; two or three rays of
+sunshine, in whose light the flies danced, filtered in through the
+cracks of the massive Louis XIII door. In the silent village no one
+was astir, and one heard there only the everlasting clucking of the
+hens,--all other living creatures seemed asleep.
+
+I, however, did not remain long in the cool vestibule. The bright
+sunshine lured me out; and, too, scarcely had I installed myself there
+in the circle before I heard a knocking at the street door: the three
+little Peyrals had come to fetch me, and to apprise me of their presence
+they lifted the old iron knocker that was hot enough to burn their
+fingers.
+
+Then with hats pulled over our eyes and equipped with hammers, staffs
+and butterfly-nets we would start out in search of new adventures. First
+we passed through the narrow gothic streets paved with pebbles, then we
+struck into the paths that lay just beyond the village, paths that were
+always covered with wheat-chaff that got into our shoes, and into which
+we sank ankle deep; finally we reached the open country, the vineyards,
+and the roads that led to the woods, or better still those that brought
+us to the river which we forded by means of the flower-covered islets.
+
+This wild liberty was a complete avengement for the monotony of my
+cribbed and cabined home life, ever the same all the year through; but I
+still lacked the companionship of little boys of my own age, I needed to
+clash with them,--and, too, this freedom lasted only a couple of months.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXX.
+
+
+
+One day I had a great desire, wherefore I do not know, unless out of
+pure bravado and the spirit of perversity, to do something unseemly.
+After having searched all of one morning for this something I found it.
+
+It is well known that the swarms of flies which one finds in the south
+during the summer, and which contaminate everything are a veritable
+plague. I knew that there was a trap set for them in the middle of my
+uncle's kitchen. It was a treacherous pipe of a special shape, at
+the bottom of which, in the soapy pan of water there, the flies were
+invariably drowned. Now on the particular day in which I felt so
+devilish I bethought me of that disgusting blackish mass at the bottom
+of the vessel, made up of the thousands of flies drowned during the past
+two or three days, and I wondered what sort of toothsome dish I should
+make of it, a pancake, perhaps, or better still, an omelette.
+
+Quickly and nervously, and with a loathing that almost made me vomit, I
+poured the pasty black mass into a plate and carried it to the house of
+old Madame Jeanne, the only one in the world willing to do anything and
+everything for me.
+
+"A fly omelette! To be sure! Why not! That is very simple!" she
+exclaimed. She went immediately to the fire with a frying pan and some
+eggs. She gave the unclean mess a good preliminary beating, and then she
+placed it on her high and ancient fireplace. As I watched her procedure
+I was dismayed and surprised at myself.
+
+But the three little Peyrals, whom I had met unexpectedly, went into
+such ecstasies over my idea, a thing they always did, that I was
+fortified; and when the omelette, at just the right time, was turned out
+hot upon a plate we started forth triumphantly to carry the exhibit
+home to show to our families. We formed a procession in the order of our
+respective heights, and as we marched we sang, "The Star of Night" in
+voices loud and hoarse enough to summon the devil to earth.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXI.
+
+
+
+In the mountains the end of summer was always a beautiful season, for
+the meadows lying at the foot of the hillside forests, already yellow,
+were purple with crocuses. Then, too, the vintage commenced and lasted
+for about fifteen days,--days of enchantment for us.
+
+We now spent most of our time in the shady nooks of the woods and
+meadows in the neighborhood of the Peyral vineyards; there we had
+play-dinners consisting of candy and fruits. We would spread out on the
+grass what we considered a most elegant cloth, and this we decorated,
+after the old fashion, with garlands of flowers, and we put on it plates
+made of yellow and red vine leaves. The vintagers brought us the most
+luscious grapes, bunches chosen from among a thousand; and, with
+the heat of the sun to aid, we sometimes became a little tipsy, not,
+however, made so by sweet wine, for we had drunk none, but by the juice
+of the grapes merely, in the self-same fashion as did the wasps and
+flies that warmed themselves upon the trellises. . . .
+
+One morning at the end of September, when the weather was rainy and it
+was chilly enough for me to realize that melancholy autumn was near
+at hand, I was attracted into the kitchen by the bright wood fire that
+leaped gayly in the high, old-fashioned chimney-place. And as I stood
+there, idle and out of sorts, because of the rain, I amused myself by
+melting a pewter plate and plunging it, in its liquid state, into a pail
+of water.
+
+The result was a shapeless, bright, and silvery-gray lump which very
+much resembled silver-ore. I looked at the mass thoughtfully for some
+time: an idea germinated, and there and then I planned a new amusement
+which became our most delightful pastime during those last days of
+vacation.
+
+That same evening we held a conference on the steps of the great
+stairway, and I told the Peyrals that from the aspect of the soil and
+the plants I had come to the conclusion that there were silver mines in
+this part of the country. As I spoke I assumed the knowing and bold
+airs of one of those venturesome scouts, who is usually the principal
+personage in old-fashioned stories of American adventure.
+
+Searching for mines fell well into line with the abilities of my
+little band, for often, armed with pick and shovel, they had set out to
+discover fossils or rare stones.
+
+The next day, therefore, half way up the mountain, when we arrived at
+a path chosen by me for its appropriateness, for it was lonely
+and mysterious, shut in by forest trees and embedded between high,
+moss-grown, rocky banks, I stopped my little band peremptorily, as if I
+were endowed with the keen scent of an Indian chief. I pretended that
+I had here recognized the presence of precious ore-beds; and, in truth,
+when we dug in the place I indicated we found the first nuggets, the
+melted plate that I had buried there the day before.
+
+These mines occupied us constantly until the end of my stay. The Peyrals
+were convinced and full of amazement, and although I spent some time
+each morning in the kitchen melting plates and covers to feed our vein
+of silver, I very nearly deluded myself into believing in the reality of
+the mine.
+
+The isolated silent spot, so exquisitely beautiful, where these
+excavations took place, and the melancholy but enchanting serenity of
+the end of summer, gave a rare charm to our little dream of adventure.
+We were, however, most amusingly secret and mysterious in regard to
+our discovery; we considered it a tribal secret, and we cherished it as
+such.
+
+Our riches, mixed in with some of the red mountain soil, we hoarded in
+an old trunk in my uncle's attic as if the latter were an Ali Baba's
+cave.
+
+We pledged ourselves to leave it there during the winter, until the next
+vacation, at which time we counted on making additions to our treasure.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXII.
+
+
+
+In the first week of October we received a joyous telegram from our
+father bidding us leave for home as speedily as possible. My brother,
+who was returning to Europe by a packet-boat on its way from Panama, was
+to disembark at Southampton; we had but just time to reach home if we
+wished to be there to welcome him.
+
+We arrived the evening of the third day just in time, for my brother was
+expected a few hours later on the night train. I had barely time to put
+into his room, in their accustomed places, the various little trinkets
+that he had four years previously confided to my care, before the hour
+set for our departure to the station to meet him. To me his return,
+announced so unexpectedly, did not seem a reality, and I was so excited
+that for two nights I scarcely slept at all.
+
+This is why, in spite of my impatience to see my brother, I fell asleep
+at the station; when he appeared it seemed a sort of dream to me. I
+embraced him timidly, for he was very different from my mental image of
+him. He was bronzed and bearded, his manner of speech was more rapid,
+and, with a slightly smiling, slightly anxious expression, he regarded
+me fixedly, as if to ascertain what the years had done for me, and to
+deduce from that what my future was to be.
+
+When I returned home I fell asleep standing; it wad the dead sleepiness
+of a child fatigued by a long journey, against which it is futile to
+struggle, and I was carried to my bed.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXIII.
+
+
+
+I awaked the following morning with a feeling of joyousness that
+penetrated to the very depths of my being, and as I remembered the cause
+for my happiness my eyes fell upon an extraordinary object standing on a
+table in my room. It was evidently a very slim canoe with a balance beam
+and sails. Then my gaze encountered other unfamiliar objects scattered
+about: necklaces of shells strung on human hair, head-dresses of
+feathers, ornaments appertaining to a dark and primitive savagery; it
+was as if distant Polynesia had come to me during my sleep. My brother,
+it seems had already begun to open his cases, and while I slept he had
+slipped noiselessly into my room and grouped around me these ornaments
+intended for my museum.
+
+I jumped out of bed quickly so that I might go and find him, for I had
+scarcely seen him the evening before.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXIV.
+
+
+
+And it seems I hardly saw him during those hurried weeks that he spent
+with us. Of that period, which lasted so short a time, I have very
+confused visions, similar to those one has of things seen during a
+rapid journey. I remember vaguely that we lived more gayly, and that
+his presence among us brought many young people to our house. I remember
+also that he seemed at times to be preoccupied and absorbed by things
+entirely outside the family sphere; perhaps he had longings for the
+tropics, for the "delicious island," or it may be he dreaded his early
+departure.
+
+Sometimes I held him captive near the piano by playing for him the
+haunting music of Chopin which I had but just begun to understand. He
+was disquieted however by my playing, and he said that Chopin's music
+was too exuberant and at the same time too enervating for me. He had
+come among us so recently that he was better able to judge of me than
+were the others, and he realized perhaps that my intellect was in danger
+of becoming warped through the nature of the artistic and intellectual
+effort it put forth; no doubt he thought Chopin and the "Donkey's
+Skin" equally dangerous, and considered that I was becoming excessively
+affected and abnormal in spite of my fits of childish behavior. I am
+sure that he thought even my amusements were fanciful and unhealthy. Be
+that as it may, he one day, to my great joy, decreed that I should learn
+to ride horseback, but that was the only change his coming made in my
+education. Cowardice prompted me to defer discussion of those weighty
+questions appertaining to my future which I was so anxious to talk over
+with him; I preferred to take my time, and, too, I shrunk from making
+a decision, and thus by my silence I sought to prolong my childhood.
+Besides, I did not consider it a pressing matter after all, inasmuch as
+he was to be with us for some years. . . .
+
+But one fine morning, although we had reckoned so largely on keeping
+him, there came news of a higher rank and an order from the naval
+department commanding him to start without delay for a distant part of
+the orient, where an expedition was organizing.
+
+After a few days which were mainly spent in preparing for that
+unforeseen campaign he left us as if borne away by a gust of wind.
+
+Our adieus were less sad this time, for we did not expect him to be
+absent more than two years. . . . In reality it was his eternal farewell
+to us; whatever is left of his body lies at the bottom of the Indian
+Ocean, towards the middle of the Bay of Bengal.
+
+When he had departed, while the noise of the carriage that was bearing
+him away could still be heard, my mother turned to me with an expression
+of love that touched me to the very innermost fibre of my being; and as
+she drew me to her she said with the emphasis of conviction: "Thank God,
+at least we shall keep you with us!"
+
+Keep me! . . . They would keep me! . . . Oh! . . . I lowered my head and
+turned my eyes away, for I could feel that their expression had changed,
+had become a little wild. I could not respond to my mother with a word
+or a caress.
+
+Such a serene confidence upon her part distressed me cruelly, for the
+moment in which I heard her say, "We shall keep you," I understood, for
+the first time in my life, what a firm hold on my mind the project of
+going away had taken--of going even farther than my brother, of going
+everywhere upon the face of the earth.
+
+A sea-faring life terrified me, and I relished the idea of it as little
+as ever. To a little being like me, so greatly attached to my home,
+bound to it by a thousand sweet ties, the very thought of it made my
+heart bleed. And besides, how could I break the news of such a decision
+to my parents, how give them so much pain and thus flagrantly outrage
+their wishes! But to renounce all my plans, always to remain in the same
+place, to be upon this earth, and to see nothing of it--what a squalid,
+disenchanting future! What was the use to live, what the good of growing
+up for that?
+
+And in that empty parlor with its disordered chairs, one even
+overturned, and while I was still under the dark spell of our sad
+farewells, there beside my mother, leaning against her with eyes turned
+away and with soul overwhelmed with sorrow, I suddenly remembered the
+old log-book which I had read at sunset last spring at Limoise. The
+short sentences written down upon the old paper with yellow ink came
+slowly back to me one after the other with a charm as lulling and
+perfidious as that exercised by a magic incantation:
+
+"Fair weather . . . beautiful sea . . . light breeze from the south-east
+. . . Shoals of dolphins . . . passing to larboard."
+
+And with a shudder of almost religious awe, with pantheistic ecstasy, my
+inward eye saw all about me the sad and vast blue splendor of the South
+Pacific Ocean.
+
+A great calm, tinged with melancholy, fell upon us after my brother's
+departure, and to me the days were monotonous in the extreme.
+
+They had always thought of sending me to the Polytechnic school, but
+it had not been decided upon irrevocably. The wish to become a sailor,
+which had obtruded itself upon me almost against my will, charmed and
+terrified me in an almost equal degree; I lacked the courage necessary
+to settle such a grave matter with myself, and I always hesitated to
+speak of it. The upshot was that I decided to reflect over it until my
+next vacation, and thus by my irresolution and delay I secured to myself
+a few more months of careless childhood.
+
+I still led as solitary a life as ever; it was very difficult for me to
+change the bent that my mind had taken in spite of my mental distress
+and in spite of my latent desire to roam far and wide over the earth.
+More than ever I stayed in the house and busied myself painting stage
+scenery, and playing Chopin and Beethoven; to all appearances I was
+tranquil and deeply absorbed in my dreams, and I became ever more and
+more attached to my home, to its every nook and corner, even to the
+stones in its walls. It is true that now and again I took a horseback
+ride, but I always went with a groom and never with children of my own
+age--I still had no young playmates.
+
+My second year at college was much less painful than my first; it passed
+more quickly, and moreover I had formed an attachment for two of my
+classmates, my elders by a year or two, the only ones who had not the
+preceding year treated me disdainfully. The thin ice once broken, there
+had sprung up between us an ardent and sentimental friendship; we even
+called each other by our baptismal names, something that was contrary
+to school etiquette. Since we never saw each other except in the
+schoolroom, we were obliged to communicate in mysterious whispers
+under the teacher's eye, our relations, consequently, were inalterably
+courteous and did not resemble the ordinary friendship between boys. I
+loved them with all my heart; I would have allowed myself to be cut into
+bits for them; and, in all sincerity, I imagined that this affection
+would endure throughout my life.
+
+My excessive exclusiveness caused me to treat the others in the class
+with great indifference and haughtiness; still a certain superficial
+self, necessary for social purposes, had already begun to take shallow
+root, and I knew better now how to remain on good terms with them, and
+at the same time to keep my true self hidden from them.
+
+I generally contrived to sit between my two friends, Andre and Paul.
+If, however, we were separated we continually and slyly exchanged notes
+written in a cipher to which we alone had the key.
+
+These letters were always love confidences: "I have seen her to-day; she
+wore a blue dress trimmed with gray fur, and she had a lark's wing on
+her turban, etc."--For we had chosen sweethearts who became the subject
+of our very poetical prattle.
+
+Something of the ridiculous and whimsical invariably marks this
+transition age in a boy's life, and for that reason I have thought it
+worth while to transcribe the boyish note.
+
+Before going further I wish to say that my transition periods have
+lasted longer than do those of the majority of men, and during them I
+have been carried from one extreme to another; and, too they have caused
+me to touch all the perilous rocks along life's way,--I am also fully
+conscious of the fact that until almost my twenty-fifth year I had
+eccentric and absurd manners. . . .
+
+But now I will continue with my confidences respecting our three love
+affairs.
+
+Andre was ardently in love with a young lady almost six years older than
+himself who had already been introduced into society,--I believe that
+his affair was a case of real and deep affection.
+
+I had chosen Jeanne for my sweetheart, and my two friends were the only
+beings who knew my secret. To do as they did, although I considered it a
+little silly, I wrote her name in cipher on the covers of my copy-books;
+in every way and manner I sought to persuade myself of the ardor of
+my passion, but I am bound to admit that the whole thing was a little
+artificial, for the amusing coquetry that Jeanne and I had indulged
+in early in our acquaintance had developed into a true and great
+friendship, a hereditary friendship I may call it, a continuation of
+that felt by our ancestors long before our birth. No, my first real
+love, of which I will soon speak, was for a being seen in a dream.
+
+As for Paul--alas! His heart affair was very shocking to me, for it did
+particular violence to the ideas that I then had. He was in love with
+a little shop-girl who worked in a perfumery store, and on his Sunday
+holidays he gazed at her through the show-case window. It is true that
+she was named Stella or Olympia, and that raised her somewhat in my
+esteem; and, too, Paul took pains to surround his love with an ethereal
+and poetic atmosphere in order to make it more acceptable to us. At the
+bottom of his cipher notes he constantly wrote, for our benefit, the
+sweetest rhymed verses dedicated to her, wherein her name, ending in
+"a," recurred again and again, like the perfume of musk.
+
+In spite of my great affection for him I could not but smile pityingly
+over his poetic effusions. And I think that it is partly because of them
+that I have never, at any epoch in my life, had the least inclination to
+write a single line of verse. My notes were always written in a wild and
+free prose that outraged every rule.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXVI.
+
+
+
+Paul knew by heart many verses of a forbidden poet named Alfred de
+Musset. The strange quality of these verses troubled me, and yet I
+was fascinated by them. In class he would whisper them, in a scarcely
+perceptible voice, into my ear; and although my conscience accused me, I
+used to allow him to begin:
+
+     Jacque was very quiet as he looked at Marie,
+     I know not what that sleeping maiden
+     Had of mystery in her features, the noblest ever seen.
+
+In my brother's study, where from time to time, when I was overwhelmed
+with sorrow over his departure, I isolated myself, I had seen on a shelf
+in his book-case a large volume of this poet's works, and often I had
+been tempted to take it down; but my parents had said to me: "You are
+not to touch any of the books that are there without permission from
+us," and my conscience always gave me pause.
+
+As to asking for permission, I knew only too well that my request would
+be refused.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXVII.
+
+
+
+I will here recount a dream that I had in my fourteenth year. It came
+to me during one of those mild and sweet nights that are ushered in by a
+long and delicious twilight.
+
+In the room where I had spent all the years of my childhood I had been
+lulled to sleep by the sound of songs that the sailors and young girls
+sang as they danced around the flower-twined May-pole. Until the moment
+of deep sleep I had listened to those very old national airs which the
+children of the people were singing in a loud, free voice, but distance
+softened and mellowed and poetized the voices as they traversed the
+tranquil silence; strangely enough I had been soothed by the noisy mirth
+and overflowing joyousness of these beings who, during their fleeting
+youth, are so much more artless than we, and more oblivious of death.
+
+In my dream it was twilight, not a sad one however, but on the contrary,
+the air was soft and mild and overflowing with sweet odors like that of
+a real May night. I was in the yard of our house, the aspect of which
+was not changed in any particular, but as I walked beside the walls all
+abloom with jasmine, honeysuckle and roses, I felt restless and troubled
+as if I was seeking for some unnamable something; I seemed to have a
+consciousness that someone, whom I wished ardently to see, awaited
+my coming; I felt as if there was about to happen to me something so
+strange and wonderful as to intoxicate me by its very advance.
+
+At a spot where grew a very old rosebush, one that had been planted by
+an ancestor and for that reason guarded sacredly, although it did
+not bear more than one rose in two or three years, I saw a young girl
+standing motionless with a seductive and mysterious smile upon her lips.
+
+The twilight became a little deeper, the air more languorous.
+
+Everywhere it became darker; but about her shone a sort of indeterminate
+light, like that coming from a reflector, and her figure outlined itself
+clearly against the shadows in the background.
+
+I guessed that she was very beautiful and young; but her forehead and
+her eyes were hidden from me by the veil of night; indeed, I could see
+nothing very distinctly except the exquisite oval of her lower face,
+and her mouth which was parted smilingly. She leaned against the old
+flowerless rosebush, almost in its branches. Night came on rapidly. The
+girl seemed perfectly at home in the garden; she had come I knew not
+from where, for there was no door by which she could have entered; she
+appeared to find it as natural to be here as I found it natural to find
+her here.
+
+I drew very close in order to get a glimpse of her eyes which puzzled
+me; suddenly, in spite of the darkness that became ever thicker, I saw
+them very distinctly; they also were smiling like the lips;--and they
+were not just any impersonal eyes, such, for instance, as may be found
+in a statue representing youth; no, on the contrary they were very
+particularly somebody's eyes; more and more they impressed me as
+belonging to someone already much beloved whom I, with transports of
+infinite joy and tenderness had found again.
+
+I waked from sleep with a start, and as I did so I sought to retain the
+phantom being who faded away and became more and more intangible and
+unreal, in proportion as my mind grew clearer through the effort it made
+to remember. Could it be possible that she was not and had never been
+more than a vision? Had nothingness re-engulfed and forever effaced her?
+I longed to sleep again so that I might see her; the thought that she
+was an illusion, nothing more than the figment of a dream, caused me
+great dejection and almost overwhelmed me with hopelessness.
+
+And it took me a very long time to forget her; I loved her, loved her
+tenderly, and the thought of her always stirred into life an emotion
+that was sweet but sad; and during those moments everything unconnected
+with her seemed colorless and worthless. It was love, true love with
+all its great melancholy and deep mystery, with its overwhelming but sad
+enchantment, love that, like a perfume, endows with a fragrance all it
+touches; and that corner of the garden where she had appeared to me
+and the old flowerless rosebush that had clasped her in its branches
+awakened in me, because of her, agonizing but delicious memories.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXVIII.
+
+
+
+And again came radiant June. It was evening, the exquisite hour of
+twilight. I was alone in my brother's study where I had been for some
+time; the window was opened wide to a sky all golden and pink, and I
+stood beside it and listened to the martins uttering their shrill cries
+as they circled and darted above the old roofs.
+
+No one knew that I was there, and never before had I felt so isolated at
+the top of the house, nor more tempted by the unknown.
+
+With a beating heart I opened a volume of De Musset's poems: his Don
+Paez.
+
+The first phrases were as musical and rhythmical as if sung by a
+seductive golden-voiced siren:
+
+     Black eyebrows, snow-white hands, and to indicate the tinyness
+     Of her feet, I need only say she was an Andalusian countess.
+
+That spring night when the darkness fell about me, when my eyes,
+although never so close to the book, could no longer distinguish
+anything of the enchanting verses save rows of little lines that showed
+gray against the white of the page, I went out into the town alone.
+
+In the almost deserted streets, not yet lighted, the rows of linden and
+acacia trees all abloom, deepened the shadows and perfumed the air with
+their heavy fragrance. I pulled my felt hat over my eyes and, like
+Don Paez, I strode along with a light supple step, and looked up at
+balconies and indulged in I know not what little childish dreams of
+Spanish twilights and Andalusian serenades.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXIX.
+
+
+
+Vacation came again, and for the third time we took the journey to
+the South, and there in the glorious August and September sunshine all
+passed off in the same fashion as during preceding summers; the
+same games with my loyal band, the expeditions to the vineyards and
+mountains; in the ruins of Castelnau, the same brooding over mediaeval
+times, and, in the sequestered woodland path where we had struck our
+vein of silver, we still eagerly turned up the red soil, putting on
+meantime the airs of bold adventurers,--the little Peyrals, however, no
+longer believed in the mines.
+
+These beginnings of summer, always so alike, deluded me into thinking
+that in spite of my occasional fears my childhood would be indefinitely
+prolonged; but I no longer felt "joy at waking;" a sort of disquietude,
+such as oppresses one when he has left his duty undone, weighed upon me
+more and more heavily each morning when I thought that time was flying,
+that the vacation would soon be over, and that I still lacked the
+courage to come to a decision in regard to my future.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXX.
+
+
+
+And one day, when September was more than half over, I realized, because
+of the particularly torturing anxiety I felt when I waked, that I must
+no longer defer the matter--the term which I had allotted to myself was
+over.
+
+In my heart of hearts I had more than half determined what my decision
+was to be; but before it could be rendered effective it was necessary
+for me to avow it, and I promised myself that the day should not pass
+away without my having, as courageously as possible, accomplished that
+task. It was my intention to first confide in my brother; for although
+I feared that in the beginning he would oppose me with all his power, I
+hoped that he would finally take my part and help me carry the day.
+
+Therefore, after the mid-day dinner, when the sun was hottest, I carried
+my pen and paper into my uncle's garden, and I locked myself in there
+for the purpose of writing my letter. It was one of my boyhood habits
+to study or write in the open air, and often I chose the most singular
+places--tree-tops or the roof--for my work.
+
+It was a hot and cloudless September afternoon. The old garden, silent
+and melancholy as ever, gave me, strangely enough, more than the
+customary feeling of regret that I was so far away from my mother, that
+all of summer would pass without my seeing my home and the flowers in
+the beloved little yard. And then, too, what I was upon the point of
+writing would result in separating me farther from all that I loved, and
+for that reason I felt extraordinarily sad. It seemed to me that there
+was something a little funereal in the air of the garden, as if the
+walls, the plum trees, the vine-covered bower, even the very alfalfa
+fields beyond the garden, were vitally interested in this, the first
+grave act of my life which was about to take place under their eyes.
+
+For the purpose of writing I hesitated between two or three places,
+all blazing hot and almost shadeless. It was my way of gaining time, an
+attempt to delay writing that letter which, with the ideas I then had,
+would render my decision, once I had announced it, irrevocable. The
+sun-baked earth was already strewn with red vine branches and withered
+leaves; the holly-hocks and dahlias, grown tall as trees, had a few
+meagre blossoms at the tops of their long stalks; the blazing sun
+perfected and turned to gold the musk-scented grapes that always ripened
+a little late; but in spite of the excessive heat and the exquisite
+limpid blue of the sky one felt that summer was over.
+
+I finally selected the arbor at the end of the garden for my purpose.
+Its vines were stripped of their leaves, but the steel-blue butterflies
+and the wasps still came and posted themselves upon the tendrils of the
+grape-vines.
+
+There in the calm and tranquil solitude, in the summer-like silence
+filled with the musical chirp of insects, I wrote and timidly signed my
+compact with the sea.
+
+Of the letter itself I remember very little; but I recall distinctly
+the emotion with which I enclosed it in its envelope--I felt as if I had
+forever sealed my destiny.
+
+After a few moments of deep reverie I wrote the address--my brother's
+name and the name of a country in the far Orient where he then was--on
+the envelope. There was now nothing more to do save to take it to the
+village post-office; but I remained seated there in the arbor for a long
+time in a dreamy mood. I leaned against the warm wall where the
+lizards ran back and forth, and held upon my knees, with a feeling of
+uncertainty and dismay, the little square of paper wherein I had settled
+my future. Then I was seized with a longing to look towards the horizon,
+to have a glimpse of the great spaces beyond the garden; and I put my
+foot into the familiar breach in the wall by means of which I often
+mounted, in order to watch the flight of elusive butterflies, and, with
+the aid of my hands, I raised myself to the top of the wall and leaned
+there propped up by my elbows. The same well-known prospect greeted me:
+the hillsides covered with red vines, the wooded mountains whose trees
+were rapidly being stripped of their yellow leaves, and above, perched
+high, the noble reddish-brown ruin of Castelnau. And in the nearer
+distance was Bories with its old rounded porch white with lime-wash; and
+as I looked at it I seemed to hear the plaintive refrain: "Ah! Ah! the
+good, good story!" sung in a strange voice, and at the same time there
+appeared to me the vision of the pinkish-yellow butterfly which two
+years before I had pricked with a pin, and placed under glass in my
+little museum.
+
+It drew near the hour for the ancient country diligence, that took the
+letters away from the village, to depart, and I scrambled down from
+the wall, and after locking the garden gate, I slowly directed my steps
+towards the post-office.
+
+Like one with eyes fixed upon a vision, I walked along without taking
+notice of anything or any one. My spirit was wandering far away, in the
+fern-carpeted forests of the delicious isle, along the sands of gloomy
+Senegal where had lived the uncle who had interested himself in my
+museum, and across the South Pacific Ocean where the dolphins were
+passing.
+
+The assured nearness and certainty of these things intoxicated me; for
+the first time in my existence the world and life seemed to open before
+me; my way was illuminated by a light altogether new to it: it is true
+the light was a little mournful, a little sad, but it was powerful
+nevertheless, and penetrated to the far distant horizon where lie old
+age and death.
+
+Many little childish images obtruded themselves from time to time into
+my lofty dream; I saw myself in a sailor's uniform walking upon the
+sun-blistered quays of tropical lands; and I prefigured my home-comings,
+after perilous voyages, bringing with me cases filled to the brim with
+wonderful things out of which cockroaches escaped as they had done
+formerly in Jeanne's garden when her father's boxes were unpacked.
+
+But suddenly a pang went through my heart: those returns from distant
+countries could not take place for many years--the faces welcoming me
+home would be changed by time! Instantly I pictured those beloved faces
+to myself; in a wan vision I saw them all together. Although its members
+received me with smiles of joyous welcome, it was a sad group to look
+upon, for wrinkles seamed every brow, and my mother had white curls such
+as she has to-day. And my great aunt Bertha, already so old, would
+she, too, be there? With a sort of uneasiness, I was rapidly making a
+calculation of my aunt Bertha's age when I arrived at the post-office.
+
+I did not hesitate, however; with a hand that trembled only a little I
+slipped my letter into the box, and the die was cast.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXXI.
+
+
+
+I will end these reminiscences here, because what follows is not yet
+distant enough from me to be submitted to the unknown reader. And
+besides it seems to me that my childhood really came to an end upon the
+day in which I announced my decision in regard to my future.
+
+I was then fourteen and a half years of age, and that gave me,
+therefore, three years and a half in which to prepare myself for the
+naval academy, consequently I had time to do it thoroughly and properly.
+
+But in the meantime I had to encounter many refusals and all sorts
+of difficulties before my admittance to the Borda. And later I
+lived through many troublous years; years replete with struggles and
+mistakes,--I had many a Calvary to climb; I had to pay cruelly and in
+full for having been reared a sensitive, shy little creature, by force
+of will I had to recast and harden my physical as well as my moral
+being. One day, when I was about twenty-seven years of age, a circus
+director, after having seen my muscles that then had the elasticity
+and strength of steel, gave utterance, in his admiration, to the truest
+words I have ever had addressed to me: "What a pity, sir," he said,
+"that your education commenced so late!"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXXII.
+
+
+
+My sister and I had expected to visit the mountains again the next
+summer.
+
+But Azrael passed our way; terrible and unexpected misfortunes disrupted
+our tranquil and happy family life.
+
+And it was not until fifteen years later, after I had been over the
+greater part of the earth, that I revisited this corner of France.
+
+All was greatly changed there; my uncle and aunt slept in the graveyard;
+my boy cousins had left, and my girl cousin, who already had threads
+of silver among her dark locks, was preparing to quit this part of the
+country forever, this empty house in which she did not wish to live
+alone; and the Titi and the Marciette (whose names were no longer
+prefaced by the article) had grown into tall young ladies whom I would
+not have recognized.
+
+Between two long voyages, in a hurry as always, my life hastening
+feverishly upon its way, in remembrance of bygone days, I made this
+pilgrimage to my uncle's house to see it once more, and for the last
+time, before it was delivered into the hands of strangers.
+
+It was in November, and the cold gray sky completely changed the aspect
+of the country, which I had never seen before except under the glorious
+summer sun.
+
+After spending my only morning in revisiting a thousand places, my
+melancholy ever augmented by the lowering winter clouds, I found that
+I had forgotten the old garden and the vine-clad arbor in whose meagre
+shade I had come to so momentous a decision, and I wished to run there,
+at the last moment, before my carriage took me away from this spot
+forever.
+
+"You will have to go alone," said my cousin, who was busy packing her
+trunks. She gave me the large key, the same large key that I carried
+in the warm and radiant days of old when I went there, net in hand,
+to catch the butterflies . . . oh! the summers of my childhood, how
+marvellous and how enchanting they were!
+
+For the last time of all, I entered the garden, which under the gray
+sky appeared shrunken to me. I went first to the arbor, now leafless and
+desolate, in which I had written the portentous letter to my brother,
+and, by means of the same breach in the wall that had served me in days
+gone by, I lifted myself to the coping to get a hasty glimpse of the
+surrounding country, to bid it a last farewell. Bories looked singularly
+near and small to me, it was almost unrecognizably so, and the mountains
+beyond seemed diminished also, appeared no higher than little hills. And
+all of these things that formerly I had seen flooded with sunlight, now
+looked dull and sinister in the wan, gray November light, and under the
+dark and wintry clouds. I felt as if with the commencement of nature's
+autumn, my life's autumn had also dawned.
+
+And the world, the world which I had thought so immense and so full of
+wonder and charm the day that I leaned on this same wall, after I had
+made my decision,--the whole wide world, did it not look as faded and
+shrunken to me now as this poor landscape?
+
+And especially Bories, that under the autumnal sky looked like a phantom
+of itself, filled me with the deepest sadness.
+
+As I gazed at it I recalled the pinkish-yellow butterfly still under
+its glass in my museum; it had remained there in the same spot, and had
+preserved its fresh bright hues during the time that I had sailed all
+round the globe. For many years I had not thought of the association
+between the two things; but as soon as I remembered the yellow
+butterfly, which was recalled to my mind by Bories, I heard a small
+voice within me sing over and over, very softly: "Ah! Ah! the good, good
+story!" . . . The little voice was strange and flute-like, but above all
+it was sad, sad enough for tears, sad enough to sing over the tomb where
+lie buried the vanished years and dead summers.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Story of a Child, by Pierre Loti
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE STORY OF A CHILD ***
+
+***** This file should be named 6664.txt or 6664.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/6/6/6/6664/
+
+Produced by Dagny; John Bickers; David Widger
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/6664.zip b/6664.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0461f93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/6664.zip
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b3fd21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #6664 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/6664)
diff --git a/old/fchld10.txt b/old/fchld10.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba3ba8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/fchld10.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,6651 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Story of a Child, by Pierre Loti
+(#9 in our series by Pierre Loti)
+
+Copyright laws are changing all over the world. Be sure to check the
+copyright laws for your country before downloading or redistributing
+this or any other Project Gutenberg eBook.
+
+This header should be the first thing seen when viewing this Project
+Gutenberg file.  Please do not remove it.  Do not change or edit the
+header without written permission.
+
+Please read the "legal small print," and other information about the
+eBook and Project Gutenberg at the bottom of this file.  Included is
+important information about your specific rights and restrictions in
+how the file may be used.  You can also find out about how to make a
+donation to Project Gutenberg, and how to get involved.
+
+
+**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts**
+
+**eBooks Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971**
+
+*****These eBooks Were Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!*****
+
+
+Title: The Story of a Child
+
+Author: Pierre Loti
+
+Release Date: October, 2004  [EBook #6664]
+[Yes, we are more than one year ahead of schedule]
+[This file was first posted on January 10, 2003]
+
+Edition: 10
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK, THE STORY OF A CHILD ***
+
+
+
+
+Etext prepared by Dagny, dagnypg@yahoo.com and John Bickers,
+jbickers@ihug.co.nz
+
+
+
+THE STORY OF A CHILD
+
+By Pierre Loti
+
+
+
+
+                         THE STORY OF A CHILD
+
+                                  BY
+
+                             PIERRE LOTI
+
+                   Translated by Caroline F. Smith
+
+
+
+
+                               PREFACE
+
+
+
+There is to-day a widely spread new interest in child life, a desire
+to get nearer to children and understand them. To be sure child study
+is not new; every wise parent and every sympathetic teacher has ever
+been a student of children; but there is now an effort to do more
+consciously and systematically what has always been done in some way.
+
+In the few years since this modern movement began much has been
+accomplished, yet there is among many thoughtful people a strong
+reaction from the hopes awakened by the enthusiastic heralding of the
+newer aspects of psychology. It had been supposed that our science
+would soon revolutionize education; indeed, taking the wish for the
+fact, we began to talk about the new and the old education (both
+mythical) and boast of our millennium. I would not underrate the real
+progress, the expansion of educational activities, the enormous gains
+made in many ways; but the millennium! The same old errors meet us in
+new forms, the old problems are yet unsolved, the waste is so vast
+that we sometimes feel thankful that we cannot do as much as we would,
+and that Nature protects children from our worst mistakes.
+
+What is the source of this disappointment? Is it not that education,
+like all other aspects of life, can never be reduced to mere science?
+We need science, it must be increasingly the basis of all life; but
+exact science develops very slowly, and meantime we must live.
+Doubtless the time will come when our study of mind will have advanced
+so far that we can lay down certain great principles as tested laws,
+and thus clarify many questions. Even then the solution of the problem
+will not be in the enunciation of the theoretic principle, but will
+lie in its application to practice; and that application must always
+depend upon instinct, tact, appreciation, as well as upon the
+scientific law. Even the aid that science can contribute is given
+slowly; meanwhile we must work with these children and lift them to
+the largest life.
+
+It is in relation to this practical work of education that our effort
+to study children gets its human value. There are always two points of
+view possible with reference to life. From the standpoint of nature
+and science, individuals count for little. Nature can waste a thousand
+acorns to raise one oak, hundreds of children may be sacrificed that a
+truth may be seen. But from the ethical and human point of view the
+meaning of all life is in each individual. That one child should be
+lost is a kind of ruin to the universe.
+
+It is this second point of view which every parent and every teacher
+must take; and the great practical value of our new study of children
+is that it brings us into personal relation with the child world, and
+so aids in that subtle touch of life upon life which is the very heart
+of education.
+
+It is therefore that certain phases of the study of child life have a
+high worth without giving definite scientific results. Peculiarly
+significant among these is the study of the autobiographies of
+childhood. The door to the great universe is always to the personal
+world. Each of us appreciates child life through his own childhood,
+and though the children with whom it is his blessed fortune to be
+associated. If then it is possible for him to know intimately another
+child through autobiography, one more window has been opened into the
+child world--one more interpretative unit is given him through which
+to read the lesson of the whole.
+
+It is true, autobiographies written later in life cannot give us the
+absolute truth of childhood. We see our early experiences through the
+mists, golden or gray, of the years that lie between. It is poetry as
+well as truth, as Goethe recognized in the title of his own self-
+study. Nevertheless the individual who has lived the life can best
+bring us into touch with it, and the very poetry is as true as the
+fact because interpretative of the spirit.
+
+It is peculiarly necessary that teachers harassed with the routine of
+their work, and parents distracted with the multitude of details of
+daily existence, should have such windows opened through which they
+may look across the green meadows and into the sunlit gardens of
+childhood. The result is not theories of child life but appreciation
+of children. How one who has read understandingly Sonva Kovalevsky's
+story of her girlhood could ever leave unanswered a child starving for
+love I cannot see. Mills' account of his early life is worth more than
+many theories in showing the deforming effect of an education that is
+formal discipline without an awakening of the heart and soul. Goethe's
+great study of his childhood and youth must give a new hold upon life
+to any one who will appreciatively respond to it.
+
+A better illustration of the subtle worth of such literature, in
+developing appreciation of those inner deeps of child life that escape
+definition and evaporate from the figures of the statistician, could
+scarcely be found than Pierre Loti's "Story of a Child." There is
+hardly a fact in the book. It tells not what the child did or what was
+done to him, but what he felt, thought, dreamed. A record of
+impressions through the dim years of awakening, it reveals a peculiar
+and subtle type of personality most necessary to understand. All that
+Loti is and has been is gathered up and foreshadowed in the child.
+Exquisite sensitiveness to impressions whether of body or soul, the
+egotism of a nature much occupied with its own subjective feelings, a
+being atune in response to the haunting melody of the sunset, and the
+vague mystery of the seas, a subtle melancholy that comes from the
+predominance of feeling over masculine power of action, leading one to
+drift like Francesca with the winds of emotion, terrible or sweet,
+rather than to fix the tide of the universe in the centre of the
+forceful deed--all these qualities are in the dreams of the child as
+in the life of the man.
+
+And the style?--dreamy, suggestive, melodious, flowing on and on with
+its exquisite music, wakening sad reveries, and hinting of gray days
+of wind and rain, when the gust around the house wails of broken hopes
+and ideals so long-deferred as to be half forgotten,--the minor sob of
+his music expresses the spirit of Loti as much as do the moods of the
+child he describes.
+
+Such a type, like all others, has its strength and its weakness. Such
+a type, like all others, is implicitly in us all. Do we not know it--
+the haunting hunger for the permanence of impressions that come and
+go, which pulsates through the book till we can scarcely keep back the
+tears; the brooding over the two sombre mysteries--Death and Life (and
+which is the darker?); the sense of fate driving life on--the fate of
+a temperament that restlessly longs for new impressions and intense
+emotions, without the vigor of action that cuts the Gordian knot of
+fancy and speculation with the swift sword-stroke of an heroic deed.
+
+It is fortunate that the translator has caught the subtle charm of
+Loti's style, so difficult to render in another speech, in an amazing
+degree. This is peculiarly necessary here, for accuracy of translation
+means giving the delicate changes of color and elusive chords of music
+that voice the moods and impressions of which the book is made.
+
+Let us read the revelation of this book not primarily to condemn or
+praise, or even to estimate and define, but to appreciate. If it be
+true that no one ever looked into the Kingdom of Heaven except through
+the eyes of a little child, if it be true that the eyes of every
+unspoiled child are such a window, take the vision and be thankful.
+If, perchance, this window should open toward strange abysses that
+reach vaguely away, or upon dark meadows that lie ghost-like in the
+mingled light, if out of the abyss rises, undefined, the vast, dim
+shape of the mystery, and wakens in us the haunting memories of dead
+yesterdays and forgotten years, if we seem carried past the day into
+the gray vastness that is beyond the sunset and before the dawn, let
+us recognize that the mystery or mysteries, the annunciation of the
+Infinite is a little child.
+
+EDWARD HOWARD GRIGGS.
+
+
+
+             TO HER MAJESTY ELIZABETH, QUEEN OF ROUMANIA.
+
+  December, 188-
+
+  I am almost too old to undertake this book, for a sort of night is
+  falling about me; where shall I find the words vital and young
+  enough for the task?
+
+  To-morrow, at sea, I will commence it; at least I will endeavor to
+  put into it all that was best of myself at a time when as yet
+  there was nothing very bad.
+
+  So that romantic love may find no place in it, except in the
+  illusory form of a vision, I will end it at an early age.
+
+  And to the sovereign lady whose suggestion it was that I write it,
+  I offer it as a humble token of my respect and admiration.
+
+  PIERRE LOTI.
+
+
+
+
+
+                        THE STORY OF A CHILD.
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER I.
+
+
+
+It is with some degree of awe that I touch upon the enigma of my
+impressions at the commencement of my life. I am almost doubtful
+whether they had reality within my own experience, or whether they are
+not, rather, recollections mysteriously transmitted--I feel an almost
+sacred hesitation when I would fathom their depths.
+
+I came forth from the darkness of unconsciousness very gradually, for
+my mind was illumined only fitfully, but then by outbursts of splendor
+that compelled and fascinated my infant gaze. When the light was
+extinguished, I lapsed once more into the non-consciousness of the
+new-born animal, of the tiny plant just germinating.
+
+The history of my earliest years is that of a child much indulged and
+petted to whom nothing of moment happened; and into whose narrow,
+protected life no jarring came that was not foreseen, and the shock of
+which was not deadened with solicitous care. In my manners I was
+always very tractable and submissive. That I may not make my recital
+tedious, I will note without continuity and without the proper
+transitions those moments which are impressed upon my mind because of
+their strangeness, those moments  that are still so vividly
+remembered, although I have forgotten many poignant sorrows, many
+lands, adventures, and places.
+
+I was at that time like a fledgling swallow living high up in a niche
+in the eaves, who from time to time peeps out over the top of its nest
+with its little bright eyes. With the eyes of imagination it sees into
+the deeps of space, although to the actual vision only a courtyard and
+street are visible; and it sees into depths which it will presently
+need to journey through. It was during such moments of clairvoyance
+that I had a vision of the infinity of which before my present life I
+was a part. Then, in spite of myself, my consciousness flagged, and
+for days together I lived the tranquil, subconscious life of early
+childhood.
+
+At first my mind, altogether unimpressed and undeveloped, may be
+compared to a photographer's apparatus fitted with its sensitized
+glass. Objects insufficiently lighted up make no impression upon the
+virgin plates; but when a vivid splendor falls upon them, and when
+they are encircled by disks of light, these once dim objects now
+engrave themselves upon the glass. My first recollections are of
+bright summer days and sparkling noon times,--or more truly, are
+recollections of the light of wood fires burning with great ruddy
+flames.
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER II.
+
+
+
+As if it were yesterday I recall the evening when I suddenly
+discovered that I could run and jump; and I remember that I was
+intoxicated by the delicious sensation almost to the point of falling.
+
+This must have been at about the commencement of my second winter. At
+the sad hour of twilight I was in the dining-room of my parents'
+house, which room had always seemed a very vast one to me. At first, I
+was quiet, made so, no doubt, by the influence of the environing
+darkness, for the lamp was not yet lighted. But as the hour for dinner
+approached, a maid-servant came in and threw an armful of small wood
+into the fireplace to reanimate the dying fire. Immediately there was
+a beautiful bright light, and the leaping flames illuminated
+everything, and waves of light spread to the far part of the room
+where I sat. The flames danced and leaped with a twining motion ever
+higher and higher and more gayly, and the tremulous shadows along the
+wall ran to their hiding-places--oh! how quickly I arose overwhelmed
+with admiration for I recollect that I had been sitting at the feet of
+my great-aunt Bertha (at that time already very old) who half dozed in
+her chair. We were near a window through which the gray night
+filtered; I was seated upon one of those high, old-fashioned foot-
+stools with two steps, so convenient for little children who can from
+that vantage ground put their heads in grandmother's or grand-aunt's
+lap, and wheedle so effectually.
+
+I arose in ecstasy, and approached the flames; then in the circle of
+light which lay upon the carpet I began to walk around and around and
+to turn. Ever faster and faster I went, until suddenly I felt an
+unwonted elasticity run through my limbs, and in a twinkling I
+invented a new and amusing style of motion; it was to push my feet
+very hard against the floor, and then to lift them up together
+suddenly for a half second. When I fell, up I sprang and recommenced
+my play. Bang! Bang! With every increasing noise I went against the
+floor, and at last I began to feel a singular but agreeable giddiness
+in my head. I knew how to jump! I knew how to run!
+
+I am convinced that that is my earliest distinct recollection of great
+joyousness.
+
+"Dear me! What is the matter with the child this evening?" asked my
+great-aunt Bertha, with some anxiety. And I hear again the unexpected
+sound of her voice.
+
+But I still kept on jumping. Like those tiny foolish moths which of an
+evening revolve about the light of a lamp, I went around in the
+luminous circle which widened and retracted, ever taking form from the
+wavering light of the flames. And I remember all of this so vividly
+that my eyes can still see the smallest details of the texture of the
+carpet which was the scene of the event. It was of durable stuff
+called home-spun, woven in the country by native weavers. (Our house
+was still furnished as it had been in my maternal grandmother's time,
+as she had arranged it after she had quitted the Island, and come to
+the mainland.--A little later I will speak of this Island which had
+already a mysterious attraction for my youthful imagination.--It was a
+simple country house, notable for its Huguenot austerity; and it was a
+home where immaculate cleanliness and extreme order were the sole
+luxuries.)
+
+In the circle of light, which grew ever more and more narrow, I still
+jumped; but as I did so I had thoughts that were of an intensity not
+habitual with me. At the same time that my tiny limbs discovered their
+power, my spirit also knew itself; a burst of light overspread my mind
+where dawning ideas still showed forth feebly. And it is without doubt
+to the inner awakening that this fleeting moment of my life owes its
+existence, owes undoubtedly its permanency in memory. But vainly I
+seek for the words, that seem ever to escape me, through which to
+express my elusive emotions. . . . Here in the dining-room I look
+about and see the chairs standing the length of the wall, and I am
+reminded of the aged grandmother, grand-aunts and aunts who always
+come at a certain hour and seat themselves in them. Why are they not
+here now? At this moment I would like to feel their protecting
+presence about me. Probably they are upstairs in their rooms on the
+second floor; between them and me there is the dim stairway, the
+stairway that I people with shadowy beings the thought of which makes
+me tremble. . . . And my mother? I would wish most especially for her,
+but I know that she has gone out, gone out into the long streets which
+in my imagination have no end. I had myself gone to the door with her
+and had asked her: "When returnest thou?" And she had promised me that
+she would return speedily. Later they told me that when I was a child
+I would never permit any members of the family to leave the house to
+go walking or visiting without first obtaining their assurance of a
+speedy homecoming. "You will come back soon?" I would say, and I
+always asked the question anxiously, as I followed them to the door.
+
+My mother had departed, and it gave my heart a feeling of heaviness to
+know that she was out. Out in the streets! I was content not to be
+there where it was cold and dark, where little children so easily lost
+their way,--how snug it was to be within doors before the fire that
+warmed me through and through; how nice it was to be at home! I had
+never realized it until this evening--doubtless it was my first
+distinct feeling of attachment to hearth and home, and I was sadly
+troubled at the thought of the immense, strange world lying beyond the
+door. It was then that I had, for the first time, a conscious
+affection for my aged aunts and grand-aunts, who cared for me in
+infancy, whom I longed to have seated around me at this dim, sad,
+twilight hour.
+
+In the meantime the once bright and playful flames had died down, the
+armful of wood was consumed, and as the lamp was not lighted, the room
+was quite dark. I had already stumbled upon the home-spun carpet, but
+as I had not hurt myself, I recommenced my amusing play. For an
+instant I thought to experience a new but strange joy by going into
+the shadowy and distant recesses of the room; but I was overtaken
+there by an indefinable terror of something which I cannot name, and I
+hastily took refuge in the dim circle of light and looked behind me
+with a shudder to see whether anything had followed me from out of
+those dark corners. Finally the flames died away entirely, and I was
+really afraid; aunt Bertha sat motionless upon her chair, and although
+I felt that her eyes were upon me I was not reassured. The very
+chairs, the chairs ranged about the room, began to disquiet me because
+their long shadows, that stretched behind them exaggerating the height
+of ceiling and length of wall, moved restlessly like souls in the
+agonies of death. And especially there was a half-open door that led
+into a very dark hall, which in its turn opened into a large empty
+parlor absolutely dark. Oh! with what intensity I fixed my eyes upon
+that door to which I would not for the world have turned my back!
+
+This was the beginning of those daily winter-evening terrors which in
+that beloved home cast such a gloom over my childhood.
+
+What I feared to see enter that door had no well defined form, but the
+fear was none the less definite to me: and it kept me standing
+motionless near the dead fire with wide open eyes and fluttering
+heart. When my mother suddenly entered the room by a different door,
+oh! how I clung to her and covered my face with her dress: it was a
+supreme protection, the sanctuary where no harm could reach me, the
+harbor of harbors where the storm is forgotten. . . .
+
+At this instant the thread of recollection breaks, I can follow it no
+farther.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER III.
+
+
+
+After the ineffaceable impression left by that first fright and that
+first dance before the winter fire many months passed during which no
+other events were engraven upon my memory, and I relapsed into a
+twilight state similar to that at the commencement of my life. But the
+mental dimness was pierced now and again with a bright light; as the
+gray of early morning is tinged by the rose-color of dawning.
+
+I believe that the impressions which succeeded were those of the
+summer time, of the great sun and nature. I recall feeling an almost
+delicious terror when one day I found myself alone in the midst of
+tall June grasses that grew high as my head. But here the secret
+working of self consciousness is almost too entangled with the things
+of the past for me to explain it.
+
+We were visiting at a country place called Limoise, a place that at
+later time played a great part in my life. It belonged to neighbors
+and friends, the D----s, whose house in town was directly next to
+ours. Perhaps I had visited Limoise the preceding summer, but at that
+time I was very like a cocoon before it has crawled from its silken
+wrapping. The day that I now refer to is the one in which I was able
+to reflect for the first time, in which I first knew the sweetness of
+reverie.
+
+I have forgotten our departure, the carriage ride and our arrival. But
+I remember distinctly that late one hot afternoon, as the sun was
+setting, I found myself alone in a remote part of a deserted garden.
+The gray walls overgrown with ivy and mosses separated its grove of
+trees from the moorland and the rocky country round about it. For me,
+brought up in the city, the old and solitary garden, where even the
+fruit trees were dying from old age, had all the mystery and charm of
+a primeval forest. I crossed a border of box, and I was in the midst
+of a large uncultivated tract filled with climbing asparagus and great
+weeds. Then I cowered down, as is the fashion of little children, that
+I might be more effectually hidden by what hid me sufficiently
+already, and I remained there motionless with eyes dilated and with
+quickening spirit, half afraid, half enraptured. The feeling that I
+experienced in the presence of these unfamiliar things was one of
+reflection rather than of astonishment. I knew that the bright green
+vegetation closing in about me was every where in no less measure than
+in the heart of this forest, and emotions, sad and weird and vague
+took possession of me and affrighted but fascinated me. That I might
+remain hidden as long as possible I crouched lower and still lower,
+and I felt the joy a little Indian boy feels when he is in his beloved
+forest.
+
+Suddenly I heard someone call: "Pierre! Pierre! Dear Pierre!" I did
+not reply, but instead lay as close as possible to the ground, and
+sought to hide under the weeds and the waving branches of the
+asparagus.
+
+Still I heard: "Pierre, Pierre." It was Lucette; I knew her voice, and
+from the mockery of her tone I felt sure that she had spied me. But I
+could not see her although I looked about me very carefully: no one
+was visible!
+
+With peals of laughter she continued to call, and her voice grew
+merrier and merrier. Where can she be? thought I.
+
+Ah! At last I spied her perched upon the twisted branch of a tree that
+was overhung with gray moss!
+
+I was fairly caught and I came out of my green hiding place.
+
+As I rose I gazed over the wild and flowering things, and saw the
+corner of the old moss-grown wall that enclosed the garden. That wall
+was destined to be at a later time a very familiar haunt of mine, for
+on the Thursday holidays during my college life I spent many a happy
+hour sitting upon it contemplating the peaceful and quiet country, and
+there I mused, to the chirping accompaniment of the crickets, of those
+distant countries fairer and sunnier than my own. And upon that summer
+day those gray and crumbling stones, defaced by the sun and weather,
+and overgrown with mosses, gave me for the first time an indefinable
+impression of the persistence of things; a vague conception of
+existences antedating my own, in times long past.
+
+Lucette D----, my elder by eight or ten years, seemed to me already a
+grown person. I cannot recall the time when I did not know her. Later
+I came to love her as a sister, and her early death in her prime was
+one of the first real griefs of my boyhood.
+
+And the first recollection I have of her is as I saw her in the
+branches of the old pear tree. Her image doubtless begets a vividness
+from the two new emotions with which it is blended: the enchanting
+uneasiness I felt at the invasion of green nature and the melancholy
+reverie that took possession of me as I contemplated the old wall,
+type of ancient things and olden times.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER IV.
+
+
+
+I will now endeavor to explain the impression that the sea made upon
+me at our first brief and melancholy encounter, which took place at
+twilight upon the evening of my arrival at the Island.
+
+Notwithstanding the fact that I could scarcely see it, it had so
+remarkable an effect on me that in a single moment it was engraven
+upon my memory forever. I feel a retrospective shudder run through me
+when my spirit broods upon the recollection.
+
+We had but newly arrived at this village near St. Ongeoise where my
+parents had rented a fisherman's house for the bathing season. I knew
+that we had come here for something called the sea, but I had had no
+glimpse of it (a line of dunes hid it from me because of my short
+stature), and I was extremely impatient to become acquainted with it;
+therefore after dinner, as night was falling, I went alone to seek
+this mysterious thing.
+
+The air was sharp and biting, and unlike any I had experienced, and
+from behind the hillocks of sand, along which the path led, there came
+a faint but majestic noise. Everything affrighted me, the unfamiliar
+way, the twilight falling from the overcast sky, and the loneliness of
+this part of the village. But inspired by one of those great and
+sudden resolutions, that come sometimes to the most timid, I went
+forward with a firm step.
+
+Suddenly I stopped overcome and almost paralyzed by fear, for
+something took shape before me, something dark and surging sprang up
+from all sides at the same time and it seemed to stretch out
+endlessly. It was something so vast and full of motion that I was
+seized with a deadly vertigo--it was the sea of my imagining! Without
+a moment's hesitation, without asking how this knowledge had been
+wrought, without astonishment even, I recognized it and I trembled
+with a great emotion. It was so dark a green as to be almost black; to
+me it seemed unstable, perfidious, all ingulfing, always turbulent,
+and of a sinister, menacing aspect. Above it, in harmony with it,
+stretched the gray and lowering sky.
+
+And far away, very far away, upon the immeasurable distant horizon I
+perceived a break between the sky and the waters, and a pale yellow
+light showed through this cleft.
+
+Had I been to the sea before to recognize it thus quickly? Perhaps I
+had, but without being conscious of it, for when I was about five or
+six months old I had been brought to the Island by my great aunt, my
+grandmother's sister; or perhaps because it had played so great a part
+in my sea-faring ancestors' lives I was born with a nascent conception
+of it and its immensity.
+
+We communed together a moment, one with the other--I was deeply
+fascinated. At our first encounter I am sure I had a nebulous
+presentiment that I would one day go to it in spite of my hesitation,
+in spite of all the efforts put forth to hold me back,--and the
+emotion that overwhelmed me in the presence of the sea was not only
+one of fear, but I felt also an inexpressible sadness, and I seemed to
+feel the anguish of desolation, bereavement and exile. With downcast
+mien, and with hair blown about by the wind, I turned and ran home. I
+was in the extreme haste to be with my mother; I wished to embrace her
+and to cling close to her; I desired to be with her so that she might
+console me for the thousand indefinite, anticipated sorrows that
+surged through my heart at the sight of those green waters, so vast
+and so deep.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER V.
+
+
+
+My mother!--I have already mentioned her two or three times in the
+course of this recital, but without stopping to speak of her at
+length. It seems that at first she was no more to me than a natural
+and instinctive refuge where I ran for shelter from all terrifying and
+unfamiliar things, from all the dark forebodings that had no real
+cause.
+
+But I believe she took on reality and life for the first time in the
+burst of ineffable tenderness which I felt when one May morning she
+entered my room with a bouquet of pink hyacinths in her hand; she
+brought in with her as she came a ray of sunlight.
+
+I was convalescing from one of the maladies peculiar to children,--
+measles or whooping cough, I know not which,--and I had been ordered
+to remain in bed and to keep warm. By the rays of light that filtered
+in through the closed shutters I divined the springtime warmth and
+brightness of the sun and air, and I felt sad that I had to remain
+behind the curtains of my tiny white bed; I wished to rise and go out;
+but most of all I had a desire to see my mother.
+
+The door opened and she entered, smiling. Ah, I remember it so well! I
+recall so distinctly how she looked as she stood upon the threshold of
+the door. And I remember that she brought in with her some of the
+sunlight and balminess of the spring day.
+
+I see again the expression of her face as she looked at me; and I hear
+the sound of her voice, and recall the details of her beloved dress
+that would look funny and old-fashioned to me now. She had returned
+from her morning shopping, and she wore a straw hat trimmed with
+yellow roses and a shawl of lilac barege (it was the period of the
+shawl) sprinkled with tiny bouquets of violets. Her dark curls (the
+poor beloved curls to-day, alas! so thin and white) were at this time
+without a gray hair. There was about her the fragrance of the May day,
+and her face as it looked that morning with its broad brimmed hat is
+still distinctly present with me. Besides the bouquet of pink
+hyacinths, she had brought me a tiny watering-pot, an exact imitation
+in miniature of the crockery ones so much used by the country people.
+
+As she leaned over my bed to embrace me I felt as if every wish was
+gratified. I no longer had a desire to weep, nor to rise from my bed,
+nor to go out. She was with me and that sufficed--I was consoled,
+tranquillized, and re-created by her gracious presence.
+
+I was, I think, a little more than three years old at this time, and
+my mother must have been about forty-two years of age; but I had not
+the least notion of age in regard to her, and it had never occurred to
+me to wonder whether she was young or old; nor did I realize until a
+later time that she was beautiful. No, at this period that she was her
+own dear self was enough; to me she was in face and form a person so
+apart and so unique that I would not have dreamed of comparing her
+with any one else. From her whole being there emanated such a
+joyousness, security and tenderness, and so much goodness that from
+thence was born my understanding of faith and prayer.
+
+I would that I could speak hallowed words to the first blessed form
+that I find in the book of memory. I would it were possible that I
+could greet my mother with words filled with the meaning I wish to
+convey. They are words which cause bountiful tears to flow, but tears
+fraught with I know not how much of the sweetness of consolation and
+joy, words that are ever, and in spite of everything, filled with the
+hope of an immortal reunion.
+
+And since I have touched upon this mystery that has had such an
+influence upon my soul, I will here set down that my mother alone is
+the only person in the world of whom I have the feeling that death
+cannot separate me. With other human beings, those whom I have loved
+with all my heart and soul, I have tried to imagine a hereafter, a
+to-morrow in which there shall be no to-morrow; but no, I cannot!
+Rather I have always had a horrible consciousness of our nothingness--
+dust to dust, ashes to ashes. Because of my mother alone have I been
+able to keep intact the faith of my early days. It still seems to me
+that when I have finished playing my poor part in life, when I no
+longer run in the overgrown paths that lead to the unattainable, when
+I am through amusing humanity with my conceits and my sorrows, I will
+go there where my mother, who has gone before me, is, and she will
+receive me; and the smile of serenity that she now wears in my memory
+will have become one of triumphant realization.
+
+True, I see that distant region only dimly, and it has no more
+substance than a pale gray vision; my words, however intangible and
+elusive, give too definite a form to my dreamy conceptions. But still
+(I speak as a little child, with the child's faith), but still I
+always think of my mother as having, in that far off place, preserved
+her earthly aspect. I think of her with her dear white curls and the
+straight lines of her beautiful profile that the years may have
+impaired a little, but which I still find perfect. The thought that
+the face of my mother shall one day disappear from my eyes forever,
+that it is no more than combined elements subject to disintegration,
+and that she will be lost in the universal abyss of nothingness, not
+only makes my heart bleed, but it causes me to revolt as at something
+unthinkable and monstrous; it cannot be! I have the feeling that there
+is about her something which death cannot touch.
+
+My love for my mother (the only changeless love of my life) is so free
+from all material feeling that that alone gives me an inexplicable
+hope, almost gives me a confidence in the immortality of the soul.
+
+I cannot very well understand why the vision of my mother near my bed
+of sickness should that morning have impressed me so vividly, for she
+was nearly always with me. It all seems very mysterious; it is as if
+at that particular moment she was for the first time revealed to me.
+
+And why among the treasured playthings of my childhood has the tiny
+watering-pot taken on the value and sacred dignity of a relic? So much
+so indeed, that when I am far distant on the ocean, in hours of
+danger, I think of it with tenderness, and see it in the place where
+it has lain for years, in the little bureau, never opened, mixed in
+with broken toys; and should it disappear I would feel as if I had
+lost an amulet that could not be replaced.
+
+And the simple shawl of lilac barege, found recently among some old
+clothing laid aside to be given to the poor, why have I put it away as
+carefully as if it were a priceless object? Because in its color (now
+faded), in its quaint Indian pattern and tiny bouquets of violets, I
+still find an emanation from my mother; I believe that I borrow
+therefrom a holy calm and sweet confidence that is almost a faith. And
+mingled in with the other feelings there is perhaps a melancholy
+regret for those May mornings of long ago that seemed so much brighter
+than are those of to-day.
+
+Truly I fear this book, the most personal I have ever written, will
+weary many.
+
+In transcribing these memories in the calm of middle life, so
+favorable to reverie, I had constantly present in my thought the
+lovely queen to whom I would dedicate this book; it is as if I were
+writing her a long letter with the full assurance of being understood
+in all those sacred matters to which words give but an inadequate
+expression.
+
+Perhaps you will understand also, my dear unknown readers, who with
+kindly sympathy have followed me thus far; and all those who cherish,
+or who have been cherished by their mothers will not smile at the
+childish things written down here.
+
+But this chapter will certainly seem ridiculous to those who are
+strangers to an all absorbing love, they will not be able to imagine
+that I have a deep pity to exchange for their cynical smiles.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER VI.
+
+
+
+Before I finish writing of the confused memories I have of the
+commencement of my life I wish to speak of another ray of sunshine--a
+sad ray this time,--that has left an ineffaceable impression upon me,
+and the meaning of which will never be clear to me.
+
+Upon a Sunday, after we had returned from church, the ray appeared to
+me. It came through a half-open window and fell into the stairway, and
+as it lengthened itself upon the whiteness of the wall it took on a
+peculiar, weird shape.
+
+I had returned from church with my mother and as I mounted the stairs
+I took her hand. The house was filled with a humming silence peculiar
+to the noontime of very hot summer days (it was August or September).
+Following the habit of our country the shutters were half closed
+making indoors, during the heated period of the day, a sort of
+twilight.
+
+As I entered the house there came to me an appreciation of the
+stillness of Sunday that in the country and in peaceful byways of
+little towns is like the peace of death. But when I saw the ray of
+sunlight fall obliquely through the staircase window, I had a feeling
+more poignant than ordinary sorrow; I had a feeling altogether
+incomprehensible and absolutely new in which there seemed infused a
+conception of the brevity of life's summers, their rapid flight and
+the incomputable ages of the sun. But other elements still more
+mysterious, that it would be impossible for me to explain even
+vaguely, entered therein.
+
+I wish to add to the history of this ray of sunshine the sequel that
+is intimately connected with it. Years passed; I became a man, and
+after having been among many people and experienced many adventures I
+lived for an autumn and winter in an isolated house in an unfrequented
+part of Stamboul. It was there that every evening at approximately the
+same hour, a ray of sunlight came in through the window and fell
+obliquely on the wall and lit up the niche (hollowed out of the stone
+wall) in which I had placed an Athenian vase. And I never saw that ray
+of sunlight without thinking of the one I had seen upon that Sunday of
+long ago; nor without having the same, precisely the same sad emotion,
+scarcely diminished by time, and always full of the same mystery. And
+when I had to leave Turkey, when I was obliged to quit my dangerous
+but adored lodgings in Stamboul, with all my busy and hurried
+preparations for departure there was mingled this strange regret:
+never more should I see the oblique ray of sunshine come into the
+stairway window and fall upon the niche in the wall where the Greek
+vase stood.
+
+Perhaps under all of this there may have been, if not recollections of
+a previous personal experience, at least the reflected inchoate
+thoughts of ancestors which I am unable in any clearer way to bring
+out of darkness. But enough! I must say no more, for I again find
+myself in the land of vague fancy, gliding phantoms and illusive
+nothings.
+
+For this almost unintelligible chapter there is no excuse that I can
+offer, save that I have written it with the greatest frankness and
+sincerity.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER VII.
+
+
+
+And I now recall the impressions of springtime, all the fresh splendor
+of May; and I remember vividly the lonely road called the Fountain
+road.
+
+(As I am endeavoring to put my recollections into some sort of order I
+think that at this time I must have been about five years old.)
+
+I was old enough at any rate to take walks with my father and my
+sister, and I went out with them this dewy morning. I was in ecstasy
+to see that everything had become so green, to see the budding foliage
+and the tasselled shrubs and hedges. Along the sides of the road the
+grass was all the same length, and the flowers in the grass with their
+exquisite mingling of the red of the geranium and the blue of the
+speedwell, made the whole earth seem a great bouquet. As I plucked the
+flowers I scarcely knew which way to run; in my eagerness I trod upon
+them and my legs became wet from the dew--I marvelled at all the
+richness at my disposal, and I longed to take great armfuls of the
+flowers and carry them away with me.
+
+My sister, who had gathered a sprig of hawthorn, one of iris and some
+long sheath-like grasses leaned towards me, and took my hand, and
+said: "You have enough for the present; you see, dear, that we could
+never gather all of them."
+
+But I did not heed, so absolutely intoxicated was I with the
+magnificence about me, the like of which I did not recall ever to have
+seen before.
+
+That was the beginning of those almost daily excursions that I took
+with my father and sister, and that I kept up for so long a time
+(almost to my boarding-school days). It is through them that I became
+so well acquainted with the surrounding country and with the varieties
+of flowers found there. Poor fields and meadows of my native country!
+So monotonous, so flat, one so like another; fields of hay and daisies
+where in childhood I would disappear from sight and hide under the
+green vegetation. Fields of corn and paths bordered with hawthorn, I
+love you all in spite of your monotony!
+
+Toward the west, in the far distance, my eyes sought for a glimpse of
+the sea. Sometimes when we had gone a long way there would appear upon
+the horizon, among the other lines there, a straight bluish one; it
+was the sea; and it lured me to it finally as a great and patient
+lover lures, who sure of his power is willing to wait.
+
+My sister and my brother, of whom I have not spoken before, were
+considerably older than I; it seemed almost as if we belonged to
+different generations. For that reason they petted me even more than
+did my father and mother, my grandmother and aunts; and as I was the
+only child among them I was cherished like a little hot-house plant, I
+was too tenderly guarded and remained all too unacquainted with thorns
+and brambles.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER VIII.
+
+
+
+Someone has advanced the theory that those persons endowed with a gift
+for painting (either with color or with words) probably belong to a
+half-blind species; accustomed to living in a partial light, in a sort
+of misty grayness, they turn their gaze inward; and when by chance
+they do look out their impressions are ten times more vivid than are
+those of ordinary people.
+
+To me that seems a little paradoxical.
+
+But it is true that sometimes an enveloping darkness aids one to
+clearer vision; as in a panorama building, for example, where the
+obscurity about the entrance prepares one better for the climax, and
+gives the scene depicted a more real and vivid appearance.
+
+In the course of my life I would without doubt have been less
+impressed by the ever shifting phantasmagoria of existence had I not
+begun my journey in a place almost without distinctive color, in a
+tranquil corner of the most commonplace little town, receiving an
+education austerely pious; and where my longest journey was bounded by
+the forests of Limoise (as wonderful to me as a primeval forest) and
+by the shores of the island of Oleron, that seemed very immense when I
+went to it to visit my aged aunts.
+
+But after all is said, it was in the yard about our house that I
+passed the happiest of my summers--it seemed to me that that was my
+particular kingdom, and I adored it.
+
+It was in truth a beautiful yard, much more sunny and airy than the
+majority of city gardens. Its long avenue of green and flowery
+branches, that overtopped the heads of the neighboring fruit trees,
+was bordered on the south by a low and ancient wall over which grew
+roses and honeysuckles. The long leafy avenue gave the impression of
+great depth, and its perspective melted into a bower of vines and
+jasmine bushes that in turn became a great verdant place, which came
+to an end at a storehouse of ancient construction, whose gray stones
+were hidden under ivy vines.
+
+Ah! How I loved that garden, and how much I still love it!
+
+I believe the keenest, earliest memories are of the beautiful long
+summer evenings. Oh! the return from a walk during those long, clear
+twilights that certainly were more delicious than are those of to-day.
+What joy to re-enter that yard which the thorn-apples and the
+honeysuckles filled with the sweetest odor, to enter and see from the
+gate all the long avenue of tangled greenness. Through an opening in a
+bower of Virginia Creeper I could see the rosy splendor of the setting
+sun; and somewhat removed in the gathering shadows of the foliage,
+there were distinguishable three or four persons. The persons, it is
+true, were very quiet and they were dressed in black, but they were
+nevertheless very reassuring to me, very familiar and very much
+beloved: they were the forms of mother, grandmother and aunts. Then I
+would run to them hastily and throw myself upon their laps, and that
+was always one of the happiest moments of my day.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER IX.
+
+
+
+In the month of March, as the shadows of twilight gathered, two little
+children were seated very close together upon a low footstool--two
+little ones, between the ages of five and six, dressed in short
+trousers with white pinafores over them, as was the fashion of the
+time. After having played wildly they were now quietly amusing
+themselves with paper and pencils. The dim light seemed to fill them
+with a vague fear, and it troubled their spirits.
+
+Of the two children only one was drawing--it was I. The other, a
+friend invited over for the day, an exceptional thing, was watching me
+with great attention. With some difficulty (trusting me meantime) he
+followed the fantastic movements of my pencil whose intention I took
+care to explain to him at some length. And my oral interpretation was
+necessary, for I was busy executing two drawings that I entitled
+respectively, "The Happy Duck" and "The Unhappy Duck."
+
+The room in which we were seated must have been furnished about the
+year 1805, at the time of the marriage of my now-very-old grandmother,
+who still occupied it, and who this evening was seated in the chair of
+the Directory period; she was singing to herself and she took no
+notice of us.
+
+My memories of my grandmother are indistinct for her death occurred
+shortly after this time; but as I will never again, in the course of
+this recital, have a more vivid impression of her, I will here insert
+what I know of her history.
+
+It seems that in the stress of all sorts of troubles she had been a
+brave and noble mother. After reverses that were so general in those
+days, after losing her husband at the Battle of Trafalgar, and her
+elder son at the shipwreck of the Medusa, she went resolutely to work
+to educate her younger son, my father, until such time as he should be
+able to support himself. At about her eightieth year (which was not
+far distant when I came into the world) the senility of second
+childhood had set in; at that time I knew nothing about the tragedy of
+the loss of memory and I could not realize the vacancy of her mind and
+soul.
+
+She would often stand for a long time before a mirror and talk in a
+most amiable way to her own reflection, which she called, "my good
+neighbor" or "my dear neighbor." It was also her mania to sing with a
+most excessive ardor the Marseillaise, the Parisiennes, the "Song of
+Farewell," and all the noble songs of the transition time, which had
+been the rage in her young womanhood.
+
+During these exciting times she had lived quietly, and had occupied
+herself entirely with her household cares and her son's education. For
+that reason it seems the more singular that from her disordered mind,
+just about as it was to take its journey into complete darkness and to
+become disintegrated through death, there should come this tardy echo
+of that tempestuous time.
+
+I enjoyed listening to her very much and often I would laugh, but
+without any irreverence, and I never was the least afraid of her. She
+was extremely lovely and had delicate and regular features, and her
+expression was very sweet. Her abundant hair was silver-gray, and upon
+her cheeks there was a color similar to that of a faded rose leaf, a
+color which the old people of that generation often retained into
+extreme old age. I remember that she usually wore a red cashmere shawl
+about her shoulders, and that she always had on an old-fashioned cap
+trimmed with green ribbons. There was something very modest and gentle
+and pleasing about her still graceful little body.
+
+Her room, where I liked to come to play because it was so large and
+sunny, was furnished as simply as a Presbyterian parsonage: the waxed
+walnut furniture was of the Directory period, the large bed had a
+canopy of thick, red, cotton stuff and the walls were painted an ochre
+yellow; and upon them in gilt frames, slightly tarnished, were hung
+water colors representing vases of flowers. I very soon discovered
+that this room was furnished in a very simple and old-fashioned way,
+and I thought to myself that the good old grandmother who sang so
+constantly must be much poorer than my other grandmother, who was
+younger by twenty years, and who always dressed in black--which last
+matter seemed an elegant distinction to me.
+
+But to return to my drawings! I think that the pictures of those two
+ducks, occupying such different stations in life, were the first I
+ever drew.
+
+At the bottom of the picture called "The Happy Duck" I had drawn a
+tiny house, and near the duck himself there was a large, kind woman
+who was calling him to her so that she might give him food.
+
+"The Unhappy Duck," on the other hand, was swimming about solitary and
+alone on a sort of hazy sea, which I had represented by drawing two or
+three straight lines, and in the distance one could see the outline of
+a gloomy shore. The thin paper, a leaf torn from a book, had print on
+the reverse side, and the letters showed through in grayish flecks and
+gave the curious impression as of clouds in the sky. And that little
+drawing, with less form than a school-boy's blackboard scrawl, was
+completely transfigured by those gray spots, and because of them it
+took on for me a deep and dreadful significance. Aided by the dim
+light in the room the pictured scene became a vision that faded away
+into the distance like the pale surface of the sea. I was terrified at
+my own work; I was astonished to find in it those things that I had
+not put there; to discover in it those things which elsewhere had
+given me such a well remembered anguish.
+
+"Oh!" I said with exaltation to my young companion, who did not
+understand anything of what was going forward, "Oh!" I exclaimed with
+a voice full of emotion, "you may see it; I cannot bear to look at
+it!" I covered the picture with my hands, but nevertheless I peeped at
+it very often; and it was so vividly impressed upon my mind that I can
+still recall it as it appeared to me transfigured: a gleam of light
+lay upon the horizon of that sea so awkwardly represented, the heavens
+appeared to be filled with rain, and it seemed to be a dreary winter
+evening in which there was a fierce wind blowing.
+
+The "Unhappy Duck" solitary, far away from his family and friends was
+making his way toward the foggy shore over which there hung an air of
+extreme sadness and desolation. And certainly for one fleeting moment
+I had a prescience of those heartaches that I was to know later in the
+course of my sailor life. I seemed to have a presentiment of those
+stormy December evenings when my boat was to enter, to take shelter
+until the morning, one of those uninhabited bays upon the coast of
+Brittany; more particularly I had a prescience of those twilights of
+the Antarctic winter when, in about the latitude of Magellan, we were
+to go in search of protection towards those sterile shores that are as
+inhospitable and as absolutely deserted as the waters surrounding
+them.
+
+The vision faded and I once more found myself in my grandmother's
+large room enveloped in the shadows of the evening. My grandmother was
+singing, and I was again a tiny being who had seen nothing of the
+large world, who had fears without knowing wherefore, and who did not
+even know the cause of the tears that he shed.
+
+Since then I have often observed that the rudimentary scrawls made by
+children, and which as representations are incorrect and inadequate,
+impress them much more than do the able and correct drawing of adults.
+For although theirs are incomplete they add to them a thousand things
+of their own seeing and imagining; and they add to them also the
+thousand things that grow in the deep subsoil of their consciousness--
+the things which no brush would be able to paint.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER X.
+
+
+
+Upon the second floor, above the room occupied by my poor old
+grandmother, who sang the Marseillaise so constantly, in that part of
+the house overlooking the yard and the gardens, lived my great-aunt
+Bertha.
+
+From her windows, across the houses and the walls covered with roses
+and jasmine, one could see the ramparts of the town. They were so near
+to us that their old trees were visible; and beyond them lay those
+great plains of our country called prees (prairies) all so alike, and
+as monotonous as the neighboring seas. From the window one also saw
+the river. At full tide, when it almost overflowed its banks, it
+looked, as it wound along through the green meadows, like silver lace;
+and the large and small boats that passed in the far distance mounted
+upon this silver thread toward the harbor and from there sailed out
+into the great sea.
+
+As this was our only glimpse of real country the windows in my aunt
+Bertha's room had always a great attraction for me. Especially had
+they in the evening at sunset, for from them I could watch the sun
+sink mysteriously behind the prairies. Oh! those sunsets that I saw
+from my aunt Bertha's windows, what ecstasy overcast with melancholy
+they awakened in me! The winter sunsets seen through the closed
+windows were a pale rose color. Those of summer time, upon stormy
+evenings, after a hot, bright day, I contemplated from the open
+window, and as I did so I would breathe in the sweet odors given out
+by the jasmine blossoms growing on the wall: it seems to me that there
+are no such sunsets now as there were then. When the sunsets were
+notably splendid and unusual, if I was not in the room, aunt Bertha,
+who never missed one, would call out hastily: "Dearie! Dearie! Come
+quickly!" From any corner of the house I heard that call and
+understood it, and I went swift as a hurricane and mounted the stairs
+four steps at a time. I mounted the more rapidly because the stairway
+had already begun to fill with dread shadows; and in the turnings and
+corners I saw the imaginary forms of ghosts and monsters that at
+nightfall always pursued me as I ran up the stairs.
+
+My aunt Bertha's room, with its simple white muslin curtains, was as
+modest as my grandmother's. The walls, covered with an old-fashioned
+paper in vogue at the commencement of the century, were ornamented
+with water colors similar to those in my grandmother's room. The
+picture that I looked at most often was a pastel after Raphael of a
+virgin in white, blue and rose color. The rays of the setting sun
+always fell upon this picture (I have already said the hour of sunset
+was the time I preferred most to be in this room). This virgin was
+very much like my aunt Bertha; in spite of the great difference in
+their ages, one was struck with the resemblance between the straight
+lines and regularity of their profiles.
+
+On this same floor, but upon the street side, lived my other
+grandmother (the one who always dressed in black) and her daughter, my
+aunt Claire, the person in the house who petted me most.
+
+Upon winter evenings, after I had been to my aunt Bertha's room to see
+the sunset, it was my custom to go to them. I usually found them
+together in my grandmother's room and I would seat myself near the
+fire in a little chair placed there for me. But the twilight hour
+spent with them was always a disturbing one. . . . After all the
+amusements, all the day's running and playing, to sit in the dusk
+almost motionless upon my tiny chair, with eyes wide open, uneasily
+watching for the least change in the shadows, especially on that side
+of the room where the door opened on the dim stairway, was very
+painful to me. . . . I am sure that if my grandmother and aunt had
+known of the melancholy and terrors which the twilight induced in me,
+they would have spared me by lighting the lamp, but they did not know
+my sufferings; and it was the custom of the aged persons by whom I was
+surrounded, to sit tranquilly at nightfall in their accustomed places
+without having need for a lighted lamp. As it grew darker one or the
+other, grandmother or aunt, would draw her chair closer to me, and
+when I had that protection about me I felt completely happy and
+reassured and would say: "Please tell me stories about the Island."
+
+The Island, that is the Island of Oleron, was my mother's native
+place, my grandmother's and aunt's also, which they had quitted twenty
+years before my birth to establish themselves upon the main land. The
+Island, or the least thing that came from it, had a singular charm for
+me.
+
+It was quite near us, for from a garret window at the top of the house
+we could, upon a very clear day, see the extreme end of its extensive
+plain; it appeared a little bluish line against a still paler one
+which was the arm of the ocean separating us from it. . . . To get to
+it we had to take a long journey in wretched country wagons and in
+sailing boats; and often our boat had to make its way there in the
+teeth of a strong gale. At this time in the village of St. Pierre
+Oleron I had three old aunts who lived very modestly upon the revenues
+of their salt marshes (the remains of a once great inheritance), and
+their annual rents which the peasants still paid with sacks of wheat.
+. . . When I went to visit them at St. Pierre there was for me a
+certain joy, mingled with many kinds of conflicting emotions, which I
+cannot explain, in trying to picture to myself their once great
+station.
+
+The Huguenot austerity of their manners, their mode of life, their
+house and their furniture all belonged to a past time, to a bygone
+generation. The sea surrounded and isolated us, and the wind
+constantly swept over the moorland and over the great stretches of
+sandy beach.
+
+My nurse was also from the Island, of a Huguenot family, which
+descending from father to son had been with us for a long time; and
+she would say: "At home, on the Island," in such a way that with a
+wave of emotion I understood her great homesickness for it.
+
+We had about us a number of little articles that had come from there,
+and which had places of honor in our home. We had some black pebbles
+large as cannon-balls, that had been chosen from the thousands lying
+on the Long-Beach because centuries of washing had polished and
+rounded them exquisitely. These pebbles always played an important
+part every winter evening, for with the greatest regularity the old
+people would put them into the chimney-place where a wood fire blazed
+and crackled; afterwards they slipped them into calico bags of a
+flowered pattern, also brought from the Island, and took them to bed
+where they served to keep their feet warm during the night.
+
+In our cellar we had wooden props and firkins, and also a number of
+straight elm poles for holding the washing which had been cut from the
+choicest young trees in my grandmother's forest. I had the greatest
+veneration for all these things. I knew that my grandmother no longer
+owned the forests, nor the salt marshes, nor the vineyards; for I had
+heard them say that she had sold them one at a time to put the money
+into investments upon the mainland; and that an incompetent notary by
+his bad investments had greatly reduced her income.
+
+When I went to the Island and the old salt makers and vine dressers,
+who had at one time worked for our family, still loyal and respectful
+called me "our little master," I knew they did so out of pure
+politeness and altogether in deference to our past grandeur.
+
+I regretted that I could not spend my life in tending the vineyards
+and the harvests, the occupations of several of my ancestors. Such a
+life seemed a much more desirable one to me than my own which was
+passed in a house in town.
+
+The stories of the Island that my grandmother and aunt Claire related
+to me were generally of the happenings of their own childhood, a
+childhood that seemed so very far away that to me it had no more
+reality than a dream.
+
+There were stories of grandfathers, long dead; of great-uncles whom I
+had never known, dead also for many years. When my aunt told me their
+names and described them to me I would abandon myself to reverie.
+There was in particular a grandfather Samuel who had preached at the
+time of the religious persecution, whom I thought an extraordinarily
+interesting person.
+
+I did not care whether the stories were different or not, and I would
+ask for the same ones over and over. Often they told me stories of
+journeys they had taken on the little donkeys that played such an
+important part in the lives of the people of St. Pierre. They would
+ride upon them to visit distant properties and vineyards; to get to
+these it was often necessary to travel along the sands of the Long-
+Beach, and sometimes of an evening during these expeditions terrible
+storms would burst upon the travellers and compel them to take shelter
+for the night in the inns and farmhouses.
+
+And as I sat in the darkness that no longer had terrors for me, my
+imagination busy with the things and peoples of other days, tinkle,
+tinkle would go the dinner bell; then I rose and jumped for joy, and
+we would go down to the dining-room together and find all the family
+gathered there in the bright gay room: then I would run to my mother
+and in an excess of emotion hide my face in her dress.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XI.
+
+
+
+Gaspard was a little crop-eared dog who was saved from absolute
+homeliness by the vivacious and kindly expression of his eyes. I do
+not now recall how he came to domesticate himself with us, but I do
+know that I loved him very tenderly.
+
+One winter afternoon, when he and I were out for a walk, he ran away
+from me. I consoled myself, however, by saying that he would certainly
+return to the house alone, and I went home in a happy frame of mind.
+But when night came and he was still absent I grew very heavy of
+heart.
+
+My parents had at dinner that evening an accomplished violinist and
+they had given me permission to remain up later than usual so that I
+might hear him. The first sweep of his bow which preluded I know not
+what slow and desolate movement, sounded to me like an invocation to
+those dark woodland paths in which, in the deeps of night, one feels
+that he is lost and abandoned; as the musician played I had a vision
+of Gaspard mistaking his way at the cross-roads because of the rain,
+and I saw him take an unfamiliar path that led forever away from
+friends and home. Then my tears began to flow, but no one perceived
+them; and as I wept the violin continued to fill the silence with its
+sad wailing, and it seemed to get a response from bottomless abysses
+inhabited by phantoms to which I could give neither a form nor name.
+
+That was my introduction to reverie awaking music, and years passed
+before I again experienced such sensations, for the little piano
+pieces that I began to play for myself soon after this (in a
+remarkable way for a child of my age they said) sounded to me only
+like sweet, rhythmical noise.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XII.
+
+
+
+I wish now to speak of the anguish caused by a story that was read to
+me. (I seldom read for myself, and in fact I disliked books very
+much.)
+
+A very disobedient little boy who had run away from his family and his
+native land, years later, after the death of his parents and his
+sister, returned alone to visit his parental home. This took place in
+November, and naturally the author described the dull gray sky and
+spoke of the bleak wind that blew the few remaining leaves from the
+trees.
+
+In a deserted garden, in an arbor stripped of all its green, the
+prodigal son in stooping down found among the autumn leaves a bluish
+bead that had lain there since the time he had played in the bower
+with his sister.
+
+Oh! at that point I begged them to cease reading, for I felt the sobs
+coming. I could see, see vividly, that solitary garden, that leafless
+old arbor, and half-hidden under the reddish leaves I saw that blue
+bead, souvenir of the dead sister. . . . It depressed me dreadfully
+and gave me a conception of that inevitable fading away of everything
+and every one, of the great universal change that comes to all.
+
+It is strange that my tenderly guarded infancy should have been so
+full of sad emotions and morbid reflections.
+
+I am sure that the sad days and happenings were rare, and that I lived
+the joyous and careless life of other children; but just because the
+happy days were so habitual to me they made no impression upon my
+mind, and I can no longer recall them.
+
+My memories of the summer time are so similar that they break with the
+splendor of the sun into the dark places and things of my mind.
+
+And always the great heat, the deep blue skies, the sparkling sand of
+the beach and the flood of light upon the white lime walls of the
+cottages of the little villages upon the "Island" induced in me a
+melancholy and sleepiness which I afterwards experienced with even
+greater intensity in the land of the Turk.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XIII.
+
+
+
+"And at midnight there was a cry made: Behold, the Bridegroom cometh;
+go ye out to meet him. . . . And they that were ready went in with him
+to the marriage; and the door was shut. Afterward came also the other
+virgins, saying, Lord, Lord, open to us.
+
+"But he answered and said, Verily, I say unto you, I know you not.
+
+"Watch therefore, for ye know neither the day nor the hour wherein the
+Son of man cometh."
+
+After reading these verses in a loud voice, my father closed the
+Bible; in the room where we were assembled there was a sound of chairs
+being moved and we all went down upon our knees to pray. Following the
+usage in old Huguenot families, it was our custom to have prayers just
+before retiring to our rooms for the night.
+
+"And the door was shut. . . ." Although I still knelt I no longer
+heard the prayer, for the foolish virgins appeared to me. They were
+enveloped in white veils that billowed about them as they stood before
+the door holding in their hands the little lamps whose flickering
+flames were so soon to be extinguished, leaving them in the gloom
+without before that closed door, closed against them irrevocably and
+forever. . . . And a time could come then when it would be too late;
+when the Saviour weary of our trespassing would no longer listen to
+our supplications! I had never thought that that was possible. And a
+fear more terrifying and awful than any I had ever known before
+completely overwhelmed me at the thought of eternal damnation. . . .
+
+                  *       *       *       *       *
+
+For a long time, for many weeks and months, the parable of the foolish
+virgins haunted me. And every evening, when darkness came, I would
+repeat to myself the words that sounded so beautiful and yet so
+dismaying: "Watch therefore, for ye know neither the day nor the hour
+wherein the Son of man cometh." If he should come to-night, was ever
+my thought, I would be awakened by a noise as of the sound of rushing
+waters, by the blare of the trumpet of the angel of the Lord
+announcing the terrifying approach of the end of the world. And I
+could never go to sleep until I had said a long prayer in which I
+commended myself to the mercy of my Saviour.
+
+I do not believe there was ever a little child who had a more
+sensitive conscience than I; about everything I was so morbidly
+scrupulous that I was often misunderstood by those who loved me best,
+a thing that caused me the most poignant heartaches. I remember having
+been tormented for days merely because in relating something I had not
+reported it precisely as it had happened. And to such a point did I
+carry my squeamishness of conscience that when I had finished with my
+recital or statement I would murmur in a low voice, in the tone of one
+who tells over his beads, these words: "After all, perhaps I do not
+remember just exactly how it was." When I think of the thousand
+remorses and fears which my trifling wrong doings caused me, and which
+from my sixth to my eighth year cast a gloom over my childhood, I feel
+a sort of retrospective depression.
+
+At that period if any one asked me what I hoped to be in the future,
+when a man, without hesitation I would answer: "I expect to be a
+minister,"--and to me the religious vocation seemed the very grandest
+one. And those about me would smile and without doubt they thought,
+inasmuch as I too wished it, that it was the best career for me.
+
+In the evening, especially at night, I meditated constantly of that
+hereafter which to pronounce the name of filled me with terror:
+eternity. And my departure from this earth,--this earth which I had
+scarcely seen, of which I had seen no more than the tiniest and most
+colorless corner--seemed to me a thing very near at hand. With a
+blending of impatience and mortal fear I thought of myself as soon to
+be clothed in a resplendent white robe, as soon to be seated in a
+great splendor of light among the multitude of angels and chosen ones
+around the throne of the Blessed Lamb; I saw myself in the midst of a
+great moving orb that, to the sound of music, oscillated slowly and
+continuously in the infinite void of heaven.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XIV.
+
+
+
+"Once upon a time a little girl when she opened a large fruit that had
+come from the colonies, a big creature came out of it, a green
+creature, and it bit her and that made her die."
+
+It was my little friend Antoinette (she was six and I seven) who was
+telling me the story which had been suggested to her because we were
+about to break and divide an apricot between us. We were at the
+extreme end of her garden in the lovely month of June under a
+branching apricot tree. We sat very close together upon the same stool
+in a house about as big as a bee-hive, which we had built for our
+exclusive use out of old planks. Our dwelling was covered with pieces
+of foreign matting that had come from the Antilles packed about some
+boxes of coffee. The sunbeams pierced the roof, which was of a coarse
+straw-colored material, and the warm breeze that stirred the leaves of
+the trees about us made the sunlight dance as it fell upon our faces
+and aprons. (During at least two summers it had been our favorite
+amusement to build, in isolated nooks, houses like the one described
+in Robinson Crusoe, and thus hidden away we would sit together and
+chat.) In the story of the little girl who was bitten by the big
+creature this phrase, "a very large fruit from the colonies," had
+suddenly plunged me into a reverie. And I had a vision of trees, of
+strange fruits, and of forests filled with marvelously colored birds.
+Ah! how much those magical but disturbing words, "the colonies"
+conveyed to me in my childhood. To me they meant at that time all
+tropical and distant countries, which I invariably thought of as
+filled with giant palms, exquisite flowers, strange black people and
+great animals. Although my ideas were so confused I had an almost true
+conception, amounting to an intuition, of their mournful splendor and
+their enervating melancholy.
+
+I think that I saw a palm for the first time in an illustrated book
+called the "Young Naturalists," by Madame Ulliac-Tremadeure; the book
+was one of my New Year's gifts, and I read some parts of it upon New
+Year's evening. (Green-house palms had not at that time been brought
+to our little town.)
+
+The illustrator had placed two of these unfamiliar trees at the edge
+of a sea-shore along which negroes were passing. Recently I was
+curious enough to hunt in the little yellow, faded book for that
+picture, and truly I wonder how that illustration had the power to
+create the very least of my dreams unless it were that my immature
+mind was already leavened by the memory of memories.
+
+"The colonies!" Ah! how can I give an adequate idea of all that awoke
+in my mind at the sound of these words? A fruit from there, a bird or
+a shell, had instantly the greatest charm for me.
+
+There were a number of things from the tropics in little Antoinette's
+home: a parrot, birds of many colors in a cage, and collections of
+shells and insects. In one of her mamma's bureau drawers I had seen
+quaint necklaces of fragrant berries; in the garret, where we
+sometimes rummaged, we found skins of animals and peculiar bags and
+cases upon which could still be made out the names of towns in the
+Antilles; and a faint tropical odor scented the entire house.
+
+Antoinette's garden, as I have said, was separated from ours by a very
+low wall overgrown with roses and jasmine. And the very old
+pomegranate tree growing there spread its branches into our yard, and
+at the blooming season its coral-red petals were scattered upon our
+grass.
+
+Often we spoke from one house to the other:
+
+"Can I come over and play with you?" I would ask. "Will your mamma
+allow me?"
+
+"No, because I have been naughty and I am being punished." (That
+happened very often.)--Such an answer always grieved me a great deal;
+but I must confess that it was more on account of my disappointment
+over the parrot and the tropical things than because of her
+punishment.
+
+Little Antoinette had been born in the colonies, but, curiously
+enough, she never seemed to value that fact, and they had very little
+charm for her, indeed she scarcely remembered them. I would have given
+everything I possessed in the world to have seen, if only for the
+briefest time, one of those distant countries, inaccessible to me, as
+I well knew.
+
+With a regret that was almost anguish I thought, alas! that in my life
+as minister, live as long as I might, I would never, never see those
+enchanting lands.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XV.
+
+
+
+I will now describe a game that gave Antoinette and me the greatest
+pleasure during those two delicious summers.
+
+We pretended to be two caterpillars, and we would creep along the
+ground upon our stomachs and our knees and hunt for leaves to eat.
+After having done that for some time we played that we were very very
+sleepy, and we would lie down in a corner under the trees and cover
+our heads with our white aprons--we had become cocoons. We remained in
+this condition for some time, and so thoroughly did we enter into the
+role of insects in a state of metamorphosis, that any one listening
+would have heard pass between us, in a tone of the utmost seriousness,
+conversations of this nature:
+
+"Do you think that you will soon be able to fly?"
+
+"Oh yes! I'll be flying very soon; I feel them growing in my shoulders
+now . . . they'll soon unfold." ("They" naturally referred to wings.)
+
+Finally we would wake up, stretch ourselves, and without saying
+anything we conveyed by our manner our astonishment at the great
+transformation in our condition. . . .
+
+Then suddenly we began to run lightly and very nimbly in our tiny
+shoes; in our hands we held the corners of our pinafores which we
+waved as if they were wings; we ran and ran, and chased each other,
+and flew about making sharp and fantastic curves as we went. We
+hastened from flower to flower and smelled all of them, and we
+continually imitated the restlessness of giddy moths; we imagined too
+that we were imitating their buzzing when we exclaimed: "Hou ou ou!" a
+noise we made by filling the cheeks with air and puffing it out
+quickly through the half-closed mouth.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XVI.
+
+
+
+The butterflies, the poor butterflies that have gone out of fashion in
+these days, played, I am ashamed to say, a large part in my life
+during my childhood, as did also the flies, beetles and lady-bugs and
+all the insects that are found upon flowers and in the grass. Although
+it gave me a great deal of pain to kill them, I was making a
+collection of them, and I was almost always seen with a butterfly net
+in my hand. Those flying about in our yard, that had strayed our way
+from the country, were not very beautiful it must be confessed, but I
+had the garden and woods of Limoise which all the summer long was a
+hunting-ground ever full of surprises and wonders.
+
+But the caricatures by Topffer upon this subject made me thoughtful;
+and when Lucette one day caught me with several butterflies in my hat,
+and in her incomparably mocking voice called me, "Mr. Cryptogram," I
+was much humiliated.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XVII.
+
+
+
+The poor old grandmother who sang so constantly was dying.
+
+We were all standing about her bed at nightfall one spring evening.
+She had been ailing scarcely more than forty-eight hours; but the
+doctor said that on account of her great age she could not rally, and
+he pronounced her end to be very near.
+
+Her mind had become clear; she no longer mistook our names, and in a
+sweet calm voice she begged us to remain near her--it was doubtless
+the voice of other days, the one that I had never heard before.
+
+As I stood close to my father's side I turned my eyes from my dying
+grandmother, and they wandered about the room with its old-fashioned
+furniture. I looked especially at the pictures of bouquets in vases
+that hung upon the wall. Oh! those poor little water colors in my
+grandmother's room, how ingenuous they were! They all bore this
+inscription: "A Bouquet for my mother," and under this there was a
+little verse of four lines dedicated to her which I could now read and
+understand. These works of art had been painted by my father in his
+early boyhood, and he had presented them to his mother upon each
+joyful anniversary. The poor, unpretentious little pictures bore
+testimony to the humble life of those early days, and they spoke of
+the sacred intimacy of mother and son,--they had been painted during
+the time which followed those great ordeals, the wars, the English
+invasion and the burning over of the country by the enemy. For the
+first time I realized that my grandmother too had been young; that,
+without doubt, before the trouble with her head, my father had loved
+her as I loved my mamma, and I felt that he would sorrow greatly when
+he lost her; I felt sorry for him and I was also full of remorse
+because I had laughed at her singing, and had been amused when she
+spoke to her image reflected in the looking-glass.
+
+They sent me down stairs. On different pretexts, the reason for which
+I did not understand, they kept me away from the room until the day
+was over; then they took me to the house of our friends, the D----s,
+where I was to have dinner with Lucette.
+
+When, at about half past eight, I returned home with my nurse, I
+insisted upon going straight to my grandmother's room.
+
+When I entered I was struck with the order and the air of profound
+peace that pervaded the room. My father was sitting motionless at the
+head of the bed--he was in the shadow, the open curtains were draped
+with great precision, and on the pillow, just in its middle, was the
+head of my sleeping grandmother; her whole position had about it
+something very regular--something that suggested eternal rest.
+
+My mother and sister were seated beside a chiffonier near the door,
+from which place they had kept watch over my grandmother during her
+illness. As soon as I entered they signalled to me with their hands as
+if to say: "Softly, softly, make no noise; she is asleep." The shade
+of their lamp threw a vivid light upon the material they were busied
+with, a number of little silk squares, brown, yellow, gray, etc., that
+I recognized as pieces of their old dresses and hat ribbons.
+
+At first I thought that they were working upon things which it is
+customary to prepare for people about to die; but when I, in a very
+low voice and with some uneasiness, questioned them about it, they
+explained that they were making sachets which were to be sold for
+charity.
+
+I said that I wished to bid grandmother good night before retiring,
+and they allowed me to go towards the bed; but before I reached the
+middle of the room they, after glancing quickly at each other, changed
+their minds.
+
+"No, no," they said in a very low voice, "come back, you might disturb
+her."
+
+But before they spoke I came to a halt of myself, I was overwhelmed
+with terror--I understood.
+
+Although fear kept me fixed to the spot I noted with astonishment that
+my grandmother was not at all disagreeable to look at; I had never
+before seen a dead person, and I had imagined until then, that when
+the spirit took its departure all that remained was a grinning,
+hideous skeleton. On the contrary my grandmother had upon her face an
+extremely sweet and tranquil smile; she was as beautiful as ever, and
+her face appeared to be rejuvenated and filled with a holy peace.
+
+Then there passed through my mind one of those sad flashes which
+sometimes come to little children and permit them to see for a moment
+into hidden depths, and I reflected: How can grandmother be in heaven,
+how am I to understand the division of the one body into two parts,
+for that which was left for interment, was it not my grandmother
+herself, ah! was it not she even to the very expression that she bore
+in life?
+
+After that I stole away with a bruised heart and downcast spirit, not
+daring to ask a question of any one, fearful lest what I had so
+unerringly divined would be confirmed, I did not wish to hear the
+dread and terrible word pronounced. . . .
+
+                  *       *       *       *       *
+
+For a long time thereafter little silken sachet bags were always
+associated in my mind with the idea of death.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XVIII.
+
+
+
+I still have in my memory, almost agonizing impressions of a serious
+illness which I had when I was about eight years old. Those about me
+called it scarlet fever, and its very name seemed to have a diabolical
+quality.
+
+I had the fever in March, which was cold and blustering and dreary
+that year, and every evening as night fell, if by chance my mother was
+not near me, a great sadness would overwhelm my soul. (It was an
+oppression coming on at twilight, from which animals, and beings with
+a temperament like mine suffer almost equally.)
+
+My curtains were kept open, and I always had a view of the pathetic
+looking little table with its cups of gruel and bottles of medicines.
+And as I gazed at these things, so suggestive of sickness, they took
+on strange shapes in the darkness of the silent room,--and at such
+times there passed through my head a procession of grotesque, hideous
+and alarming images.
+
+Upon two successive evenings at dusk there appeared to me, in the half
+delirium of fever, two persons who caused me the most extreme terror.
+
+The first one was an old woman, hump-backed and very ugly, but with a
+fascinating ugliness, who without my hearing her open the door,
+without my seeing any one rise to meet her, stole noiselessly to my
+side. She departed, however, without speaking to me; but as she turned
+to go her hump became visible, and I saw that there was an opening in
+it, and there popped out from this hole the green head of a parrot
+which the old woman carried in her hump. This creature called out,
+"Cuckoo," in a thin, squeaking, far-away voice, and then withdrew
+again into the frightful old hag's hump. Oh! when I heard that
+"Cuckoo!" a cold perspiration formed on my forehead; but suddenly the
+woman disappeared and then I realized that it was only a dream.
+
+The next evening a tall thin man, clothed in the black dress of a
+minister, appeared to me. He did not come near me, but kept close to
+the wall and whirled, with body all bent over, rapidly and noiselessly
+about the room. His miserable, thin legs and the gown of his dress
+stood out stiff and straight as he turned quickly. And--most horrible
+of all--he had for a head the skull of a large white bird with a long
+beak, which was a monstrous exaggeration of a sea-mew's skull,
+bleached by the sun and wind and waves, that I had the previous summer
+found upon the beach at the Island. (I believe this old man's visit
+coincided with the time when I was worst, almost in danger.) After he
+had made one or two revolutions about the room, he quickly and
+silently began to rise from the floor. Ever moving his thin legs he
+reached the cornice, then higher and higher still he rose, above the
+pictures and the looking-glasses, until he was lost to sight in the
+twilight shadows that lay near the ceiling.
+
+And for two or three years after this event the faces of those visions
+haunted me. On winter evenings I thought of them with a shudder as I
+mounted the stairway, which at that period it was not customary to
+light. "If they should be there," I would say to myself; "suppose one
+of them is lying in wait to pursue me, and stretch out their hands and
+try to catch me by the legs."
+
+And truly I will not be sure that I would not now feel, should I
+encourage myself, some of the old-time fear which that woman and man
+inspired in me; they were for some time at the head of the list of my
+childhood terrors, and for very long they led the procession of
+visions and bad dreams.
+
+Many gloomy apparitions haunted the first years of my life which
+otherwise were so uncommonly sweet. I was especially addicted to
+indulging in sad reflections at nightfall; I had impressions of my
+career being cut short by an early death. Too carefully sheltered and
+protected at this period, and yet in some measure forced mentally, I
+may be likened to a flower that lacks color and vitality because it
+has been raised in an unwholesome atmosphere. I should have been
+surrounded by hardy, mischievous, noisy playmates of my own age and
+sex, but instead of that I played only with gentle little girls. I was
+always careful and precise in my manners, and my curled hair and
+sedate bearing gave me the appearance of a little eighteenth century
+nobleman.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XIX.
+
+
+
+After that long fever, the very name of which has a sinister sound, I
+recall the delight I felt when they allowed me to go out into the air,
+when I was permitted to go down into our beloved yard. The day chosen
+for my first airing was a radiantly beautiful and clear morning in
+April. Seated under the bower of jasmine and honeysuckle I felt as if
+I were experiencing the enchantment of paradise, of another Eden.
+Everything was budding and blossoming; without my knowledge, during
+the time that I was confined to my bed, this wonderful drama of the
+spring had enacted itself upon the earth. I had not often seen this
+wonderful and magical renewal which has delighted man through all the
+ages, and to which only the very aged seem indifferent; it ravished me
+and I allowed my joy to take possession of me almost to the point of
+intoxication.--Oh! that pure, warm, soft air; the glorious sunlight
+and the tender, fresh green of the young plants and the budding trees
+that already cast a little shade. And in myself there was an unwonted
+strength that bespoke recovery, and I rejoiced mightily when I
+breathed in the sweet air and felt the flood of new life.
+
+My brother was a tall fellow of twenty-one who had the freedom of the
+house and grounds in which to work out any of his fancies. During my
+convalescence I entertained myself greatly speculating about something
+he was busy with in the garden, which something I was dying of
+impatience to see. At the end of the yard, in a lovely nook under an
+old plum tree, my brother was making a tiny lake; he had dug it out
+and cemented it like a cistern, and from the country round about he
+procured stones and quantities of moss with which to make the banks
+about the lake romantic looking; he also constructed rocky elevations
+and grottoes out of stones and mosses.
+
+And this work was finished the day that I went out for the first time;
+they had even put little gold fish into the water, and they turned on
+the tiny fountain and it played in my honor.
+
+I approached it with ecstasy, and I found that it greatly surpassed in
+beauty anything that my imagination had been able to conjure up. And
+when my brother told me it was mine, I felt a joy so intense that it
+seemed to me it must last forever. Oh! what unexpected joy to possess
+it for my very own! And what happiness to know that I could enjoy it
+every single day during the warm and beautiful months that were to
+come. And the thought of being able to live out of doors again, the
+prospect of playing in every nook of that lovely garden, as I had done
+the previous summer, was rapture to me.
+
+I remained at the edge of the pond a long time, looking at it and
+admiring it unceasingly, and I breathed in the sweet, mild spring air,
+and warmed myself in the radiant sunlight so long denied to me. The
+old plum tree above my head, planted so long ago by one of my
+ancestors, and now almost at the end of its usefulness, spread its
+lacy curtain of new leaves to the tender blue of the sky, and the tiny
+fountain in its shade continued its tuneful melody as if it were a
+little hurdy-gurdy celebrating my return to health.
+
+To-day that old plum tree is dead and its trunk the only thing left of
+it, and spared out of respect, is covered, like a ruin, with ivy
+vines.
+
+But the pond, with its grottoes and islets, still remains intact; time
+has given it the appearance of genuine nature herself. Its greenish
+stones look old and decayed; the mosses, the delicate little plants
+brought from the river, and the rushes and wild iris have acclimated
+themselves, and dragon flies that stray through the town take refuge
+there--a bit of wild nature has established itself in that little
+corner and I hope it will never be disturbed.
+
+I am more loyally attached to that spot than to any other, although I
+have loved many places; in no other one have I found so much peace;
+there I feel tranquil, there I refresh myself and acquire youth and
+new life. That little corner is my sacred Mecca, so much indeed is it
+to me that should any one destroy it I would feel as if some vital
+thing in my life had lost balance, would feel that I had missed my
+footing, or almost imagine that it presaged the beginning of my end.
+
+The reverent feeling that I have for the place has been born, I
+believe, from my sea-faring life, with its long voyages to distant
+places and its dreary exiles during which I thought and dreamed of it
+constantly.
+
+There is in particular one little grotto for which I have an especial
+affection: the memory of it has often, in times of depression and
+melancholy, during the years of weary exile heartened me.
+
+After the angel Azrael had so cruelly passed our way, after reverses
+of many sorts, and during that sad term when I was a wanderer on the
+face of the earth, and my widowed mother and my aunt Claire were left
+alone in the beloved but deserted home that was almost as silent as a
+tomb, I experienced many a heartache as I thought of the dear
+hearthstone and of the things so familiar to my childhood that were
+doubtless going to ruin through neglect. I felt especially anxious to
+know if the storms of winter and the hands of time had destroyed the
+delicate arch of that grotto; and strange as it may seem, if those
+little moss-covered rocks had fallen in I would have felt that an
+almost irreparable breach had been made in my own life.
+
+At the side of the pond there is an old gray wall which is an integral
+part of the corner that I call my Holy Mecca; I think it is the very
+centre of the sacred place, and I recall the tiniest details of it. I
+can picture to myself the scarcely visible mosses that grow there, and
+the gaps made by time, which the spiders now inhabit. Growing up at
+the back of the wall there is an arbor of ivy and honeysuckles whose
+shade I sought daily every beautiful summer day for the purpose of
+studying my lessons. But I lounged there lazily, as a school-boy will,
+and allowed all my attention to be absorbed by those gray stones with
+their teeming world of insects. Not only do I love and venerate that
+old wall as the Moslems love their holiest mosque, but I regard it
+also as something which actually protects me; as something which
+conserves my life and prolongs my youth. I would not suffer any one to
+change it in the least, and should it be demolished I would feel as if
+the very supports under my life were insecure. May it not be because
+certain things persist, and are known to us throughout our lives, that
+we borrow from thence delusions in regard to our own stability and our
+own continuance. Seeing that they abide we suppose that we cannot
+change nor cease to be.
+
+Personally I cannot explain these sentiments of mine in any other way
+than to regard them as some sort of fetich worship.
+
+And when I consider that those stones are very like other stones, that
+they have been brought from I know not where, by whom I care not, to
+be built into a wall by workmen who lived and died a century before I
+was even thought of, I realize the childishness of the illusion, which
+I indulge in spite of myself, that it can extend any sort of spiritual
+protection to me; I comprehend only too well what a frail and unstable
+base has that that symbolizes for me the permanency of life.
+
+Those who have never had a permanent home, but who have from infancy
+been taken from place to place, living in lodgings meantime, may not
+be able to appreciate these sentiments.
+
+But among those who have daily gathered about the same hearthstone,
+there are, I am sure, many who, without confessing it, are susceptible
+in varying degrees to impressions of this sort. And do not such people
+often, because of an old stone wall, a garden known and loved since
+childhood, an old terrace which has become in indestructible part of
+their memory, or an old tree that has not changed form within their
+lives, seek a warrant for their own hope of immortality?
+
+And doubtless, alas! before their birth these objects lent the same
+delusive countenance to others, to those unknown now turned to dust
+and gone to nothingness, who may not even have been of their blood and
+race.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XX.
+
+
+
+It was about the middle of the summer, after my severe illness, that I
+went to the Island for a long visit. I was taken there by my brother
+and my sister, the latter was like a second mother to me. After a
+sojourn of several weeks with our relatives at St. Pierre Oleron (my
+good Aunt Claire and her two old unmarried daughters) we went alone,
+we three, to a fishing village upon the Long-Beach, which at that time
+was entirely off the line of travel. The Long-Beach is that portion of
+the Island commanding a view of the ocean over which the west winds
+blow ceaselessly. Upon this coast, which extends without a curve
+straight and seemingly limitless, with the majestic sweep of the
+desert of Sahara, the waves roll and break with a mighty noise. Here
+there are to be seen many uneven waste spaces; it is a region of sand
+where stunted trees and dwarfish evergreen oaks shelter themselves
+behind the dunes. A curious kind of wild flower, a pink and fragrant
+carnation, blooms there profusely all summer long. Two or three
+villages, composed of humble little cottages, whitewashed like the
+bungalows of Algeria, break the loneliness of this region. These homes
+have planted about them such flowers as can best resist the sea-winds.
+Dark skinned fishermen and their families, a hardy honest people,
+still very primitive at the time of which I write, live here; even
+sea-bathers had not found their way to these shores.
+
+In an old forgotten copy-book where my sister had written down (in a
+stilted manner) the impressions of that summer I find this description
+of our lodgings.
+
+"We dwell in the centre of the village, in the square, at the Mayor's
+house.
+
+"This house has two ells, which are spacious beyond measure.
+
+"Its dazzling whitewashed surfaces sparkle in the sun, its window
+shutters are fastened with large iron hooks and painted a dark green
+as is the custom here. The flower bed that is planted in the form of a
+wreath all around the house grows vigorously in the sand. The day-
+lilies, one surpassing the other in beauty, open their yellow, pink
+and red blossoms, and the mignonette beds which at noon-time are fully
+abloom waft on the air an odor that is sweet as the scent of orange
+blossoms.
+
+"Opposite us a little path hollowed out of the sand descends rapidly
+to the edge of the sea."
+
+My first really intimate acquaintance with the sea-wrack, crabs, sea-
+nettles, jelly-fish, and the thousand and one other small creatures
+that inhabit the ocean, dates from this visit to the Long-Beach.
+
+And during this same summer I fell in love for the first time--my
+beloved was a little village girl. But here, so that the story may be
+related more accurately, I will allow my sister, through the medium of
+the old copy-book, to speak again--I merely copy:
+
+"Dozens of the children (fishermen's boys and girls), tanned and brown
+and with little legs all bare, followed Pierre, or audaciously hurried
+before him, and from time to time turned and looked at him wonderingly
+with their beautiful dark eyes. At that time a little gentleman was a
+rare enough spectacle in that part of the country to be worth the
+trouble of running after.
+
+"Every day Pierre, accompanied by this crowd, would descend to the
+beach by means of the little footpath scooped out of the sand. There
+he would run and pick up the shells that, upon that coast, are so
+exquisitely beautiful. They are yellow, pink, purple and many other
+bright colors, and they have the most delicate and varied forms.
+Pierre admired them greatly, and the little ones who always followed
+him would silently offer him hands full.
+
+"Veronica was the most attentive of all. She was about his own age,
+perhaps a little younger, six or seven years of age. She had a sweet,
+dreamy little face, a rather pale complexion and lovely gray eyes. She
+was protected from the heat by a large white sunbonnet; a kichenote,
+as they call it in that part of the country, is a very old word, and
+means a large bonnet made of linen and cardboard, which projects over
+the face like the head-dress of a nun. Veronica would slip near
+Pierre, take possession of his hand, and keep it in hers. Thus they
+walked along contentedly without saying a word. They stopped from time
+to time to kiss each other. 'I wish to kiss you,' Veronica would say,
+and as she did so she embraced him tenderly with her little arms. Then
+after Pierre had allowed her the caress he would, in his turn, kiss
+her vehemently on her pretty, little, plump cheeks. . . .
+
+                  *       *       *       *       *
+
+"Little Veronica used to run and seat herself upon our doorstep as
+soon as she was up; and there she remained like a faithful, loyal
+spaniel. As soon as Pierre woke he thought of her being there, and he
+would immediately get out of bed, have himself quickly washed, and
+stand quietly to have his blond curls combed out, and then run to find
+his little friend. They embraced each other and prattled of the events
+of the day before; sometimes Veronica, before coming to our house to
+wait for Pierre, made a trip to the seashore and gathered an apron
+full of the beautiful shells as a love offering to her sweetheart.
+
+"One day, at about the end of August, after a long reverie, during
+which Pierre had perhaps weighed and considered the difficult question
+of the social difference between them, he said; 'Veronica you and I
+must get married some day; I will ask permission of my parents when
+the time comes.'"
+
+Then my sister speaks of our departure:
+
+"Upon the 15th of September it was necessary for us to leave the
+village. Pierre had made a collection of shells, sea-weeds, star-fish
+and pebbles; he was insatiable and wished to carry all of them away
+with him, and with Veronica's aid he packed a great many into his
+boxes.
+
+"One morning a large carriage arrived at St. Pierre to take us away.
+The peace of the village was broken by the noise of the little bells
+and the cracking of the driver's whip. Pierre with the greatest care
+placed his own packets into the carriage and then we three quickly
+took our places. With eyes full of sadness Pierre gazed out of the
+carriage window towards the sandy path that led down to the beach--and
+at his little friend who stood there weeping."
+
+In conclusion I will copy word for word the reflection found at the
+end of the faded book which was written down by my sister during that
+same summer.
+
+"Then, and not for the first time, I fell into an uneasy reverie that
+had to do with Pierre, and I asked myself: 'What will become of the
+little boy? And what will become of his little friend whose figure we
+could still see outlined at the now far distant end of the road. How
+much despair does that little heart feel; how much anguish at being
+thus abandoned?'"
+
+"What will become of that boy?" Alas! what indeed! His whole life was
+to be similar to that summer of his childhood. To know the sorrow of
+many farewells; to desire to take with me a thousand trifles of no
+appreciable value, to hunger to have about me a world of beloved
+souvenirs,--but especially to say good bye to wild little creatures
+(loved perhaps just because they were ingenuous children of nature),--
+these things were to make up the sum of my life.
+
+The two or three days' journey home (broken into by a visit to our old
+aunts) seemed to me very nearly endless. My impatience to see and
+embrace mamma kept me from sleeping. I had not seen her for almost two
+months! My sister was the only person in the world who, at that time,
+could have made such a long separation from my mamma endurable to me.
+
+We reached the continent safely, and after a three-hours ride in the
+carriage that we found awaiting us at the boat-landing, we passed
+through the ramparts of our town. Ah! at last I saw my mother; I once
+more saw her dear face and sweet smile.--And now at this distant time
+I find that one of my clearest and most persistent memories is her
+beloved and still youthful face and her beautiful dark hair.
+
+When we arrived at the house I ran to visit my little lake and its
+grottoes, and I hurried to the arbor that grew against the old wall.
+But my eyes had become so accustomed to the immensity of the sandy
+beach and the ocean that all of these things appeared shrunken,
+diminished, walled-in and mean. The leaves were turning yellow, and
+although it was still warm there was a promise of early autumn in the
+air. With fear and dread I thought of the dull and cold days which
+would soon be upon us; and when, with a heavy heart, I began to unpack
+my boxes of sea-weed and shells, I was overcome with grief because I
+was not still upon the Island. I felt disquieted too about Veronica
+who would have to be there without me during the winter, and suddenly
+my eyes overflowed with tears at the thought that I might never again
+hold her dear little sun-burned hands in mine.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XXI.
+
+
+
+The time now arrived for me to begin regular lessons and to write
+exercises in copy-books, which I invariably smeared with ink--ah! what
+gloom and dreariness suddenly came into my life.
+
+I remember that I performed my tasks spiritlessly and sulkily, and
+that my lessons bored me inexpressibly. And since I wish to be very
+sincere, it is necessary for me to add that my teachers also were
+well-nigh intolerable to me.
+
+Alas! well do I remember the one who first taught me Latin (rosa, the
+rose; cornu, the horn; tonitru, the thunder). This tutor was very old
+and bent, and as sad of face as a rainy November day. He is dead now,
+the poor old fellow--sweet peace to his soul! He was exactly like that
+"Mr. Ratin" hit off in caricature so neatly by Topffer; he had all the
+marks, even to the wart with the three hairs, and fine wrinkles beyond
+number at the end of his old nose; to me his face was the
+personification of all that was hideous and disgusting.
+
+He arrived every day precisely at noon; and a chill would pass through
+me when I heard his knock which I would have recognized among a
+thousand.
+
+Always after his departure, I attempted to purify that part of my
+table where his elbow had rested by rubbing it hard with the napkin
+which I had taken clandestinely from the linen-closet. And the
+repulsion extended itself to the very books, already unattractive
+enough to me, which he touched; I even tore certain leaves out of them
+because I suspected that he had handled them a great deal.
+
+My books were always full of ink blots, always stained and covered
+with smeared sketches and pictures, which one draws idly when his
+attention wanders from his task. I who was usually so careful and
+proper a child had such a detestation for the books which I was
+obliged to learn from, that I abused them in the commonest fashion;
+altogether I was a miserable pupil. I found--and this is the
+astonishing part--that all my scruples of conscience deserted me when
+my teacher questioned me in regard to the time I had spent upon my
+lessons (I usually studied them in a mad hurry at the last moment); my
+aversion for study was the first thing that caused me to temporize
+with my conscience.
+
+In spite, however, of a pricking conscience, I still continued to give
+only a passing glance at my lessons at the very last moment. But
+generally "Mr. Ratin" would write "good" or "very good" upon the paper
+which it was my duty each evening to show to my father.
+
+I believe that if he, or the other professors who succeeded him, could
+have suspected the truth, could have guessed that out of their
+presence my mind did not dwell for more than five minutes a day upon
+what they had taught me, their honest heads would have split with
+indignation.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XXII.
+
+
+
+During the course of the winter which followed my visit to the Long-
+Beach a great change took place in our family--my brother departed for
+his first campaign.
+
+He was, as I have said, about fourteen years older than I. I had had
+very little time to become acquainted with him, to attach myself to
+him, for his preparation for his vocation made it necessary for him to
+be away from home a great deal. I scarcely ever went into his room
+where, scattered upon the table, there was an appalling number of
+large books. This room was pervaded with the strong odor of tobacco;
+and I dared not go near it for fear that I would meet his comrades,
+young officers, or students like himself. I had heard, also, that he
+was not always well-behaved, that sometimes he did not come in until
+very late at night, and that often my father had found it necessary to
+give him a serious talking to; secretly I greatly disapproved of his
+conduct.
+
+But his approaching departure strengthened my affection, and caused me
+extreme sorrow.
+
+He was going to Polynesia, to Tahiti, almost to the end of the world,
+and he expected to be away four years. To me that seemed an almost
+endless absence, for it represented half of my own age.
+
+I watched, with the greatest interest, the preparations that he made
+for his voyage. The iron-bound trunks were packed with care. He
+wrapped the gilt-embroidered uniform and his sword in a quantity of
+tissue paper, and put them away with the same care one bestows upon a
+mummy when it is relaid in its metal case. All of these things
+augmented the impression that I had of the distance and dangers of the
+long voyage about to be undertaken by my brother.
+
+A sort of melancholy rested upon every one in the house, which became
+deeper and more and more noticeable as the day for the separation drew
+near. At our meals we were more silent; advice from my father and
+assurances from my brother was the substance of most of the
+conversations, and I listened meditatively without saying a word.
+
+The day before my brother left he confided to my care--and I was
+greatly honored to have him do so--the many fragile little things that
+he had upon his mantel-piece; these he bade me guard faithfully until
+his return.
+
+He then made me a present of a handsome gilt edged, illustrated book
+entitled, "A Voyage in Polynesia." It was the only book that in my
+early childhood I had an affection for, and I constantly turned its
+pages with eager pleasure. In the front of it there was an engraving
+of a very pretty dark woman who, crowned with reeds, was sitting
+gracefully under a palm tree. Under this picture was printed:
+"Portrait of her Majesty, Pomare IV., Queen of Tahiti." Further over
+in the book there was a picture of two beautiful maidens, with naked
+shoulders and crowned heads, standing at the edge of the sea, and this
+was entitled: "Two Young Tahitian Girls upon the Beach."
+
+Upon the day of my brother's departure, at the last hour, the
+preparations being over, and the large trunks closed and locked, we
+gathered in the parlor as solemnly as if we had come together for a
+funeral. A chapter of the Bible was read and then we had family
+prayers. . . . Four years! and during that time the width of the earth
+between us and our loved one!
+
+I recall particularly my mother's face during the farewell scene; she
+was seated in an arm chair beside my brother. After the prayer she had
+upon her face an infinitely sweet, but wistful smile, and an
+expression of submissive trust; but suddenly an unexpected change came
+over her features, and in spite of her efforts at self-control her
+tears flowed. I had never before seen my mother weep, and it caused me
+the greatest anguish.
+
+The first few days after his departure I had a feeling of sadness, and
+I missed him greatly; often and often I went into his room, and the
+little treasures which he had confided to my care were as sacred as
+holy relics.
+
+Upon a map of the world I had my parents point out to me the route of
+his journey, a journey which would take about five months. To me his
+return belonged to an inconceivable and unreal future; and, most
+strange of all, what spoiled for me the pleasure of his home-coming,
+was that I at that time would be twelve or thirteen years of age--
+almost a big boy in fact.
+
+Unlike most other children,--especially unlike those of to-day--who
+are eager to become men and women as speedily as possible, I had a
+terror of growing up, which became more and more accentuated as I grew
+older. I argued about it to myself, and I wrote about it, and when any
+one asked me why I had such a feeling I answered, since I could not
+think of a better reason: "It seems to me that it will be very
+wearisome to be a man." I believe that it is an extremely singular
+state of mind, an altogether unique one perhaps, this shrinking away
+from life at its very beginning; I was not able to see a horizon
+before me: I could not picture my future to myself as so many can;
+before me there was nothing but impenetrable darkness, a great leaden
+curtain shut off my view.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XXIII.
+
+
+
+"Cakes, cakes, my good hot cakes!" Thus, in a plaintive voice, sang
+the old woman peddler who regularly, upon winter evenings, during the
+first ten or twelve years of my life, passed under our window.--When I
+think of those bygone days I hear again her insistent refrain.
+
+It is with the memory of Sundays that the song of the "good hot cakes"
+is most closely associated; for upon that evening, having no duties to
+perform in the way of lessons, I sat with my parents in the parlor
+upon the ground floor which overlooked the street; therefore, when
+almost upon the stroke of nine, the poor old woman passed along the
+sidewalk, and her sonorous chant broke into the stillness of the
+frosty night I was near enough to hear her distinctly.
+
+She presaged the coming of cold weather as swallows announce the
+advent of the spring. After a succession of cool autumnal days, the
+first time we heard her song we would say: "Well, we may conclude that
+winter is really here."
+
+This parlor where we sat together seemed a very immense room to me. It
+was simply and tastefully furnished and arranged: the walls and the
+woodwork were brown, decorated with strips of gold: the furniture,
+dating from the time of Louis Philippe, was upholstered in red velvet;
+the family portraits were in severe black and gold frames; in the
+centre of the table, in the place of honor, there was a large Bible
+that had been printed in the sixteenth century. This was a precious
+heirloom that had come down to us from our Huguenot ancestors who had,
+at that time, been persecuted for their faith. We had baskets and
+vases of flowers disposed about the room, a custom which then was not
+so usual as it is now.
+
+It was always a delicious moment for me when we left the dining-room
+and went into the parlor, for the latter room had an air of great
+peace and comfort; and when all the family were seated there in a
+circle, mother, grandmother and aunts, I began to skip about noisily
+in their midst from very joy at being surrounded by so many loved
+ones; and I waited impatiently for them to begin the little games
+which they were in the habit of playing with me early in the evening.
+Our neighbors, the D----'s, came to see us every Sunday; it was a
+time-honored custom in our two families, between whom there existed a
+friendship that had its inception in the country generations before
+our time; it was a friendship which had been handed down to us as a
+precious heritage. At about eight o'clock, when I recognized their
+ring, I jumped for joy, and I could not restrain myself from running
+to the street door to meet them, for Lucette, my dear friend, always
+came with her parents.
+
+Alas! how sad is my reverie when I think of the beloved and venerated
+forms of those who surrounded me upon those happy Sunday evenings; the
+majority of them have passed away, and their faces, when I seek to
+recall them, are dim and misty--some are altogether lost from memory.
+
+Then friends and relatives would begin to play, for the purpose of
+giving me pleasure, the little games of which I was so fond; they
+played "Marriage," "My Lady's Toilet," "The Horned Knight," and "The
+Lovely Shepherdess." Everybody took part in them, even the old people,
+and my grand aunt Bertha, the eldest of all, was irresistibly droll.
+
+The refrain became louder rapidly, for the singer trotted along with
+short, quick steps, and very soon she was under our window, where she
+kept repeating her song in a shrill, cracked voice.
+
+When they would allow me to do so, it was my greatest pleasure to run
+to the door, followed by an indulgent aunt, not so much for the
+purpose of buying the cakes, however, for they were coarse and
+unpalatable, as to stop the old woman and talk with her.
+
+The poor old peddler would approach with a courtesy, proud of being
+called, and standing with one foot upon the threshold she would
+present her basket for our inspection. Her neat dress was set off by
+the white linen sleeves that she always wore. While she uncovered her
+basket I would look longingly, like a caged wild-bird, far down the
+cold and deserted streets.
+
+I liked to breathe in great draughts of the icy air, to look hastily
+into the black night lying beyond the door, and then to run back into
+the warm and comfortable parlor,--meantime, the monotonous refrain
+grew fainter and fainter as it died away into the mean streets that
+lay close to the ramparts and the harbor. The old woman's route was
+always the same, and my thoughts followed her with a singular interest
+as long as the song continued.
+
+I felt a great pity for the poor old woman still wandering about in
+the cold night, while we were snug and warm at home; but mingled with
+that feeling there was another sentiment so confused and vague that I
+give it too much importance, even though I touch upon it never so
+lightly. It was this: I had a sort of restless curiosity to see those
+squalid streets through which the old peddler went so bravely, and to
+which I had never been taken. These streets, that I saw from the
+distance, were deserted in the day time, but there in the evening,
+from time immemorial, sailors made merry; sometimes the sound of their
+singing was so loud that we could hear it as we sat in our parlor.
+
+What could be going on there? What was the nature of that fun, the
+echo of whose din we heard so distinctly? How did they amuse
+themselves, these sailors, who had but newly come over the sea from
+distant countries where the sun was always hot? What life was careless
+and simple and free as theirs!
+
+My emotions lose their force when I endeavor to interpret them, and my
+words seem very inept. But I know that seeds of trouble, and seeds of
+hope (to develop how I could not guess) were at about this time
+planted in my little being. When, with my cakes in my hand, I re-
+entered the parlor where the family sat talking together quietly, I
+felt for a quick, almost inappreciable, moment suffocated and
+imprisoned.
+
+At half-past nine, because of me seldom later, tea was served, and
+with it we had thin slices of bread, spread with the most delicious
+butter, and cut with the care one gives to very few things in these
+days.
+
+Then at about eleven o'clock, after a reading from the Bible and a
+prayer, we retired.
+
+As I lay in my little white bed I was always more restless Sunday
+nights than at any other time. Immediately ahead of me there was the
+prospect of Mr. Ratin whom morning would surely bring, and he was
+always a most painful sight to me after a respite; also I was full of
+regret because Sunday was over, always over so quickly!--and I felt a
+great weariness when I thought of the many lessons it would be
+necessary for me to prepare before Sunday came again. Sometimes, as I
+lay there, I would hear the songs the sailors sung as they passed in
+the distant lands and noble ships; and a sort of dull and indefinite
+longing took possession of me and I felt as if I would like to be out
+of doors myself in search of pleasurable and exciting adventure. I
+hungered to be in the bracing wintry night air, or in one of those
+foreign lands where the sun beats down with tropical warmth; I yearned
+to be out and singing like them, as loud as possible, just for the joy
+of being alive.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XXIV.
+
+
+
+"And I beheld, and heard an angel flying through the midst of heaven,
+saying with a loud voice, Woe, woe, woe, to the inhabiters of the
+earth!"
+
+Besides reading the Bible with the family every evening, I read a
+chapter from it each morning before rising.
+
+My Bible was a very small one, with exceedingly fine print. Pressed
+between its pages were some flowers that I was very fond of;
+especially was I of the spray of pink larkspur, which had the power of
+bringing very distinctly before my mind's eye the stubble fields
+(gleux) of the Island of Oleron where I had gathered it.
+
+I do not know exactly how to explain the word gleux, but it means the
+stubble which remains after the grain is harvested, and those fields
+of short pale yellow stalks that the autumn sun dries and turns a
+bright golden. In these fields upon the Island, overrun by chirping
+grasshoppers, late corn-flowers and white and pink larkspur come up,
+grow very high, and blossom.
+
+And upon winter mornings, before beginning to read, I always looked at
+the spray of flowers which still retained its delicate color, and
+there appeared to me a vision of the Island, and I longed for the
+summer time and for the warm and sunny fields of Oleron.
+
+"And I beheld, and heard an angel flying through the midst of heaven,
+saying with a loud voice, Woe, woe, woe, to the inhabiters of the
+earth!
+
+"And the fifth angel sounded, and I saw a star fall from heaven upon
+the earth; and to him was given the key of the bottomless pit."
+
+When I read my Bible for myself, having then my choice of passages, I
+either selected that grand portion of Genesis wherein the light is
+separated from the darkness, or the visions and the marvels of
+Revelation. I was fascinated by its imaginative poetry, so splendid
+and yet so terrible, which has, in my opinion, never been equalled in
+any other book of mankind. . . . The beasts with seven heads, the
+signs in the heavens, the sound of the last trumpet were well-known
+terrors that haunted and enchanted my imagination.
+
+In a book, a relic of my Huguenot ancestors, printed in the last
+century, I had seen pictures of these things. It was a "History of the
+Bible," and the weird pictures illustrating the visions of the Book of
+Revelation, invariably, had dark backgrounds. My maternal grandmother
+kept this precious book, which she had brought from the Island, under
+lock and key in a cupboard in her room; and as it was still my habit
+to go there at the sad hour of dusk, it was then that I usually asked
+her to lend me the book, so that I might turn over its leaves as it
+lay upon her lap. In the dim twilight until it was too dark to see, I
+gazed at the multitude of winged angels who were flying rapidly under
+the curtain of blackness which presaged the end of the world. The
+heavens were darker than the earth, and in the midst of the great
+cloud masses, there was visible the simple and terrifying triangle
+that signified Jehovah.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XXV.
+
+
+
+Egypt, the Egypt of antiquity, at a later time, exercised a mysterious
+fascination over me. I recognized a picture of it immediately, without
+hesitation and astonishment, in an illustrated magazine. I saluted as
+old acquaintances two gods with hawk heads that were cut in profile
+upon a stone and placed at each end of a strangely depicted Zodiac,
+and although I saw the picture for the first time upon an overcast
+day, there came to me, and of that I am sure, a sudden impression of
+great heat given out by a pitiless sun.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XXVI.
+
+
+
+During the winter following the departure of my brother, I passed many
+of my leisure hours in his room painting the pictures in the "Voyage
+to Polynesia" which he had given me. With great care I first colored
+the flowers and the groups of birds. After that I painted the men.
+When I came to color the two young Tahitian girls who were standing at
+the edge of the sea (the illustrator had been inspired to depict them
+as nymphs) I made them white, all white and pink like a pretty little
+doll--I thought them very beautiful done so.
+
+It was reserved for me to learn later than their color is different,
+and their charms quite otherwise.
+
+My ideas of beauty have changed a great deal since that time, and it
+would have astonished me very much if I had then been told what faces
+I was to find most charming in the strange course of my later life.
+But almost all children are under the dominion of some fancy which
+dies out when they become men and women.
+
+The majority of people, during the period of their innocence and
+youth, similarly admire the same type; sweet, regular features, and
+the fresh pink and white tints. Only at a later time does their
+estimate of what constitutes beauty vary, then it accords with the
+culture of their spirit, and especially does it follow in the wake of
+their developing intelligence.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XXVII.
+
+
+
+I do not exactly remember at what period I started my museum which
+absorbed so much of my time. Just above my Aunt Bertha's room there
+was a tiny garret-chamber that I had taken possession of; the chief
+charm of the place was the window that opened to the west, and
+commanded a view of the ramparts and its old trees. The reddish spots
+in the distance, that broke the uniform green of the meadows, were
+herds of wandering oxen and cows. I had persuaded my mother to paper
+this attic room, and she had covered its walls with a pinkish chamois
+paper which is still there; she also put a what-not and some glass
+cases there. In these latter I placed my butterflies which I looked
+upon as rare specimens; I also arranged therein the birds'-nests that
+I had found in the woods of Limoise; the shells I had gathered upon
+the shores of the Island, and those others (brought from the colonies
+at an early time by unknown ancestors) that I had found in the garret
+at the bottom of old chests where they had lain for years and years,
+given over to dust and darkness.
+
+I spent many tranquil hours in this retreat contemplating the tropical
+mother-of-pearl shells, and trying to image to myself the strange
+coasts from which they had come.
+
+A good old great uncle of mine, who was very fond of me, encouraged me
+in these diversions. He was a physician, and in his youth he had lived
+for a long time upon the coast of Africa; he had a collection of
+natural history specimens almost as valuable and varied as any found
+in a city museum. His wonderful things captivated me: the rare and
+exquisite shells, amulets and wooden weapons that still retained their
+exotic odor, with which I became so surfeited later, and indescribably
+beautiful butterflies under glass enchanted me.
+
+He lived in our neighborhood and I visited him often. To get to his
+cabinets, it was necessary to go through his garden where thorn-apples
+and cacti grew abundantly, and where they kept a gray parrot, brought
+from Gaboon, whose vocabulary consisted of words learnt from the
+negroes.
+
+And when my old uncle spoke of Senegal, of Goree, and of Guinea, the
+music of these names intoxicated me, and conveyed to me vaguely
+something of the sad languor of the dark continent. My uncle predicted
+that I would become a great naturalist,--but he was as mistaken as
+were all those others who foretold my future; indeed he struck farther
+from the centre than any one else; he did not understand that my
+liking for natural history was no more than a temporary and erratic
+excursion of my unformed mind; he could not know that the cold glass
+and the formal, rigid arrangements of dead science had not power to
+hold me for long.
+
+
+
+
+                           CHAPTER XXVIII.
+
+
+
+In the meantime, alas! I had to spend many long and wearisome hours in
+going through the form of studying my lessons.
+
+Topffer, who is the only real poet of school-boys, that genus so
+misunderstood, divides us into three groups: first, those who are in
+boarding schools; second, those who do all their studying at home at a
+window which overlooks a gloomy courtyard containing a twisted old fig
+tree; third, those who also study at home in a bright little room
+whose window commands a view of the street.
+
+I belonged to that third class whom Topffer considers extraordinarily
+privileged, and as likely, in consequence, to grow up into happy men.
+My room was upon the first floor, and it opened into the street; it
+had white curtains, and its green paper was embellished with bouquets
+of white roses. Near the window was my work desk, and above it, upon a
+book-shelf, was my very much neglected library.
+
+In fine weather I always opened this window, but I kept my venetian
+blinds half-closed, so that I might look out without having my
+idleness seen, and reported by a meddlesome neighbor. Morning and
+evening I glanced to the end of the quiet street that stretched its
+sunny length between the white country houses and lost itself among
+the old trees growing beyond the ramparts. I could see from there the
+occasional passers-by, all well known to me, the neighborhood cats
+that prowled within doorways or upon house-tops, the swifts darting
+about in the warm air, and the swallows skimming along the dusty
+street. . . . Oh! how many hours have I spent at that window feeling
+like a caged sparrow, my spirit filled with vague reverie; and
+meantime my ink-blotted copy-book lay open before me, but no
+inspiration would come, and the composition that I was engaged upon
+got itself finished very laboriously,--often not at all.
+
+And before long I began to play tricks upon the pedestrians, a fatal
+result of my idleness over which I often felt remorseful.
+
+I am bound to confess that my great friend Lucette was usually a
+willing assistant in these pranks. Although now almost a young lady
+sixteen or seventeen years of age, she was at times almost as much of
+a child as I. "You must never tell any one!" she would say with an
+irrepressible smile of mischief in her merry eyes (but I may tell now
+after so many years have passed, now that the flowers of twenty
+summers have bloomed upon her grave).
+
+Our pranks consisted of taking cherry stems, plum stones and any sort
+of trash, and wrapping them neatly into white or pink paper parcels
+that looked very attractive to the eye; we then threw these bundles
+into the street and hid ourselves behind the shutters to see who
+picked them up.
+
+Sometimes we would write letters, impertinent or incoherent ones, with
+accompanying drawings to illustrate the text; these we addressed to
+the different eccentric people in our neighborhood, and, with the aid
+of a thread, we lowered them to the sidewalk at about the same time
+these persons were in the habit of passing. . . .
+
+Oh! how merrily we laughed as we composed these hodge-podges of style!
+With no one else have I ever laughed so heartily as with Lucette,--and
+we usually roared over things that no one except ourselves could
+possibly have considered funny. Over and above the bond of little
+brother and grown sister there was between us a sympathy springing
+from our appreciation of the ridiculous, and our notions of what
+constituted fun were in complete accord. She was the sprightliest
+person I ever knew, and sometimes a single word would start us to
+laughing at our own or our neighbors' expense, until our sides ached
+and we almost fell upon the floor.
+
+This part of my nature was not, I must confess, in harmony with the
+gloomy reveries evoked by the pictures of the Book of Revelation, and
+with my ascetic religious convictions. But I was already full of
+strange contradictions.
+
+Poor little Lucette or Lucon (Lucon was the masculine for Lucette, and
+I used to call her "My dear Lucon"); poor little Lucette was also one
+of my professors, but one who caused me neither fear nor disgust. Like
+"Mr. Ratin" she also kept a book wherein she would inscribe "good" or
+"very good," and I showed it to my parents every evening. Until now I
+have neglected to say that it had been one of her amusements to teach
+me to play upon the piano; she taught me by stealth so that I might
+surprise my parents by playing for them, upon the occasion of a family
+celebration, the "Little Swiss Boy" or the "Rocks of St. Malo." The
+result was she had been requested to go on with lessons that had had
+such a favorable beginning, and my musical education was entrusted to
+her until it came time for me to play the music of Chopin and Liszt.
+
+Painting and music were the only things I worked at industriously and
+faithfully.
+
+My sister taught me painting; I do not, however, remember when I
+commenced it, but it must have been very early in my life; it seems to
+me that there was never a time when I was not able, with my pencil or
+my brush, to express in some measure the odd fancies of my
+imaginations.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XXIX.
+
+
+
+In my grandmother's room, at the bottom of the cupboard where she kept
+"The History of the Bible," with the terrible pictures illustrating
+the visions of Revelation, she had also several other precious relics.
+In particular there was an old silver-clasped psalm book. It was
+extremely tiny, like a toy-book, and in its day it must have been a
+marvel of the printer's skill. It had been made in miniature thus they
+told me, so that it could be easily hidden; at the time of the
+persecutions our ancestors had often carried it about with them,
+concealed in their clothing. There was also, in a paste-board box, a
+bundle of letters written on parchment and marked Leyden or Amsterdam.
+Those written between the years 1702 and 1710 were secured by a large
+wax seal stamped with a count's coronet.
+
+They were letters of our Huguenot ancestors, who, at the revocation of
+the Edict of Nantes, had quitted their country, their home and their
+dear ones, rather than abjure their faith. The letters had been
+written to an old grandfather, a man too aged to go the way of the
+exile, who was able, for some inexplicable reason, to remain
+unmolested in his retreat upon the Island of Oleron. The letters
+testified to the fact that the exiles had been submissive and
+respectful towards him to a degree unknown in our day; the wanderers
+wrote asking his advice or his consent before undertaking anything,--
+they even asked whether they might wear a certain wig which was
+fashionable in Amsterdam at that time. They spoke of their troubles,
+but without murmuring over them, with a truly Christian resignation;
+their goods had been confiscated; they were obliged to follow
+uncongenial trades in order to maintain themselves; and they hoped,
+they said, with the aid of God always to make enough to keep their
+children from starving.
+
+Together with the respect that these letters inspired, they had also
+the charm of age; it was a novel experience to enter into the life of
+a bygone time, to know the inmost thoughts of those who had lived a
+century and a half before me. And as I read them I was filled with
+indignation against the Roman Church and Papal Rome, sovereign during
+the many past centuries.--Surely it was she who was designated, in my
+opinion at any rate, in that wonderful prophecy contained in
+Revelation: "And the beast is a City, and its seven heads are Seven
+Hills on which the woman sitteth."
+
+My grandmother, always so austere and upright looking in her black
+clothes, a type of a Huguenot woman, had been fearful for her own
+safety during the Restoration, and although she never spoke of it, we
+felt that she must have very depressing memories of that time.
+
+And upon the Island, in the shade of a bit of woodland that was
+encircled by a wall, I had seen the place where slept those of my
+ancestors who had been excluded from the cemeteries because they had
+died in the Protestant faith.
+
+How could I be anything but faithful with such a past? And it is
+certain that had the Inquisition been revived in my childhood, I would
+have suffered martyrdom joyfully, like one filled to overflowing with
+the spirit of God.
+
+My faith was a faith that kept watch upon the theological errors of
+the time, and I did not know the resignation felt by my ancestors; in
+spite of my distaste for reading I often plunged into books of
+religious controversy; I knew by heart the many passages from the
+Fathers and the decisions of the first councils; I could have
+discussed the dogmas of the church like a doctor of divinity, and I
+considered my arguments against the papacy very shrewd.
+
+But notwithstanding my fervor a distaste for all of these religious
+things would often take possession of me; sometimes at church
+especially where the gray light fell upon me and chilled me I felt it
+most. The awful tediousness of some of the Sunday sermons; the
+emptiness of the prayers, written in advance and spoken with
+conventional unctuous voice, and gestures to suit; and the apathy of
+the people who, dressed out in their best, came to listen,--how early
+I divined its hollowness,--and how deep was my disappointment, and how
+cruel the disillusionment--oh! the disheartening formalism of it all!
+The very appearance of the church disconcerted me: it was a new
+cityfied one, meant to be pretty without, however, meaning to be too
+much so; I especially recall certain little efforts at wall decoration
+which I held in the greatest abomination, and shuddered when I looked
+at. It was that disgust in little which I experienced in so great a
+degree when later I attended those Paris churches that strive so for
+elegance, where one is met at the door by ushers whose shoulders are
+tricked out with knots of ribbon. . . . Oh! for the congregation of
+Cevennes! Oh! for the preachers of the wilderness!
+
+Such little things as I have mentioned did not shake my faith which
+seemed as solid as a house built upon a rock; but doubtless they made
+the first imperceptible crevice through which, drop by drop, oozed the
+melting ice-cold water.
+
+Where I still knew true meditation, and felt the deep sweet peace one
+should feel in the house of God was in an old church in the village of
+St. Pierre Oleron; my great grandfather Samuel had, at the time of the
+persecutions, worshipped and prayed there, and my mother had also
+attended it during her girlhood days. . . . I also loved those little
+country churches to which we sometimes went on Sunday in the summer
+time: they were generally old and had simple whitewashed walls. They
+were built any where and every where, in a corner of a wheat field
+with wild flowers growing all about them; or in more retired places,
+in the centre of some enclosure at the far end of an avenue of old
+trees. The Catholics have nothing, in my opinion, which surpasses in
+religious charm these humble little sanctuaries of our Protestant
+ancestors--not even do their most exquisite stone chapels hidden away
+in the depth of the Breton woods, that at a later time I learned to
+admire so much, touch me so deeply.
+
+I still held fast to my determination to become a minister; it still
+seemed to me that that was my duty. I had pledged myself, in my
+prayers I had given my word to God. How could I therefore break my
+vow?
+
+But when my young mind busied itself with thoughts of the future, more
+and more veiled from me by an impenetrable darkness, my preference was
+for a church which should be a little isolated from the noisy world,
+for one where the faith of my congregation should ever remain simple,
+for one receiving its consecration from a long past of prayers and
+sincerest worship.
+
+It would be in the Island of Oleron perhaps!
+
+Yes; there, surrounded upon every side by the memories of my Huguenot
+ancestors, I could look forward without dread, indeed with much
+contentment, to a life dedicated to the service of the Lord.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XXX.
+
+
+
+My brother had arrived at the Delightful Island. His first letter
+dated from there was a very long one, it was written on thin paper
+that had been stained a light yellow by the sea, for it had been upon
+its way four months.
+
+It was a great event in our family, and I still recall that as my
+father and mother broke its seal, I sprang joyously up the stairs, two
+steps at a time, in my haste to reach the second floor and call my
+grandmother and aunts from their rooms.
+
+Inside the plump-feeling envelope, which was covered over with South
+American stamps, there was a note for me, and enclosed in this I found
+a pressed flower, a sort of five-petalled star which, though somewhat
+faded, was still pink. The flower, my brother wrote, was from a shrub
+that had taken root and blossomed beside his window, almost within his
+Tahitian hut, which was actually invaded by the luxuriant vegetation
+of the region. Oh! with what deep emotion;--with what avidity, if I
+may express it thus, did I gaze at and touch the periwinkle which was
+almost a fresh and living part of that unknown and distant land, of
+that voluptuous nature.
+
+Then I pressed it again with so much care that I possess it intact to
+this day.
+
+And after many years, when I made a pilgrimage to the humble dwelling
+in which my brother lived during his stay in Tahiti, I saw that the
+shady garden surrounding it was rosy with these periwinkles; they had
+even pushed their way over the threshold of the door to blossom within
+the deserted cabin.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XXXI.
+
+
+
+After my ninth birthday my parents, for a time, spoke of putting me
+into boarding-school, so that I might become habituated to the harder
+ways of life, and since the matter was talked over by all the members
+of the family, I went about for several days feeling as if I were on
+the eve of being sent to prison, for I imagined that a boarding-school
+had high walls and windows guarded by iron bars.
+
+But, upon reflection, they considered that I was too frail and
+delicate a human plant to be thrown in contact with those others of my
+kind who, in all probability, would play roughly, and have bad
+manners; they concluded, therefore, to keep me at home a little
+longer.
+
+At any rate I was delivered from "Mr. Ratin." The old professor,
+rotund of figure and kind of manner, who succeeded him, was less
+distasteful to me, but I made just as little progress under his care.
+In the afternoon, at about the time for his arrival, I would hastily
+begin to prepare my lessons. I was then usually to be found at my
+window, hidden behind the venetian blinds, with my book open at the
+page containing the lesson; and when I saw him come into view at the
+turning near the bottom of the street I commenced to study it.
+
+And generally by the time he arrived I knew enough to receive, if not
+to merit, a "pretty good," a mark over which I did not grumble.
+
+I had also my English professor who came to me every morning,--and
+whom I nicknamed Aristogiton (I do not now recall why). Following the
+Robertson method, he had me paraphrase the history of Sultan Mahmoud.
+Outside of that, the only thing that I am sure of is that I
+accomplished nothing, absolutely nothing, less than nothing; but he
+had the good taste not to growl at me, and in consequence I have an
+almost affectionate remembrance of him.
+
+During the extreme heat of the summer days it was my custom to study
+in the yard; I took my ink-stained copy and lesson books and spread
+them upon a table that stood in the summer house made shady by the
+vines and honeysuckles that grew over it. And when I was nicely
+settled there I felt that I might idle to my heart's content. From
+behind the lattice-work, green with trellised vines, I kept a lookout
+in order to see any danger that threatened in the distance. . . . I
+was always careful to bring with me to this retreat a quantity of
+cherries and grapes, whichever happened to be in season, and truly I
+could have passed there hours of the most delicious reverie but for
+the remorse that tormented me almost every moment, a remorse born of
+the fact that I was not busying myself with my lessons.
+
+Through the foliage I saw, close to me, the cool-looking pond with its
+tiny grottoes which, since my brother's departure, I almost
+worshipped. The little fountain in the centre stirred the waters and
+made the sunlight that fell on its surface dance joyously; and the
+sun's rays pierced the green verdure surrounding me--I seemed to be in
+the midst of luminous water that quivered all about me with a
+ceaseless motion.
+
+My arbor was a shady little retreat that gave me a complete illusion
+of country; from the far side of the old wall came the song of the
+tropical birds belonging to Antoinette's mother, and I heard the
+rollicking warble and twitter of the swallows perched on the house-
+top, and the chirp of the common sparrows as they flew about among the
+trees in the garden.
+
+Sometimes I would throw myself face-upward full length upon the green
+bench that was there, and through the tasselled honeysuckle I had a
+view of the white clouds as they sailed across the blue of the sky.
+There, too, I was initiated into the habits of the mosquitos who all
+day long poised themselves tremblingly, by means of their long legs,
+upon the leaves. And often I concentrated all my attention upon the
+old wall where the insects acted out their tragical drama: the cunning
+spider would come suddenly from his nook and ensnare in his web the
+heedless little insects,--with the aid of a straw, I was usually able
+to deliver them from their peril.
+
+I have forgotten to mention that I had, for companion, an old cat
+called Suprematie, who had been my faithful and beloved friend since
+infancy.
+
+Suprematie knew at what hour he would find me there, and he used to
+slip in quietly upon the tips of his velvet paws; he never stretched
+himself beside me without first looking at me questioningly.
+
+The poor creature was very homely; he was marked queerly upon only one
+side of his body; moreover, in a cruel accident he had twisted his
+tail, and it hung down at a right angle. He was the subject of
+Lucette's continual mockery, for she had a lovely Angora cat that had
+usurped Suprematie's place in her affections. It was my habit to run
+out to see her when she came to inquire after the members of my
+family; she rarely failed to add, with a funny air of concern, which
+made me burst out laughing in spite of myself: "And your horror of a
+cat, is he in good health, my dear?"
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XXXII.
+
+
+
+During all this time my museum made great progress, and it soon became
+necessary for me to have some new shelves put up.
+
+My great uncle continued to take a very deep interest in my taste for
+natural history, and among his shells he found a number of duplicates,
+and these he presented to me. With indefatigable patience he taught me
+the scientific classifications of Cuvier, Linne, Lamarck or
+Bruguieres, and I was astonished at the attention with which I
+listened to him.
+
+In a very old little desk, that was a part of the furniture of my
+museum, I had a copy-book into which I copied, from uncle's notes, and
+numbered with the greatest care, the name of the species, genus,
+family and class of each shell,--also the place of its origin. And
+there by the dim light that fell upon the desk, in the silence of that
+little retreat so high above the street, surrounded with objects what
+had come from distant corners of the earth and from the depths of the
+sea, when my mind wandered, and I became fatigued because of the
+mysterious differences in the forms of animals, and because of the
+infinite variety of shells, with what emotion I wrote down in my book,
+opposite the name of a Spirifer or a Terebratula, such enchanting
+words as these: "Eastern coast of Africa," "coast of Guinea," "Indian
+Ocean."
+
+I recall that in this same museum I experienced, one afternoon in
+March, a peculiar feeling indicative of my tendency towards reaction,
+that later, at certain periods of self-abandonment, caused me to seek
+the rough and uncouth society of sailors, and made me revel in noise
+and change and gayety.
+
+It was Mardi-Gras time. At sundown I had gone out with my father to
+see the masqueraders who were in the streets; and having returned
+rather early I went immediately to my attic-room to classify some
+shells. But the noise of the revellers and the clashing of their
+tambourines reached even to the retreat where I was occupying myself
+with scientific matters, and the sounds awakened in me a feeling of
+inexpressible sadness. It was the same emotion, greatly intensified,
+that I had when I listened, of winter evenings, to the old cake
+vendor, and heard her voice die away into those far-off squalid
+streets near the harbor. I experienced an unexpected anguish very
+difficult to define in words. I had a vague impression, which was the
+cause of my suffering, that I was imprisoned; and for the moment, I
+thought that my liking for dry classifications and nature study shut
+me away from the little boys of every age who were in the streets
+below mingling with the sailors, more childish than they, who tricked
+out in dreadful masks ran and frollicked and sang coarse songs. It
+goes without saying that I had no desire to be one of them; the very
+idea of jostling against them filled me with distaste, and I disdained
+their rude sport. And I sincerely felt that it was better for me to be
+where I was, occupied with putting the many-colored family of the
+Purpura and the twenty-three varieties of the Gastropoda in order.
+
+But nevertheless the gay and merry people in the street troubled me
+strangely. And, as was usual with me when I felt distressed, I went
+down to look for my mother for the purpose of begging her to come up
+to keep me company. Astonished at my request (for I scarcely ever
+asked any one into my den), astonished especially by my anxious
+manner, she said with an air of pleasantry that it was silly for a boy
+of ten to be afraid to stay alone; but she consented to return with
+me, and when there she seated herself close to me and occupied herself
+with a piece of embroidery. Oh! how reassuring was her sweet and
+darling presence! I returned to my task without concerning myself
+further about the noise of the maskers, and as I worked I glanced up
+now and again to look at her beautiful profile cut in silhouette,
+because of the darkness without, upon my tiny window pane.
+
+
+
+
+                           CHAPTER XXXIII.
+
+
+
+I am surprised that I cannot recall whether my desire to become a
+minister transformed itself into a wish to lead the more militant life
+of missionary, by a slow process or suddenly.
+
+It seems to me that the change must have come at a very early period.
+For a long time I had taken an interest in Protestant missions,
+especially in those established in Southern Africa, among the
+Bassoutos. During my childhood we subscribed for the "Messenger," a
+monthly journal that had for frontispiece an interesting picture
+which, very early in my life, made a forcible impression upon me.
+
+This picture held a higher place in my regard than those of which I
+have already spoken, but by no means because of its execution, its
+color or background. It represented an impossible pine tree growing at
+the edge of a sea, behind which a resplendent sun was setting, and, at
+the foot of the tree, there was a young savage who was watching the
+approach of a ship, from a distant point upon the horizon, that was
+bringing to him the glad tidings of Salvation.
+
+Early in my life, when from the warm depths of my soft and downy nest,
+I looked out upon a yet formless world, that picture evoked many
+dreams; later when I was more capable of appreciating the extreme
+crudity of the design, that huge sun, half-engulfed in the sea, and
+that tiny mission boat sailing towards the unknown shores still had a
+very great charm for me.
+
+Now when they questioned me I replied: "I expect to be a missionary."
+But I spoke in a low voice, in the voice of one not sure of himself,
+and I felt that they no longer believed in my asseverations. Even my
+mother, when she heard my response, smiled sadly.
+
+Doubtless my answer exceeded what she expected from my faith;--
+probably she said to herself that it was never to be; no doubt she
+thought that I would become something very different, in all
+probability something less desirable, that it was impossible at this
+time to foresee.
+
+This determination of mine to become a missionary seemed to solve my
+every problem. It would mean long voyages and an adventurous, perilous
+life,--but journeys would be undertaken in the service of the Lord,
+and the dangers endured for His blessed cause. That solution brought
+me great tranquillity for a long time.
+
+After having thus won peace for my religious conscience, I feared to
+dwell upon the thought lest it should disclose some unexpected
+weaknesses. But still the chill waters of commonplace sermons, with
+their endless repetitions and stock phrases, continued to flow over
+and wash away my early faith. My shrinking from life increased rather
+than diminished. There seemed to hang between me and the years to come
+a great curtain whose heavy folds it was impossible for me to lift.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XXXIV.
+
+
+
+In preceding chapters I have not said much about that Limoise which
+was the scene of my initiation into nature and its wonders. My entire
+childhood is intimately connected with that little corner of the
+world, with its ancient forests of oak trees, and its rocky moorlands
+covered here and there with a carpet of wild thyme and heather.
+
+For ten or twelve glorious summers I went there to spend my Thursday
+holidays, and I dreamed of it during the dreary intervening days of
+study.
+
+In May our friends the D-----s and Lucette went to their country home
+and remained until vintage time, usually until after the first October
+frost,--and regularly every Wednesday evening I was taken there.
+
+Nothing in my estimation was so delightful as that journey to Limoise.
+We scarcely ever went in a carriage, for it was not more than three
+and a half miles distant; to me, however, it seemed very far, almost
+lost in the woods. It lay toward the south, in the direction of those
+distant, sunny lands I loved to think of. (I would have found it less
+charming had it been towards the north.)
+
+Every Wednesday evening, at sunset, the hour therefore varying with
+the month, I left home accompanied by Lucette's elder brother, a grown
+boy of eighteen or twenty, who seemed to me a man of mature age. As
+far as I was able I tried to keep pace with him, and, in consequence,
+I was obliged to go more rapidly than when I walked with my father and
+sister; we went through the quiet streets lying near the ramparts, and
+passed the sailors' old barracks, the sounds of whose bugles and drums
+reached as far as my attic museum when the south wind blew; then we
+passed through the fortifications by the most ancient of its gray
+gates,--a gate almost abandoned, and used now principally by peasants
+with flocks of sheep and droves of cattle,--and finally we arrived at
+the road that led to the river.
+
+A mile and a half of straight road stretched before us, and this path
+lay between stunted old trees yellow with lichens whose branches were
+blown to the left by the force of the sea-winds that almost constantly
+came from the west, sweeping over the broad and level meadows that lay
+between us and the ocean.
+
+To those who have a conventionalized idea of country beauty, and to
+whom a charming landscape means a river winding its way between
+poplars, or a mountain crowned by an old castle, this level road would
+look very ugly.
+
+But I found it exquisite in spite of its straight lines. Upon the left
+there was nothing to be seen but grassy meadow land over which herds
+of cattle strayed. And before us, in the distance, something that
+resembled a line of ramparts shut in the plains sadly: it was the edge
+of a rocky plateau at whose base flowed the river. The far bank of
+this river was higher than the side that we were on, and was, in some
+respects, of a different character, but for the most part it was as
+flat and monotonous. And it is just this sameness that has so much
+charm for me, an attraction appreciated seemingly by few others. The
+great level plains with their calm and tranquil straight lines are
+deeply and profoundly inspiring.
+
+There is nothing in our vicinity that I love any better than the old
+road; perhaps I have an affection for it because during my school-boy
+days I built so many castles-in-Spain upon those flat plains where,
+from time to time, I find them again. It is one of the few spots that
+has not been disfigured by factories, docks and railways. It seems a
+spot that belongs peculiarly to me, and certainly no one has the power
+to contest my spiritual right to it.
+
+The sum of the charm of the sensuous world dwells in us, is an
+emanation from ourselves; it is we who diffuse it, each person for
+himself according to his power, and we have it back again in the
+measure of our out-giving. But I did not comprehend early enough the
+deep meaning of this well-known truth. . . . During my childhood and
+youth the charm seemed to reside in the thing itself, to have its
+habitation in the old walls and the honeysuckle of my garden; I
+thought it lay along the sandy shores of the Island and upon the
+grassy meadows and rocky moorland about me. Later on, in pouring out
+my admiration every where, as I did, I drew too heavily upon the well-
+spring--I exhausted it at the source. And, alas! I find the land of my
+childhood, to which I will no doubt return to die, changed and
+shrunken, and only for a moment, in certain spots, am I able to
+recreate the illusions I have lost;--there I am for the most part
+weighed down by the crushing memories of bygone days. . . .
+
+As I was saying before my digression, every Wednesday evening I walked
+with a light and joyous step along the road that led towards those
+distant rocks lying at the boundary of the plains, I went gayly
+towards that region of oak trees and mossy stones in which Limoise was
+situated,--my imagination greatly magnified it in those days.
+
+The river we had to cross was at the end of the straight avenue of
+lichened trees so harried by the west winds. The river was very
+changeable, being subject to the tides and to all the moods of the
+neighboring ocean. We crossed in a ferry-boat or a yawl, always having
+for our oarsmen old sailors with bleached beards and sunburnt faces
+whom we had known from earliest childhood.
+
+When we reached the other bank, the rocky one, I always had a curious
+optical illusion: it seemed to me that the town from which we had
+come, and whose gray ramparts we still could see, suddenly drew very
+far away from us, for in my young head distances exaggerated
+themselves strangely. Upon this side all was different, the soil, the
+grass, the wild flowers and even the butterflies that hovered over
+them; nothing here was like those approaches to our town in whose fens
+and meadows I took my daily walk. And the differences, which perhaps
+others would not have noticed, thrilled and charmed me, for it had
+been my habit to spend, perhaps to waste, my time in observing the
+infinitesimally small things in nature, and I had often lost myself in
+contemplation of the lowliest mosses. Even the twilights of these
+Wednesday evenings had about them something distinctive and peculiar
+which I cannot express; generally we reached the far shore just as the
+sun was setting, and we watched it, from the height of the lonely
+plateau, disappear behind the tall meadow-grass through which we had
+but newly come, and as it sunk its great ruddy dish seemed uncommonly
+large.
+
+After crossing the river we turned off the high-road and took an
+unfrequented way that led through a region called "Chaumes," a very
+beautiful place at that time but horribly profaned to-day.
+
+"Chaumes" lay at the entrance of a village whose ancient church we saw
+in the distance. As it was public property it had kept intact its
+native wildness. This "Chaumes" was a sort of table-land composed of a
+single stone, and this rock, which undulated slightly, was covered
+with a carpet of short, dry fragrant plants that snapped under our
+feet; and a whole world of tiny gayly-colored butterflies and tinier
+moths fluttered among the rare and delicate flowers growing there.
+
+Sometimes we passed a flock of sheep guarded by a shepherd much more
+countrified looking and tanned than those seen in the meadows about
+our town. Lonely and sun-scorched, Chaumes seemed to me the very
+threshold of Limoise: it had its very odor, the mingled scent of wild
+thyme and sweet marjoram.
+
+At the end of the rocky moor was the hamlet of Frelin. I love this
+name of Frelin, for I think of it as being derived from those large
+and fierce hornets (frelons) that build their nests in the heart of a
+certain species of oak tree found in the forests of Limoise; to get
+rid of these pests it is necessary, in the springtime, to build great
+fires around the infested trees. This hamlet was composed of three or
+four cottages. They were all low, as is the custom of our country, and
+they were old, very old and gray; above the little rounded doorways
+were half-effaced ornamental Gothic scrolls and blazonments. I
+scarcely ever saw them except at dusk, as twilight was falling, and
+the hour and the quaint little houses themselves awoke in me an
+appreciation of the mystery of their past; above all these humble
+dwellings attested to the antiquity of this rocky ground, so much
+older than the meadows of our town which had been won from the sea,
+and where nothing that dates before the time to Louis XIV is to be
+found.
+
+As soon as we left Frelin I commenced to look eagerly along the path
+ahead of me, for after that we usually spied Lucette, either afoot or
+in a carriage, coming to meet us. As soon as I caught a glimpse of her
+I would run ahead to embrace her.
+
+On our way through the village we passed the tiny church, a wonder of
+the twelfth century, built in the rarest and most ancient Romanesque
+style;--and then as the shadows of evening deepened we saw, in the
+semi-darkness before us, something that had the form of tall dark
+legions: it was the forest of Limoise, composed almost wholly of
+evergreen oaks, whose foliage is very dark and sombre. We then came
+into the road leading directly to the house; on our way we passed the
+well where the patient, thirsty cattle awaited their turn to drink.
+And finally we opened the little old gate, and traversed the first
+grassy courtyard which the shadowing trees, a century old, plunged
+into almost total darkness.
+
+The house lay between this courtyard and a large uncultivated garden
+that extended to the edge of the oak forest. As we entered the ancient
+dwelling, with its whitewashed walls and old-fashioned wainscoting, I
+always looked eagerly for my butterfly-net that was usually to be
+found hanging in the place where I had left it, ready for the next
+day's chase.
+
+After dinner it was our custom to go to the foot of the garden, and
+there we sat in an arbor that was built against the old wall
+encircling the yard,--this bower faced away from the unfriendly
+darkness of the woods where the owls hooted. And while we were seated
+in the beautiful, mild, star-bespangled night, suddenly upon the air,
+musical with the chirping of myriad crickets, there was heard the
+tolling of a bell,--heard very clearly by us although it came from
+afar off,--it was the church bell in the village announcing the
+evening service.
+
+Oh! the vesper bell of Enchillais heard in that beautiful garden long
+ago! Oh! the sound of that bell, a little cracked but still silvery,
+like the once beautiful voices of very old people which still retain
+something of their sweetness. What charm of past times, and half sad
+meditations of peaceful death, were awakened by that music which
+spread itself into the limpid darkness of the surrounding country! And
+we heard the bell chiming for a long time, but its sound reached us
+fitfully; one while it seemed to be near, and then again it seemed far
+away, as it obeyed the will of the soft night wind that was stirring.
+I bethought me of all those who, on their lonely farms, were listening
+to it; I bethought me, too, of all the unpeopled places round about
+where it would be heard by no one, and a shudder passed through me at
+the thought of the near-by forest, where the sweet vibrations of the
+bell would die.
+
+The municipal council, composed of very superior spirits, after having
+first put its everlasting tri-colored flag upon the steeple of the
+little Roman Catholic Church, then suppressed its vesper bell. Its day
+is done; and we shall never again, upon summer evenings, hear that
+call to prayers.
+
+Going to bed there was always a very enlivening proceeding, especially
+when there was the prospect of a whole Thursday of play before me. I
+would, I am sure, have been very much afraid in the guest chamber,
+which was on the ground floor of the great, isolated house; but until
+my twelfth year I slept on the floor above, in the spacious room
+occupied by Lucette's mother;--with the aid of screens they had made
+for me a little room of my own. In this retreat there was a book-case
+with glass doors that belonged to the time of Louis XIV; this was
+filled with treatises, a century old, upon navigation, and with
+sailors' log-books that had not been opened for a hundred years. Tiny,
+scarce visible butterflies, that entered by the open windows, were to
+be found here all summer long, sleeping with extended wings upon the
+whitewashed walls. And often the most exciting incident of the day
+happened just as I was falling asleep; sometimes then an unwelcome bat
+found his way into the room and circled wildly about the lighted
+candles; or an enormous moth buzzed in and we would chase him with a
+cobweb-broom. Or again a storm descended upon us and the great trees
+lashed their branches against the house, and the old shutters slammed
+back and forth, and we waked with a start.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XXXV.
+
+
+
+Now comes the apparition of another little friend who stood very high
+in my childish favor. As nearly as I can remember I became acquainted
+with her when I was eleven; Antoinette had left the country; Veronica
+was forgotten.
+
+Her name was Jeanne, and she was the youngest member of a naval
+officer's family, that like the D-----s had been bound up in
+friendship with ours for more than a century. As she was two or three
+years younger than I, I had at first taken but little notice of her--
+probably I thought her too babyish.
+
+Her face was as droll as a little kitten's, and it was impossible to
+tell from the pinched up features whether she would become pretty or
+ugly; but she had a certain grace, and when she was eight or nine
+years old her face became very sweet and charming. She was very
+roguish, and as friendly as I was diffident; and as she darted about
+in those childish dances we sometimes had in the evenings, and from
+which I held myself aloof, she seemed to me the extreme of worldly
+elegance and coquetry.
+
+But in spite of the great intimacy between our families, it was
+evident that her parents looked upon our friendship with disfavor,
+they probably thought it unseemly that she had chosen a boy for her
+companion. This knowledge caused me much suffering, and the
+impressions of my childhood were so vivid and persistent that I did
+not, until many years had passed, until I became quite a grown youth,
+pardon her father and mother the humiliation they had caused me.
+
+It therefore resulted that my desire to play with her increased
+greatly. And she, knowing this, was as perverse as a princess in a
+fairy tale; she laughed mercilessly at my timid ways, at my awkward
+manners and my ungraceful fashion of entering the parlor; there was
+kept up between us a constant interchange of playful raillery, an oral
+stream of inimitable pleasantry.
+
+When I was invited to spend the day with her the prospect gave me the
+greatest joy, but the aftertaste of the visit was generally bitter,
+for usually I committed some mortifying blunder in that family where I
+felt myself so misunderstood. Every time I wished to have Jeanne at my
+house for dinner it was necessary for my aunt Bertha, who was a person
+of authority in the eyes of Jeanne's parents, to arrange the matter
+for me.
+
+Upon one occasion when little Jeanne returned from Paris she related
+to me the story of the "Donkey's Skin," which she had seen acted at
+the theatre in the city.
+
+Her time so spent was not lost, for the "Donkey's Skin" was destined
+to occupy a prominent place in my life during the next four or five
+years, the hours that I wasted upon it were more preciously squandered
+than were any others in my life.
+
+Together we conceived the idea of mounting the piece upon the stage of
+my miniature theatre. That play of the "Donkey's Skin" brought us
+together very often. And little by little the project assumed gigantic
+proportions; it grew as the months sped, and amused us in ever
+increasing measure; indeed, in proportion to the degree of perfection
+to which we were able to bring our conception did we enjoy it. We
+manufactured fantastic decorations; we dressed, so that they might
+take part in the processions, innumerable little dolls. It will be
+necessary for me to speak often of that fairy spectacle which was one
+of the important things of my childhood.
+
+And even after Jeanne tired of it I worked over it alone, and I fairly
+outdid myself by undertaking enterprises that seemed grand to me,
+such, for instance, as my efforts to represent moonlight, great
+conflagrations and storms. I also made marvellous palaces and gardens
+wonderful as Aladdin's. All my dreams of enchanted regions, of strange
+tropical luxuries, which I later found in the distant corners of the
+world, took form in the little play of the "Donkey's Skin." Leaving
+out the mystical experiences at the commencement of my life, I can
+affirm that almost all my fancies had their essay on that tiny stage.
+I was nearly fifteen when the last decorations, unfinished ones, were
+laid away forever in the cardboard box that served them for a peaceful
+tomb.
+
+And since I have anticipated their future I will say in conclusion
+that in later years, when Jeanne had grown into a beautiful woman,
+upon numerous occasions we have planned to open the box where our
+little dolls are sleeping. But we live our life so rapidly that we
+seem never to find the time, nor will we, I fear, ever find it.
+
+Later our children may,--or who can tell, perhaps our grandchildren!
+Upon some future day, when we are forgotten, our unknown descendants
+in ferreting to the bottom of old cupboards will be astonished to find
+there numberless little creatures, nymphs, fairies and genii, all
+dressed by our hands.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XXXVI.
+
+
+
+It is said that many children who live in the central provinces, away
+from the ocean, have a great longing to see it. I who had never been
+away from the monotonous country surrounding us looked forward eagerly
+to seeing the mountains.
+
+I tried to imagine them; I had seen pictures of several, and I had
+even painted them for the "Donkey's Skin." My sister, when she visited
+Lake Lucerne, sent me a description of the mountains, and wrote me
+long letters about them, such as are seldom addressed to a child of my
+age. And my ideas were further extended by some photographs of
+glaciers that my sister brought me for my magic-lantern. I desired
+with all my heart to see the mountains themselves.
+
+One day, as if in answer to my wish, there came a letter that created
+quite a stir in our house. It was from a first cousin of my father,
+who had at one time regarded my father with a brotherly love, but for
+thirty years, for some reason unknown to me, this cousin had not
+written or given any sign of life.
+
+At the time of my birth, all talk of him had ceased in our family, and
+I was ignorant of his existence. And now he wrote and begged that the
+old bond might be renewed; he was living, he said, in a little
+southern village in the heart of the Swiss Mountains. He announced
+that he had two sons and a daughter about the age of my brother and
+sister. His letter was very affectionate, and my father responded to
+it in like manner and told his cousin all about us, his three
+children.
+
+The correspondence having continued, it was arranged that I should
+spend my next vacation with my relatives; my sister was to take me
+there and play the part of mother as she had done during our visit to
+the Island.
+
+The south, the mountains, this sudden extension of my horizon, the
+cousins who seemed literally to have fallen from the sky, became the
+subject of my constant reveries until the month of August, the time
+set for our departure.
+
+
+
+
+                           CHAPTER XXXVII.
+
+
+
+
+Little Jeanne had come over to spend the day at our house; it was at
+the end of May during that spring in which my expectations were so
+great--I was twelve years old at the time. All the afternoon we
+rehearsed with our tiny jointed china dolls, and painted scenery, we
+had in fact been busy with the "Donkey's Skin,"--but with a revised
+and grand version of it, and we had about us a great confusion of
+paints, brushes, pieces of cardboard, gilt paper and bits of gauze.
+When it came time for us to go down into the dining-room we stored our
+precious work away in a large box that was consecrated to it from that
+day forth--the box was a new one made of pine, and it had a
+penetrating, resinous odor.
+
+After our dinner, at dusk, we were taken out for a walk. But, to my
+surprise and sorrow, we found it chilly and the sky was overcast, and
+every where there was a sort of mist that recalled winter to my mind.
+Instead of going beyond the town, to the places usually frequented by
+pedestrians, we went towards the Marine Garden, a much prettier and
+more suitable walk, but one usually deserted after sunset.
+
+We went down the long straight street without meeting any one; as we
+drew near the "Chapel of the Orphans" we heard those within chanting a
+psalm. When that was finished a procession of little girls filed out.
+They were dressed in white, and they looked very cold in their spring
+muslins. After making a circuit of the lonely quarter, chanting
+meanwhile a melancholy hymn, they noiselessly re-entered the chapel.
+There was no one in the street to see them save ourselves, and the
+thought came to me that neither was there any one in the gray heavens
+above to see them; the overcast sky seemed as lonely as the solitary
+street. That little band of orphaned children intensified my feeling
+of sorrow and added to the disenchantment of the May night, and I had
+a consciousness of the vanity of prayer, of the emptiness of all
+things.
+
+In the Marine Garden my sadness increased. It was extremely cold, and
+we shivered in our light spring wraps. There was not a single
+promenader to be seen. The large chestnut trees all abloom and the
+foliage, in the glory of its tender hue, formed a feathery green and
+white avenue--emptiness was here too; all of this intertwined
+magnificence of branch and flower, seen of no one, unfolded itself to
+the indifferent sky that stretched above it cold and gray. And in the
+long flower beds there was a profusion of roses, peonies and lilies
+that seemed also to have mistaken the season, for they appeared to
+shiver, as we did, in the chill twilight.
+
+I have found that the melancholy one sometimes feels in the springtime
+usually transcends that felt in autumn, for the reason, doubtless,
+that the former is so out of harmony with the promise of the season.
+
+The demoralized state into which I was thrown by everything about me
+gave me a longing to play a boyish trick upon Jeanne. There came to me
+a desire (one that I frequently felt) to have some sort of revenge
+upon her, because her disposition was so much more mature and yet more
+sprightly than mine. I induced her to lean over and smell the lovely
+lilies, and while she was doing so I, by giving her head a very slight
+push, buried her nose deep in the flowers and it became covered with
+yellow pollen. She was indignant! And the thought that I had acted so
+rudely tended to make the walk home a very painful one.
+
+The beautiful evenings of May! Had I not cherished memories of those
+of preceding years, or had they in truth been like this one? Like this
+one in the cold and lonely garden? Had they ended so miserably as did
+this play-day with Jeanne? With a feeling of mortal weariness I said
+to myself: "And is this all!" an exclamation which soon afterwards
+became one of my most frequent unspoken reflections, a phrase indeed
+that I might well have taken for my motto.
+
+When we returned I went to the wooden box to inspect our afternoon's
+work, and as I did so I inhaled the balsamic odor that had impregnated
+everything belonging to our theatre. For a long time after that, for a
+year or two, perhaps longer, the odor of the pine box containing the
+properties of the "Donkey's Skin" recalled vividly that May evening so
+filled with poignant sorrow, which was one of the most singular
+feelings of my childhood. Since I have come to man's estate I no
+longer suffer from anguish that has no known cause, doubly hard to
+endure because mysterious, I no longer feel as if my feet are treading
+unfathomable depths in search of a firm bottom. I no longer suffer
+without knowing why. No, such emotions belonged peculiarly to my
+childhood, and this book could properly bear the title (a dangerous
+one I well know): "A Journal of my extreme and inexplicable sorrows,
+and some of the boyish pranks by which I diverted my mind from them."
+
+
+
+
+                           CHAPTER XXXVIII.
+
+
+
+It was about this time that I installed myself in my aunt Claire's
+room for the purpose of study, and there too I busied myself
+manufacturing wonders for the "Donkey's Skin." I took possession of
+the place as entirely as an army occupies a conquered country--I would
+not admit the possibility of being in the way.
+
+My aunt Claire was the person who petted me most. And it was she who
+was always so careful of my little things. She always looked after my
+finery or anything uncommonly fragile, things that the least breath of
+air would have blown away--such exquisitely delicate trifles, for
+example, as the wings of a butterfly, or the bright scale of a beetle,
+intended for the costumes of our nymphs and fairies--when I said to
+her: "Will you please take care of this, dear auntie?" I felt that I
+could be easy about it, for I knew that no one would be allowed to
+touch it.
+
+One of the great attractions in her room was a bear that was used for
+holding burnt-almonds; and I often visited the place for the sole
+purpose of paying my respects to this animal. He was made of china and
+he sat upon his hind legs in the corner of the mantelpiece. According
+to a compact that I had with my aunt, every time that his head was
+turned to the side (and I found it so several times during a day) it
+meant that there was an almond or some other kind of candy for me.
+When I had eaten this I straightened his head to indicate that I had
+been there, and then I departed.
+
+Aunt Claire enjoyed helping us with the "Donkey's Skin"; she worked
+enthusiastically over the costumes and each day I gave her some task.
+She was especially skilful in devising hair for the fairies and
+nymphs; she managed to fix upon their tiny heads, about as big as the
+end of a little finger, blond wigs made of light silk thread, this
+thread she twined upon the finest wires and thus she was able to twist
+it into beautiful ringlets.
+
+Then when it became absolutely necessary for me to study my lessons,
+in the feverish haste of the last half hour that I reserved for my
+task, after having wasted my time in idleness of every sort, it was
+aunt Claire who came to my rescue; she would open the large dictionary
+and hunt up for me the unfamiliar words in the exercises and lessons.
+She also took up the study of Greek in order to assist me with my
+lessons in that language. When I studied my Greek I always led my aunt
+Claire to the stairway and I sprawled there upon the steps, my feet
+higher than my head; for two or three years that was the classic pose
+I took for the study of the Iliad, or Xenophon's Cyropedia.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XXXIX.
+
+
+
+Thursday evening was a time of great rejoicing with me whenever a
+terrible storm descended upon Limoise, and thus made it impossible for
+me to return home that night.
+
+It happened occasionally; and since I had had the experience, I used
+to hope that it might occur often, and especially did I wish for a
+storm when I had failed to prepare my lessons. One inhuman professor
+had instituted Thursday tasks, and it was necessary for me to drag my
+text and copy-books with me to Limoise; my beloved holidays, spent in
+the sweet open air, were overcast by their dark shadow.
+
+One evening at about eight o'clock the much desired storm broke upon
+us with superb fury. Lucette and I were in the large drawing-room that
+resounded with the noise of the thunder, and we felt none too safe
+there. Its great wall-spaces were broken by only two or three old
+engravings in ancient frames. Lucette, under her mother's direction,
+was putting the finishing touches to a piece of needle work, and, on
+the rather worn-out piano, I was playing, with the soft pedal down,
+one of Rameau's dances; the old-fashioned music sounded exquisite to
+me as it mingled with the noise of the great thunder claps.
+
+When Lucette's work was completed, she turned over the leaves of my
+copy-book lying on the table. After she had examined it she gave me a
+meaning look, intended only for my eyes, that said as plainly as a
+look can that she knew I had neglected my task. Suddenly she asked:
+"where did you leave your Duruy's 'History'?"
+
+My Duruy's "History"! Where indeed had I left it? It was a new book
+with scarcely a blot in it. Great heavens! I had forgotten it and left
+it out of doors at the far end of the garden in the most removed
+asparagus bed. For my historical studies I had selected the asparagus
+bed which was like a bit of copse, for the feathery green plants, past
+their season, grew high and luxuriant; a hazel glen, leafy and
+impenetrable, and as shady as a verdant grotto, was the spot I had
+chosen for the more exacting and laborious work of Latin
+versification. As this time I was scolded by Lucette's mother for my
+great carelessness, we decided to go immediately and rescue the book.
+
+We organized a search party, and at the head of it went a servant who
+carried a stable-lantern; Lucette and I walked behind him. Our feet
+were protected from the wet ground by wooden shoes, and with much
+difficulty we held over us a large umbrella that the wind constantly
+turned inside out.
+
+Once outside I was no longer afraid; I opened my eyes wide and
+listened with all my ears. Oh! how wonderful, and yet how sinister,
+the end of the garden looked seen by those sudden and great flashes of
+green light that shimmered and trembled about us from time to time,
+and then left us blind in the blackness of the stormy night. And I
+shall never forget the impression made upon me by the continual
+crashing of the branches of the trees in the near-by oak forest.
+
+We found Duruy's "History" in the asparagus bed all water soaked and
+mud bespattered. Before the storm the snails, exhilarated no doubt by
+the promise of rain, had crawled over the book and they had left their
+slimy, glistening traces upon it.
+
+Those small tracks remained on the book for a long time, preserved,
+doubtless, by the paper cover that I put over them. They had the power
+to recall a thousand things to me, thanks to that peculiarity of my
+mind that associates the most dissimilar and incongruous images if
+only once, for a single favorable moment, they have been accidentally
+joined.
+
+And therefore the little, shining, zig-zag marks on the cover of Duruy
+always brought to my mind Rameau's gay dance that I played on the
+shrill old piano, only to have it drowned by the noise of the raging
+storm; and the same little blotches also recall to me a vision that I
+had that night (one, no doubt, born of an engraving by Teniers that
+hung on the wall); there seemed to pass before my eyes little people
+belonging to a bygone age who danced in the shade of a wood like that
+of Limoise; the apparition awakened in me an appreciation of the
+pastoral gayety of that time, a conception of the abandon and
+joyousness of the picnickers who were dancing so merrily under the
+spreading branches of the oak trees.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XL.
+
+
+
+And yet the return home from Limoise Thursday evenings would have had
+a great charm but for the remorse I almost always felt because of
+neglected duties.
+
+My friends took me as far as the river in the carriage, or I rode on a
+donkey, or we walked. Once past the stony plateau on the south bank of
+the river, and once over it and upon the home side I found my father
+and sister awaiting me; I walked gayly beside them in the straight
+path lying between the extensive meadows that led to our house. I went
+at a brisk pace in my eagerness to see mamma, my aunts and our dear
+home.
+
+When we entered the town, by the old disused gate, it was always dusk,
+the dusk of a spring or summer night; as we passed the barracks we
+heard the familiar drums and bugles sounding the hour for the sailors'
+all-too-early bed.
+
+And when we arrived at the house I usually spied my beloved ones
+(clothed in their black dresses) seated in the honeysuckle arbor at
+the end of the yard, or they were sitting out under the stars.
+
+Or, if the others had gone in, I was sure to find aunt Bertha there
+alone; she was a very independent person, and she dared defy even the
+dew and evening chill. After kissing and embracing me she pretended to
+smell of my clothes, and after sniffing a minute, to make me laugh,
+she would say: "Ah! you smell of Limoise, my darling."
+
+And indeed I did have something of the fragrance of Limoise about me.
+When I came from there I was always impregnated with the odor of wild
+thyme and the other aromatic plants peculiar to that part of the
+country.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XLI.
+
+
+
+Speaking of Limoise I will be vain enough to speak here of an act of
+mine that I consider as brave as it was obedient, for it fell in with
+a promise that I had given.
+
+It happened a short time before my departure for the south, before
+that journey to the mountains with which my imagination was ever busy;
+it occurred in the month of July following my twelfth birthday.
+
+One Wednesday, having started earlier than usual, so that I might
+arrive at Limoise before nightfall, I begged those accompanying me to
+go no farther than just beyond the town; I entreated them, for this
+once, to allow me to make the journey alone as if I were a grown boy.
+
+As I was being ferried across the river I compelled myself to take
+from my pocket the white silk handkerchief that I had promised to wear
+about my neck to protect it from the cool breezes on the water; the
+old weather-beaten sailors were looking at me and I felt unspeakably
+ashamed as I tied the muffler around my neck.
+
+And at Chaumes, in that shadeless spot, a place always baked by the
+sun, I fulfilled the pledge that had been exacted from me at my
+departure. I opened a large sunshade!--oh! how my cheeks reddened and
+how humiliated I felt when I was ridiculed by a little shepherd-boy
+who, with head bared to the sun's rays, guarded his sheep. And my
+agony increased when I arrived at the village and I saw four boys, who
+had doubtless just come from school, look at me with astonishment. My
+God! I felt as if I would faint. It was true courage which enabled me
+to keep my promise at that moment.
+
+As they passed they stared hard as if to mock me for being afraid of
+the sun. One muttered something that had little enough meaning, but
+which I regarded as a mortal insult: "It is the Marquis of Carabas!"
+he said, and then all began to laugh heartily. But notwithstanding, I
+continued on my way with my parasol still open. I did not flinch nor
+answer them, but the blood surged to my cheeks and hummed in my ears.
+
+In the time that followed there were many occasions when it was
+necessary for me to pass upon my way without noticing the insults cast
+at me by ignorant people; but I do not recall that their taunts caused
+me any suffering. But my experience with the parasol! No, I am sure
+that I have never accomplished any braver act that that.
+
+But I am convinced that it is unnecessary for me to seek any other
+cause for my aversion to umbrellas, an aversion that followed me into
+mature age. And I attribute to handkerchiefs and such things, and to
+the excessive care my family took to stop up every chink through which
+air might reach me, my later habit, in line with my tendency to
+reactions, of exposing my breast to the burning rays of the sun, of
+exposing myself to every kind of wind and weather.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XLII.
+
+
+
+With my head pressed against the glass in the door of the railway
+coach that was going rapidly I continually asked my sister, who sat
+opposite:
+
+"Are we in the mountains yet?"
+
+"Not yet," she would answer, still remembering the Alps vividly. "Not
+yet, dear. Those are only high hills."
+
+The August day was warm and radiantly bright. We were in an express
+train going south, on our way to visit those cousins whom we had never
+seen.
+
+"Oh! but that one! See! See!" I exclaimed triumphantly, as my eyes
+spied an elevation towering above others; it was one whose blue height
+pierced the clear horizon.
+
+She leaned forward.
+
+"Ah!" she said, "that is a little more like a mountain, I must
+confess,--but it isn't a very high one, only wait!"
+
+At the hotel, where we were obliged to remain until the following day,
+everything interested us. I remember that night came suddenly, a night
+of splendor, as we leaned upon the railing of the balcony leading from
+our rooms, watching the shadows gather about the blue mountains and
+listening to the chirping of the crickets.
+
+The next day, the third of our frequently interrupted journey, we
+hired a funny little carriage to take us to the town, one much out of
+the line of travel at that time, where our cousins lived.
+
+For five hours we rode through passes and defiles--for me they were
+enchanted hours. Not only was there the novelty of the mountains, but
+everything here was unlike our home surroundings. The soil and the
+rocks were a bright red instead of, as in our village, a dazzling
+white because of the underlying chalk beds. And at home everything was
+flat and low, it seemed as if nothing there dared lift itself above
+the dead level and break the uniformity of the plains. Here the
+dwellings, of reddish hue like the rocks, and built with old gabled
+ends and ancient turrets, were perched high up on the hill; the
+peasants were very tanned, and they spoke a language I did not
+understand; I noticed particularly that the women walked with a free
+movement of the hips, unknown to the peasants of our country, as they
+strode along carrying upon their heads sheaves of grain and great
+shining copper vessels. My whole being vibrated to the charm of the
+unfamiliar beauty about me, and I was fascinated by the strange aspect
+of nature.
+
+Toward evening we reached the little town that marked the end of our
+journey. It was situated on the bank of one of those southern rivers
+that rush noisily over their shallow beds of white pebbles. The place
+still retained its ancient arched gateway and high, pierced ramparts;
+the prevailing color of the gothic houses lining its streets was
+bright red.
+
+A little perplexed and agitated our eyes sought for the cousins whose
+faces were not even known to us through photographs; but since they
+had been apprised of our coming they would, no doubt, be at the
+station to meet us. Suddenly we saw approaching us a tall young man,
+and he had upon his arm a young lady dressed in white muslin. Without
+the least hesitation we exchanged glances of recognition: we had found
+each other.
+
+At their house, on the ground floor, our uncle and aunt welcomed us;
+both of them in their old age preserved traces of a once-remarkable
+beauty. They lived in an ancient house of the time of Louis XIII; it
+was built in an angle, and was surrounded by those porches that are so
+frequently seen in small, southern mountain towns.
+
+When we entered we found ourselves in a vestibule flagged with pinkish
+stones and ornamented with a large fountain of burnished copper. A
+staircase of the same stones, as imposing as a castle staircase, with
+a curious balustrade of wrought-iron, led to the old-fashioned
+wainscoted bedrooms on the second floor. And these things evoked a
+past very different from that I had brooded over upon the Island, at
+St. Ongeoise, the only past with which I was at this time familiar.
+
+After dinner we went out and sat together upon the bank of the noisy
+river; we sat in a meadow overgrown with centauries and sweet
+marjoram, recognizable in the darkness because of their penetrating
+odor. It was a very still, warm evening and innumerable crickets
+chirped in the grass. It seemed to me that I had never before seen so
+many stars in the heavens. The difference in latitude was not so
+great, but the sea air that tempers our winters also makes our summer
+evenings hazy; in consequence we could see more stars here in this
+southern country with its clear atmosphere, than at our home.
+
+The majestic mountains surrounding us, from which I could not take my
+eyes, looked like great blue silhouettes: the mountains, never seen
+until now, gave me the feeling, so much longed for, of being in a
+distant country, they gave me the assurance that one of the dreams of
+my childhood had come true.
+
+I spent several summers in this village, and I made myself enough at
+home to learn the southern dialect spoken by the people there. Indeed
+the two provinces I became best acquainted with in my childhood was
+this southern one and that of St. Ongeoise, both of them lands of
+sunshine.
+
+Brittany, which so many take to be my native place, I did not see
+until a later time, not until I was seventeen, and I did not learn to
+love it until long after that,--doubtless that is why I loved it so
+ardently. At first it oppressed me and induced a feeling of extreme
+sadness; my brother Ives initiated me into its charm, a charm tinged
+with melancholy, and it was he who persuaded me to explore its
+thatched cottages and wooden chapels. And following this, the
+influence that a young girl of Treguier exercised over my imagination,
+when I was about twenty-seven, strengthened my love for Brittany, the
+land of my adoption.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XLIII.
+
+
+
+The day after my arrival at my uncle's I met some children named
+Peyrals who became my playmates. According to the fashion of that part
+of the country their baptismal names were spoken preceded by the
+definite article. The two little girls respectively ten and twelve
+years old were called "the Marciette" and "the Titi," and their
+younger brother, still a little chap, who did not, therefore, figure
+so largely in our plays, was called "the Medon."
+
+As I was younger in my ways than most boys of twelve,--in spite of my
+understanding of some things usually beyond the comprehension of
+children,--we immediately became a congenial little band, and for
+several summers we came together and enjoyed each other's
+companionship.
+
+The father of the little Peyrals owned all the forests and vineyards
+upon the hillsides about us. We had the freedom of them, were
+absolutely our own masters, and no one controlled or restrained us in
+any way, no matter how absurd we were.
+
+In that mountain village our relatives were so esteemed by the
+peasants living around them, that it was perfectly proper for us to
+wander any where and every where in search of adventures. We would
+start out very early in the morning upon mysterious expeditions, or we
+went to distant vineyards to have picnics or to chase butterflies that
+we never caught. Sometimes a little peasant would enlist in our ranks
+and follow submissively wherever we led. After the espionage to which
+I had been accustomed I found this liberty a delicious change. An
+altogether novel and independent life in the mountains; I might with
+some show of reason call it a continuation of my solitude, for I was
+the senior of these children who merely participated in my fantastic
+plays: between us there were abysmal differences springing from the
+quality of our minds and imaginations.
+
+I was always the undisputed chief of the band; Titi, the only one who
+ever revolted, was easily brought to terms; the children seemed to
+wish to please me in everything, and that made it very easy for me to
+manage them.
+
+That was the first little band I led. Later, other ones, less easy to
+cope with, came under my dominion; but I always preferred to have them
+composed of persons younger than myself, younger in mental development
+especially, and more simple in every way than I, so that they would
+not interfere with my whims, nor laugh at my childishness.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XLIV.
+
+
+
+The only task required of me during my vacation was that I should read
+from Fenelon's Telemaque (my education, you see, was a little out of
+date). My copy of the work was composed of several small volumes.
+Strangely enough, it was not irksome to me. I could image to myself
+distinctly the land of Greece with its white marble temples and its
+bright sky, and I had a conception of pagan antiquity that was almost
+as vivid (if not so correct) as Fenelon's: Calypso and her nymphs
+enchanted me.
+
+Every day, in order to read, I hid myself from the Peyrals, either in
+my uncle's garden or in the garret of his house, my two favorite
+hiding-places.
+
+This garret, under the high Louis XIII roof, extended the full length
+of the house. The shutters of the place were seldom opened, and there
+was here, in consequence, almost perpetual twilight. The old things,
+belonging to a bygone century, lying there under the dust and cobwebs
+attracted me from the first day; and, little by little, the habit of
+slipping up there with my Telemaque had grown upon me. I usually stole
+up after the noon dinner, secure in the thought that no one would
+dream of looking for me there. At this noon hour of hot and radiant
+sunshine, the garret, by contrast, was almost as dark as night.
+Noiselessly I would throw open a shutter of one of the dormer windows
+and a flood of sunshine poured in; then I climbed out on the roof, and
+with elbows resting upon the sun-warmed old slate tiles overgrown with
+golden mosses, I would read my book.
+
+Around me, on this same roof, thousands of Agen plums were drying.
+This fruit, intended for winter use, was spread out on mats made of
+reeds; warmed through and through by the sun and thoroughly dried they
+were delicious; their fragrance, too, was exquisite and it impregnated
+the whole garret. The bees and the wasps who, like me, ate them at
+their pleasure, tumbled on their backs and extended their legs in the
+air, overcome seemingly by the cloying sweetness of the fruit and the
+heat of the day. And on the neighboring roofs, between the old gothic
+gables, there were similar reed mats covered with these same plums,
+all visited by myriads of buzzing wasps and bees.
+
+One could also see from here the two streets that came together in
+front of my uncle's house; they were lined with mediaeval dwellings,
+and each terminated at an arched door that was cut in the high red
+stone wall that had formerly served as a fortification. The village
+was hot and drowsy and silent, the heat of the mid-summer sun made it
+torpid; but one could hear innumerable chickens and ducks scratching
+and pecking at the sun-baked dirt in the streets. And far away in the
+distance the mountains pierced the cloudless blue of the heavens with
+their sunny heights.
+
+I read Telemaque in very small doses; two or three pages a day was
+generally enough to satisfy my curiosity and to ease my conscience for
+the day; that task over, I went down hurriedly to find my little
+friends, and we would set out on a trip to the woods and vineyards.
+
+My uncle's garden, my other place of retreat, was not attached to the
+house, but was situated, as were all the other ones in the village,
+beyond the ramparts of the town. It was surrounded by very high walls,
+and one had entrance to it through an old arched gate that was
+unlocked with an enormous key. Upon certain days, armed with my
+Telemaque and my butterfly-net, I isolated myself there.
+
+In the garden there were several plum trees, and from them there fell,
+onto the warm earth, over-ripe plums of the same variety as those
+drying on the ancient roofs. The old arbor was trellised with grape
+vines, and legions of flies and bees feasted upon the musky, fragrant
+grapes. The extreme end of the garden, for it was a very large one,
+was overgrown like an ordinary field with alfalfa.
+
+The charm of this old orchard lay in the feeling it gave one of being
+greatly secluded, of being absolutely alone in a wilderness of space
+and silence.
+
+I must not forget to speak of the old arbor that two summers later was
+the scene of the most momentous act of my childhood. It backed against
+the surrounding wall, and its lattice-work was overspread with
+muscadine vines that the sun scorched and withered.
+
+In this garden, for some inexplicable reason, I had the impression of
+being in the tropics, in the colonies of my fancy. And in truth the
+tropical gardens that I saw later were filled with the same heavy
+fragrance and had much the same appearance. From time to time rare
+butterflies, such as are not often seen elsewhere, flitted through the
+garden. From a front view they looked like common yellow and black
+butterflies, but a side view showed them to be as glistening and as
+beautiful a blue as the exotic ones from Guinea that I had seen under
+glass in my uncle's museum. They were very wary and difficult to
+ensnare, for they rested only for a second at a time upon the fragrant
+muscadel grapes before fluttering away over the wall. Sometimes I
+would place my foot in a crevice of the stone wall, and scramble up to
+the top to look after them as they flew across the hot and silent
+fields; and often I remained there on the coping for a long time,
+propped upon my elbows, and contemplated the distant landscape. Every
+where upon the horizon there were wooded mountains surrounded here and
+there by the ruins of feudal castles. Before me, in the midst of
+fields of corn and buckwheat, was the Bories estate. Its old arched
+porch, the only one in the neighborhood that was whitewashed, looked
+like one of those entry-ways that are so common in African villages.
+This estate, I had been told, belonged to the St. Hermangarde
+children, who were destined to become my future comrades. They were
+expected almost daily, but I dreaded to have them come, for my little
+band composed of the Peyrals seemed all sufficient and extremely well
+chosen.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XLV.
+
+
+
+Castelnau! This ancient name brings to me visions of glorious sunshine
+and of clear light shining upon noble heights; it evokes the gentle
+melancholy that I felt among its ruins, and recalls to me my dreams
+before the dead splendors buried there for so many centuries.
+
+The old ruin of Castelnau was perched on one of the most heavily
+wooded mountains in the neighborhood, and its reddish stone turrets
+and towers stood out boldly against the sky.
+
+By looking over and beyond the wall surrounding my uncle's garden I
+could see the ancient castle. Indeed, it was a conspicuous point in
+the landscape, and one immediately saw its rough red stones emerging
+from the interlaced trees; one instantly noted the ancient ruin
+crowning the mountain all overgrown with the beautiful verdure of
+chestnut and oak trees.
+
+Upon the day of my arrival I had caught a glimpse of it, and I was
+attracted by this old eagle's nest which must have been a superb place
+of refuge during the stormy middle ages. It was a common custom in my
+uncle's family to go up there two or three times a month to dine and
+pass the afternoon with the proprietor, an old clergyman, who lived in
+a comfortable house built against one side of the ruin.
+
+For me those days were like a revel in fairy land.
+
+We started very early in the morning so that we should be beyond the
+plains before the hottest period of the day. When we arrived at the
+foot of the mountain we were refreshed by the cool shade of the
+forest, enveloped in its mantle of beautiful green. As we went up and
+up, by zig-zag paths, afoot, and in single file, under lofty arching
+oaks and intertwined foliage our line of march resembled a huge
+serpent. I was reminded of Gustave Dore's engravings of mediaeval
+pilgrims making their way to isolated abbeys perched on mountain
+heights. Tiny springs oozed out here and there and trickled across the
+red earth; between the trees we had momentary glimpses of beautiful
+and extensive vistas. At last we reached the summit, and after passing
+through the very quaint village that had perched on this height for
+many centuries, we rang the bell at the priest's tiny door. The castle
+overhung his miniature garden and house; both were built under the
+shadow of the crumbling walls and the sinking, almost tottering, red
+stone towers. A great peace seemed to emanate from those aerie ruins,
+and a deep silence reigned there.
+
+The dinners given by the old priest, to which several of the
+notabilities of the neighborhood were invited, always lasted very
+long. The ten or fifteen courses had an accompaniment of the ripest
+fruits and the choicest wines of that country so excelling in
+exquisite vintages.
+
+For several hours we remained at the table afflicted by the August or
+September midday heat, and I, the only child in the company, became
+very restless; I was disturbed by the thought of the crushing nearness
+of the castle, and after the second course I would ask to be permitted
+to leave the table. An old serving-woman used always to go with me and
+open the outer door in the wall of the feudal ramparts of Castelnau;
+then she confided the keys of the stately ruin to me, and I plunged
+alone, with a delicious feeling of fear, into the familiar path, and
+passed through the gate of the drawbridge superposed on the ramparts.
+
+There I might remain for an hour or two sure of not being disturbed; I
+was at liberty to wander about in that labyrinth, and I was master in
+the majestic but sad domain. Oh! the sweet memory of the reveries that
+I have had there! . . . First I would make a tour about the terraces
+overhanging the forest lying below; a panorama infinitely beautiful
+unrolled itself to my sight; rivers winding here and there in the
+distance looked like streams of silver; and, aided by the clear and
+limpid summer atmosphere, I could see almost as far as the neighboring
+provinces. A great calm pervaded this sequestered corner of France; no
+line of railway penetrated it; and in consequence, it led a life
+entirely apart from the big world, a life such as it had known in the
+good old time.
+
+After visiting the terraces I would go into the ruined interior, into
+the courts, up the stairways and through the empty galleries. I
+climbed to the old towers and put to flight flocks of pigeons, and
+disturbed the sleep of bats and owls. On the first floor there was a
+suite of spacious rooms, still roofed over, and very dark because of
+the shuttered windows. I penetrated into these chambers, and I felt an
+almost delicious terror when I heard my footsteps echoing through the
+sepulchral stillness of the place. Then I would pass in review before
+the strange Gothic paintings and the half-effaced frescoes that still
+retained traces of gilt ornamentation; the fabled monsters and
+garlands of impossible flowers had been added at the time of the
+Renaissance. This magnificent, pictured past, fantastic and barbarous
+to the point of being terrible, seemed to me, at that time, very vague
+and dim and distant; I could not realize that it had been lighted up
+by the same midday sunshine that warmed the red stones of the ruins
+about me. And now that I am better able to estimate Castelnau, when I
+recall it to my memory, after having seen most of the splendors of
+this earth, I still think the enchanted castle of my childhood, as it
+stands upon its glorious height, one of the most superb ruins of
+mediaeval France.
+
+In one of the towers there was a room whose ceiling was painted a
+royal blue over-strewn with exquisite gold tracery and blazonry. In no
+place have I realized feudalism so well as in that tower. There alone,
+in the silence as of a city of the dead, I would lean out of the
+little window cut in the thick wall and contemplate the green verdure
+lying below me, and I tried to imagine that I saw coming along the
+paths, given over to the flight of birds, a cavalcade of soldiers, or
+a procession of noble knights and ladies. . . . And, for me, reared in
+a level country, one of the greatest charms of the place was the view
+I had of blue distances visible from every loophole and crevice, every
+gap and opening in the rooms and towers of Castelnau, for then I
+realized its extraordinary height.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XLVI.
+
+
+
+My brother's letters, written close on very fine paper, continued to
+reach us from time to time; he could only send them to us by sailing
+vessels bound in our direction which lay-to in that part of the world
+where he was stationed. Some of them were written particularly for me,
+and these were long, and filled with never-to-be-forgotten
+descriptions. I already knew several words of the sweet and liquid
+language of Oceanica, and often in my dreams I saw the exquisite
+island he described and roamed over it; it haunted my imagination as
+does a chimerical realm, ardently desired, but as inaccessible as if
+situated upon another planet.
+
+During my visit to my cousins my father forwarded me a letter from my
+brother addressed to me. I went up to the garret roof, on the side
+where the plums were drying, to read it. He wrote of a place called
+Fataua which was situated in a deep valley and surrounded by steep
+mountains. "A perpetual twilight," he wrote, "reigns here under the
+great exotic trees, and the spray of the cascade keeps the carpet of
+rare ferns fresh." Yes; I could picture that scene to myself very
+well, now that I had about me mountains and moist glens luxuriant with
+ferns. . . . He described everything fully and vividly: my brother
+could not know that his letters exercised a dangerous spell over the
+child who, at his departure, appeared to be so tranquil and so
+attached to the home fireside.
+
+"The only pity," he wrote at the end, "is that this delightful island
+has not a door opening into the home-yard, into the beautiful arbor
+overgrown with honeysuckle, for instance, that lies behind the
+grottoes and the little pond."
+
+This idea of a door in the wall at the foot of our garden, and
+especially the association between the little lake constructed by my
+brother and distant Oceanica, struck me as very singular, and the
+following night I had this dream:
+
+I went into the yard and found it enveloped in a sort of deadly
+twilight that gave me the impression that the sun had been
+extinguished forever. Every where there seemed to be an inexpressible
+desolation that is known only in dreams, and which it is almost
+impossible to conceive of in the waking state. When I arrived at the
+bottom of the garden near the beloved little lake, I felt myself
+rising from the ground like a bird about to take flight. At first I
+floated aimlessly as thistledown, then I passed over the wall and took
+a south-west direction, the direction of Oceanica; I had no trace of
+wings, and I lay on my back in an agony of dizziness and nausea as I
+travelled with frightful rapidity, with the swiftness of a stone shot
+from a sling. The stars whirled madly in space; beneath me oceans and
+seas faded into the pallid and indistinguishable distance, and as I
+journeyed I was ever enwrapped in that twilight bespeaking a dead
+world. . . . After a few minutes I suddenly found myself encompassed
+by the darkness of the noble trees in the valley of Fataua.
+
+There in the valley my dream continued, for I ceased to believe in it,
+--the utter impossibility of really being there impressed itself upon
+my mind,--for very often I had been duped by such illusions which
+always vanished when I awoke. My main concern was lest I should wake
+wholly, for the vision, incomplete as it was, enchanted me. At least
+the carpet of rare ferns was really there. As I groped in the night
+air and plucked them I said to myself: "Surely these plants are real,
+for I can touch them and I have them in my hand; surely they will not
+disappear when the dream vanishes." And I grasped them with all my
+strength to be sure of keeping them.
+
+I awoke. A beautiful summer day had dawned, and in the village was
+heard the noise of recommencing life. The continual clucking of the
+hens as they roamed about in the streets, and the click-clack of the
+weaver's loom caused me to realize where I was. My empty hand was
+still shut tight, and the nails were pressed almost into the flesh,
+the better to guard that imaginary bouquet of Fataua, composed of the
+impalpable stuff of dreams.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XLVII.
+
+
+
+I had very quickly attached myself to my grown cousins, and I felt as
+well acquainted with them as if I had always known them. I believe it
+is necessary that there should be the bond of blood for the creation
+of those intimate relations between people, who but the day before
+were almost ignorant of each other's existence. I also loved my uncle
+and aunt; my aunt especially, who spoiled me a little, and who was so
+good and still so beautiful in spite of her sixty years, her gray hair
+and her grandmotherly way of dressing herself. In these levelling
+days, wherein one person is so like another, people of my aunt's type
+no longer exist. Born in the neighborhood, of a very ancient family,
+she had never been away from this province of France, and her manners,
+her hospitality, and her exquisite courtesy had a local stamp, every
+detail of which pleased me greatly.
+
+In direct contrast to my sheltered home life, here I lived almost
+entirely out of doors. I roamed about in the streets and highways, and
+often I went beyond the gates of the town. The narrow streets paved
+with black pebbles like those in the Orient, and bordered with gothic
+dwellings of the time of Louis XIII, had a singular charm for me. I
+already knew all the nooks and corners, public highways and the byways
+of the village, and I was well acquainted with many of the kind
+country people who lived about us.
+
+The women, peasant women with goitres, who passed my uncle's house on
+their way to and from the surrounding fields and vineyards, carried
+baskets of fruit on their heads, and they always paused to offer me
+luscious grapes and delicious peaches. I was delighted with the
+southern dialect, and with the songs of the mountaineers; and, best of
+all, my unfamiliar surroundings ever reminded me that I was in a
+strange country.
+
+And now when I see any of the little things that I brought from there
+for my museum, or when I look over the brief letters that I wrote to
+my mother every day, I suddenly feel the warm sunshine, I experience
+again the strange newness, I smell the fragrance of ripe southern
+fruits, and I feel the keen freshness of the mountain air; and at such
+times I realize that in spite of the long descriptions in these dead
+pages they inadequately express all I felt.
+
+
+
+
+                           CHAPTER XLVIII.
+
+
+
+The little St. Hermangardes, of whom every one spoke so often, arrived
+about the middle of September. Their castle was situated in the north
+upon the bank of the Carreze, but they came every year to pass the
+autumn in their very old and dilapidated mansion near my uncle's
+house.
+
+Two boys, both a little older than I, came this time, and contrary to
+my expectation I took a fancy to them immediately. As they were in the
+habit of spending a part of each year at their country place they had
+guns and powder and often went hunting. Thus they brought an entirely
+new element into our games. Their estate of Bories became one of the
+centres of our operations. Everything there was at our disposal, the
+servants and all the animals in the stables. One of our favorite
+amusements was the construction of enormous balloons, nine or ten feet
+high, and these we inflated by burning under them sheaves of hay; we
+then watched them rise and sail away and away, until they were lost to
+our sight high above the distant fields and woods.
+
+The little St. Hermangardes were unlike other children; they had had
+all their instruction from a tutor, and their ideas were different
+from those one imbibes at boarding schools. When there was any
+disagreement between us in regard to our games they always courteously
+gave in to me, and therefore my contact with them did not help me to
+meet the painful experiences of the future.
+
+One day they came over and with much grace made me a present of a very
+rare butterfly. It was of a pale yellow color, almost merging into
+light green, the yellow of a very ordinary butterfly, but its front
+wings were a shaded and exquisite pink, similar to the delicate rosy
+tints sometimes seen at daybreak. They had captured it, they said, in
+the late-ripening autumn grain fields of Bories,--they had caught hold
+of it so deftly and carefully that their fingers had made no
+impression upon its brilliant coloring. When, at about noontime, I
+received it from them I was in the vestibule of my uncle's house, a
+place always kept tightly closed during the hours of intense heat.
+From the wing of the house I heard my cousin singing in the thin and
+plaintive falsetto of a mountaineer; he often sang in that manner, and
+when he did so his voice always gave me a feeling of unusual
+melancholy as it broke the stillness of the late September noons. He
+sang over and over the same old refrain: "Ah! Ah! The good, good
+story. . . ." Here he always broke off and recommenced. And from that
+moment Bories, the pinkish-yellow butterfly, and the sad little
+refrain of the "good, good story" were inseparably associated in my
+memory.
+
+But I fear that I have said too much about the incoherent impressions
+and images which came to me so frequently in days gone by; this is the
+last time that I will speak at length of them. But it will be seen,
+because of what follows, how important it is for me to note the
+association existing between the dissimilar things mentioned above.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XLIX.
+
+
+
+We left the mountains at the beginning of October, but my home-coming
+was marked by a very painful circumstance--I was sent to school! I
+went, of course, only as a day scholar; and it goes without saying
+that I was never allowed to go and come alone lest I should get into
+bad company. The four years that I spent at the university, as a day
+scholar, were as strange and as full of odd experiences as any of my
+life. But, notwithstanding, from that fatal day my history becomes
+much less interesting as a narrative.
+
+I was taken to school for the first time, at two o'clock in the
+afternoon, upon one of those glorious October days, so sunny and
+peaceful, that is like a reluctant and sad leave-taking of the summer-
+time. Ah! how beautiful it had been in the mountains, in the leafless
+forests and among the autumn-tinted vines!
+
+With a crowd of children, all talking at the same time, I entered the
+torture chamber. My first impression was one of astonished disgust
+because of the hideousness of the ink-stained walls, and of the old
+benches of shiny wood defaced by the penknife carvings of countless
+school-boys who had been so inexpressibly miserable in this place.
+Although I was a stranger to my new companions they treated me with
+the greatest familiarity (they used thee and thou in addressing me)
+and gave themselves patronizing airs that were almost impertinent.
+Although I observed my school-mates timidly and furtively I thought
+them, for the most part, exceedingly ill-mannered and untidy.
+
+As I was twelve and a half I entered the third class; my tutor
+considered me advanced enough to keep up with it if I chose to do so,
+although I myself felt that I was scarcely equal to the task. The
+first day, for the purpose of qualifying, we had to write Latin
+exercises, and I remember that my father awaited, with some anxiety,
+the outcome of the examination. When I told him I was second among
+fifteen I was surprised that he attached so much importance to a
+matter of so little interest to me. It was all one to me! Broken
+hearted as I felt, how could I be affected by such a trifle?
+
+Later, indeed, at no time, did I feel the impetus that the desire to
+excel brings with it. To be at the foot of the class always seemed to
+me the least of the ills that a school-boy is called upon to endure.
+
+The weeks following my entrance were extremely painful to me. I felt
+my intellect cramping rather than expanding under the multiplicity of
+the lessons and the tasks imposed; even the realm of my young dreams
+seemed closing against me little by little. The first dismal, foggy
+weather, and the first gray days added a greater desolation and
+sadness to my already overwrought feelings. The uncouth chimney-sweeps
+had returned, and their yearly autumn cry was again heard in the
+streets. Theirs was a cry that in my earlier years wrung my heart and
+caused my tears to flow. When one is a child the approach of winter,
+with its killing gloom and cold, seems to awake in him inexplicable
+forebodings bespeaking the end of all bright and beautiful things;
+time goes so slowly in childhood that we appear not to be able to
+anticipate the inevitable reawakening that comes in the spring to all
+things.
+
+No, it is only when we are older, and would seem, therefore, to be
+more impressionable to the changes of the seasons, that we regard
+winter merely as an incident having its rightful place among the other
+incidents of life.
+
+I had a calendar and I marked off upon it the slowly passing days. At
+the commencement of my first year of college life I was oppressed by
+the thought of the months of study stretching before me, and by the
+prospect of the interminable months that must come and go before we
+reached the Easter vacation that was to give us a respite of eight or
+ten days from the dreadful schoolroom grind and ennui; I seemed to
+lose all my courage, and at times I was almost overwhelmed with
+despair at the prospect of the long and dreary days that went so
+slowly.
+
+In the meantime cold weather, really cold weather set in and
+aggravated my sorrows. Oh! the daily journey to school upon those
+frigid December mornings, where for two deadly hours the only warmth
+we obtained came from the inadequate coal fire, and before me the
+torture of returning to my home in the face of the icy winter wind!
+The other children frolicked and ran and pushed each other, and they
+slid upon the ice when it chanced that the water in the gutters was
+frozen over. As for me I did not know how to slide, and, besides,
+sports such as the other boys indulged in, I considered highly
+undignified. I was always escorted to and from school very sedately,
+and I felt the humiliation of being conducted. I was sometimes laughed
+at by my school-mates with whom I was not at all popular; and I had a
+disdain for those who, like myself, were in bondage. I had scarcely an
+idea in common with them.
+
+Even Thursdays I had to give to the preparation of lessons that took
+the entire day. The written tasks, absurd exercises, I scrawled off in
+the most careless and illegible handwriting.
+
+And my disgust for life was so great that I no longer took the least
+bit of pains with myself; often now I was scolded for looking so
+unkempt, and for having dirty, ink-stained hands. . . . But if I
+continue in this strain I will succeed in making my recital as tedious
+as were the school-days of my youth.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER L.
+
+
+
+Cakes! Cakes! My good hot cakes! The old cake woman had resumed her
+nightly tour, and again we heard her rapid footsteps and her shrill
+refrain. Always at the same hour, with the regularity of an automaton,
+she went by our house. And the long winter recommenced in the same
+manner as had the preceding ones, and as were similarly to begin the
+following two or three years.
+
+Our neighbors, the D-----s, accompanied by Lucette, always came at
+eight o'clock Sunday evenings, and another neighbor visited us also
+upon this same evening. These latter brought with them their little
+daughter Marguerite, who gradually insinuated herself into my
+affections.
+
+That year Marguerite and I brought the Sunday winter evenings, over
+which the thought of the tasks of the morrow brooded sadly, to a close
+with an entirely new amusement. After the tea, when I felt that the
+party was about to break up, I would hurry little Marguerite into the
+dining-room, and there we rushed madly about the round table and tried
+to catch or tag each other,--we played furiously. It goes without
+saying that she was usually caught immediately and tagged very often,
+and I scarcely ever; it therefore fell out that it was almost always
+her turn to chase me, and she did it desperately. We struck the table
+with our bodies, and yelled, and carried on our play with the greatest
+imaginable uproar. We succeeded in turning up the rugs, in
+disarranging the chairs, and in making havoc of everything. We soon
+tired of our play, however,--the truth is I was too old to care
+greatly for such frolics. I had scarcely any feeling save one of
+melancholy in spite of the wild sport I indulged in, for over me
+hovered the chilling thought that in the morning the usual round of
+dry and laborious lessons would begin. My furious revel was simply a
+way of prolonging that day of truce, of making it count to its very
+last moment; it was an attempt to divert my thoughts by making plenty
+of noise. It was also my way of hurling a defiance at those tasks that
+I had left undone. My negligence troubled my conscience and disturbed
+my sleep, and caused me finally to look over, hastily and feverishly,
+by the feeble light of a candle, or by the cold gray light of early
+dawn, the neglected lessons, before the coming of the despised hour in
+which I betook myself to school.
+
+There was always a little consternation in the parlor when the sounds
+of our merriment reached those gathered there; it must have been
+particularly distressing to our parents to hear that we were amusing
+ourselves otherwise than with our duet sonatas, and to find that we
+preferred noise and discord to the "Pretty Shepherdess."
+
+And for at least two winters, at about half-past ten every Sunday
+evening, we indulged in that romp around the dining-table. My school
+was of little value to me, and the tasks imposed of even less benefit;
+I always went to work reluctantly and in the wrong spirit, and that
+lessened and extinguished my power and stupefied me. I had the same
+unfortunate experience when I came in contact with school-mates of my
+own age, my equals; their roughness disgusted me, and I repulsed all
+the efforts they made to be friendly. . . . I never saw them except in
+class, under the master's rod as it were; I had already become a
+little being too peculiar and set in my ways to be modified greatly by
+contact with them, and I therefore held aloof, and my eccentricities
+accentuated themselves.
+
+Almost all of them were older and more developed than I; they also
+were more crafty and more sophisticated; in consequence there sprung
+up amongst them a feeling of contempt and enmity for me that I repaid
+with disdain, for I felt sure that they were incapable of
+comprehending or following the flights of my imagination.
+
+With the very youthful peasants in the mountains, and the fishermen's
+children on the Island, I had never been haughty; we had understood
+each other after the fashion of children who are primitive and
+therefore fond of childish play; and upon such occasions I had
+associated with them as if they were my equals. But I was arrogant in
+my behavior to the boys at school, and they had good reason to
+consider me whimsical and priggish. It took me many years to conquer
+that arrogance, to act simply and like other people in the world; and
+especially it was difficult for me to realize that one is not
+necessarily superior to his fellows because he is (to his own
+misfortune often) prince and conjurer in the realm of fancy.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER LI.
+
+
+
+The theatre wherein was enacted the "Donkey's Skin," very much
+amplified and more elaborate, had now a permanent place in my aunt
+Claire's room. Little Jeanne, more interested in it since the
+additions to the scenery and the text, came over oftener; she painted
+backgrounds under my direction, and the moments I enjoyed most were
+those in which I impressed her with my great superiority. We had now a
+box full of characters, each with a name and a role; and the fantastic
+processions were made up of regiments of monsters, beasts and gnomes
+made out of plaster and painted with water colors.
+
+I recall our delight and enthusiasm when we tried for the first time
+the effect of a scenic background which we had made to represent the
+"void of heaven." Delicate rosy clouds, bespeaking the dawn, floated
+over the blue expanse that was softened and paled by the gauze hanging
+in front of it. And the chariot of a silken-haired fairy, drawn by two
+butterflies and suspended on invisible threads, advanced towards the
+centre of the scene.
+
+But in spite of our efforts our work was never finished, for we took
+no account of limitations; every day we had new ideas and ever more
+and more wonderful projects, and the great comprehensive
+representation was deferred from day to day, was postponed to a future
+that never came.
+
+Every undertaking of my life will be, or has already been, left
+unfinished and incomplete as was that little play of the "Donkey's
+Skin."
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER LII.
+
+
+
+Among those professors who seemed, during my school-days, so severe,
+and indeed almost cruel to me, the most terrible without any exception
+were the "Bull of Apis" and the "Big Black Ape" (I had nicknames for
+all of them). I hope should they read this they will understand that I
+am writing from the child's view-point. Should I meet them to-day I
+would, in all probability, humbly tender them my hand and ask their
+pardon for having been such an unmanageable pupil.
+
+Oh! the Big Ape especially, how I hated him! When from the height of
+his desk these words fell upon my ear: "You will do a hundred lines; I
+mean you, you little sap-head!" I could have flown at his face like an
+enraged cat. He was the first to arouse in me those sudden and violent
+outbursts of rage that characterized me as a man, outbreaks which
+could scarcely have been foreseen in a child of my sweet and patient
+disposition.
+
+I would be doing myself a great injustice in saying that I was
+altogether a bad scholar, I was, rather, an unequal and erratic one;
+one day at the head of my class, the next day at the foot; but on the
+whole I maintained a fair average, and at the end of the year I
+received the prize for translation--I won no others however. It
+surprised me that every one in the class did not receive the prize
+that I had won without great effort, for translation was
+extraordinarily easy for me. On the other hand I found composition
+very difficult, and narration still more so.
+
+Little by little I deserted my own work-desk, and in my aunt Claire's
+room, near the china bon-bon bear, I underwent with as much
+resignation as possible, the torture that the preparing of my tasks
+imposed. On the wainscoting of the wall, in a hidden recess of the
+room, there is still visible, among the other fantastical sketches, a
+pen-portrait of the "Big Ape"; the ink has faded to a light yellow,
+but the drawing has endured, and when I look at it I again feel a sort
+of deadly weariness, and a sensation of suffocation chills me through
+and through--in short I once more live over those dread school-days.
+
+Aunt Claire was more than ever my resource during those hard times;
+she always looked up words for me in the dictionary, and often she
+took upon herself the task of writing for me, in an assumed hand, the
+exercises exacted by the "Big Ape."
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER LIII.
+
+
+
+Bring me, please, dear, the second . . . no, the third drawer of my
+chiffonier.
+
+It is mamma who is speaking; she is busying herself with the drawers
+of the chiffonier which every day, for many years, she had asked me to
+bring to her,--sometimes she pretends to need them merely for the
+purpose of pleasing me by requiring my services. It was one of the
+things that I was able to do for her when I was very little: to carry
+to her one or another of those tiny drawers. It was an honored custom
+in our household for a long time.
+
+At the time of my life of which I am now writing it was in the
+evening, at dusk, after my return from school, that I busied myself
+carrying the little chiffonier drawers. I usually found mamma seated
+in her accustomed place near the window chatting or embroidering, her
+work basket was before her, and the bureau, whose different
+compartments she required from time to time, was situated some
+distance away, in an anteroom.
+
+The Louis XVth chiffonier was very much revered, for it had belonged
+to great-grandmothers. In it there were some very old and very tiny
+painted boxes which had doubtless been handled every day by one or
+another of our ancestresses. It goes without saying that I knew all
+the secrets of these compartments that were kept in such exquisite
+order; there was a special place for silks that was classified by
+being put into ribbon bags; one for needles, another for braid, and
+still another for little hooks. And these things were still arranged,
+I have no doubt, as they had been in our grandmother's days, whose
+saintly activity my mother imitated.
+
+To bring the drawers of the chiffonier to mamma was the joy and pride
+of my childhood, and there has been no change in my feelings for those
+little compartments since that time. They have always inspired me with
+the most tender respect; they are blended with the image of my mother
+and they recall to me her beautiful, skillful hands, ever busy
+manufacturing some pretty, useful article,--even to her last piece of
+embroidery which was a handkerchief for me.
+
+In my seventeenth year, when we met great reverses--at that troubled
+time of which I will not speak here, but only mention because I have
+already, in preceding chapters, touched upon the matter--we had to
+face, for several months, the dreadful possibility of being obliged to
+part with our old home and all the precious things that it contained.
+At that time when I passed in review all the beloved memories and
+habits and mementoes that I would need to break with, one of my most
+agonizing thoughts was: "Never more will I be able to come and go in
+the ante-chamber where the chiffonier stands, nor never again be able
+to carry its precious little drawers to mamma."
+
+And her very old-fashioned work-basket that I had begged her not to
+discard, although it was much worn, with its little articles, needle
+books, receptacles for thimbles and screws for holding the embroidery
+frames! The thought that a time must surely come when the well-beloved
+hands that daily touch these things will touch them no more, fills me
+with so much sorrow that I am bereft of all courage and I struggle in
+vain against invading sad emotions. Let me hope that as long as I live
+it may remain as it is, that for so long it will be guarded with the
+sacredness of a relic; but to whom can I bequeath this heirloom with
+the assurance that it will be cherished? What will become of those
+poor little trifles that are so precious to me?
+
+That work-basket belonging to my mother, and the little drawers of the
+old chiffonier are, I doubt not, the things that I will part with most
+regretfully when the time comes for me to go into the world.
+
+Truly all of this is very puerile and childish, and I am ashamed of
+it;--and yet I am almost weeping as I write it.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER LIV.
+
+
+
+Because of the haste and confusion brought about by conflicting school
+tasks, I had not for many months found time to read my Bible; indeed I
+scarcely had time for a morning prayer.
+
+I still went to church regularly every Sunday; that is we all went
+there together. I reverenced the family pew where we had assembled for
+so many years; and apart from that reason I hold it dear because it is
+associated in my memory with my mother.
+
+It was at church, however, that my faith continued to receive its most
+damaging blows; it was there that religion seemed a cold and
+meaningless term to me. Usually the commentaries, the narrow human
+reasoning and dissection took away from the beauty of the Bible and
+the Gospels, and deprived them of their grandly solemn and exquisite
+poetry. For a peculiar nature like mine it was very difficult to have
+any one touch upon holy subjects (in such a way as did the minister)
+without in some measure, in my opinion, desecrating them. The family
+worship, held every evening, awakened in me the only religious
+meditation that I now knew, for the voice that read or prayed was
+exceedingly dear to me, and that changed everything.
+
+My untiring contemplation of nature, and the reflections that I
+indulged in in the presence of the fossils I had brought from the
+mountains and cliffs, and placed in my museum, indicated that there
+had been bred in me a vague and unconscious pantheism.
+
+In short my deeply rooted and still-living faith was covered over with
+encumbering earth. At times it threw out a green shoot, but for the
+most part it lay like an entirely dead thing in the cold ground.
+Moreover, I was too much troubled to pray; my conscience, still
+restive and timid, gave me no rest during the time that I was on my
+knees,--I always felt remorse gnaw at me then because of the slovenly
+and half-done tasks, and because of the feelings of hate I had for the
+"Big Ape" and the "Bull of Apis," emotions that I was obliged to hide
+and disguise until I shuddered at the falsehoods I spoke and acted.
+These things gave me poignant remorse and excruciating moral distress,
+and to escape from these emotions I indulged in noisy sports and
+foolish laughter; and when my conscience troubled me most, and I dared
+not, therefore, appear before my parents, I took refuge with the
+servants, played tennis, jumped the rope, or make a great racket.
+
+For two or three years I had not spoken of a religious vocation, for I
+now understood that such a desire was a thing of the past, was
+impossible; but I had not found anything to put in its place. When
+strangers asked what career I was being prepared for, my parents, a
+little anxious in regard to my future, did not know what to say; and I
+knew still less what to reply.
+
+However my brother, who was also much concerned over my enigmatical
+future, in one of those letters that seemed always to come from an
+enchanted land, suggested, because of a certain facility in
+mathematics and a certain precision of nature, certainly anomalies in
+one of my temperament, that it might be well for me to study
+engineering. And when they consulted me and I replied apathetically:
+"Very well, it is agreeable enough to me," the matter seemed
+satisfactorily settled.
+
+I would need to spend a little more than a year at a polytechnic
+school in order to prepare myself. To be there or elsewhere, what
+difference did it make to me? . . . When I contemplated the men of a
+certain age who surrounded me, those occupying the most honorable
+positions, who had every claim to respect and consideration, I would
+say to myself: "It will some day be necessary for me to live a useful,
+sedate life in a given place and fixed sphere as they do, and to grow
+old as they are--and that is all!" And a bitter hopelessness
+overwhelmed me as I brooded on the thought; I yearned for the
+impossible; I longed most of all to remain a child forever, and the
+reflection that the years were fleeing, and that, whether I would or
+would not, I must become a man, was anguish to me.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER LV.
+
+
+
+Twice a week, in the history classes, I came in contact with the naval
+students. To give themselves a sailor-like appearance they wore red
+sashes, and they constantly drew ships and anchors on their copy-
+books.
+
+I never dreamed of that career for myself; scarcely oftener than once
+or twice had such a thought passed through my mind and then it had
+disquieted me: it was, however, the only life in which I could indulge
+my taste for travel and adventure. It terrified me, this naval career,
+more than any other because of the long exiles it imposed, exiles that
+faith could no longer make seem endurable, as in the days when I had
+expressed a desire to become a missionary.
+
+To go far away as my brother had done; to be separated from my mother
+and other beloved ones for years and years; not to see during that
+time the little yard reclothe itself in green at the coming of the
+spring, nor to see the roses bloom upon the old wall, no, I had not
+the courage to undertake it.
+
+Because it was assumed, doubtless because of my peculiar education,
+that such a rough life was wholly unsuited to me. And I knew very
+well, from some words that had been spoken in my hearing, that should
+so wild an idea gain a lodgment with me my parents would withhold
+their consent and thwart me in every way.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER LVI.
+
+
+
+On my Thursday holidays during the winter, after having finished my
+duties and accomplished all my school tasks, I felt the greatest
+homesickness when I mounted to my museum. It was always a little late
+when I finished my lessons, and the light was usually fading when I
+looked down at the great meadows that appeared inexpressibly
+melancholy as they stretched before me enwrapped in a grayish-pink
+mist. I was homesick for the summer, homesick for the sun and the
+south, all of which were suggested by the butterflies from my uncle's
+garden that I had arranged and pinned under glass, and by the mountain
+fossils that the little Peyrals and I had collected in the summer
+time.
+
+It was a foretaste of that longing for somewhere else which later,
+after my return from long voyages to tropical countries, spoiled my
+visits to my home.
+
+Oh! there was in particular the pinkish-yellow butterfly! There were
+times when I experienced a bitter pleasure in seeking to understand
+the great sadness that it caused me. It was in the glass case at the
+far end of the room; its two colors so fresh and unusual, like a
+Chinese painting, or a fairy's robe, were exquisite foils for each
+other; the butterfly formed a luminous whole that shone out brightly
+in the gray twilight, and it caused the other butterflies surrounding
+it to look as dull as dun-colored little bats.
+
+As soon as my eyes rested upon it I seemed to hear drawled out lazily,
+in a mountaineer's treble, the refrain: "Ah! ah! the good, good
+story!" And again I saw the white porch of Bories in the midst of the
+silence and the hot sunshine of a summer noon. A deep regret for past
+and gone vacations took possession of me; I felt saddened when I tried
+to recreate days belonging to a dead past, and tried to imagine
+vacations still to come; but mingled in with sentiments that I can
+name, there were those other inexpressible ones that well up from the
+unfathomable deeps of one's being.
+
+This association between the butterfly, the song and Bories caused me
+for a long time an extreme sadness that, try as hard as I may, I
+cannot explain satisfactorily; and the feeling continued until stormy
+and tempestuous winds swept over my life and carried away with them
+the small concerns belonging to my childhood.
+
+Sometimes, upon gray winters evenings, when I looked at the butterfly
+I would sing to myself the little refrain of the "good, good story;"
+to accomplish this I had to make my voice very flute-like; and as I
+sang, the porch of Bories appeared to me more vividly than ever, as it
+stood, sunny but desolate, under the dazzling light of the September
+noon. This association was a little like the one that later
+established itself for me between the sad falsetto of the Arab songs,
+the snowy splendor of their mosques and the winding-sheet whiteness of
+their lime-washed porticos.
+
+That butterfly in all the freshness and radiance of its two strange
+colors, mummified, it is true, but as brilliant looking as ever under
+its glass, retains for me a sort of old-time charm which I cherish.
+The little St. Hermangardes, whom I have not seen for many years, and
+who are now attached to an embassy somewhere in the Orient, would
+doubtless, should they read this, be much astonished to learn what
+value circumstances has given to their little present.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER LVII.
+
+
+
+The chief event of these winters, so poisoned by my college life, was
+the gift-giving festival that we had at New Year.
+
+At about the end of November it was our custom, my sister's, Lucette's
+and mine, to make out a list of the things we desired most. Everybody
+in the two families prepared surprises for us, and the mystery
+surrounding these gifts was our most exquisite pleasure during the
+last days of the year. Between parents, grandmother and aunts there
+occurred, to excite my curiosity still further, conversations full of
+mysterious hints, and whisperings that were hastily discontinued as
+soon as I appeared.
+
+Between Lucette and me it became a real guessing game. As in the play
+of "Words with a double meaning," we had the right to ask certain
+pointed questions,--for example we asked the most ridiculous ones,
+such as: "Has it hair like an animal?"
+
+And the answers went something after this fashion:
+
+What your father is to give you (a dressing-case made of leather) had
+hair, but it has none now, except on some portion of its interior
+(brushes), and that is false. Your mamma's present (a fur muff) still
+has some hair. What your aunt is to give you (a lamp) will help you to
+see the hair on the others better; but, let me see, yes, I am sure
+that that has none.
+
+In the December twilights, in that hour between daylight and darkness,
+we would sit upon our low stools before the wood-fire, and continue
+our series of questions from day to day. We grew ever more eager and
+excited until the 31st, and in the evening of that momentous day the
+mysteries were revealed.
+
+That day the presents for the two families, wrapped, tied and labeled,
+were piled upon tables in a room closed against Lucette and me. At
+eight o'clock the doors were thrown open and we filed in, the elders
+going first, and each one of us sought for his own gift among the heap
+of white parcels. For me the moment of entry was an exceedingly joyous
+one, and until I was twelve or thirteen years of age, I could not
+refrain from jumping and leaping like a kid long before it came time
+for us to cross the threshold.
+
+We had supper at eleven, and when the clock in the dining room struck
+the midnight hour, tranquilly, in harmony with the sound of its calm
+stroke, we separated in the first moments of those New Years that are
+now buried under the ashes of many succeeding ones. And on those
+evenings I fell asleep with all my gifts in my room near me. I even
+kept the favorite ones upon my bed. The following morning I always
+waked earlier than usual so that I might re-examine them; they cast a
+spell of enchantment over that winter morning, the first one of a new
+year.
+
+Once there was, among my presents, a large illustrated book treating
+of the antediluvian world.
+
+Through the study of fossils I had already been initiated into the
+mysteries of prehistoric creations. I knew something about those
+terrible creatures that in geologic times shook the primitive forests
+with their heavy tread; for a long time the thought of them disquieted
+me. I found them all in my book pictured in their proper habitat,
+surrounded by great brakes, and standing under a leaden sky.
+
+The antediluvian world already haunted my imagination and became the
+constant subject of my dreams; often I concentrated my whole mind upon
+it, and endeavored to picture to myself one of its gigantic landscapes
+that seemed ever enveloped in a sinister and gloomy twilight with a
+background filled in with great moving shadows. Then when the vision
+thus created took on a seeming reality I felt an inexpressible sadness
+that was like an exhalation of the soul,--as soon as the emotion
+passed the dream-structure vanished.
+
+Soon after this I sketched a new scene for the "Donkey's Skin;" it was
+one representing the liassic period. I painted a dismal swamp
+overshadowed by lowering clouds, where, in the shave-grass and the
+gigantic ferns, strange extinct beasts wandered slowly.
+
+The play of the "Donkey's Skin" seemed no longer the same Donkey's
+Skin. I discarded one by one the little stage people who now offended
+me by their uncompromising doll-like stiffness; they were relegated to
+their card-board box, the poor little things, where they slept the
+sleep eternal, and without doubt they will never be exhumed.
+
+My new scenes had nothing in common with the old fairy spectacle: in
+the depths of virgin forests, in exotic gardens, and oriental palaces
+formed of pearls and gold I tried to realize, with the small means at
+my command, all my dreams, while waiting for that improbable better
+time that ever lies in the future.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER LVIII.
+
+
+
+That hard winter passed under the ferule of the "Bull of Apis" and the
+"Great Ape," finally came to an end and spring returned; it was always
+a troublous time for us, the scholars, for the first mild days gave us
+a great longing to be out, and we could scarcely hide our
+restlessness. The roses budded everywhere upon our old walls; my
+beloved little garden, bright and warm under the March sunshine,
+tempted me, and I would tarry there a long time to watch the insects
+wake up, and to see the early butterflies and bees fly away. Even the
+revised "Donkey's Skin" was neglected.
+
+I was no longer escorted to and from school, for I had persuaded my
+family to discontinue a custom that made me ridiculous in the eyes of
+my companions. Often, before returning home, I would take a long and
+roundabout way and pass by the peaceful ramparts from where I had
+glimpses of other provinces, and a sight of the distant country.
+
+I worked with even less zeal than usual that spring, for the beautiful
+weather that tempted me out of doors turned my head and made study
+almost impossible.
+
+Assuredly one of the things for which I had the least aptitude was
+French composition; I generally composed a mere rough draught without
+a particle of embellishment to redeem it. In the class there was a boy
+who was a very eagle, and he always read his lucubrations aloud. Oh!
+with what unction he read out his pretty creations! (He is now settled
+in a manufacturing town, and has become the most prosaic of petty
+bailiffs.) One day the subject given out was: "A Shipwreck." To me the
+words had a lyrical sound! But, nevertheless, I handed in my paper
+with only the title and my name inscribed upon it. No, I could not
+make up my mind to elaborate the subjects given to us by the "Great
+Ape"; a sort of instinctive good taste kept me from writing trite
+commonplaces, and as for putting down things of my own imagining, the
+knowledge that they would be read and picked to pieces by the old
+bogey made it impossible for me to compose anything.
+
+I loved, however, even at this time, to write for myself, but I did it
+with the greatest secrecy. Not in the desk in my room that was
+profaned by lessons and copy-books, but in the little old-fashioned
+one that was part of the furniture of my museum, there was hidden away
+a unique thing that represented my first attempt at a journal. It
+looked like a sibyl's conjuring book, or an Assyrian manuscript; a
+seeming endless strip of paper was rolled upon a reed; at the head of
+this there were two varieties of the Egyptian sphinx and a cabalistic
+star drawn in red ink,--and under these mysterious signs I wrote down,
+upon the full length of the paper and in a cipher of my own invention,
+daily events and reflections. A year later, however, because of the
+labor involved in transcribing the cryptographic characters I had
+chosen I discarded them and used the ordinary letters; but I continued
+my work with the greatest secrecy, and I kept my manuscript under lock
+and key as if it were an interdicted book. I inscribed there, not so
+much the events of my almost colorless existence, as my incoherent
+impressions, the melancholy that I felt at twilight, my regret for
+past summers, and my dreams of distant countries. . . . I already had
+a longing to give my fugitive emotions a determinative quality, I
+needed to wrestle against my own weaknesses and frailties and to
+banish, if possible, the dream-like element that I seemed to discover
+in all the things about me, and for that reason I continued my journal
+until a few years ago. . . . But at that time the mere idea that a day
+might come when someone would have a peep at it was insupportable to
+me; so much so indeed that if I left home and went to the Island or
+elsewhere for a few days, I always took care to seal up my journal,
+and with the greatest solemnity I wrote upon the packet: "It is my
+last wish that this book be burned without being read."
+
+God knows, I have changed since then. But it would be going too far
+beyond the limits of this story of my childhood to recount here
+through what changes in my life's view-point it chances that I now
+sing aloud of my woes, and cry out to the passers-by, for the purpose
+of drawing to myself the sympathy of distant unknown ones; and I call
+out with the greater anguish in proportion as I feel myself
+approaching nearer and nearer to the final dust. . . . And who knows?
+perhaps as I grow older I may write of those still more sacred things
+which at present cannot be forced from me,--and by that means try to
+prolong beyond the bounds of my individual life, memory of my being,
+of my sorrows, and joys, and love.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER LIX.
+
+
+
+The return that spring of little Jeanne's father from a sea voyage
+interested me greatly. For several days her house was topsy-turvy with
+preparation, and one could guess the joy they felt over his
+approaching arrival. The frigate that he commanded reached port a
+little earlier than his family expected it, and from my window I saw
+him, one fine evening, hurrying along the street alone, on his way
+home to surprise his people. He had arrived from I know not which
+distant colony after an absence of two or three years, but it did not
+seem to me that he was the least altered in appearance. . . . One
+could then return to his home unchanged? They did come to an end after
+all, those years of exile, which now I find, in truth, much shorter
+than they seemed in those days! My brother himself was to return the
+following autumn, and it would doubtless then seem as if he had never
+been away from us.
+
+And what joyous events those home-comings were! And what a distinction
+surrounded those who had but newly returned from so great a distance!
+
+The next day in Jeanne's yard I watched them unpack the enormous
+wooden boxes that her father had brought from strange countries; some
+of them were covered with tarpaulin cloth,--pieces of sails no doubt,
+that were impregnated with the agreeable odor of the ship and the sea;
+two sailors wearing large blue collars were busy uncording and
+unscrewing them; and they took from them strange looking objects that
+had an odor of the "colonies;" straw mats, water jars and Chinese
+vases; even cocoanuts and other tropical fruits.
+
+Jeanne's grandfather, himself an old seaman, was standing near me
+watching from the corner of his eye the process of unpacking;
+suddenly, from between the boards of a case that was being broken open
+with a hatchet, there crawled out hastily some ugly little brown
+insects that the sailors jumped on with their feet and destroyed.
+
+"Cockroaches are they not, Captain?" I inquired of the grandfather.
+
+"Ha! How do you know that, you little landlubber?" he laughingly
+responded.
+
+To tell the truth, I had never seen any such insects before; but
+uncles who had lived in the tropics often spoke of them. And I was
+delighted to make the acquaintance of these tiny creatures that are
+peculiar to ships and to warm countries.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER LX.
+
+
+
+Spring! Spring!
+
+The white roses and the jasmine bloomed on our old garden wall, and
+the deliciously fragrant honeysuckle hung its long garlands over it.
+
+I began to live there from morning until night in closest intimacy
+with the plants and the old stones. I listened to the sound of the
+water as it plashed in the shade of the majestic plum tree, I studied
+the grasses and the wood mosses that grew at the edge of my little
+lake; and upon the warm side of the garden where the sun shone all
+through the day, the cactus put out its buds.
+
+My Wednesday evening trips to Limoise commenced again,--and it goes
+without saying that I dreamed of the beloved place from one week to
+the next to the detriment of my lessons and my other duties.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER LXI.
+
+
+
+I believe that that spring was the most radiant and the most
+ravishingly happy one of my childhood, in contrast no doubt to the
+terrible winter spent under the rigorous care of the Great Ape.
+
+Oh! the end of May, the high grass and then the June mowing! In what a
+glory of golden light I see it all again!
+
+I took evening walks with my father and sister as I had done during my
+earlier years; they now came to meet me at the close of school, at
+half-past four, and we set out immediately for the fields. Our
+preference that spring was for a certain meadow abloom with pink
+amourettes, and I always brought home great bouquets of these flowers.
+
+In that same meadow a migratory and ephemeral species of moth, black
+and pink (of the same pink as the amourettes) had hatched out, and
+they slept poised on the long stalks of the grass, or flew away as
+lightly as the flowers shed their petals when we walked through the
+hay. . . . And all of these things appear to me again as I saw them in
+the exquisite, limpid June atmosphere. . . . During the afternoon
+classes, the thought of the sun-dappled meadows made me more restless
+than did even the mild air and the spring odors that came in through
+the open windows.
+
+I cherish particularly the remembrance of an evening in which my
+mother had promised, as a special favor, to join us in our walk to the
+fields of pink amourettes. That afternoon I had been more inattentive
+than usual, and the Great Ape had threatened to keep me in, and all
+during my lessons I firmly believed that I was to be punished. This
+keeping in after school, which shut us away from the beautiful June
+day an hour longer, was always a cruel torture. But to-day my heart
+felt particularly heavy as I reflected that mamma would, doubtless,
+come at the appointed hour and expect me,--and with some bitterness I
+thought that the springtime was so very short, that the hay would soon
+need to be cut, and that perhaps there would not be, the whole summer
+long, such another glorious evening as this one.
+
+As soon as school was over I anxiously consulted the fatal list in the
+hands of the monitor; my name was not there! The Big Black Ape had
+forgotten me, or had been merciful!
+
+Oh! with what joy I rushed away to join mamma who had kept her promise
+and who, with my father and sister, smilingly awaited me. . . . The
+air that I breathed in was more delicious than ever, it was
+exquisitely soft and balmy, and the atmosphere had a tropical
+resplendence.
+
+When I recall that time, when I think of those meadows all abloom with
+amourettes, and of those pink moths, there is mingled, to my regret, a
+sort of indefinable pain whose intensity I cannot understand, an
+anguish I always feel when I find myself in the presence of things
+that impress and charm me with their undercurrent of mystery.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER LXII.
+
+
+
+I have already said that I was extraordinarily childish for my years.
+
+If the personage I then was could but be brought into the presence of
+the little Parisian boys of twelve or thirteen, educated according to
+the more perfect modern method, who at so early an age declaim,
+discuss and harangue, and entertain all sorts of political ideas, I
+would, I am sure, be struck dumb by their discourses, and how singular
+they would find me and with what disdain they would treat me!
+
+I am myself astonished at the childishness that I displayed in certain
+ways, for in artistic perception and imagination, in spite of my lack
+of method, and lack of real knowledge, I was incontestably more
+advanced than are the majority of boys of my age; if that youthful
+journal, the strip of paper wrapped about a reed in the similitude of
+a conjuring-book, of which I spoke a short time ago, were still in
+existence it would emphasize twenty fold this pale record, on which it
+seems to me there has already fallen the dust of ages.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER LXIII.
+
+
+
+My room where I now scarcely ever installed myself to study, and which
+I seldom entered except at night to sleep, became, during the
+beautiful month of June, my palace of delight, and I went there after
+dinner to enjoy the long, and mild, and beautiful twilights. I had
+invented a sport which I deemed an improvement upon the rag-rat trick
+that the dirty little street urchins whisked, at the end of long
+strings, about the feet and legs of the passers-by. My game amused me
+greatly and I prosecuted it with vivacity. It would, I think, amuse me
+still if I dared play it, and I hope that my trick will be imitated by
+all the youngsters who are imprudently allowed to read this chapter.
+
+On the other side of the street, just opposite my window, and
+similarly upon the second floor there lived the good old maid, Miss
+Victoire--(she wore a great old-fashioned frilled cap and round
+spectacles). I had obtained permission from her to fix to the
+fastening of her shutter a string that I then brought all across the
+street and into my window, the remainder of this string I rolled upon
+a stick, ball-fashion.
+
+In the evening, as soon as the light waned, a bird of my own
+manufacture--a sort of absurd and impossible crow, made out of iron
+wire and with black silk wings--came slyly from between my venetian
+blinds that I immediately closed after the exit of the creature, this
+bird descended in a droll way and posed on the paving stones in the
+middle of the street. A ring on which it was suspended, and which
+allowed it to slip freely the length of the string, was not visible
+because of the dim light, and from time to time I made the crow hop
+and skip comically about on the ground.
+
+And when the passers-by paused to gaze at this unlikely looking bird
+that fluttered about so gayly--whiz! I would pull the string that I
+held firmly in my hand, and the bird would leap from under their very
+noses and mount high in the air.
+
+Oh! how amused I was, those beautiful evenings, when I peeped out from
+behind my venetian blinds; how I laughed to myself over the surprised
+exclamations and the bewilderment of those fooled, and how I enjoyed
+rehearsing to myself their probable reflections and guesses. And to me
+the most astonishing part was that after the first moment of surprise,
+the persons whom I tricked laughed as heartily as I; it should be
+mentioned that the majority of those passing were neighbors who must
+certainly have had some inkling of the mystifying joke about to be
+played on them. I was much loved in the neighborhood at that time. Or
+if the pedestrians chanced to be sailors, the easy going fellows,
+themselves only grown children, were much delighted with my child's
+play.
+
+What will always remain an incomprehensible mystery to me is that in
+my family, where we seldom sinned through an excess of reserve towards
+each other, they shut their eyes to my trick, and thus tacitly gave me
+permission to play it during the entire spring; I am not able to
+explain to myself how it chanced that they failed to correct me, and
+the years instead of clearing up this mystery only serve to intensify
+it.
+
+That black bird has naturally become one of my many relics; at
+intervals, during the past two or three years, I have looked at it; it
+is somewhat dingy, but it always recalls to me the beautiful evenings
+in June, now vanished, the delicious intoxication of that springtime
+of long ago.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER LXXIV.
+
+
+
+Those Thursdays at Limoise when the fierce heat of the noon-day sun
+overwhelmed everything, and the country side lay asleep and silent
+under its pitiless rays, it was my habit to clamber up to the top of
+the old wall that enclosed the garden, and there I sat astride and
+immovable for a long time. The branching ivy reached to my shoulders
+and innumerable flies and locusts buzzed around me. From the height of
+this observatory I had a view of the hot and lonely region lying
+beyond, of the moorland and woodland, and from there I saw a thin
+white veil of mist that was agitated ceaselessly by the waves of heat,
+as the surface of a tiny lake is ruffled by the least wind. Those
+horizons seen from Limoise still had for me the strange mystery I had
+endowed them with in the first summers of my life. The region visible
+from the top of the wall was a rather solitary one, and I tried to
+make myself believe that the waste land and woodland was a veritable
+untrodden country that stretched out indefinitely; and although I now
+knew well that about me everywhere there were roads; cultivated
+fields, and prosperous villages, I succeeded in clinging to the
+illusion that the surrounding country and contiguous lands were wild
+and primitive.
+
+And the better to deceive myself I took care to shut out, by looking
+through my fingers folded together spy-glass fashion, all that would
+have spoiled for me the impression of loneliness; an old farm house,
+for instance, with its bit of cultivated vineyard and smooth road.
+
+And there all alone, in that silence murmurous with the buzzing of
+many insects, distracted by nothing, always turning my hollowed hand
+towards the most desolate portion of the landscape, I succeeded in
+gaining an impression of distant, tropical countries.
+
+I had impressions of Brazil particularly, but I do not know why in
+those moments of contemplation the neighboring forest always suggested
+that country to me.
+
+In passing I must describe this forest, the first one of all the
+earth's forests that I knew, and the one I loved the best: the
+straight, slim trunks of the ancient evergreen oaks, of sombre
+foliage, were like the columns of a church; not a particle of brush
+grew under them, but the dry soil was covered all the year with the
+most exquisite short grass, soft and fine as down, and here and there
+grew furze, dropwort and other rare flowers that thrive in the shade.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER LXV.
+
+
+
+The Iliad was being explained to us in class,--no doubt I would have
+loved it, but our master had made it odious by his analysis, his
+difficult tasks and his parrot-like recitals;--but suddenly I stopped,
+filled with admiration of a famous line, whose end is musical as the
+murmur of the waves of the incoming tide as they spread their sheets
+of foam upon the pebbly shore.
+
+"Observe," said the Big Ape, "observe the inceptive harmony."
+
+Zounds! Yes, I had observed it. Little need to take the trouble to
+point out such a sentence to me.
+
+I also had a great admiration, less justified perhaps, for some lines
+from Virgil.
+
+Since the beginning of the Ecloque I had, with the greatest interest,
+followed the two shepherds as they made their way across the fields of
+ancient Rome. I could picture it to myself so vividly, those Roman
+meadows of two thousand years ago: hot, a little sterile, with
+thickets of almost petrified shrubs, and evergreen oaks like the stony
+moorland of Limoise, where I had experienced precisely the pastoral
+charm that I discovered in this description of a past time.
+
+Onward went the two shepherds, and suddenly, they perceived that their
+journey was half over, "because the tomb of Bianor was immediately
+below them . . ." Oh! how vividly I saw that tomb of Bianor disclose
+itself to their view. Its old stones, that made a white blot on the
+reddish road, were covered with tiny sun-scorched plants, wild thyme
+or marjoram, and here and there grew stunted dark foliaged shrubs. And
+the sonority of the word Bianoris with which the sentence ended
+suddenly and magically evoked for me the musical humming of the
+insects that buzzed around the two travellers who, upon that bygone
+day in June, walked onward in the great silence and serene
+tranquillity of the hot noon enkindled by a younger sun. I was no
+longer in the schoolroom; I was in the meadows with the shepherds
+walking with them this radiant summer day through the sun-scorched
+flowers and grass of a Roman field,--but still all seemed softened and
+vague as if looked at through a telescope that had the power to draw
+into its line of vision ages long past.
+
+Who knows? Perhaps if the Big Ape could but have divined the causes
+that led to my momentary inattention it might have brought about an
+understanding between us.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER LXVI.
+
+
+
+One Thursday evening at Limoise, just before the inevitable hour for
+my departure, I went up alone to the large, old room on the second
+floor in which I slept. First I leaned out of the open window to watch
+the July sun sink behind the stony fields and fern heaths that lay
+towards the sea, which though very near us was invisible. These
+sunsets at the end of my Thursday holidays always overwhelmed me with
+melancholy.
+
+During the last minutes of my stay I felt a desire, one I had never
+known before, to rummage in the old Louis XV bookcase that stood near
+my bed. There among the volumes in their century-old bindings, where
+the worms, never disturbed, slowly bored their galleries, I found a
+book made of thick rough old-fashioned paper, and this I opened
+carelessly. . . . In it I read, with a thrill of emotion, that from
+noon until four o'clock in the afternoon, on the 20th of June, 1813,
+south of the equator, in longitude 110 and latitude 15 (between the
+tropics, consequently, and in the middle of the South Pacific Ocean)
+there was fair weather, a beautiful sea, a fine southeast breeze, and
+in the sky many little clouds called "cat-tails," and that alongside
+the ship dolphins were passing.
+
+He who had seen the dolphins pass, and who had recorded the fugitive
+cloud forms had doubtless been dead for many years. I knew that the
+book was what is called a ship's log-book, one in which seafaring
+people write every day. Its appearance did not strike me as strange,
+although I had never before had one in my hand. But for me it was a
+wonderful and unexpected experience to thus suddenly come into a
+knowledge of the aspect of the sea and sky in the midst of the South
+Pacific Ocean, at a given time in a year long past. . . . Oh! for a
+glimpse of that beautiful and tranquil sea, of those "cat-tails" that
+dotted the deep blue arch of the sky, and of those dolphins that
+swiftly traversed the lonely southern waters!
+
+In this sailor's life, in this profession so terrifying (a career
+forbidden to me), how many delightful things happened! I had never
+until this evening realized it with such intensity.
+
+The memory of that hasty little reading is the reason why, during my
+watches at sea, whenever a helmsman signals a passage of dolphins, I
+have always turned my eyes in their direction to watch them; and it
+has always given me a peculiar pleasure to note the incident in the
+log-book, differing so little from the one in which the sailors of
+June, 1813, had written before me.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER LXVII.
+
+
+
+During the vacation that followed, our departure for the south and the
+mountains enchanted me more than did my first trip there.
+
+As in the preceding summer we started, my sister and I, at the
+beginning of August. While it was no longer a journey of adventure,
+the pleasure of returning and again finding there all the things that
+had formerly so delighted me surpassed the charm of going forth to
+meet the unknown.
+
+Between the point where the railroad ended and the village in which
+our cousins lived, in the course of the long carriage ride, our little
+coachman, in venturing to take what he supposed a short cut, lost his
+way, and he carried us into the most exquisite forest nooks. The
+weather was beautiful and radiant. With what joy I saluted the first
+peasant women whom I saw walking along with great copper water-jars
+upon their heads, and the first swarthy peasants conversing in the
+well remembered dialect, how I rejoiced when we rolled along over the
+blood-colored roads, and when the mountains junipers came into view.
+
+At about noon-time we stopped in a shady valley in a sequestered
+village called Veyrac to rest our horses, and we seated ourselves at
+the foot of a chestnut tree. There we were attacked by the ducks of
+the place, the boldest and most ill bred in the world. They flocked
+around us in an unseemly manner, uttering shrill cries and quacking
+hideously. As we departed, even after we were in our carriage, these
+infuriated creatures followed us; whereupon my sister turned towards
+them, and with all the dignity of an old-time traveller outraged by an
+inhospitable population exclaimed: "Ducks of Veyrac, be ye accursed!"
+And for several years I could not keep a straight face when I
+remembered the foolish and prolonged laughter that I indulged in at
+the time. Above all I cannot think of that day without regretting the
+resplendence of the sun and the blue sky, a resplendence that I never
+see now.
+
+As we drew near we were met on our way at the bridge spanning the
+river, by our cousins and the Peyrals. I discovered with pleasure that
+my little band was complete. We had all grown taller by several
+inches; but we found immediately that we were not otherwise changed,
+we were still children ready for the same childish games.
+
+At night-fall there was a terrific storm. And while the thunder boomed
+around us as if it was bombarding the roof of my uncle's house, and
+when all the old stone gargoyles in the village were pouring forth
+torrents of water that rushed tumultuously over the black pebbles in
+the street, we took refuge, the little Peyrals and I, in the kitchen,
+and there we made a racket and joyously danced around in a ring.
+
+It was a very large kitchen, furnished in an old-fashioned way with a
+perfect arsenal of burnished copper utensils; every variety of pan and
+kettle, shining like pieces of armor, hung on the halls in the order
+of their size. It was almost dark, and from the moist earth came the
+fresh odor one usually smells after a storm, after a summer rain; and
+through the thick iron-barred Louis XIII windows the lurid, green
+lightning flashed incessantly and blinded us and compelled us, in
+spite of ourselves, to close our eyes. We turned round and round like
+mad beings, and sang together: "The star of night whose peaceful
+light." . . . It was a sentimental song, never intended for dance
+music, but we scanned it drolly and mockingly, and thus made of it an
+accommodating and tuneful dance measure. We continued our joyous sport
+for I do not know how long a time; we were excited by the noise of the
+storm and we whirled around like little dervishes; it was a merry-
+making in celebration of my return; it was a fitting way of
+inaugurating the holidays; it was a defiance to the Big Ape, and it
+was an appropriate prologue to the series of expeditions and childish
+sports of every kind that were to recommence, with more ardor than
+ever, the next day.
+
+
+
+
+                           CHAPTER LXVIII.
+
+
+
+The following morning at daybreak when I awoke, a noisy cadence, to
+which I was unaccustomed, fell upon my ears; the neighboring weaver
+had already commenced, even with the dawn, to work his ancient loom,
+and the musical to and fro of its shuttle had roused me. Then after
+the first drowsy, dreamy moment I remembered, with overwhelming joy,
+that I was at my uncle's in the south; that this was the morning of
+the first day; that I had before me the prospect of a whole summer of
+out-of-door life and wildest liberty--had August and September, two
+months that at present pass as quickly as if they were but two days,
+but which then seemed of a fairly respectable duration. With a feeling
+of rapture, after I had wholly shaken off my sleep, I came into a full
+consciousness of myself and the realities of my life; I felt "joy at
+my waking."
+
+The preceding winter I had read a story of the Indians of the Great
+Lakes, and one thing in it had impressed me so deeply that I always
+remembered it: an old Indian chief, whose daughter was pining away
+because of her love for a white man, had finally consented to give her
+to the alien so that she might once more feel "joy at her waking."
+
+Joy at her waking! Indeed, for some time I had myself noticed that the
+moment of waking is always the one in which I had the most distinct
+and vivid impression of joy or sorrow; and it is then, at the waking
+hour, that one finds it so particularly painful to be without joy; my
+first little sorrows and remorses, my anxieties about the future, were
+the things that usually obtruded themselves cruelly--however the
+feeling of sadness vanished very quickly in those days.
+
+At a later time I had very gloomy and sad awakenings. And there are
+times now when I have moments of terrifying clearness of vision during
+which I seem to see, if I may so express it, into the depths of life;
+it is at such moments that life presents itself to me without those
+pleasing mirages that during the day still delude me; during those
+moments I appear to have a more vivid realization of the rapid flight
+of the years, the crumbling away of all that I endeavor to hold to, I
+almost realize the final unimaginable nothingness, I see the
+bottomless pit of death, near at hand, no longer in any way disguised.
+
+But that morning I had a joyful awaking, and unable to remain quietly
+in bed, I rose immediately. So impatient was I to be out that I
+scarcely took time to ask myself where I should begin my first day's
+round of visits.
+
+I had all the nooks and corners of the village to see again, the
+gothic ramparts and the lovely river; and my uncle's garden to
+revisit, where probably, since last year, the rarest butterflies had
+become domiciled. I had visits to make to the ancient and curious
+houses in the neighborhood, where lived all the kind old women who, in
+the past summer, had lavished upon me their most luscious grapes as if
+they were my feudal due;--there was in particular a certain Madame
+Jeanne, a rich old peasant, who had taken so great a fancy to me that
+she liked to humor my every whim, and who, for my amusement, every
+time she passed on her way, like Nausicaa, from the washing-place,
+looked comically out of the corner of her eyes towards my uncle's
+house. And, too, there were the surrounding vineyards, and woods, and
+mountain paths; and beyond, Castelnau, rearing its battlements and
+towers above the pedestal of chestnuts and oak trees, called me to its
+ruins! Where should I run first, and how could I ever weary of so
+beautiful a land!
+
+The sea, to which I was now scarcely ever taken, was for the moment
+completely forgotten.
+
+After these two happy months school was to re-open. I could not bear
+to think of it, but its monotony would be broken by a great event, the
+return of my brother. His four years were not quite completed; but we
+knew that he had already left the "mysterious island," and we expected
+him to arrive home in October. For me it would be like becoming
+acquainted with a stranger. I was somewhat anxious to know whether he
+would love me when he met me, if he would approve of a thousand little
+things I did,--how, for instance, my way of playing Beethoven would
+please him.
+
+I thought constantly of his approaching arrival; I was so overjoyed,
+and I anticipated with so keen a delight the change his coming would
+make in my life, that I did not feel a particle of the melancholy
+which usually beset me in the autumn.
+
+I meant to consult him about a thousand troublous matters, to confide
+to him all my anguish and uncertainty in regard to the future; I knew
+also that my parents depended upon him to give them definite advice
+about me, and expected him to direct me towards a scientific career:
+that was the one dark spot upon his return.
+
+Awaiting his dread decision, I threw aside all care and amused myself
+as gayly as possible; I put even less restraint than usual upon myself
+during the vacation which I regarded as likely to be the very last of
+my childhood.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER LXIX.
+
+
+
+After the noon dinner it was the custom in my uncle's house to sit for
+an hour or two in the entry-way of the house, that vestibule inlaid
+with flagstones and ornamented with a large, burnished, copper
+fountain, for it was the coolest place during the heated period of the
+day. Here it was almost dark, for everything was closed; two or three
+rays of sunshine, in whose light the flies danced, filtered in through
+the cracks of the massive Louis XIII door. In the silent village no
+one was astir, and one heard there only the everlasting clucking of
+the hens,--all other living creatures seemed asleep.
+
+I, however, did not remain long in the cool vestibule. The bright
+sunshine lured me out; and, too, scarcely had I installed myself there
+in the circle before I heard a knocking at the street door: the three
+little Peyrals had come to fetch me, and to apprise me of their
+presence they lifted the old iron knocker that was hot enough to burn
+their fingers.
+
+Then with hats pulled over our eyes and equipped with hammers, staffs
+and butterfly-nets we would start out in search of new adventures.
+First we passed through the narrow gothic streets paved with pebbles,
+then we struck into the paths that lay just beyond the village, paths
+that were always covered with wheat-chaff that got into our shoes, and
+into which we sank ankle deep; finally we reached the open country,
+the vineyards, and the roads that led to the woods, or better still
+those that brought us to the river which we forded by means of the
+flower-covered islets.
+
+This wild liberty was a complete avengement for the monotony of my
+cribbed and cabined home life, ever the same all the year through; but
+I still lacked the companionship of little boys of my own age, I
+needed to clash with them,--and, too, this freedom lasted only a
+couple of months.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER LXX.
+
+
+
+One day I had a great desire, wherefore I do not know, unless out of
+pure bravado and the spirit of perversity, to do something unseemly.
+After having searched all of one morning for this something I found
+it.
+
+It is well known that the swarms of flies which one finds in the south
+during the summer, and which contaminate everything are a veritable
+plague. I knew that there was a trap set for them in the middle of my
+uncle's kitchen. It was a treacherous pipe of a special shape, at the
+bottom of which, in the soapy pan of water there, the flies were
+invariably drowned. Now on the particular day in which I felt so
+devilish I bethought me of that disgusting blackish mass at the bottom
+of the vessel, made up of the thousands of flies drowned during the
+past two or three days, and I wondered what sort of toothsome dish I
+should make of it, a pancake, perhaps, or better still, an omelette.
+
+Quickly and nervously, and with a loathing that almost made me vomit,
+I poured the pasty black mass into a plate and carried it to the house
+of old Madame Jeanne, the only one in the world willing to do anything
+and everything for me.
+
+"A fly omelette! To be sure! Why not! That is very simple!" she
+exclaimed. She went immediately to the fire with a frying pan and some
+eggs. She gave the unclean mess a good preliminary beating, and then
+she placed it on her high and ancient fireplace. As I watched her
+procedure I was dismayed and surprised at myself.
+
+But the three little Peyrals, whom I had met unexpectedly, went into
+such ecstasies over my idea, a thing they always did, that I was
+fortified; and when the omelette, at just the right time, was turned
+out hot upon a plate we started forth triumphantly to carry the
+exhibit home to show to our families. We formed a procession in the
+order of our respective heights, and as we marched we sang, "The Star
+of Night" in voices loud and hoarse enough to summon the devil to
+earth.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER LXXI.
+
+
+
+In the mountains the end of summer was always a beautiful season, for
+the meadows lying at the foot of the hillside forests, already yellow,
+were purple with crocuses. Then, too, the vintage commenced and lasted
+for about fifteen days,--days of enchantment for us.
+
+We now spent most of our time in the shady nooks of the woods and
+meadows in the neighborhood of the Peyral vineyards; there we had
+play-dinners consisting of candy and fruits. We would spread out on
+the grass what we considered a most elegant cloth, and this we
+decorated, after the old fashion, with garlands of flowers, and we put
+on it plates made of yellow and red vine leaves. The vintagers brought
+us the most luscious grapes, bunches chosen from among a thousand;
+and, with the heat of the sun to aid, we sometimes became a little
+tipsy, not, however, made so by sweet wine, for we had drunk none, but
+by the juice of the grapes merely, in the self-same fashion as did the
+wasps and flies that warmed themselves upon the trellises. . . .
+
+One morning at the end of September, when the weather was rainy and it
+was chilly enough for me to realize that melancholy autumn was near at
+hand, I was attracted into the kitchen by the bright wood fire that
+leaped gayly in the high, old-fashioned chimney-place. And as I stood
+there, idle and out of sorts, because of the rain, I amused myself by
+melting a pewter plate and plunging it, in its liquid state, into a
+pail of water.
+
+The result was a shapeless, bright, and silvery-gray lump which very
+much resembled silver-ore. I looked at the mass thoughtfully for some
+time: an idea germinated, and there and then I planned a new amusement
+which became our most delightful pastime during those last days of
+vacation.
+
+That same evening we held a conference on the steps of the great
+stairway, and I told the Peyrals that from the aspect of the soil and
+the plants I had come to the conclusion that there were silver mines
+in this part of the country. As I spoke I assumed the knowing and bold
+airs of one of those venturesome scouts, who is usually the principal
+personage in old-fashioned stories of American adventure.
+
+Searching for mines fell well into line with the abilities of my
+little band, for often, armed with pick and shovel, they had set out
+to discover fossils or rare stones.
+
+The next day, therefore, half way up the mountain, when we arrived at
+a path chosen by me for its appropriateness, for it was lonely and
+mysterious, shut in by forest trees and embedded between high, moss-
+grown, rocky banks, I stopped my little band peremptorily, as if I
+were endowed with the keen scent of an Indian chief. I pretended that
+I had here recognized the presence of precious ore-beds; and, in
+truth, when we dug in the place I indicated we found the first
+nuggets, the melted plate that I had buried there the day before.
+
+These mines occupied us constantly until the end of my stay. The
+Peyrals were convinced and full of amazement, and although I spent
+some time each morning in the kitchen melting plates and covers to
+feed our vein of silver, I very nearly deluded myself into believing
+in the reality of the mine.
+
+The isolated silent spot, so exquisitely beautiful, where these
+excavations took place, and the melancholy but enchanting serenity of
+the end of summer, gave a rare charm to our little dream of adventure.
+We were, however, most amusingly secret and mysterious in regard to
+our discovery; we considered it a tribal secret, and we cherished it
+as such.
+
+Our riches, mixed in with some of the red mountain soil, we hoarded in
+an old trunk in my uncle's attic as if the latter were an Ali Baba's
+cave.
+
+We pledged ourselves to leave it there during the winter, until the
+next vacation, at which time we counted on making additions to our
+treasure.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER LXXII.
+
+
+
+In the first week of October we received a joyous telegram from our
+father bidding us leave for home as speedily as possible. My brother,
+who was returning to Europe by a packet-boat on its way from Panama,
+was to disembark at Southampton; we had but just time to reach home if
+we wished to be there to welcome him.
+
+We arrived the evening of the third day just in time, for my brother
+was expected a few hours later on the night train. I had barely time
+to put into his room, in their accustomed places, the various little
+trinkets that he had four years previously confided to my care, before
+the hour set for our departure to the station to meet him. To me his
+return, announced so unexpectedly, did not seem a reality, and I was
+so excited that for two nights I scarcely slept at all.
+
+This is why, in spite of my impatience to see my brother, I fell
+asleep at the station; when he appeared it seemed a sort of dream to
+me. I embraced him timidly, for he was very different from my mental
+image of him. He was bronzed and bearded, his manner of speech was
+more rapid, and, with a slightly smiling, slightly anxious expression,
+he regarded me fixedly, as if to ascertain what the years had done for
+me, and to deduce from that what my future was to be.
+
+When I returned home I fell asleep standing; it wad the dead
+sleepiness of a child fatigued by a long journey, against which it is
+futile to struggle, and I was carried to my bed.
+
+
+
+
+                           CHAPTER LXXIII.
+
+
+
+I awaked the following morning with a feeling of joyousness that
+penetrated to the very depths of my being, and as I remembered the
+cause for my happiness my eyes fell upon an extraordinary object
+standing on a table in my room. It was evidently a very slim canoe
+with a balance beam and sails. Then my gaze encountered other
+unfamiliar objects scattered about: necklaces of shells strung on
+human hair, head-dresses of feathers, ornaments appertaining to a dark
+and primitive savagery; it was as if distant Polynesia had come to me
+during my sleep. My brother, it seems had already begun to open his
+cases, and while I slept he had slipped noiselessly into my room and
+grouped around me these ornaments intended for my museum.
+
+I jumped out of bed quickly so that I might go and find him, for I had
+scarcely seen him the evening before.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER LXXIV.
+
+
+
+And it seems I hardly saw him during those hurried weeks that he spent
+with us. Of that period, which lasted so short a time, I have very
+confused visions, similar to those one has of things seen during a
+rapid journey. I remember vaguely that we lived more gayly, and that
+his presence among us brought many young people to our house. I
+remember also that he seemed at times to be preoccupied and absorbed
+by things entirely outside the family sphere; perhaps he had longings
+for the tropics, for the "delicious island," or it may be he dreaded
+his early departure.
+
+Sometimes I held him captive near the piano by playing for him the
+haunting music of Chopin which I had but just begun to understand. He
+was disquieted however by my playing, and he said that Chopin's music
+was too exuberant and at the same time too enervating for me. He had
+come among us so recently that he was better able to judge of me than
+were the others, and he realized perhaps that my intellect was in
+danger of becoming warped through the nature of the artistic and
+intellectual effort it put forth; no doubt he thought Chopin and the
+"Donkey's Skin" equally dangerous, and considered that I was becoming
+excessively affected and abnormal in spite of my fits of childish
+behavior. I am sure that he thought even my amusements were fanciful
+and unhealthy. Be that as it may, he one day, to my great joy, decreed
+that I should learn to ride horseback, but that was the only change
+his coming made in my education. Cowardice prompted me to defer
+discussion of those weighty questions appertaining to my future which
+I was so anxious to talk over with him; I preferred to take my time,
+and, too, I shrunk from making a decision, and thus by my silence I
+sought to prolong my childhood. Besides, I did not consider it a
+pressing matter after all, inasmuch as he was to be with us for some
+years. . . .
+
+But one fine morning, although we had reckoned so largely on keeping
+him, there came news of a higher rank and an order from the naval
+department commanding him to start without delay for a distant part of
+the orient, where an expedition was organizing.
+
+After a few days which were mainly spent in preparing for that
+unforeseen campaign he left us as if borne away by a gust of wind.
+
+Our adieus were less sad this time, for we did not expect him to be
+absent more than two years. . . . In reality it was his eternal
+farewell to us; whatever is left of his body lies at the bottom of the
+Indian Ocean, towards the middle of the Bay of Bengal.
+
+When he had departed, while the noise of the carriage that was bearing
+him away could still be heard, my mother turned to me with an
+expression of love that touched me to the very innermost fibre of my
+being; and as she drew me to her she said with the emphasis of
+conviction: "Thank God, at least we shall keep you with us!"
+
+Keep me! . . . They would keep me! . . . Oh! . . . I lowered my head
+and turned my eyes away, for I could feel that their expression had
+changed, had become a little wild. I could not respond to my mother
+with a word or a caress.
+
+Such a serene confidence upon her part distressed me cruelly, for the
+moment in which I heard her say, "We shall keep you," I understood,
+for the first time in my life, what a firm hold on my mind the project
+of going away had taken--of going even farther than my brother, of
+going everywhere upon the face of the earth.
+
+A sea-faring life terrified me, and I relished the idea of it as
+little as ever. To a little being like me, so greatly attached to my
+home, bound to it by a thousand sweet ties, the very thought of it
+made my heart bleed. And besides, how could I break the news of such a
+decision to my parents, how give them so much pain and thus flagrantly
+outrage their wishes! But to renounce all my plans, always to remain
+in the same place, to be upon this earth, and to see nothing of it--
+what a squalid, disenchanting future! What was the use to live, what
+the good of growing up for that?
+
+And in that empty parlor with its disordered chairs, one even
+overturned, and while I was still under the dark spell of our sad
+farewells, there beside my mother, leaning against her with eyes
+turned away and with soul overwhelmed with sorrow, I suddenly
+remembered the old log-book which I had read at sunset last spring at
+Limoise. The short sentences written down upon the old paper with
+yellow ink came slowly back to me one after the other with a charm as
+lulling and perfidious as that exercised by a magic incantation:
+
+"Fair weather . . . beautiful sea . . . light breeze from the south-
+east . . . Shoals of dolphins . . . passing to larboard."
+
+And with a shudder of almost religious awe, with pantheistic ecstasy,
+my inward eye saw all about me the sad and vast blue splendor of the
+South Pacific Ocean.
+
+A great calm, tinged with melancholy, fell upon us after my brother's
+departure, and to me the days were monotonous in the extreme.
+
+They had always thought of sending me to the Polytechnic school, but
+it had not been decided upon irrevocably. The wish to become a sailor,
+which had obtruded itself upon me almost against my will, charmed and
+terrified me in an almost equal degree; I lacked the courage necessary
+to settle such a grave matter with myself, and I always hesitated to
+speak of it. The upshot was that I decided to reflect over it until my
+next vacation, and thus by my irresolution and delay I secured to
+myself a few more months of careless childhood.
+
+I still led as solitary a life as ever; it was very difficult for me
+to change the bent that my mind had taken in spite of my mental
+distress and in spite of my latent desire to roam far and wide over
+the earth. More than ever I stayed in the house and busied myself
+painting stage scenery, and playing Chopin and Beethoven; to all
+appearances I was tranquil and deeply absorbed in my dreams, and I
+became ever more and more attached to my home, to its every nook and
+corner, even to the stones in its walls. It is true that now and again
+I took a horseback ride, but I always went with a groom and never with
+children of my own age--I still had no young playmates.
+
+My second year at college was much less painful than my first; it
+passed more quickly, and moreover I had formed an attachment for two
+of my classmates, my elders by a year or two, the only ones who had
+not the preceding year treated me disdainfully. The thin ice once
+broken, there had sprung up between us an ardent and sentimental
+friendship; we even called each other by our baptismal names,
+something that was contrary to school etiquette. Since we never saw
+each other except in the schoolroom, we were obliged to communicate in
+mysterious whispers under the teacher's eye, our relations,
+consequently, were inalterably courteous and did not resemble the
+ordinary friendship between boys. I loved them with all my heart; I
+would have allowed myself to be cut into bits for them; and, in all
+sincerity, I imagined that this affection would endure throughout my
+life.
+
+My excessive exclusiveness caused me to treat the others in the class
+with great indifference and haughtiness; still a certain superficial
+self, necessary for social purposes, had already begun to take shallow
+root, and I knew better now how to remain on good terms with them, and
+at the same time to keep my true self hidden from them.
+
+I generally contrived to sit between my two friends, Andre and Paul.
+If, however, we were separated we continually and slyly exchanged
+notes written in a cipher to which we alone had the key.
+
+These letters were always love confidences: "I have seen her to-day;
+she wore a blue dress trimmed with gray fur, and she had a lark's wing
+on her turban, etc."--For we had chosen sweethearts who became the
+subject of our very poetical prattle.
+
+Something of the ridiculous and whimsical invariably marks this
+transition age in a boy's life, and for that reason I have thought it
+worth while to transcribe the boyish note.
+
+Before going further I wish to say that my transition periods have
+lasted longer than do those of the majority of men, and during them I
+have been carried from one extreme to another; and, too they have
+caused me to touch all the perilous rocks along life's way,--I am also
+fully conscious of the fact that until almost my twenty-fifth year I
+had eccentric and absurd manners. . . .
+
+But now I will continue with my confidences respecting our three love
+affairs.
+
+Andre was ardently in love with a young lady almost six years older
+than himself who had already been introduced into society,--I believe
+that his affair was a case of real and deep affection.
+
+I had chosen Jeanne for my sweetheart, and my two friends were the
+only beings who knew my secret. To do as they did, although I
+considered it a little silly, I wrote her name in cipher on the covers
+of my copy-books; in every way and manner I sought to persuade myself
+of the ardor of my passion, but I am bound to admit that the whole
+thing was a little artificial, for the amusing coquetry that Jeanne
+and I had indulged in early in our acquaintance had developed into a
+true and great friendship, a hereditary friendship I may call it, a
+continuation of that felt by our ancestors long before our birth. No,
+my first real love, of which I will soon speak, was for a being seen
+in a dream.
+
+As for Paul--alas! His heart affair was very shocking to me, for it
+did particular violence to the ideas that I then had. He was in love
+with a little shop-girl who worked in a perfumery store, and on his
+Sunday holidays he gazed at her through the show-case window. It is
+true that she was named Stella or Olympia, and that raised her
+somewhat in my esteem; and, too, Paul took pains to surround his love
+with an ethereal and poetic atmosphere in order to make it more
+acceptable to us. At the bottom of his cipher notes he constantly
+wrote, for our benefit, the sweetest rhymed verses dedicated to her,
+wherein her name, ending in "a," recurred again and again, like the
+perfume of musk.
+
+In spite of my great affection for him I could not but smile pityingly
+over his poetic effusions. And I think that it is partly because of
+them that I have never, at any epoch in my life, had the least
+inclination to write a single line of verse. My notes were always
+written in a wild and free prose that outraged every rule.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER LXXVI.
+
+
+
+Paul knew by heart many verses of a forbidden poet named Alfred de
+Musset. The strange quality of these verses troubled me, and yet I was
+fascinated by them. In class he would whisper them, in a scarcely
+perceptible voice, into my ear; and although my conscience accused me,
+I used to allow him to begin:
+
+
+  Jacque was very quiet as he looked at Marie,
+  I know not what that sleeping maiden
+  Had of mystery in her features, the noblest ever seen.
+
+
+In my brother's study, where from time to time, when I was overwhelmed
+with sorrow over his departure, I isolated myself, I had seen on a
+shelf in his book-case a large volume of this poet's works, and often
+I had been tempted to take it down; but my parents had said to me:
+"You are not to touch any of the books that are there without
+permission from us," and my conscience always gave me pause.
+
+As to asking for permission, I knew only too well that my request
+would be refused.
+
+
+
+
+                           CHAPTER LXXVII.
+
+
+
+I will here recount a dream that I had in my fourteenth year. It came
+to me during one of those mild and sweet nights that are ushered in by
+a long and delicious twilight.
+
+In the room where I had spent all the years of my childhood I had been
+lulled to sleep by the sound of songs that the sailors and young girls
+sang as they danced around the flower-twined May-pole. Until the
+moment of deep sleep I had listened to those very old national airs
+which the children of the people were singing in a loud, free voice,
+but distance softened and mellowed and poetized the voices as they
+traversed the tranquil silence; strangely enough I had been soothed by
+the noisy mirth and overflowing joyousness of these beings who, during
+their fleeting youth, are so much more artless than we, and more
+oblivious of death.
+
+In my dream it was twilight, not a sad one however, but on the
+contrary, the air was soft and mild and overflowing with sweet odors
+like that of a real May night. I was in the yard of our house, the
+aspect of which was not changed in any particular, but as I walked
+beside the walls all abloom with jasmine, honeysuckle and roses, I
+felt restless and troubled as if I was seeking for some unnamable
+something; I seemed to have a consciousness that someone, whom I
+wished ardently to see, awaited my coming; I felt as if there was
+about to happen to me something so strange and wonderful as to
+intoxicate me by its very advance.
+
+At a spot where grew a very old rosebush, one that had been planted by
+an ancestor and for that reason guarded sacredly, although it did not
+bear more than one rose in two or three years, I saw a young girl
+standing motionless with a seductive and mysterious smile upon her
+lips.
+
+The twilight became a little deeper, the air more languorous.
+
+Everywhere it became darker; but about her shone a sort of
+indeterminate light, like that coming from a reflector, and her figure
+outlined itself clearly against the shadows in the background.
+
+I guessed that she was very beautiful and young; but her forehead and
+her eyes were hidden from me by the veil of night; indeed, I could see
+nothing very distinctly except the exquisite oval of her lower face,
+and her mouth which was parted smilingly. She leaned against the old
+flowerless rosebush, almost in its branches. Night came on rapidly.
+The girl seemed perfectly at home in the garden; she had come I knew
+not from where, for there was no door by which she could have entered;
+she appeared to find it as natural to be here as I found it natural to
+find her here.
+
+I drew very close in order to get a glimpse of her eyes which puzzled
+me; suddenly, in spite of the darkness that became ever thicker, I saw
+them very distinctly; they also were smiling like the lips;--and they
+were not just any impersonal eyes, such, for instance, as may be found
+in a statue representing youth; no, on the contrary they were very
+particularly somebody's eyes; more and more they impressed me as
+belonging to someone already much beloved whom I, with transports of
+infinite joy and tenderness had found again.
+
+I waked from sleep with a start, and as I did so I sought to retain
+the phantom being who faded away and became more and more intangible
+and unreal, in proportion as my mind grew clearer through the effort
+it made to remember. Could it be possible that she was not and had
+never been more than a vision? Had nothingness re-engulfed and forever
+effaced her? I longed to sleep again so that I might see her; the
+thought that she was an illusion, nothing more than the figment of a
+dream, caused me great dejection and almost overwhelmed me with
+hopelessness.
+
+And it took me a very long time to forget her; I loved her, loved her
+tenderly, and the thought of her always stirred into life an emotion
+that was sweet but sad; and during those moments everything
+unconnected with her seemed colorless and worthless. It was love, true
+love with all its great melancholy and deep mystery, with its
+overwhelming but sad enchantment, love that, like a perfume, endows
+with a fragrance all it touches; and that corner of the garden where
+she had appeared to me and the old flowerless rosebush that had
+clasped her in its branches awakened in me, because of her, agonizing
+but delicious memories.
+
+
+
+
+                           CHAPTER LXXVIII.
+
+
+
+And again came radiant June. It was evening, the exquisite hour of
+twilight. I was alone in my brother's study where I had been for some
+time; the window was opened wide to a sky all golden and pink, and I
+stood beside it and listened to the martins uttering their shrill
+cries as they circled and darted above the old roofs.
+
+No one knew that I was there, and never before had I felt so isolated
+at the top of the house, nor more tempted by the unknown.
+
+With a beating heart I opened a volume of De Musset's poems: his Don
+Paez.
+
+The first phrases were as musical and rhythmical as if sung by a
+seductive golden-voiced siren:
+
+
+  Black eyebrows, snow-white hands, and to indicate the tinyness
+  Of her feet, I need only say she was an Andalusian countess.
+
+
+That spring night when the darkness fell about me, when my eyes,
+although never so close to the book, could no longer distinguish
+anything of the enchanting verses save rows of little lines that
+showed gray against the white of the page, I went out into the town
+alone.
+
+In the almost deserted streets, not yet lighted, the rows of linden
+and acacia trees all abloom, deepened the shadows and perfumed the air
+with their heavy fragrance. I pulled my felt hat over my eyes and,
+like Don Paez, I strode along with a light supple step, and looked up
+at balconies and indulged in I know not what little childish dreams of
+Spanish twilights and Andalusian serenades.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER LXXIX.
+
+
+
+Vacation came again, and for the third time we took the journey to the
+South, and there in the glorious August and September sunshine all
+passed off in the same fashion as during preceding summers; the same
+games with my loyal band, the expeditions to the vineyards and
+mountains; in the ruins of Castelnau, the same brooding over mediaeval
+times, and, in the sequestered woodland path where we had struck our
+vein of silver, we still eagerly turned up the red soil, putting on
+meantime the airs of bold adventurers,--the little Peyrals, however,
+no longer believed in the mines.
+
+These beginnings of summer, always so alike, deluded me into thinking
+that in spite of my occasional fears my childhood would be
+indefinitely prolonged; but I no longer felt "joy at waking;" a sort
+of disquietude, such as oppresses one when he has left his duty
+undone, weighed upon me more and more heavily each morning when I
+thought that time was flying, that the vacation would soon be over,
+and that I still lacked the courage to come to a decision in regard to
+my future.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER LXXX.
+
+
+
+And one day, when September was more than half over, I realized,
+because of the particularly torturing anxiety I felt when I waked,
+that I must no longer defer the matter--the term which I had allotted
+to myself was over.
+
+In my heart of hearts I had more than half determined what my decision
+was to be; but before it could be rendered effective it was necessary
+for me to avow it, and I promised myself that the day should not pass
+away without my having, as courageously as possible, accomplished that
+task. It was my intention to first confide in my brother; for although
+I feared that in the beginning he would oppose me with all his power,
+I hoped that he would finally take my part and help me carry the day.
+
+Therefore, after the mid-day dinner, when the sun was hottest, I
+carried my pen and paper into my uncle's garden, and I locked myself
+in there for the purpose of writing my letter. It was one of my
+boyhood habits to study or write in the open air, and often I chose
+the most singular places--tree-tops or the roof--for my work.
+
+It was a hot and cloudless September afternoon. The old garden, silent
+and melancholy as ever, gave me, strangely enough, more than the
+customary feeling of regret that I was so far away from my mother,
+that all of summer would pass without my seeing my home and the
+flowers in the beloved little yard. And then, too, what I was upon the
+point of writing would result in separating me farther from all that I
+loved, and for that reason I felt extraordinarily sad. It seemed to me
+that there was something a little funereal in the air of the garden,
+as if the walls, the plum trees, the vine-covered bower, even the very
+alfalfa fields beyond the garden, were vitally interested in this, the
+first grave act of my life which was about to take place under their
+eyes.
+
+For the purpose of writing I hesitated between two or three places,
+all blazing hot and almost shadeless. It was my way of gaining time,
+an attempt to delay writing that letter which, with the ideas I then
+had, would render my decision, once I had announced it, irrevocable.
+The sun-baked earth was already strewn with red vine branches and
+withered leaves; the holly-hocks and dahlias, grown tall as trees, had
+a few meagre blossoms at the tops of their long stalks; the blazing
+sun perfected and turned to gold the musk-scented grapes that always
+ripened a little late; but in spite of the excessive heat and the
+exquisite limpid blue of the sky one felt that summer was over.
+
+I finally selected the arbor at the end of the garden for my purpose.
+Its vines were stripped of their leaves, but the steel-blue
+butterflies and the wasps still came and posted themselves upon the
+tendrils of the grape-vines.
+
+There in the calm and tranquil solitude, in the summer-like silence
+filled with the musical chirp of insects, I wrote and timidly signed
+my compact with the sea.
+
+Of the letter itself I remember very little; but I recall distinctly
+the emotion with which I enclosed it in its envelope--I felt as if I
+had forever sealed my destiny.
+
+After a few moments of deep reverie I wrote the address--my brother's
+name and the name of a country in the far Orient where he then was--on
+the envelope. There was now nothing more to do save to take it to the
+village post-office; but I remained seated there in the arbor for a
+long time in a dreamy mood. I leaned against the warm wall where the
+lizards ran back and forth, and held upon my knees, with a feeling of
+uncertainty and dismay, the little square of paper wherein I had
+settled my future. Then I was seized with a longing to look towards
+the horizon, to have a glimpse of the great spaces beyond the garden;
+and I put my foot into the familiar breach in the wall by means of
+which I often mounted, in order to watch the flight of elusive
+butterflies, and, with the aid of my hands, I raised myself to the top
+of the wall and leaned there propped up by my elbows. The same well-
+known prospect greeted me: the hillsides covered with red vines, the
+wooded mountains whose trees were rapidly being stripped of their
+yellow leaves, and above, perched high, the noble reddish-brown ruin
+of Castelnau. And in the nearer distance was Bories with its old
+rounded porch white with lime-wash; and as I looked at it I seemed to
+hear the plaintive refrain: "Ah! Ah! the good, good story!" sung in a
+strange voice, and at the same time there appeared to me the vision of
+the pinkish-yellow butterfly which two years before I had pricked with
+a pin, and placed under glass in my little museum.
+
+It drew near the hour for the ancient country diligence, that took the
+letters away from the village, to depart, and I scrambled down from
+the wall, and after locking the garden gate, I slowly directed my
+steps towards the post-office.
+
+Like one with eyes fixed upon a vision, I walked along without taking
+notice of anything or any one. My spirit was wandering far away, in
+the fern-carpeted forests of the delicious isle, along the sands of
+gloomy Senegal where had lived the uncle who had interested himself in
+my museum, and across the South Pacific Ocean where the dolphins were
+passing.
+
+The assured nearness and certainty of these things intoxicated me; for
+the first time in my existence the world and life seemed to open
+before me; my way was illuminated by a light altogether new to it: it
+is true the light was a little mournful, a little sad, but it was
+powerful nevertheless, and penetrated to the far distant horizon where
+lie old age and death.
+
+Many little childish images obtruded themselves from time to time into
+my lofty dream; I saw myself in a sailor's uniform walking upon the
+sun-blistered quays of tropical lands; and I prefigured my home-
+comings, after perilous voyages, bringing with me cases filled to the
+brim with wonderful things out of which cockroaches escaped as they
+had done formerly in Jeanne's garden when her father's boxes were
+unpacked.
+
+But suddenly a pang went through my heart: those returns from distant
+countries could not take place for many years--the faces welcoming me
+home would be changed by time! Instantly I pictured those beloved
+faces to myself; in a wan vision I saw them all together. Although its
+members received me with smiles of joyous welcome, it was a sad group
+to look upon, for wrinkles seamed every brow, and my mother had white
+curls such as she has to-day. And my great aunt Bertha, already so
+old, would she, too, be there? With a sort of uneasiness, I was
+rapidly making a calculation of my aunt Bertha's age when I arrived at
+the post-office.
+
+I did not hesitate, however; with a hand that trembled only a little I
+slipped my letter into the box, and the die was cast.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER LXXXI.
+
+
+
+I will end these reminiscences here, because what follows is not yet
+distant enough from me to be submitted to the unknown reader. And
+besides it seems to me that my childhood really came to an end upon
+the day in which I announced my decision in regard to my future.
+
+I was then fourteen and a half years of age, and that gave me,
+therefore, three years and a half in which to prepare myself for the
+naval academy, consequently I had time to do it thoroughly and
+properly.
+
+But in the meantime I had to encoutner many refusals and all sorts of
+difficulties before my admittance to the Borda. And later I lived
+through many troublous years; years replete with struggles and
+mistakes,--I had many a Calvary to climb; I had to pay cruelly and in
+full for having been reared a sensitive, shy little creature, by force
+of will I had to recast and harden my physical as well as my moral
+being. One day, when I was about twenty-seven years of age, a circus
+director, after having seen my muscles that then had the elasticity
+and strength of steel, gave utterance, in his admiration, to the
+truest words I have ever had addressed to me: "What a pity, sir," he
+said, "that your education commenced so late!"
+
+
+
+
+                           CHAPTER LXXXII.
+
+
+
+My sister and I had expected to visit the mountains again the next
+summer.
+
+But Azrael passed our way; terrible and unexpected misfortunes
+disrupted our tranquil and happy family life.
+
+And it was not until fifteen years later, after I had been over the
+greater part of the earth, that I revisited this corner of France.
+
+All was greatly changed there; my uncle and aunt slept in the
+graveyard; my boy cousins had left, and my girl cousin, who already
+had threads of silver among her dark locks, was preparing to quit this
+part of the country forever, this empty house in which she did not
+wish to live alone; and the Titi and the Marciette (whose names were
+no longer prefaced by the article) had grown into tall young ladies
+whom I would not have recognized.
+
+Between two long voyages, in a hurry as always, my life hastening
+feverishly upon its way, in remembrance of bygone days, I made this
+pilgrimage to my uncle's house to see it once more, and for the last
+time, before it was delivered into the hands of strangers.
+
+It was in November, and the cold gray sky completely changed the
+aspect of the country, which I had never seen before except under the
+glorious summer sun.
+
+After spending my only morning in revisiting a thousand places, my
+melancholy ever augmented by the lowering winter clouds, I found that
+I had forgotten the old garden and the vine-clad arbor in whose meagre
+shade I had come to so momentous a decision, and I wished to run
+there, at the last moment, before my carriage took me away from this
+spot forever.
+
+"You will have to go alone," said my cousin, who was busy packing her
+trunks. She gave me the large key, the same large key that I carried
+in the warm and radiant days of old when I went there, net in hand, to
+catch the butterflies . . . oh! the summers of my childhood, how
+marvellous and how enchanting they were!
+
+For the last time of all, I entered the garden, which under the gray
+sky appeared shrunken to me. I went first to the arbor, now leafless
+and desolate, in which I had written the portentous letter to my
+brother, and, by means of the same breach in the wall that had served
+me in days gone by, I lifted myself to the coping to get a hasty
+glimpse of the surrounding country, to bid it a last farewell. Bories
+looked singularly near and small to me, it was almost unrecognizably
+so, and the mountains beyond seemed diminished also, appeared no
+higher than little hills. And all of these things that formerly I had
+seen flooded with sunlight, now looked dull and sinister in the wan,
+gray November light, and under the dark and wintry clouds. I felt as
+if with the commencement of nature's autumn, my life's autumn had also
+dawned.
+
+And the world, the world which I had thought so immense and so full of
+wonder and charm the day that I leaned on this same wall, after I had
+made my decision,--the whole wide world, did it not look as faded and
+shrunken to me now as this poor landscape?
+
+And especially Bories, that under the autumnal sky looked like a
+phantom of itself, filled me with the deepest sadness.
+
+As I gazed at it I recalled the pinkish-yellow butterfly still under
+its glass in my museum; it had remained there in the same spot, and
+had preserved its fresh bright hues during the time that I had sailed
+all round the globe. For many years I had not thought of the
+association between the two things; but as soon as I remembered the
+yellow butterfly, which was recalled to my mind by Bories, I heard a
+small voice within me sing over and over, very softly: "Ah! Ah! the
+good, good story!" . . . The little voice was strange and flute-like,
+but above all it was sad, sad enough for tears, sad enough to sing
+over the tomb where lie buried the vanished years and dead summers.
+
+
+
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK, THE STORY OF A CHILD ***
+
+This file should be named fchld10.txt or fchld10.zip
+Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks get a new NUMBER, fchld11.txt
+VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, fchld10a.txt
+
+Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the US
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we usually do not
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+We are now trying to release all our eBooks one year in advance
+of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing.
+Please be encouraged to tell us about any error or corrections,
+even years after the official publication date.
+
+Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til
+midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement.
+The official release date of all Project Gutenberg eBooks is at
+Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month.  A
+preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment
+and editing by those who wish to do so.
+
+Most people start at our Web sites at:
+http://gutenberg.net or
+http://promo.net/pg
+
+These Web sites include award-winning information about Project
+Gutenberg, including how to donate, how to help produce our new
+eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter (free!).
+
+
+Those of you who want to download any eBook before announcement
+can get to them as follows, and just download by date.  This is
+also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the
+indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an
+announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter.
+
+http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext04 or
+ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext04
+
+Or /etext03, 02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90
+
+Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want,
+as it appears in our Newsletters.
+
+
+Information about Project Gutenberg (one page)
+
+We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work.  The
+time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours
+to get any eBook selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright
+searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc.   Our
+projected audience is one hundred million readers.  If the value
+per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2
+million dollars per hour in 2002 as we release over 100 new text
+files per month:  1240 more eBooks in 2001 for a total of 4000+
+We are already on our way to trying for 2000 more eBooks in 2002
+If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total
+will reach over half a trillion eBooks given away by year's end.
+
+The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away 1 Trillion eBooks!
+This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers,
+which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users.
+
+Here is the briefest record of our progress (* means estimated):
+
+eBooks Year Month
+
+    1  1971 July
+   10  1991 January
+  100  1994 January
+ 1000  1997 August
+ 1500  1998 October
+ 2000  1999 December
+ 2500  2000 December
+ 3000  2001 November
+ 4000  2001 October/November
+ 6000  2002 December*
+ 9000  2003 November*
+10000  2004 January*
+
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created
+to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+As of February, 2002, contributions are being solicited from people
+and organizations in: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Connecticut,
+Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois,
+Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts,
+Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New
+Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio,
+Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South
+Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West
+Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming.
+
+We have filed in all 50 states now, but these are the only ones
+that have responded.
+
+As the requirements for other states are met, additions to this list
+will be made and fund raising will begin in the additional states.
+Please feel free to ask to check the status of your state.
+
+In answer to various questions we have received on this:
+
+We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork to legally
+request donations in all 50 states.  If your state is not listed and
+you would like to know if we have added it since the list you have,
+just ask.
+
+While we cannot solicit donations from people in states where we are
+not yet registered, we know of no prohibition against accepting
+donations from donors in these states who approach us with an offer to
+donate.
+
+International donations are accepted, but we don't know ANYTHING about
+how to make them tax-deductible, or even if they CAN be made
+deductible, and don't have the staff to handle it even if there are
+ways.
+
+Donations by check or money order may be sent to:
+
+Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+PMB 113
+1739 University Ave.
+Oxford, MS 38655-4109
+
+Contact us if you want to arrange for a wire transfer or payment
+method other than by check or money order.
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been approved by
+the US Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)(3) organization with EIN
+[Employee Identification Number] 64-622154.  Donations are
+tax-deductible to the maximum extent permitted by law.  As fund-raising
+requirements for other states are met, additions to this list will be
+made and fund-raising will begin in the additional states.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+You can get up to date donation information online at:
+
+http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html
+
+
+***
+
+If you can't reach Project Gutenberg,
+you can always email directly to:
+
+Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com>
+
+Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message.
+
+We would prefer to send you information by email.
+
+
+**The Legal Small Print**
+
+
+(Three Pages)
+
+***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS**START***
+Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers.
+They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with
+your copy of this eBook, even if you got it for free from
+someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our
+fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement
+disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how
+you may distribute copies of this eBook if you want to.
+
+*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS EBOOK
+By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
+eBook, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept
+this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive
+a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this eBook by
+sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person
+you got it from. If you received this eBook on a physical
+medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request.
+
+ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM EBOOKS
+This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBooks,
+is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart
+through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project").
+Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright
+on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and
+distribute it in the United States without permission and
+without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth
+below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this eBook
+under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark.
+
+Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market
+any commercial products without permission.
+
+To create these eBooks, the Project expends considerable
+efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain
+works. Despite these efforts, the Project's eBooks and any
+medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other
+things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged
+disk or other eBook medium, a computer virus, or computer
+codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES
+But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below,
+[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may
+receive this eBook from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook) disclaims
+all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including
+legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR
+UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT,
+INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE
+OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+If you discover a Defect in this eBook within 90 days of
+receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any)
+you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that
+time to the person you received it from. If you received it
+on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and
+such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement
+copy. If you received it electronically, such person may
+choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to
+receive it electronically.
+
+THIS EBOOK IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS
+TO THE EBOOK OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
+PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or
+the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the
+above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you
+may have other legal rights.
+
+INDEMNITY
+You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation,
+and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated
+with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
+texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including
+legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the
+following that you do or cause:  [1] distribution of this eBook,
+[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the eBook,
+or [3] any Defect.
+
+DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm"
+You may distribute copies of this eBook electronically, or by
+disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this
+"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg,
+or:
+
+[1]  Only give exact copies of it.  Among other things, this
+     requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the
+     eBook or this "small print!" statement.  You may however,
+     if you wish, distribute this eBook in machine readable
+     binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form,
+     including any form resulting from conversion by word
+     processing or hypertext software, but only so long as
+     *EITHER*:
+
+     [*]  The eBook, when displayed, is clearly readable, and
+          does *not* contain characters other than those
+          intended by the author of the work, although tilde
+          (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may
+          be used to convey punctuation intended by the
+          author, and additional characters may be used to
+          indicate hypertext links; OR
+
+     [*]  The eBook may be readily converted by the reader at
+          no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent
+          form by the program that displays the eBook (as is
+          the case, for instance, with most word processors);
+          OR
+
+     [*]  You provide, or agree to also provide on request at
+          no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the
+          eBook in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC
+          or other equivalent proprietary form).
+
+[2]  Honor the eBook refund and replacement provisions of this
+     "Small Print!" statement.
+
+[3]  Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the
+     gross profits you derive calculated using the method you
+     already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  If you
+     don't derive profits, no royalty is due.  Royalties are
+     payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation"
+     the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were
+     legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent
+     periodic) tax return.  Please contact us beforehand to
+     let us know your plans and to work out the details.
+
+WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO?
+Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of
+public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed
+in machine readable form.
+
+The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time,
+public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses.
+Money should be paid to the:
+"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or
+software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at:
+hart@pobox.com
+
+[Portions of this eBook's header and trailer may be reprinted only
+when distributed free of all fees.  Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by
+Michael S. Hart.  Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be
+used in any sales of Project Gutenberg eBooks or other materials be
+they hardware or software or any other related product without
+express permission.]
+
+*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS*Ver.02/11/02*END*
+
diff --git a/old/fchld10.zip b/old/fchld10.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..798e2ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/fchld10.zip